Journal ©I the Mew York ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Devoted to Entomology in General VOLUME LXXII Published by the Society New York, N. Y. BUSINESS PRESS INC. Lancaster, Pennsylvania INDEX OF AUTHORS ALEXANDER, CHARLES P. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), IX 168 BROWN, F. MARTIN Correct Dates for Butterfly Names Described by William Henry Edwards in Three Entomological Publications 209 CHEMSAK, J. A. and E. G. LINSLEY Methiine Cerambycidae of Mexico and Central America (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) 40- CLENCH, HARRY K. Notes on Some African Theclinae (Lepidoptera : Lycae- nidae 237 COMSTOCK, WILLIAM PHILLIPS and EDGAR IRVING HUNTINGTON An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera : Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere 62, 120, 173 GOHLA, KURT B. Parnassius Apollo in German Literature and in Reality (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) 102 GUPTA, A. P. Scent Apparatus Morphology of Leptocorisa costalis H.S. (Heterop- tera: Coreidae), with Comments on Glandular Secretions in Heteroptera 144 KERR, WARWICK E. and VILMA MAULE Geographic Distribution of Stingless Bees and Its Implications (Hymenoptera : Apidae) 2 KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. Notes on Melanism in Some Connecticut Moths 142 KORMILEV, NICHOLAS A. Neotropical Aradidae XII (Heteroptera: Aradidae) 34 Neotropical Aradidae XIII (Heteroptera: Aradidae) 112 LEONARD, DAVID E. Biology and Ecology of Magicicada septendecim (L.) (Hemiptera: Cicadidae) 19 LEONARD, MORTIMER D. Additional Records of New Jersey Aphids 79 LUDWIG, DANIEL, PRISCILLA A. CROWE and SR. M. MATTHEW HASSE- MER Free Fat and Glycogen During Metamorphosis of Musca domestica L. 23 LUDWIG, DANIEL and JOHN N. FOLZENLOGEN Composition of Exuviae of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus 159 iii MEDLER, J. T. and R. O. WAGNER Isotopes to Estimate Colony Size of For- mica cinerea Mavr ( Hymenoptera : Formicidae) 151 MICHENER, CHARLES D. and ELLEN ORDWAY Some Anthidiine Bees from Mexico (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) 70 OSGOOD, FREDERICK L. Fleas of Vermont 29 PRICE, ROGER D. Colpocephalum (Mallophaga : Menoponidae) from the Pici- f ormes 1 62 ROZEN, JEROME G., JR. Phylogenetic- Taxonomic Significance of Last Instar of Protoxaea gloriosa Fox, with Descriptions of First and Last Instars (Hy- menoptera: Apoidea) 223 SCHAEFER, CARL W. A Malformed Ovary in the Bedbug, Cimex lectularius Linn. (Heteroptera : Cimicidae) 230 SCHERBA, GERALD Species Replacement as a Factor Affecting Distribution of Formica opaciventris Emery (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) 231 SCHMITT, JOHN B. Nervous System of Pregenital Abdominal Segments of Two Orthoptera (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) 202 BOOK REVIEWS FORBES, J. Introductory Insect Physiology by Robert L. Patton 193 Introduction to Comparative Entomology by Richard W. and Jean W. Fox 193 KLEGG, JOHN D. Population Dynamics of Agricultural and Forest Insect Pests by E. J. Leroux et al 193 Forest Coleoptera of Ghana Biological Notes and Host Trees by G. H. Thompson 193 PROCEEDINGS of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 65, 131, 195, 245 RECENT PUBLICATIONS 194 SCIENCE WRITING 194 IV Vol. LXXII MARCH 1964 u' Journal of the New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General r A: A k P V HA 1 '/ A" < P / " ’C A A I n V A ' AVy ; 1 ( ,\ \ CV' A l ■ m tm f . p : A P ./"> . A ■ j, ' r ,< ki j " \ A , f P ~ / \ ■'if I i . .j i ]■ I PV A 1 a £ .P>P I AA, The 1 p i a ... , New York Entomological Society 'A- • ■ T \ ■ if /■ r- 1 v ..... ' ; / V-i: A \ ^ ■- ^ A / V ' . ’ >' S a p;;- v- '• ' . \ l m ' r - Vp \ z4 * Organized Jane 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 a>: '~A AT l 1 " . A . P Aa; P A a --.p ’ f A v-r' A M f The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the Treasurer. s, A/pAp, A Y \ / f • \ / ■ Vi ' $ , a A; P a / \ _ Officers for the Year 1964 )( President , Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Vice President , Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Secretary, Dr. David Miller College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl L 230 E. 78th St., N. Y. 10021 Treasurer, Mr. J. Huberman ... American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 A r tf-AA Trustees Mr. Bernard Heineman Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. Pedro Wygozinsky ■7 \ ; PV Mailed March 18, 1964 V- ■■ p . \ % 'V' \P •;r-y '-''A I / Journal of the New York Entomological Society Volume LXXII March 1964 No. 1 EDITORIAL BOARD Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss Editor Lucy W. Clausen Columbia University College of Pharmacy 115 West 68th Street, New York 23, N. Y. Associate Editor James Forbes Fordham University, New York 58, N. Y. Publication Committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. David Miller CONTENTS Geographic Distribution of Stingless Bees and its Implica- tions (Hymenoptera : Apidae) Warwick E. Kerr and Vilma Maule 2 Biology and Ecology of Magicicada septendecim (L.) (Hemiptera: Cicadidae) David E. Leonard 18 Free Fat and Glycogen During Metamorphosis of Musca domestica L. Daniel Ludwig, Priscilla A. Crowe and Sr. M. Matthew Hassemer 22 Fleas of Vermont Frederick L. Osgood 28 Neotropical Aradidae XII (Heteroptera : Aradidae) Nicholas A. Kormilev 33 Methiine Cerambycidae of Mexico and Central America (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) J. A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley 39 An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera: Rho- palocera) of the Western Hemisphere William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 65 2 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF STINGLESS BEES AND ITS IMPLICATIONS (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE)i. 2 Warwick E. Kerr1 2 3 and Vilma Maule4 University op Sao Paulo, Rio Claro, Brazil Received for publication June 15, 1962 Abstract Geographic distribution of stingless bees and the number of species per conti- nent are given. South America is considered the center of origin and dispersion of sting- less bees because it has: a) 183 species against 32 in Africa, 42 in Asia plus Indonesia West of the W allace-W eber line, 20 in Australia, New Guinea, and the Solomon Islands; b) primitive species with n = 9 chromosomes etc; c) highly specialized species. Possible migration of stingless bees since the Paleocene is studied. Their progress can be followed through six maps included in the paper. The fossil Meliponorytes succini Tosi is considered close enough to Meliponula bocandei (Spinola) to justify joining them in one genus. Meliponorytes devictus was re-studied and found to be a valid Trigona, close to T. iridi - pennis of the subgenus ( Tetragonula ) and renamed Trigona ( Tetragomda ) devicta (Cockerell) . Methods of dispersal in the stingless bees are briefly discussed. Geographic distribution of meliponids is often cited in classes on evolution to exemplify discontinuity. This distribution can be seen on map 1. The construction of this map and calculation of the number of species cited in the next page were done with help of the following papers : Schwarz 1932, 1937, 1938, 1939, 1940, 1943, 1948 ; Moure 1944, 1946, 1950, 1960a, 1960b, 1961; Moure and Kerr 1950; Michener 1959, 1961; Rau 1943; Wille 1959; Pagden 1957 ; Sakagami 1959, 1960; Sakagami and Yoshikawa 1961; Cock- erell 1921, 1934 ; Tosi 1896 ; Kerr 1948 and with the copy of the files of Prof. J. S. Moure deposited in this College. Obviously this distribution is incomplete. Every expedition to Brazilian areas where few bee collections have been made reveals several new species. Some islands of Indonesia, such as Celebes, Flores, Timor and the Moluccas, present few, if any species of meliponids, indicating the need for more collections in these regions. 1 This work was financed in part by the Rockefeller Foundation by the Brazilian Re- search Council (C. N., Pq.) and by a Grant of the U. S. Dept, of Agric. Agric. Res. Service, under Public Law 480. 2 Submitted for inclusion in the Herbert Schwarz Memorial Volume (1962) but de- layed in publication due to lack of space, cf. 70 p. 214. 3 Professor Biology, Faculdade de Filosofia, Ciencias e Letras de Rio Claro, S. P., Brazil. 4 Instructor Biology, Faculdade de Filosofia, Ciencias e Letras de Rio Claro, S. P., Brazil. March, 1964] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution 3 Map 1 — Geographical distribution of stingless bees based upon references cited on p. 2 and sites where fossils were found. 4 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Map 2 — Possible invasion of North America and Asia by stingless bees in the Lower Eocene (about 65 million years ago). During Eocene connections and separations between South and North America existed. Palms are reasonable indications of climate tolerated by the bees. (Redrawn from map XXX of Termier and Termier, 1952.) March, 1964] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution 5 areas of origin and speciation An important question is concerned with the region in which the meliponid group first developed and from which it radiated ! Two facts that provide clues are, first, the degree of speciation in different regions and second, the primitiveness of species now existing. The degree of speciation in the different regions can be judged from the present number of genera and species. Systematic criteria for genera in the meliponids are so variable, they have no biological basis unless treated objectively similar to treatment of Megachilidae by Michener and Sokal (1957). In this paper only the number of species will be used. The num- ber of species found in the Americas is 183, in Africa 32, in Asia (including Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Timor and Philippines) 42 species and in New Guinea, Australia and the Solomon islands 20 species, of wThich 7 species are shared with Asia. Prom this degree of speciation, the American con- tinent, very likely South America (there are a total of 160 species in South America and 53 in Central America, 39 species being shared), seems to be the center of origin and, probably, the center of dispersion. The situation in Asia, Indonesia and Australia suggests that the bees entered Australia by way of Malaya, Borneo, and New Guinea. The small number of species in Celebes and the Moluccas may be due to deficient collections, as already mentioned. The almost equal number of species in Africa and in Asia suggests that the group arrived in those regions at about the same time. Of the 14 Aus- tralian species, six are shared with New Guinea. Speciation is a process still active in stingless bees and cryptic species are often found as shown by Araujo and Kerr (1959) and Kerr (1960). The primitiveness of existing species can be deduced by a comparative biological study. Consideration of nest structure, communication system, chromosome number, and the glandular system, indicate that the most primitive group is Trigona (Frieseomelitta) . Besides having n= 9 chromo- somes (Kerr, unpubl.) in T. (F.) freiremaiai (Moure), this subgenus makes tubes for pollen and pots for honey (a bombusoid character), and con- structs cells grouped in clusters instead of combs. Another group with n = 9 is the genus Melipona (Kerr 1948). All other species examined have n = 18 or, in three cases, n = 17. Both Melipona and Trigona ( Frieseome- litta) inhabit the American continent, suggesting that these are the most primitive bees. In the American continent we find the most primitive and also the most evolved species, as well as a greater number of them, suggesting that they had more time to evolve. These facts strongly suggest South America as the place of origin of this group. 6 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Map 3 — Migration of meliponids in the Upper Eocene (about 55 million years ago). Tropical palms occur in Alaska, and the climate is temperate to 62 °N (Schwarzbach, 1961). Lack of stingless bees in Oligocene Baltic amber suggests non-invasion of Europe in this period. (Redrawn from map XXXI of Termier and Termier, 1952.) March, 1964] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution 7 MIGRATION OF STINGLESS BEES THROUGH THE GEOLOGICAL TIMES The UlOSt ancient meliponid fossils, found in the Miocene, suggest that the group existed and was evolving at least during the two or three preceding geological periods. The swarming system used by stingless bees limit their distance to 1000 meters from the hive. Therefore, the meliponids depend on land bridges for their migration and most of the principles used for the study of solitary insect distribution can not be used for these social bees. The migration of stingless bees through geological times, taking in ac- count their origin in South America, their swarming methods and the fos- sils, may have happened as follows: Map 2 (redrawn from map XXX of Termier and Termier 1952) shows the earth picture in the Paleocene. On this map two arrows show the possible invasion of North America and Asia by primitive meliponids. Ac- cording to many paleogeographic experts this is the only geological period in all lower and medium tertiary in which a land invasion of Central and North America from South America could take place. Map 3 (based on map XXXI of Termier and Termier 1952, corresponding to the Ypresian and Lutetian, or lower Eocene) shows the last migrations that might have continued to occur in the beginning of the lower Eocene. The majority of authors agree that by the medium and upper Eocene no further migration occurred between North and South America, this last one becoming completely isolated. It is worth while to remember that the widely distributed Asiatic stingless bee Trigona ( Tetragonula ) iridipennis Smith, is also a primitive one as indicated by its communication (Lindauer 1956) and nest type (George 1934). This bee (already split in some subspecies) is known from India, Ceylon, Indochina, Malay Penninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Penang, Java, Formosa, Philippines, Solomon Islands, Celebes, Caroline Islands, New Guinea, Australia, and possibly other Indonesian Islands. We believe that it had more time to become established in so many places because it is one of the most primitive. In the Oligocene (Map 4), meliponid bees can invade Africa and, from Africa, Madagascar. Madagascar has four known species: two T. ( Liotri - gona) bottegoi (Magretti) and T . ( Liotrigona ) bouyssoui Vachal, are shared with the African continent. Probably India received her first stingless bees in this period. Several African bees such as Trigona (H.) araujoi Michener, T. (H.) braunsi Kohl, T. ( H .) gribodoi Magretti, Meliponula bocandei (Spinola), and Lestrime- litta (Cleptotrigona) cubiceps Friese have the cluster-like type of brood cell 8 [Vol. LXXIX New York Entomological Society Map 4 — Invasion of Europe, India and Africa by the Oligocene (about 35 million years ago). Southern Europe has palms. Oligocene fossil of an amphisbaenid liazrd in Mon- golia, common in Africa (Gilmore, 1943) suggests at least one connection between Africa and Eurasia in this period. Also, connections between Africa and Europe (Gibraltar and Sicily) existed. The climate in Somaliland was as hot as at present (Gill, 1961). (Re- drawn from map XXXII of Termier and Termier, 1952.) March, 1964] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution 9 organization which is a primitive character. In fact Meliponula bocandei (Spinola 1853) has the most primitive type of blood food so far found : very dry and homogeneous, instead of being liquid with most of the pollen in the bottom of the alveolus and glandular food above. Due to the natural proximity it is likely that Asia and America exchanged species of stingless bees more easily than with Africa. In other words, African stingless bees have been more isolated. This may explain the evolution of types like Dactylurina , Trigona (Axestotrigona) , etc. which are distinctive. Dig. 1 — Meliponorytes succini Tosi redrawn from Tosi (1896). Compare with Fig. 2. Lower left shows the head as seen from above. Possibly due to a slight inclination the Aving (seen above bee) was drawn narrower than it is. The posterior part of the thorax is evidently wrong in this drawing and needs re-examination of the fossil bee. It is possible, but not likely, that invasion of Europe had occurred by the Oligocene, since no meliponids were found among the bee fossils of the Baltic Oligocene.1 This suggests that European invasion occurred 1 When social bees inhabit a region their frequency is so large that most of the bee fos- sils of such an area are social bees. In Europe several fossils of Apis have been found : Apis am'brusteri Zeuner (Upper Miocene, Bottingen, Swabia, Germany) Apis dormitans (Heyden) (Oligocene) Apis dormiens Zeuner and Manning (Upper Oligocene, Bott, Bhine Land) Apis cuenoti Theobald (Oligocene, Cereste, France) Apis scharmani Armbruster (Miocene, Bandeck, Wurttemberg, Germany) 10 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII either in the upper Oligocene or lower Miocene. (Map 4 was redrawn from Map XXXII of Termier and Termier 1952, omitting a possible African- American connection, questioned by these authors.) The Miocene contains four fossils: Meliponorytes sicula Tosi, Melipon- orytes succini Tosi, Trigona ( Tetragonula ) devicta (Cockerell) and Trigona ( Nogueirapis ) silacea Wide. Meliponorytes sicula and Meliponorytes succini, studied by Tosi (1896) Fig. 2 — Meliponula bocandei (Spinola) drawn in same position as Meliponorytes for easier comparison. Lower left: the head of Meliponula is seen from above. are from Sicilian amber. The latter is similar to the African Meliponida bocandei and this would justify putting them in one genus but in different subgenera. But this decision should await more information of the fossil remains.2 Their similarity is shown in figures 1, 2, 3 and 4. Figure 1 shows the outline of Meliponorytes succini Tosi, redrawn from Tosi (1896) and Figure 2 shows Meliponida bocandei (Spinola), drawn in the same posi- tion as Tosi did his fossil. The proportions among several parts of the body, the malar space, the scutellum, and especially the two denticles in the mandible closely resemble one another. The only real difference lies in the posterior part of the thorax, in the genal area and in the hind tibia. These differences may be due to the inferior drawing made by Tosi (the fore leg, 2 In Oct. 1962 while visiting Bologna, Italy, Kerr learned that part of the collection of Sicilian amber was destroyed by a bomb during World War II. The Tosi fossils could not be studied. March, 3 964 ] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution 11 the hind leg and the thorax have structural mistakes). Figure 3 shows a Trigona (Nannotrigona) testaceicornis (Lepeletier) and figure 4 shows a Trigona ( Scaptotrigona ) xanthotricha Moure. These two bees are con- sidered of the same genus even by a systematist such as Prof. J. S. Moure, who wants to split the genus Trigona into more than twenty genera. The differences between these bees are of the same degree. Two facts strengthen our point of view : the geographic proximity of Sicily to the region wdiere Meliponula bocandei exists, and the fact that the bees found by Wille (1959, 1961) and Cockerell in the Miocene are close to bees still existing in the same respective regions. Fig. 3 — Trigona (Nannotrigona) testaceicornis Lepeletier compare with Fig. 4. The third fossil is Trigona (Tetragomda) devicta described by Cockerell (1921) from the Burmese amber as Meliponorytes devictus. The description of this bee shows clearly that it is a Trigona agreeing in all characters with the description given by Moure (1961) to the genus Tetragomda. Kerr ex- amined this bee in the British Museum (fossil no. 20702) and considers it similar to the now existing Trigona ( Tetragomda ) iridipennis Smith. It deserves a different specific name due to its smaller size. Some measure- 12 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII ments for comparison are the following (all measurements are in milli- meters) : devicta Width of the head 1.350 Width of the eye 0.300 Ocellus diameter 0.095 Ocello-orbital distance 0.225 Length of the flagellum 1.000 Diameter 4th flagellum segment 0.100 Width of the thorax 1.275 Length anterior wing 2.500 Length hind tibia 0.925 Width of abdomen 1.075 iridipennis 1.550 0.450 0.120 0.225 1.150 0.130 1.577 3.250 1.475 1.350 Eig. 4 — Trigona ( Scaptotrigona ) xantliotriclia Moure. Both this bee and T. (Y.) testa ceicornis are considered in the same genus. They differ more in proportion than bees from figures 1 and 2. The T. (T.) iridipennis from which we took the measurements is from Burma (British Museum no. 2-94, Bingham Coll 96-3, from Tenasserim) ; no bee of this species was found as small as T. (T.) devicta. Cockerell (1921) gives Gurnet Bay, Oligocene, as the geological period for all his Arthropod descriptions. He does not give similar information for M. devictus Cockerell. It seems more likely that T. (T.) devicta found in the Hukong Valley amber is from Miocene because in the Oligocene this area was a territory in formation still under the sea. March, 1964] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution 13 The fourth fossil is Trigona ( N ogueirapis ) silacea Wille, described by Wille (1959) from middle Miocene amber collected in San Pedro and Simojovel, both in Chiapas, Mexico and based upon eleven fossil bees. Interestingly there are at least two species, very close to this fossil, namely, Trigona (N ogueirapis) butteli Friese (a rare species from the upper Amazon basin) and Trigona ( N ogueirapis ) mirandula Cockerell (a rare species from Costa Rica), both considered by Wille (1961) as ‘‘living fossils”. About the same geographical and morphological relation exist between Trigona (A ogueirapis) silacea Wille and Trigona (A.) butteli Friese, as between Meliponorytes succini (Tosi) and Meliponula bocandei (Spinola), and also, between the fossil Trigona ( Tetragonula ) devicta (Cockerell) and the living asiatic species T, (T.) iridipennis Smith. Obviously, these species are “living fossils”. T. (A.) silacea thus, when T. (A.) silacea was fossilized, North and South America were already iso- lated, and thus shows that the migration had already occurred, as we sug- gested. Map 5 (after map XXXIII of Termier and Termier 1952) shows where these fossils were found and the land connection shows the possibility of an invasion of the Indonesian islands to Australia. It is pertinent to recall that during this period several rodents left the continent and reached Australia and intermediate islands (Tate 1951; Simpson 1961). Australia has 14 species, 6 being in common with New Guinea. This suggests that New Guinea was the intermediate island in the colonization of Australia by sting- less bees. Map 6 (redrawn from map XXXV of Termier and Termier 1952), shows the Pleistocene (glacier time) that made the discontinuous distribu- tion of stingless bees striking. Possibly we are now in a period in which meliponids are going north again, to reoccupy some of the lost positions. Many of the Indonesian islands such as Sumatra, Borneo and Java, in their geological history had many connections with the continent. This explains why of the 42 meliponid species in that area, only one is autoch- thonous in Java, 6 autochthonous in Borneo and all the others shared with the continent. Many invasions of African fauna to South America have been suggested (see Osborn, 1962) and the case of the stingless bees provide an example of the reverse invasion, as would be expected. methods of dispersion Biologically, migration of meliponids takes place under one of the following conditions : swarming In meliponids this process sometimes takes more than a month. 14 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Map 5 — Meliponid fossils and migration in the Miocene (about 20 million years ago). Gradual invasion of Austromalayan archipelago is indicated by three-pointed arrow. Sicilian fossil indicates presence of stingless bees in Europe. South of Africa may be completely populated with stingless bees. March, 1964] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution 15 During this period the daughter colony maintains dependence on the mother colony for food, wax and workers (Nogueira-Neto, 1954). In species with small flight ranges a new colony can barely be established more than 50 meters from the mother colony. In species with long flight ranges (3 to 4 km.) a colony may be established as much as 1 km. distant. It is a well known fact that stingless bees do not like to fly over great masses of water and this is in contrast to some Bombus species that cross 2 or 3 kilometers of sea. land connections The presence of good land connections in geological time would have made it possible for stingless bees to successfully cross present water areas because of the safety factors in their swarming system, floating islands and floating natural rafts In the Amazon River, epecially after heavy rains, floating islands with an enormous number of animals and trees may be seen going down the river. In the same way a stingless bee colony, in due time, can cross a broad expanse of water. Many species can seal the nest entrance against water and enemies. Colonies of stingless bees have remained alive after a trip from northern and northeastern Brazil to Sao Paulo (southern Brazil) that lasted 20 to 40 days. This method could serve as a natural means of meliponid dispersal. However, the almost com- plete lack of stingless bees in the Caribbean Islands shows that this method is of no importance. primitive men In view of the eagerness with which primitive men (Brazil- ian Indians) look and care for the treetrunk colonies it is easy to understand how distribution of some species in islands close to the continent or close to one another may have been effected by men in canoes. This may account for the existence of Melipona beechei in Yucatan, Mexico and in the islands of Cuba and Jamaica. Acknowledgments Our acknowledgments to : Prof. Dr. Henri Termier and Mme. Genevieve Termier for permission to reproduce their paleontological maps; Prof. J. S. Moure for giving our library a complete set of his files of systematic data on every species of meliponids de- scribed up to 1961; Dr. Gonzalo Halffter, Professor of Biogeography in the Escuela Na- cional de Ciencias Biologicas, Mexico; Dr. Alfredo Bjornberg, Professor of Geology in the Faculdade de Filosofia, Ciencias e Letras de Bio Claro ; Dr. L. St0rmer, Professor of Pale- ontology in Oslo University, Norway, and Dr. Anatol Heintz, of the Paleontologisk Mu- seum of Oslo, Norway, for help on geological information; Messrs. Masson and Cia., for permission to use the paleogeographical maps of Prof. H. Termier and G. Termier pub- lished by the press; Dr. C. D. Michener, Dr. Alvaro Wille, Prof. J. S. Moure, Dr. S. Saka- gami, and Prof. C. C. Cruz who read this paper and gave valuable suggestions. Dr. Paulo Nogueira-Neto gave us photocopies of the work of Tosi and the I.B.B.D. provided us with Cockerell’s papers. Mr. J. Camargo made all the figures and maps. 16 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Map 6 — Disjunct distribution accomplished by glaciation during Pleistocene (1,000,000 to 15,000,000 years ago). Colonies subjected to cold climate died and meliponids were eliminated from north temperate regions. Some of this area was reoccupied after glacia- tion. (Redrawn from map XXXV of Termier and Termier, 1952.) March, 1964] Kerr and Maule: Stingless Bee Distribution .17 Literature Cited Cockerell, T. D. A. 1921. Fossil arthropods in the British Museum. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 9, 8: 541-545. 1934. Some African meliponine bees. Rev. Zool. Bot. Africaines, 26: 46-62, fig. 1-9. George, C. S. 1934. The bionomics morphology, and metamorphosis of Melipona irridi- pennis. J. Univ. Bombay, 2: 1-16. Gill, E. D. 1961. The climates of Gondwanaland in Kainozoic Times. In “Descriptive Paleoclimatology,” XIV: 332: 353. Gilmore, C. W. 1943. “Fossil lizards of Mongolia.” Bull. Am. Museum Nat. Hist., 81: 361-384, figs. 1-22, pi. 52. Kerr, W. E. 1948. Estudos sobre o genero Melipona. An. Esc. Sup. Agr. “Luiz de Queiroz,” 5: 181-256, 51 figs. 1960. Evolution of communication in bees and its roles in speciation — Evolu- tion, 14(3) : 386-387. 1962. Processos evolutivos em at.uagao nos himenopteros (in press). Lindauer, M. 1956. Uber die Vertandingung bei indischen Bienen. Z. f. vergl. Physiol., 38: 521-557. Michener, C. D. 1946. Notes on the habits of some Panamanian stingless bees (Hymenop- tera, Apoidae). Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 54: 175—197. and Robert R. Sokal. 1957. A quantitative approach to a problem in classifica- tion. Evolution, 11(2): 130-162. 1959. Sibling species of Trigona from Angola (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Am. Mus. Novitates, n. 1956. 1961. Observations on the nests and behavior of Trigona in Australia and New Guinea (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Am. Mus. Novitates, n. 2026. Moure, J. S. 1944. Apoidea da Colecao do Conde Ainadeu Barbiellini (Hym., Apoidea). Rev. Ent. Rio de Janeiro 15: 1-18. 1946. Contribuicao para o conhecimento dos Meliponinae (Hymenoptera, Apoi- dea). Rev. Ent., 17: 437-443. 1950. Notas sobre alguns Meliponinae da Guiana Francesa, Dusenia, 1(5): 297-303. and Warwick E. Kerr. 1950. Sugestoes para a modificagao da sistematica do genero Melipona (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Dusenia, 1: 105-129. 1960. Abelhas da Regiao Neotropical descritas por G. Gribodo (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Bol. Univ. Parana, Zoologia, n. 1. 1960. Notes on the types of the Neotropical bees described by Fabricius (Hym., Apodea). Studia Entomologica, 3(1-4): 97-160. 1961. A preliminary supra-specific classification of the Old World meliponine bee. (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Studia Entomologica, 4(1-4): 181-242. Nogueira-Neto, Paulo. 1954. Notas bionomicas sobre Meliponineos III: sobre a enxa- meagem (Hym., Apoidea). Arq. Mus. Nac. (Rio), 42: 419-452. Pagden, H. T. 1957. Notes of communal flight activities of stingless bees. Malayan Nature Journal, 12: 15-19. Portugal- Araujo, V. de, and Warwick E. Kerr. 1959. A case of sibling species among social bees. Rev. Bras. Biol. 19(3) : 223-228. 18 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Rau, Phil. 1943. Notes on the nesting habits of certain social and solitary bees of Mexico. An. Ent. Soc. Am., 36(4) : 641-646. Sakagami, Shoichi, F. 1959. Stingless bees collected by Prof. S. Matsumura from Singa- pore (Hym., Apoidea). Insecta, Matsumurana, 22(3-4: 119-121. 1960. Some bees of Apinae and Xylocopinae collected in Cambodia, KountyU. 28: 146-147. and Kimio Yoshikawa. 1961. Bees of Xylocopinae and Apinae collected by the Osaka City University Biological Expedition to Southeast Asia, 1957-58, with some biological notes. Nature and life in Southeast Asia, I, 409-444. Schwarz, H. F. 1932. The genus Melipona : the type genus of the Meliponidae or sting- less bees. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 63: 231-460. 1937. Results of the Oxford University Sarawak (Borneo) expedition: Bor- nean Stingless Bees of the genus Trigona. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 73: 281-329. 1938. The stingless bees (Meliponidae) of British Guiana and some related forms. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 74: 437-508. 1939. Two Trigona bees collected by Prof. Teiso Esaki on the Palau and E. Caroline Islands. Mushi, Fukoka, Japan. 12: 151-152. 1940. Additional species and records of stingless bees (Meliponidae) from British Guiana. Am. Mus. Novitates, 1078: 1-12. 1943. New Trigona bees from Peru. Am. Mus. Novitates, 1243: 1-10. 1948. Stingless bees (Meliponidae) of the Western Hemisphere. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 90: 1-546. Scliwarzbach, M. 1961. The climatic history of Europe and North America. In “De- scriptive Palaeoclimatology,” XI: 255-291. Edited by A. E. M. Nairn, Interscience Publishers Inc. New York. Simpson, G. G. 1961. Historical Zoogeography of Australian Mammals. Evolution, 15 (4) : 431-446. Tate, G. H. H. 1951. The rodents of Australia and New Guinea. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 97: 183-430. Termier, H., and Genevieve Termier. 1952. Histoire Geologique de la Biosphere. 721 pp. Masson & Cie., Fditeurs. Paris. Tosi, Alessandro. 1896. Di un nuovo genere di Apiaria fossile nell’ ambra di Sicilli ( Meliponorytes succini — M. sicula) . Rev. Italiana di Paleontologia, 2: 352-356. Wille, Alvaro. 1959. A new fossil stingless bees (Meliponini) from the Amber of Chia- pas, Mexico, Journ. of Paleontology, 33(5) : 848-852. 1961. Las abejas jicotes de Costa Rica. Rev. de la Univ. de Costa Rica, n. 22: 1-30. March, 1964] Leonard : Magicicada Biology 19 BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY OF MAGICICADA SEPTENDECIM (L.) (HEMIPTERA: CICADIDAED David E. Leonard Conn. Agric. Exper. Station Received for Publication Jan. 3, 1963 Abstract The emergence of Brood 11 of the periodical cicada in Connecticut in 1962 provided an opportunity to add some data on the biology and ecology of this insect. Nymph al patterns, the effects of soil temperature, and bird predation are discussed in relation to emergence. Also noted is a prolonged period of emergence, daytime adult transformation, and distribution in Connecticut. Brood 11 of the periodical cicada emerged in central and south central Connecticut during late May and early June of 1962. Some observations of this insect were made in an orchard in Middlefield, Connecticut, where a heavy population occurred. An estimate of this population was difficult, since in 1958 the orchard soil was treated with an insecticide to reduce the nymphal population. Even so, in a cage covering 9 square feet under a mature apple tree, 386 nymphs emerged. The concentration of nymphs in the orchard was greater than in adjacent woodlands. Three species of 17-year cicadas are recorded for Brood 11, but only Magicicada sept endecim (L.) is recorded from Connecticut (Alexander and Moore, 1962). More than 16 quarts of adult specimens were collected in Guilford, Middlefield, Meriden and Southington, Connecticut to check the species. Specimens thought to be M. septendicida Alexander and Moore were sent to Dr. Thomas E. Moore, of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan. Dr. Moore identified these specimens as M. septendecim. (L.). Nymphal Characters Nymphs were collected at intervals to determine occurrence of any changes in nymphal color patterns that might be useful for more reliability of prediction of emergence. Color changes of value in this connection (fig- ure 1) were based upon two obvious dark spots on the prothoraeic dorsum and two less obvious and lighter spots on the tylus. Since nymphal collec- tions were made at irregular intervals, the time that these color changes occur in regard to emergence can only be estimated. The darkening of the prothoraeic spots occurs gradually, and appears to be complete (black) at least 3 to 4 days before emergence. The pigmentation on the tylus occurs i For the loan of specimens, thanks are extended to Messrs. A1 Avitable and Alan Squires. The assistance of Mr. Alphonzo DeCaprio in collecting nymphs and adults is gratefully acknowledged. 20 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII at least 1 to 2 days before emergence. Hundreds of nymphs were observed emerging to transform and all had total black prothoracic spots, and tylus spots varying from brown to black. Emergence cannot be expected until after these color changes have taken place. Figure 1. Nymphal color pattern changes are useful in determining cicada emergence. Emergence does not occur until after the dark spots appear on the prothoracic dorsum and tylus, as shown in the nymph on the right. Effects of Soil Temperature Several accounts in the literature indicate soil temperature affects emer- gence (Marlatt, 1907; Krumbaeh, 1917). Beamer (1931) noted emergence ( of M. cassanii ? ) in a glen, protected from the wind and exposed to the sun, occurred several days before emergence in dense shade or uplands. Soil temperatures were recorded on the south (sunny) and north (shady) side of an apple tree (table 1). Soil temperatures of the southern exposure are higher, with the differences less pronounced at lower depths. The first emergence in the orchard took place under the south portion of the trees. This was evident on the first and second nights of emergence, but less appar- ent on the third night. The later emergence of adults from adjoining wooded areas also indicates March, 1964] Leonard : Magicicada Biology 21 the effects of soil temperature. Emergence from these areas was about 10 days later than emergence in the adjacent orchard. The soil temperatures Table 1 DATE TIME SOUTH DEPTH IN CM. TIME NORTH DEPTH IN CM. 25 50 120 180 25 50 120 180 May 17 10:30 A.M. 82 71.5 60 58 10:45 A.M. 76 70.5 60 55.5 May 21 12:40 P.M. 95 78 71 66 12:55 P.M. 88 81 69 68 May 25 12:15 P.M. 96 78 71 66 12:55 P.M. 84 68 63 60 June 1 11:50 A.M. — 88 85 72 12:10 P.M. — 76 67 65 Comparison of soil temperatures (degrees F.) under the south (sunny) and north (shady) side of an apple tree. Emergence occurred first under the south portion of the tree. in the wooded areas were considerably lower than those in the orchard ( table 2 ) . Most accounts of cicada emergence record heavy emergence over a period of one to three nights. However, in the Middlefield orchard, heavy emer- gence took place nightly from June 1st until 9-1 0th. Table 2 Emergence started TIME ORCHARD DEPTH IN CM. TIME WOODS DEPTH IN CM. 25 50 120 180 25 50 120 180 12:30 P.M. 96 88 85 82 12:55 P.M. 66 65 62 59 Soil temperatures taken on June 2nd on the south side of an apple tree and in adjacent woods. Emergence, already started in the orchard, did not start for another week in the woods. in May 27th, and continued at a low level until May 30th, when moderate numbers emerged. Counts from cages placed throughout the orchard will give some indication of this trend (table 3). Table 3 DATE OF COLLECTION NUMBER OF CICADAS June 6 938 June 8 345 June 11 369 June 14 42 June 18 96 June 20 11 June 21 discontinued 4 Cage record of cicada emergence. 22 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Emergence of large numbers of cicadas over a relatively short period of time may be due to a variety of conditions of which soil temperature is only one. Soil temperature recorded prior to and during emergence are included (table 4). On May 30th, when these recordings were made, emergence was the heaviest to date, but larger numbers emerged in succeeding nights. Table 4 TIME AIR TEMP. DEPTH IN CM. 25 50 120 180 3:30 P.M. 80.5 84 82 69 64 6:30 P.M. 80.5 — - 78 70 66 7:30 P.M. 74 — - 72 69 66 9:30 P.M. 68 — 76 67 65 Soil and air temperatures taken under an apple tree prior to and during emergence on the first evening (May 30) when cicadas emerged in numbers. Beamer (1931), in studies conducted in Kansas, noted the first adults to appear emerged early in the morning, but this was not observed in Middle- field. On June 6th, in the second week of emergence, transformation was observed throughout the day. At 12 :30 P.M., 23 cicadas were counted in a three foot section of an apple tree trunk. Of these, 17 were nymphs, and 6 were transformed or transforming adults. Bird Predation On May 17-30th, the period before peak emergence, the striking effects of bird predation (primarily blackbirds) was noted. During this period the only evidence of emergence was nymphal exuviae and adult fragments. Beamer (1931) noted that bird predation took place in the early morning hours, with a conspicuous lack of bird activity later in the day. This pattern was again evident in Middlefield. Alexander and Moore (1962) in their excellent account of 17 and 13-year cicadas relate the effects of bird predation to synchronous emergence. It is noteworthy that synchronous emergence is of advantage in reducing the effects of bird predation on the population. Synchronous emergence is being favored by the heavy selective pressure by birds on early emerging forms. Distribution in Connecticut Marlatt (1907), in a distribution map of Brood 11, indicates that this brood occurs throughout the eastern half of Connecticut. The map of Britton (1911) outlines the infestation as it occurred in 1911, and this cor- responds to the infestation observed in 1962. The cicadas occur almost March, 1964] Ludwig, Crowe and Hassemer: Fly Metamorphosis 23 wholly in the higher elevations, primarily on a series of ridges throughout central and south central Connecticut. This is coincident with reports that M. septendecim is primarily found in upland woods (Beamer, 1931, Dybas & Lloyd, 1962). In Connecticut, the lowlands and slopes once cleared for agricultural purposes have become reforested, yet there appears to be no noticeable migration of cicadas into these areas. The periodical cicada has a wide range of host plants, and the deciduous flora on the ridges and the valleys does not differ to any great extent. Restriction to the upland habitat by M. septendecim (at least in Connecticut) is not due to displace- ment by M. cassanii. Literature Cited Alexander, R. D., and T. E. Moore. 1962. The evolutionary relationships of 17-year and 13-year cicadas, and three new species (Homoptera, Cicadidae, Magicicada) . Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. Misc. Publ. 121: 1-59. Beamer, R. H. 1931. Notes on the 17-year cicada in Kansas. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc. 4: 53-58. Britton, W. E. 1911. The periodical cicada or seventen year locust in Connecticut in 1911. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. Ann. Rept. 35: 296-305. Dybas, H. S., and M. Lloyd. 1962. Isolation by habitat in two synchronized species of periodical cicadas (Homoptera: Cicadidae: Magicicada) . Ecol. 43: 444—459. Krumbach, T. 1917. Zur Naturgeschichte der Singcicaden im Roten Istrien. Zool. Anz. 48: 241-250. Marlatt, C. L. 1907. The periodical cicada. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Ent. Bull. 71: 1-181. FREE FAT AND GLYCOGEN DURING METAMORPHOSIS OF MUSCA DOMESTIC A L. Daniel Ludwig, Priscilla A. Crowe and Sr. M. Matthew Hassemer Dept. Biology, Fordham Univ. Received for Publication .Feb. 14, 1963 Abstract During the metamorphosis of the house fly, both glycogen and fat are used as direct energy sources. At 25 °C., the percentage of glycogen decreases from 0.99 in the prepupa to 0.34 in the 2-day pupa. It increases to 0.54 during the next 24 hrs. at the expense of fat and then diminishes to 0.28 in the newly emerged adult. The percentage of fat increases from 8.72 in the 6-day larva to 12.39 in the 1-day pupa. A loss of 2.8% occurs at the time glycogen increases and another loss of 2.6% occurs during the change from the 4-day pupa to the adult. These decreases are greater than required for the production of glycogen and for the loss of fat in the puparium and pupal skin on emergence. Pats and glycogen are important sources of energy during the metamor- 24 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII phosis of holometabolous insects. A decrease in fat content during’ the pupal stage was found by Rudolfs (1926) in the tent caterpillar, Malacosoma am ericana ; by Becker (1934) and by Moran (1959) in the mealworm, Tene- brio molitor ; and by Ilaub and Hitchcock (1941) in the blow fly, Phormia regina. Pearincott (1960) observed that the fatty acid content of the house fly, Musca domestica , decreased progressively during this stage. Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) showed that in the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica, glycogen is utilized during the early part of the pupal stage. It is then replenished at the expense of free fat during the fifth day of pupal life at 25° C. The decrease in fat which occurred at this time was sufficient to account for the resynthesis of glycogen. On the other hand, Rousell (1955) observed a steady decrease in glycogen during the pupal stage of the mealworm, T. molitor. Moran (1959) stated that in this insect both fat and glycogen furnish the energy for metamorphosis. This brief review indicates that during the pupal stage the utilization of glycogen may occur in two ways. First, glycogen may serve as a direct source of energy and is synthesized from fats after it reaches a low level (Ludwig and Rothstein, 1949) ; second, there may be a steady utilization of glycogen throughout the pupal stage with no evidence of its resynthesis (Rousell, 1955). The present study was undertaken to determine which type of glycogen utilization occurs in the house fly, and also whether free fats may be used in its synthesis and as a direct source of energy during the metamorphosis of this insect. Material and Methods The house flies used in these experiments were of the Wilson strain obtained from Rutgers University. All cultures were kept at 25 °C. The adults were fed sugar water and diluted milk, prepared from Borden’s Starlac. Eggs were laid on a cotton pad placed in the milk. They were removed within 24 hours after laying and transferred to the larval medium which consisted of Purina dog meal soaked in tap water. Larvae were collected 6 days after hatching. Others were collected just after puparium formation and placed in dated beakers. Insects were used at this stage and are referred to as prepupae. It lasts approximately 24 hours at 25° C. Pupae of known ages, timed within 24 hours, and recently emerged adult flies were also used. All insects were washed with distilled water and then with 65 per cent ethanol for five minutes to remove surface bacteria (Cotty, 1956.) They were then allowed to dry, weighed, and placed under vacuum desiccation where they were allowed to remain until used. Glycogen determinations were made on groups of five insects by a modified March, 1964] Ludwig, Crowe and Hassemer: Fly Metamorphosis 25 L Pp IP 2P 3P 4P A Explanation of the figure Figure 1. Changes in the percentages of fat and glycogen during the metamorphosis of the house fly. L, 6-day larva; Pp, prepupa; IP to 4P, days of pupal life; A, newly emerged adult. 26 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Pfiiiger technique (Good, Kramer and Somogyi, 1933). The glycogen was then hydrolyzed to glucose by boiling it in 0.6 N HC1 for 3 hours in a water bath. The amount of glucose thus formed was measured by the Hageclorn and Jensen procedure (Hawk, Oser and Summerson, 1954, p. 577). Table 1. Changes in glycogen content during the metamorphosis of the house fly. Stage No. of insects Average wet weight (™g-) Average weight of glycogen (mg.) % glycogen with standard errors value 6-day larva 70 25.23 0.216 0.86 + 0.019 Prepupa 70 18.80 0.186 0.99 + 0.013 5.4 1-day pupa 70 14.68 0.102 0.69 + 0.024 10.7 2 -day pupa 70 14.51 0.050 0.34 + 0.016 12.1 3-day pupa 70 14.48 0.078 0.54 + 0.022 6.4 4-day pupa 70 14.15 0.044 0.31 ± 0.016 7.6 Adult 50 11.85 0.033 0.28 ±0.018 1.3 Table 2. Changes in the free fat content during the metamorphosis of the house fly. Stage No. of insects Average wet weight (mg.) Average weight of fat (mg.) % fat with standard errors “t” value 6-day larva 90 22.59 1.97 8.72 + 0.28 Prepupa 84 20.58 1.91 9.28 + 0.65 0.79 1-day pupa 90 15.09 1.87 12.39 + 0.99 2.61 2 -day pupa 90 16.45 1.86 11.33 ± 1.19 0.69 3-day pupa 90 15.05 1.28 8.50 + 0.40 2.26 4-day pupa 90 14.95 1.21 8.13 + 0.42 0.63 Adult 78 12.43 0.68 5.51 ± 0.67 3.40 Fat extractions were made in a Soxhlet apparatus. Six insects were used for each extraction. They were ground in a clean mortar in fat-free sand, purified according to the method of Bloor (1929), and carefully transferred to a fat-free Soxhlet thimble. Free fats were extracted with anhydrous ethyl ether for more than 7 hours. The solvent was then carefully poured into a beaker which had been vacuum desiccated to constant weight. The Soxhlet flask was washed with anhydrous ethyl ether which was then added to that already present in the beaker. The beaker was covered with filter paper and allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. It was then desiccated in a vacuum to constant weight. The difference between the original and final weight of the beaker was used as the milligrams of free fat extracted. March, 1964] Ludwig, Crowe and Hassemer: Fly Metamorphosis 27 Observations The percentages of glycogen found in the different stages during the metamorphosis of the house fly are shown in Table 1. There is an increase between the 6-day larva and the prepupa. This increase was followed by a rapid decrease during the next 2 days. An increase, which represents a synthesis of glycogen, occurred between the 2-day and 3-day pupa, followed by a decrease during the last day of pupal life. The table shows that these changes are statistically significant since the difference between the means divided by its standard error (“t” value) is greater than 2 in each case. The results of the free fat extractions are given in Table 2. There is a synthesis of fat during the transformation from the larval to the pupal stages, followed by a decrease which continues into the adult stage. The increase during early metamorphosis and the decreases which occur between the 2-day and 3-clay pupa and between the 4-clay pupa and newly emerged adult are statistically significant. A comparison of the changes in the percentages of fat and glycogen which occur during metamorphosis from the larva to the adult is presented in Figure 1. The graphs show the increase in glycogen and the simultaneous decrease in fat which occurs between the 2-day and 3-day pupa. However, the loss of fat amounts to nearly 3 per cent and the amount of glycogen synthesized to only 0.2 per cent of wet weight. Discussion The increase in the percentages of both fat and glycogen observed in the house fly during the changes from the larva to the prepupa and pupa are probably associated with the loss of weight which occurs at this time ( Tables 1 and 2). Pearincott (1960) demonstrated that in the house fly there is a simultaneous loss of water so that other constituents become more concen- trated. These changes are comparable to those described by Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) for the Japanese beetle, P. japonica. However, the de- crease in glycogen found during the change from the prepupa to the 1-day pupa, even though a loss of weight and water occurred at this time, suggests its utilization for energy. The sharp increase in glycogen accompanied by a significant decrease in fat, observed between the 2-day and 3-day pupa, suggests that in the house fly, fats are used in the synthesis of glycogen. In this respect, metamor- phosis of the house fly follows the same pattern described by Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) for the Japanese beetle. However, since the loss of fat is much greater than is required for glycogen synthesis, it appears that some of the fat is used as a direct source of energy. The loss of fat which occurs 28 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII during the last day of pupal life (4-day pupa to newly emerged adult), which averages more than 2.6 mg., is much greater than can be explained by the loss of the puparium and pupal skin on emergence. Hence, during the metamorphosis of the house fly, both glycogen and fat appear to be used as direct energy sources. In this respect, the results are comparable to those described by Rousell (1955) and by Moran (1959) for the metamorphosis of the mealworm, T . molitor. Literature Cited Becker, M. 1934. Wan diungen des Fettes wahrend der Metamorphose. Biocliem. Zeitschr., 272: 227-34. Bloor, W. B. 1929. The oxidative determination of phospholipid (lecithin and cepli- alin) in blood and tissues. J. Biol. Cliem., 82: 273-86. Cotty, Y. F. 1956. Respiratory metabolism of prepupae and pupae of the house fly, Musca domestica L ., and of their homogenates. Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst., 18: 253-62. Good, C. A., H. Kramer and M. Somogyi. 1933. The determination of glycogen. J. Biol. Cliem., 100: 485-91. Haub, J. G., and F. A. Hitchcock. 1941. The interconversion of foodstuffs in the blow fly ( Phormia regina ) during metamorphosis. III. Chemical composition of larvae, pupae and adults. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 34: 32-37. Hawk, P. B., B. L. Oser and H. W. Summerson. 1954. Practical Physiological Chem- istry. Blakiston Co. Philadelphia. Ludwig, D., and F. Rothstein. 1949. Changes in the carbohydrate and fat content of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) during metamorphosis. Physiol. Zool., 22: 308-17. Moran, M. R. 1959. Changes in the fat content during metamorphosis of the meal- worm, TenePrio molitor Linnaeus. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 67: 213-16. Pearincott, J. V. 1960. Changes in the lipid content during growth and metamor- phosis of the house fly Musca domestica Linnaeus. J. Cell. Comp. Physiol., 55: 167-74. Rousell, P. G. 1955. Determination of glycogen content during the metamorphosis of the mealworm ( Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus). J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 63: 107-10. Rudolfs, W. 1926. Studies on chemical changes during the life cycle of the tent caterpillar ( Malacosoma americana Fab.). I. Moisture and fat. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 34: 249-56. March, 1964] Osgood: Fleas of Vermont 29 FLEAS OF VERMONT Frederick L. Osgood, Jr.1 Received for publication Feb. 7, 1963 Abstract Lists 33 species of fleas collected in Vermont by locality, date, host and numbers of each sex. Seven additional species taken adjacent to Vermont from hosts known to occur in Vermont are included. It is indicated that the distribution of FLoplopsyllus glacialis lynx may be influenced by the presence or absence of the cottontail rabbit Sylvilagus. H.g.lynx has not been found on the varying hare Lepus or the bob cat Lynx where Sylvilagus is found. Early studies of fleas included few records from Vermont. Fox (1940) listed Myodopsylla insignis from Vermont and Fuller (1943) listed 13 species from Vermont. This paper lists 33 species and, while incomplete, modifies the known range of several species and in one case raises the ques- tion of the host as a distribution factor. All known Vermont records whether previously published or not are included. Species are arranged according to the classification proposed by Hopkins and Rothschild (1953 et seq.) Family Pulicidae Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis). Rutland, Aug. 1, 1934, from Felis catus, 4 $$,19; Saxton’s River, Windham Co., Aug. 10, 1941, in house, 5 $ $ , 3 9 9- Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche). Rutland, Aug. 1, 1934, from Canis familiaris, 2 $ $, 2 9 9; Saxton’s River, in house, Aug. 10, 1941, 2 9 9. Cediopsylla simplex (Baker). Saxton’s River, Dec. 25, 1933, from Lepus americanus virginianus, 2 9 9; Saxton’s River, Dec. 23, 1934, same host, 1 $ , 5 9 9; Chitten- den, Rutland Co., Jan. 24, 1947, from Vulpes fulva, 7 $ $ , 10 9 9; Mendon, Rutland Co., Jan. 10, 1952, from Sylvilagus transitionalis, 8 9 9 ; Saxton’s River, Oct. 10, 1953, from Peromyscus leucopus novel) or acensis, 2 $ $ ; Rutland, Oct. 23, 1954, from S. transitionalis, 3 $ $ , 8 9 9; Shrewsbury, Rutland Co., Dec. 19, 1959, from L. a. virginianus, 8 $ $ , 9 9 9; Mendon, Dec 19, 1959, 6 $ $ , 8 9 9; Mendon, March 22, 1960, from Lynx rufus, 13 $ $ , 24 9 9. Hoplopsyllus glacialis lynx (Baker). Island Pond, Essex Co., Dec. 31, 1960, from L. a virginianus, 6 $ $, 7 9 9; Troy, Orleans Co., Dec. 17, 1961, 1 $, 1 9 ; Lowell, Orleans Co., Dec. 18, 1961, 2 9 9 (Miller, 1962). Xenopsylla cheopis (Rothschild). Springfield, Windson Co., June 22, 1944, from Felis catus ; 1 $. (Collector, Robert McArthur, determined by Robert Traub). i I wish to express appreciation to : F. C. Bishopp and M. A. Stewart for determina- tion and preparation advice; Ann Nichols for help in collecting; H. S. Fuller for determinations; Robert Traub for records of fleas obtained from nests and determina- tions; George Loshbough Jr. for advice and study material; Allen H. Benton for determinations and reading the manuscript and William Flanders for data on cottontails in Essex Co. Special credit is due Donald Miller for permission to include his valuable records from northeastern Vermont in this paper. 30 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Family Vermipsyllidae Chaetopsylla lotoris (Stewart). Mendon, May 2, 1934, from nest of Tamiassciurus hudsonicus loquax, 4 $ $ , 5 9 9. Family Hystrichopsyllidae Conor h in opsylla stanfordi Stewart. Rutland, Feb. 25, 1951, from Glaucomys sabrinus macrotis, 1 9 • Corrodopsylla c. curvata (Rothscdiild) . Mendon, June 9, 1945, from Sorex sp., 1 $, (Traub collection) ; Mendon, June 1, 1951, from Blarina brevicauda talpoides, 1 $ . Ctenophtlialmus p. pseudagyrtes Baker. Bread Loaf, Addison Co., from B. b. talpoides, 1 $ ; Middlebury, Addison Co., same host; Rutland, June 20, 1934, same host, 1 9 ; Sherburn, Rutland Co., Aug. 13, 1934, from N dpeozapus i. insignis, 1 9 ; Mendon, Aug. 20, 1934, from B. b. talpoides, 1 9 ; Rutland, Oct. 23, 1941, from Tamiasciurus hudsonicus loquax, 1 $ ; Rutland, Oct. 23, 1941, from Napeozapus i. insignis, 1 9 ; Rutland, Oct. 23, 1941, from nests of Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis, 6 $ $, 4 9 9; Rutland, Oct. 23, 1941, from nest of Microtus p. pennsylv aniens, 1 $ , 3 9 9; Sherburn, June 8, 1945, from Cletlirionomys gapperi ochraceus, 2 $ $ ; Rutland, May 25, 1946, from P. 1. noveboracensis, 1 9 ; Lyndon Center, Caledonia Co., from nest of M. p. pennsylv anicus, 11 $ $ , 8 9 9; (Donald H. Miller collection) ; Lyndon Center, Mar. 5, 1961, 1 $ (DHM) ; Lyndon Center, Apr. 5, 1961, from nest of Microtus p. pennsylv anicus, 1 $, 2 9 9 (DHM); Lyndon Center, Apr. 26, 1961, from Condylura cristate, 13 $ $, 11 9 9, collected by David Willey (DHM). Doratopsylla blarinae C. Fox. Saxtons River, July 11, 1934, from B. b. talpoides; 1 1 9 ; Saxton’s River, July 14, 1934, same host, 1 $, 1 9 ; Rutland, July 18, 1934, same host, 1 $ ; Springfield, Aug. 3, 1941, same host 2 9 9; Lyndonville, Caledonia Co., Oct. 7, 1961, 3 $ $, 1 9 (Donald Miller). Hystrichopsylla tahavuana Jordon. Rutland, March 7, 1951, from nest of Microtus p. pennsylv anicus, 1 $ , 1 9 . Catallagia borealis Ewing. Mendon, Dec. 4, 1960, from Cletlirionomys g. ochraceus, 1 $ , 1 9. Epitedia wenmanni wenmanni (Rothschild). Mendon, Apr. 20, 1934, from Mustela c. cicognani, 1 9 ; Rutland, Oct. 3, 1941, from nest of P. 1. noveboracensis, 3 $ $ , 3 9 9; Rutland, Oct. 3, 1941, from nest of M. p. pennsyvlanicus, 1 $ , 3 9 9; Mendon, Dec. 4, 1960, from C. g. ochraceus, 1 $ , 1 9 ; Lyndon Center, March 24, 1960, from nest of M. p. pennsylv anicus, 1 9 • Epitedia wenmanni testor (Rothschild). Rutland, Oct. 27, 1941, from nest of P. 1. noveboracensis, 3 $ $ , 3 9 9; Rutland, Oct. 31, 1941, 2 9 9. Tamiophila grandis (Rothschild). Mendon, May 2, 1934, from Tamias striatus lysteri, 2 9 9; Saxton’s River, July 2, 1934, from Canis familiaris, 2 $ $ , 4 9 9; Saxton’s River, Oct. 15, 1934, from T. s. lysteri, 1 9, Bishopp #22727; Rutland, Apr. 23, 1941, from nest of same host, 6 $ $ , 8 9 9; Rutland, Nov. 10, 1941, from nest of same host, 3 9 9; Rutland, March 11, 1961, from T. h. loquax, 1 9 • Nearctopsylla genalis genalis (Baker). Mendon, Apr. 20, 1934, from Mustela, c. cicog- nani, 2 9 9; Sherburn, July 27, 1934, from Cletlirionomys g. ochraceus, 1 9 ; Saxton’s River, Nov. 20, 1934, 1 9 ; Rutland, Dec. 14, 1946, from B. b. talpoides, 1 9 ; Mendon, June 1, 1951, same host, 1 9 ; Rutland, Nov. 5, 1951, from March, 1964] Osgood: Fleas of Vermont 31 M. e. cicognani, 1 $ ; Rutland, Nov. 24, 1951, same host, 1 $ ; Rutland, Nov. 11, from B. b. talpoides, 1 $ ; Saxton’s River, Oct. 23, 1953, from Sciurus carolinensis leucotis, 2 $ $ ; Lyndon Center, Nov. 3, 1959, from B. b. talpoides, 1 $ ; (Col- lector, David Bouton, record supplied by Donald Miller) ; Rutland, Dec. 4, 1960, from same host., 1 $ , 1 9 . Stenoponia americana (Baker). Rutland, March 3, 1940, from nest of P. 1. novebora- censis, 1 $ , 3 9 9; Rutland, March 25, 1946, from nest, of same host 1 $ , 2 9 9; Rutland, March 7, 1951, from nest of same host, 1 9 • F a m ily I sell nop sy lli d ae Myodopsylla insignis (Rothschild). Chittenden, Jan. 11, 1914, 19 ( F. M. Allen) ; Brandon, Rutland Co., Aug. 11, 1934, from Pipistrellus subflavus obscurus, 4 $ $ ; Brandon, Nov. 24, 1934, from Myotis l. lucifugus, 1 $, 1 9, (Bishopp #22724- 22725) ; Dorset, Bennington Co., from same host, 1 9 ; Castleton, Rutland Co., July 11, 1954, same host 24 $ $ , 31 9 9. Family Leptopsvllidae Peromyscopsylla catatina (Jordan). Mendon, Oct. 1, 1934, from Peromyscus manic- ulatus gracilis, 4 $ $ ; Sherburn, Oct. 15, 1951, same host, 1 $ , 1 9 • Peromyscopsylla hesperomys hesperomys (Baker). Brandon, Nov. 8, 1934, from Pip- istrellus s. obscurus (the cave from which this bat was collected was inhabited by Peromyscus m. gracilis ) ; 1 9 ; Rutland, Oct. 1, 1941, from next of p. 1. nove- boracensis, 1 9 ; Rutland, Feb. 2, 1952, from B. b. talpoides, 1 $ ; Rutland, Apr. 26, 1965, from M. p. pennsylvanicus, 1 $ , 1 9 . Family Ceratopliyllidae Ceratophyllus celsus celsus Jordan. Saxton’s River, Aug. 10, 1961, from nest of Petro- chelidon albifrons, 1 9 • Ceratophyllus gallinae (Schrank). Rutland, May 5, 1952, from nest of Sialia s. sialis, 1 9 ; Saxton’s River, May 3, 1960, from nest of Passer domesticus, 1 9 . Ceratophyllus idius Jordan and Rothschild. Rutland, Oct. 22, 1954, from nest of Iridoprocne bicolor, 1 9 . Ceratophyllus riparius riparius Jordan and Rothschild. Mendon, Aug. 17, 1960, from nest of Biparia r. riparia, 1 $ , 1 9 . Megabothris acerbus (Jordan). Rutland, Apr. 23, 1941, from nest of Tamias striatus lysteri, 1 9 ; Rutland, Nov. 4, 1941, from nest of same host 5 9 9; Rutland, March 7, 1951, from nest of same host, 2 9 9; Rutland, March 11, 1951, from Tamiasciurus h. loquax, 1 $ ; Island Pond, Essex Co., Aug. 17, 1953, from Clethri- onomys g. ochraceus, 2 9 9; Rutland, Dec. 1953, from nest of catbird currently occupied by Peromyscus l. noveboraceyisis, 2 $ $ . Megabothris asio asio (Baker). Rutland, July 1, 1934, from Microtus p. pennsylvanicus , 1 $ , 1 9 ; Rutland, Oct. 1, 1941, from nest of same host, 2 $ $ , 7 9 9; Lyndon center, March 29, 1960, from nest of same host, 1 9 (Donald Miller). Megabothris quirini (Rothschild). Mendon, May 4, 1945, 1 4 9 9 (Robert Traub) ; Island Pond, Aug. 17, 1953, from Microtus c. chrotorrhinus,, 1 9 . Monopsyllus vison (Baker). Saxton’s River, March 21, 1934, from Tamiasciurus h. 32 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII loquax, 1 9 ; Rutland, Oct. 23, 1941, from nest of same host, 3 9 9: Lyndon Center, March 12, 1961, same host, 1 $, 3 9 9 (Donald Miller); Lyndon Center, Apr. 23, 1961, same host, 1 $, 1 9 (Donald Miller) ; East Burke, Caledonia Co., May 10, 1961, 1 $, 1 9, collector, Lionel Fisher (Donald Miller). Opisodasys pseudarctomys (Baker). Mendon, Nov. 15, 1934, from Glaucomys v. volans, 1 $ , 2 9 9; Mendon, Nov. 20, 1934, same host, 1 $ , 1 9 ; Saxton’s River Dec. 22, 1934, same host, 4 $ $, 6 9 9; Rutland, Jan. 4, 1948, from Sylvilagus transi- tionalis , 5 9 9; Rutland, Feb. 15, 1951, from Glaucomys sabrinus macrotis, 2 $ $ ; Mendon, June 1, 1961, from Blarina b. talpoides, 2 $ $. Orchopeas caedens durus (Jordan). Shadow Lake, Orleans Co., Oct. 4, 1959 from T. h. loquax, 2 $ $ , 2 9 9; collector, W. Randall (D. Miller) ; Lyndon Center, Mar. 5, 1961, same host, 1 $ ,1 9, (D. Miller) ; East Burke, March 10, 1961, same host, 1 9 , Collector, L. Fisher, (D. Miller) ; Lyndon Center, March 12, 1961, same hose, 1 9 (D. Miller) ; Saxton’s River, Nov. 27, 1960, from nest of same host, 1 $ , 1 9. Orcliopeas howardi liowardi (Baker). Saxton’s River, Dec. 22, 1934, from Glaucomys v. volans, 1 $ , 3 9 9; Springfield, May 19, 1941, from nest of Sciurus c. leucotis, 8 $ $ , 15 9 9; Saxton’s River, Sept. 1, 1953, from G. v. volans, 1 9 ; Saxton’s River, Oct. 3, 1953, same host, 14 9 9 (Anne Nichols). Orchopeas leucopus (Baker). Pittsford Mills, Rutland Co., from Peromyscus m. gracilis, 1 9 (Fuller, 1943) ; Mendon, June 1, 1934, from P. 1. noveboracensis, 3 9 9; Sherburn, July 15, 1934, from Clethrionomys g. ochraceus, 1 $, 1 9 ; Mendon, Aug. 23, 1934, from P. m. gracilis, 2 9 9; Rutland, Rutland Co., Oct. 1, 1941, from P. 1. noveboracensis, 4 $ $ , 4 9 9; Rutland, Oct. 1, 1941, from nest of same host; 2 9 9; Rutland, Oct. 5, 1941, same host, 1 $, 1 9 ; Rutland, Nov. 1, 1941, nest of same host, 2 $ $ , 8 9 9- Lyndon Center, March 20, 1960, from P. m. gracilis, 2 9 9 (Donald Miller) ; Lyndon ville, Mar. 20, 1960, 1 9 (David Bouton, Donald Miller). Oropsylla arctomys (Baker). Mendon, Apr. 17, 1934, from Mustela frenata novebora- censis, 1 $ ; Sherburn, July 27, 1934, from Clethrionomys g. ochraceus, 1 $ ; Greensboro, Orleans Co., Apr. 18, 1961, from Marmota monax rufescens, 31 $ $ , 27 9 9 (Douglas Murray, D. Miller) ; East Burke, May 2, 1961, same host, 3 $ $ , 6 9 9; (Douglas Murray, D. Miller) ; East Burke, May 6, 1961, same host, 1 $ , 4 9 9 (D. Murray) ; East Burke, May 11, 1961, same host 3 $ $ , 1 9 (D. Mur- ray) . DISCUSSION In addition to the 33 species and subspecies listed, at least seven other species taken nearby may be expected to be found in Vermont. These are: Saphiopsylla bishopi Jordan, recorded in eastern New York from voles (Connor, 1960). Epitedia faceta (Rothschild), collected in several neighboring states from squirrels, especially flying squirrels (Benton and Cerwonka, 1960). Nycteridopsylla chapini (Jordan), reported from New York and Massachusetts, from the big brown bat, Eptesicus fuscus. Peromyscopsylla scotti I. Fox, collected about 25 miles of the Vermont border at Albany, N. Y., and in Mass., from deermice. Peromyscopsylla hamifer hamifer (Rothschild), collected in Maine, New Hampshire, and Maryland, primarily from voles. March, 1964] Osgood: Fleas of Vermont 33 Odontopsyllus multispinosus (Baker), collected in Mass, and N. Y. from cottontail rabbits ( Sylvilagus spp.). Ceratopliyllus diffinis Jordan, collected from nests of various birds in neighboring states, and from a robin in N. Y. (Parkes, 1954). The most interesting recent addition to the list of fleas of Vermont is that of Hoplopsyllus glacialis Lynx (Baker) (Miller, 1962). From my experi- ence this species is not found where the cottontail rabbit, and its common flea, Cediopsylla simplex, occur. William Flanders of Island Pond, where H. g. lynx has been collected, writes (letter of Aug. 11, 1962) : “I have a beagle, hunt rabbits two or three times a week throughout the season. I have never seen a cottontail rabbit in Essex Co. or one’s tracks”. Similarly, Dr. Allen H. Benton tells me that snowshoe hares in eastern N. Y. are heavily infested with C. simplex wherever cottontail rabbits occur, and he has been unable to collect H. g. lynx in that area. Literature Cited Benton, Allen H., and Robert H. Cerwonka. 1960. Host relationships of some east- ern Siphonaptera. Amer. Midi. Nat. 63: 383-391. Connor, Paul F. 1960. The small mammals of Otsego and Schoharie counties, New York. N. Y. S. Mus. and Sci. Serv. Bull. 382: 84 pp. Fox, Irving. 1940. Fleas of eastern United States. Iowa State College Press, Ames, Iowa; pp. i-vii, 1-191. Fuller, H. S. 1943. Fleas of New England. Journ, N. Y. Ent. Soc. 11: 1—12. Hopkins, G. H. E., and Miriam Rothschild. 1953, 1956. An illustrated catalogue of the Rothschild collection of fleas. British Mus. (Nat. Hist), Vol. 1, pp. xv + 361, Vol. 2. pp. xi + 445. Miller, Donald H. 1962. Hoplopsyllus glacialis lynx in Vermont (Pulicidae, Siphon- aptera). Journ. Parasit. 48: 751. Parkes, Kenneth C. 1954. Notes on some birds of the Adirondack and Catskill Mountains, N. Y. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 33: (Art. 8) : 149-178. 34 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII NEOTROPICAL ARADIDAE XII (HETEROPTERA: ARADIDAE) Nicholas A. Ivormilev Brooklyn, N. Y. Received for publication Feb. 4, 1963. Abstract Describes Bergrothiessa paranensis, Kormilevia gerali, Notoplocoris ovatus, Pictinus rhombocarinatus, and Notapictinus microptems, five new species from Brazil. In 1962 Mr. Fritz Plaumann, Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil, sent me a collection of Aradidae taken by him in the states of Santa Catarina and Parana, for which I express my sincere thanks. Five species are new and are described herewith. One is a micropterous species belonging to the genus Pictinus Stal, 1873, and allied to P. brasil- iensis (Wygodzinsky) , 1948 also a micropterous species of the “fronto group.” Another is a micropterous species of the genus Notapictinus Usinger and Matsuda, 1959 which until now contained only maeropterous and brachypterous forms. An aberrant species of the genus Noloptocoris Usinger, 1941, ovate in shape with much reduced lobes on the thorax and abdomen was also in the collection. An additional new species of the genus Kormilevia Usinger and Matsuda, 1959, has induced me to devise a broader version of the key for the genus Kormilevia ; in this I include K. teresopoli- tana ( Wygozinsky) 1948, which was omitted from the key by Usinger and Matsuda (1959, p. 331). Subfamily MEZIRINAE Oshanin, 1908 Genus Bergrothiessa Usinger and Matsuda, 1959 Bergrothiessa paranensis n. sp. Fig. 1 male Allied to B. plaumanni Kormilev, 1960, but slightly larger, tapering anteriorly, widening posteriorly ; thorax and abdomen more flattened. Anterolateral angles of pronotum acute, slightly produced forward ; lateral borders of pronotum and mesonotum straight. External margins of connexiva YI and VII sinuate. Spiracles II to V ventral, VI to VIII lateral, visible from above. Ovate and round calloused spots on central dorsal plate of thorax and abdomen larger and more distinct than in B. plaumanni (almost indistinguishable in latter). Hypopygium same type as in B. plaumanni, i.e. small, globose, with triangular elevation of dorsal surface attaining three-fourths median length. measurements Head slightly longer than wide through eyes (20.5: 19); antennal segmental ratios: 15: 7 : 20 : 7.5; pronotum shorter than wide across humeri (12: 28) ; March, 1964] Kormilev: Neotropical Aradidae XII 35 mesonotmn 10: 33); abdomen shorter than wide across segment IY (50: 68); liypopy- gium shorter than wide (10: 13). color Testaceous variegated with piceous ; connexiva bicolorous, lateral margins black (%), ochraceous (%). Femora bicolored, ochraceous, infuscated apically; tibiae bicolored with three dark rings (uniformly colored in B. plaumanni) . Total length 4.9 mm.; width across pronotum 1.4 mm; width of abdomen 3.4 mm. holotype Male Mariopolis, Parana, Brazil. F. Plaumann, collector. De- posited in my collection. 1. Bergrothiessa paranensis n. sp., $ , tip of abdomen. 2. Eormilevia gerali n. sp., $ , tip of abdomen. 3. Eormilevia gerali n. sp., $ , tip of abdomen. 4. N otoplocoris ovatus n. sp., $ , tip of abdomen. 5. Pictinus rhombocarinatus n. sp., $ , central dorsal plate. 6. Notapictinus micropterus n. sp., $ , tip of abdomen. Key for the species of genus Eormilevia Usinger and Matsuda. 1. Spiracles from II to VI ventral, remote from border; spiracles VII and VIII and VIII lateral and visible from above teresopolitana (Wygodzinsky) Spiracles II to IV ventral, V and VI sublateral or lateral, slightly visible from above. VII and VIII lateral 2 2. Eyes large, as long as or longer than anteocular margin from eye to tip of anten- niferous tubercle 3 Eyes small, shorter than anteocular margin 4 3. Eyes longer than anteocular margin; hypopygium wider than head through eyes; paratergites (lobes of VIII) small, reaching middle of hypopygium dureti (Kormilev) Eyes as long as anteocular margin; paratergites large, reaching two-thirds length of hypopygium setigera Usinger and Matsuda 4. Spiracles II to IV ventral; V sublateral, barely visible from above; VI to VIII lateral and distinctly visible from above; median carina of hypopygium not 36 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII reaching apex of segment; paratergites large attaining three-fourths length of hypopygium gerali n. sp. Spiracles II to IV ventral; V and YI sublateral or lateral; YII and VIII lateral; median carina of hypopygium reaching or exceeding apex of segment; paratergites small 5 5. Spiracles V and VI sublateral, barely visible from above; VII and VIII lateral; hypopygium as wide as head, median carina extending from middle of disc to apex of segment ; paratergites reaching two-thirds length of hypopygium montrouzieri (Kormilev) Spiracles V to VIII lateral and visible from above ; hypopygium narrower than head, median carina thin, extending from base to short distance beyond apex of segment; paratergites reaching to middle of hypopygium plaumanni (Kormilev) Kormilevia gerali n. sp Figs. 2, 3. male Allied to montrouzieri and plaumanni, slightly larger and flatter, abdomen relatively wider. Spiracles V sublateral, VI to VIII lateral and visible from above. Paratergites large, extending three-fourths length of hypopygium in male or segment IX in female. Hypopygium subcordate; triangular elevation of dorsal disc originates at base and ends slightly before apex of segment ; paratergites in female large, triangular ; segment IX small, deeply incised at tip. color Partially yellow brown and yellow, median elevations on terga IV and V piceous in both sexes, i.e. overall paler and more variegated than in allied species. measurements Head almost as long as wide through eyes ($-30: 31; $ 33: 33) ; antennal segmental ratios: $-17: 10: 23: 13, 9-19: 11: 26: 14; pronotum short and wide ($ -20: 50; 9-22: 52); abdomen longer than wide across segment IV ( $-90: 80; 9-100: 94) ; hypopygium shorter than wide: 20: 25. Total length $-4.0 mm., 9-4.5 mm.; width of pronotum: $-1.22 mm., 9-1.30 mm.; width of abdomen: $-2.0 mm., 9-2.35 mm. holotype Male Serra Geral, Santa Catarina, Brazil. December 1958, F. Plaumann, collector. Deposited in my collection. allotype Female Same data as above. Deposited in F. Plaumann collec- tion. Genus Notoplocoris Usinger Notoplocoris ovatus n. sp. Figs. 2, 3. female Elongate ovate, extensively covered with very short curly hairs. head Longer than wide through eyes (36: 28.5), tapering posteriorly from tip of anten- niferous tubercles to base, anterior process strong, slightly tapering, incised at apex, at- taining two-fifths first antennal segment; clypeus reaching middle of juga. Antennifer- ous tubercles stout, dentiform, divergent, reaching one-fifth first antennal segment. Eyes March, 1964] Kormilev: Neotropical Aradidae XII 37 small, globose, exserted. Postocular margins straight, long, convergent posteriorly, covered with somewhat longer curled hairs. Lateral slialves long, naked. Vertex with double row of setigerous tubercles, slightly convergent posteriorly. Antennae long, slender, segment I with fine, erect hairs each half the length of segmental diameter, other segments naked except IV with brush of hairs on apical half ; segmental ratios : 18: 10: 22: 9. Rostrum reaching hind border of rostral groove, latter deep and narrow, closed at posterior end. Ventral surface of head rugose laterad of rostral groove. pronotum Half as long as wide at base (20: 40) ; collar narrow, distinctly separated from disc; anterolateral angles subangularly rounded; lateral margins straight, reflexed; disc with four (2 + 2) high, longitudinal ridges, two (1 + 1) lateral or deep median sulcus, two (1 + 1) at lateral margins of pronotum; posterior margin angularly produced backward. Mesonotitm. Much shorter than wide (15: 50), subtriangularly elevated at middle, forming two (1 + 1) high, rounded, refiexed lobes laterad of median elevation; median line marked by double carina ; mesonotum separated from metanotum by two (1 + 1) deep, curved impressions. metanotum Formed by two (1 +1) large, inflated plates united by thin median strip, and by two (1 + 1) small, reflexed rounded lobes at lateral margins. abdomen Longer than wide across segment V (90: 75) ; tergum I rather flat naked at middle except for double row of tubercles on median line, and few scattered tubercles laterally. Terga II to VI fused into large rectangular central dorsal plate, disc flat slight rhomboidal elevation on tergum II, tubercle on IV, small triangular elevation on VI; each tergit.e with four (2 + 2) rows of round, callous spots, one on each segment in inner row, two in outer row. Tergum VII elevated posteriorly, disc with ring-shaped elevation in middle. Connexivum wide, reflexed, exterior borders festooned, each segment slightly sinuate anteriorly, slightly convex posteriorly. PE-angles of connexiva rounded, those on VII forming small, reflexed, angular lobes. Paratergites (lobes of VIII) small, triangular, almost attaining tip of segment IX, the latter tricuspidate. Spiracles II to VII ventral, remote from margin, VIII lateral and visible from above. Meta- thoracic scent gland opening slightly visible from above. color Uniformly dark brown; round, calloused spots yellow-brown. Total length. 8.0 mm.; width of pronotum 2.0 mm., width of abdomen 3.75 mm. holotype Female Caiboa, Parana, Brazil. December 1958. F. Plaumann, collector. Deposited in my collection. remarks N. ovatus is allied to N. soibrali Wygodz insky but differs by its ovate shape, absence of lobes on abdominal segment VI, very small reflexed lobes on segment VII, and different proportions of the antennal segments. Genus Pictinus Stal Pictinus rhombocarinatus n. sp. male Closely allied to P. brasiliensis (Wygodzinsky) but slightly larger, all carinae on pronotum, scutellum, and metasternum more prominent, though similar in design. Tergum I more prominent. Central dorsal plate (terga II to VI) provided with fine transverse carinae marking limits of each segment. Posterior margin of tergum II angularly produced posteriorly, deeply sinuate each side of median protuberance. 38 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Middle of terga III and IV combined provided with large rhomboidal elevation with thick carinate margins (elevation absent in brasiliensis ) ; disc of III longitudinally rugose, punctured on terga IV to VI. Middle of tergum V Avitli inverted, triangular elevation, much smaller than rhomboidal elevation on III and IV. Exterior margins con- nexiva III to VII slightly sinuate, PE angles slightly produced (straight and not produced in brasiliensis) . Hypopygium slightly wider than in brasiliensis, ovate with triangular elevation at middle of base extending to center of dorsal surface. Paratergite in female triangular, reaching middle of segment IX, the latter tricuspidate. Spiracles of II to VII ventral, nor visible from above. Hemelytra reduced to small pads. measurement Head shorter than wide through eyes ( $-15: 18; $-17: 20.5) ; anten- nal segmental ratios: $-7.5:6:6:10; $-9:8: — : — ; pronotum short, wide ($- 10: 28.5; $-12.5: 34) ; scutellum half as long as wide ( $-8: 15; $-9.5: 19.5) ; abdomen slightly longer than wide across segment IV ($-43:41; $-55.5:52.5); hypopygium shorter than wide (10: 12). color Ferruginous, partially piceous to black ; rhomboidal elevation, round callous spots of tergum and connexivum yellow-brown; PE-angles yellow; antennal segment I ochraceous with brown tip ; femora ochraceous, brown at base and apex, tibiae ochraceous with brown annulation at middle, tarsi and rostrum ochraceous ; antennal segments II to IV red-brown with ochraceous bases. In female rhomboidal elevation and round callous spots ochraceous. Total length. $-3.85 mm., $-4.70 mm.; width of pronotum: $-1.43 mm., $-1.70 mm.; width across abdomen: $-2.05 mm., $-2.63 mm. holotype Male Serra Geral, Santa Catarina, Brazil. December 1958. F. Planmann, collector. Deposited in my collection. allotype Female Same data as above. Deposited in F. Planmann collec- tion. Genus Notapictinus Usinger and Matsuda Notapictinus micropterns n. sp. Fig. 6 male Elongate ovate ; micropterous, hemlytra reduced to small pads. head Shorter than wide through eyes ($-25:28.5, $-29:32). Anterior process long, incised in front, reaching to middle of antennal segment I; antenniferous tubercles dentiform, acute, reaching basal fourth of antennal segment I. Eves large, semiglobose, longer than anteocular border; postocular tubercles small, blunt, not reaching outer border of eyes. Vertex with blurred “V”-shaped figure of granulations. Antennal segmental ratios: $-14: 9 : 19 : 12, $-15: 9: 21: 14. Kostrum reaching hind border of rostral groove, latter closed posteriorly. pronotum Much shorter than wide across humeri ($-22:50, $-22:55). Collum thin, clearly separated from disc. Anterolateral angles produced forward beyond, collum, large, roundly lobulate. Lateral borders straight, divergent posteriorly, hind margin widely curved. Disc vaguely separated into two lobes by thin transverse furrow, fore lobe twice as long as hind; fore disc with two (1 + 1) round callous spots separated from one another by shallow pit on median line, and obliquely rugose at bases of anterolateral angles; hind disc with sparse, round granulations. March, 1964] Kormilev: Neotropical Aradidae XII 39 scutellum Triangular, much shorter than wide at base ($-14:45, $-16:45); median carina tapered posteriorly; disc with sparse granulations; lateral margins straight, carinate, apex widely rounded. Hemelytra reduced to small cordate pads reaching to tip of connexivum II. Abdomen. Longer than wide across segment IV ( $-85: 72, $-98: 82). Connexivum wide, reflexed in both sexes; exterior margins connexiva II to V straight, barely sinuate on VI and VII ; PE-angles not produced on II to IV, barely produced on V and VI, produced posteriorly on VII as rounded lobes. Tergum flat, longitudinally rugose, with four (2 + 2) rows of callous spots. Central dorsal plate composed of terga II to VI; tergum I separated from metanotum and scutellum, less so from dorsal plate ; dorsal plate flat with single elevation in middle of terga IV to VI. Spiracles II to IV ventral, remote from border, V ventral, near border, VI to VIII lateral and visible from above. Parater- gites of male in form of bent hook with tips lying on disc of hypopygium (fig. 6) ; dorsal aspect of hypopygium triangular evenly tapering posteriorly, posterior aspect ovate with thick median ridge. Paratergites of female triangular, incised on outer margin for reception of spiracle, attaining three-fourths length of segment IX which is weakly tricuspidate. color Ferruginous with piceous spots ; abdominal terga VI and VII yellow laterally ; connexivum bicolored, II piceous, yellowish posteriorly, III to VII yellow, ferruginous posteriorly; yellow color intensifying from III to VII. Total length $-3.75 mm., $-4.32 mm.; width of pronotum: $-1.25 mm., $-1.40 mm.; width of abdomen: $-1.80 mm., $-2.05 mm. holotype Male Caioba, Parana, Brazil. December 1958. F. Plaumann, collector. Deposited in my collection. allotype Female Same data as above. Deposited in tlie Planmann collec- tion. remarks Notapictinus micropterus is allied to N. Cracky pier us (Drake and Kormilev) but differs from it by its larger size, micropterous hemelytra straight lateral margins of pronotum, and relatively shorter and wider scutellum. Literature Cited Stal, C. 1873. Enumeratio Aradidorum Extraeuropearum (Eumeratio Hemipterorum, 3: pp. 135-147). Usinger, R. L. 1941. Three new genera of apterous Aradidae. Pan. Pac. Ento. 17: pp. 169-181. Usinger, R. L. and R. Matsuda. 1959. Classification of Aradidae. London, VII + 410 pp., 102 figs. Wygodzinsky, P. 1948. Studies on some apterous Aradidae from Brazil. Bol. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro: Zool., 86: pp. 1-23. 40 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII METHIINE CERAMBYCIDAE OP MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE) J. A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley 1 University of California, Berkeley Received for Publication Dec. 27, 1962 Abstract The eight genera of the cerambycid tribe Methiini presently known from Mexico and Central America are treated. These genera, Aten- izus, Tristachyoera, Malacopterus, Sphagoeme, Pseudomethia, Styloxus, Me- thia, and Placoeme, new genus, are separated in a key. Keys are also pre- sented for Styloxus and Methia. New species include: Placoeme vitticollis, Styloxus oblatipilus, S. parvulus, S. fuscus, Methia subvittata, M. maculosa, M. vittata, M. dentata, and M. accidentalis. Ill the Biologia Centrali-Americana, Bates (1880-85) records 1 The authors gratefully acknowledge the support of the National Science Foundation through Grant G-19959. Appreciation is also expressed to the following individuals and their respective institutions for the loan of mate- rial utilized in this study: G. Byers, University of Kansas; P. J. Darlington, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University; H. B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences; A. T. McClay, University of California, Davis; F. Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum; P. Vaurie, American Museum of Natural History; and F. Werner, University of Arizona. Addi- tionally, material has been collected on expeditions sponsored by the As- sociates in Tropical Biogeography, University of California, Berkeley. March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 41 only three species of the longicorn tribe Methiini, as currently defined (Linsley, 1962), from Central America and the Mexican mainland • Atenizus simplex, Tristachycera viridis, and Malacop- terus tenellus. In 1927, Fisher described Sphagoeme ochracea from Panama. To these, Linsley (1935) added two species of Methia from the Mexican mainland, and subsequently (1942) recorded six more species from the peninsula of Baja California, from which LeConte (1873) had also described a species of Styloxus. In the following pages 8 genera and 26 species are recorded from the northern border area of Mexico to southern Panama. Other species are represented in material before us by poorly preserved or inadequate specimens and no doubt more remain to be discovered. Key to the genera of Mexican and Central American Methiini 1. Eyes very deeply emarginate, lobes often connected by only a single row of facets ; vertex between eyes not tubercnlate 2 - Eyes shallowly emarginate at upper edge ; vertex between eyes with a large erect tubercle Atenizus 2(1) Segments 3-5 of antennae without short spine at apex; coloration testaceous to fuscus, never brightly metallic 3 - Segments 3-5 of antennae with blunt spine at apex ; coloration metallic green Tristachycera 3(2) Elytra entire; coxal cavities separated by a narrow posternal process; pronotum rounded at sides 4 - Elytra abbreviated, or if as long as abdomen, anterior coxal cavities contiguous, without prosternal process; pronotum often angulate or sinuate at sides 6 4(3) Palpi short, subequal, apical segments not dilated; pronotum strongly constricted at base 5 Palpi elongate, apical segments strongly dilated ; pronotum not strongly constricted at base ; elytra strongly costate Malacopterus 5(4) Pronotum with a large, round, flat, opaque plate at middle at base; intercoxal process of mesosternum narrow ; apices of elytra nar- rowly pointed Placoeme Pronotum without round plate at middle at base ; intercoxal process of mesoternum broad; apices of elytra rounded Sphagoeme 6(3) Antennae with basal segments not distinctly thickened, more slender than scape, third segment longer than scape ; posterior tarsi less than half as long as tibiae 7 Antennae with basal segments thickened, as wide as scape, third segment shorter than scape ; posterior tarsi more than half as long as tibiae Pseudomethia New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII 7(6) Pronotum longer than broad, subcylinclrical, sides parallel or very feebly convex; femora clavate Styloxus Pronotum as wide or wider than long, sides rounded ; femora slender, not clavate Methia Genus Atenizus Bates Atenizus Bates, 1867, Ent. Mon. Mag., 4:28; Lacorclaire, 1869, Genera des coleopteres, 8 : 399 ; Bates, 1884, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera, 5 : 240, Melzer, 1920, Rev. Mus. Paul- ista, 12 : 6. Ceratoeme Melzer, 1920, Rev. Mus. Paulista, 12:6 (Type C. taunayi Melzer, monobasic). New synonymy. The relationships of this genus are not clear. Bates (1867) believed it to have affinities with iSmodicium and the allied genera. Lacordaire (1869) placed Atenizus in his group, “Hol- op ter ides, ’ ’ which was separated from the “Oemides” by the possession of a membranous rather than corneous ligula. Auri- villius (1912) included the genus in the tribe Oemini. We have not seen any of the 3 presently included species but judging from the original description, Atenizus possesses most of the methiine characters upon which the tribe is based. The sig- nificance of the shallowly emarginate eyes and presence of the erect tubercle on the vertex of the head is not apparent at this time. Melzer (1920) was uncertain as to the status of a species he questionably assigned to Atenizus and proposed the valid name, Ceratoeme. This genus agrees very well with the defini- tion of Atenizus and is placed in synonymy. A single species, A. simplex Bates, is presently known from Volcan de Chiriqui, Panama. The other two species, A. laticeps Bates and A. taunayi Melzer are from Brazil. Genus Tristachycera Bates Tristachycera Bates, 1872, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1872:170; Bates, 1879, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Coleoptera, 5 : 15. This genus, if a methiine, is quite distinctive by its green metallic coloration and spines on segments 3 to 5 of the antennae. The metallic coloration and spined antennae are found in the genus Xystrocera also. We have not seen the single included species, T viridis, from Chontales, Nicaragua, but it is illustrated by Bates (1879). March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 43 Genus Malacopterus Audinet-Serville Malacopterus Audinet-Serville, 1833, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2 : 565 ; Castelnau, 1840, Histoire naturelle des insects coie- opteres, 2 : 426 ; Thomson, 1860, Classification des ceramby- cides, p. 233 ; Thomson, 1864, Systema cerambycidarum, p. 453 ; Lacordaire, 1869, Genera des coleopteres, 8 : 277 ; LeConte and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 26(507) : 284; Lins- ley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20 : 14. Malacomacrus White, 1853, Catalogue of coleopterous insects . . . British Museum, 7 : 41. Ganimus LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 11(264) : 173, 265. The basally lobed pronotum will distinguish this genus from other Methiini. The large size, dilated palpi, and longitudinal vittae and costae make Malacopterus distinctive from the other genera of this tribe in Mexico. A single species, occurring the length of the country, is known. Malacopterus tenellus (Fabrieius) Callidhtm tenellum Fabrieius, 1801, Systema eleutheratorum, 2:335. Malacopterus tenellus, Linsley, 1942, Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4)24:32; Linsley, Knull, and Statham, 1961. Airier. Mus. Nov., 2050:9 (habits); Linsley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20 : 15, fig. 6. Malacopterus lineatus Guerin, 1844, Iconographie regne animal Insectes, 7:222; Bates, 1870, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870:247; Bates, 1879, Biologia Central!- Americana, Coleop- tera, 5:15, pi. 3, fig. 17; ibid, 1884:240; Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 23 : 166 (synonymy) ; Craighead, 1923, Canada Dept. Agr., Bull, (n.s.) 27:41 (larva). Malacopterus mexicanus Thomson, 1860, Classification des cerambycides, p. 248 ; Lacordaire, 1869, Genera des coleopteres, 8: 228 (note); Bates, 1879, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Cole- optera, 5 :15- Ganimus vittatus LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 11(264) : 173. Malacopterus vittatus, LeConte and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian 44 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Misc. Coll., 26(507): 284; Long, 1884, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 7 : 115 ; Long, 1885, Ent. Americana, 1 : pi. 2, fig. 19. A usually large, robust species, testaceous in color. The elytra contain longitudinal dark vittae between the prominent costae and the apices of the antennal segments and femora are narrowly dark. The antennae are longer than the body in males, short- er in females, and the shape and sculpturing of the pronotum differs in the two sexes. Size varies from about 14 mm. to 30 mm. A single female from Chihuahua exhibits a considerable degree of melanism similar to that found in Oeme and Methia. Other examples show some melanistic tendencies by having the abdomen dark. Habits Although M. tenellus is most commonly taken at light, several specimens were collected in Chiapas, Mexico on trees which are apparently used as hosts. Three males from El Zapotal, 2 miles S. Tuxtla Gutierrez, VII-10-57, VIII-1-57 (J. A. Chemsak) were taken at night from the trunk and branches of a dead, fallen Achras zapota (referred to locally as “chicozapote”) . These beetles were actively traversing over the tree and were not attracted to a light located about ten yards away. Another male from 8 miles E. San Christobal de las Casas, VIII-5-57 (J. A. Chemsak) was captured while emerging from the trunk of an undetermined species of Quercus. Mexican material examined as follows : 1 5, Catarinas, Chihuahua, 5800 ft., VII-25-47 (D. Rockefeller Exp., Mi- chener) ; 1 ,y, La Rodarda, Durango, VI-23-47 (G. M. Bradt) ; 3 yy, 1 2, San Bias, Nayarit, III-22-62 (L. A. Stange, F. D. Parker) ; 2 22> Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, III-21-54 (D. XL Janzen) ; 1 2, Veracruz, Veracruz, VI-12-59 (H. E. Evans) ; 1 y, Cordoba, Veracruz, III-24-53 (D. II. Janzen) ; 2 22, Palomares, Oaxaca, IX-5-21-62 (R. & Iv. Dreisbach) ; 3 yy, El Zapotal, 2 miles S. Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas, VII-10-57, VIII-1-57, on Achras zapota (J. A. Chemsak) ; 1 y, 8 miles E. San Christobal de las Casas, Chiapas, VIII- 5-57, ex. Quercus (J. A. Chemsak). Linsley (1942) records this species from Baja Cali- fornia from Hamilton Ranch, August 2 (Michelbacher and Ross) and San Pedro Martir Mts., VI-8-23. Bates March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 45 (1884) included the localities of Northern Sonora, Cor- dova (Veracruz), and Misantla (Veracruz)- Placoeme Chemsak and Linsley, new genus Form elongate, slender. Head large; eyes deeply emarginate, lower lobe large; genae small, obtusely ungulate apically; mandibles acute, abruptly angulate before apex; palpi short, subequal, apical segments not dilated; basal segments of antennal flagellum (at least in male) thick only slightly narrower than scape, covered by small tubercles. Pronotum longer than broad, basal constriction broad, sides widest just before constriction, disk at base with a large, flat, rounded, opaque plate, remainder of surface finely asperate-punctate ; prosternal process narrow, laminiform, extending to end of coxae, anterior coxal cavities wide open behind, angulate externally; mesosternal process narrow, coxal cavities open to epimeron. Elytra elongate, narrowed at middle ; apices pointed ; costae vague. Legs with femora moderately clav- ate. Abdomen normally segmented. Type species Placoeme vitticollis Chemsak and Linsley. This genus appears to be distinctive among the Methiini by possessing the large, flat, plate-like process on the pronotum. A single species is presently known. Placoeme vitticollis Chemsak & Linsley, new species Male Form narrow, elongate, elytra medially attenuated ; color reddish, legs and apical half of elytra testaceous. Head about as Avide as greatest width of pronotum ; pubescence sparse, very short and fine ; front almost vertical, front with median, glabrous area, vertex with deep concavity behind antennal tubercles, tuber- cles prominent, vertex finely, subopaquely punctate ; upper lobes of eyes small, widely separated on vertex ; palpi short, subequal, not dilated; basal segments of antennae robust, third segment a little narrower than scape, third segment more than 21/2 times as long as scape, fourth and fifth subequal to third, segments densely roughened by small asperites, pubescence dense, suberect. Pronotum longer than wide, broadest behind middle, sides rounded, base deeply, broadly constricted ; disk with a shallow longitudinal furrow extending from apex to round, flat, opaque, testaceous plate at base, remainder of surface finely, asperately punctate; a longitudinal black stripe on each side of disk extending length of pronotum and another lateral one on each side ; pubescence sparse, short and subdepressed and long and suberect ; stridulatory plate of mesonotum large, with a fine groove at apical two-thirds ; prosternum broadly, shallowly concave, transversely rugulose, sparsely pubescent, intercoxal process lamini- form, coxal cavities wide open behind ; mesosternal process narrow, meso- and metasternum finely scabrous, sparsely pubescent ; scutel- lum small, not pubescent. Elytra over 3)4 times as long as broad, distinctly attenuated medially; indistinct dark vittae present 46 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXX11 at basal half, along suture, laterally, and on disk, expanding at middle along suture, vague vittae also present at apical half ; each elytron unicost- ate ; punctation fine, dense, finely rugose ; pubescence very short, recurved, with few, scattered, long, suberect hairs; apices acutely produced. Legs with femora clavate, moderately pubescent. Abdomen sparsely punctate and pubescent; apex of fifth sternite rodundate-truncate. Length, 16 mm. Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from El Salto, Escuintla, Guatemala, 1934 (F. A. Bianchi). This species can be recognized by the testaceous pronotal struc- ture, the stripes of the pronotum, and the vittate elytra. Genus Sphagoeme Aurivillius Sphagoeme Aurivillius, 1893, Ent. Tidskr., 14:178; Gounelle, 1908, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 77 : 598. This genus includes three species, two from Brazil and another, S. ochracea Fisher, from Panama. These species are unknown to us but the genus as characterized by Aurivillius (1893) differs from the other Central American Methiini by the broad meso- sternal process, unroughened antennae, and broad general facies. Central American records of S. ochracea as listed by Fisher (1927) are: Cano Saddle, Gatun Lake, Canal Zone, Y-8-14-23 (R. C. Shannon) ; La Chorrera, Panama, V-10-14-12 (A. Busck) ; Paraiso, Canal Zone, 1V-24-11 (A. Busck) ; Tabernilla, Canal Zone, V-07 (A. Busck) ; Corazal, Canal Zone, IV-27-11 (A. Busck) . Genus Pseudomethia Linsley Pseudomethia Liusley, 1937, Ent. News, 48 : 65 ; Linsley, 1940, Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci., 39:33; Linsley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20 : 43. This genus differs from all other known members of the tribe in the basal ly thickened antennae with the third and fourth seg- ments as wide as the scape, the short third segment of the an- tennae, and the elongate tarsi. A single species is known from southern California and northern Mexico. Pseudomethia arida Linsley Pseudomethia arida Linsley, 1937, Ent. News, 48 :66, fig. ; Linsley, 1940, Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci., March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 47 39:34; Linsley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20:44, fig. 16. This species is small, slender, brownish testaceous in color with short elytra which do not extend beyond the first abdominal sternite. Mexican records are : 1 Desemboqne, Sonora, VII-1 to 15-53 (B. Malkin) ; 5 J'J', Hermosillo, Sonora, VII-25-59 (H. E. Evans). Gen ns Styloxus LeConte Styloxus LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 11(264) : 239 ; ibid, (265): 348; LeConte and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 26(507): 334; Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 23 : 162 ; Linsley, 1932, Pan-Pacific Ent., 8 : 120 ; Linsley, 1940, Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci., 39:34; Linsley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20:39. Idoemea Horn, 1880, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 8 :137 ; LeConte and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 26 (507) :334; Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 23 : 162. Malthopia Casey, 1912, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 3 :308. This genus is closely related to Methia and differs in the longer, subparallel pronotum and clavate femora. Previously, three species were included in Styloxus, one from Baja California and two from the United States. Three additional species, described as new, are now added to the fauna of the mainland. Key to the species of Styloxus 1 Stridulatory plate of mesonotum without a median longi- tudinal groove extending entire length of plate 2 - Stridulatory plate of mesonotum with a median longi- tudinal groove extending entire length of plate ; color brown to fuscus. Length 7-11 mm. Baja California to Sinaloa lucanus 2(1) Concolorous; antennal tubercles moderately divergent, inner apices on or within a vertical line tangent to inner margin of lower lobe of eye 3 - Head (and frequently prothorax) entirely reddish-orange; antennal tubercles widely divergent, inner apices well out- side of a vertical line tangent to inner margin of lower lobe of eye. Length, 7-12 mm. New Mexico to southern California bicolor 3(2) Apical segment of maxillary palpi narrow, only slightly 48 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII broader than apical segment of labial palpi ; erect pubes- cence of antennal segments very short, much less than half as long as width of segments, or depressed and not erect 4 Apical segment of maxillary palpi large, about twice as broad as apical segment of labial palpi ; erect pubescence of antennal segments about half as long as width of seg- ments; color brown, form large. Length, 10-18 mm. Texas to southern California and Oregon fulleri 4(3) Short, dense hairs of antennal segments erect, not depressed; stridulatory plate of mesonatum not grooved 5 Short, dense hairs of antennal segments depressed or subdepressed, not erect; stridulatory plate of mesonotum with a fine, longitudinal groove at basal one-tliird ; color brown. Length, 11 mm. Tamaulipas oblatipilus 5(4) Eyes narrowly separated beneath in males, separation less than width of third antennal segment ; females with pubescence of antennae moderate, not densely clothed with erect, bristling hairs. Color light brown to brown. Length, 7-8 mm. San Luis Potosi parv ulus Eyes widely separated beneath in males, separation equal to or greater than width of third antennal segment ; fe- males with antennal segments densely clothed with erect, bristling hairs; color fuscus. Length, 7-12. Veracruz fuscus Styloxus lucanus LeConte Styloxus lucanus LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 11(264) :240 ; Hamilton, 1885, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 23:162; Linslev, 1940, Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci., 39 :45 ; Linsley, 1942, Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4)24:28. This species is distinct among the known Styloxus by possess- ing a median longitudinal groove on the stridulatory plate of the mesonotum. The color ranges from brown to fuscus. The fe- males differ by having longer, more numerous, erect hairs on the antennal segments and elytra and the antennae extend only to about the elytral apices. S. lucanus is most abundant in the Cape region of Baja Cali- fornia but extends onto the mainland to Sonora and Sinaloa. The type locality is Cape San Lucas. Material examined as follows : Baja California : 2 lCf 5 miles W. San Bartolo, VII- 13-38 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 26 7 Triunfo, March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 49 VII-7 and 13-38 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 3 6 miles N. Triunfo, VII-15-38 (Michelbacher and Ross) 10 J'.J', San Do- mingo, VII-19-38 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 1 .J1, 5 miles S. San Miguel, VII-20-38 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 2 Comondu, YII-22-38 (Michelbacher and Ross) ; 1 15 miles N. Punta Prieta, VII-29-38 (Michelbacher and Ross). Sonora: 9 J'.J', Desemboque, VII-17 to 31-53, VIII-1 to 15-53, YIII-20 to 31-53 (B. Malkin). Sinaloa: 2 6 miles N.W. La Cruz, V-19-62 (F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange). Styloxus bicolor (Champlain and Knull) Idoemea bicolor Champlain and Knull, 1922, Ent. News, 33 : 145. Idoemea sp., Craighead, 1923, Canada Dept. Agr. Bull, (n.s.) 27:41 (larva). Styloxus bicolor, Linsley, 1932, Pan-Pacific Ent., 8 :122 (synonymy); Linsley, 1936, Pan-Pacific Ent., 12:199 (habits) ; Linsley, Knull, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Nov., 2050:11 (habits); Linsley, 1962, Univ. Cal- ifornia Publ. Ent., 20 : 41, figs. 14, 15. Styloxus ruficeps Van Dyke, 1927, Pan-Pacific Ent., 3:100. This species may be characterized by the widely divergent antennal tubercles and reddish-orange head. While specimens are usually black, they may occasionally be brownish. We have seen no Mexican examples but the species must certainly occur, at least in northern Mexico. Styloxus fulleri (Horn) Idoemea fulleri Horn, 1880, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 8 : 138, PI. 2, fig. 10. Idoemea texaxia Schaeffer, 1908, Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., 1(12): 351. Styloxus fulleri fulleri, Linsley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20 : 40, fig. 15. Idoemea calif ornica Fall, 1901, Occ. Papers California Acad. Sci., 8:256; Van Dyke, 1927, Pan-Pacific Ent., 3:101 (synonymy)- Styloxus calif ornicus, Linsley, 1932, Pan-Pacific Ent., 8 : 122 ; Linsley, 1936, Pan-Pacific Ent., 12:199 (habits). Malthopia oculata Casey, 1912, Memoirs on the Coleop- tera, 3 :309. 50 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Styloxus fulleri calif ornicus, Linsley, 1962, Univ. Cali- fornia Publ. But., 20 : 40 fig. 15. Two subspecies of fulleri are recognized by Linsley 1962, neither one of which has been reported from Mexico as yet. Individuals of this species tend to be larger, have broader apical segments of the maxillary palpi, and possess longer pubes- cence on the antennae than other known members of the genus. Styloxus oblatipilus Chemsak and Linsley, new species male Form slender ; color dark brown ; integument moderately coarsely punctured, sparsely pubescent. Head wider than prono- tum ; antennal tubercles moderately divergent, inner apices on or within a vertical line tangent to inner margin of lower lobe of eye ; eyes contiguous on vertex, separated ventrally by more than di- ameter of third antennal segment ; antennae nearly twice as long as body, scape with apical cicatrix prominent but not acutely produced, segments densely clothed with short subdepressed pube- scence with few, long, erect hairs internally ; maxillary palpi not broad at apex. Pronotum about 1% as long as broad, sub- cylindrical, sides sinuate; surface shallowly scabrous, punctures indistinct, with a vague median longitudinal line ; pubescence mod- erately dense, subdepressed with numerous long erect hairs scat- tered throughout ; stridulatory plate of mesonotum with a fine groove at basal one-third. Elytra wider than pronotum, almost 21/} times as long as broad, exposing last 2 or 3 abdominal segments; punctures moderately coarse, dense, pubescence fine, short, recurved. Legs moderately pubescent, with a few long, flying hairs. Abdomen finely punctate, sparsely pubescent; apex of fifth abdom- inal sternite broadly truncate. Length, 11 mm. Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from Villagran, Tamaulipas, Mexico, VI-7-51 (P. D. Hurd) ; one male paratype from Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas, ViI-12-58 (G. II. Beatty). This species is distinctive by having the stridulatory plate of the mesonotum finely grooved at the basal one-third and by the subdepressed, rather than erect, short pubescence of the antennae. Styloxus parvulus Chemsak & Linsley, new species Male Form slender ; color pale brown to brown ; integument finely punctuate, sparsely pubescent. Head wider than pronotum ; anten- March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 51 nal tubercles moderately divergent, inner apices on or within a vertical line tangent to inner margin of lower lobe of eye; eyes contiguous on vertex, narrowly separated ventrally by less than diameter of third antennal segment ; antennae nearly twice as long as body, cicatrix of scape prominently produced at apex, erect hairs of segments very short, less than half as long as di- ameter of segments, long erect hairs sparse internally ; maxillary palpi narrow at apex. Pronotum about lVs as long as broad, subcylindrical, sides sinuate ; surface shallowly punctate, with vague, glabrous calluses ; pubescence long, sparse, erect and suberect ; stri- dulatory plate of mesonotum not grooved. Elytra less than 3 times as long as broad, exposing last 3 abdominal segments; punctation tine, moderately dense, pubescence short, recurved. Legs bristling with long flying hairs. Abdomen finely punctate, sparsely pubescent; apex of fifth abdominal sternite broadly truncate. Length, 7-8 mm. Female Antennae a little longer than body ; eyes more broadly separated ventrally ; pubescence of antennae long, bristling, not uniformly arranged along outside margin ; elytra with scattered, long, erect hairs ; elytra elongate, exposing only last abdominal segment ; apex of fifth abdominal segment narrowly rounded. Length, 7 -8 mm. Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from 11 km. E. of Ciudad de Valles, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, V-29-48 (F. Werner, W. Nutting) ; allotype female from 167 km. E. San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi, VII-3-48 (F. Werner, W. Nutting) ; one male paratype with same data as holotype and one female paratype with same data as allotype. The narrow ventral separation of the eyes and very short, erect pubescence of the antennae of the males will separate S. parvulus from other known Styloxus. Styloxus fuscus Chemsak & Linsley, new species Male Form slender ; color fuscus, elytra slightly paler, shining ; integument moderately coarsely, densely punctate, pubescence mod- erately dense. Head wider than pronotum ; antennal tubercles mod- erately divergent, inner apices on or within a vertical line tan- gent to inner margin of lower lobe of eye ; eyes contiguous on vertex, separated ventrally by more than diameter of third an- tennal segment ; antennae twice as long as body or longer, cica- trix of scape prominent, apically produced, segments densely clothed with short erect hairs which are shorter than half the diameter of the segments, long, erect hairs sparse internally ; maxillary palpi not broad apically. Pronotum slightly longer than broad, subcylindrical, sides sinuate; surface coarsely, subrugosely punctate 52 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII with elongate, glabrous calluses at sides of middle ; pubescence moderately dense, bristling ; stridulatory plate of mesonotum not grooved. Elytra almost three times as long as broad, exposing last 2 abdominal segments ; punctures moderately coarse, dense, subcontiguous ; pubescence fairly dense, short, recurved. Legs with numerous, long flying hairs. Abdomen finely, sparsely punctate, sparsely pubescent ; apex of last abdominal segment broadly trun- cate. Length, 7-10 mm. Female Antennae slightly longer than body; eyes more broadly separated ventrally ; pubescence of antennae dense, bristling, erect and suberect ; elytra separately punctured, bristling with long, sub- erect and longer, erect hairs ; apex of fifth abdominal sternite rounded. Length, 12 mm. Holotype male, allotype female (University of Calfornia, Davis) and 13 male paratypes from Tinajas, Veracruz, Mexico, IV-28-62 (F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange) ; an additional male paratype from Paso de Ovejas, Vera- cruz, IV-30-62 (F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange). This species may be recognized by its fuscus color, the ventrally widely separated eyes, and very short, erect pubescence of the antennae. Genus Methia Newman Methia Newman, 1842, Entomologist, 1 :418 ; LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2:144; Thomson, 1860, Classification des cerambycides, p. 128 ; Thomson, 1864, Systema cerambycidarum, p. 387 ; La- cordaire, 1872; Genera des coleopteres, 9:466; Le- Conte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 11(265): 348; Le- Conte and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 26(507) : 334; Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 23 : 162 ; Melzer, 1923, Rev. Mus. Paulista, 13 : 529 ; Linsley, 1932, Pan-Pacific Ent., 8 : 120 ; Linsley, 1940, Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci., 39 : 36 ; Linsley, 1962, Univ. Cali- fornia Publ. Ent., 20:25. Thia Newman, 1840, Entomologist, 1 :18. This genus may be distinguished from Styloxus by the broader pronotum and linear, non-clavate femora. The elytra vary in length in different species, often extending beyond the last abdominal segment. Variation is also evident in the dorsal and ventral * separation of the March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 53 eyes and the width of the connection of the upper and lower eye lobes. At the present time, fourteen species are recognized from Mexico, extending from the northern boundary to the State of Puebla. Other, badly broken, unique speci- mens are at hand from as far south as Chiapas. Of the species included here, four are described as new, three are also known from the United States, two have been previously described from the mainland of Mexico, and the remainder are known only from Baja California, fornia. No doubt numerous species remain yet to be collected and described and with the aid of black light, the numbers of Mexican species should exceed the numbers found within the confines of the United States. Key to the species of Mexican Methia 1. Eyes separated on vertex by about diameter of antennal scape 2 - Eyes contiguous on vertex or separated by about diameter of third antennal segment or less 3 2(1) Head, pronotum, underside, and legs orange, elytra, except around scutellum, black; upper and lower lobes of eyes connected by 2 rows of facets; costae vague, vittae absent on elytra. Length, 8-9 mm. Mexico bicolorata - Body brownish in color, elytra paler, vittate, costae strong ; lobes of eyes connected by a single row of facets. Length, 7 mm. Hidalgo subvittata 3(2) Eyes separated beneath by diameter of antennal scape or more 4 - Eyes contiguous beneath or separated by less than diameter of antennal scape 10 4(3) Elytra elongate, extending to apex of abdomen or beyond; lobes of eyes connected by 2 rows of facets 5 - Elytra short, not extending to apex of abdomen; lobes of eyes connected by a single row of facets 6 5(4) Elytra uniformly black, or with pale vittae, or pale except apices; basal punctures of elytra fine, sparse, widely separated; prono- tum distinctly, closely punctate. Length, 10-15 mm. Colo- rado and Utah to Arizona, Texas, and Chihuahua mormona - Elytra brownish, with distinct pale patches at base, basal one- third, and apical one-tliird; basal punctures of elytra dense, shallow, contiguous ; pronotum finely, subopaquely rugulose. Length, 13 mm. Hidalgo maculosa 6(4) Pubescence of elytra sparse, suberect, dark or pale 7 - Pubescence of elytra dense, recurved, pale 8 54 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII 7(6) Pubescence of elytra pale, very sparse, surface shining; elytra usually testaceous with apices dark at most. 3-5 mm. Lower Baja California debilis - Pubescence of elytra dark ; color fuscus with distinct pale vittae on elytra. 10 mm. Puebla vittata 8(6) Pronotum gradually constricted from middle at base, disk without calluses; antennae concolorous 9 - Pronotum strongly constricted at base, disk with rather flat but distinct calluses on sides of middle toward apical half ; basal antennal segments annulated with darker bands at apex; elytra often pale or with pale maculae. Length, 5-7 mm. Southern Texas and Tamaulipas constricticollis 9(8) Neck behind eyes scabrous, transversely rugulose; scape of an- tennae with strong apical tooth; elytra with very vague costae. Length, 6.5 mm. Baja California subarmata - Neck behind eyes distinctly punctate with central glabrous area ; apical tooth of scape feeble; elytra distinctly costate. Length, 7 mm. Baja California pallidipennis 10(3) Pubescence of elytra dense, pale, recurved, no dark hairs present 11 - Pubescence of elytra sparse, dark, both recurved and suberect ; elytra vittate, impunctate, subopaque. Length, 6 mm. Mex- ico lineata 11(10) Scape with a strong apical tooth 12 - Scape without a strong apical tooth 13 12(11) Color dark reddish-brown; elytra not strongly dehiscent toward apex; apex of fifth abdominal sternite of male concavely emarginate, broadly U-shaped; marginal costae of the elytra vague. Length, 7 mm. Durango dentata — Color fuscus, elytra pale, vaguely vittate ; elytra strongly de- hiscent toward apex; apex of fifth abdominal sternite of male deeply notched, V-shaped; of female, broadly, concavely emar- ginate; female with elytra testaceous, shining; marginal costae of elytra distinct. Length, 6-8 mm. Sonora occidentalis 13(11) Neck distinctly punctured, shining, punctures separated; elytra distinctly costate, elongate, extending at least to end of fourth abdominal segment. Length, 6-9 mm. Baja California picta - Neck coarsely, rugosely punctate, subopaque; elytra short, at most covering first three abdominal segments; costae vague. Length, 4.5-6 mm. Western Arizona to southern California and Baja California brevis Methia bicolor at a Linsley Methia bicolor Linsley, 1935, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 61:72. Methia bicolorata Linsley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20:34, fn. This is probably the most distinctive species of Methia with the head, prothorax, legs, and underside orangish and the elongate elytra black. March, 1964] Chemsak and Linsley: Methiine Cerambycidae 55 M. bicolorata is known only from the type series consisting of 1 male and 2 females from Real de Arriba, Temescaltepec, Mex- ico, VII-33 (H. E. Hinton, R. L. Usinger). Methia subvittata Chemsak & Linsley, new species Male Form slender, parallel; elytra testaceous with dark vittae, re- mainder of body darker brown; integument vaguely, shallowly punctate, sparsely pubescent. Head wider than pronotum ; eyes widely separated on vertex, separation greater than diameter of third antennal segment, broadly separated beneath by a distance greater than diameter of antennal scape, upper and lower lobes connected by a single row of facets; antennae extending about four segments beyond body, scape with apical tooth ab- sent, erect hairs of segments about as long as diameter of segments, internal cilia fairly sparse. Pronotum broader than long, sides rounded, widest at middle ; disk shallowly alveolate punctate, scabrous, sparsely pubescent ; stridulatory plate of mesonotum not grooved. Elytra about three times as long as broad, extending beyond apex of abdomen; each elytron tricostate with dark vittae at humeri, basal one-fourth, along margins and suture; punctation very shallow, confluent, vague; pubescence sparse, consisting of short, dark, recurved hairs. Legs rather sparsely pubescent, flying hairs not abundant. Abdomen sparsely punctate; apex of fifth sternite emarginate. Length, 7 mm. Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences), from Ixmi- qnilpan, Hidalgo, Mexico, 11-25-53 (R. C. Bechtel, E. I. Schl- inger). The widely separated eyes, pubescence of the pronotum, and the pale, scarcely vittate elytra will distinguish this species from M. separata . Methia mormona Linell Methia mormona Linell, 1896, Proc. United States Nat. Mus., 19 : 399 ; Linsley, 1937, Ent. News, 48 : 64 ; Linsley, 1962, Univ. California Publ. Ent., 20 : 29, fig. 15. Methia mormonica, Casey, 1924, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 11:257- Methia delicata Casey, 1924, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 11 : 257. This is a rather large, robust species usually with vittate elytra. The color pattern of the elytra is variable, ranging from completely black to pale with dark apices. M. mormona can usually be recognized by the elongate, vittate elytra, the widely separated eyes beneath, and the fine punctation of the elytra. Although this species is fairly common in southern Arizona, only 2 males (one all black) are available from Mexico. The locality is 5 miles N. Cerro Campana, Sierra del Nido, Chihua- hua, VII-6-59 (W. C. Russell). 56 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Methia maculosa Chemsak & Linsley, new species Male Form slender, elongate ; color reddish brown, elytra elongate, with pale maculae. Head very slightly wider than pronotum ; eyes subcontiguous on vertex, separated beneath by about diameter of antennal scape, upper and lower lobes connected by three rows of facets ; neck coarsely, con- tiguously punctate; pubescence sparse, subdepressed; antennae extending about four segments beyond body, scape without a distinct tooth at apex ; antennal tubercles obtusely pointed at apex. Pronotum broader than long, impressed basally and apically; disk scabrous, shallowly rugulose, pubes- cence thin, long ; stridulatory plate of mesonotum not grooved. Elytra elongate, almost 4 times as long as broad, extending beyond apex of abdomen ; each elytron tricostate with pale maculae at base, basal one- third and elongate ones at apical one-third ; punctation dense, shallow, contiguous; pubescence sparse, very short, dark, recurved. Legs rather sparsely pubescent, long flying hairs sparse. Abdomen finely, sparsely punctate, sparsely pubescent ; apex of fifth sternite emarginate. Length, 13 mm. IIolotype male (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni- versity from San Miguel, Hidalgo, Mexico (W. M. Mann). This species is distinctive by its reddish brown coloration, pale maculae of the elytra, the elongate elytra, and the dense shallow punctation of the elytra. Metliia debilis (Horn) Dysphaga debilis Horn, 1895, Proc. California Acad. Sci., (2)5:246; Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 23:163. Tessaropa debilis, Blackwelder, 1946, United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 185(4) : 559. Methia debilis, Linsley, 1940, Bull Southern California Acad. Sci., 39 : 31 ; Linsley, 1942, Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4)24:28, pi. 4, figs. 1, 2. This is the smallest (3-5 mm.) known species of Methia. The shining elytra are usually testaceous with only the apices dark- ened. The pubscence is sparse and suberect. M. debilis is known only from slightly north of and from the Cape Region of Baja California. The type locality is San Jose del Cabo and additional records all collected by Michelbacher and Ross at light are: 3 Triunfo, VII-13-38 ; 1 J1, 1 2, Ve- mancio, VII-17-38 ; 1 $, 6 miles N. Triunfo, VII-15-38 ; 1 r y\/J\ \}7 ‘r-"\ / , 1 1 ■'I * r ~ - ? i i 1 , \ \! j‘7 y. %h a \ , v \ 1 L : ) '. ' "i / t;V ; N ', ■ ; ' mm t'Ki m k: . ;■< :iXr, ' j m Jl ^ ,jpA' ■ i /M AY '• . A ■-’ U’N jj- / ■lit* m -: Y \\/'T ./v. ■ '/if'v „ -I A\ i V \ f' ) ' 1 M % m ,\ Al\ 1 itf ) r • )' A 1/ W \ m„ ti | ' Xi Vh / & v ’ ) :i f ; A ■ m ( Journal of the NewYork Entomological Society Volume LXXII June, 1964 No. 2 EDITORIAL BOARD Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss Editor Lucy W. Clausen Columbia University College of Pharmacy 115 West 68th Street, New York 23, N. Y. Associate Editor James Forbes Fordham University, New York 58, N. Y. Publication Committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. David Miller Some Anthidiine Bees from Mexico (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) Charles D. Michener and Ellen Ordway 70 Additional Records of New Jersey Aphids Mortimer D. Leonard 79 Parnassius Apollo in German Literature and in Reality (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) Kurt B. Gohla 102 Neotropical Aradidae XIII (Heteroptera : Aradidae) Nicholas A. Kormilev 112 An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington 120 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 131 CONTENTS ianasMUf B&IWTfH 70 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII SOME ANTHIDIINE BEES FROM MEXICO (HYMENOPTERA: ME G AG HI LI D AE ) 1 Charles D. Michener and Ellen Ordway Received for Publication May 14, 1963 Abstract This paper consists of (1) descriptions of a new genus (Aztecanthidium) with two new species of Mexican Anthidiini, (2) the first North American record of a genus hitherto known only from South America (Nananthidium) , with the description of a new species, and the first description of males of the genus, and (3) the first description of the male of the remarkable Mexican genus Ulanthidium. Except as otherwise indicated the specimens on which this paper is based are in the Snow Entomological Museum of The University of Kansas. Aztecanthidium new genus Type species: Aztecanthidium xochipillium new species. This genus, known only from Mexico, contains species which superficially look similar to Parantliidium, subgenus Mecanthidium , being large red- brown, elongate bees with little hair. The color patterns are variable, with restricted black markings chiefly on the head and thorax, and yellow mark- ings on individuals from the latitude of the southern end of the plateau of Mexico, a trend found also in Mecanthidium. In spite of these similar- ities, this genus differs from all Parantliidium by the fact that the seventh metasomal tergum of the male is bilobed rather than produced into a median prolongation. In this respect it is similar to Trachusa , Heteranthidium and the Old World genus Paraanthidium. The mandibles have one or more teeth along the cutting edge, unlike Mecanthidium. The maxillary palpi are three segmented as in Parantliidium, but the segments are covered with long bristles. The preoccipital ridge is strongly carinate for its entire length, down to the hypostomal carinae at the sides. This feature is unlike Parantliidium although in the subgenus Mecanthidium the ridge is weakly carinate dorsally. Unlike the genus Paranthidium, the pronotal lobes are carinate rather than lamellate and the clypeus is protuberant, especially in the females where it is roughened or modified apically, depending on the species. In Michener ’s (1948) key to genera of the Anthidiinae of the Western Hemisphere, Aztecanthidium runs to Allanthidium except that the tergal margins are broadly depressed. It differs further from Allanthidium in the much larger size, the preoccipital carina, the absence of pits at the base of the propodeum, the bituberculate scutellum, and other characters. 1 Contribution number 1209 from the Department of Entomology, the University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. 2 Submitted for inclusion in the Herbert F. Schwarz Memorial Volume (1962) but delayed in publication due to lack of space, cf, 70 p. 214. June, 1964] Michener and Ordway: Anthidiine Bees 71 Body rather large, elongate, reddish-brown in color, with or without black or yellow markings, head with protuberant clypeus in both sexes, overhanging base of labrum, roughened or modified in females; maxillary palpus three segmented, long and bristly; second segment of labial palpus one third as long as first; mandible with at least one large distinct tooth in addition to long, oblique, apical tooth, oriented in a forward position in relation to lower margin of eye; subantennal suture short and straight, equal to or only slightly longer than diameter of antennal socket in females, a little longer in male; eye with lower margin oblique and angulate, inner orbit margined by strong carina; preoccipital ridge strongly carinate above and laterally, the carina joining hypostomal carina ventrally; distance between posterior ocelli and preoccipital ridge two or more times as great as distance between ocelli, thorax with pronotal lobe carinate; mesepisternum with weak carina separating anterior from laterial surface; tegula with anterior margin short and rounded, posterolateral margin long and oblique, tegula pointed at outer posterior corner, surface with shallow punctures, spaces between punctures equal to their diameters ; scutoscutellar suture without transverse sulci ; scutellum rounded and weakly to distinctly bilobed posteriorly; propodeum without row of pits across upper or lateral margin and without postspiracular sulcus; posterior coxa of males not toothed; outer surfaces of tibiae (hind tibia of male and female, front and middle tibiae subapically in female) with large coarse spicules; posterior tibial spurs strongly curved apically; arolia present; cubito-vannal vein of forewing interstitial with media; second recurrent vein only slightly beyond second transverse cubital. Metasoma with margins of terga broadly depressed, less strongly so than in Heteranthidium ; first tergum not carinate but with line between anterior and dorsal surfaces; fifth tergum of male with one spine laterally, sixth tergum of male with two spines laterally; seventh tergum of male bilobed medially with deep emargination between lobes; first sternum of both male and female thickened and truncate apically when viewed in profile; second sternum of male flat; apical margin of sixth sternum of male convex medially with no lobes or emarginations. The two species tabulation : of Aztec anthidium can easily be distinguished by the following xochipillium cuauhtemocum scutellum strongly bilobed, lobes over- weakly bilobed, not hanging metanotum overhanging metanotum dorsal metasomal yellow pattern (often absent) fourth tergum of male transverse bands, reduced posteriorly, on third and following terga with lateral spine median spots, enlarged posteriorly, on third and following terga without lateral spine emargination wider than deep of seventh tergum of male mandible of female quadridentate; apex broad; axis not obviously bent apex of labrum of female emarginate deeper than wide tridentate, median tooth truncate ; apex narrow ; axis bent down medially tridentate clypeus of female rounded in profile and roughened angulate and projecting in profile, Avith strong biarcuate carina 72 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Aztecanthidium xochipilliumi new species i From Xochipilli, god of Spring and of flowers (Sho-chee-pee-ly) . male Length 14 to 16 mm. Body reddish-brown with black and yellow markings. Punctures deep and coarse on head and thorax, distinct and widely separated on metasoma. Pubescence yellowish over entire body, paler beneath, browner above. head broader than long, red-brown; inner orbits slightly diverging below (lower parts strongly so) ; clypeus bright yellow, convex, coarsely punctate; lower part of paraocular area yellow, indistinct yellow spot between ocelli and eye; band along subantennal suture and antennal socket black, joining black area of frons which sur- rounds ocelli (some paratypes with subantennal suture, antennal socket and ocelli only margined with black, antennal fovea black) ; supraclypeal and paraocular areas, frons and vertex coarsely and closely punctate ; supraclypeal area with median shiny impunc- tate area just above clypeus; distance from lateral ocellus to eye slightly greater than distance between lateral ocelli (equal, to slightly greater in paratypes) ; genal area slightly narrower than eye seen from side, deeply and regularly punctate; labrum dark yellow, flat, broader basally than apically, apical margin slightly concave; mandible with lower two teeth black, with long oblique apical (first) tooth, obtusely pointed second tooth and short pointed third tooth; apical edge slightly less than half as long as mandible, partially obscured by outer brush of short dense hairs, cluster of setae on inner surface at base of third tooth, oblique ridge on inner surface at middle of mandible parallel to apical edge and bearing setae; antenna with first three segments reddish- brown, the remaining segments black (among paratypes, fourth segment variable) ; scape more than three times as long as broad, pedicel slightly longer than broad, flagellar segments longer than broad. thorax Pronotum black, lobe and dorsolateral angle sometimes brown; scutum coarsely punctate, reddish-brown with black triangular area anteriomedially, with yellow along rest of anterior margin, fading into yellow-brown posteriorly and laterally; tegula brown, yellowish anterolaterally ; scutellum red-brown, coarsely punctate, bilobed, the lobes yellow apically and extending beyond metanotum; axilla red-brown; metanotum nar- row, slightly wider medially, black and brown (entirely black in some paratypes), roughened; propodeum dull, longitudinal median band impunctate but minutely rough- ened, well separated punctures elsewhere, dense yellowish-brown pubescence between posterior and lateral surfaces; pleuron black (some paratypes with brown patches variably located) ; mesepisternum with large punctures, metepisternum with punctures smaller but irregular in size; wings smoky, especially apically and costally, marginal cell especially dark, wings papillate distally; legs including tibial spurs reddish-brown; fore femur more than three times as long as broad at widest point, other femora less than three times as long as broad ; tarsi slightly lighter in color than tibiae but without much color contrast, hind basitarsi slightly longer than remaining tarsal segments, other basitarsi slightly shorter than their remaining tarsal segments ; claws with basal halves yellow and apical halves dark reddish-brown or blackish, metasoma reddish-brown, first and second terga each with yellow spot laterally, third, fourth and fifth terga each with broad yellow area medially in front of depressed margin, extending laterally to side of tergum as narrow line just in front of depression (yellow of metasoma absent in one paratype) ; terga with punctures separated by spaces subequal to their diameters medially, closer laterally; fourth tergum with inconspicuous lateral spine; fifth tergum with longer conspicuous lateral spine; sixth tergum with two large spines on each side, apical margin convex, convexity subtruncate medially in holotype but rounded in some paratypes; seventh tergum bilobed, with semicircular emargination (deeper than semi- circle in holotype) between lobes, distance between apices of lobes greater than depth of emargination; sterna blackish basally, shiny with punctures widely spaced medially, June, 1964] Michener and Ordway: Anthidiine Bees 73 becoming closer laterally; apical margins of sterna straight, except for sixth which is strongly convex medially. female Length 15 to 17 mm. Agrees with the description of male except in the follow- ing characteristics: head Inner orbits strongly diverging below; clypeus reddish-brown apically, protuberant and roundly angulate, lower portion forming obtuse angle to upper part as seen in profile, surface roughened with deep punctures basally, longitudinal median line impunctate (variable among paratypes), anterior portion rough and tubercu- late, apical margin with small depression formed between two tubercles medially, red- brown bristles along apical margin; subantennal suture, antennal socket and fovea black, ocelli narrowly margined with black (extent of black markings variable among paratypes), fovea strongly carinate on inner side, carina smooth and shiny; distance from lateral ocellus to compound eye about one and a half times greater than distance between lateral ocelli; genal area as broad as eye seen from side; mandible with four approximately equidistant teeth, the second and third broadly conical, no brush of hair along apical edge which is more than half as long as mandible ; antenna with first four segments brown the rest black, flagellar segments slightly longer than broad, thorax Anterior median black area of scutum semicircular ; large brown areas on episterna and sometimes sides of propodeum; legs of uniform color throughout, basitarsi sub- equal in length to remaining tarsal segments, metasoma reddish-brown with yellow markings as in male, sixth tergum with large median yellowish patch; fourth and fifth terga without lateral spines; fifth and sixth terga rough, with deep punctures containing short stout brown setae in addition to pale pubescence ; sixth tergum with subapical lateral spine and subtruncate or in some paratypes broadly rounded apex; sterna densely punctate with long, heavy, yellowish white scopal hairs. holotype male and allotype female, 17 miles north of Chilpancingo, Gnerrero, Mexico, 2,550 feet elevation, August 13, 1962 (Ordway & Rob- erts). Paratypes: one female collected with types; one female, same lo- cality, August 7, 1962 (N. Marston) ; one male, same locality, August 13, 1962 (ITniv. of Kansas Mexican Exped.) ; one male, one female, 23 miles north of Taxco, Guerrero, Mexico, August 8, 1954 (Univ. of Kansas Mexi- can Exped.) ; one male, 7 miles northeast of Yautepec, Morelos, Mexico, 4,000 feet altitude, August 15, 1962 (. Leguminosae ) (Ordway & Roberts) ; one male, Alpuyeca, Morelos, Mexico, June 26, 1951 (P. D. Hurd, Univ. of California). In addition to the type material listed above from the states of Guerrero and Morelos, a series of specimens from the state of Nyarit is at hand. Like such northwestern material of the superficially similar Paranthidium ( Mecanthidium ) macrurum (Cockerell), that of A . xochipillium from Nayarit is more uniformly red-brown than southern material. Yellow markings are absent except for the clypeus and lower parts of the paraocu- lar areas of the males. Black markings are also often somewhat reduced although the anterior median black area on the scutum often extends as a median band to the posterior margin of that sclerite. Although the com- parable form of macrurum has been given the name sonorum Michener, we do not think that there is any advantage to naming the geographical color variant of xochipillium. Specimens are from Ahuacatlan, Nayarit, July 74 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII 1-17, Aztecanthidium cuauhtemocum and A. xochipillium. All pairs of illustrations in that order; all divided illustrations with dorsal side at left. 1 and 2, Side views of heads of females. 3 and 4, Mandibles of males. 5 and 6, Mandibles of females. 7 and 8, Genitalia for males. 9 and 10, Eighth sterna of males. 11 and 12, Clypei of females. 13 and 14, Apices of abdomens of males. 15, Apex of abdomen of female of A. xocliipil- lium. 16 and 17, Seventh sterna of males. June, 1964] Michener and Ordway: Anthidiine Bees 75 18 to 22, 1951 (H. E. Evans and P. D. Hurd). Some of them were taken on flowers of Donnellsmithia hintonii. Aztecanthidium cuauhtemocumi new species male Length 17 to 20 mm. Agrees with description of A. xochipillium except as fol- lows: head red-brown with clypeus and lower parts of paraocular areas yellowish-brown, antennal fovea and spot enclosing ocelli black; supraclypeal area punctate throughout; labrum red-brown ; second mandibular tooth acute, oblique ridge of inner surface of mandible inconspicuous; antennal pedicel about as long as broad, thorax red-brown with black areas on sides and dorsum of pronotum and on anterior surface of mesepister- num, small lunate anteromedian area on scutum and small areas below wing bases and on posterior surface of propodeum black; anterior margin of scutum lateral to black area yellowish; sides of scutum, anterolateral parts of tegula, and scutellum more yellowish than most of thorax ; scutellar lobes weak, not extending beyond metanotum ; tarsi con- spicuously yellow in contrast to tibiae ; fore and hind femora over three times as long as broad, middle femur less; fore basitarsus about as long as remaining tarsal segments together, other basitarsi slightly shorter than remaining tarsal segments, metasoma reddish-brown, apical margins of first three terga blackish (not in paratype) ; extreme sides of terga and sterna with small yellow areas (most conspicuous on first and second terga) in paratype only; paratype but not holotype with middorsal yellow areas on third to seventh terga, smallest on third and increasingly large posteriorly; fourth tergum without lateral spine, fifth with rather weak lateral spine (apex scarcely acute), seventh with emargination deeper than its width. female Length 17 to 18 mm. Agrees with description of female of xochipillium except as follows: head with clypeus slightly yellowish only laterally, strongly protuberant, scarcely produced downward over base of labrum, median part of clypeus strongly projecting anteriorly and forming strong biconvex carina, surface above carina sub- horizontal and at acute angle to surface below it ; clypeal punctation weak and scattered ; lower parts of paraocular areas weakly yellowish ; black markings reduced as in male (or almost entirely wanting) ; carina along inner side of antennal fovea with some punctures, not smooth; genal area much broader than eye seen from side; mandible slender, curved downward medially, with three apical teeth, median one broad and trun- cate ; apex of mandible distinctly less than half as long as mandible ; apex of labrum tridentate; second flagellar segment slightly broader than long (or about as long as broad), thorax as in male; tarsi yellowish except for the reddish-brown hind basitarsi. metasoma in allotype red-brown, first four terga blackish premarginally, sixth tergum with large median yellowish area; in paratype with small yellow areas at extreme sides of first two terga and at extreme sides of third and fourth terga and sterna, third to sixth terga with median yellow areas, small on third, to large and occupying most of dorsum on sixth. Pubescence including scopa more brown than in xochipillium. holotype male, allotype female, and a paratype of each sex : 2 miles south of Tzitzio, Michoacan, Mexico, 4,450 feet elevation (on Leguminosae) (M. Naum an n ) . Genus Nananthidium Moure Nananthidium Moure, 1947 : 26. This genus, which is unique among North American Anthidiini in its slender, heriadiform body, was characterized by Moure (1947) and more briefly by Michener (1948). It has hitherto been known only from two 1 From Cuauhtemoc, last emperor of Tenochtitlan (Kwow-tey-moc). 76 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII 18-21, N ananthidium bettyae, male. Divided illustrations have dorsal side at left. 18, Genitalia. 19, Eighth sternum. 20, Seventh sternum. 21, Apex of abdomen; teeth at sides are lateral sternal teeth. 22, Stigma and adjacent parts of wing. 23-29, Ulanthidium mitchelli? , male. Divided illustrations have dorsal side at left. 23, Genitalia. 24, Side view of apex of gonoforceps. 25, Side view of apex of penis valve. 26, Eighth sternum. 27, Seventh sternum. 28, Apex of abdomen. 29, Mandible. southern South American species, as indicated below : N ananthidium bettyae Moure, 1947, was described from Porto Cabral (on the Rio Parana), Sao Paulo, Brazil. Additional specimens before us (in the Snow Entomological Museum) are from Silvestre, Baia de Guana- bara, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, April 1961 (M. Alvarenga) ; Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil, March 16, 1950 ( F. Plaumann) ; Caaguazu, Para- guay, December, 1958 (F. H. Walz) ; Tropical region, Chapare, Bolivia, June, 1964] Michener and Ordway: Anthidiine Bees 77 400 meters altitude, October 25 (Zischke) ; and Rurrenabaque, Beni, Bolivia, 175 meters altitude, October 5, 17, and 23, 1956 (B. Pena). N ananthidium willineri Moure, 1947, was described from San Estanislao, Paraguay. Material before us (in the Snow Entomological Museum) is from Paso Yobai, Paraguay, November 9, 1951 (J. Foerster) ; San Pedro de Colalao, Tucuman, Argentina, January, 1958 (F. H. Walz) ; Poeitos, Salto, Argentina, December 12, 1956 (M. Fritz) : Santiago, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, November, 1959 ; Robore, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, October, 1959. The differences in structure and punctation between the two species, as described by Moure, disappear in the larger series now available. N. wil- lineri may be a subspecies of bettyae. A male and female from Peru (one of them from the Chanchamayo Valley, 800 meters altitude) are similar to bettyae but somewhat different and may represent a distinct species. The male of N ananthidium was unknown when Moure and Michener dealt with the genus in 1947 and 1948. Males of all three species are now available, and the following description applies to all of them : Small, slender, heriadiform, with exceedingly coarse punctation, and with carinae and foveae as in female ; clypeus as in female with a few small nodules on apical margin ; mandible with apex tridentate, the upper two teeth weak and forming ends of a nearly straight margin; antenna long for an anthidiine, reaching scutellum (or nearly so in tamaulipanum) , scape scarcely over twice as long as broad, pedicel slightly longer than broad, first flagellar segment seen from beneath much broader than long, from above about as long as broad, remaining flagellar segments subequal in length (last a little longer), flagellum tapering slightly toward apex so that preapical segments are twice as long as wide in bettyae and willineri, somewhat shorter in tamaulipa- num; second to fifth metasomal sterna with dense subapieal bands of white hair, hiding surfaces beneath them ; fourth to sixth sterna each with strong lateral tooth simulating lateral tergal teeth of some antliidiines, teeth of sixth sternum looking like lateral teeth of seventh tergum ; terga without teeth ; seventh tergum bilobed or bidentate with broad shallow emargination between lobes. The discovery of a species of the arid part of northeastern Mexico sug- gests that this is another genus, like Eidonchopria and Caupolicana, found on either side of the tropical region but not widespread in the equatorial zone. N ananthidium tamaulipanum new species This species is very similar to N. bettyae from which it differs primarily in its slightly larger size and in the weak median emargination of the posterior edge of the scutellum. It also lias somewhat less extensive and paler yellow markings than that species, the sixth tergum of the female being wholly black, and the scape and legs are black. A possible difference (based on the single male of tamaulipanum ) is the slightly broader shallower emargination of the seventh tergum of the male. However, the Mexican form is so like bettyae that we possibly would not separate it were it not for the distance of some 3,000 miles from the northernmost South American locality for the genus (Peru) to the Mexican one. female Length 7 mm. (varying from 6 mm. to 7.5 mm. among paratypes) ; forewing length 4.6 mm. Agrees in structure, and punctation with other Nananthidium except as indicated in the following description : Black, under side of second and following 78 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII flagellar segments brown, the second more extensively pale than others; tegula trans- lucent brownish-black; apices of tarsi slightly brownish; the following parts pale yellow : band along inner orbit from lower end of paraocular area, tapering upward, to point well above antennal base, small upper lateral spot on clypeus adjacent to yellow of paraocular area, medially broken transverse line behind ocelli (not extending laterally behind eyes as in bettyae) , narrow line (broadly broken medially and sometimes reduced to two small spots) across front margin of scutum, small spot on axilla, broad apical band (narroAvly broken medially in holotype) across scutellum, spot at side of first metasomal tergum, transverse arcuate line at side of second tergum (first and second terga marked as in bettyae), and narrow median bands, tapered laterally, across third to fifth terga, these bands not reaching extreme sides of fifth and often fourth terga. Forewing heavily infumated in costal third in vicinity of prestigma and beyond. male Length 6 mm. ; forewing length 4.4 mm. Coloration similar to that of female but anterior side of front tibia brown, front and to a lesser extent middle tarsi brown; clypeus except for anterior margin pale yellow ; lower paraocular area more broadly pale yellow ; yellow of scutum reduced to pair of small anterior marginal spots, scutellar band broadly broken, narrow yellow bands on third to sixth terga reaching sides of terga (otherwise yellow markings as in female). holotype female, allotype male, and 23 female paratypes: Llera Mesa, Tamanlipas, Mexico, 1800 feet altitude, June 7, 1961 (Univ. of Kansas Mexican Exped.). The females were collecting pollen from flowers of Acacia w right ii. Genus Ulanthidium Michener Ulanthiclium Michener, 1948 : 13. This remarkable genus was described from a single female from the state of Jalisco. A male, taken at a different locality in the same state by the same collector a few days before he captured the holotype, is in the Snow Entomological Museum. Presumably it represents the same species, U . mitchelli Michener, 1948. Certainly it represents the same genus and it is therefore possible to describe the male characters of the genus. male Length 11.5 mm.; forewing length nearly 10 mm. Kobust, Anthopliora- like, hairy. Agrees with description of female except anterior margin of clypeus Avith six small teeth, the lateral ones Aveak ; mandible with apex oblique, tridentate ; short simple hairs of clypeus straight and not thickened at their bases; supraclypeal area with some similar hairs but rest of face with long plumose hairs like those of rest of body; pubescence of vertex, dorsum of thorax (including upper parts of mesepisterna) , and dorsum of metasoma (except sixth and seventh terga) long, dense, bright fulvous; pubescence otherAvise dull Avhitish, rather long and loose on most of body and basal parts of legs, short and largely appressed on tibiae, tarsi, and sixth and seventh terga; terga without lateral spines, sixth somewhat produced and narrowly subtruncate medially, seventh Avith short median bilobed projection. The specimen on which the above comments are based is from Chapala, Jalisco, Mexico, September 11, 1938 (L. J. Lipovsky). Literature Cited Michener, Charles D. 1948, The generic classification of the anthidiine bees (Hymenop- tera, Megacliilidae) , Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1381: 1-29. Moure, Jesus S. 1947, Novos agrupamentos genericos e algumas especies novas de abel- has sulamericanas, Museu Paranaense Publ. Avulsas, no. 3 : 1-37. June, 1964] Michener and Ordway: Anthidiine Bees 79 ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF NEW JERSEY APHIDS Mortimer D. Leonard Washington, D.C. Received for Publication Apr. 28, 1963 Abstract Listed are 147 species of aphids arranged alphabetically by genera and by species under each genus. Detailed records of the localities, dates, food plants and collectors are given for each species and a list of 173 food plants on which the aphids have been collected is included. At present 207 aphids on 241 food plants are known to occur in New Jersey. “A Preliminary List of the Aphids of New Jersey,” Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 64: 99-123, 1956 contained records of 123 species of aphids found on 122 plants plus 7 aphids of uncertain occurrence in New Jersey. Since then I have collected aphids periodically in and around Ridgewood and Haddonfield. Through the cooperation of other collectors in the state knowledge of the aphids occurring in New Jersey has been increased. This paper records 147 aphids on 173 food plants, of which 64 aphids and 119 food plants were not recorded in the previous publication. At present 207 aphids on 241 food plants are known from New Jersey. The principal sources of the records in this paper are as follows: slides in the United States National Museum (USNM) that had been only superficially examined for N. J. records when the Preliminary List was prepared; Dr. Herbert E. Wave (HEW) made about 150 collections during 1959 and 1960 in connection with studies of food plants of the foxglove aphid; Dett W. Jones (DWJ), formerly with the U. S. Dept, of Agrie., Moorestown, made collections locally from about 1955 through 1960; Leon W. Coles (LWC) of the same agency and location, has collected locally during the past several years; Ben Puttier, an associate of Mr. Coles, made collections; Dr. Harry W. Allen (HWA), Collaborator, Ent. Res. Div., ARS, USDA, Moorestown, collected locally in 1962; Dr. E. Avery Richmond (EAR), formerly of the Moorestown Lab., collected locally during the past 3 years; William M. Boyd, Chief Entomologist of the N. J. Dept, of Agric. and his staff made collections in various parts of the state in 1962 and staff members of the Plant Pest Control Div., ARS, USDA, Moorestown and Trenton, col- lected in several parts of the state in 1962 and Doris P. Leonard (DPL) and Donald D. Leonard (DDL), collected locally during the past 3 years. Determinations, other than those by the author were made by: Miss Louise M. Rus- sell (LMR), Ent. Res. Div., ARS, USDA; Dr. A. T. Olive (ATO), Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, N. Car.; Dr. Clyde F. Smith (CFS), North Carolina State College, Raleigh; Dr. J. O. Pepper (JOP), Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pa. and Dr. F. C. Hottes, Grand Junction, Colo. To all of the above I extend my thanks for their help. LIST OF APHIDS1 * Acrythosiphon solani (Kaltenbach) — formerly in Myzus — Foxglove Aphid. Haddon- field, 29-31 May 1959, one alate on yellow cloth (MDL coll — JOP det). New Bruns- wick, 4 Apr and 7, 8 Ju on Stellaria media, 6 May on Convolvulus sp., Lychnis alba 1 Names preceded by an asterisk (*) are additions to the Preliminary List. 80 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII (also 7 Ju), and Cerastium vulgare, 28 Ju on Plantago major and Phytolacca americana, 28 Ju, immatures on Asclepias syriacus. Beemerville, 6 May and 8 Aug on Hieracium sp., 21 Ju on E. floribundum and Stellaria media, 11 J1 on Plantago major. Cichorium intybus and Capsella bursa-pastoris, 8 Aug on C. intybus, 13 Sept on Plantago sp. and Lactuca sp., 13 Sept and 4 Nov on Arctium minus, 8 Dec on Chelidonium majus. Clarks- ville, 2 Ju “an alate, probably a migrant” on potato. Springfield, 28 Ju on Viola tri- color var. liortensis. Swartswood, 18 J1 on Hieracium sp. Buttsville, 25 J1 on Anctium minus. Branchville, 25 J1 on Hieracium sp. Andover and Oldwick, 8 Aug, Baleville, 15 Aug. Cokesbury, 7 Oct and Mountainville, 7 Oct and 4 Nov — all on Arctium minus. Princeton, 3 Oct on ornamental variety of Oenothera sp. Pinebrook, 8 Oct on A. minus- all of the foregoing records (except the alate in Haddonfield) were supplied by Dr. Wave from his 1960 collections. A parasite collected in New Brunswick by HEW 26 J1 1960 has been identified by B. D. Burks as Aphelinus semiflavus Howard. Somer- ville, 22 Ju 1962, in the curled leaves of flowering cherry (F. S. Stinson coll — JOP det as “close to solani ”). Amphorophora crataegi (Monell). Moorestown, Nov 1939 on Hawthorn (J. L. King coll — 1 slide in USNM). Pennington, 25 J1 1962 on Crataegus crusgalli (F. S. Stinson coll), scarce on leaves. Only one previous record for New Jersey. Amphorophora rubi (Kaltenbach) . Matawan, 6 J1 1960 on Rubus strigosus (RH Con- verse coll — 1 slide in USNM). Amphorophora sonchi (Oestlund) Sowthistle Aphid. Haddonfield, 21 Oct 1960, moder- ately infesting several plants of Sonchus asper (MDL coll). W. R. Richards (Can. Ent. 94 (7) : 781, 1962) follows European useage by giving this as a synonym of Nasonovia ( Hyperomyzus ) lactucae (L). *Anoecia setariae Gillette & Palmer. Beemerville, 7 Oct 1960 accidental on Pyrus sp. (HEW coll — JOP det who remarks that he has taken only 3 specimens in Pa., all in light traps). * Anuraphis sp. Moorestown, J1 1955 on Rumex acetosella (DWJ coll — LMR det). *Anuraphis a7noraciae (Cowen) Western Aster Root Aphid. Haddonfield 31 May 1959 on roots of Artemisia vulgaris and of Aster simplex var. ramosissimus (MDL coll). * Anuraphis bakeri (Cowen) Clover Aphid. Moorestown and vicinity, Oct 1955 on red clover (DWJ coll — JOP det). Middlebusli, 8 J1 1960 on Trifolium sp. (HEW coll — JOP det). Mt. Holly, summer 1960 on red clover (B Puttier coll). Moores- town, 22 Dec 1961 ( LWC coll) and 18 Apr 1962 (MDL and B Puttier coll) on red clover in USDA greenhouse. As to the status of this aphis in New Jersey Leon W. Coles of the USDA Laboratory at Moorestown wrote me on Nov 10, 1960 as follows: “A. bakeri can be readily found in clover fields over a considerable part of N. J. I would not say that it is abundant and would have to be looked for because of its habit of staying under the sheath at the base of the leaf axil until populations become heavy. Occasionally it can be found in considerable numbers in the crowns of the clover plants on new growth. Every time we try to grow red clover in the greenhouse A. bakeri presents our worst problem. We can clean up the house by fumigation but before long a new infestation shows up so we figure the aphids must move in from some outside source.” Anuraphis cardui (Linnaeus) Thistle Aphid. Pine Brook, 22 Ju 1960 on Cirsium sp. (HEW coll — JOP, CFS det). Ridgewood, 20 Oct 1962 abundant on several large plants of Cirsium sp. mixed in with Aphis fabae Scop. (MDL & DDL coll). Only one previous record for New Jersey. June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 81 Anuraphis maidiradicis (Forbes) Corn Root Aphid. Paterson, 12 Sept 1878 on roots of Verbena sp. (2 slides in USNM — Pergande). Anuraphis viburnicola (Gillette) Snowball Aphid. Haddonfield, 27 May 1961 on Viburnum opulus, several colonies starting from alates in curled leaves (MDL coll) : one alate in Moericke trap Sept 1961 (Glayds Testerman coll — JOP det with query). Ridgewood, 22, 28 1962 on Viburnum sp. a few fall migrants and young (MDL & DPL coll) . * Aphis sp. New Brunswick, 5 May 1960 on Cichorium intybus (HEW coll — JOP det as “close to rumicis ”). * Aphis sp. Saddle River, 16 Oct 1960, a number of alates and apterae on Anaphalis margaritacea (MDL & DDL coll — JOP det). I know of no previous record of an Aphis on this plant. * Aphis sp. Moorestown, 28 May 1962 on Weigela sp., about 20 apterae nearly all of which were immature (HWA coll — JOP det who even queries the genus). * Aphis sp. New Brunswick, 7 Ju 1960 on Lychnis alba (HEW coll — JOP det). Aphis sp. Morristown, 25 Ju 1962 on Andromeda sp. (R. Sayer coll) ; scarce on tips of leaves and stems, several apterae. I know of no previous record of an Aphis on this plant. * Aphis sp. New Lisbon, 28 Ju 1961 a dozen or fifteen apterae and several immatures on Lyonia ( Pieris ) mariana (P. E. Marucci coll). * Aphis asclepiadis Fitch. Moorestown, 25 May 1962 on Asclepias syriaca (HWA coll). Millville, J1 1962 on A. syriaca (B. K. Buck coll). Haddonfield, 15 Sept 1962 on Apocynum cannabinum, very few on tip of one plant among many (MDL coll). Aphis coreopsidis Thomas. Millville, 27 J1 1962 on Nyssa sylvatica (B. K. Buck coll). Ridgewood, Ju 1961, one alate in Moericke trap (DDL coll — JOP det). Wycoff, 17 Sept 1961 on Coreopsis crassifolia Ait., E. C. Leonard det. (MDL & DDL coll). * Aphis craccivora Koch. Mt. Holly and vicinity, Oct 1955 common on red clover (DWJ coll — LMR det) Moorestown, Feb 1962 on alfalfa in USDA greenhouse (B. Puttier coll — LMR det). Masonville, 2 Aug 1962 on Robinia pseudaccacia (HWA coll). Aphis crataegifoliae Fitch. Moorestown, 15 May 1962 on Crataegus sp. (EAR coll). Wrightstown, 19 J1 1962 on Crataegus sp. (J. J. Earley coll). * Aphis debilicornis Gillette & Palmer. Fort Lee, 2 J1 1909 on Helianthus sp., apterous viviparae (Gillette in J. Econ. Ent. 3(5) : 404, 1909). Aphis fabae Scopoli Bean Aphid. Ridgewood, 18 Oct 1938, starting colonies on Hy- drangea sp. 3 alates and 3 oviparae (MDL coll). This record was in the Preliminary List but oviparae were not mentioned and the plant was omitted from the plant list. “Was much more numerous than usual and caused damage to southern bean plantings.” (Summary of Insect Conditions — 1958 in New Jersey in CEIR 9(7) : 89-90, 1959). New Brunswick, 10 May 1960 on ornamental Euonymus atropurpureus (HEW coll — JOP det). Pinebrook 8 Ju on Chenopodium album and 22 Ju 1960 on Arctium minor (HEW coll — JOP det). Haddonfield, 4 J1 1960 scarce on nasturtiums (MDL coll). Wycoff, 14 Oct 1961 on Chenopodium album (MDL & DDL. Moorestown, 3 J1 1961 on C. album (LWC coll) and 25 May on C. album and 26 May 1962 on rhubarb (HWA coll) ; 25 May 1962 on Viburnum trilobum (HWA coll — JOP det). New Lisbon, 24 Sept 1962, the mostly dried up remains of what had been a heavy infestation on the flower-stems of a number of roadside Gerardia pedicularia (MDL & EAR coll). Ridgewood, 20 Oct 1962 heavy on a large Cirsium sp. and a small colony on Rumex obtusif olia (MDL & DDL coll). Medford, 6 Oct 1962, a heavy infestation on Cirsium sp. (Mary Rohwer coll). Medford Lakes, 7 Oct 1962, a few on Lactuca sp. (G. G. Rohwer coll). Aphis forbesi Weed. Strawberry Root Aphid. Riverton, May 1962 on strawberry 82 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII (D. Fink coll — 1 slide in USNM). Seabrook, 7 Jul 195G on strawberry (J. R. McGrew coll — 1 slide in USNM). Aphis gossypii Glover Cotton or Melon Aphid. Merchantville, 18 J1 1891 on melon (1 Pergande slide in USNM). North Bergen, Ju 1931 on Catalpa sp. (J .G. Rau coll — 1 slide in USNM). Moorestown, Oct 1955 on Sedum sp. (DWJ coll — 2 slides in USNM det LMR as gossypii but filed under sedi ) : 24 J1 and Aug 1960 on Catalpa speciosa (DWJ coll) : 22 Dec 1961 on Celastrus scandens and 10 Aug 1961 on cotton in USDA greenhouses (MDL coll) ; 23 May 1962 on rose-of-sharon (MDL & EAR coll) ; 22 Dec 1961 on alfalfa and cotton in USDA greenhouses (LWC coll). Haddonfield, 2 Sept 1946 on honewort, Cryptotaenia canadensis (MDL coll). 28 May 1959 quite a few on underside of flowers of Petunia sp. (MDL coll), 28 May 1959 and 1961 scarce on rose- of-sharon (MDL coll); 29 May 1961, one alate in Moericke trap (DPL coll — JOP det). Ridgewood, Ju 1961 three alates in Moericke trap (DDL coll — JOP det) : at duck pond 21 Oct 1962, a few apterae and alates on Catalpa sp. (MDL & DDL coll). Sooy Place 8 Aug 1960 on Monarda punctata (DWJ & LWC coll). Columbus, 5 Aug on muskmelon and 11 Aug 1959 on okra (LWC coll). New Brunswick, 12 Ju on Stellaria media and 26 J1 1960 on Hibiscus trionum (HEW coll). Saddle River, 16 Oct 1960 on Eupatorium purpureum (MDL & DDL coll). Linwood, 26 Ju 1960 on Hibiscus sp. (HEW coll). Sandtown, Burlington Co. (in the Pine Barrens), 28 May 1962, 8 alates and 3 immatures on V accinium corymbosum (MDL & HWA coll — JOP det as “close to gossypii") . New Brunswick, 12 J1 1960 on Stellaria media (HEW coll — MDL det with query). Linwood, 1 Aug scarce on leaves on Weigela sp. (W. A. Junghans coll — JOP det with query). Aphis lieliantlii Monell. Pinebrook, 22 Ju 1960 on Cirsium sp. one alate “drift” (HEW coll — JOP det). Ridgewood, Ju 1961, two alates in a Moericke trap (MDL coll — JOP det as “close to Jielianthi") . Aphis illinoisensis Shimer. Grapevine Aphid. Montclair, 2 Ju 1897 on grapes (2 slides in USNM). Fort Lee, 2 J1 1909 “Very abundant on leaves, tendrils and new growth of wild grape.” (Gillette as Aphis ripariae Oestlund in J. Econ. Ent. 3(5) : 404, 1910). Shiloh, 22 Ju 1962 on grape (B. K. Buck coll). Medford Lakes, 27 J1 1962 on grapes (G. G. Rohwer coll). Aphis impatientis Thomas. Medford (Lake Cotoxen), 21 Sept 1962 on Impatiens pallida, fairly common and attended by the ant, Formica pallidif ulvum subsp. nitidi- ventris M. R. Smith det (MDL and EAR coll). The Aphis cephalanthi of the Prelim- inary List is this species. * Aphis oestlundi Gillette. Moorestown, 27 May 1962 on Oenothera probably biennis (HWA coll). Aphis pomi DeGeer Apple Aphid. “Was more numerous and difficult to control than usual.” (Summary of Insect Conditions in 1958 in New Jersey in CEIR 9(7) : 89-90, 1959). Moorestown, 17 J1 1959 on Sorbus sp. (M. W. Maines coll) ; 25 May 1962, alates and apterae of all sizes on Chaenomeles japonica (HWA coll) : 5 Aug 1962, many apterae on Sorbus aucuparia (EAR coll). Haddonfield, 29 May 1961, three alates in a Moericke trap (DPL coll — JOP det with query). Shiloh, 22 Ju 1962 on Cotoneaster salsifolia and hybrid Cydonia (B. K. Buck coll). Cohansey, Cumberland County 17 Aug 1962, apterae and “pupae” abundant on stems of a weeping crab (W. Junghans coll). New Brunswick, 10 Ju 1960 on Crataegus sp. (HEW coll — JOP det with query). Dayton 28 Ju 1962 on Contoneaster sp., scarce on leaves and flowers (F. S. Stinson coll). Skill- man, 19 Ju 1962, abundant on leaves and stems of flowering crab ( Modus sp.) (F. S. Stin- son coll). Aphis pseudohederae Theobald Ivy Aphid. It is probable that this aphid is generally June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 83 distributed throughout the State on English Ivy but it is rarely sufficiently abundant to attract attention, usually occurring only in small numbers on the tender tips and within small curled leaves. Available records, all on English Ivy, Eedera helix, are as follows: Haddonfield, 3 J1 1960, a few (D. L. Winters coll) ; 26 Oct 1961 small colonies on a few terminals of a number of vines attached to the side of a house with one or two alates in each and moderately parasitized by Lysephlebius testaceipes (Cresson) — det Muesebeck, and attended by the ant, Prenolepis imparls (Say) — det M. R. Smith (MDL coll) ; 23 Dec 1961, very scarce on same vines (MDL) : 21 Dec 1962, a very few on these vines, dead but most bodies still plump even though following 10-20 °E., one alate and some parasitized (MDL). Moorestown, 18 Apr 1962 indoors (Ben Puttier coll). Aphis rubifolii (Thomas). Sandtown, Burlington Co., (in the Pine Barrens), 28 May 1962, a number in a tightly curled leaf of a small sand blackberry Eubus cunei- folium, (MDL & HWA coll). Aphis rumicis Linnaeus Dock Aphid. Often observed to be abundant on a consider- able sized patch of Eumex obtusifolius from 1935 to 1945 (MDL). Moorestown, 1 J1 on Eumex sp. (LWC coll). New Brunswick 16 May 1960 on Eumex crispus (HEW coll — JOP det). Aphis sambucifoliae Fitch. Newton, 8 Aug 1960 on Sambucus canadensis (NEW coll). Haddonfield, Sept 1961, one alate in a Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — - JOP det). * Aphis sedi (Kaltenbach) . Moorestown, Oct 1955 on Sedum sp. (DWJ coll — LMR det as gossypii Glov. but the 2 slides in the USNM are filed under sedi). Aphis spiraecola Patch Spiraea Aphid. Haddonfield, 29 May 1959 on Pyracantha sp. (MDL coll); late April 1959, one alate on yellow cloth (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det) ; Aug and Sept 1961, one alate each in Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — - JOP det): 28 May 1961 scarce on Spiraea vanhouttei (MDL coll); 8 Aug 1961 on Pyracantha crenulata (D. L. Winters coll). Pinebrook, 22 Ju 1960 on Galinsoga parvi- flora (HEW coll — JOP det). Saddle River, 16 Oct 1961 a number on Eupatorium per- foliatum (MDL & DDL coll— JOP det). Marlton, 28 May 1962 on Amelanchier sp. (MDL & HEW coll) attended by the ant Tapinoma sessile (Say) det M. R. Smith. Shiloh 22 Ju 1962 on Pyracantha coccinea var. lalandi (B. K. Buck coll). Middleville, J1 1962 on Amelanchier canadensis (B. K. Buck coll). Moorestown, J1 1960 on Celastrus scan- dens in USDA greenhouses (LWC coll) ; 15 May 1962 on Spiraea vanhouttei (EAR coll) ; 25 May 1962 on Pyracantha sp. (HWA coll) attended by the ant, Tapinoma sessile (Say) M. R. Smith det., 23 May 1962 on Crataegus sp. (MDL & EAR coll — JOP det). Brevicoryne brassicae (Linneaus) Cabbage Aphid. High Bridge. 1 J1 1908 on lambs- quarters (1 Pergande slide in USNM). Herrick and Hungate in “The Cabbage Aphis” (Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull, 300: 720, 1911) state in regard to the cabbage aphid in New Jersey; “Dr. J. B. Smith says that in 1890 — ‘The plants are sometimes so crowded with lice that it was impossible to see the leaves and the plants were so devitalized that they failed to grow. Early cab- bages suffered severely and some growers of young plants for the market abandoned their crop and plowed it under. Damage was especially severe on young plants just set out and many had to be replanted.’ ” “The cabbage aphid was more numerous and damaging than usual on cabbage, broccoli and cauliflower.” (Summary of Insect Conditions in 1957 in New Jersey, CEIR 8(1) : 7, 3 Jan 1958). “A few isolated infestations of the cabbage aphid occurred in late season cole crops.” (Summary of Insect Conditions in New Jersey in (1961, CEIR 12 (11) : 215, Mar 16, 1962). 84 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII “Calapliis n. sp. Granovsky. Caldwell, J1 1931, no plant, no coll given (5 paratype slides in USNM). Calapliis betulae colens (Fitch) Caldwell, J1 1931, no plant, no coll given (1 slide in USNM — Granovsky det). Moorestown, 23 May 1962 on Betula papyrifera (MDL & EAR coll — JOP det). Cherry Hill, 1 Aug 1961 and 29 May 1962 on Betula populifolia (D. L. Winters coll — JOP det). Ridgewood, 27 J1 1961 on Betula pendula (MDL coll — JOP det “as near as I can tell”). Calapliis betulella Walsh. Ridgewood (Valleau Cemetery) 21 Oct 1962 (MDL & DDL coll) and 27 Oct at the Duck Pond (MDL & Geo. Saile coll), oviparous females and males numerous on Betula populifolia. New Brunswick, 27 Ju 1960 one alate in flight (HEW coll — JOP det). Clifton, 28 J1 1961, a number of head-high plants of Rhus glabra with many of the leaflets (underside) and stems of the compound leaves encrusted with the dried bodies of this aphid. I cannot explain this unusual infestation, especially since no birches were observed in the vicinity. Only one record, previous to these, for N. J. Calapliis castaneae (Fitch). Fort Lee, 2 J1 1909 on chestnut, both alate and apterous viviparae. (Gillette in J. Econ. Ent. 3(4): 368, 1910). Capitophorus braggii Gillette — see C. elaeagni (delG.) * Capitophorus elaeagni (del Guercio) (In American literature as C. braggii (Gillette). Mt. Holly, 24 Oct 1955 on Cynara scolymus (DWJ coll — LMR det). Haddonfield, Sept 1961, one alate in Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det). New Brunswick, 10 May 1960 on ornamental Elaeagnus umbellata (HEW coll — CFS) ; 15 J1 1960, 6 ap- terae on Cirsium sp. (HEW coll — MDL det). Ridgewood, 20 Oct 1961 on Ciresium sp. (MDL & DDL coll — JOP det). Riverton, 22 Nov 1961 on Elaeagnus umbellata, oviparae present (EAR coll — JOP det). * Capitophorus glandulosus (Kaltenbach) Haddonfield, 1-4 J1 1960, abundant on the lower leaves of a small clump several feet square of mugwort, Artemisia vulgaris, at the edge of the leaves turning them yellow. One parasite was obtained which Dr. Muesebeck determined as Praon sp., probably new. On my next visit in late Nov 1960 the aphids were abundant and many males (small, elongate and reddish and very active) and oviparae were present. A few of the small, shining black eggs were found on the leaves on which they apparently overwinter on the ground at the base of the plants. On Oct 1961 these same plants were only moderately infested; a few males were ob- served. On May 24-26, 1962 the aphids were abundant but in late Oct none could be found since the plants were very small having been cut back to the ground somewhat earlier. Alates have always been scarce on the plants but if infested leaves were put in a small box for two or three days alates readily developed. These aphids are very active when disturbed. I have found this aphid at two localities in the District of Columbia. Dr. Pepper wrote me that he had made a good collection of what he believes is this species at Lancaster, Pa. on mugwort in early June 1962. These were in a nursery which had brought several loads of evergreens from New Jersey and it is believed that the mugwort was introduced with this shipment. The closely related C. pseudo glandulosus Palmer is recorded from several localities in Colorado and also as being common and generally distributed in northern Utah and southern Idaho on three species of Artemisia but not on vulgaris. Capitophorus hippophaes (Walker) Haddon Heights, 23 J1 1930 on Polygonum penn- sylvanicum (L. J. Bottimer coll — 1 slide in USNM). Moorestown, 22 J1 1956 on Poly- gonum sp. both outdoors and in USDA greenhouse (DWJ coll — LMR det) ; 24 J1 and 30 Aug 1960 on Polygonum sp. (DWJ coll) ; 28 Ju 1961 on Polygonum sp. (R. V. Smith June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 85 coll — JOP (let). Ridgewood, 28 J1 1961, one aptera on Polygonum persicaria (MDL coll). New Brunswick and Sussex, 28 Ju and 6 J1 (HEW coll — JOP det). Riverton, 22 Nov 1961 on Elaeagnus umbellata (EAR coll — JOP det). * Cavariella essigi Gillette & Bragg Ridgewood, 28 Oct 1962 abundant on upper part of stems and at base of inflorescence of several plants of wild carrot, Daucus carota (MDL & DDL coll). First definite record for N. J. * Cepegillettea myricae (Patch) High Point, 18 J1 1960 on Comptonia ( Myrica ) peregrina var. asplenifolia (HEW coll, 6 apterae). Cliaitophorus populicola (Thomas) Cloudy- winged Poplar Leaf Aphid (In Preliminary List as Neothomasia) . Fort Lee, 2 J1 1909, as Thomasia, on Poppulus tremuloides (Gil- lette J. Econ. Ent. 2(6): 388, 1909). Haddonfield, 7 Sept 1948 on Populus sp. (MDL coll). Chatiophorus viminalis Monell Black and Green Willow Leaf Aphid. Ridgewood, 21 J1 1961, fairly common on underside of many leaves of two small willows at the Duck Pond (MDL & Geo. Saile coll) and 21 Oct 1962, a few males and oviparous females on same trees (MDL & DDL coll). * ? Cinara longispinosa Tissot. Moorestown, 13 Nov 1961, oviparous females on Pinus taeda (EAR coll — Hottes det with query). * Cinara palmerae (Gillette) New Brunswick, 24 May 1960 on Picea sp. (HEW coll — JOP det). * ? Cinara pergandei (Wilson) Haddonfield, one alate in flight between 30 Ju and 5 Jl 1958 (MDL coll — Hottes det with query). * Cinara pilicornis (Hartig) Springfield, 2 Ju 1960 on Picea sp. and Cranbury 20 Ju 1960 on Picea glauca (HEW coll — JOP det). * Cinara pinea (Mordwilko) Moorestown, 15 May 1962, alates and apterae on Pinus sylvestris and 23 May 1962, alatoid nymphs on the “candle shoots” of P. taeda (EAR coll — JOP det). Cinara strobi (Fitch) White Pine Aphid. Moorestown, 28 Sept, 2 Oct and 1 Nov 1962 on Pinus strobus (EAR coll) attended by the ant Camponotus pennsylvanicus (De- Geer) — M. R. Smith det. Colopha ulmicola (Fitch) Cockscomb Gall Aphid of Elm. Haddonfield, Sept 1961, 2 alates in Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det). * Dactynotus sp. New Brunswick, 26 Sept 1960 on Lactuca serriola 2 apterae (HEW coll — ATO det). * Dactynotus sp. 10 Sept 1960 on PudbecMa liirta (DDL coll — ATO det). In regard to these specimens Dr. Olive wrote on 24 April, 1960 “Need color notes — very, very interesting. Please send me some alcohol specimens if they are available. May be a new species.” * Dactynotus sp. Ridgewood, 6 Aug 1960, 1 aptera, 1 alate on Rudbeclcia liirta (DDL coll — ATO det who comments as for the above). * Dactynotus sp. Bridgeton, 31 Jl 1962, 18 aptera, several immatures on Malva syl- vestris (B. K. Buck coll — ATO det who comments “need color notes”). * Dactynotus sp. Glassboro, 2 Jl 1962, 1 aptera, several immatures on smartweed (L. H. Sohl coll — ATO det who comments “need color notes”). * Dactynotus sp. Marlton, 17 Jl 1962, 2 collections totaling 7 alates, 15 aptera, im- matures on Gloriosa Daisy (Marie C. Quinden coll — ATO det who comments “need color notes”) . * Dactynotus sp. Ridgewood, Jl 1962, 2 collections — one had 3 alates, 12 apterae im- matures; the other had 14 alates, 12 apterae, immatures — both on a few cult. Rudbeclcia liirta in the garden (DDL coll — ATO Det who comments “need color notes”). 86 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Dactynotus ambrosiae (Thomas) Brown Ambrosia Aphid. Ridgewood, J1 1960, 4 alates, 4 apterae on Rudbechia hirta (DDL coll — ATO det). Haddonfield, Sept 1961 and late Apr 1959, 1 alate each in Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det). Riverton, 28 J1 1962 on ragweed J. J. Earley coll — ATO det). Masonville, 2 Aug 1962 on Solidago sp. (HWA coll — ATO det). * Dactynotus anomala (Hottes & Frison) n. comb. Haddonfield, 4 J1 abundant on a small clump of hardy purple asters in a garden and with heavy parasitism which almost wiped out the infestation a little later on; 30 May 1959 fairly common on same plants; 28 May 1961, a few apterae and nymphs on same plants and they remained scarce the rest of the season; 25 May 1962, the terminals of a few of these plants considerably infested (all of foregoing MDL coll and det except the last is ATO det) ; none present Oct 1962. V Dactynotus chrysanthemi (Oestlund). Haddonfield, Sept 1961 1 alate in Moerice trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det with query). * Dactynotus gravicornis (Patch). Swartswood, 18 J1 1960, 1 alate, 2 apterae on Erigeron sp., Buttsville, 25 J1 1960, 4 alates, 1 aptera on E. strigosa and High Point, 19 J1 1960, 1 aptera, 8 alatoid nymphs on Solidago sp. (all HEW coll — ATO det). * Dactynotus nigrotuberculatus Olive. Moorestown, 26 Ju 1962, and 1 Aug 1962 (HWA coll — ATO det), alates and apterae on Solidago sp. Masonville, 2 Aug 1962, alates and apterae on Solidago sp. (HWA coll — ATO det). Woodstown, 16 Ju 1960 on Solidago sp. (HEW coll— ATO det). * Dactynotus paucosensoriatus Hille Ris Lambers. Riverton, 29 J1 1962. 1 alate, 1 immatures on wild Aster sp. (J J Earley coll — ATO det). * Dactynotus pseudambrosiae Olive. Moorestown, 1 Aug 1962, alates and apterae on Lactuca virosa (HWA coll- — ATO det). Little Silver, 13 J1 1962, alates and apterae on Lactuca sp. (F. H. Pagliaro coll — ATO Det). Milleville, 27 J1 1962, alates and im- matures on Lactuca serriola (B K Buck coll — ATO det). Andover, 8 Aug 1960, 4 alates, 6 apterae on Sonchus oleraceus (HEW coll — ATO det). Dactynotus rudbecMae (Fitch) Goldenglow Aphid. This species was given in the flood plant list of the Preliminary List under Solidago fistulosa but the plant was omitted from the list of aphids. This record was from Haddonfield in the mid 30’s. Dactynotus sonchellus (Monell) (Under Macrosiphum in the Preliminary List). Moorestown, 27 May 1962, 1 alate, 4 apterae on Lactuca virosa (HWA coll — ATO det). Medford Lakes, 27 May 1962, 8 apterae on Lactuca virosa (G G Rohwer coll — ATO det). * Dactynotus tissoti (Boudreaux) New Brunswick, 15 J1 1960, 3 apterae on Solidago sp. (HEW coll — ATO det). Cherry Hill, 29 May 1962, 1 alate, 1 aptera on Erigeron sp. (MDL & DL Winters coll — ATO det). Moorestown, 4 J1 1962, 1 alate on Solidago sp. (HEW coll — ATO det with query). * Dactynotuse tuataiae Olive Medford Lakes, 1 Aug 1962, several apterae, 1 alate and 2 Aug 1962, 1 aptera on Ambrosia art emisii folia (HWA coll — ATO det). Drepanaphis acerifolii Thomas Painted Maple Aphid. “The painted maple aphid was fairly severe on nursery and street maples in late August and September.” (Summary of Insect Conditions in 1959 in New Jersey in CEIR 8(1) : 8, Jan 3, 1958). New Brunswick, 10 Aug 1959 and 20 Ju 1960 on Acer saccharinum (HEW coll — CFS det). Pemberton, 8 Sept 1961 on A. saccharinum (LWC coll). Ridgewood at the Duck Pond, 21 Oct 1962, a few alates on A. rubrum (MDL & DDL coll). * Drepanaphis heshenae Granovsky. Haddonfield, 4 J1 1958, 1 alate on a yellow chair (MDL & DDL coll). * Drespanaphis parvus Smith Trenton, 18 Sept 1962 on silver maple (W M Boyd coll — JOP det). June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 87 Drepanosiphum platanoides (Schrank) Sycamore Aphid. Highland Park, 18 Oct 1960 on Acer platanoides , a number of specimens (from HEW — Harshberger coll). Second record for N. J. Eriosoma americanum (Riley) Woolly Elm Aphid. Moorestown, 29 May 1960, a single “drift” alate on Ilex verticillata (DWJ coll — LMR det). Ridgewood J1 1961, 2 alates in a Moericke trap (DDL coll — JOP det). Eriosoma crataegi (Oestlund). Lake Hopatcong (Willis Gertsch coll recorded by G F Knowlton in Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Mimeo. Series 389:22, 1952. Essex Fells, 27 Sept 1930 on Crataegus sp. (W S Fields coll — USDA’s Special Port Survey). Bridgeton, 30 Aug 1962, abundant on stems of Pyracantlia sp. (W Junghans coll). Little Silver, 13 J1 1962, abundant on stems of Crataegus crusgalli (G Pope coll). Eriosoma lanigerum (Hausmann) Woolly Apple Aphid. Washington J1 1922 on elm (Mrs. T S Diedrich coll — 1 slide in USNM). Browns Mills, 13 Mar 1916 on apple roots (Scammell coll — 2 slides in USNM). Euceraphis punctipennis (Zetterstedt) . betulae (Koch). Wycoff, 14 Oct 1960, a few ovipararae on European white birch (MDL & DDL coll — JOP det). Ridgewood (Bird Sanctuary), 20 Oct 1961 on Betula populifolia, oviparae predominant (MDL & DDL coll — JOP det) ; (Huber’s home), 26 Oct 1962, all sexuals on gray birch (MDL & DDL coll — JOP det) ; (Duck Pond), 27 Oct 1962, oviparae on gray birch (MDL & Geo. Saile coll — JOP det). ? * Euceraphis deducta Baker Moorestown, 23 May 1962, one alate on Betula papyri- fera (MDL & EAR coll — JOP det with query). ? * Euceraphis gillettei Davidson Ridgewood, 22 J1 1961, two alates on Betula pendula (MDL coll — JOP det “as near as I can tell”). Eastop (May 1963) believes this is a synonym of punctipennis. ? * Geoica lucifuga (Zehntner) Haddonfield, 31 May 1959 on roots of Taraxacum officinale and Artemisia vulgaris on J1 2 1960 (MDL coll — Maxson det with query). Hille Ris Lambers states (June 1963) that this species lives exclusively on grasses and is not known to occur in N. Am. Records of it in N. Am. must all relate to Sminthurodes hetale Westwood. Gobaisha ulmifusus (Walsh & Riley). 2 J1 1909 — “The galls of this species [in Pemphigus] were shown to me by Dr. Beutenmuller of Palisades, N. J. The leaves of a small elm were much infested, the larger galls being fully two inches in length. Just an occasional gall was beginning to turn yellow and in these small alate examples were found. In all the galls some stem mothers were still present; they were very pale yellow in color and large and sublobular. All of the descendants of the stem mothers were acquiring wings.” (Gillette in Jour. Econ. Ent. 3(5) :885, 1910). Hammanelistes spinosus (Shimer). Morris Plains, 20 Nov 1943, reported by N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta. as “very abundant on birch, causing considerable leaf distortion.” Many specimens from birch received from Wm. Collins of N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta. from Belleville, 6 Ju 1958. Cherry Hill, 2 May 1962, many in a number of folded leaves of Betula populifolia, D. L. Winters coll). Sandtown, Burlington Co. (in the Pine Barrens) 28 May 1962, common in the distorted leaves of many gray birches, Betula populifolia (MDL & HWA coll). Hormaphis hamamelidis (Fitch). Milford, 14 Aug 1952 on witch-hazel (R Roseman coll — 3 slides in USNM). Hyadaphis pseudobrassicae (Davis) Turnip Aphid. (Formerly in Rhopalosiphum) . Sandtown, Burlington Co. (in the Pine Barrens), 28 May 1962, a few in the seed-heads of a Lepidium virginicum (MDL & HWA coll). Hyalopteroides humilis (Walker) Orchardgrass Aphid, (as H. dactylidis Hayhurst 88 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII in Prelim. List). “New Jersey — causing considerable injury to orchardgrass. First time observed aphid in injurious numbers.” (O Starnes — Summary of Insect Conditions in 1952; from a note in USDA’s Insect Detection and Survey records). Hyalopterus pruni ( Geoff roy) Mealy Plum Aphid. Woodstown, 21 J1 1960, a number of alate “drifts” taken on tomatoes (HEW coll — JOP det). Lindenwold, 19 Ju 1962 on Miner Plum, Prunus hortulana var. mineri (N. J. Dept. Agr. coll). Lachnus salignus (Gmelin) Giant Willow Aphid. In Sept 1960 Dr. Bailey B. Pepper, Head, Department of Entomology, N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta. wrote me as follows: “In my travels over the State I have seen the giant willow aphid on many occasions in the Bridgeton-Salem area. In fact many of the farm families have willow trees, usually on the back lawns, and this aphid often becomes a nuisance when the housewife hangs her laundry on the line. I have had a great many calls thru the County Agents’ offices thru my travels to parts of the State. In fact when you and I were scouring around Seabrook Farms (at Bridgeton) in connection with pea aphid control by air- craft, a beautiful weeping willow tree right near the Seabrook office was heavily infested and the aphids invaded the quarters of some of the workmen via the laundry and the clothing of the occupants. I believe this was in 1937.” Middlesex Co., 7 Oct 1960, a single weeping willow infested (J L Libby coll). Saddle River, 16 Oct 1960, a single alate in flight (MDL & DDL coll — JOP det). Moorestown, 10 J1 1960, very abundant on the trunk of Salix discolor (DWJ coll) : J1 1960 and 11 Aug 1962, abundant on the trunk of Salix discolor (EAR coll). Roadstown, 11 J1 1962 on Salix sp. (B K Buck coll). Longistigma caryae (Harris), Giant Bark Aphid. Orange, Aug 1932 on Platanus orientalis (Bartlett Tree Research Labs). South River Middlesex Co., 10 Oct 1960, heavily infesting pin oak trees (J L Libby coll). Haddonfield, late April 1959, 2 alates on a yellow cloth (Gladys Testerman coll). Macrosiphoniella sanborni (Gillette) Chrysanthemum Aphid. Although generally dis- tributed and locally and seasonally scarce to abundant on cultivated varieties of chrysanthemums only a few collections have been made in the past three years as follows : New Brunswick, 1 J1 and Highland Park, 5 Ju 1960 (HEW coll). Haddonfield, 28 May 1961, scarce (MDL). Moorestown, 25 May 1962 (HWA) coll. Medford Lakes, 24 May (G G Rohwer coll) ; Linwood, J1 (I H Sohl coll) ; Medford, 17 J1 and 21 Oct (Marie C Quinden coll) — all 1962 and recorded as scarce. * Macrosiphum sp. New Brunswick, 15 J1 1960, 1 mature aptera on Cirsium sp. (HEW coll — ATO det). * Macrosiphum sp. New Brunswick, 5 apterae, 28 Ju and 6 apterae 12 J1 1960 on Polygonum convolvulus (HEW coll — ATO det and one immature 28 Ju 1960 (HEW coll — JOP det). Macrosiphum avenae (Fabricius), English Grain Aphid. (Formerly M. granarium (Kirby) Trenton, 3 May 1892 on wheat (1 slide by Pergande in USNM). New Bruns- wick, 10 May and 9 Ju 1960 on rye (HEW coll). Macrosiphum eupliorbiae (Thomas) Potato Aphid. Riverton, 27 Ju 1928 on cult rose (Kisliuk & Chapman coll — 1 slide in USNM). Haddonfield late Apr 1959, (Gladys Testerman coll) and 29-31 May 1959, 2 alates on yellow cloth (MDL coll — JOP det) ; 28 May 1959 on terminals of Campsis radicans and fairly common on the flowers of Petunia sp. and 27 May 1961 (MDL coll) ; Cherry Hill Inn, 15 Oct 1960 on Petunia sp. (L L Pechman coll). Gibbstown, 9 Aug 1959 on eggplant (DWJ coll). Clarksville, 2 Ju on potato, New Market 20 Ju on radish, Highland Park, 5 Ju on chrysanthemum, New Brunswick, 15 Oct on squash, 16 May and 8 Ju on Chenopodium album and 5 Ju on Cichorium intybus — all HEW coll 1960 — det ATO). Moorestown 25 May 1962 on June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 89 Apocynum cannabinum, on Chenopodium album, on Asclepias syriaca and common on seed-stalks of cult Aquilegia sp. (HEW coll). Cherry Hill, 26 May 1962 on Apocynum cannabinum (MDL & DL Winters coll). Medford Lakes, 1 May 1962, heavy on cult rose (G G Rohwer coll). Ridgewood, 25 Oct 1962, a single alate on cult rose (MDL & DPL coll— JOP det). In a recent report by the N. J. Coop. Econ. Ins. Survey it is stated that the potato aphid is injurious to white potatoes, eggplant and redpeppers and occasionally to sweet potatoes. The following surveys to determine the number of overwintering eggs of the potato aphid are, as far as I know, unique except for those made in Maine by Shands and Simpson after which these are patterned : “The potato aphid is a particular pest of potato and tomato crops in the State. Through survey, prediction of outbreaks is a possibility and many fields could be saved from much damage. A swamp rose ( Rosa palustris) is the primary overwintering host for eggs. Most eggs again were found along Raccoon Creek in Gloucester County. Counts in the Cumberland- Salem area were about the same as previous years. Many more eggs were found in the central area than before. Eighteen locations in 7 counties were surveyed. The average per location per 100 buds or crotches were 8.78. In 1958, the average was 1.42 and in 1957, 2.86. Overwintering eggs were more numerous this spring than in 1958 or 1957, and the infestation potential for potato aphids is higher this year than in either previous year. ’ * (Coop. Surv., N. J. Dept. Agr. Rutgers Univ. CEIR 9(1) : 259, Apr 10, 1959).” “A survey to determine the number of overwintering eggs of the potato aphid that are present on swamp rose, Rosa palustris, was conducted in the State during February and March. Overwintering eggs were found less numerous, generally, this spring then they were in 1957, 1958 or 1959. The most eggs were found along Raccoon Creek in Gloucester County. Eggs were less numerous in the Cumberland-Salem County area than in previous years, and very few eggs were found in the central area of the State. Based on the survey, the infestation potential for potato aphids is lower than in any previous year. However, weather conditions in early spring may affect the development of populations.” (Ins. Dis. Newsl. CEIR 1(15): 249, April 8, I960).” Actually the egg surveys were made during February and March during the 5-year period of 1957-1961 in Burlington, Cumberland, Gloucester, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth and Salem Counties. The number of eggs, fully extended and shrivelled, were counted in order to arrive at the total number of eggs found and the percentage thereof that were dead. The total number of eggs found varied as follows: 1957 — 427, 1958 — 234, 1959 — - 1522, 1960 — 149, 1961 — 714. During the 5 year period the percentage of egg mortality varied from 24.3 to 76.8 on the terminals and from 22.5 to 60.2 on the crotches. 90 New York Entomological Society 1 Vol. LXXII * Macrosiphum pseudorosae (Patch) Ridgewood, 1 Jul 1960, 1 alate “drift” on Rud- beckia hirta (DDL coll — ATO det). Macrosiphum rosae (Linneaus) Rose Aphid. Moorestown, 29 May 1960, a small colony of mostly alates on Ilex verticillata (DWJ coll — LMR det) and 13 Nov 1961, many on cult roses (EAR coll). Ridgewood, early J1 1960, 4 alates, 2 apterae on Rudbeckia hirta , presumably accidental (DDL coll — ATO det) ; 28 Oct 1962, a few (MDL & DPL coll) and Ju and J1 1962 on several rose bushes (DDL coll). Haddon- field, 15 Oct 1960, a large Rosa multiflora hedge heavily infested (MDL coll). Summit, 15 Oct 1960, moderate on cult rose (MDL & R R Leonard coll). Princeton, 25 May 1962 on cult rose (J J Bagocius coll). Masonaphis ( Ericobium ) azaleae (Mason). This is in the Prelim. List as Amphoro- phora vaccinii Mason. In Dec 1962 Philip E. Marucci of the Cranberry and Blueberry Re- search Laboratory, N. J. Agr. Exp., Sta. at Pemberton wrote me as to the present status of this aphid: “It is common on blueberries during the soft succulent period of growth but it de- clines very rapidly after the plant hardens. Growers’ chemical control programs against other insects are very rough on it. Even in the wild, however, it declines quite rapidly after the middle of June. In regard to its potential ability to transmit mosaic virus I have not secured sufficient evidence to prove it to be a vector.” This species was described by P. W. Mason (Proc. U.S.N.M. 67 Art. 20, pp. 67-70, 1925) as Amphorophora vaccinii from 2 alates, 9 apterae and 2 oviparae, all collected by H. B. Scammell at Whitesbog. The alates and apterae were from blueberry, 28 Ju and 11 Jl, 1916 and the oviparae were taken 1 Dec 1914 on three-square, Scirpus americanus, while cranberry bog was being flooded. The synonymy here used is by Dr. M. E. MacGillivary in Temminckia 10:49-55, 1958. Specimens were collected by B. Puttier in the lath house at Pemberton 4 Aug 1960 and also by P. E. Marucci 21 Oct 1960 (males and oviparae present) on cultivated blueberry. L. W. Coles wrote me on Aug. 4 1960 that this aphid is parasitized by Aphelinus sp. which becomes quite common in the insectary but is probably scarce in the field. Myzocallis ascepiadis (Monell) Clifton, 28 Jl 1961, a few plants of Asclepiadis syriaca fairly infested well (MDL & DDL coll). Masonville 2 Aug 1962 on A. syriaca (HWA coll). Myzocallis bella (Walsh) Haddonfield, 1 Sept 1946 on Quercus sp. and very abundant on several large Q . rubra 4 Jl 1960 (MDL coll B & T det) ; no aphids could be found on these latter trees during 1961 and 1962. * Myzocallis coryli Goeze. Haddonfield, 4 Jl 1958, a few in all stages on the leaves of a small Corylus sp. (MDL coll). * Myzocallis granovskyi Boudreaux & Tissot. Haddonfield, 25 Sept 1934 on Quercus sp. (MDL coll — B & T det). This record is under bella in the Prelim. List. * Myzocallis longiunguis Boudreaux & Tissot. Ridgewood, 11 Sept 1946 on Quercus sp. (MDL coll — B & T det) ; this record may be under bella in the Prelim. List. Haddon- field, 4 Jl 1960 on Q. rubra (MDL coll — B & T det). * Myzocallis melanocera Boudreaux & Tissot. Ramsey, 11 May 1941 on Quercus prinus (W. Gerstsch et al coll — B & T det) ; this is presumably the record under bella in the Preliminary List altho there the plant is Q. alba . * Myzocallis mu.ltisetis Boudreaux & Tissot. Riverton 23 Sept 1920, on alate on Cocos weddeliana as a “drift” (W B Wood coll — B & T det). Ridgewood, 29 May 1938 on Q. velutina (MDL coll — B & T det). This is under either bella or walshii in the Pre- liminary List. June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 91 Haddonfield, 29 May 1959, an alate on a yellow cloth and 4 J1 1960 on red oaks (MDL coll — B & T det) ; none could be found on these same trees in 1961 or 1962. Myzocallis 'punctata (Monell). New Brunswick, 5 Ju 1962, 3 alate “drifts” on sassafras (R C Reardon coll). Ridgewood, (at the Duck Pond), 27 Oct 1962, a single alate drift on Betula populifolia (MDL & Geo Saile coll). Second and third records for N. J. Myocallis tiliae (Linnaeus) Linden Aphid. Ridgewood, 26 J1 1961 a moderate infestation on the large lindens at the Railroad Station (MDL & DDL coll). Myzocallis ulmifolii (Monell) Elm Leaf Aphid. Morristown, 26 J1 1938 on elm leaves (C W Collins coll — 1 slide in USNM). Myzocallis walshii (Monell). Ridgewood, 4 J1 and 23 Aug 1936 on Quercus sp. (MDL coll — B & T det). Haddonfield, 25 Sept 1934 (MDL coll — record in Preliminary List confirmed by B & T) and 4 J1 1960, very abundant on several large red oaks (MDL coll — B & T det) ; none could be found on these latter trees in 1961 or 1962. Myzus cerasi (Pabricius) Black Cherry Aphid. Moorestown, 28 May, 1962 on cult, sour cherry (HWA coll). Somerville, 22 Ju 1962, abundant in curled leaves of flower- ing cherry ( F F Stinson Coll — JOP det). Chester, 22 Ju 1962, abundant on leaves of Schmidt cherry (R. Sauer coll — JOP det). Myzus ligustri (Kaltenbach) Privet Aphid. The following note is signed by Harry B. Weiss, New Jersey. “As a rule California privet, Ligustrum ovali folium, enjoys unusual freedom from insect attack. On July 15, 1915 a privet hedge in Jersey City was found to be infested by plant lice. The upper surfaces of the leaves were characteristically discolored, some being quite yellow and the foliage of the infested plants had a peculiar limp appearance instead of being twisted and curled. Specimens were sent to Prof. C. P. Gillette and determined by Mr. L. G. Bragg as Bhopalosiphum ligustri Kalt. They also stated they believed this to be the first record of the occurrence of this species in the United States.” (Aphids on California Privet in New Jersey. Can. Ent. 48 (6) : 215, 1961). In his “Revision of North American Aphids of the Genus Myzus” (Miscl. Pub. 371, USD A, p. 12, 1940) Mason gives the distribution of this aphid as United States, Canada and Europe.” The only slides I find in the USNM are: Conn — Milford 8 Ju 1925 on “hedge” (no collector given) ; RI — Newport, 10 Ju 1927 on privet (E B Larrimer coll) ; Canada — Victoria, B.C., 10 J1 1934, no plant given (Record from Wm Middleton) — 1 slide for each locality. Mason further states: “This species is reported as occasionally causing severe injury to privet hedges, tightly curling the leaves longitudinally. From what is known of the biology, a summer migration is indicated to an unknown secondary host.” Myzus lythri (Schrank) Mahaleb Cherry Aphid. Columbus, 12 Nov 1961, one winged male resting on laundry on line (LWC coll — JOP det). First record since 1916 in N. J. Myzus persicae (Sulzer) Green Peach Aphid. Kinkora, 21 Nov 1899 (1 Pergande slide in USNM). “General and threatening to potatoes.” (Ins. and Dis. Newsletter for N. J. CEIR 9(28) : 265, 10 J1 1957). “Becomes very numerous on many crops including potatoes, tomatoes, spinach, and lettuce late in the season.” (Summary of Insect Conditions — 1958 in New Jersey CEIR 9(7) : 80, 1959). Columbus, 5 and 11 Aug on eggplant and 11 Aug 1959 on pepper and okra (LWC coll) . Columbus, Dec 1960 — Leon W. Coles sent me a number of specimens of this aphid which he stated had been persisting for some time on the flowers of two of his potted African violet plants growing indoors. All stages of the aphid were present although only one alate was in the lot. This appears to be the second record only for an aphid on 92 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII this plant in the United States, the first being also Myzus persicae, collected by Paul Lippold at Middleport, N. Y. 14 May 1958. Gibbstown, 9 and 11 Aug on eggplant (DWJ coll). Mt. Holly, 2 1959 on Brassica juncea var. crispifolia (LWC coll). Burlington, 2 Nov 1959 on horseradish (DWJ & LWC coll). “Infesting potatoes and peppers in southern sections of N. J.” (CEIR 10: 737, 1960). New Brunswich, 6 May on Cerastium vulgatum, 20 May on alfalfa, 6 May and 7 J1 on Polygonum convolvulus, 7 May on tulip, Clarksville, 2 Ju on potato, Sharptown, 3 Ju on tomato, New Market, 20 Ju on Raphanus raplianistrum, 22 Ju on red cabbage, 5 Oct on Ricinus communus, 16 Nov on kale — all HEW coll in 1960 — det CFS. Closter, 12 Oct 1960, 1 alate, 2 apterae, 1 alatoid nymph on sweet clover (HEW coll — JOP det). New Brunswick, 7 May 1960 on Tulipa sp. (HEW coll — CFS det). “There were a few isolated infestations of green peach aphids on potatoes.” (Sum- mary of Insect Conditions in New Jersey 1961 CEIR 12(11) : 205, Mar 16 1962). Moorestown, 10 Ju alates and a few apterae and 18 Apr 1961 on cotton in USDA greenhouse; (B Puttier coll) ; 25 May 1962, a few on cult. Snapdragon (MDL & EAR coll) ; 4 Jan 1962 and 18 Apr abundant on Chinese cabbage in USDA greenhouse (MDL & LWC coll). Bridgeton, J1 1962, a few apterae on false aralia, Dizygotheca veitchii, in greenhouse (B K Buck coll). Medford, 9 J1 1962, a number of alates on tomato (Marie C. Quinden coll). * Myzus polaris Hille Ris Lambers Weston, 5 Apr 1946 on carnation (F S Smith coll — 1 slide in USNM). Myzus scammelli Mason. I asked Mr. Philip E. Marucci, Research Specialist, Cranberry and Blueberry Research Laboratory, N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta., Pemberton, for a statement as to the status of this aphid on cranberries. In Dec 1962 he replied as follows: “I believe now this aphid to be much more common that I previously imagined. If you get down on your hands and knees very early in the spring and look at the soft succulent runner growth on the underside of the stems, you will find them to be quite common on almost every cranberry bog. They indeed must be quite numerous as in certain short periods large numbers of Coccinellids and Syrphids can be netted on cran- berries. After about the first of July, however, they are found with difficulty. This indicates, as I had previously indicated in my correspondence with you, that this species is quite well reduced by biological agents in the field. Incidentally I collected large numbers of these aphids and transferred them to diseased blueberry bushes, hoping to get virus transmission out of this procedure. The aphids did not take readily to this treatment and wandered all over the plants looking for something better to eat. Only a few planked down for a few days but these, only after three or four days, ambled away. This species I believe, therefore, to be quite specific in its feeding habits. Its chance finding by Mr. Scammel on three-square must surely have been random.” * Nasonovia ribisnigri (Mosley). New Brunswick, 28 Ju (JOP det) and Cranbury, 2 Ju 1960 on Hieracium floribunaum (HEW coll — CFS det). Beemerville, 11 J1 1960 on Cichorium intybus (HEW coll — JOP det with a query). Neosymyclobius annulatus (Koch). Wycoff, 14 Oct 1960, 2 oviparae on Betula alba (MDL & DDL coll — JOP det). Ridgewood (Valeau Cemetary), 21 Oct, many sexuales (MDL & DDL coll) and 27 Oct 1962 at the Duck Pond, sexuales (MDL & Geo Saile Coll) on Betula populifolia. * Ovatus crategarius (Walker) Mint Aphid. Formerly widely known as Phorodon menthae (Buckton). Highland Park, 5 Ju and Mountainville, 4 Nov 1960 on Mentha spicata (HEW coll). Medford, 7 Oct, a few apterae and 20 Oct 1962 several apterae on M. spicata (Marie C. Quinden coll). Medford Lakes, 25 Sept 1962, 1 aptera on M. spicata (G G Roliwer coll). June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 93 * Pemphigus brevicornis Hart. Chester, 28 J1 1908 on Polygonum sp. (1 Pergande slide in USNM). Pemberton 23 Feb 1915 on roots of moss (H B Scammel coll — 3 slides in USNM). Pemphigus populicaulis Fitch Popular Leaf-petiole Gall Aphid. Camden, 12 Ju 1916, a gall on cottonwood (3 slides in USNM). ? Pemphigus populitransversus Riley Poplar Leaf-stem Gall Aphid. An alate sex- upara in Moericke trap, Haddonfield. Date unrecorded but probably in 1959 (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det with query). ? * Pent atricho pus fragaefolii (Cockerell) Strawberry Aphid. Deans, 5 J1 1960, sev- eral apterae and 1 alatoid nymph on Fragaria sp. (HEW coll — JOP det with query). * Periphyllus calif omiensis (Shinji). Haddonfield, late Apr 1959, 12 alates (2 det with query) on a yellow cloth (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det). Periphyllus lyropictus (Kessler) Norway Maple Aphid. Fort Lee, 2 J1 1909 (as Chaitophorus aceris) on sugar maple (Gillette in Jour. Econ. Ent. 2(6): 387, 1910). Haddonfield, 30 May 1959 on Acer platanoides, fairly common (MDL). Highland Park, 5 Ju 1960 on A. platanoides (HEW coll — CFS det). Ridgewood 14 Oct 1960, abundant, including sexuales, on a large sugar maple (MDL coll). Highland Park, 18 Oct 1962 on A. platanoides (HEW coll). It should be noted that the maples in Haddonfield referred to in the Preliminary List as infested by this aphid are Norway Maples. Periphyllus negundinis Thomas Boxelder Aphid. Lindenwold, May 1961, many alates and apterae on boxelder (LWC coll — JOP det). Phyllaphis fagi (Linnaeus). Montclair, 27 May 1954 on purple beech (Bartlett Tree Research Labs.) Haddonfield, a large purple beech at 213 Rhoads Ave. has been under observation for several seasons. On 4 J1 1958 this tree was very heavily infested altho alates were scarce; in Sept 1959 scarce; present but not numerous during 1960 and 1961 and very scarce in 1962. (MDL). Prociphilus imbricator (Fitch) Beech Blight Aphid. Peapack, 12 Sept 1962 (F Braun coll) and Wanaque, 31 Aug 1962 (John Kegg coll) on Fagus americana. In re- gard to the Wanaque infestation Wm. M. Boyd, Chief Entomologist, N. J. Dept. Agr. wrote me on Nov. 20 as follows: “I was at Wanaque and noted that the aphids were on scattered trees ranging from small saplings to trees 12 inches or more in diameter. The infested trees were in a moist glen and no aphids were found on trees at the top of the slopes. I also noticed that all infestations were on small branches and these less than 25 feet from the ground. Infested trees could be easily located by the coating of the bluish secretions on the ground. Braun noticed the same conditions at Peapack.” Prociphilus tessellatus (Fitch) Woolly Alder Aphid. Clinton, (Prof. W. D. Collins coll — C. V. Riley in Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. and Surv. of the Territories 5(1) :16, 1879, as P. acerifolii n. sp.). Lakewood, 8 Sept 1948 on Alnus sp. (D P Calsetta coll). Pterocomma smithiae (Monell) Willow Grove Aphid or Black Willow Aphid. Bridge- port, Gloucester Co., 7 J1 1962, abundant on stems of Salix nigra (S A Rohwer II & L D DeBlois coll — JOP det). Pennington, 26 J1 1962, heavy on branches on Salix babylonica (F S Stinson coll — JOP det). Phopalosiphum conii (Davidson) Honeysuckle and Parsnip Aphid. New Brunswick, 10 May 1960 on ornamental Lonicera sp. (HEW coll — CFS det). Haddonfield, Sept 1961, an alate in Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det with query). Mt. Holly, 2 Aug 1962 on Pastinaca sativa (an escape) (HWA coll). Beemerville, 7 Oct 1960, a stray alate on Pyrus sp. (HEW coll — JOP det). ? * Phopalosiphum enigmae Hottes & Frison Haddonfield, Sept 1961, 1 alate in Moe- 94 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII ricke Trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det with query). Phopalosiphum fitchii (Sanderson) Apple Grain Aphid. Columbus, 12 Nov, 1962, two alate males resting on laundry on line (LWC coll — JOP det). ( Hyadaphis , foeniculi Pass.) Phopalosiphum maidis (Fitch) Corn Leaf Aphid; Haddonfield, Sept 1961, 5 alates in a Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det). New Market 19 J1 1960 on corn (HEW coll). “The corn leaf aphid was found in large numbers on corn throughout the state but in some southern areas of the State it was present in economic numbers on field corn.” (Insect Conditions in New Jersey in 1957 in CEIR 8(1) : 6, 1958. “Heavy on field and sweet corn in several areas.” (N. J. Ins. Dis. Newsltr., Aug 21 in CEIR 12(35): 967, Aug 31, 1962). Phopalosiphum nymphaeae (Fabricius) Waterlily Aphid. Burlington, Co., 3 Sept to 14 Oct 1947, no plant given (P. E. Marucci coll — 1 slide in USNM). Ridgewood, 18 Sept 1959, scarce on Nymphaea sp. (MDL & DDL coll). Haddonfield, 19 Aug 1961, a few on several water hyacinths and abundant on water lilies in the same small fish pools; on 26 Oct 1961 very few left on the waterlilies and none on the water hyacinths (MDL coll). Phopalosiphum rliois (Monell) Monell’s Sumac Aphid. Burlington Co., 30 Sept to 14 Oct 1947 in blueberry fields (P E Marucci coll — 1 slide in USNM). Haddonfield, Sept 1961, one alate in a Moericke trap (Gladys Testerman coll — JOP det as “Close to this species”). Moorestown, 1 Aug 1962 on Phus typhina (HWA coll). Columbus, 12 Nov 1962, an alate resting on laundry on line (LWC coll — JOP det). Beemerville, 20 Ju 1960 on Capsalla bursa-pastoris (HEW coll — JOP det). * Phopalosiphum ruf omaculatum (Wilson) False or Pale Chrysanthemum Aphid. Fort Lee, 10 Nov 1908, Riverton, 19 Mar 1921 and Madison, 27 Mar 1924 on chrysanthe- mum (1 slide each by Pergande in USNM). * Phopalosiphum serotinae Oestlund. Moorestown, 25 May, several apterae and 4 J1 1961, apterae and alates on Solidago rugosa (HWA coll). * Saltusaphis elongatus Baker. Whitesbog, 21 Oct 1914, oviparous females only on Carex sp. Types in USNM Cat. No. 20720 (A. C. Baker Can. Ent. 44(1) : 4, 1917). Schizaphis granarium (Rondani) Greenbug. Formerly in Toxoptera. Cranbury, 2 Ju 1960 on timothy grass (HEW coll — CFS det). * Schizolachnus sp. Moorestown, 30 Oct 1961, a male in flight (EAR coll — Hottes det). f * Schizolachnus lanosus Hottes. Moorestown, Nov 1961 on Pinus virginiana (EAR coll — Hottes det with query and adds “but oviparous female is unknown”). * Sipha agropyrella Hille Ris Lambers. Sussex, 5, 15, Nov 1961, swept from alfalfa. (P Mina coll — LMR det). Morris County 29, 30 Nov, 4 Dec 1961, swept from alfalfa (P Mina coll — LMR det). Warren Co., 22, 27 Nov 1961, swept from alfalfa (P Mina coll — LMR det). * Sipha flava (Forbes) Yellow Sugarcane Aphid. Camden, 3 Nov 1961, swept from alfalfa (P Mina coll — det LMR). ? Stegophylla quercifoliae (Gillette). Swartswood, 11 J1 1960 on Quercus rubra var borealis, several apterae (HEW coll — JOP det who indicates this may be quercicola (Monell). Therioaphis trifolii (Monell), Yellow Clover Aphid. Gloucester Co., 30 Aug 1943 on red clover (M J Ramsey coll — det Mason, as Myzocallis ononidis (Kalt.), Special Port Survey, from a note in USDA’s Insect Pest Survey Files. Salem and Somerset Counties, Nov 1956 in alfalfa fields (I G Merrill coll). Deans, 5 J1 1960 on Medicago lupulina (HEW coll — JOP det). New Brunswick, 15 J1 1960, immatures on Trifolium repens (HEW coll— JOP det). Moorestown, 22 Sept and 20 Oct 1955 on red clover (DWJ coll June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 95 — slides in USNM). Bridgeton, 24 Ju 1958 on alfalfa (Filmer coll — 1 slide in USNM). Middlebush, 8 Ju 1960 on Trifolium sp. (HEW coll — CFS det). * Thripsaphis balli (Gillette) Whitesbog, 13 Nov 1915, oviparous females taken on three-square by H B Scammell (A C Baker Can. Ent. 49(1) : 4, 1917). FOOD PLANT LIST* * Plants marked with an asterisk are in addition to those in the Preliminary List Acer negundo (Boxelder) Periphyllus negundinis Acer platanoides (Norway Maple) Drepanosiphum platanoides Periphyllus lyropictus * Acer rubrum (Bed Maple) Drepanapliis acerifolii Periphyllus lyropictus Acer saccharum (Sugar or Hard Maple) Drepanapliis acerifolii Periphyllus lyropictus Acer saccharinum (Silver or Soft Maple) Drepanaphis acerifollii Drepanapliis parvus Periphyllus lyropictus African Violet — see Saintpaulia Alder — see Alnus Alfalfa — see Medicago sativa Alnus sp. (Alder) Prociphilus tesselatus * Ambrosia sp. (Ragweed) Dactynotus ambrosiae * Ambrosia art emisii folia Dactynotus tuataiae * Amelanchier canadensis (Shadbush) Aphis spiraecola * Anaplialis margaritacea (Pearly Ever- lasting) Aphis sp. * Andromeda sp. Aphis sp. * Antirrhinum sp. (Snapdragon) Myzus persicae * Apocynum cannabinum (Indian Hemp) Aphis asclepiadis Macrosiphum euphorbiae Apple — see Malus pumila Aquilegia sp. (Columbine) Macrosiphum euphorbiae * Arctium minus (Common Burdock) Acyrthosiphon solani * Armoracia lapathi folia (Horseradish) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Myzus persicae * Artemisia vulgaris (Mugwort) Aphis armoraciae Capitophorus glandulosus I Geoica lucifuga Asclepius syriaca (Common Milkweed) Acyrthosiphon solani Aphis asclepiadis Macrosiphum euphorbiae Myzocallis asclepiadis Aster sp. Anuraphis maidiradicis Dactynotus paucosensoriatus * Aster novaeangliae (Hardy Purple Aster) Dactynotus anomalae * Aster simplex var. ramosissimus Aphis armoraciae Beech, American — see Fagus grandifolia Beech, Copper or Purple — see Fagus syl- vatica var. purpurea Betula sp. (Birch) Camamelistes spinosus Betula alba (European white Birch) Euceraphis punctipennis * Betulae papyri f era (Canoe or Paper Birch) Calaphis betulaecolens ? Euceraphis deducta * Betula populifolia (Gray Birch) Calaphis betulaecolens Calaphis betulella Euceraphis punctipennis Hamamelistes spinosus Neosymdobius annulatus Bindweed — see Polygonum convolvulus Birch — see Betula Bittersweet, Climbing — see Celastrus scandens Blackberry — see Rubus Blackeyed Susan — see Rudbeckia hirta Blackgum — see Nyssa Black Medic — See Medicago lupulina 96 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Black Walnut — see Juglans nigra Blueberry — see Vaccinium corymbosum Boxelder — see Acer negundo Brassica chinensis (Pakchoi or Chinese Cabbage) Myzus persicae * Brassica juncea var. crispi folia (Curled Mustard) Myzus persicae * Brassica oleracea var. acephala (Kale) Myzus persicae * Brassica oleracea var. botrytis (Cauli- flower) Brevicoryne brassicae Brassica oleracea var. capitata (Cabbage) Brevicoryne brassicae Broccoli — see Brassica oleracea var. botry- tis Burdock — see Arctium Burningbush — Euonymus atropurpureus Cabbage — see Brassica oleracea var. capi- tata Campion — see Lychnis * Campsis radicans (Trumpetcreeper) Macrosiphum eupliorbiae * Capsella bursa-pastoris (Shepard’s Purse) Acyrthosiphon solani * Capsicum frutescens (Redpepper) Macrosiphum eupliorbiae Myzus persicae * Car ex sp. (Sedge) Saltusaphis elongatus Carnation — see Dianthus caryophylla Carrot, Wild — see Daucus carota Castanea dentata (Chestnut) Calapliis castaneae Castorbean — see Ricinus * Catalpa sp. Aphis gossypii * Catalpa speciosa Aphis gossypii Cauliflower — see Brassica oleracea var. botrytis Celandine — see Chelidonium * Celastrus scandens (Climbing Bitter- sweet) Acyrthosiphon solani Aphis spiraecola * Cerastium vulgatum Acyrthosiphon solani Myzus persicae * Chaenomeles japonica (Japanese Flower- ing Quince) Aphis pomi * Chelidonoum majus (Greater Celandine) Acyrthosiphon solani * Chenopodium album (Lambsquarters) Aphis fabae Macrosiphum eupliorbiae Cherry, Sour — see Prunus cerasus Chestnut — see Castanea Chicory — see Cichorium intybus Cliickweed — see Stellaria Chinese Cabbage — see Brassica chinensis Chrysanthemum sp. Macroniphoniella sanborni Rhopalosiphum rufomaculatum * Cichorium intybus Macrosiphum eupliorbiae Acyrthosiphon solani * Cirsium sp. (Thistle) Anuraphis cardui Aphis fabae Aphis lielianthi Capitophorus elaeagni Macrosiphum sp. * Cleome spinosa (Spiderflower) Myzus persicae Clover — see Trifolium Cocklebur — see Xanthium Columbine — see Aquilegia * Convolvulus sp. (Bindweed) Acyrthosiphon solani Macrosiphum sp. * Comptonia peregrina var. asplenifolia (Sweetfern) Cepegillettea myricae * Coreopsis crassifolia Aphis coreopsidis Corn — see Zea mays * Corylus sp. (Filbert) Myzocallis coryli * Cotoneaster sp. Aphis pomi * Cotoneaster salsifolia (Willowleaf Coton- easter) Aphis pomi Cotton — see Gossypium Cottonwood — see Populus Cranberry — see Vaccinium macrocarpum Crataegus sp. (Hawthorn) June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 97 Ampliorophora crataegi Aphis crataegifoliae ? Aphis pomi Aphis spiraecola Eriosoma crataegi * Crataegus crusgalli (Cockspur Haw- thorne) Amphorophora crataegi Eriosoma crataegi * Cryptotaenia canadensis (Honewort) Aphis gossypii Cucumis melo (Muskmelon) Aphis gossypii Cucurbit a maxima (Squash) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Curled Mustard — see Brassica juncea var. crispifolia Cydonia Hybrid (Quince) Aphis pomi * Cynara scolymus (Globe Artichoke) Capitophorus elaeagni Dactylis glomerata (Orchardgrass) Hyalopteroides humilis Dandelion — see Taraxacum * Daucus carota (Wild Carrot) Cavariella essigi * Dianthus caryophyllus (Carnation) Myzus polaris * Dizygotheca veitchii (False Aralia) Myzus persicae Dock — see Rumex Eggplant — see Solanum melogena * Eichornia crassipes (Water Hyacinth) Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae * Elaeagnus umbellata Capitophorus elaeagni Elder — Sambucus Elm — see Ulmus English Ivy — see Hedera Erigeron sp. (Fleabane) Dactynotus gravicornis Dactynotus tissoti * Erigeron strigosus (Daisy Fleabane) Dactynotus gravicornis * Euonymus atropurpureus (Burningbush) Aphis fabae * Euonymus europaeus (European Spindle- tree ) Macrosiphum euphorbiae * Eupatorium perfoliatum (Thoroughwort) Aphis spiraecola Eupatorium purpureum (Joepyeweed) Aphis gossypii European Spindletree — see Eupatorium europaeus Evening Primrose — see Oenothera Everlasting — see Anaphalis Fagus sylvatica var. purpurea (Copper or Purple Beech) Phyllaphis fagi * Fagus ( americana ) grandifolia (Amer- can Beech) Prociphilus imbricator False Aralia — see Dizygotheca veitchii Filbert — see Corylus Firethorn — see Pyracantha Fleabane — see Erigeron Flower-of-an-hour — see Hibiscus trionum Fragaria sp. (strawberry) Aphis forbesi ? Pentatrichopus fragaefolii * Galinsoga parviflora Aphis spiraecola Gerardia pedicularia Aphis fabae Globe Artichoke — see Cynara scolymus Gloriosa Daisy — see Rudbeckia Goldenglow — see Rudbeckia lacinata Goldenrod — see Solidago * Gossypium sp. (Cotton) Aphis gosspyii Myzus persicae Grape — see Yitis Eamamelis virginiana (Witchazel) Hormaphis hamamelidis Hawkweed — see Hieracium Hawthorn — see Crataegus Heart’s ease — see Polygonum Hedera helix (English Ivy) Aphis pseudoliederae * Helianthus sp. (Sunflower) Aphis debilicornis * Hibiscus esculentus (Okra) Aphis gossipii Myzus persicae Hibiscus syriacus (Rose-of -Sharon) Aphis gossypii * Hibiscus trionum (Flower-of-an-hour) Aphis gossypii * Hieracium sp. (Hawkweed) Acyrthosiphon solani 98 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII * Hieracium floribundum (King Devil) Acyrthosiphon solani Nasonovia ribisnigri Highbush Cranberry — see Viburnum trilo- bum Honeysuckle — see Lonicera Honewort — see Cryptotaenia Horsemint — see Monarda Horseradish — see Armoracia Hydrangea sp. Aphis fabae * Ilex verticillata Macrosiphum rosae * Impatiens pallida (Pale Touch-me-not) Aphis impatientis Indian Hemp — see Apocynum * Ipomoea batatas (Sweet potato) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Japanese Flowering Quince — see Chaeno- meles Joepyweed — see Eupatorium purpureum * Juglans nigra (Black Walnut) Monellia caryae Monellia caryaella Kale — see Brassica oleracea var. acephala King Devil — see Hieracium floribundum Knotweed — see Polygonum * Lactuca sp. (Lettuce) Acyrthosiphon solani Dactynotus pseudambrosiae Myzus persicae Lactuca serriola (Prickly Lettuce) Dactynotus sp. Dactynotus pseudambrosiae * Lactuca virosa Dactynotus pseudambrosiae Dactynotus sonchellus Lambsquarters — see Chenopodium album * Lepidium virginicum (Poor-Man’s Pep- per) Hyadaphis pseudobrassicae * Ligustrum ovalifolium (California Pri- vet) Myzus ligustri Linden — see Tilia Liveforever — see Sedum Locust, Black — see Robinia Liriodendron tulipifera (Tuliptree) Macrosiphum liriondendri Lonicera sp. (Honeysuckle) Rhopalosiphum conii * Lychnis alba (Campion) Acyrthosiphon solani Aphis sp. Ly coper sicon esculentum (Tomato) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Myzus persicae * Lyonia ( Pieris ) mariana (Staggerbush) Aphis sp. * Malus sp. (A Flowering Crab) Aphis pomi Mallow — see Malva Malva sylvestris (Mallow) Dactynotus sp. Malus pumila (Apple) Anuraphis rosea Aphis pomi Maple — see Acer * Medicago lupulina (Black Medic) Therioaphis trifolii Medicago sativa (Alfalfa) Aphis craccivora Aphis gossypii Macrosiphum pisi Myzus persicae Sipha agropyrella Sipha flava Therioaphis trifolii * Melilotus sp. (Sweetclover) Myzus persicae * Mentha spicata (Spearmint) Ovatus crataegarius Milkweed — see Asclepias * Monarda punctata (Horsemint) Aphis gossypii * Moss Pemphigus brevicornis Mountain Ash — see Sorbus Mugwort — see Artemisia vulgaris Muskmelon — see Cucumis melo Nasturtium — see Tropaeolum Nymphaea sp. (Waterlily) Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae Nyssa sylvatica (Blackgum) Aphis coreopsidis Oak — see Quercus * Oenothera sp. (an ornamental var.) Acyrthosiphon solani ? Oenothera biennis (Common Evening- primrose) June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 99 Aphis oestlundi Okra — see Hibiscus esculentis Orchardgrass — see Dactylis glomerata Pakchoi — see Brassica chinensis Pansy — see Viola tricolor Parsley — see Petroselinum Parsnip — see Pastinaca * Pastinaca sativa (Cultivated Parsnip) Rhopalopishum conii Peach — see Prunus persicae * Petroselinum crispum (Common Parsley) Myzus persicae Petunia sp. Aphis gossypii Macrosiphum euphorbiae * Plileum pratense (Timothy) Schizaphis graminum Sipha flava * Phytolacca americana (Pokeberry) Acyrthosiphon solani * Picea sp. (Spruce) Cinara pilicornis * Picea glauca (White Spruce) Cinara pilicornis Pine — see Pinus Pinkweed — see Polygonum pennsylvanicum Pinus strobus (White Pine) Cinara strobi * Pinus sylvestris (Scotch Pine) Cinara pinea * Pinus taeda (Loblolly Pine) ? Cinara longispinosa Cinara pinea Eulachnus rileyi * Pinus virginiana (Scrub Pine) ? Schizolachnus lanosus Plane tree — see Platanus orientalis * Plantago sp. (Plantain) Acyrthosiphon solani * Plantago major (Common Plantain) Acyrthosiphon solani Plantain — see Plantago * Platanus orientalis (Oriental Plantree) Longistigma caryae Pokeberry — see Phytolacca * Polygonum persicaria (Heart’s -ease) Capitophorus hippophoes * Polygonum sp. (Knotweed or Smartweed) Capitophorus hippophoes Dactynotus sp. Pemphigus brevicornis * Polygonum convolvulus (Black Bind- weed) Macrosiphum sp. Myzus persicae Polygonum pennsylvanicum (Pinkweed) Capitophorus hippophoes * Polygonum persicaria (Heart’s-ease) Capitophorus hippophoes Poor-Man’s Pepper — see Lepidium Poplar — see Populus * Populus sp. (Cottonwood) Pemphigus populicaulis Populus sp. (Poplar) Chaitophorus populicola * Populus tremuloides (Quaking Aspen) Chaitiphorus populicola Potato — see Solanum tuberosum Privet, California — see Ligustrum * Prunus sp. (Flowering Cherry) ? Acyrthosiphon solani Myzus cerasi * Prunus cerasus (Sour Cherry) Myzus cerasi * Prunus hortulana var. mineri (Miner Plum) Hyalopterus pruni Prunus persicae (Peach) Myzus persicae * Pyracantha sp. (Firethorn) Aphis spiraecola Eriosoma crataegi * Pyracantha coccinea var. lalandi (Laland Firethorn) Aphis spiraecola * Pyracantha crenulata (Nepal Firethorn) Aphis spiraecola Quaking Aspen — see Populus tremuloides Quercus sp. (Oak) Myzocallis bella Myzocallis granovskyi Myzocallis longiunguis Myzocallis walshii * Quercus illici folia (Scrub Oak) Stegophylla quercicola Quercus palustris (Pin Oak) Longistigma caryae * Quercus prinus (Swamp Chestnut Oak) Myzocallis melanocera * Quercus rubra (Red Oak) Myzocallis longiunguis Myzocallis melanocera 100 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII * Quercus riibra var. borealis (Northern Red Oak) Stegophylla quercicola ? Stegophylla quercifoliae Quercus velutina (Black Oak) Myzocallis multisetis Quince — see Cydonia Radish — see Raphanus * Raphanus raphanistrum (Wild Radish) Macrosiphum euphorbiae * Raphanus sativus (Garden Radish) Myzus persicae Red Clover — see Trifolium pratense Redpepper — see Capsicum * Rheum rhaponticum (Garden Rhubarb) Aphis fabae Rhubarb — see Rheum * Rhus typhina (Staghorn Sumac) Rhopalosiphum rhois * Ricinus communis (Castorbean) Myzus persicae * Robinia pseudacacia (Black Locust) Aphis eraccivora Rosa sp. (Rose) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Macrosiphum rosae * Rosa multif olora (Japanese Rose) Macrosiphum rosae * Rosa palustris (Swamp Rose) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Rose — see Rosa Rose-of-Sharon — see Hibiscus syriacus Rose Mallow — see Hibiscus ■J * Rubus cunei folium (Sand Blackberry) Aphis rubifolii * Rudb eckia hybrid (Gloriosa Daisy) Dactynotus sp. Rudb eckia hirta (Blackeyed Susan) Dactynotus sp. Dactynotus n.sp. Dactynotus ambrosiae * Rudbeckia laciniata (Goldenglow) Dactynotus rudbeckiae Rubus strigosus (Red Raspberry) Amphorophora rubi * Rumex acetosella (Sheep-Sorrel) Anur aphis sp. * Rumex crispus (Yellow Dock) Aphis rumicis Myzus persicae Rumex obtusifolia (Bitter Dock) Aphis rumicis Rye — see Secale * Saintpaulia ionantha (African Violet) Myzus persicae Salix sp. (Willow) Chaitophorus viminalis * Salix babylonica (Weeping Willow) Lachnus salignus Pterocomma smithiae * Salix discolor (Pussywillow) Lachnus salignus ? * Salix nigra (Black Willow) Pterocomma smithiae * Sambucus canadensis (Common Elder) Aphis sambucifoliae * Scirpus americana (Three Square) Thripsaphis balli * Secale cereale (Rye) Macrosiphum avenae Sedge — see Carex * Sedum sp. (Liveforever) Aphis sedi Shadbush — see Amelanchier Shepard’s Purse — see Capsella bursa-pas- toris Sheep-Sorrel — see Rumex acetosella Silver or Soft Maple — see Acer sacchari- num Smart Weed — see Polygonum Snapdragon — see Antirrhinum Solanum melogena (Eggplant) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Myzus persicae Solanum tuberosum (Potato) Macrosiphum euphorbiae Myzus persicae Solidago sp. (Gohlenrod) Dactynotus nigrotuberculatus Dactynotus gravicornis Dactynotus tissoti Solidago fistulosa (Pinebarren Goldenrod) Dactynotus rudbeckiae * Solidago rugosa (Rough Goldenrod) Rhopalosiphum serotinae * Sonchus asper (Spiny-leaved Sowthistle) Amphorophora sonchi * Sonchus oleraceus (Common Sowthistle) Dactynotus pseudambrosiae * Sorbus sp. (Mountain Ash) Aphis pomi June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 101 * Sorb us aucuparia (European Mountain Ash) Aphis pomi Sowthistle — see Sonchus Spearmint — see Mentha spicata Spiderflower — see Cleome spinosa Spinach — see Spinacia * Spinacia oleracea (Spinach) Myzus persicae Spiraea vanhouttei (Vanhoutte Spiraea) Aphis spiraecola Spruce — see Picea Squash — see Cucurbita maxima Staggerbush — see Lyonia * Stellaria media (Common Chickweed) Acyrthosyphon solani ? Aphis gossypii Strawberry — see Fragaria Sumac — see Rhus Sunflower — see Helianthus Sweetclover — see Melilotus Sweetfern — see Comptonia Sweetpotato — see Ipomoea * Taraxacum officinale (Dandelion) ?)Geoica lucifuga Thistle — see Cirsium Thoroughwort — see Eupatorium perfoli- atum Three-Square — see Scirpus americana Tilia americana (American Linden) Myzocallis tiliae Timothy — see Plileum Tomato — see Lycopersicon Touch-me-not — see Impatiens * Trifolium sp. (Clover) Therioaphis trifolii Tri folium pratense (Red Clover) Anuraphis bakeri Aphis craccivora Macrosiplium pisi Therioaphis trifolii * Trifolium repens (White Clover) Therioaphis trifolii * Triticum spp. (Wheat) Macrosiplium avenae Tropaeolum sp. (Nasturtium) Aphis fabae Trumpetcreeper — see Campsis radicans Tulipa sp. (Tulip) Myzus persicae Tuliptree — see Liriodendron Vlmus sp. (Elm) Eriosoma lanigerum Myzocallis ulmifolii Pemphigus ulmifusus V accinium corymb osum (cult. Highbush Blueberry) ? Aphis gossypii Masonaphis (Ericobium) azaleae V accinium macrocarpum (Cranberry) Myzus scammelli * Verbena sp. Anuraphis maidiradicis Viburnum sp. Anuraphis viburnicola Viburnum opulus (European Cranberry- bush) Anuraphis viburnicola Viburnum trilobum (Highbush Cranberry) Aphis fabae Viola sp. (Violet) Myzus persicae * Viola tricolor var. hortensis (Garden Pansy) Acyrthosiphon solanum Violet — see Viola Vitis sp. (Grape) Aphis illinoisensis Water Hyacinth — see Eichornia crassipes Waterlily — see Nymphaea * Weigela sp. ? Aphis sp. ? Aphis gossypii Wheat — see Triticum Willow — see Salix Witchhazel — see Hamamelis * Xanthium sp. (Cocklebur) Dactynotus rudbeckiae Zea mays (Corn) Anuraphis maidiradicis Rhopalosiplium maidis 102 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXI1 PARNASSIUS APOLLO IN GERMAN LITERATURE AND IN REALITY (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE) i Kurt B. Gohla Fordham University, New York 58, N. Y. Abstract The principal characteristics of Parnassius apollo are given, a survey of the treatment this insect has received in German literature by Friedrich Schnack is made, and experiences in searching for and capturing this arctic relict in the Bavarian Alps are related. THE INSECT The Old World lepidopteron, Parnassius apollo, is a member of the large family of Papilionidae. The adult insects, male and female, are of medium Parnassius apollo Linnaeus1 2 9 left, $ right % actual size. 9 with chitinous abdominal pouch (Sphragis). Pair netted August 1st 1958, at Konigsbach Aim, Berchtesgaden, Upper Bavaria, at an elevation of 3,500 feet. size and have a characteristic reduction of the anal area of the hind wings. The ground color of both sexes is a greyish white, shaded and dusted with black, fading into a complete translucency at the outer margin of the limbal area of the fore wings. In some female specimens this translucent outer margin extends into the posterior wings, but to a much lesser degree. No scientifically correct description shall be made of this butterfly with 1 This paper, in a somewhat different form, was presented at the Dec. 15, 1959 meeting of this society. 2 Photo by Dr. Louis Marks, Fordham Univ. June, 1964] Gohla: Parnassius Apollo 103 its parchment-like wings. However, the most conspicuous characteristics of wing design are the five irregularly-shaped black spots on the fore wings, duplicated on the underside, and the two sun spots on the upper side of the hind wings. These two “suns” range in color from vermillion to a pale orange red. They have white nuclei and are black margined ; they are mirrored on the underside of the hind wings, but are accompanied by six minor suns, all of them with black margins and some with white nuclei. The entire body of the male apollo is profusely covered with greyish white hair, while in the female this is less prominent. The antennae are relatively short and have a gradually thickened club. It is now painfully clear that this beautiful lepidopteron is on the verge of complete extinction. Its last stand habitats are the Carpathian moun- tain ranges of Czechoslovakia and Poland, and the Bavarian Alps of West- Germany. Recognizing this fact, each of these three countries, in 1961 and 1962, issued a colorful series of postage stamps depicting Parnassius apollo amongst other rare and showy butterflies. IN GERMAN LITERATURE This intriguing butterfly has found its niche in German literature at the hands of FRIEDRICH SCHNACK, a romantic lyricist, novelist, amateur entomologist and ardent observer of nature in all its phases. An intense love of nature and especially a deep compassion for the little creatures con- tained therein has equipped and induced this writer to wield a magic brush which enables him to paint verbally a legendary wonderland of fact and poetic imagination, a Utopian world garden amidst the grand achievements of our technological age. Schnack was born in 1888 at Rieneck, a village near Wuerzburg on the Main river, in Upper Franconia. He has traveled widely throughout the world and has won several important literary awards and prizes. For a number of years he resided at Helleran, near Dresden, but at present lives at Sorengo, in the Tessino region of southern Switzerland. His collected works, published in 1951 by Koesel Verlag, Munich, Bavaria, consist of seven volumes of his most important novels and lyrics. Three novels in which only diurnal and nocturnal lepidoptera represent the protagonists are : ‘ ‘ Das Leben der Schmetterlinge ’ ’ ( The Life of the Butterfly, written in 1928 and republished 1953), “Die Ivavaliere der Blumen” (The Courtiers of the Flowers, 1930), and “Aurora und Papilio” (Aurora and Papilio, 1956). It is asserted that Schnack, in composing ‘ ‘ The Life of the Butterfly, ’ ’ was influenced by the Belgian dramatist, poet, and essayist MAURICE MAETERLINCK’S philosophical nature stories: “La Vie des Abeilles” (The Life of the Honey-Bee, 1901), “L ’Intelligence des Fleurs” (The Intelligence of Flowers, 1907), and “La Vie des Ter- mites” (The Life of the Termite, 1937). In these stories Maeterlinck 104 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII expresses his belief in a “divine spirit” which is present in all animate as well as inanimate forms, and which protects life in an otherwise hostile and cruel world. If, however, this should prove to be a fallacy and an illusion, then man must find understanding, compassion and love in his heart for all creatures suffering in silence and in resignation. Schnack ’s own work has grown out of genuine research, out of personal experiences and out of his irrepressible urge for creative writing. He dedicates this novel to “all the butterflies in the world,” although they could not possibly all appear in this work, but most of the better known European butterflies and moths are presented in an ecological way ; in their relationship to various landscapes, to the multitude of flowers, plants, bushes, trees and finally, to man himself. The writer takes us page after page on his field trips and exploratory journeys, to near and remote regions, to butterfly haunts in the fields, in the valleys and on the mountain heights. We learn of the food plants, observe the caterpillars in their various grow- ing stages and virtually behold in our mind’s eye the flights and the pe- culiar habits of the fully grown insects. Life cycles, eccentricities, court- ships, mutual relations with other animals are wonderfully and accurately depicted and are substantiated time and again in Dr. Alexander Klots’ up to date scientific presentation, “The World of Butterflies and Moths.” But, since Friedrich Schnack is a literary writer addressing himself to non-scientific readers he intersperses his factualities with short stories and legends about butterflies, also with deep reflections about their scientific names and the Grecian mythology from which these names were borrowed. It seems that the entire Grecian Olympus descended upon “these souls of flowers,” these “flying petals,” “sylphs,” and “elfins” of the insect world. In “The Courtiers of the Flowers” (1930), his second novel on lepidop- tera, Schnack penetrates still further with deep reflections into the mys- teries and interrelationships of butterflies and flowers, and their dependence upon one another. He looks into the phenomenon of hibernation, the causes of aberations, and the mysterious urges that force some species of these frail beings into great migrations south from Germany to Italy and across the Mediterranean Sea into Africa. Being infected himself by the “wan- derlust,” he traveled to the Island of Madagascar, lured there by reports of a strange, king-sized Saturniid, the long-tailed Comet Moth ( Argema mitrei) . Armed with camera, net and ultra-violet lights he hunted, stalked and observed this unusually attractive insect. A brilliant and intriguing account of the Comet Moth’s adventures appears in his third novel, “Aurora and Papilio” (1956), under the caption of “Lonely Vigil and No Female,” . . . female moth, that is. Other captions in this novel may give some hints on the contents : The Nymphs amongst the Butterflies, Pets of the Graces, Trojan and Greek Knights, Antenor and the Beautiful Madagscan Helena, The Prudent Females and June, 1964] Gohla: Parnassius Apollo 105 the Hermaphrodites and The Page of the Goddess of Love. Poetic imagina- tion and intuition penetrate here beyond the visible world and establish an affinity with the transcendental. In this manner scientific research, poetry, and fiction fuse to form an inseparable union and create a wondrous realm of reality and higher poetic vision. To mention only one instance, butter- flies are looked upon as the tender bearers of the iridescent colors of a lost world, reminding mankind of the magnificence of the colors which must have adorned the flowers in the Garden of Eden, before the gates of paradise closed forever behind our fallen first parents. In the opening lines of “The Courtiers of the Flowers” the author pro- fesses that only love was able to write this novel ; love for nature and the little creatures contained therein, as a true manifestation of a much greater love of divine origin. The poet takes a great delight in clothing this manifestation of divine love in a short simple legend, that butterflies are Sunday creatures. When the good Lord rested on the seventh day, He formed for His own enjoyment and diversion, the butterflies. He took morning-light, noon-day brilliancy, twilight glow and the shadows of the night. The yellow butterflies and all their variations He created in the morning ; the Blues He made at noon ; the copper-colored ones He formed in the evening ; and the fallow ones with their crescents and dark, mys- terious eye spots at night. And just as He covered the universe with flowers so He also set colored creatures in the air, flowers below and blossoms above. And the blossoms of the air nestled upon the flowers on the ground so that they could look upon one another in all their beauty. The flowers looked at the butterflies and the butterflies winked at the flowers; and a lovely friendship was founded for all eternity, (pp. 5-6). How warmly and appreciatively these novels were received by the read- ing German public and even amongst Schnack’s fellow-writers can be seen by the statement of the prominent novella and short-story writer WIL- HELM SCHAEFER, when “The Life of the Butterfly” made its first appearance in 1928. He said: “Friedrich Schnack might do whatever he wishes, he even could smash all of my windows, I would not be angry with him — for he wrote ‘ The Life of the Butterfly. ’ Future generations, yet to be born, will know his name. If there be a German perpetuity this book will have a place in it. ” The critics have relegated these three novels into the category of “Natur- dichtungen, ’ ’ nature stories. The author, however, insists most strenuously that they are authentic novels true to form. When, for instance, he was reproached for not having included descriptions of the internal structures of his charges he stated quite bluntly that in “The Life of the Butterfly” he did not write a textbook but a “ Schmetterlingsroman, ” a novel on lepidoptera, “eine Dichtung, ” a poetic composition. “Aurora and Pa- pilio” expressly bears the subtitle “Roman der Schmetterlinge, ” a butter- 106 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII fly novel. In these epic compositions the artistry of the writer very wisely and cleverly uses the lives of the lepidoptera which belong to, and are “ . . . the most peaceful and tender creatures of the animal kindgom” but, which are also “the most pursued game above and under the ground” as intriguing subplots which aim and lead visibly toward one great goal which is, the pious recognition of the magnificence and majesty of the Creator in His little creatures. This is, also, poetically restated by the author in the last couplet of a poem taken from an early book on butterflies : “Studieret sie und lernt dabei, Wie gross Gott auch im Kleinen sei” which, in paraphrased English could be given as, “study them and learn from them how the infinite greatness of God is manifested in His little creatures.” (Insel-Verlag, 1956). Parnassius apollo appears in all three novels under such diverse captions as: “The Apollo Butterfly,” “The Light Sylph of the Alps,” and “The Trojan and Greek Knights.” Linnaeus, who under the last two headings is called the “Nordic Father of Plants and Animals,” dedicated this butter- fly to Apollo, the Grecian god of light and poetic arts, and to his divine abode atop the 8,000 foot Parnassus mountain towering over ancient Del- phi, regarded as sacred to Apollo and the Muses, the domain of poetry and literature. As a disciple of this youthful god of light his elfin creature carries the glowing symbols of light, two burning red sun spots on the upper surface of its hind wings and three on the underside. The white centers of these spots perhaps do indicate the intense inner heat of the sun while the black margins suggest eclipses surrounding the light, into which the suns continuously send their rays. Just as the wings of light are high wings so the Apollo butterfly is a high flyer. It cannot live in the meadows of the low-lying valleys, it must seek out the lofty heights of high mountain chains, the limestone and marble ridges of the Alps that in pre-liistorical times rose from the bottoms of some ancient seas, of the Carparthian moun- tains of the Balkan Peninsula and the Caucasus between the Black and the Caspian Seas. Here, amongst the limestone formations, grows its food plant, the modest perennial succulent Sedum album, known in German as “Fetthenne” or Fat Hen. In the mating season, on warm days, the sexes find each other under grass sheaves and shrubbery and copulate. During the act of their nuptial con- summation, from as yet unknown gland secretions of the male, a chitinous pouch is formed at the abdominal end of the female. The purpose of which has not yet been clarified, but it seems to be certain that such a female insect cannot mate again ; a truly monogamous marriage. In weeks to come the female butterfly then scatters her shield-like eggs amongst the food June, 1964] Gohla: Parnassius Apollo 107 plants. Early the next spring the young larvae hatch under the snow, th^n crawl up on their food plants at sunny patches where the snow melts first. Later in the season the fully grown, dark-blue and red caterpillars, spin very loose parchment-like cocoons near the ground that looks as if sprinkled over with a fine limestone dust. By mid- July and the beginning of August the new, partially translucent Alpine sprite takes to the air amongst a retinue of bees and lesser mountain butterflies. Once on a sunny morning in August the poet walked with a Franconian peasant girl who was driving her goats across the rock-strewn, calcareous “Jura” slopes. Enraptured he called her attention to a circling Apollo butterfly, gliding in a protracted flight. “Why,” she called out, “that’s only a Cabbage- White, there are so many of them on these slopes. ” “ That ’s what happens to the great Parnassians,” mused the poet, “their contem- poraries take them for lowly plebeians, for very common folk.” But then he thought of the beautiful legend that links these majestic flyers with the greatest Parnassian of all times, Homer. Seven Greek cities vied with one another for the honor of being his birth place, but none for the honor of his place of death. However, a young Greek from one of these cities so desirous for fame, Alexander by name, saw the immortal poet pass away on a forlorn rocky island in the Aegean Sea. Blind, tormented, tattered and torn, the ancient bard recited haltingly verses from his Iliad and Odyssey at the hour of his death. It was, stated Alexander, as if the god, Apollo himself, sang through him. After the last breath there sat on his partially opened lips a butterfly, fanning its tender wings, as if sucking in one last drop of sweetness. Those wings were translucent at the apex, blackish-white towards the center, with red, round sun spots on the hind wings. This dainty creature took to the air and flew away towards the setting evening sun. Was it the soul of the dead poet, Homer, returning to Mount Parnassus and to Apollo, the beloved favorite of the gods ? — With these interrogative lines Friedrich Schnack closes his searching inquiry into the life and legend of Parnassius apollo , the elfin bearer of a very proud name. IN REALITY Of the various habitats of P. apollo mentioned by Schnack, the Bavarian Alps at the famous resort town of Berchtesgaden stand out most promi- nently. Here at the shores of the most magnificent of the Upper Bavarian lakes, the “Konigssee,” stands a little chapel adorned with three small dome-shaped spires, dedicated to Saint Bartholomaeus, one of the twelve apostles. To one side of it the steep ridges of the “ Funtenseetauern ” rise to an elevation of about 6,000 feet. On the other side towers the “ Jenner” mountain up to a height of about 5,000 feet. In between these lofty peaks lies a filled in stretch of the “Konigssee,” about two miles long and a 108 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII quarter of a mile wide. This gap was formed in pre-historical times by a tremendous mountain slide, filling in part of the lake with billions of tons of calcareous rock composed of limestone and dark red marble. This sec- tion, at an elevation of about 2,000 feet above sea level, is the habitat and happy play ground of P. apollo, popularly known here as the butterfly of Saint Bartholomaeus. During the summer months of July and August 1958 I spent three weeks at the resort of Berchtesgaden, determined to seek out and if possible, to bring back one or two specimens of this famous butterfly. Ever since my high school days in Germany I had wanted to possess a specimen in my col- lection. But I had lived in the east, in the province of Silesia, and Par- nassius apollo flew only in the south of Germany. The distance in between was too great geographically and even more so financially. An Apollo butterfly could not even be bought for it was then and still is, protected by strict laws to save it from total extinction. In the summer of 1958, after almost five decades, my longing was rewarded, a boyhood dream had come true. On July 25th of that year, on a very warm and sunny day, my older brother and I and our wives traversed the “Konigssee” by motor launch and we came upon this filled in section, mentioned above, with small and large chunks of whitish boulders lying about, but also covered in profusion with blooming vegetation. Signs along the rocky trail warned all hikers that they were in the heart lands of a mountain sanctuary, that no flowers were to be picked and no insects to be caught. Some jokster sarcastically had pencilled in ‘ ‘ not even the mosquitoes that bite you. ’ ’ Here truly was an insects’ heaven. Bees and butterflies were everywhere. They flitted, darted, and skimmed in every direction. They even alighted on our shoulders and heads, as if they knew that collectors were out of bounds here. There were whites, sulphurs, browns, and blues ; cosmopolites, tor- toise and peacock butterflies. And then, just a few yards off the trail, our first Apollo butterfly ! One could not possibly mistake it for a Cab- bage-White for it was darker, larger, stronger, and did not flutter spas- modically like the rest of the tribe, but it circled elegantly and gracefully in a protracted flight around a good sized boulder, alighting on a flower near by. There was no holding me back now. Forgetting the meaning of sanctuary, out came my folding net and securing it quickly to my spiked cane, I sneaked up like a poacher on an unsuspecting game and with a fast swipe of my net I bagged my very first, real live Apollo. When I slipped it in the cyanide jar it almost got away from me again and only then did I realize how over-excited I was. The specimen was a male, undamaged but a little faded, perhaps an old-timer already. Now we knew we were on the right track but in spite of an intense search and a keen lookout we detected no further A polios that warm, enchanting afternoon. June, 1964] Gohla: Parnassius Apollo 109 In the next five days inclement weather and other demands prevented us from returning. On the 31st of July, however, we decided to leave onr wives in the beautiful resort park of Berchtesgaden and strike out once more for the “ Apollo grounds/7 At noon, when we reached the shores of the “Konigssee,” we found the motor launch stations beleaguered by a tremendous crowd of sightseers from Munich. We would have had to wait for three long hours to be taken across the lake. So my brother and I decided to postpone our intentions and to search out some other regions, unknown to us. We took an open cable car up to the middle station of the “Jenner” mountain, an elevation of about 3,500 feet, and then we set out into virgin territory along a narrow mountain trail. We came upon densely wooded regions, to glens and grassy slopes. There were rocks, flowers, and butterflies in great abundance, but no Apollos amongst them. Once more we traversed a wooded pine section and came upon a large grassy slope with the now familiar whitish limestone boulders. Before one’s eyes could become accustomed to the bright sunshine and the expanse of this slope we sighted a gliding Apollo, then another one and one more. We did not know what to say, we were simply speechless. By sheer luck and intuition we had discovered for ourselves a veritable “Apollo playground. 7 7 There were butterflies of all descriptions and of all colors about, amongst them the red and blue Zygaenas, the alpine Sulphurs, rare Frittilaries and of course, various Cabbage-Whites. But the stately Apollos, whenever they appeared, predominated over this unique landscape. By now I had spoken to a member of the so called “Alpine Watch,77 the forest rangers of this sanctuary and he had told me that a few specimens, taken by a bona fide collector for educational purposes, would not matter for “we have so many butterflies and other insects around” I felt no qualms in selecting a few of these apollonian creatures for posterity. However, the slopes on either side of the narrow trail rose sharply and descended precipitously. Lone Apollos kept gliding past the trail, sometimes circling about, alighting on flowers here and there along the rocky path. Our patience and eagerness were taxed to the breaking point but, biding our time we were able to take our toll of a few undamaged specimens, males and females alike. The next day, on the first of August, we returned once more to this isolated region where the Apollos played in worldly seclusion. We simply had to let our wives in on our secret discovery, for they were just as great butterfly enthusiasts as we were. But this was rugged territory and de- manded stout souls. Although the sun beat down from a cloudless sky, the heat was not felt too severely at this altitude of over 3,500 feet. Our wives proved to be good sports and mountaineers and for that they were richly compensated. Parnassius apollo seemed to have had a field-day on that August afternoon. There were more of them around than the day 110 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII before and all of them in their best attire. They probably just had hatched that warm, cosy morning. One specimen, somewhat larger and darker, with its sun spots burning redder, had caught my eye. Flying low along the trail, here and there hovering over a flower, it glided down the slope a few yards and settled on a long-stemmed Marguerite flower in a small patch of mountain Campanulas or bell flowers. Since, according to Professor Comstock, “ There is something strange about the madness which possesses one hunting for species” (Comstock, 1936), I recklessly ventured down the incline and netted the provoking gossamer creature. In this attempt I slipped badly, landing quite hard on my posterior. At this very moment three shrill, sharp whistles re- sounded across the landscape. My thoughts were instantly that an alpine guardsman had piped me down but I was stubbornly determined not to let go of my precious catch, not for a whole squad of alpine foresters. But the loud whistles had come from further down the slope, from a pile of rocks, and there was no one to be seen, far and wide, except our own party. My wife was the first one to solve the riddle. Having excellent eyesight she had spotted an alpine marmot, a type of ground-hog, atop that rock pile, which had warned its young ones of approaching danger. She saw them scamper off to safety amongst the big boulders. Much amused about this experience we turned our footsteps down-trail for we knew the road back was long and stony. We came upon a small mountain brook, the “Konigs- bach,” from which the entire region took its name, “Konigsbach Aim.” We followed the little stream to some extent, refreshed by its crystal-clear cold water but much fatigued nevertheless. Late in the evening we reached the shores of the “Konigssee” and settled down to a hearty evening meal at the inn overlooking the lake with the dark shadows of the towering mountain ridges upon it. Talking over our common experiences and taking our geographical and geological bearings, belatedly, we figured that the “Konigsbach Aim,” our 1 ‘ Apollo slope, ’ ’ was in the same latitude as the limestone gap at the far end of the “Konigssee” where we had sighted and caught our first Parnassius apollo. This slope is a continuation of the calcareous ridges that extend from the “ Funtenseetauern, ” across the filled in gap between “Konigssee” and “Obersee,” bridging densely covered timberland, and finally reaching up the “Jenner” mountain side to the great declivity of the “Konigsbach Aim.” This limestone and marble region, as well as the entire alpine range, is geographically speaking “arctic tundra” and, to quote Professor Klots, “. . . when the (last) ice sheets retired northward, (some 20,000 years ago), . . . arctic forms either followed them closely and repopulated the arctic, or else remained as isolated populations in the arctic climate of the high mountains. It has been calculated that climatically an ascent of 125 metres (420 feet) on a mountain is the equivalent of northward travel of June, 1964] Gohla: Parnassius Apollo 111 one degree of latitude or about 69 and one half miles. The alpine popula- tions are, then, the ‘cousins’ of the arctic populations, existing as relicts of the former southward extensions of the arctic. Many similar relict populations are also found at lower elevations, for some of the ancient arctic forms became partially adapted to a warmer climate ; these often betray their arctic origin by still feeding upon plant relicts of northern origin or by activity during cold seasons when the true southern populations are hibernating.” (Klots, McGraw-Hill). A relict of the arctic and of a bygone age, that is what our Parnassius apollo of Saint Bartholomaeus really is. Truly this butterfly is as unique in its lofty retreat and environment as the little mountain chapel of Saint Bartholomaeus with its three dome-shaped spires, a landmark at the shores of the magnificent lake, “Konigssee,” in Upper Bavaria. Literature Cited Comstock, John Henry & Comstock, Anna Botsford. 1936. How to know the But- terflies. Comstock Publishing Co., Inc., Ithaca, N. Y. Ref. cit. p. 139. Insel-Verlag. 1956. Das kleine Schmetterlingsbuch — Die Tagfalter — Geleitwort (preface) by Friedrich Schnack, pp. 29-44. Klots, Alexander B. The World of Butterflies and Moths. McGraw-Hill Book Com- pany, Inc., New York. Ref. cit. p. 180, by kind permission of the copyright holders, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., for USA; George G. Harrap & Co., LTD., London, for Great Britain. Schnack, Friedrich. 1930. Die Kavaliere der Blumen. Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen) A. — G. in Berlin. . 1953. Das Leben der Schmetterlinge. 4. Auflage. Koln & Olten. Im Ver- lag von Jakob Hegner. (1. Augflage 1928, Hellerau). Translation: The Life of the Butterfly, by Winifred Katzin, Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 1932. ■ . 1956. Aurora und Papilio. Schuler Verlagsgesellschaft, Stuttgart. 112 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII NEOTROPICAL ARADIDAE XIII (HETEROPTERA: ARADIDAE) Nicholas A. Kormilev Brooklyn, N. Y. Received for purlication June 6, 1963 Abstract Two lots of Aradidae: one from Jamaica, and another from Chile have been studied. Only two species of Aradidae were known from Jamaica, both macropterous. In the lot received from Dr. Thomas H. Farr were represented five species, of which three were new. The new species are : Ehysocoris jamaicensis n.sp., apterous Atactocoris farri n.g., n.sp., also apterous and Mezira brachyptera n.sp., brachypterous. Only three species of Aradidae were known from Chile. In the lot received from Dr. Robert L. Usinger were five specimens of a new genus and new species of the subfamily Prosympiestinae, known only from New Zealand, Australia, and Tasmania. They were named Llaimacorsis penai n.g., n.sp. Through the kindness of Dr. Thomas H. Farr, Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, W. I., I have had the privilege of studying some Ara- didae from Jamaica, and wish to extend my sincere thanks to him. Our knowledge of Aradidae in the West Indies is very limited. It is only recently that Drake and Maldonado, and Usinger and Matsuda have described a few apterous genera represented by species from Puerto Rico, Guadeloupe, Hispaniola and Cuba (all of them belonging to the sub-family Carventinae) . Only two species, both of them macropterous, have been known from Jamaica; one, Mezira abdominalis (Stal), 1873, widely dis- tributed throughout the large islands of the West Indies, and Central America, another, Mezira jamaicensis (Bergroth), 1906, apparently endog- enous to Jamaica. The new material I examined had five species repre- sented, the two mentioned above and three new species. Subfam. Carventinae Usinger, 1950 Rhysocoris Usinger and Matsuda, 1959. This genus previously contained two species, one from Haiti, another from Puerto Rico. A third is herewith described. Ehysocoris jamaicensis n. sp. male elongate ovate, apterous, glabrous, except for short tufts of hairs on projections of lateral borders; thickly covered with brownish incrustation and accumulated dirt. head slightly shorter than wide through eyes ( $ -18: 20, $-20: 21.5). Anterior process short, conical, truncate anteriorly; genae as long as clypeus, attaining basal third of antennal segment I. Antenniferous tubercles short, stout, dentiform, divergent, reaching middle of anterior process. Eyes slightly stalked, placed at 2 j5 length of lateral borders. Postocular borders slightly sinuate ; vertex granulate. Antennae rather stout, particularly segment I, twice as long as head; segmental proportions: $-13.7: 7:9: 6.5, $-15: 8: 10 8: 10: 7. Rostrum short, not reaching hind border of rostral groove, the latter closed posteriorly. June, 1964] Kormilev: Aradidae 113 pronotum very short and wide ($-9: 32, $-9: 38), clearly separated from mesonotum by deep transverse furrow, interrupted at middle by median ridge. Collar naked; disc with few protuberances, granulate; just behind collar and in front of tip of median ridge, two (1 + 1) small ovate tubercles, and behind them, laterad of median ridge, two (1 + 1) larger rounded tubercles; two (1 + 1) short oblique ridges near lateral borders. Antero- lateral angles of pronotum not produced, rounded; lateral margins with two (1 + 1) rounded tubercles. Hind border slightly convex. Median ridge arising at middle of disc, expanding posteriorly, reaching transverse furrow between tergum II and central dorsal plate: Limits of pro-, meso, and metanotum clearly visible only laterad of median ridge. Metanotum completely fused with terga I and II. Median ridge separated from lateral portions of meso-, and metanotum, and from terga I and II by deep furrows. Lateral portions of mesonotum with four (2 + 2) irregular elevations Ehysocoris jamaicensis n. sp., $, 1. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum; 2. Antenna; 3. The tip of the abdomen from above. Atactocoris farri n. g., n. sp., $, 4. Head, notum, and terga I and II; 5. The tip of the abdomen from above. Mezira brachyptera n. sp., $ , 6. Head and pronotum; 7. Antenna; 8. The hind half of the abdomen from above. placed side by side; lateral borders with four (2 + 2) tubercles, anterior ones smaller. Lateral portions of metanotum fused with terga I and II into two (1 + 1) irregular pentagonal plates, longitudinally rugose; lateral borders with two (1 + 1) low, upright tubercles. abdomen longer than wide across segment II ($), IV ($), $-45:39, $-56-52). Tergum I and II fused with metanotum, tergum II lower in middle than I, its hind border emarginate. Terga III to VI together form central dorsal plate, elevated along midline, flat laterad and provided with usual pattern of rounded calloused spots and low ridges. Tergum VII separated from central plate by transverse furrow, disc elevated centrally and posteriorly for reception of hypopygium, less elevated in female. Con- nexivum separated from tergum by distinct furrow. All connexiva separated from one another by narrow but distinct furrows. In male, lateral borders of connexiva II to IV slightly convex with prominent spiracles; exterior margin of connexivum V dilated posteriorly and forming angle with margin of connexivum VI ; width of abdomen across 114 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII segment VI greater than across segment VII. PE-angles (postero-exterior of connexiva) of connexivum VII forming two (1 + 1) slightly acute lobes directed obliquely poster- iorly. Hypopygium caudal in position, ovate from posterior aspect, paratergites cylin- drical reaching middle of hypopygium. Abdomen in female subquadrate ; exterior bord- ers of connexiva II to VI straight, those of VII sinuate, PE-VII rounded, slightly produced ; paratergites short, rounded, reaching middle of IX, segment IX rounded posteriorly. Spiracles lateral and visible from above. legs unarmed. Color under incrustation mahogany red, shiny; incrustation brownish. Total length $-4.35 mm., $-5.25 mm.; width of pronotum $-1.60 mm., $ 1.90 mm.; width of abdomen. $-1.95 mm., $-2.60 mm. holotype Male: Corn Puss Gap, St. Thomas, Jamaica, W. I., 12.VI.1949. R.P. Bengry, collector. Deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, W.I. Rhysocoris jamaicensis is allied to R. rugosus Usinger and Matsuda but differs by the relatively wider head which is more constricted posteriorly, the lateral borders of the pro-, meso, and metanotum being provided with small, round tubercles, the median ridge originating from the middle of the pronotum, the abdominal segment VII being much narrower than VI in the male, and antennal segment III only slightly shorter than II. Atactocoris n. gen.* Figures 4, 5 head inverted triangular, wide anteriorly, much narrowed at base. Eyes stalked in middle of lateral borders. Antenniferous spines large, dentiform, divergent reaching tip of anterior process; postocular tubercles slender, almost spiniform, placed far from eyes on middle of postocular border. Antennae long, two and one-half times as long as head, basal three segments with dense, erect bristles almost as long as diameter of seg- ments; first segment longest, slightly longer than head, second segment shorter than third, fourth segment shortest. Rostral atrium closed ; rostral groove very wide and deep, closed posteriorly, rostrum not reaching hind border of groove. Pronotum distinctly separated from mesonotum by deep furrow. Mesonotum fused at middle with metanotum, separated from it laterally. Entire notum irregularly, longi- tudinally rugose, provided with median, elongated triangular, roughened plate which fuses posteriorly with terga I and II. Lateral portion of metanotum faced with lateral portions of terga I and II. Terga III to VI fused to form central dorsal plate, separated on all sides by deep furrows. All connexiva separated from one another. PE-angles II to V slightly pro- duced, PE-VI produced into short, acute tooth, PE-VII produced into long, divergent lobes, much longer than paratergites, or segment IX in female. Segment IX in female much abbreviated, shorter than paratergites. Spiracles on segment II ventral, placed near border, on III and IV sublateral, but not visible from above, V to VII lateral and visible from above, VIII terminal. All sterna clearly separated from one another. Legs unarmed ; arolia present. Closely allied to Rhysocoris Usinger and Matsuda, 1959. type species Atactocoris farri n. sp. orcaKxo g = rugged, Kopig = a bug June, 1964] Kormilev : Aradidae 115 Atactocoris farri n. sp. head slightly shorter than wide through eyes (27.5:30); anterior process small, sub- triangular, deeply cleft anteriorly ; genae parallel, slender, longer than clypeus ; anten- niferous tubercles large, subtrapezoidal, strongly divergent, lateral margins converging posteriorly. Eyes small, stalked. Postocular border almost straight, convergent posteri- orly. Entire head assuming inverted triangular form. Postocular tubercles thin, slender. Vertex with broad median elevation, slightly depressed longitudinally, separated from lateral discal portions by deep furrows; postocular borders provided with two (1 + 1) thin longitudinal furrows. Antennae long; segmental proportions: 32: 14: 17: 9. Pronotum short and wide (13: 57) ; collar separated from disc by thin sulcus; anterior border produced, antero-lateral corners angular, lateral margins sinuate, provided with two (1 + 1) stout teeth directed laterally and weakly reflexed. Disc with thin median sulcus anteriorly, median carina posteriorly, the latter fused with median plate of meso- metanotum ; lateral portions irregularly rugose. Lateral margins of mesonotum with four (2 + 2) small tubercles or teeth; lateral margins of metanotum with two (1 + 1) minute teeth. abdomen Median length longer than wide across segment IV (89: 82). Central dorsal plate feebly convex with low ridges and glabrous spots. Connexivum wide, segments III to VII with two round glabrous spots not covered with incrustation. Middle poster- ior portion of tergum VII raised, terminating in an oblique tooth directed slightly posteriorly and upward. Genae, antenniferous tubercles, postocular tubercles, lateral tubercles of thorax, PE- angles of eonnexiva, and median tooth of tergum VII bearing erect, brush-like bristles. Antennal segments I to III, femora, and tibiae provided with dense, erect bristles slightly shorter than the diameters of the respective parts from which they arise. color mahogany red covered with ochre-brown to gray-brown incrustation ; genae, antennae, and legs yellow-brown. Total length 8.75 mm. along median line, 9.05 mm. to tips of PE-VII; width across pronotum 2.85 mm, across abdomen 4.1 mm. holotype Female: Windsor Estate Trelawny, Jamaica, W. I. 22.VII.1955. T. H. Farr, collector. Deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, W. I. It is a pleasure to dedicate this striking new species to Dr. Thomas H. Farr, its collector. Subfam. Meziranae Oshanin, 1908 Mezira A. and S., 1843 The large, almost world wide, genus Mezira has only macropterous species. Usinger and Matsuda (1959, p. 376) mentioned the existence of brachyp- terous forms but mentioned that they are rare, and hitherto no brachypter- ous species have been described. A new species from Jamaica shows the first stage of brachypterism, i.e. the abbreviation of the membrane of the fore wings, and reduction of the hind wings to narrow pads. Mezira brachyptera n. sp. male elongate ovate ; brachypterous. head shorter than wide through eyes (13: 16); anterior process short, robust, truncate anteriorly; genae as long as clypeus attaining middle of antennal segment I. Antenni- 116 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII ferous tubercles slightly acute and divergent. Eyes rather large semiglobose. Postocular tubercles small, dentiform, reaching outer border of eyes. Vertex with Y-form row of small tubercles. Infraocular carinae low, granulated, lateral discs semicircular, glabrous. Antennae moderately robust, less than twice as long as head; antennal segmental pro- portions : 7 : 5 : 6 : 6. Rostrum short, reaching hind margin of rostral groove, the latter closed posteriorly. Pronotum much shorter than wide (18: 30). Collar separated from disc. Anterior margin with two (1 + 1) small tubercles; antero-lateral angles rounded; lateral notch rather shallow but distinct; margins before and behind notch granulated, those behind slightly convex; posterior margin slightly sinuate at middle. Anterior portion of disc with four (2 + 2) equally developed longitudinal ridges; both fore disc and hind disc granulated. Scutellum shorted than wide at base (12.15: 14). Median ridge thin, granulated; disc transversely rugose. Hemelytra reduced, reaching only base of terguin V, not overlapping one another, leaving gap between them. Clavus and corium normally developed ; membrane abbrevi- ated with reduced venation. Hind wings greatly reduced to form narrow, subfusiform pads with degenerate venation. abdomen ovate, longer than wide across segment IV (42: 36). Lateral margins regularly rounded, PE-angles not produced. Area of abdominal scent gland ostia, and all of terga V to VII not covered by wings. Tergum VII inflated for reception of hypopygium. Hypopygium cordate, small, paratergites subtrianglar reaching middle of hypopygium. Spiracles II to VI ventral, remote from margin, VII sublateral but not visible from above, VIII lateral and visible from above. color ferruginous, partially blackish; connexivum concolorous; ostia of dorsal scent glands, rostrum, and tarsi yellow brown. Total length 4.20 mm.; width across pronotum 1.50 mm., width across abdomen 1.80 mm. holotype Male Mt. Diablo Forest Reserve, St. Ann, Jamaica, W. I., 20. Y. 1956. Thomas H. Farr, collector. Deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, W.I.. paratypes Males (3), same data as above, two deposited in collection of author. In my key for the neotropical species of Mezira (1962, p. 260) the new species M. brachyptera runs to M. yucatana Champion, 1898. It differs from that species however by the abbreviated hemelytra and hind wings, antennal segment III shorter than I (longer in yucatana) , segment IV longer than II (equal in y ucatana) , pronotum more deeply notched laterally and the exterior margin of connexivum VII straight (sinuate in yucatana) . Subfam. Prosympiestinae Usinger and Matsuda Dr. Usinger, University of California, was kind enough to send me a species of aradid from Chile. These were collected by Mr. Luis Pena at Cherquenco in Cautin Province in the foothills of Llaima Vulcain. I wish to thank Dr. Usinger for the chance of studying these unique specimens since they are the first representatives of the subfamily Prosympiestinae to be collected in the New World, the other genera and species are only known from New Zealand, Australia, and Tasmania. Not unexpectedly June, 1964] Kormilev : Aradidae 117 these specimens also represent a new genus and species. The aradid fauna of Chile is very poor, only three genera and species being known up to the present time, these being described by Spinola and Blanchard more than a hundred years ago in Gay’s “Historia de Chile.” These are Isodermus gayi (Spinola), Mezira americana (Spinola), both from humid forest en- vironments, and Aradus august ellus (Blanchard) from more arid situations. It is noteworthy to state that the Prosympiestinae follow the same pattern of distribution as their close allies, the Isoderminae. Llaimacoris n. gen. Figures 9-17 Elongate ovate, rather flat, finely granulated. head slightly shorter than wide through eyes; anterior process conical tapering to nar- rowly rounded apex; clypeus free, much longer than juga; antenniferous tubercles short, acute, slightly divergent. Eyes moderately large, strongly exserted but not stalked. Postocular borders forming right angle, tubercles absent ; posterior border arcuate. Vertex slightly convex, granulated, lateral discs, between eyes and vertex, elongate ovate, glabrous; infraocular acrinae absent. Antennae long, slender, more than two and one-half times as long as head, first segment shortest, second and third subequal, fourth longest. Rostrum inserted remote from apex of head; bucculae short, parallel, convex, open both anteriorly and posteriorly; rostum slender, slightly exceeding fore border of prosternum, apical segment as long as preceding ones combined. Rostral groove absent, ventral side of head behind bucculae flattened, in some cases slightly de- pressed. Pronotum less than half as long as wide, divided into narrower anterior lobe and broader posterior lobe ; collar very narrow indistinctly separated from disc ; antero-lateral angles rounded, narrowly depressed, produced forward as far as collar; lateral borders of anterior lobe divergent posteriorly, lateral notch almost rectilinear; disc of anterior lobe transversely inflated with four (2 + 2) indistinctly marked ridges, and six (3 + 3) round glabrous spots, two (1 + 1) in fore row, four (2 + 2) in hind row. Interlobal depression distinct. Lateral borders of posterior lobe strongly convergent anteriorly, less so posteriorly, widest portion of lobe in middle, lateral margins there obtusely rounded. Posterior border slightly convex centrally then weakly sinuate each side. Disc of hind lobe weakly declivous anteriorly, impressed mesad of humeri. Entire pronotum finely granulated. Scutellum triangular, shorter than wide at base, lateral margins slightly convex at middle, feebly sinuate toward base and toward apex, provided with median, low, slender, transversely rugose carina, disc finely granulated. Hemelytra complete, almost attaining posterior margin of tergum VII; corium reaching base of connexivum II (first visible), outer margin straight, finely granulated, feebly reflexed, posterior margin of exocorium excavated, apical margin of corium rounded, disc with two elevated veins (R and Cu). Membrane large, irregularly wrinkled, vein R. clearly visible, vein Cu obsolete. Hind wings fully developed, venation greatly reduced, only vein R. visible. Abdomen exhibiting pronounced sexual dimorphism ; in male subrectangular, with slightly convex lateral margins, antero-exterior angles of connexivum VII produced into long, curved hooks; in female ovate, simple, devoid of hooks on connexivum VII. Connexivum narrow, finely granulated, margins of segments straight, PE-angles not produced. Male with short, conical paratergities (absent in other genera of Prosym- piestinnae) with terminal spiracles. Hypopygium in dorsal aspect subtrapezoidal, de- 118 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII pressed in middle with two (1 + 1) oblique elevations at base, in posterior aspect rotund with small, round depression on upper half of middle. Tergum VIII in female long, flat, with large rounded paratergites fused with disc, no sulci or sutures showing. Spiracles in male II to VI ventral, remote from margin, VII sublateral, not visible from above, VIII terminal; in female are spiracles ventral remote from margin. Prosternum flat, feebly depressed centrally, meso- and metasterna flat, feebly de- pressed laterally near acetabula, all finely granulated along with thoracic pleura. Ostia of metathoracic scent glands behind middle acetabula, with short, curved, narrow canal, without large pit or setae. Venter finely granulated, with seven longitudinal rows of calloused spots, one median, six (3 + 3) lateral. In male, margins of sterna II to IV straight, V slightly sinuate, VI strongly sinuate, VII weakly sinuate; sternum VIII visible as narrow strip, terminating laterally in short, conical paratergites. In female posterior margin of sternum II slightly sinuate, III to V barely convex at middle, VI roundly, deeply sinuate centrally, VII split into two contiguous lobes which apparently reach hind border and there touch tergum IX. legs unarmed. Coxae globose, femora fusiform separated from trochantes, tibiae cylin- drical, slightly dilated apically; claws with arolia. Femora granulated. type species Llaimacoris penai n. sp. Llaimacoris, being macropterus, at first sight looks like the genus Pro - sympiestus Bergroth, but is actually more closely allied to the brachyter- ous genus Aclenocoris Usinger and Matsuda. Similar sexual dimorphism appears in both these genera, although it is much less developed in Adeno- coris than in Llaimacoris, and both show similar patterns of the meta- thoracic ostia of the scent glands. Llgimacoris differs from Adenocoris by its triangular scutellum, greater development of the postocular portion of the head, the naked and shiny body, and long curved hooks on eonnexivum VII in the male. Llaimacoris penai n. sp. head shorter than wide through eyes ( $ -14: 16.5 9-15: 15.6) ; anterior process reaching middle of first antennal segment; antennal tubercles reaching only base of antennal segment I ; Antennal segmental proportions : $-5:10:9.5:12.5, 9-6:11:10:13. Pronotum shorter than wide ( $ 13:36; 9 11.5:38). Scutellum shorter than wide at base ($-16: 21.5, 9-19:23). Abdomen longer than wide across segment IV ($-57:43, 9-69:48). color dark brown; hind portion of pronotum, connexiva III- VII (interiorly and poste- riorly, (abdominal venter light brown to yellow brown; rostrum, tarsi yellow brown. total length $ -5.35 mm., 9 -6.15 mm., width pronotum $ -1.80 nun., 9 -1.90 mm., width across abdomen $ -2.15 mm., 9 -2.40 mm. holotype Male Cherquenco, Cautin, Chile. January-February, 1954. Luis Pena, collector. Deposited in the United States National Museum. allotype Female Same data as above, deposited in collection of author. paratypes Males (3) : Same data as above, one deposited with Luis Pena, one with R. L. Usinger, one with author. It is a pleasure to dedicate this striking species to its collector Mr. Luis Pena. June, 1964] Kormilev: Aradidae 119 below, B- bucculae; 11. Left mesopleuron with the base of the wing, A- middle acetabula, S- stink gland opening (canal) ; 12. Bight fore wing (hemelytron) ; 13. Bight hind wing; 14. The hind half of the abdomen from above; 15. The tip of the abdomen from below; $, 16. The hind half of the abdomen from above; 17. The tip of the abdomen from below. Literature cited. Blanchard, Emil and Spinola, M., 1854. Hemipteros, in Gay’s Hist, de Chile, Zool., 7: 201-205, 214-217. Kormilev, N. A., 1962, Notes on Aradidae in the Naturhistoriska Biksmuseum, Stockholm. Ark. Zool., Ser. 2, 15, pp. 255-273. Usinger, B. L., and Matsuda, B., 1959 Classification of the Aradidae. London. Brit. Mus., VII + 410 pp., 102 figs. 120 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington (Continued) tabena Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Thecla Type Locality: Cordova and Jalapa, Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Central!- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 68, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 14, 15 $ (London) . tacita Edwards, Henry, Theda Type Locality: Mendocino County, California. Location of Type: W. H. Edwards Collection. (Carnegie Museum.) Original Description: 1881 (April), Papilio, vol. 1, p. 54 (New York). Additional References: Holland, W. J., 1931, The Butterfly Book, Revised Edition, p. 233, pi. 64, fig. 19 $ (Garden City, N. Y.). (Figures the type.) McDunnough, ,T. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24, no. 390 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places tacita in synonymy of auretorum Boisduval.) tgdita Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 208, vol. 2, pi. 83, figs. 698, 699 $ (London). tagyra Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1865, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 73, vol. 2, pi. 28, figs. 20, 21 $ (London). Subspecies: floralia Druce. tagyroides Lathy, Percy I., Theda Type Locality: Maroni, French Guiana. Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 134, pi. 9, fig. 7 (London). talama Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality : Petropolis, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5926. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 409 (Wash- ington, D. C.). talayra Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro. Location of Type: British Muspum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the June, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 121 British Museum, p. 1 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 130, vol. 2, pi. 52, tigs. 286, 287 $ (London). God- man, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (May) Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopaloeera, vol. 2, p. 36, vol. 3, pi. 52, figs. 16, 17 $ (London). Subspecies: castitas Druce. talhoti Lathy, Percy I., Theda Type Locality: Paraguay. Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, 232, pi. 8, fig. 18 (Paris). taminella Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5938. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 414 (Wash- ington, D. C.). tamos Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Rio Sucio and Irazu, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopaloeera, vol. 2, p. 79, vol. 3, pi. 57, figs. 16, 17 $ (London). tanais Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, In- secta, Lepidoptera-Rhopaloeera, vol. 2, p. 62, vol. 3, pi. 55, figs. 27, 28 $ (London). tarania Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Minas Geraes. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 3 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 132, vol. 2, pi. 54, fig. 311 $, figs. 312, 313 $ (London). tarena Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Cayenne. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 176, vol. 2, pi. 69, figs. 515, 516 $ (London). tarpa Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Theda Type Locality: Jalapa, Mexico. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). 122 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Original Description: 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 68, vol. 3, pi. 56, figs. 16, 17 (London) . tarquinius Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “In Indiis.” Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 319 (Hafniae). Additional Reference: 1800, Donovan, Edward, Ins. India, p. 48, pi. 44, fig. 1 (London). Synonyms: crataegi Boisduval and Le Conte, por senna Scudder, stiff usa Dean. Subspecies: nova-scotiae McDunnough. taunayi Spitz, Robert, Thecla Type Locality: Minas Geraes. Location of Type: Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo. Original Description: 1931, Revista de Entomologia, vol. 1, p. 50 (Sao Paulo, Brazil). teatea Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 4 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 133, vol. 2, pi. 53, fig. 299 9 (London). tegaea Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : ? Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 2 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 131, vol. 2, pi. 54, figs. 308, 309 $ (London). Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 630 (London). (Gives lo- calities British Guiana and Chapada Carnpo, Brazil.) tegula Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Tapajos). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 4 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 129, vol. 2, pi. 52, figs. 291, 292 $ (London). Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 616 (London). (Describes the female.) teharna Reakirt, Tryon, Lycaena Type Locality: California. June, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 123 Location of Type: Strecker Collection (3 $ ). Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 246 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional References: Strecker, Herman, 1874 (May), Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres and Heteroceres, p. 86, pi. 10, figs. 16 (Reading, Pa.). (Fig- ures “one of Reakirt’s original types of teliama.”) ; 1900 (March), op. cit., Supplement no. 3, p. 20. (Makes tehama a synonym of podarce Felder.) tejua Reakirt, Tryon, Lycaena Type Locality: “California.” Location of Type: Strecker Collection (1 $). Original Description: 1866 (June), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 245 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Strecker, Herman, 1900 (March), Lepidoptera, Rhopaloceres, Heteroceres, Supplement no. 3, p. 20 (Reading, Pa.). (Makes tejua a synonym of Hesperia strabo Fabricius from the East Indies.) telea Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 4 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diur- nal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 143, vol. 2, pi. 57, figs. 350, 351 $ (London). Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 73 (New York). (Make telea a subspecies of mae sites Herrich-Schaff er. ) telemus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: “Berbice.” Location of Type: Original Description: 1775, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 1, p. 7, pi. 4, figs. D, E (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Fabricius, Johann Christian, 1777, Genera Insec- torum, p. 268 (Chilonii). (Gives the habitat “America meridionali.”) Synonyms : antinous Felder and Felder. teleontes Druce, Hamilton H., Thelca Type Locality: Interior of Colombia. Location of Type : Druce Collection ( $ ) . Original Description: 1890, Ent. Mo. Mag., Series 2, vol. 1, p. 152 (London). tella Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality: Nova Friburgo, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5936. $. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 413 (Wash- ington, D. C.) . Synonyms: castrena Jones. 124 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII tema Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 82, vol. 2, pi. 35, fig. 75 $ (London). temathea Hewitson W. C., Theda Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1865, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 74, vol. 2, pi. 29, fig. 11 $ (London). temella Strand, Embrik, Theda Type Locality: Colombia. Location of Type : Niepelt Collection. Original Description: 1916 (December), Lepidoptera Niepeltiana, pt. 2, p. 16, pi. 14, figs. 22, 23 (Berlin). temesa Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon and Cayenne. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 1 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 130, vol. 2, pi. 52, figs. 284, 285 $ (London). tephraeus Geyer, Carl, Bithys Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1837, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmet- tlinge, vol. 5, p. 39, figs. 959, 960 (Ausgburg). Synonyms: faventia Hewitson. tera Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Chiriqui, Panama. Location of Type: Staudinger Collection. Original Description: 1878 (November), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 211, vol. 2, pi. 84, figs. 714, 715 $ (London). terentia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (Upper Amazon (Caicara) ). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 2 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 129, vol. 2, pi. 52, figs. 282, 283 9 (London). God- man, F. D. and O Salvin, 1887 (June), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopaocera, vol 2, p. 48, vol. 3, pi. 54, figs. 1, 2 $ (London). (Chiriqui, Panama.) Draudt, Max, 1920 (January), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 771 (Stuttgart). (Makes terentia a synonym of lycabas Cramer.) June, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 125 teresina Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Chiriqui, Panama. Location of Type: Staudinger Collection. Original Description: 1878 (November), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 209, vol. 2, pi. 84, figs. 707, 708 $ (London). tetra Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality : Location of Type: Original Description: 1870 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 19 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24, no. 390 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places tetra as a synonym of auretorum Boisduval.) teucria Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 3 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 129, vol. 2, pi. 52, fig. 290 $ (London). texana Chermock, F. H., Everes Type Locality: San Antonio, Texas, July, 1920. Location of Type: Author’s Collection. (Paratype in the American Mu- seum of Natural History.) Original Description: 1944 (November), Can. Ent., vol. 76, p. 215 (Guelph, Ont.). thabena Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 1 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 130, vol. 2, pi. 52, figs. 288, 289 $ (London). thales Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “In Indiis.’’ Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologia Systematica, vol. 3, p. 268 (Haf- niae) . Additional Reference: Donovan, Edward, 1800, Ins. India, p. 43, pi. 40, fig. 4 (London). Synonyms: thalesa $ Hewitson, thrasyllus Geyer. thalesa Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 98, 126 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII vol. 2, pi. 45, fig. 200 $ London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rliopalocera, vol. 2, p. 49 (London). (Make thalesa (9) a synonym of thales Fabricius). thallus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 3, p. 117, pi. 259, figs. C, D (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Cataloque of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 389, no. 154 (London). (Makes thallus a synonym of pelion Cramer.) thama Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Santa Martha. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 189, vol. 2, pi. 75, figs. 591, 592 $ (London). thamyras Linnaeus, Carolus, Papilio P. R. Type Locality: “In Indiis.” Location of Type: Original Description: 1764, Mus. Ludovicae Ulricae, p. 317 (Holmiae). Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 401 (London). (Includes thamyras in Theda with ?.) Note: From the description it is doubtful that this name was intended for an American Lycaenid. thara Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 83, vol. 2, pi. 32, figs. 45, 46 $ (London). Synonyms: ivelia Gosse. thargelia Burmeister, H., Thecla Type Locality: Northern Argentina. Location of Type: Original Description: 1878, Desc. Physique Republique Argentine, vol. 5, Lepidoptera, pt. 1, p. 230, Atlas pi. 8, fig. 9 (Buenos Aires). theanus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality: Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1777, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 2, p. 65, pi. 139, fig. F. (Amsterdam). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 68, vol. 2, pi. 29, figs. 1, 3 $ , 2 9 (London). Lathy, Percy I., 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 78, p. 133 (London). June, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 127 (Says that Hewitson’s figure 2 $ of pi. 29 is that of a male of immaculata Lathy.) tlieia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 60 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 172, vol. 2, pi. 68, figs. 493, 494 $ (as aethesa ) (London). Bolivia. Synonyms : aetliesa Hewitson. thenca Moschler, H. B., Thecla Type Locality: Interior of Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1883, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges., vol. 32, p. 311, pi. 17, fig. 8 (Wien). theocritus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “Habitat in Indiis.” Location of Type : Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 289 (Hafniae) . Additional Reference: Donovan, Edward, 1800, Ins. India, p. 49, pi. 45, fig. 4 (London). Synonyms: nepia Godrnan and Salvin. theonus Lucas, P. H., Lycaena Type Locality: Cuba. Location of Type : Original Description: 1857, in Sagra, Historie physique, politique et naturelle de Tile de Cuba, vol. 7, p. 611, pi. 16, figs. 8 $, 8a, 8b 9 (Paris). Additional References: Clench, H. K., 1942, Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 50, p. 243 (Lancaster, Pa.). Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 92, pi. 1, figs. 26, 27 $ (New York). (Recognize theonus as a subspecies of cassius Cramer.) Synonyms: floridensis Morrison. thespia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 65 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 165, vol. 2, pi. 65, figs. 455, 456 $ (London). Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 615 (London). (De- scribes the female.) thestia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). 128 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Original Description: 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 122, vol. 2, pi. 48, figs. 231, 232 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 590 (London). (Makes thestia female a synonym of endera Hewitson) . thius Geyer, Carl, Eyreus Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type : Original Description: 1832, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett- linge, vol. 4, p. 33, figs. 743, 744 $ (Augsburg). Additional Reference: Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 88 (New York). (Ac- cept synonymy with bazodiii Geyer (Lathy, P. I., 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 47 (London). thoana Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Nicaragua. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 172, pi. 67, fig. 490 $ (London). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (December), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 768 (Stuttgart). (Places thoana as a synonym of brescia Hewitson.) thoe Guerin-Meneville, M. F. E., Polyommatus Type Locality: North America. Location of Type: Original Description: 1829-1831, Iconographie Regne Animal de G. Cuvier, vol. 2, pi. 81, figs. 4, 4-a, 4-b (Paris). Additional References: Gray, George Robert, 1832, in Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, Griffith Edition, Class Insecta, vol. 2, p. 793, pi. 58 (opp. p. 592), figs. 4, 4-a (London). Boisduval, J. A. and J. L. Le Coute, 1833, Histoire Generale et iconographie des Lepidopteres et des chenilles de 1’Amerique Septentrionale, p. 125, pi. 38, figs. 1-3 (Paris). McDunnough, J. H., 1918, Ent. News, vol. 29, p. 379 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Dates of issue of the plates of Guerin’s Iconographie de Regne Animal (Lepid.) Synonyms: wormsbadieri Gunder, wyatti Gunder. thomasi Clench, Harry K., Hemiargus catilina Type Locality: Russell’s Creek, Cat Island, Bahamas. Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 25,736. Original Description: 1941, Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., vol. 15, p. 407 (Havana, Cuba). Additional Reference : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 97 (New York). (Make thomasi a subspecies of ammon Lucas.) thompsoni Carpenter, G. D. and Hale and C. B. Lewis, Brephidium exilis Type Locality: Cayman Islands, B. W. I. (Grand Cayman, June 23, 1938). Location of Type: June, 1964] Leonard: New Jersey Aphids 129 Original Description: 1943, Ann. Carnegie Museum, vol. 29, p. 392 (Pittsburgh, Pa.). Note: thompsoni is probably a synonym of isophthalma H,-S., because F. E. Watson had mis-determined pseudofea Morrison as isophthalma and Carpenter and Lewis based their separation on this misinformation. thordesa Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 89, vol. 2, p. 35, fig. 80 $ (London). Synonyms: thordesca Schaus, zenaida Dyar. thordesca Schaus, William, Thecla (not Hewitson) Misspelling of thordesa Hewitson Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). thoria Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 121, vol. 2, pi. 49, figs. 240 $, 239, 241 $ (London). thrasyllus Geyer, Carl, Brangas Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type: Original Description: 1837, Zutrage zur Sammlung exotischer Schmett- linge, vol. 5, p. 40, figs. 965, 966 $ (Augsburg). Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 388 (London). (Makes thrasyllus a synonym of tliales Fabricius.) thulia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 28 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 153 (London). (Makes thulia a synonym of ziba Hewitson.) thyesta Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol, 1, p. 124, vol. 2, pi. 49, figs. 249, 248 $ (London). thyrea Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Cayenne and the Amazon. 130 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 99, vol. 2, pi. 36, figs. 83, 84 $ (London). tiasa Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 122, vol. 2, pi. 48, figs. 229, 230 $ (London). tigonia Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality: Peru. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5948 $. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 419 (Wash- ington, D. C.). timaea Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 125, vol. vol. 2, pi. 51, figs. 268, 269 $ (London). Additional References: Druce, H. H., 1905, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 7, vol. 15, p. 195 (London). (Places timaea as a synonym of spurina Hewitson.) Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 777 (Stuttgart). (Places timaea as a synonym of spurina Hewitson.) timaeus Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type: Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 248, pi. 31, figs. 8, 9 (Wien). June, 1964] Proceedings 131 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Editor’s Note: The Proceedings of the Society will appear in a severely edited format in order to conserve Journal space and to bring them up to date. The meetings are held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History unless otherwise noted. Correction Vol. LXXII No. 1, page 67 paragraph 2 of the May 16, 1961 meeting. Instead of “Owl’s Head moths” it should have read: “catching three specimens of the butterfly Caligo insularis Stich. She reported finding the wood rose, Opouiea tuberosa Linn, never before found in Jamaica; Acrosynanthus jamaciensis, a new species de- scribed by Howard and Proctor, Jour. Arnold Arboretum 1958 #39, p. 101; Euphorbia punica, which had not been reported since first found in 1688; and Gynura auriantica, a native of Java, never before recorded from Jamaica, a composite with yellow flowers and metallic purple hirsute covering on leaves and stems. Meeting of October 3, 1961 President Schmitt presided : 23 members and 8 guests were present. Two of the guests were Mr. Noriyoki Toyama of the Bank of Japan and Doctor David Miller of the Biology Department C.C.N.Y. program Summer Field Experiences. Mr. Daniel Schweitzer told of his work with the carpenter ant at Syracuse University, College of Forestry. He showed their destruc- tive work on wood, and he pointed out some of their unusual characteristics; one of which is a nest with all male or all female broods. Mr. Heineman continued his col- lection of Heterocera at his home in the Thousand Islands from May through October. This past summer a wasp sting caused a serious reaction and necessitated injections to counteract this reaction. Mr. Brush related his poor Lepidoptera collecting on the arrid Dutch Caribbean islands of Aruba and Curacao. Miss Alice Gray showed a series of excellent drawings of insects and flowers which are being done under her supervision by the Museum staff for the new Hall of Invertebrate Biology. Kodachromes of insect studies were shown by Mrs. Mautner, Mr. Poelzl, Dr. Teale, and Mr. Foss. Dr. Asher Treat described the rections of moths exposed to bat sounds. Raymond Brush, Sec. Meeting of October 17, 1961 Vice-President Elsie B. Klots presided in Room 319; 27 members and 18 guests were present. The guests included Dr. Arnaud, a visiting Dipterist working at the Museum, Miss Farida Wiley of the Museum Educ. Dept, and relatives and friends of members. program The Year at Trail Wood by Dr. Edwin W. Teale. The speaker presented a beautiful and interesting series of color slides concerning the natural history of his farmstead in northern Connecticut. The presentation and the slides were up to Dr. Teale’s usual excellence. Peter H. Dix, Asst. Sec. November 7, 1961 — Election Day, No Meeting Meeting of November 21, 1961 President Schmitt presided; 14 members and 6 guests were present. President Schmitt reported on the Leidey Medal Award presented to Robert E. Snodgrass by the Philadel- phia Academy of Sciences on December 17. Dr. Schmitt was the Society’s delegate. This award, made once every three years for “Outstanding Publications in Science,” 132 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII was made to Dr. Snodgrass for the beauty of his illustrations. Miss Alice Gray, Spoke about the activities of the Junior Division of the Society and its continuing growth. program Reports by two entomologists from Rutgers University were presented. The first speaker of the evening, Mr. William Coniglio, spoke on Field Observations on Calosoma in Southern New Jersey. He showed slides illustrating the terrain and flora where he collected. The second talk by Mr. Wayne Crans was, A Host Preference Study on N. J. Mosquitoes. He described his methods of capture and determination of their blood-feeding habits. He commented on the extensiveness of this work and its value in1 other areas of biology and medicine. Raymond Brush, Sec. Meeting of December 5, 1961 President Schmitt presided in Room 419; 31 members and 33 guests were present. Mr. Gary Richard Lipton of Rutgers University was proposed for membership. It was voted to suspend the By-Laws and Mr. Lipton was elected unanimously. Dr. Schmitt announced receipt of a check for $100.00, a gift of Mr. and Mrs. Nordenschild in honor of the 40th wedding anniversary of their friends, the Heinemans. program Life As It Is by Dr. Roman Vishniac. He presented a superb color movie entitled, “The Living Tide.” Here were exhibited barnacles, tunicates, snails, ampliipods, oyster larvae, scallops, copepods, starfish, a blue crab, horseshoe crab embryos prior to hatching, and numerous other creatures of the sea. Peter H. Dix, Asst. Sec. Meeting of December 19, 1961 Dr. Schmitt presided in Education Hall; 20 members and 22 guests were present. Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson and Miss Sonia Blank were proposed for membership. It was agreed to suspend the By-Laws and they were unanimously elected. program A Field Trip to the Caribbean by Mr. Bernard Heineman. Mr. Heineman introduced Mr. Benjamin Spanier of the Stereo Club of N. Y., who gave a brief explana- tion of stereo photography and the purpose of the special glasses which the audience would use to view the pictures. Mr. Heineman then spoke about the natural history and the color on the various islands he visited. His 66 stereo slides of birds, plants, trees, flowers, vistas of mountains, streams, forests and people of these beautiful islands enchanted us all. He also exhibited two cabinets containing some of the many hundreds of insects he collected on this trip. Raymond Brush, Sec. Meeting of January 2, 1962 President Schimtt presided at the annual meeting; 23 members and 10 guests were present. Reports were made by Dr. Elsie Klots for the Program Comm, and by Mr. Jacob Huberman, the Treas. Dr. James Forbes of the Nominating Comm, presented the slate of officers for the coming year: President Vice-President Secretary Assistant Secretary .... Treasurer Assistant Treasurer . Editor of JOURNAL Associate Editor Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Daniel Ludwig Mr. Peter Dix Miss Leonore Grossman Mr. Jacob Huberman Mrs. Patricia Vaurie Dr. Lucy W. Clausen Dr. Janies Forbes June, 1964] Proceedings 133 Publication Committee Mr. Bernard Heineman ['Mr. E. Irving Huntington j Mr. Frank A. Soraci I Dr. Edmund R. P. Janvrin Trustees J T . . . J Mr. Lucien Pohl | Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. ^Dr. Asher Treat (Nominations Committee: Lucy W. Clausen and James Forbes) There were no further nominations from the floor and the secretary cast one ballot for their election. Mr. Bernard Heineman made a motion to amend Article I of the By-Laws as follows: “4. Sustaining members shall be active members who voluntarily elect to become sustain- ing members by paying $25.00 in lieu of the regular dues of $9.00.” Notice of this proposal has already been sent out by order of the Executive Committee. program The Comparative Anatomy of the Insect Thoracic Nervous System by Dr. John B. Schmitt. The talk was illustrated with lantern slides. An abstract follows. Raymond Brush, Sec. Insect Thoracic Nervous System The knowledge on which we base our morphological theories is gathered chiefly from comparative anatomy, embryology and paleonthology. For the past decade I have studied the comparative anatomy of the insect nervous system, in the hope of arriving at a set of concepts on the fundamental or ancestral patterns of segmental nerve distribution. So far detailed information on the precise distribution of the thoracic nerves has been published on only eleven species of insects, distributed through six different orders, and five of these species are in the Orthoptera. Despite the small number of species studied, various authors have attempted to arrive at ideas on the homologies of the various nerves and nerve groups. None of these attempts are completely satisfying, and, until completely reliable criteria of nerve homologies can be found, it is unlikely that a comprehensive plan will be feasible. The data of such studies are largely exact knowledge on how each muscle is innervated. The capacity of insect muscle groups for evolutionary fusion, splitting or loss, as well as for migration of points of insertion has not prevented us from reaching remarkably consistent ideas on the fundamental musculature of the insect segment. The arrange- ment of nerve groups according to the kind of muscles each group serves offers one ap- proach to the problem of fundamental nerve plans. I studied the nervous system of the Carolina locust, Dissosteira Carolina, and from these studies, offered a nerve plan which proposed that three main nerve roots are given off from each segmental ganglion. The fact that a neuropteron, Chauliodes, was found by Maki to present an almost identical pattern suggested a fundamental basis for such a plan, but comparison with other insects indicate that such is not the case. Perhaps the most encouraging feature of this subject is the evidence of new interest in it by the physiologists, and the number of recent studies published. John B. Schmitt Meeting of January 16, 1962 President Schmitt presided; 23 members and 11 guests were present. Mr. Stephen B. Harris of 235 Seaman Avenue, New York City was proposed for student membership. 134 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII The proposed amendment to the By-Laws for establishing a new class of membership (see Meeting of Jan. 2) was approved. program Insect Notes by Dr. Alexander B. Klots. The speaker presented a series of color slides taken on recent field trips supplemented with important biological and photo- graphic notes. He showed a large millipede which emits a cyanide odor from stink pores on the sides of its body, examples of industrial melanism in our local moths, and collecting at night with black lights. The photographs were excellent, the comments were most interesting and informative; a usual Klots presentation. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Meeting op February 6, 1962 President Schmitt presided in Room 419; 18 members and 9 guests were present. Mr. Stephen B. Harris was elected to membership. program What’s New in Pest Control by Mr. Frank A. Soraci, Director of the Div. of Plant Industry, N. J. State Dept, of Agric., Trenton, N. J., and a former Editor of the Society’s Journal; Mr. Robert C. Wiley, and Mr. John C. Harshbarger, Research As- sistants in the Dept, of Ent. at Rutgers University, New Brunswick. Mr. Soraci discussed the organization and operation of various plant pest control programs. These programs, handled by the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine until 1952, are now co-financed and operated by the Federal and the State governments. There are 12 state cooperative programs. . . . The object is to prevent spread of a pest and ultimately, if possible, to eradicate it. Various programs include those against grasshoppers and mormon crickets in the Mid-west, gypsy moths in the East, citrus black flies in N. Y. State, Khapra bettles, nematodes, and plant diseases. Twelve species are currently being attacked in the co-op projects. The cost is some $25,000,000 per year or 15$ per capita. Mr. Soraci briefly described the aerial spraying and dust- ing programs for the gypsy moth in the New York-New Jersey area in recent years, and the threat of the European chafer in Brooklyn and N. J. since 1959. The white- fringed beetle from N. Carolina posed a threat in N. J., beginning in 1954. Slides of pests and their damage were shown. Mr. Wiley discussed Pest Control by Chemical Sterilization. He noted that because insecticides are producing the build-up of insect resistance and upsetting natural balances the underlying philosophy in control work is shifting the emphasis from chemical to biological methods. An abstract follows. Mr. Harshbarger discussed The Roles of Hormones and Diseases in Pests. Protozoa, bacteria, fungi, viruses, and nematodes include pathogens which cause natural diseases in insects. The hormones are the growth and development hormone found by Wiggles- worth in 1934 and the juvenile hormone discovered by Williams some years later. How- ever, only bacteria and viruses have had some definite successes; the milky disease in the Japanese beetle and nuclear poly-hedrosis in the gypsy moth. Biological or handling factors have prevented much use of other types of organisms. The juvenile hormone is limited in usefulness because it does not penetrate readily on application to the insect, and must be applied at a critical time in the insect’s development. Mention was made of the role which stress may play in increasing the susceptibility of insects to both obligate and facultative pathogens. , Peter H. Dix, Sec. Pest Control by Chemical Sterilization The method of screwworm fly control by atomic radiation involves the release among June, 1964] Proceedings 135 the wild population of male flies that have been made sexually sterile by exposure to gamma rays. However, the method is not economically feasible for most insects. Most species of insects occur in such great numbers that it would be too costly to release a dominant population of sterile males. Methods or rearing many insect species have not been developed. Many insects have a limited flight range. If a chemical or other satisfactory methol of causing high sexual sterility could be devel- oped which could be applied to the natural population of certain insects, it would not be necessary to rear and release insects, as was done for screwworm eradication. Thus, entomologists have turned to chemical agents which are able to exert a toxic action on cell nuclei without injuring the cytoplasm. They appear to be active only on dividing cells and have sometimes been called mitotic poisons and act, as antimetabolites against folic acid and alkylating agents. Chemicals which have been used as mitotic poisons include colchicine, aminopterin, benzimidazole, nitrogen mustard, diamino biuret, ethio- nine, methoxytoluquinone, ethyleneimines. Only derivatives of this last compound dis- rupt normal male gamete formation, and the chemosterilants Aphoxide and Apholate contain multiple ethyleneimine groups. These have produced sterilization of houseflies and mosquitoes through feeding and contact, and mosquito adults are sterilized when the larval medium has been treated. Robert C. Wiley Meeting of February 20, 1962 Dr. Schmitt presided in Room 419 ; 22 members and 3 guests were present. It was announced that Dr. C. P. Alexander made a bequest to the Society in his will. Mr. David Miller of the Biology Department, C.C.N.Y. and Mr. Jack Peplinski of 158-12 Grand Central Parkway, Jamaica 32, N. Y. were proposed for membership. program I The Biology and Systematics of Hydrophilidae of the Pacific Northwest by Mr. David Miller. The biology and unique anatomical adaptations of these insects to their littoral, weedy habitat in ponds, streams and lakes were described. Most of them (Hydrophilinae and Berosinae excepted) are not good swimmers. Generally, the larvae are carnivorous and cannibalistic; the adults herbivorous. The eggs are found mostly in complex cases with a “mast” or “snorkle” for respiration. The larvae also breathe outside the water with a pair of functional spiracles in a stigmatic atrium at the tip of the abdomen. They feed by external digestion, and consequently commonly found at the edge or surface of the water with both ends protruding. Pupation occurs in a chamber in damp soil or on a tripod of spines on damp substrate. The adults respire by means of hydrofuge hairs connecting with air reservoirs under the elytra and in a ventral bubble. To replenish this supply a beetle surfaces, extends its specially modified antennae into the air for gas exchange, retracts them and returns to lower levels. The antennae have presumbly lost their sensory function which may account for the elongation and development of the maxillary palpi as substitutes. II The Use of Timed Traps in Studying Mosquito Flight Periodicity by Mr. Thomas Bast, Research Associate at Rutgers University in New Brunswick. He demonstrated his apparatuse for collecting adult mosquitos separately at 2 hour intervals in the stan- dard N. J. traps and explained that this was a means by which flight activity could be correlated with biting activity for determination of optimum time for spray or dust application. A hygrothermograph recorded temperature and humidity. By a study of graphs it was shown that an increase in population flight activity took place above 80% relative humidity and between 64° and 80° F. The mosquito light trap was 6 ft. above the ground. Peter H. Dix, Sec. 136 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Meeting of March 6, 1962 Vice-president, Dr. Daniel Ludwig, presided in Room 419; 11 members and 7 guests were present. Because of the severe storm raging in N. J. the President and members from that state were unable to attend. In the absence of the Secretary the undersigned was asked to act as Secretary pro tem. Mr. David Miller and Mr. Peplinski were elected to membership. Major Milton B. Flemings, Chief Entomologist of the 1st Army Area, U. S. Army Medical Laboratory, 90 Church Street, New York, N. Y., was nom- inated for membership and Mr. Joseph Grossfield of Brooklyn, N. Y., for student membership. The death of our Honorary Member, Dr. James H. McDunnough, last Friday in Halifax, Nova Scotia was announced. program Mosquito Surveillance Program of the First IT. S. Army Area by Major Milton B. Flemings. The speaker outlintd his duties and then discussed the character- istics and habits of some of the 27 species of mosquitoes found in the area. His talk was illustrated. Elsie B. Klots, Sec., pro tem Mosquito Program in the First U. S. Army Area Seventeen military installations in New York, New Jersey, and the New England States participate in this program. The post surgeon is responsible for mosquito surveillance while the post engineer is responsible for mosquito control. This program determines the qualitative and quantitative mosquito population, the occurrence and extent of mosquito breeding, the effectiveness of control measures, and develops the control pro- gram. The surveillance activities consist of light trap collections (3-7 times weekly), resting station collections (twice weekly), larval collections (once weekly), and surveys at various times. Specimens are prepared for determination or for shipment to appropriate laboratories and/or specialists. Records are kept and reports are prepared. The following mosquitoes, frequently collected from this area, are listed in order of their medical importance and/or nuisance value: Culiseta melanura (Coq.) — enzootic Eastern virus encephalitis vector; Culex pipiens pipiens Linn. — St. Louis encephalitis vector and of extreme nuisance value; Aedes sollicitans (Walker) — numerous and a persistent biter; Aedes vexans (Meig.) — numerous and a persistent biter; Culex restuans Theo. — suspected EVE vector; Culex salanarius Coq. numerous and a persistent biter; Mansonia perturbans (Walker) — potential EVE vector and a persistent biter; Anopheles crucians Wied. — potential malaria vector; Aedes canadensis (Theo.) — persistent biter; Aedes cantator (Coq.) — persistent biter; Psorophora confinnis (Lynch) — persistent biter; An- opheles punctipennis (Say) — occasionally attacks man. Graphs, representing the general mosquito population index for this area, showed that the population reached its peak approximately one month earlier in 1956, 1957, 1958, and 1960 when compared with 1959, the year of the EVE outbreak, and 1961. Milton B. Flemings Meeting of March 20, 1962 President Schmitt presided in Room 419 ; 17 members and 3 guests were present. Dr. Schmitt exhibited a mounted swallowtail butterfly having its right forewing of the dark form and the others of the lighter color pattern; a biological freak but not a gynandromorph. It was reared and sold as a pupa by a graduate student at Rutgers University to a collector, who returned it upon request after reporting it and sending a color photograph. This Papilio is apparently a female of the combined northern and June, 1964] Proceedings 137 southern forms. Major Milton B. Flemings, Chief of the Entomology Division, First Army Medical Laboratory, N. Y., and Mr. Joseph Grossfield of Brooklyn, N. Y., were elected to membership. program Our Garden is a Harbor, by Mr. and Mrs. Philip Bergh of Little Neck, Queens. Their presentation included color transparencies of insects and other animals together with comments and notes. Stages in the life histories of a praying mantis and several butterflies were shown. On occasion their living room has been turned into a vivarium to rear insects. Their garden is on the north shore of L. I. and is a beautiful harbor for insects as well as for boats. Peter H. Dix Sec. Meeting of April 3, 1962 President Schmitt presided; 22 members and 14 guests were present. Dr. Rozen intro- duced Dr. T. C. Maa of Taiwan, who is at present working on bat flies at the Museum. program Highlights of Collecting on the Alaska Highway and in Mt. McKinley Na- tional Park by Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson of the Queens College Biol. Dept. The speaker was one of four participants in a University of Kansas expedition. His main interest was in mites. He took us on the trip via many beautiful color scenes of magnificent mountains, gorges, lakes, and the highway. In northern British Columbia the group enjoyed the almost tropical flora and fauna around Liard Hot Springs. Further points were White Horse and Fairbanks, Alaska on the Alaska Railroad. The Arctic Museum and the Biology Department at the University of Alaska were vistied. A crane fly found in the Anchorage, Alaska, railroad station resulted in considerable publicity for the group. From Seward the return trip began, back to Anchorage and along the Alaska Highway again to the Hot Springs and Dawson Creek, Glacier, Yellowstone and Grand Teton National Parks, Jackson Hole, Wyo., Nebraska, and to Kansas. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Meeting of April 17, 1962 In the absence of the President and the Vice-President, Dr. James Forbes presided; 19 members and 10 guests were present. Miss Alice Gray announced that the President of the Junior Society, Alfred Blanche, won a major prize in a recent science contest in his high school. The Secretary was advised to send letters of congratulations from the Society to Mr. Blanche and to his teacher. The death of Professor Goldforb, former Chairman of the Biol. Dept, at C.C.N.Y. and an invertebrate zoologist, was noted. program Vitamin Synthesis by Symbionts in the Fat Body of the Cockroach Peri- planta americana (Linn.) by Miss Margaret Gallagher. The speaker is a graduate stu- dent working with Dr. Ludwig at the Biol. Lab., Fordham Univ. A lively discussion followed her paper. An abstract follows. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Vitamin Synthesis by the Symbionts in the Fat Body of the Cockroach Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus) The term symbiosis is defined as a relationship between two organisms that is constant, intimate, mutually contributory, and vitally necessary for both organisms. It implies the metabolism of each supplies essential elements for the other. The present work 138 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII was undertaken to show what metabolic requirements were supplied by the symbionts in the fat body of the cockroach P. a7iiericana. Fat bodies, aseptically removed from normal and aposymbiotic roaches, were homo- genated and then quantitatively tested for ascorbic, nicotinic, pantothenic and folic acids, riboflavin, thiamine, pyridoxine, biotin, inositol and cyanocobalamin. Results of two analytical procedures showed the aposymbiotic fat bodies to be greatly deficient in ascorbic, folic and pantothenic acids. Smaller groups of insects were then separated from both the normal group and from the aposymbiotic group. One group of each type was placed on a diet completely lacking in the vitamin B complex. Within 33 days all the aposymbiotic insects had died. The same number of each type was placed on a diet lacking in ascorbic acid and neither group showed any adverse affect. Two other groups, one from each type, were placed on a diet lacking in vitamin B complex with added folic and pantothenic acids and the aposymbiotic forms appeared normal in all aspects except being of lighter cuticular color. The last aposymbiotic group was placed on a normal diet not sup- plemented with yeast and eventually all died. The symbionts were removed from the fat bodies and cultured in lactose broth. These cultures were shown to be able to synthesize pantothenic and folic acids. From the results of the observations and the quantitative tests the author concluded the symbionts were responsible for the synthesis of folic, ascorbic and pantothenic acids in the cockroach. Margaret R. Gallagher Meeting of May 1, 1962 President Schmitt presided; 24 members and 9 guests attended. program Neurosecretion and Behavior bv Dr. Edward S. Hodgson of Columbia Univer- sity. The speaker discussed the role of neurosecretory hormones from the corpora allatum and cardiacum and their effects upon behavior and mating activity of the tropical roach, Blaberus craniifer. His talk was illustrated with both slides and movies. An abstract follows. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Neurosecretion and Behavior The roles of neurosecretory hormones in behavior been analyzed on the neurophysiological level, using the cockroach as the experimental animal. Corpora cardiaca release neuro- secretory hormones into the hemolymph and into axons connected to the subesopliageal ganglion. Regulation of locomotor activity can be produced either by direct effects of corpus cardiacum extracts upon ganglia or by effects mediated via an inhibitory center in the subesopagheal ganglion; the latter type of mechanism is responsible for effects of the extracts upon the “release” of copulatory reflexes. The pharmacology of corpus cardiacum extracts and the selective advantages which might be associated with their behavorial effects are discussed and compared with roles of neurosecretory hormones in other arthropods, with emphasis upon unsolved problems. Edward S. Hodgson Meeting of May 15, 1962 President Schmitt presided; 18 members and 11 guests were in attendance. The Treasurer announced that Irene and Robert Alexander had donated $50 to the Society in honor of Mr. Heineman. Miss Gray mentioned that the Museum was seeking informa- June, 1964] Proceedings 139 tion on local 17-year cicada emergences in order to secure photographs of such activity. program I “Changes in the Activity of Several Respiratory Enzymes in Various Or- gans During the Metamorphosis of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus” by Mr. C. Robert Jones who is currently completing his doctoral work at Fordham University under Doctor Ludwig. An abstract of his talk follows. II Effects of Parental Age on the Life Cycle of the House Fly, Musca domestica Linnaeus by Dr. Robert F. Callahan of the Biol. Dept, of Fairleigh-Dickinson Univer- sity, N. J. and a former student of Dr. Ludwig. An abstract of his talk follows. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Activity Changes of Respiratory Enzymes During the Metamorphosis of Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus. Characteristic U-shaped curves for oxygen consumption during metamorphosis have been reported in numerous holometabolous insects. Some workers have correlated these processes with shifts in nitrogen fractions; the onset of histolysis was accompanied by a decrease of insoluble and an increase of soluble nitrogen. The U-shaped respiratory curve has been correlated with changes in enzyme activity. The cytochrome oxidase activity of the intact insect and of various organs during metamorphosis was determined sectropliotometrically by the method of Cooperstein and Lazarow (1951). The cytochrome oxidase activity of the intact insect did not show a typical U-shaped curve. The curve was one of increasing activity during metamor- phosis. U-Shaped curves were found in the heart, nerve cord, gut, and fat body. The testis and ovary showed increasing values. The activity of the body wall was irregular during this same period. The U-shaped curves exhibited by the heart, nerve cord, gut, and fat body may be associated with histolysis of these organs. The increasing values for the ovary and testis are associated with their rapid growth and maturation during the pupal stage. The irregularity of the body wall may be due to the destruction and reconstitution of the underlying muscle. The indication that the heart and nerve cord undergo a great deal of histolysis and histogenesis during metamorphosis is contrary to the commonly accepted view that these organs survive this period with very little change. The present experiments agree with the conclusion of Tiegs (1922), that although these structures appear externally to remain unchanged, profound changes occur within. These observations also indicate that the metamorphosis of the mealworm is marked by a great amount of histolysis and histogenesis. It was seen that some organs undergo destruction at the same time that others undergo maturation, hence enzyme changes in the intact insect may be less pronounced than when individual organs are studied. C. Rorert Jones Effects of Parental Age on Musca domestica Linnaeus. A parental age study of 2 strains of house flies, Musca domestica, was undertaken. It the CSMA strain 18 consecutive generations, from the first eggs laid in each generation, and 2 consecutive generations from the F, the F and 3 from the Fg obtained from the last eggs laid were studied. In the Wilson strain, 12 consecutive generations from the first eggs laid, 9 from middle-aged parents, and 6 from old (18 days) parents were studied at 25 °C. under constant conditions of lighting. 140 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII There was no parental age effect on the duration of the preimaginal stages, the larvae and the pupae each requiring 6 days. A reduction in the survival time occurred for adults of both strains when the first eggs laid in successive generations were selected. The use of the last viable eggs in the CSMA strain resulted in a decreased longevity and a reduction in reproductive capacity. No more than 3 consecutive generations could be reared. Adult flies at the age of 0 and 6 days from both young and old parents were kept at different humidities without food. Those from young survived longer than those from old parents. Robert F. Callahan Necrology. It is with deep regret that we note the passing of Alexander Petrunkevitch, an Honorary Member of our Society, on March 9, 1964 at the age of 88. Professor Petrunkevitch was regarded as the world’s foremost authority on spiders and other arachnids. No. 3 Vol. LXXII .j' , _ (. ■ A t- . S Ci S I 70 0 ' SEPTEMBER 1964 Journal Vi, *'V \ h • \ i t , i/ft;' \ V. j ~yf -s Wat., r j . . i y.. .)' ; v > , ^ ■; , ~ ' 'jf ' ' - / ' A' i ^ ' * * X -4, r, / The ■A _ >:■, rfc>> ' ,) {.., ' ^ ;/>" i'::; "> C V® ' 1:1 New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892— Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporaled February 17, 1943 o, r§ - 1 m 'v ■ @| ; The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the Treasurer. C1- Officers for the Year 1964 President, Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Vice President, Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson College of the City of New York, N. Y. Secretary, Dr. David Miller College of the City of New York, N. Y. ^ i Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl 230 E. 78th St., N. Y. Treasurer, Mr. J. Huberman ... American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. . • T . x. AJ / w i rr ~ ~X> \ \ • X /“ " X Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 10031 10031 10021 10024 Trustees Mr. Bernard Heineman Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky Mailed October 8, 1964 ( Journal of the New York Entomological Society Volume LXXII September, 1964 No. 3 EDITORIAL BOARD Editor Emeritus Harry B, Weiss Editor Lucy W. Clausen Columbia University College of Pharmacy 115 West 68th Street, New York 23, N. Y. Associate Editor James Forbes Fordham University, New York 58, N. Y. Publication Committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. David Miller CONTENTS Notes on Melanism in Some Connecticut Moths Alexander B. Klots 142 Scent Apparatus Morphology of Leptocorisa costalis H.S. (Heteroptera : Coreidae), with Comments on Glandular Secretions in Heteropta A. P. Gupta 144 Isotopes to Estimate Colony Size of Formica cinerea Mayr. (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) J. T. Medler and R. 0. Wagner 151 Composition of Exuviae of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus Daniel Ludwig and John N. Folzenlogen 159 Colpocephalum (Mallophaga: Menoponidae) from the Piciformes Roger D. Price 162 Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Hima- layan Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), IX Charles P. Alexander 168 An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington 173 Book Reviews 193 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society . 195 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION OCT 1 5 I9S4 142 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXii NOTES ON MELANISM IN SOME CONNECTICUT MOTHS Alexander B. Klots The City College of New York, and The American Museum of Natural History Eeceived for Publication Feb. 15, 1963 Abstract Proportions of melanic and melanistic individuals are recorded in 9 species of Noctuidae and Geometridae. Local edaphic, perhaps plant-successional, factors are believed responsible, rather than industrial darkening. The samples recorded were un- biased by collector selection. Iii recent years melanism in moths has been extensively studied in Europe, particularly in England, with important ecologic and genetic results that are of value in their application to our knowledge of the evolutionary mech- anism. A summary of the work and a replete bibliography will be found in Kettlewell (1961). In the meanwhile, practically nothing has been done in North America in this respect, although it is obvious that a perhaps even more fertile opportunity for such work exists here. In an excellent paper Owen (1962) presented the results of a survey of the specimens of 6 species of North American geometrid moths in many collections, showing that both “industrial” and “non-industrial” environmental factors prob- ably exert various regional influences. As this author pointed out, the study of specimens in collections is valuable chiefly as an indicator of possibilities for future experimental work, owing to the almost universal habit of collectors and curators of saving most or all of the rarer (melanic) specimens, but of discarding many or most of the commoner (non-melanic) ones. Any existing collection is, therefore, bound to be strongly unrep- resentative and unreliable for calculations of population proportions, to say nothing of population changes. For this reason, during July and August of 1961, when collecting at light in Putnam, Conn., I preserved every specimen of a number of species of moths that past years of collecting at the same place had shown to have numerous melanics. Collecting during previous seasons had not been com- plete and is, therefore, of only general interest. I intend to pursue the policy in future collecting of saving all specimens of at least some species. Eventually these figures will, it is hoped, give a relatively unbiased picture of the melanism in the species treated, and may in time serve as a useful background to more widespread and experimental work by others. All specimens are in the American Museum of Natural History. The lights used were 2 banks of 3 each, of 15 watt General Electric fluorescent tubes. In each bank the central tube was of the “daylight” type and the two outer tubes were - of the “black light” type that has a very high peak of output at about 3500 Angstroms. The use of the cen- tral “white light” tube serves a double purpose: it not only allows better visibility and recognition of specimens, but appears to the author to stim- September, 1964] Klots: Melanism 143 ulate the moths to come to rest more quickly after flying* about the lights for a while. The lights were on a large, white sheet against the wall of the house, and about 3 feet above a close-cut lawn. Within 50-150 ft. are a dense stand of White Pine about 22 years old, an open growth of mixed oaks and other hardwoods, and a highly disturbed meadow containing many grasses, shrubs and herbs. NOCTUIDAE, PANTHEINAE Panthea furcilla Packard. In the series nearly every possible gradation occurs, in a symmetrical distribution curve, between normal, light grey individuals and fully melanic ones, so that the division into “normal”, “melanistic” and “melanic” is somewhat sub- jective. $ $ : melanic 19 ; melanistic 47 ; normal 20 ; total 86 $ $ : strongly melanistic 2 ; normal 2 ; total 4 Colocasia propinquilinea Grote $ $ : melanic 1 ; normal 11 ; total 12 Characlra deridens Guenee $ $ : melanic 4; melanistic 4; normal 13; total 21 RapJiia frater Grote. A hundred or more specimens were seen but few taken, since no melanics of this species have ever been seen at Putnam. GEOMETRIDAE. None of the species listed except Lycia cognataria Guenee were treated by Owen. The identifications were made by F. H. Rindge. Lycia cognataria Guenee ( Biston ( Lycia ) cognataria Guenee in Owen) $ $ : melanic 1; very slightly melanistic 4; normal 37 ; total 41 The species is very closely related (perhaps actually conspecific) to the European Biston betularia L. which shows such striking industrial and other melanisms. I have seen series of it taken some years ago in Tyringham, Mass, by Prof. Asher Treat that showed a large percentage of melanism; but Prof. Treat informs me that recently the melanics appear to be getting scarcer there. Sypagyrtis subatomaria Wood. The life history of this species and its relationship to H. piniata Packard are not at all clear. I suspect that at Putnam it has a green-and- white striped larva on White Pine ( Pinus strobus ) but have not gotten these larvae through the hibernating pupal stage. $ $ : melanic 10; melanistic 16; normal 9; total 35 $ $ : melanic 3 ; melanistic 6 ; normal 1 ; total 10 Ectropis crepuscularia Huebner $ $ : melanic 2 ; normal 3 ; total 5 $ $ : normal 1 Melanolophia canadaria Guenee $ $ : melanic 2 ; normal 6 ; total 8 DISCUSSION Whatever the factor or factors that influence the incidence of melanism at Putnam it is, of course, impossible to say. Darkening of the environ- ment by industrial pollution probably has little effect, for the region is still essentially rural, and both corticolous and saxicolous lichens are abundant. There may be a strong, edaphic effect from the heavy stand of White Pine,, 144 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII creating a notably dark and heavily shaded environment, at the edge of which the collecting was done. This certainly accounts for the relative abundance of Panthea furcilla , a pine feeder. It is greatly to be hoped that many other collectors will make consistent 6 1 total counts’ ’ of all species showing any appreciable melanism, and record the results. Only in this way can a body of knowledge be built up that, will serve as a basis of comparison for other workers in our rapidly changing environment. Literature Cited Kettlewell, H. B. D. 1961. The phenomenon of industrial melanism. Ann. Rev. Ent., 6: 245-262. Owen, D. F. 1962. The evolution of melanism in six species of North American moths. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer., 55: 696. SCENT- APPARATUS MORPHOLOGY OF LEPTOCORISA CO ST A LIS H. S. (HETEROPTERA: CO REID AE), WITH COMMENTS ON GLANDULAR SECRETIONS IN HETEROPTERA A. P. Gupta1,2 University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho, U. S. A. Received for publication Nov. 4, 1963 Abstract The anatomy and the mode of action of the scent-apparatus of Leptocorisa costalis H. S. is described and discussed. Recent studies on the chemistry of the glandular secretion have thrown some light on the feeding habits, sexual activity and probably on the phyogenetic relationship of various families in Heteroptera. Leptocorisa costalis H. S. is found in rice fields and wild grass in India. Although Akbar (1957-58) studied the morphology and the life-history of Leptocorisa varicornis F. in detail, he omitted consideration of its scent- apparatus. As far as is known, no account of the scent-apparatus of Leptocorisa is available. The present study is aimed at filling that gap. The adults were collected in August/September, 1954 on wild grass in the Ayurvedic Gardens on the campus of Banaras Hindu University y India. Dissections were made on fres^ specimens and materials preserved in 70 per cent alcohol. All drawings were made with the aid of an ocular grid and are not to the same scale. Scent-apparatus (Fig. 1) On opening the body cavity and removing the overlying viscera, the scent-apparatus is visible below the digestive tractr lying in the region of the metathorax. It consists of a pair of compact glands, a median reservoir, a vestibule and an ostiole or external orifice. The glands The glands are compact masses of convoluted tubes which September, 1964] Gupta: Heteroptera Scent Apparatus 145 ramify abundantly and show almost racemose branching- when separated. Each gland lies laterally, more or less covering the cephalic end of the reservoir and is in close contact with its counterpart of the opposite side. The glandular tissue is white and granular and can thus be distinguished from the fat-body, which appears as loose aggregate of cells. Each gland opens into the reservoir by means of a short, thin membranous duct. The reservoir The reservoir is pale orange in color and appears translu- cent. It is an elongated sac with a transversely broadened cephalic portion, the lateral extremities of which form short tubular ducts, which are joined to the inner portion of the vestibule on each side. The membranous duct of each gland opens into the tubular duct of the reservoir. The walls of the reservoir duct are usually in close apposition. Behind the broad cephalic portion, the reservoir narrows and then expands into a tubular portion with folded lateral walls. These folds give a wrinkled appearance to the reservoir when it is deplete. When full of secretion, the surface of the reservoir presents a smooth outline. Incorporated in the wall of the reservoir are grooves and ridges which give it a furrowed appearance. An accessory gland is not present in the reservoir. The posterior part of the reservoir extending into the abdomen, rests on a transverse ridge formed by the junction of the metathorax and the first abdominal segment. The space posterior to the ridge and between the sac and the ventral abdominal wall is filled with adipose tissue. The vestibule (Figs. 1 and 2) The lateral ducts of the reservoir lead into a barrel-shaped chamber-like duct, called the vestibule. This duct is highly sclerotized, with the internal surface furrowed or grooved along its longi- tudinal axis. Distally, the lateral sides of the vestibule terminate into two curved ridges to which is fused a crescent-shaped ridge with inwardly curved ends. The vestibule opens to the exterior by means of an ostiole which is roughly ovoid and appears externally as an oblique opening par- tially overlapped along its length by a curved metasternal flap (Fig. 3). This flap is beset externally with setae and presents a rugose surface. The ostiolar opening is located between the episternum and the lateral part of the basisternum of the metasternum. The area of the body wall around the ostiole is slightly raised into a ridge. Externally, the area of the meta- sternum around the vestibule is sculptured to provide a rough surface for the evaporation of the secretion. The valvular apparatus (Figs. 1 and 2) It consists of a folded valve, a 1 1 wish to thank Professor William F. Barr for critically reading the manuscript. 2 Present address: Dept. Ent., Rutgers Univ., N. J. 146 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Fig. 1— -Internal view of the pterotliroax showing the scent-apparatus. Fig. 2-— Reservoir duct, valve, inner and outer arms and the vestibule. Fig. 3 — Ventral view of pterothorax showing external orifice of scent-appa» ratus. Abbreviations used in figures AP apophyseal apodeme APP apophyseal pits 1 BS basisternum of mesothorax 2 BS . basisternum of metathorax 1 EM mesepimeron 2 EM .. metepimeron 1 ES mesepisternum 2 ES metepisternum GL gland 1AM inner arm LVM latero-ventral or larger muscle N ventral nerve cord OAM outer arm OS ostiole or external orifice PAG pterothoraeo-abdominal ganglion PCS precoxal shelf PS pleural sulcus RE reservior RED reservoir duct 1 STN mesosternellum 2 STN metasternellum VA valve YES vestibule VM ventral or smaller muscle September, 1964] Gupta: Heteroptera Scent Apparatus 147 pair of chitinous arms and a pair of muscles. The valve is located at the junction of the duct of the reservoir and the inner portion of the vestibule. It is fused with the inner rim of the vestibule except at a point antero- ventrally where the reservoir duct opens into the vestibule. The valve is folded on itself, the smaller fold being provided with a V-shaped inner arm. The upper limb of this arm is in association with an outer arm which projects from the upper edge of the inner rim of the vestibule and extends antero- posteriorly. The junction of the two limbs of the V-shaped arm is in close association with the junction of the rim of the duct of the reservoir and the vestibule. The valvular apparatus is operated by a pair of muscles on each side. The smaller ventral muscle extends from the anterior rim of the metacoxal cavity to the posteriorly-directed limb of the outer arm. The larger latero- ventral muscle originates on the pleuron close to the lateral margin of the third phragma and has a double attachment with the scent-apparatus : the anterior head is attached on the margin of the duct of the reservoir and the posterior head on the region where the base of the V-shaped arm is joined to the junction of the rims of the reservoir duct and the vestibule. Mode of action The flow of the secretion from the glands to the reservoir is probably effected by the cumulative pressure in the main ducts of the glands. The contraction of the smaller muscle pulls the outer arm poste- riorly which in turn exerts a pull on the upper limb of the V-shaped arm. Simultaneously, the contraction of the larger muscle results in double action : its anterior head separating the apposed walls of the reservoir duct and thus opening it ; at the same time exerting a pull on the junction of the V-shaped inner arm, causing contraction of the valve, opening the valvular opening and ejecting the fluid to the outside. Tracheation and nerve supply The glands show a far richer tracheal supply than does the reservoir. A nerve from the fused pterothoraco-ab- dominal ganglion runs postero-laterally and terminates at the base of the outer arm on each side. It probably innervates the smaller valvular muscle attached to the outer arm. No nerve connection was observed to the larger muscle, the reservoir and the glands. Discussion The studies of Moody (1930) and Brindley (1930) and the present study indicate that the accessory gland is absent in the Coreidae. The Coreidae also seem to possess an oval reservoir. Gupta (1961) sug- gested that, with regard to the general form of the reservoir and the absence of the accessory gland, the Coreidae resemble Miridae and Tingidae. It has been stated that the flow of the secretion from the glands into the reservoir is probably due to the cumulative pressure in the main duct of 148 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII the gland. Johansson (1957) has demonstrated that in Oncopeltus re- moval of the reservoir results in increased size of the gland. He thus in- ferred that there is no passive flow of the secretion from the glands into the reservoir. Probably the elasticity of the reservoir provides an occlusive force which draws in the secretion from the gland. Thus, in the absence of the reservoir, the secretion remains in the main duct of the gland because the cumulative pressure in the main duct is insufficient to expel the fluid into the reservoir. Henrici (1940) in Melanocoryphus and Johansson (1957) in Oncopeltus reported that the ventral muscle is responsible for the active opening of the passage from the tubular glands to the reservoir. While it may be true in the two lygaeids they studied, it is not so in L. costalis, in which the function of the ventral muscle seems to be primarily to open the passage from the reservoir to the vestibule, since it is attached to the outer arm which in turn is associated with the valvular mechanism. Moody (1930) reported the same in Anasa tristis (De Geer). Johansson (1957) failed to demonstrate that the removal of the ventral muscle in Oncopeltus actually results in an empty reservoir, which should be the case if the ventral muscle actually opens the passage. This adds further weight to my suggestion that the flow of the secretion from the glands to the reser- voir is due to both the cumulative pressure in the main duct of the gland and the occlusive force of the reservoir. The role of the latero-ventral muscle in opening the passage from the reservoir to the vestibule and thus to the exterior has been reported by Moody (1930), Henrici (1940), Johansson (1957) and is confirmed by the present study. The double attachment of this muscle has been reported by Malouf (1932), Akbar (1957) and Johans- son (1957). Probably in L. costalis this muscle may also be responsible in opening the passage from the glands into the reservoir since its anterior head is attached on the lateral duct of the reservoir. Different authors have reported nerve connections to different parts of the scent-apparatus in different insects. For example, Murray (1914) and Puri (1924) found nerve supply to accessory glands. Moody (1930) and Johansson (1957) reported innervation of the muscles which operate the valvular mechansim. In Leptocorisa, however, only the outer arms seem to be innervated by a nerve. Akbar (1957) did not mention any nerves going to the latero-ventral or the ventral muscle. No one has so far em- phasized the importance of nerve connection to the scent-apparatus. It is generally agreed that one of the probable functions of the scent-apparatus is defense. When prodded or disturbed, the insects eject the fluid imme- diately, indicating that the action is triggered by nerve stimuli. Presum- ably, the scent-apparatus in these insects must be provided with some kind of nerve connection. The force necessary for the ejection of the fluid has been attributed to the contraction of thoracic muscles (Moody, 1930), to the elasticity of the res- September, 1964] Gupta: Heteroptera Scent Apparatus 149 ervoir and the increased pressure in the body cavity (Betten, 1943 ; Johans- son, 1957) and to the coxal pressure (Blum et al., 1961). In Leptocorisa, and probably in other insects as well, the main force for ejection is supplied by the elasticity of the reservoir. This agrees with Moody’s (1930) finding in Anasa tristis, that after the first ejection the bugs were able to eject very small quantities after only severe prodding or injury. It is thus likely that the elasticity of the reservoir is primarily responsible for ejection and that the thoracic muscles and the internal pressure play a minor role, if at all, in the process. The presence of a sculptured evaporative area on the sternum has been found in many bugs and has been reported by Moody (1930), Henrici (1940), Johansson (1957) and Froeschner (1960). In Leptocorisa also the vestibule and the surrounding area on the sternum are sculptured. That such an area is of great importance cannot be overemphasized. The works of Blum et al. (1960), Blum (1961), Roth (1961) and Water- house et al. (1961) record detailed chemical analyses of the odoriferous secretion in the Pentatomidae, Coreidae and Cydnidae. According to Waterhouse et al. (1961), the characteristic odor in the pentatomids is due to carbonyl compounds whereas in the two coreids it is due to non-carbonyl compounds (possibly esters). It is evident that the perceptible odor of the odoriferous secretion in different families cannot be attributed to a single chemical component. Blum et al. (1960a) reported a similarity in the gross chemistry of the secretion of the three pentatomids they studied. Water- house et al. (1961) also found hex-2-enal in all the three pentatomids and n-hexanal in the two coreids they studied. However, Blum et al. (1960b) reported that each insect has its own characteristic odor. For example, they found 2-hexanal in Brochymena but 2-heptanal in Oebalus although both are pentatomids. Waterhouse et al. (1961) reported in Coreidae the ex- istence of different materials which give characteristically different odors. This specificity may have some taxonomic value. My suggestion (Gupta, 1961) that a detailed chemical analysis of the odoriferous secretion might indicate some relationship with the feeding habits, sexual activity and the phylogeny of various insects has been shown proven by Blum et al. (1960) and Waterhouse et al. (1961). The latter have shown that in the bronze orange bug, Bhoecocoris sulciventris (Stal), which lives on citrus, octa-2-enal is present in the secretion, which is inter- esting in view of the fact that n-octanal is found in orange oil (Guenther, 1949). There is still no direct evidence for the sexual role of the secretion. However, there is indirect evidence from the work of Waterhouse et al. (1961) for such a function. They found hex-2-enal in the three penta- tomids they studied and Butenandt and Tam (1957) have reported a related substance trans-hexa-2-enal-l-acetate in the abdominal glands of male Belo- stoma indica Vitalis, which probably acts as sex odor. Blum (1961) in 150 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Brochymena and Roth (1961) in Scaptocoris have proved that the secretion in these two insects has a defensive purpose. Roth has also mentioned that the vapors of the secretion of Scaptocoris has a fungicidal action against Fusarium oxysporum f cubense (F.E.S) Sny. and Hans. A comparative chemical study of the odoriferous secretion in different families of the Heteroptera is highly desirable. Literature cited Akbar, S. S. 1957. The morphology and life-history of Leptocorisa varicornis F. (Coreidae-Hemiptera) — a pest of paddy crop in India. Part I. Head and thorax. Alig. Musi. Univ. Publ. (Zool. ser.) — 1958. The morphology and life-history of Leptocorisa varicornis F. (Corei- dae-Hemiptera)— a pest of paddy crop in India. Part II. Abdomen, internal anatomy and life-history. Ibid. Betten, H. 1943. Die Stinkdrusen der Corixiden. Zool. Jahrb. Anat. Bd. 68: 137- 175. Blum, M. S. and J. G. Traynham. 1960a. The chemistry of the pentatomid scent- gland. XI Intern. Kongr. F. Entom. Wien Verb. B 3: 48-52. Blum, M. S., J. G. Traynham, J. B. Chidester and J. D. Boggus. 1960b. n-Tridecane and trans-2-heptanal in the scent-gland of the rice stink bug, Oebalus pugnax (F.). Science 132(3438) : 1480-1481. — — — 1961. The presence of 2-hexanal in the scent-gland of the pentatomid, Brochymena quadripustulata. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 54: (3): 410-412. — R. D. Crain and J. B. Chidester 1961. Trans-2-hexanal in the scent-gland of the hemipteran, Acanthocephala femorata. Nature 189: 245-246. Brindley, M. D. H. 1930. On the metasternal scent glands of certain Heteroptera. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. Bond. 78(11) : 199-208. *Butenandt, A. and N. Tam. 1957. Uber einen geschlechtsspezifischen Duftstoff der Wasserwanze Belostoma indica Yitalis ( Lethocerus indicus Lep.). Hoppe-Seyl. Z. 308: 277-283. Froeschner, R. C. 1960. Cydnidae of the western hemisphere. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus„ 111(3430): 337-680. Gupta, A. .P 1961. A critical review of the studies on the so-called stink or repugna- torial glands of Heteroptera with further comments. Canad. Ent. 93(6) : 482- 486. Henrici, H. 1940. Die Hautdrusen der Landwanzen (Geocorisae) , ihre mikroskopische Anatomie, ihre Histologie unt Entwicklung. Teil II. Die thorakalen stink- drusen. Zool. Jahrb. Anat. Bd. 66: 13-34. Johansson, A. S. 1957. The functional anatomy of the metathoracic scent gland of the milkweed bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas) (Heteroptera-Lygaeidae). Norsk. Ent. Tidsskr. 10: 95-109. Malouf, N. S. R. 1932. The skeletal-motor mechanism of the thorax of the ‘stink bug’ Nezara viridula L. Bull. Soc. Ent. d’Egypte 16: 161-203. Moody, D. L. 1930. The morphology of the repugnatorial glands of Anasa tristis. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 23: 81-104. Murray, C. H. 1914. Notes on the anatomy of bed-bug ( Acantliia lectularia) . Para- sitology 7: 278-321. September, 1964] Medler and Wagner: Colony Size of Formica 151 Puri, I. M. 1924. Studies on the anatomy of Cimex lectularius. II. The stink organs. Ibid. 16: 268-278. Roth, L. M. 1961. A study of the odoriferous glands of Scaptocoris divergens (Hemip- tera-Cydnidae) . Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 54(6): 900-911. Waterhouse, D. F., D. A. Forss and R. H. Hachman. 1961. Characteristic odour components of the scent of stink bugs. J. Ins. Physiol. 6(2) : 113-121. * not seen in original. ISOTOPES TO ESTIMATE COLONY SIZE OF FORMICA CINEREA MAYR (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) J. T. Medler and R. 0. Wagner1 Received for publication May 9, 1963 Abstract Ants taken from a mound were dipped in 100 ml. of water containing 0. 1-0.2 millicuries of Au198, I131 and P32 and then returned to the mound. After 1-3 days ants in a recapture sample were scanned singly with an end window Geiger-Muller tube to determine radioactive distintegration per minute. The colony size was estimated by the Lincoln Index. After preliminary trials, I131 was not used because of ant mortality, and Am98 because of its short half-life. A satisfactory method of using P32 was not developed, largely because of contamination between treated and non-treated ants, and the variable counts given by ants in the recapture sample. Experiments with dipping time, radioisotope concentrations and use of spreader-sticker additives did not materially improve the method. The variability in tagging was related to the difference in sizes of the worker ants. Formica cinerea Mayr2 builds conspicuous mounds on the prairies and wet meadows of southern Wisconsin. The ant mounds are the dominant feature of a prairie remnant existing along a railroad right-of-way near Platteville in southwestern Wisconsin. All stages of colony development are present, as evidenced by various sizes of mounds that range up to three feet in diameter and one foot high. The high density of colonies is indicated by a total of 160 mounds in a lx 1500 meter transect. Studies on the ecology of F. cinerea have been conducted at Platteville since 1956. Quantitative population data have been obtained by digging and counting the individuals in a colony. This method is laborious, and it is uncertain whether all individuals are excavated, as some channels pene- trate deeply in the well-drained soil. One objective of the research was 1 Prof. Ent., Univ. Wisconsin, and Prof. Biol., Platteville State College, respectively. This work was supported in part by the Res. Comm, of the Graduate School of the Univ. of Wisconsin from funds supplied by the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation; and by a grant from the National Science Foundation (G-13320). Grateful acknowledge- ment, is made to Dr. J. E. Casida, Dept. Ent., who provided the isotope scaler, and Dr, J. R. Cameron, Dept. Radiology, who provided the isotopes used in the experiments. 2 Det. by Dr. W. L. Brown, Jr. Wisconsin variant would be named F. cinerea montana Emery, according to Gregg (1953). 152 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII to determine the long-term numerical growth or decline of individual col- onies. This can not be accomplished with colonies that are destroyed by digging. Therefore, there is a need to develop a reliable, indirect method • « * of estimating the colony size. A technique used to estimate populations is the marking method first proposed by Lincoln (1930). A certain number of animals is taken at ran- dom from a population, marked and released. A later random sample is caught and the proportion of marked animals noted. Then the total num- ber of marked animals released divided by the proportion of marked animals in the recaptured sample is used as an estimate of the total population size. The method has been used for estimating the density of several insects, in- cluding tsetse flies (Jackson, 1940), sheep blowflies (Gilmour, Waterhouse and McIntyre, 1946), Lepidoptera (Dowdeswell, Fisher and Ford, 1949) and Odonata (Corbet, 1952). The value of the marking method is limited by certain theoretical and practical considerations of animal behavior and mortality, but the technique is simple and useful when error estimates can be made. To obtain satisfactory error estimates, Welch (1960) showed that consideration should be given to number of tagged specimens, duration of experiment, and number of recapture samples taken. Apparently little previous work has been done on estimating the size of ant colonies by marking methods. Chew (1959) estimated the number of foraging workers in colonies of three species of ants, Novomessor cockerelli (Andre), Myrmecocystus mimicus Wheeler, and Pogonomyrmex occidentals (Cresson). Ants were caught at colony entrances, etherized, and marked on the dorsum with a spot of “Testors dope.” Odum and Pontin (1961) published on colony densities of Lasius flavus (Fab.), which were estimated on the basis of P32 tagging. Wide variances were shown between estimates when two recapture samples were taken subsequent to the marking. In neither of the above studies was the reliability of the method tested by actual colony counts. Ayre (1962) conducted marking-recapture tests with the foraging workers in laboratory colonies of Formica exsect oides Forel, F. fusca (Linn.) and Camponotus herculeanus (Linn.). The ants were marked on the dorsum of the thorax with a “Tech-pen.” The recapture sample was accomplished largely by counting all ants in a forage area and not by removing a sample of a given size. As 80 per cent of the ants did not forage under the ex- perimental conditions, the method had little value when used to estimate the size of colonies. Even poorer results would be expected under field conditions, because temperature, humidity, state of brood, and other factors cause considerable variation in foraging activity. We experimented with the marking-recapture method to estimate the colony size of F. cinerea. A satisfactory method was not developed, but September, 1964] Medler and Wagner: Colony Size of Formica 153 it may be of interest to report at this time on certain experiments and ob- servations which were made in relation to testing the technique. Method (a) A mound of medium size, 6-8 inches in diameter and 3-5 inches high, was opened and 300 or more worker ants collected with an aspirator, (b) The ants were tagged with a radioactive isotope by a dipping technique. (c) The tagged ants were spread out on a piece of blotting paper placed in the mound, counted, and dead or injured ants removed. Active, apparently uninjured ants crawled off the paper into the mound. (d) After one to three days a recapture sample was collected from the mound. (e) Ants in the recapture sample were scanned singly for radioactive dis- integration per minute, using a Tracerlab “1000” Laboratory Scaler and an end window Geiger-Miiller tube. (f) The colony size was calculated by Bailey’s (1951) modification of the Lincoln Index, as follows : Total number of ants = (Number of ants tagged) (Number of ants recaptured + 1) (Number of tagged ants recaptured + 1) A dipping technique was used to tag the ants, as follows : approximately 50 ants previously aspirated into a glass vial were shaken into a 1 x 4.5 in. plastic vial, which was perforated with about 8 rows of 1/16 in. holes to allow easy filling and emptying of dipping fluid. The stopper was formed from a cellulose sponge. The plastic vial with the ants was dipped in 100 ml. of radioactive solution in a l1/ x 6 in. glass cylinder. A wire handle attached to the cellulose stopper enabled the dipping tube to be lowered in the cylinder, agitated, and removed. In most experiments the ants were immersed for one minute. The dipping vial was then removed carefully to allow drainage of the excess solution back into the cylinder. The ants were shaken onto a piece of filter paper to recover from immersion. Clean plastic vials were used to dip additional ants until an adequate sample from a col- ony had been tagged. Preliminary laboratory experiments were made to determine workable radioactivity levels for the isotopes Au198, I131, and P32. Assays of 0. 1-0.2 millicuries in 100 ml. of water provided a satisfactory dipping solution. Results A field experiment with P32 tagging made on June 23, 1961 was inconclusive because the recapture sample was scanned for radioactivity using groups of five ants. This short cut was done on the assumption that a certain number of the lots would be negative, whereas those lots showing radioactivity could be re-scanned to determine the “hot” ant. The proce- 154 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII TABLE I. Distribution of radioactivity (counts per minute) among tagged-recap- tured ants, and relation to estimate of colony density of F. cinerea, 1961. Count Class 1-Au198 Experiment 2-I131 3-P32 4-P32 0 8 22 13 72 1-25 23 10 22 98 26-50 8 10 25 36 51-60 2 - 3 2 61-70 2 2 5 8 71-80 2 - 1 3 81-90 1 - 4 6 91-100 2 1 4 2 100+ 6 1 23 33 Number recaptured 54 46 100 260 Number dipped 300 300 300 375 Actual density 2144 2040 1110 2369 Closest estimate 2025 1971 1111 2378 Tagged ants needed 8 7 27 41 Est. based on 100+ 2700 13,800 1304 2955 Expt. 1, 2, 3, tagged July 6, recaptured July 7. Expt. 4, tagged July 21, recaptured July 24. All isotopes were used at 200 microcuries in 100 ml water. dure failed because each lot showed radioactivity and it was impossible to pick out any lot having obviously tagged or n on-tagged ants. For example, five ants which collectively showed 216 counts per minute gave individual counts of 14, 16, 22, 44 and 76. It was apparent that widespread contamin- ation must exist which necessitated the scanning of each ant in a sample. Four subsequent field trials (Table I) showed that the estimates of colony sizes varied widely in relation to the arbitrary selection of a radioactivity level which might indicate a “tagged” ant or might exclude a “contamin- ated” ant. This problem was analyzed by arranging the data in classes. The number of tagged ants needed to give a calculated density that approx- imated the actual density (as determined by digging) was selected. Counts per minute of 91+ would give the best results in treatments 1 and 3, 81+ would suffice for treatment 4, but no level would be satisfactory for treat- ment 2. An arbitrary selection of 100+ resulted in an overestimate in all colonies. TABLE II. Radioactivity (counts per minute) of 10 ants dipped for one minute in various concentrations of P32 solution and counted 24 hours later. Treatment 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Mean S.D. Range 9,697.6 4,302.4 5,122-17,521 3,368.6 903.4 1,683- 4,686 514- 6,321 1,763.1 1,338.9 1,751.0 * 593.4 865- 3,534 1,024.5 771.9 238- 2,484 571.5 456.2 174- 1,355 495.8 353.2 123- 1,197 421.0 100.0 277- 571 354.8 257.2 88- 1,486 9 September, 1964] Medler and Wagner: Colony Size op Formica 155 In was concluded from these results that a better method of tagging* was needed to clearly distinguish dipped from contaminated ants. Therefore, laboratory tests were conducted to develop a more precise tagging method. Ten ants were dipped, maintained in plastic petri dishes on moist filter paper, and counted singly 24 hours later. Using several concentrations of P32, it was found that considerable variation existed in the counts (Table II). Using one concentration of P32, no significant differences of mean radioactivity were found between ants dipped for periods of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and 32 minutes (Table III). The mean weights of the ants used in this TABLE III. Radioactivity (counts per minute) and weight (milligrams) of 10 ants dipped in P32 solution for intervals of 1-32 minutes and counted 24 hours later. Minutes dipped Mean Radioactivity S.D. Range Mean Weight of ants S.D. Range 1 728.4 340.17 226-1396 2.93 0.81 1.60-4.32 2 834.3 568.28 222-2619 1.74 2.70 .16-3.42 4 854.6 628.56 206-2713 1.94 0.87 .44-4.26 8 1083.3 490.77 197-2175 2.72 0.71 1.40-4.64 16 1047.4 457.35 272-1778 2.42 0.97 .54-4.40 32 858.0 380.43 274-1408 2.76 1.08 .96-4.68 Duncan’s multiple range test: Any two treatment means not underscored by the same line are significantly different at the 1% level. 2.93(1) 2.76(32) 2.72(8) 2.42(16) 1.94(4) 1.74(2) TABLE IV. Radioactivity (counts per minute) of 10 ants dipped for one minute in P32 solution or Au198 suspension, alone or with adhesive. Treatment Mean S.D. Range Au198 alone 594.1 338.2 343-1183 Au198 with glue 310.2 141.2 150- 639 Au198 alone 5893.1 2041.4 2546-9161 Au198 with glue 6018.3 1630.9 3756-8405 P32 alone 606.5 323.3 304-1177 P32 with glue 740.5 317.3 364-1230 P32 alone 946.6 601.5 453-2815 P32 with glue 1055.4 313.1 616-1481 experiment varied significantly at the 1% level. Duncan’s multiple range test showed that the means of treatments for 2 and 4 minutes were sig- nificantly different from the other treatments and from each other. The addition of 1 ml. of “Elmers” glue (Borden) to 100 ml. of isotope solution did not significantly increase the radioactivity counts, and did not reduce the wide variation between the counts (Table IV). Various combinations of dipping time, spreader-sticker (DuPont) and concentrations of P32 were tested. The 150 ml. dipping solutions included X and 2X concentrations of P32, with or without 1 ml. of sticker solution. The stock solution of spreader-sticker contained 3 drops in 500 ml. of water. 156 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII The X concentration of P32 used in experiment A was 0.125 millicuries; in B 0.137. In A, 20 ants were dipped on August 7 and counted on August 9, 1962. In B, 20 ants were dipped on August 17, first counted on August 20 (Bi), then held on moist filter paper in plastic petri dishes, and recounted on August 29 (B2). The results of the treatments analyzed by Duncan’s multiple range test at the 5% level are given in Table V. The data obtained from experiment A showed that ants dipped ten min- utes in the 2X concentration of P32 gave the highest counts per minute of radioactivity, but that the addition of a spreader-sticker did not significantly increase counts. In B, the ten minute dip and 2X concentration was sig- TABLE Y. Radioactivity (counts per minute) of 20 ants treated with various com- binations of dipping time, spread-sticker and concentrations of P32. Treatment Minutes dipped Spreader-sticker P32 concentration 1 10 + 2 X 2 10 — 2 X 3 10 + X 4 10 — X 5 5 4 2 X 6 5 — 2 X 7 5 + X 8 5 - X Duncan’s multiple range test: Any two treatment means not underscored by the same line are significantly different at the 5% level. Experiment A Treatment Mean 2 704.1 1 617.7 6 519.9 4 402.3 5 402.3 3 340.9 7 329.7 8 194.5 Experiment Bx Treatment 1 4 5 3 7 6 2 8 Mean 485.4 275.3 263.7 202.9 169.6 160.8 134.2 80.0 Treatment 1 5 3 6 9 Li 7 8 4 Mean 222.2 214.1 130.3 116.5 116.3 103.4 63.9 61.1 nificantly better at 3 days, but at 12 days was not significantly better than ants dipped for 5 minutes. It will be noted that the arrangement of the means differed considerably at 5 and 12 days. It was concluded that neither longer dipping times, addition of spreader-sticker, nor increased concen- tration of the P32 solution could be depended upon to give a consistent sig- nificant increase in the radioactivity counts. In the above experiments, untreated check ants were maintained on moist filter paper in the plastic dishes under conditions similar to the tagged ants. Dipping of ants in various solutions of P32 did not cause mortality greater than normally experienced in the checks. It should be mentioned that dipping in I131 solutions caused considerable mortality and this isotope was September, 1964] Medler and Wagner: Colony Size of Formica 157 discarded after the preliminary trials. Also, Au198 was not tested exten- sively because the short half-life of the isotope (2.7 days) makes it unsuit- able for use in a scheme of sequential sampling'. Discussion The accuracy of the marking-recapture method is determined to a large extent by the validity of assumptions that a random sample is taken from the population, the individuals are not injured, adverse behavior does not occur, and re-mixing is thorough. An estimate of the magnitude of error can be calculated by several methods (Bailey, 1951; Welch, 1960). Usually, a series of recaptures is made. The precision of the sequential sampling depends upon a ‘ ‘ permanent ’ ’ marking technique, a knowledge of the death- and birth-rates during the intervening periods, and a measure of the migration habits of the population. We could not conduct detailed studies on any of the above assumptions underlying the use of the marking-recapture method because we did not develop the first requisite, namely a suitable method of marking the ants. There was no problem tagging the ants with radioisotopes, but the wide- spread contamination between the tagged and non-tagged ants made iden- tification of the primary tag difficult. Some contamination was expected because of the well-known mechanism of food transmission (trophallaxis) among ants, Wilson and Eisner (1957) fed a mixture of honey and radio- active iodine to a single worker ant, and traced the spread of radioactivity throughout laboratory colonies of five species, including Formica spp. Kannowski (1959) fed ants a mixture of honey and radioactive phosphorus to study colony distribution of Lasius minutus Emery. Both investigations showed that food is passed from worker to worker in a relatively short time in Lasius and Formica spp. Laboratory experiments with dipping time, radioisotope concentrations, and use of spreader-sticker additives, did not materially improve the method. No technique was found that significantly reduced the wide variation in levels of radioactivity among the tagged ants. This variability, along with the widespread contamination, made it impossible to pick out with certainty the tagged ants in a recaptured sample. It is believed that, the variability in tagging was related to the difference in sizes of worker ants. Ten random samples of 25 ants each from field and laboratory colonies were weighed, and each sample showed considerable variation. The weights of ants ranged from 0.16 to 5.02 milligrams. How- ever, a correlation analysis on the radioactivity vs. weights of 21 ants selected at random from the recaptured ants in experiment 4, table I, gave a non-significant correlation coefficient of 0.205. The effect of differences in foraging behavior and sampling locations was discussed by Ayre (1962). Samples taken at the nest opening or in the immediate vicinity of the nest would contain a disproportion of workers 158 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII that are engaged in construction, cleaning or repairing the nest. In onr experiments we questioned whether the ant sample taken from the mound adequately represented the colony, or a suitable remixture occurred in the interval between marking and recapture. In experiment 1, table I, twenty- one additional ants were obtained from the underground cavity of the colony, and scanned for radioactivity. Six ants had a zero count, and 15 were in the 1-25 counts per minute class. This low level of contamination suggested that some intermixture took place between ants in the mound and ants in the cavity. The percentage of worker ants in the mound changes considerably during the season. Normally only a few ants are present in the mound when brood is absent. Population data from 35 colonies (un- published) gave an average of 14.4 per cent of the workers in the mound (range 66.3-0.5%). If little intermixture occurs between mound and cav- ity ants, or if there is a division of labor among the ants, then it is possible that a mound sample may not give a valid representation of the total colony size of F. cinerea. The lack of a suitable marking technique has applied to other ant re- search. Chew (1959) reported that colored dope flaked off in a few days. His re-sampling data indicated a gradual increase in colony size, which could indicate that the marked individuals were losing their identification. Ayre (1962) found the usefulness of his marking method limited to ten days. Reciprocal cleaning activities of the ants resulted in the complete removal of ink in 2-3 months. Odum and Pontin (1961) reported no problem, as in all cases it was easily possible on the basis of radioactivity to distinguish the ants which had been soaked in P32 and those which had not. They stated that in some cases untagged ants picked up a small amount of radio- activity, but the difference between “primary” and “secondary” tagging was so great that there was never any doubt as to which individual had re- ceived the primary tag. In their experiment the tagged ants were deter- mined with a scanning system which automatically recorded the presence of radioactive ants, but apparently did not indicate the levels of radioactivity. A suitable radioactive marking method should offer considerable promise from the standpoint of a general theory of population sampling in ants. In a large population, it is difficult and laborious to mark enough specimens singly by a hand method to obtain a sufficient number of recaptures. The dipping of ants in a radioactive material would seem to be worth developing, especially if the optimum number of specimens to be marked can be esti- mated by a prior knowledge of ant biology and relations between mound size and colony density. Literature cited Ayre, G. L. 1962. Problems in using the Lincoln Index for esitmating the size of ant colonies. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 70: 159-166. September, 1964] Ludwig and folzenlogen: Exuviae Composition 159 Bailey, N. T. J. 1951. On estimating the size of mobile populations from recapture data. Biometrika 38: 293-306. Chew, R. M. 1959. Estimation of ant colony size by the Lincoln Index method. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 67: 157-161. Corbet, P. S. 1952. An adult population study of Fyrrliosoma nymphula (Sulzer). Jour. Anim. Ecol. 21: 206-222. Dowdeswell, W. H., Fisher, R. A. and Ford, E. B. 1949. The quantitative study of populations in the Lepidoptera. Heredity 3: 67-84. Gilmour, D., Waterhouse, D. F. and McIntyre, G. A. 1946. An account of experi- ments undertaken to determine the natural population density of the sheep blowfly, Lucilia cuprina Wied. Australia Council Sci. & Ind. Res. Bui. 195, 39 pp. Gregg, R. E. 1953. Morphological considerations affecting the taxonomy of certain genera of ants. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 55: 324-330. Jackson, C. H. N. 1940. The analysis of tsetse fly population. Ann. Eugen. London 10: 332-369. Kannowski, P. B. 1959. The use of radioactive phosphorous in the study of colony distribution of the ant Lasius minutus. Ecology 40: 162-165. Lincoln, F. C. 1930. Calculating waterfowl abundance on the basis of banding re- turns. U. S. Dept. Agric. Circ. 118, 4 pp. Odum, E„ P. and Pontin, A. J. 1961. Population density of the underground ant, Lasius flavus, as determined by tagging with P32. Ecology 42: 186-188. Welch, H. E. 1960. Two applications of a method of determining the error of popula- tion estimates of mosquito larvae by the mark and recapture method. Ecology 41: 228-229. Wilson, E. O. and Eisner, T. 1957. Quantitative studies of liquid food transmission in ants. Ins. Sociaux 4: 157-166. COMPOSITION OF EXUVIAE OF THE MEALWORM, TENEBRIO MOLITOR LINNAEUS Daniel Ludwig and John N. Folzenlogen Department of Biology, Fordham University Received for Publication Oct. 22, 1963 Abstract Prepupal exuviae weigh 2.19, while those of the pupa 1.09 mg. Values for water content are 11.35 and 17.18%, respectively. In each case these means are statis- tically different. Nitrogen is approximately 10.7 % of dry weight in each case. Lipid N (Fraction A), expressed as % total N, is 0.75 in prepupal and 0.66 in pupal exuviae. Water soluble N fractions (B soluble, and C insoluble in tungstic acid) are significantly lower in prepupal than in pupal exuviae. Values for B are 8.06 and 15.65; and for C, 1.19 and 2.92, respectively. Those for insoluble N (Fraction D) are 89.95 and 80.78, respectively. During’ observations on the effects of parental age on the development of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, (Ludwig and Fiore, 1960) exuviae of pre- pupae and pupae were obtained in large numbers. Since the exuviae of the two stages are very different in appearance, it was decided to determine 160 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII weights, water and nitrogen content, and to fractionate the nitrogen present. To the authors7 knowledge, no nitrogen fractionations on the exuviae of insects have been reported. MATERIAL AND METHODS Prepupae and pupae were obtained from cultures maintained at room temperature (approximately 25° C) in glass dishes until they had molted and the exuviae collected. The average wet weights of both the prepupal and the pupal exuviae were obtained by weighing them in groups of 10 on an analytical balance within 10 hours of molting. The dry weights were obtained by weighing the exuviae after drying to constant weight by vacuum desiccation. Total nitrogen determinations were made on dried exuviae by the Kjeldahl Table 1. Composition of prepupal and pupal exuviae. Each value is an average of at least 10 readings. It is given with its standard error. Prepupal exuviae Pupal exuviae “t” value Wet weight 2.19 + 0.06 1.09 + 0.04 15.7 Per cent water 11.35 + 0.81 17.18 + 1.84 2.9 N, per cent dry weight 10.75 + 0.14 10.70 ± 0.11 0.3 Table 2. Comparison of nitrogen fractions in prepupal and pupal exuviae, , Nitrogen values are given as per cent total nitrogen. Each is an average of at least 15 determi- nations. It is given with its standard error. Prepupal exuviae Pupal exuviae “t” value Fraction A 0.75 + 0.11 0.66 + 0.17 0.4 Fraction B 8.06 + 0.17 15.65 + 0.93 8.1 Fraction C 1.19 + 0.13 2.92 + 0.47 3.5 Fraction D 89.95 + 0.40 80.78 + 0.97 8.7 procedure, and nitrogen fractionations by the method of DelVecchio (1955). In this fractionation, the desiccated exuviae were weighed, transferred to a 15 ml. centrifuge tube, pulverized and thoroughly mixed with 10 ml. of distilled water, the water being added slowly with frequent stirring to bring about complete wetting. After repeated stirrings and centrifugations, all the exuviae became wet and were separated by centrifugation. The super- nate was then transferred to another 15 ml. centrifuge tube and the ex- traction repeated with another 10 ml. of distilled water. After centrifuga- tion, this second supernate was transferred to another centrifuge tube to which 1 ml. of % N IPSO, and 1 ml. 'of 10% sodium tungstate were added. The contents of the tubes were stirred and the tubes placed in a water bath at 90° C. for 15 minutes to facilitate the precipitation of the protein. The precipitates were separated by centrifugation and the supernates trans- ferred to a 100 ml. Kjeldahl flask. Most of the water was boiled off and the September, 1964] Ludwig and Folzenlogen: Exuviae Composition 161 residue subjected to nitrogen analysis. This fraction represents the water soluble nitrogen not precipitated by tungstic acid and is called Fraction B to correspond to similar fractions obtained by previous investigators (Lud- wig and Rothstein, 1952; DelVecchio, 1955; Moran, 1959). The tungstic acid precipitates were transferred quantitatively with re- peated washings to a 100 ml. Kjeldahl flask. After boiling off most of the water, its nitrogen was determined. This fraction represents the water soluble nitrogen precipitated by tungstic acid and is called Fraction C. A solution consisting of 1 ml. distilled water, 4.5 ml. absolute ethyl alcohol and 4.5 ml. absolute ethyl ether was added to the water insoluble residue. The mixture was allowed to stand for 2 hours with frequent stirrings and then centrifuged. The supernate was transferred to a 100 ml. of Kjeldahl flask. The residue was washed with another 10 ml. of the alcohol-ether solution, centrifuged and the supernate added to that already present in the flask. Most of the ether and alcohol were evaporated over a hot-plate and the remaining material diluted with 25 ml. of distilled water to prevent the decomposition of the alcohol during the digestion process. Most of the water was then boiled off, the alcohol being removed in the process. The nitrogen of this fraction was then determined. It represents lipid nitrogen and is called Fraction A. The residue remaining after the removal of the water soluble and lipid fractions was then transferred quantitatively to a 100 ml. Kjeldahl flask by repeated washings with distilled water. Most of the water was boiled off and the nitrogen in this residue determined. It represents insoluble nitro- gen and is called Fraction D. OBSERVATIONS The average weights, water and nitrogen contents of the exuviae are given in Table 1. The prepupal weighed approximately twice that of the pupal exuviae. However, the pupal exuviae contained a significantly greater percentage of water. Nitrogen, expressed as per cent dry weight, was the same in each group. The distribution of the nitrogen, expressed as per cent total nitrogen, is shown in Table 2. Lipid nitrogen (Fraction A) was approximately the same in both groups. However, significant differences (“t” values greater than 2) are shown in the other fractions. The prepupal exuviae contained less nitrogen in the water soluble fractions and more nitrogen in the in- soluble fraction (Fraction D) than the pupal exuviae. The difference in Fraction B might be expected because this fraction probably contains waste nitrogen in the form of urates, urea and related compounds. Since no ex- cretion of nitrogenous wastes occurs during the pupal stage, some of these wastes might be deposited in the cuticle, particularly at ecdysis, to be elminated with the exuviae. 162 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Literature Cited DelVecchio, R. J. 1955. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen during growth and metamorphosis of the house fly, Musca domestica (Linnaeus). J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 63: 141-52. Ludwig, D. and C. Fiore. 1960. Further studies on the relationship between parental age and the life cycle of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer- ica, 53: 595-600. Ludwig, D. and F. Rothstein. 1952. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen during the embryonic development of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zool., 25: 263-68. Moran, M. R. 1959. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen during metamorphosis of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 67: 217-22. COLPOCEPHALUM (MALLOPHAGA: MENOPONIDAE) FROM THE PICIFORMES1 Roger D. Price Department of Entomology, Fisheries, and Wildlife University of Minnesota, St. Paul Received for Publication Jan. 6, 1964 Abstract Descriptions are given for four species, two of which are new: Colpocephalum harterti from Mulleripicus pulverulentus harterti and C. pulverulenti from M. p. pub verulentus. Colpocephalum longicorne Rudow is synonymized with C. maequale Bur- meister. While accumulating specimens for revisional studies of the genus Col- pocephalum Nitzsch, 1818, for its various orders of host birds, I have ob- tained about 100 adult Colpocephalum from four genera and six species of woodpeckers (Piciformes) . Since neither of the two currently-recognized species of Colpocephalum is adequately described and since I have two species new to science, I now present the results of the analysis of these lice. All material studied consists of specimens mounted on slides. Measure- ments are given in millimeters. The value in parentheses following a state- ment of range represents the mean. The nomenclature of the hosts follows that of Peters (1948). Colpocephalum maequale Burmeister Colpocephalum inaequale Burmeister, 1838, Handb. Ent. 2 : 438. Type host: Picus martins = Dryocopus martins martins (Linn.). Colpocephalum longicorne Rudow, 1869, Z. ges. NatWiss. 34: 393. Type host: Callus furcatus = Callus varius (Shaw). Contaminant. New Synonym. FEMALE As ill Fig. 1. Mid-dorsal head setae minute, with inner slightly longer than outer; occipital setae very long. Gular setae typically 5 + 5 (6 of 67 sides with 4; 3 with 6) ; at least posterior 2 pairs of setae very long, of about equal length and extending September, 1964] Price : Colpocephalum 163 across coxa I. Preocular and occipital nodi and associated carinae well developed. Margin of pronotum usually with 3 short and 5 long setae on each side; posterior margin of prothorax rather evenly rounded from side to side. Metanotum with 13—16 (14.9) marginal setae; metasternal plate with 7-10 (8.5). Abdominal segments I-III slightly longer than IV— VIII, with sides of abdomen more parallel-sided than evenly oval. Ab- dominal tergites III-VI or III-VII with paler median area and occasionally weak lines indicating poorly developed tripartite state. Marginal tergal setae from medium to very long: I, 16-19 (17.2); II-IV, 19-27 (22.3); V-VI, 16-21 (18.3); VII, 12-17 Figs. 1-3. Colpocephalum inaequale Burm. 1. Female (x48). 2. Male (x48). 3. Male genitalia (x72). (15.5); VIII, 10-14 (11.8). Postspiracular setae very long on I-VIII, but usually shorter on IV. Medium anterior tergal setae: I-II, 9-17 (12.8); III, 5-11 (7.7); IV, 0-8 (4.5) ; V-VI, 0-5 (2.3) ; VII, 0-4 (1.1) ; VIII, 0-2 (0.4). Tergite of last segment as illustrated, with 4—8 (5.7) fine very short inner posterior setae on each side, most not extending beyond margin of tergite. Abdominal sternal setae: I, 4-6 (5.0) ; II, 32-42 (38.2) ; III, 20-30 (26.0) ; I V-VI, 29-40 (35.3) ; sternites VII-IX fused, with VII 1 Paper No. 5301, Scientific Jour. Ser., Minn. Agric. Exper. Sta., St. Paul, Minn. 55101. 164 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII having 26-36 (31.6) setae and VIII-IX, 25-33 (29.7) anterior setae and marginally (vulva) 16-23 (20.9) setae with 3-5 (4.2) stouter longer setae laterally adjacent to marginal row. Sternite III marginally with 3-4 median setae separated by gap from 2-4 setae adjacent to comb rows. Anus “W”-shaped dorsally, with one longer stouter inner seta on each side; anal fringe ventrally of 35-49 (44.0) setae, dorsally, 43-57 (50.9). Dimensions: preocular width, 0.40-0.42; temple width, 0.54-0.57; head length, 0.35-0.37; prothorax width, 0.36-0.38; metathorax width, 0.50-0.54; total length, 1.82- 2.03. male As in Fig. 2. Head and thorax as for female, except for only 6-9 (7.1) setae on metasternal plate. Abdominal tergites undivided. Marginal tergal setae long among very long: I, 15-17 (16.0); II, 19-23 (21.3); III-V, 20-25 (22.5); YI, 18-24 (20.2); VII, 15-20 (17.9); VIII, 12-14 (13.2). Postspiracular setae very long on I-VIII. More anterior tergal setae than female: I, 8-16 (12.1); II, 13-22 (16.9); III-V, 6-26 (17.1) ; VI, 4-20 (14.4) ; VII, 3-18 (11.9) ; VIII, 0-12 (6.9). Setal numbers on stern- ites I-VII essentially as for female; sternite VIII with 23-32 (28.9) and genital plate with 22-27 (23.7) setae. Last segment distinctively shaped, with tergal plate elongated (0.15-0.17 long at mid-line), somewhat tapered and passing to ventroposterior side, thereby giving sharply-defined margin and a short wide terminal ventral sclerite ; genital plate unusually far removed from caudal margin of segment (0.06-0.08), almost twice as far from margin at mid-line than lateral portion. Genitalia as in Fig. 3 ; genital sclerite with pointed lateroposterior projections and blunt median process of varying length; penis long, slender, barbed well up from tip. Dimensions: Same as for female, except for temple width, 0.52-0.55; metathorax width, 0.45-0.49; total length, 1.66-1.90; genitalia length, 0.60-0.71. Although C. longicorne was described from Gallus varius (Galliformes), Clay and Hopkins (1955), after a study of the type male of this species, decided that it was probably a straggler from the Faleoniformes. They indicated that it would be of great difficulty to identify it and that, since the name had been treated as a nomen dubium for 85 years, it should not be revived. They suggested application to the International Commission to have the name placed on the Official Index. I recently borrowed the type male from Dr. H. Weidner of Hamburg and found that it is not similar to any known to occur on the Faleoniformes. Instead, it agrees with the male of C. inaequale in size, setal number and lengths, structure of segment IX and male genitalia, as well as numerous other features. Therefore, it will be unnecessary to consider application to the International Commission to dispose of the name C. longicorne as it now falls into synonymy with C. inaequale . material examined 34 JJ, 38 jy* from Dryocopus m. martins from Estonia and Poland ; 1 J* cotype of C. lonegicorne from Gallus furcatus. 4 Colpocephalum harterfi new species type host Mulleripicus pulverulentus harterti Hesse. Resembles C. inaequale, except as cited below. Gular setae in 8 specimens examined 4 + 4, of shorter lengths (Fig. 4). Lateroposterior margin of prothorax angulate (Fig. 6). female Margin of met an o turn with 13-14 (13.8) setae; metasternal plate with 10-12 September, 1964] Price : Colpocephalum 165 (11.0) setae. Fewer anterior tergal setae on II, 8-10 (8.8) ; III, 2-6 (3.3) ; IV, 0-1 (0.3); V-VIII, 0. Only 4-5 (4.5) inner posterior setae on each side of tergite IX, but of same length as C. inaequale. More sternal setae: I, 6-9 (8.3); II, 44-51 (48.0); III, 29-36 (32.5) ; IV, 40-47 (44.3) ; V, 38-42 (40.3) ; VI, 36-39 (36.8) ; VII, 33-36 (34.8) ., Vulval margin with 6-8 (6.9) stouter longer setae laterally adjacent to marginal row (Fig. 5). Anal fringe ventrally of 46-49 (47.3) setae, dorsally of 48-59 (52.3). Dimensions consistently smaller: preocular width, 0.36-0.38; temple width, 0.49-0.50; head length, 0.33-0.34; prothorax width, 0.33; metathorax width, 0.49-0.52; total length, 1.77-1.84. male Margin of metanotum with 12-13 (12.5) setae; metasternal plate with 9-11 (10.3) setae. Smaller number of anterior tergal setae: III, 13-15 (14.3) ; IV, 7-15 (12.0) ; V, 10-13 (10.8); VI-VII, 7-9 (8.0); VIII, 3-5 (4.0). Tendency for more sternal setae: Figs. 4-9. Colpocephalum harterti n. sp. 4. Gula (x72). 5. Vulval margin (x60). 6. pronotum (x60) ; C. pulverulenti n. sp. 7. Abdomen, female (x58). 8. Dorsal terminal segments, male (x58) ; C. tirMian (Ansari). Terminal segments, male (x58). I, 5-7 (6.3) ; II, 48-52 (49.5) ; III, 34-44 (39.3) ; IV, 49-53 (51.0) ; V, 40-44 (41.5) ; VI, 38-39 (38.8). Genital plate with 27-31 (29.0) setae. Smaller in certain dimen- sions: preocular width, 0.36—0.38; temple width, 0.48-0.51; head length, 0.33-0.34; prothorax width, 0.32-0.34. material examined 4 4 J'J' from Mulleripicus pulverulentus harterti , Thailand, Ubon, Det Udom, Kaeng, 4 Nov. 1953, B. Lekagul, Sc96, RT- B22755. Holotype J, allotype in the United States National Museum; 166 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII 2 2 t? paratypes in the collection of Dr. K. C. Emerson ; 1 5, 1 J4 paratypes at the University of Minnesota. Colpocephalum pulverulent! new species type host Mulleripicus pulverulent us pulverulentus (Temminck). Head and thorax similar to C. harterti, but with 14-16 (15.0) marginal metanotal setae and only 7-10 (9.0) setae on metasternal plate. Differs from both C. inaequale and C. harterti as follows. female Abdomen (Fig. 7) with more oval outline. With fewest anterior setae on abdominal tergites; only 0-1 (0.5) on III and none on IV-VIII. Tergite IX on each side with 3-5 (3.9) inner posterior setae, stouter, longer, with majority extending well beyond posterior margin of last tergite. Several sternites with more setae : II, 59-62 (60.5) ; III, 39-44 (40.5) ; IV-VII within ranges of C. harterti. Sternite III with marginal setae evenly spaced across it. Chaetotaxy of vulval margin like C. inaequale. Anus in shape and basic chaetotaxy similar to preceding species, but with considerably more setae in ventral fringe, 58-65 (61.3), and a few more dorsally, 59-63 (61.3). Preocular width, head length, metathorax width, and total length as for C. harterti; temple width, 0.52, and protliorax width, 0.34-0.35, intermediate between the preceding two species. male Most striking difference from C. inaequale and C. harterti consists of the larger number of marginal abdominal tergal setae on VII, 21-24 (22.5) and VIII, 15-19 (17.0), and the very large number of anterior setae in highly irregular single to double row on tergites I-VIII : I, 18; II, 27-29 (28.0) ; III, 32-33 (32.3) ; IV, 32-36 (33.7) ; V, 29-35 (32.3); VI, 29-31 (29.8); VII, 22-30 (27.3); VIII, 22-24 (23.0). Morphology of last segment (Fig. 8) like other species, but with 2 specimens each having 2 median anterior tergal setae and other specimens each with 1 lateroanterior seta. All abdominal sternites also with more setae than either of the other species : I, 7-10 (8.8) ; II, 57-70 (63.0) ; III, 45-54 (49.0); IV, 60-67 (64.3); V, 55-62 (58.3); VI, 46-58 (53.0); VII, 48-50 (49.0) ; VIII, 36-39 (37.5). Genital plate with fewer setae, 20-24 (21.0). All dimen- sions similar to C. harterti, except larger temple width, 0.51-0.52. In addition to the series described above from the type host, a very short series from Dryocopus is also considered to represent this same species. The single female apparently diverges only by having 48 ventral and 51 dorsal anal setae, but a distortion of the specimen and possible missing setae do not permit accurate observation. The two males also agree with the males of C. pulverulenti, except for having slightly fewer anterior abdominal tergal setae 011 VI, 25-26 ; VII, 20-22 ; and VIII, 13-17. Further collections may enable reliable separation, but for now it seems best to treat all of these tentatively as the same species. material examined 4 §'J, 2 J'J' from Mulleripicus pulverulentus, Balabac Is., Philippines, April 29, 1962, Max Thompson, coir., BBM-PI 2831 ; 2 with same data but collected on April 30, 1962, BBM-PI 2887. Holotype J1, allotype J in the United States National Museum ; 2 §, 2 J' paratypes in the collection of Dr. K. C. Emerson ; 1 2, 1 J' paratypes at the University of Minnesota. Additionally, 1 §, 2 J'J' from Dryocopus javensis multilunatus (McGregor) from Philippine Islands. September, 1964] Price : Colpocephalum 167 Colpocephalum tirkhan (Ansari) Cuculiphilus ( Picusphihis ) tirkhan Ansari, 1951, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 17 : 164. Type host: Ficus squamatus squamatus Vigors. female Head and thorax similar to C. inaequale (Fig. 1), but with weakly developed head carinae, 19 marginal metanotal setae, 13 setae on metasternal plate, and one specimen with only 4 + 4 long gular setae. Abdominal tergites I- VIII, respectively, with 21-22, 22-27, 22-25, 25-28, 22-23, 20-21, 19, and 10-12 marginal setae ; a number of these setae quite long, extending across 2 following tergites. Anterior tergal setae in number much as for C. inaequale , but those on I-II considerably longer, all reaching well beyond bases of tergocentral setae of each respective segment. Tergite IX with 6-12 inner posterior setae of varying sizes. More abdominal sternal setae on I, 10; II, 49-52; III, 31-33; IV, 43; but otherwise as for C. inaequale, except for evenly distributed mar- ginal setae on sternite III and for slightly longer marginal vulval setae (0.050 against 0.038). Dimensions as for C. harterti. male Chaetotaxy very similar to C. inaequale (Fig. 2), except for (1) long gular setae 4+4, (2) shorter postspiracular seta on IV, not extending beyond following 2 segments, and (3) tendency for fewer anterior tergal setae on certain abdominal segments: III, 9-15; IV, 10-13; V, 7-12; VI, 4-11; VII, 4-7 ; VIII, 2. Shape of last segment (Fig. 9) different from all other known species from this host group ; segment shorter, more rounded, length of tergal plate less (0.11-0.12) and distance between genital plate and end of segment at mid-line (0.02-0.04) approximately same as at lateral portion. Genitalia as in Fig. 3. Smallest of the known species from Picif ormes : preocular width, O. 35-0.36; temple width, 0.45-0.46; head length, 0.32; prothorax width, 0.32-0.33; metathorax width, 0.40-0.41; total length, 1.59-1.66; genitalia length, 0.58. The series from P. canus and Dendrocopos are quite close to C. tirkhan , showing only very minor quantitative differences from this species. The P. canus series differs from C. tirkhan in being slightly smaller in head and prothorax width and in males having a few more anterior tergal setae on abdominal segments IV— VIII. However, the series from Dendrocopos is intermediate between these two and lends support to the inseparability of these series with material now available. Because of the short series and absence of reliable characters for separation, I am considering these to be conspecific with C. tirkhan . material examined 2 J, 1 y paratypes and 1 other y from Picus s. squama - ius from Panjab and Simla ; 1 2, 4 yy from P. canus Gmelin from Thailand ; 2 22, 3 yy from Dendrocopos leucotos sinicus (Buturlin) from Korea. Literature Cited Clay, T. and G. H. E. Hopkins. 1955. Notes on the Rudow collection of Mallophaga at Hamburg. Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst. 53: 49-73. Peters, J. L. 1948. Check-list of Birds of the World. Vol. VI. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass, xi + 259 pp. Acknowledgments I wish to thank both Dr. Theresa Clay, British Museum (Natural History), and Dr. K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma, for the loan of specimens pertinent to this study and for their critical examination of this manuscript. 168 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII UNDE SCRIBED SPECIES OF CRANE-FLIES FROM THE HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS (DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE) , IX* Charles P. Alexander Amherst, Mass. Received for Publication Aug. 6, 1963 Abstraet The following new species, all belonging to the Eriopterine genus Baeoura Alexander, are described; Baeoura dihybosa, B. coloneura and B. schmidiana from Kumaon; B. acustyla, B. furcella, B. stem at a and B. stemofurca from Sikkim. Part VIII under this title was published in the Journal of the New York Entomological Society , 71 : 73-80; 1963. I am continuing discussion of the vast series of crane-flies from India and Pakistan taken by Dr. Fernand Schmid. All species discussed at this time belong to the genus Baeoura Alexander, a close relative of Cryptolahis Osten Sacken, represented by a host of species in southern and eastern Asia, with fewer representatives in eastern and south-eastern Africa. A single somewhat aberrant member of the genus is known from Chile, Baeoura advena Alexander. The types of the new species are preserved in my personal collection. Baeoura dihybosa n. sp. General coloration gray ; antennae black ; lialteres dirty white ; legs brownish black, vestiture short; wings weakly infuscated, prearcular field light yellow, long, sub- equal to R + 9 ; male hypopygium with tergal lobes broad; dististyle narrowed to the obtnse apex; aedeagus very long and slender, the curved free filament longer than the dististyle. MALE Length about 4.8-5 mm. ; wing 5. 2-5. 5 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black ; flagellar segments oval, the outer ones elongate, subequal to their verticils. Head light gray; anterior vertex broad. Pronotum gray, vaguely yellowed on sides, pretergites yellow. Mesonotum almost uni- formly dark gray. Pleura gray, dorsopleural membrane dusky. Halteres dirty white. Legs with fore coxae dark brown, remaining coxae slightly brighter ; trochanters brownish yellow; remainder of legs brownish black; vestiture of femora sparse and inconspicuous basally, somewhat more abundant on outer half and on the remaining segments. Wings weakly infuscated, prearcular field light yellow; veins brown, Sc before the arculus yellowed. Longitudinal veins beyond level of origin of Rs with macrotrichia. Venation: Sc1 ending nearly opposite R,„ Sc0 retracted, before the fork of Rs, Sc1 subequal to ^1 + 2- Abdomen, including hypopygium, brownish black. Male hypopygium with tergite transverse, lateral lobes glabrous, very broad ; median emargination extensive, posterior border gently convex. Dististyle terminal, relatively long, gradually narrowed to the obtuse apex, subangularly bent at near midlength. Aedeagus very long and slender, base dilated, the free outer filament curved, longer than the dististyle. holotype (£, Akhrotkoti, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 5700-6500 feet, May 18, 1958 (Schmid). Paratopotypes, 1 pinned with type; $ J, May 8, 1958 (Schmid). * Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Mass. September, 1964] Alexander: Himalayan Diptera IX 169 Baeoura dihybosa is distinguished from other similar regional species by the hypopygial structure, especially the unusually broad tergal lobes and the long slender aedeagus. Baeoura coloneura n. sp. Size small (wing about 3.5 mm) ; general coloration brownish yellow, head gray; legs light brown ; wings light grey, macrotrichia of veins abundant and well distributed ; Sc unusually short, Sc ending about opposite two-thirds Rs ; vein B4 deflected strongly caudad, cell B^ at margin very extensive; cell 2nd A narrow; male liypopygium with the phailosome trifid. MALE Length about 3 mm. ; wing 3.5 mm. FEMALE Length about 3 mm. ; wing 3.5 mm. Rostrum and palpi brown. Antennae broken. Head gray. Thoracic dorsum light brownish yellow, pronotal scutellum, pretergites and pleura light yellow. Halteres very weakly darkened, especially the large knobs. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow ; remainder of legs light brown, terminal tarsal segment black ; vestiture of legs appressed, inconspicuous. Wings light gray, prearcular and costal fields a little more whitened ; veins pale brown, still paler in the costal field. Macrotrichia of veins long and unusually abundant, on Bv virtually all of B '4, B5, Mx + 2, M , M 4, Ms + 4 and outer two-thirds to tliree-fourtlis of 1st A ; a few trichia at outer end of 2nd A. In the female, trichia also on Bs, Bn^0^. and outer two-thirds of M. Venation: Sc un- usually short, Scv ending about opposite two-thirds Bs; vein B 4 deflected strongly caudad, terminating shortly before wing tip, cell B? at margin thus very extensive, about five to seven times cell I?3, the area of cell B,} very restricted; m-cu about one-fourth to one- half its length beyond fork of M ; cell 2nd A narrow, Anal angle of wing inconspicuous. Abdomen dark brown, ovipositor more yellowed. Male liypopygium with the tergite transverse, posterior border thickened, convex, not produced into lateral arms or rods, on either side of midline with about twelve strong setae. Apex of basistyle produced into an obtuse sclerotized blade. Dististyle elongate, simple, about equal in length to the basistyle, appearing as a curved darkened rod that narrows very gradually to the sub- acute tip, surface with numerous microscopic punctures that bear short setae. What ap- pears to be an extension of the sternite is an elongate parallel-sided depressed-flattened structure, its apex obtuse, with a few strong setae. Phailosome distinctive, trifid, in- cluding the long slender aedeagus and two more ventral structures, one a flattened blade, the other a slender rod. holotype J', Katkor, Teri Garhwal, Kumaon, 3500 ft, April 7, 1958 (Schmid). Allotype, $, Palwara, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 4300 feet, Au- gust 3, 1958 (Schmid). This unusually small pale species is most nearly related to Baeoura acustyla n. sp. and B. sternata new species, distinguished by its small size, body coloration, unusually short vein Sc and more strongly deflected vein P4, and in details of structure of the male hypopygium, including the tergite, basistyle and phailosome. Baeoura schmidiana n. sp. General coloration gray, mesonotal scutellum extensively dull orange ; halteres light yellow; femora yellow basally, tips blackened, very extensive on fore legs; wings faintly tinged with gray, very inconspicuously patterned with darker gray clouds; male hypopy- 170 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII gium with the basistyle extended into a long fingerlike lobe; dististyle subterminal, a little longer than the lobe of basistyle, at outer end with two erect spines, the apical one longer; aedeagus very long, setoid. MALE Length about 5 mm. wing 4.5 mm. Rostrum and palpi light brown. Antennae with scape brown, the enlarged pedicel black ; flagellum yellowish brown to light brown, outer segments darker ; proximal two or three flagellar segments subglobular, the outer ones more elongate ; segments with a dense white pubescence, verticils of intermediate segments very long. Head light gray ; anterior vertex very broad. Pronotal scutum brownish gray, scutellum and pretergites yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum gray with scarcely indicated darker brownish gray stripes, lateral borders clearer gray; scutum gray, centers of lobes vaguely darkened; scutellum dull orange posteriorly, base pruinose ; postnotum light gray. Pleura light gray ; dorsopleural region obscure yellow. Halteres light yellow. Legs with fore coaxae darkened, remaining coxae and all trochanters brownish yellow; fore femora yellow with about the outer half black- ened, remaining femora chiefly obscure yellow, tips narrowly blackened ; tibiae and tarsi black ; vestiture of femora inconspicuous except on upper surface, setae of tibiae and tarsi longer. Wings with a faint gray tinge, slightly clouded with darker gray over cord, origin of Bs and near outer end of cell 1st A adjoining vein 2nd A ; prearcular field yellow ; veins light brown, anterior cord darker, Sc yellowed. Longitudinal veins beyond cord with macrotrichia, including restricted series at ends of both Anal veins. Venation: Sc1 ending nearly opposite fork of R., + + 4, Sc.y retracted, alone about three times B0 + 3 + 4 ; basal section of M + 0 very short ; m-cu at near two-fifths M3 + 4 ; vein 2nd A gently sinuous on outer fourth. Abdomen brownish black, sternites more pruinose. Male hypopygium entirely dis- tinctive; ninth tergite narrowed outwardly, posterior border shallowly emarginate to form broad obtuse lateral lobes; dorsal surface of plate with abundant long setae, shorter on the lobes. Basistyle with body small, beyond the insertion of the dististyle produced into a long fingerlike lobe that is provided with unusually long delicate setae, the apical ones approximately two-thirds as long as the lobe. Dististyle a little longer than the lobe of the basistyle, appearing as a slender yellow rod, distally with two nearly perpendicular spines, the outer terminal one longer; outer surface of style at near mid- length with about a dozen setae, the outer ones very long, nearly equal in length to the terminal spine ; outer end of style with numerous microscopic setae. Aedeagus very long, setoid, exceeding the dististyle. holotype Pau Ival, Teri Garhwal, Kumaon, 4000-5000 feet, April 22, 1958 (Schmid). This distinct species is named for the collector of this outstanding’ series of Tipnlidae, Dr. Fernand Schmid. It differs from all known species in the hypopygial structure, particularly the basistyle and dististyle. Bcieoura sternata n. sp. Size medium (wing about 4 mm.) ; general coloration of thorax plumbeous black, praescutum with a major opaque blackened area, posterior border of scutellum obscure orange ; halteres and legs darkened, vestiture of the latter short and inconspicuous ; wings weakly darkened ; male hypopygium with tergite transversely subquadrate, the posterior border nearly truncate ; ninth sternite produced into an elongate flattened blade, the apex broadly obtuse; dististyle a strongly curved blade, tip oblique, not acute, aedeagus pro- duced into a long nearly straight spine. September, 1964] Alexander: Himalayan Diptera IX 171 MALE Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 4 mm.; antenna about 0.5 mm. FEMALE Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 4 mm. Rostrum, palpi and antennae black. Head dark gray. Pronotum blackish gray, sides of scutellum restrictedly yellowed. Mesonotal prae- scutum and scutum polished plumbeous black, sides of the former with a major opaque intensely black area; posterior sclerites of notum plumbeous, the border of scutellum ob- scure orange. Pleura plumbeous black, dorsopleural region light brown. Halteres brownish black. Legs with coxae and trochanters brownish black ; femora brownish black, tibiae and tarsi paler brown ; vestiture of legs inconspicuous, short and appressed. Wings weakly darkened, unpatterned; veins pale brown. Longitudinal veins of outer half of wing with macrotrichia, lacking on + + , present on outer ends of Bs, M and Cuv more extensive on 1st A. Venation: Sc1 ending opposite three-fifths Bs, the latter slightly longer than B, very short; m-cu about one-third its length beyond the fork of M. Abdomen, including hypopygium, brownish black. Male hypopygium with tergite transversely subquadrate, posterior border subtruncate to indistinctly trilobed, outer lateral angles not produced into evident lobes. Ninth sternite a conspicuous elongate depressed-flattened lobe, apex broadly obtuse, outer fifth with about a score of pale setae. Dististyle a powerful boomerang-like blade, bent at about one-third its length, the outer two-thirds nearly parallel-sided, apex oblique, obtuse. Aedeagus produced apically into a long nearly straight spine, directed slightly dorsad, apophyses at its base, paired. holotype J1 , Chateng, Sikkim, 8700 feet, May 22, 1959 (Schmid). Allotopo- type, 2, pinned with type. Paratopotypes, 2 The present fly is readily told from other generally similar regional species that have major blackened lateral praescutal stripes and short leg vestiture by the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the tergite, sternite and dististyle. The most similar such species is Baeoura acustyla n. sp. Baeoura acustyla n. sp. Similar in size and general appearance to Baeoura sternata n. sp., differing evidently in the hypopygial structure. Male hypopygium with tergite transverse, posterior border gently and evenly convex, fringed with short inconspicuous setulae ; lateral angles pro- duced into small lobes, each with six or seven long basal setae. Ninth sternite elongate, as in sternata but much narrower, gradually more slender outwardly, tip obtuse ; apical setae very few but long, placed laterally. Dististyle a curved rod, narrowed gradually to the acute tip, surface at near midlength with numerous long erect setae, these be- coming fewer and shorter outwardly. Aedeagus pale, extended into a very long slender nearly straight spine ; apophyses more pointed than in sternata. holotype J1, Chateng, Sikkim, 8700 feet, May 22, 1959 (Schmid). Baeoura furcella n. sp. Size small (wing of male 4 mm.) ; mesonotum uniformly black; antennae, halteres and legs black; wings strongly darkened; male hypopygium with tergal lobes slender, ninth sternite produced; dististyle a simple gently curved rod; pliallosome with aedeagus rela- tively short, straight, very slender, with short broadly flattened incurved gonapophyses that form a conspicuous forked structure at near midlength. MALE Length about 3. 2-3-9 mm.; wing 3.5-4 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae relatively long, if bent backward extending about 172 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII to the wing root, black throughout; flagellar segments long-oval, the outer ones more elongate, their verticils more conspicuous. Head light gray. Prothorax brownish. Mesonotum almost uniformly black, the praescutum more polished. Pleura brownish black, posterior sclerites gray pruinose. Halteres brownish black. Legs black, vestiture short and inconspicuous. Wings strongly darkened, veins still darker. Venation: Sc1 ending shortly before fork of Bs, Sc2 retracted, Scx subequal to m-cu ; Bl) + 3 oblique, subequal to -K., + 3 + 4, in cases shortening or obliterating B0', m-cu variable in position, from about one-third to nearly midlength of M + . Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium with tergite transverse, posterior border virtually truncate, lateral angles produced into slender lobes, only their tips glabrous. Ninth sternite produced, depressed, apex very obtuse, with several strong pale setae. Basistyle with inner apical angle produced into an obtuse lobe. Dististyle simple, relatively stout, gently curved at near midlength, gradually narrowed to the subacute tip ; basal half of outer surface with long setae, these smaller outwardly, outer half of style with numerous pale punctures. Phallosome with aedeagus relatively short, very slender, straight, subtended by broadly flattened incurved apophyses to form a conspicuous fork at near midlength of the aedeagus. holotype Chumtang, Sikkim, 5120 feet, July 18, 1959 (Schmid). Para- topotypes, 5 damaged Baeoura furcella is entirely different from other regional species in the hypopygial structure, especially the distinctive phallosome. Baeoura sternofurca n. sp. Size medium (wing to 5.5 mm.) ; general coloration of thorax gray, the anterior end of praescutum intensely blackened; antennae and legs blackened; wings gray, prearcular and costal fields yellowed ; male hypopygium with tergal lobes relatively long and slender ; ninth sternite elongate, apex conspicuously bilobed ; aedeagus with free filament very slender, about as long as the dististyle. MALE Length about 4-4.5 mm. ; wing 4. 8-5. 5 mm. FEMALE Length about 4.5 mm.; wing 5.5 mm. Rostrum brownish gray; palpi black. Antennae black throughout; proximal flagellar segments oval, the outer ones elongate, their setae long and pale. Head light gray. Prothorax brownish yellow, vaguely patterned with brown on either sidd; pretergites light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum light gray with three slightly darker gray stripes, the anterior half of central stripe intensely blackened, contrasting with the yellowed pronotum ; posterior sclerites of notum gray, posterior border of scutellum broadly dull orange, in cases less evident. Pleura below dark colored, light blue gray pruinose, posterior sclerites pale, heavily light gray pruinose; dorsopleural membrane conspicu- ously yellowed. Halteres brown, basal half of stem paler brown. Legs with fore coxae and trochanters brownish black, mid pair pale brown, posterior coxae yelloAved; remainder of legs dark brown to black, femoral bases narrowly more yellowed; vestiture inconspicu- ous. Wings tinged with gray, prearcular and costal fields light yellow; veins brown, yellowed in the brightened areas. Venation: Sc1 ending about opposite two-thirds to three-fourths Bs, the latter long and straight, nearly equal to B; Bt> + 3 subperpendicular, B0 shortened ; m-cu sinuous. Abdomen brownish black. Male hypopygium with tergal lobes relatively long and slender, the intervening posterior border convexly rounded ; longest setae concentrated at and near the bases of the lobes. Ninth sternite distinctive, elongate, gently widened at outer end, divided into two obtuse lobes by a U-shaped emargination, apices of lobes September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 173 with three or four long setae and abundant delicate setulae. Dististyle a simple arcuated darkened rod, gradually narrowed to the obtuse tip, base not dilated; outer surface with abundant long setae from conspicuous punctures. Aedeagus with the free apical fila- ment very slender, about as long as the dististyle, tip acute. holotype Zema, Sikkim, 9100 feet, June 15, 1959 (Schmid). Allotopo- type, J. Paratopotypes, 16 J, mostly in poor condition from fungus attack. Baeoura sternofurca is distinguished from other regional allies by the size, coloration of the mesonotum, and especially by the hypopygial struc- ture, including the bilobed apex of the ninth sternite. B. nigromedm Edwards, still known only from the female, is generally similar in colora- tion but is much smaller (length about 3 mm. ; wing 4 mm.). AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA) OF THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE William Phillips Comstock and Edgar Irving Huntington (Concluded) timoclea Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Ashpiyaco, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 59 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 164, vol. 2, pi. 64, figs. 449, 450 $ (London). tirrhaea Moschler, Heinrich B., Thecla Type Locality: Jamaica, B. W. I. Location of Type: Original Description: 1886, Abhandl. Senckenberg. Naturfor. Gesellsch., vol. 14, pt. 3, p. 26 (Frankfurt). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macro- Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes tirrhaea a synonym of pan Drury.) Draudt, Max, 1921, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 797, p. 824 (Stutt- gart). (Makes tirrhaea a synonym of pan Drury.) titania Strecker, Herman, Therorema Type Locality: Costa Rica (1 $ ). Location of Type : Strecker Collection. Original Description: 1885 (June), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Referance: Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macro- lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 745 (Stuttgart). (Places titania as a synonym of eumenia Hewitson.) titicaca Weymer, Gustav, Lycaena Type Locality: Lake Titicaca and Sojania, Bolivia, 3600-4600 m. 174 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Location of Type: Original Description: 1890, in Reiss and Stubel, Reisen in Sud-Amerika, p. 122, pi. 4, fig. 6 (Berlin). t it us Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality: “In Anglia.” Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 297 (Hafniae) . Synonyms : mopsus Hiibner. Subspecies: immaculosus Comstock, watsoni Barnes and Benjamin. tityrus Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type: Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 248, pi. 31, figs. 1, 2 (Wien). toba Hayward, Kenneth J., Thecla ellida Type Locality: Villarica, Paraguay. Location of Type: Fundacion Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. (Several specimens in the British Museum). Original Description: 1949, Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 8, p. 569 (Tucuman, Argentina) . togarna Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 85, vol. 2, pi. 33, figs. 52, 53 $ (London). Subspecies : lincoides Draudt. tollus Lucas, P. H., Thecla Type Locality: Cuba. Location of Type: Original Description: 1857, in Sagra, Historie physique, politique et naturelle de Tile de Cuba, vol. 7, p. 611 (Paris). Additional Reference : Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 56 (New York). (Did not recognize the species.) tolmides Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: New Granada, Bogota. Location of Type : Original Description : 1864— 1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die erde, vol. 2, p. 247, pi. 31, figs. 13, 14 (Wien). Subspecies: hyas Godman and Salvin. tomlinsoni Druce, H., Thecla gibberosa Type Locality: Chanchamayo, Peru and Rio Colorado, Peru, September, 2500 ft. Location of Type: H. J. Adams Collection. September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 175 Original Description: 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 433, pi. 11, fig. 3 $ (London). torfrida Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Tapajos). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 78, vol. 2, pi. 31, figs. 34, 35 $ (London). torqueor Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Carimang River, British Guiana. Location of Type: Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 608 (London) . Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macro- lepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 794 (Stuttgart), (Considers torqueor a subspecies of vitruvia Hewitson.) torris Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: Rio Grande, Brazil. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 587, pi, 34, fig. 16 $ (London). toussainti Comstock, W. P. and E. I. Huntington, Theda Type Locality: Fond Parisien, Haiti, February 11-18, 1922. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. ScL, vol, 45, p. 84, pi. 1, fig. 17 $ (New York). toxana Boisduval, Jean A., Eumenia Type Locality: Costa Rica. Location of Type: Original Description: 1870, Considerations sur des Lepidopteres Envoyes du Guatemala a M. de l’Orza, p. 13 (Rennes). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 6 (London). (Make toxana a synonym of minyas Hiibner.) Note: Toxana is probably a subspecies of minijas Hiibner. Synonyms: hrasiliensis Draudt. toxea Godart, Jean B., Eumenia Type Locality: Interior of Central America. Location of Type: Paris Museum. Original Description: 1823, Encyclopedic Methodique, vol. 9, Supplement, p. 826 (Paris). Additional References: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 426, (London). (Places toxea as a synonym of minijas Hiibner.) Lathy, Percy I., 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 39 (London). (Says that toxea was the Guatemalan race o£ minyas Hiibner.) 176 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII toxea Gray, George Robert, Eumenia (not “Godard”) Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1832, Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, Griffith Edition, Class Insecta, vol. 2, p. 787 (as toxia) , pi. 43 (opp. p. 593), figs. 3, 3-a, 3-b (as toxea ) (London). Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 427 (London). (Places toxea in synonymy of atala Poey.) toxia Gray, George Robert, Eumenia Misspelling of toxea Gray Type Locality: Location of Type: Original Description: 1832, in Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, Griffith Edition, Class Insecta, vol. 2, p. 787 (London). trebonia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Curaray, Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1870 (March), Equatorial Lepidoptera, Buckley, p. 63 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 162, vol. 2, pi. 64, figs. 443, 444 $ (London). trebula Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Ega). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 16 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 146, vol. 2, pi. 57, figs. 363, 364 $ (London). Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 84 (London). (Give Central American localities.) trigemmatus Butler, Arthur G., Lampides Type Locality: Copiapo, Northern Chile, January. Location of Type: Original Description: 1881 (December), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 468 (London). Subspecies: borealis Ureta R. trinitatis Lathy, Percy I., Thecia Type Locality: “Trinite.” Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1936, Livre Jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 232, pi. 8, fig. 19 (Paris). triquetra Hewitson, W. C., Thecia Type Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1865, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 76, vol. 2. pi. 28, figs. 18, 19 $,17 $ (London). September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 177 tristis Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Nivac, Mat.to Grosso, Brazil (1 $). Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 45 (London). Additional Reference: Lathy, Percy I., 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pi. 9, tig. 16 $ (London). trochus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2500 ft. Location of Type : Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 573, pi. 31, tig. 7 $ (London). tucumana Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Tueuman, Argentina. Location of Type: Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 629, pi. 36, tig. 26 (London). Additional Reference : Ureta R., Emilio, 1949, Boletin del Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, vol. 24, p. 103 (Santiago de Chile). (Makes tucumana a subspecies of americensis Blanchard.) tulliola Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, Lycaena Type Locality: San Geronimo, Guatemala. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1887 (December), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 108, vol. 3, pi. 58, tigs. 28, 29 $ (London). tuneta Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : South America. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1865, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 71, vol. 2, pi. 28, figs. 14, 15 (London). turned Clench, Harry K., Incisalia henrici Type Locality: Cowley County, Kansas, April 12, 1942. Location of Type: Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 26,011. Original Description: 1943 (October), Can. Ent., vol. 75, p. 182 (Guelph, Ont.) . tyleri Dyar, Harrison G., Theda Type Locality: Coropuna, Peru, 14,500 ft., October, 1911. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,620. Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 636 (Wash- ington, D. C.). tympania Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 128, vol. 2, pi. 51, tigs. 276, 277 $ (London). 178 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (August), Bio- logia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rbopalocera, vol. 2, p. 61 (London). (Make tympania a synonym of empusa Hewitson.) tyriam Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Para, Brazil. Location of Type: Godman Collection, Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 595, pi. 35, fig. 5 $ (London). tyrrhenus Hiibner, Jacob, Bithys Type Locality : Location of Type: Original Description: 1819, Verziechniss bekannter Schmettlinge, p. 75, no. 748 (Augsburg). (Makes a new name for erix Cramer, but tyrrhenus is a synonym of eryssus Herbst.) tyrrius Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 578, pi. 33, fig. 3 $ (London). tyrtaeus Fabricius, Johann Christian, Hesperia Type Locality : “In India.” Location of Type: Original Description: 1793, Entomologica Systematica, vol. 3, p. 271 (Hafniae). Additional Reference: Donovan, Edward, 1800, Ins. India, p. 44, pi. 41, fig. 2 (London). ufentina Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (St. Paulo). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description : 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 17 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 133, vol. 2, pi. 53, figs. 297, 298 $ (London). ulia Dyar, Harrison G., Theda Type Locality: Cantas, Peru, 2000 ft., November, 1911. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 15,623. Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 637 (Wash- ington, D. C.) umhratus Geyer, Carl, Sithon Type Locality : Yucatan. Location of Type: Original Description: 1837, Zutrage zur S am m lung exotischer Schmett- linge, vol. 5, p. 38, figs. 955, 956 $ (Augsburg). September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 179 una Hewitson, W. C., Tliecla Type Locality: Amazon, Venezuela and Rio de Janeiro. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 140, vol. 2, pi. 56, figs. 336, 337 $ (London). Synonyms : lenis Capronnier. undulata Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : New Grenada. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1867, Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 81, vol. 2, pi. 32, figs. 41, 42 $ (London). unilinea Kaye, William James, Tmolus Type Locality : Trinidad, B. W. I. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1904 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 192 (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, p. 601 (London). (Makes unilinea a synonym of philinna Hewitson.) upupa Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality: “Rio Susio,” Costa Rica. Location of Type : Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 605, pi. 36, fig. 7 $ (London). uterhudante Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Interior of Colombia. Location of Type : Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 596, pi. 35, fig. 9 $ (London). Synonyms : elimes Dyar. uzza Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 147, vol. 2, pi. 58, figs. 372, 373 $ (London). Valentina Berg, Carlos, Theda (Uranotes). Type Locality: Sierra de Cordoba, Argentina, March, 1875. Location of Type: Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires. Original Description: 1896 (May), Anal. Mus. Nac. de Buenos Aires, vol. 5, Series 2, p. 3, fig. 3a (Buenos Aires). valeriae Clench, Harry K., Everes comyntas subsp. Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology, “Holotype and Allo- type no. 25934.” Type Locality: Lead, South Dakota, June 22, 1939. Original Description: 1944 (March), Jour. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 52, p. 59 (Lancaster, Pa.). 180 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII vanduzeei Guilder, Jean D., Lycaena editha tr. f. $ Type Locality: Deer Park, Placer County, California. Location of Type : California Academy of Sciences. Original Description: 1927 (May), Ent. News, vol. 38, p. 133, pi. II, fig. 1 (Philadelphia, Pa.). vanessoides Prittwitz, O. v., Lycaena Type Locality: Corcovado, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Location of Type : Original Description: 1865, Stettin Ent. Zeit., vol. 26, p. 323 (Stettin). vapa Staudinger, Otto, Cupido Type Locality : Cocapata and Huallatani, Bolivia. Location of Type : Original Description: 1894, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. (Iris), vol. 7, p. 79, pi. 2, fig. 4 (Dresden). variegata Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Bogota, Colombia. Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 231, pi. 8, fig. 12 (Paris). velina Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Tapajos). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 18 (London). Additional Reference: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 135, vol. 2, pi. 54, figs. 316, 317 $ (London). vena Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Vina, NW Peru, 5500 ft. Location of Type : Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 620, pi. 36, fig. 21 $ (London). venezuelae Lathy, Percy I., Thecla janthina Type Locality : ? (Venezuela). Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 135 (London). Note: Other specimens in British Museum and National Museum, Wash- ington, D. C. venulius Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1779, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 3, p. 85, pi. 243, fig. G (Amsterdam). venus Fabricius, Johan Christian, Papilio September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 181 Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1781, Species Insectorum, vol. 2, p. 115 (Hamburg). Note: Synonym of P. imperalis Cramer by Fabrician reference. venustus Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality : Chapada Campo, Brazil. Location of Type : Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 602, pi. 36, figs. 3 $ , 4 $ (London). verania Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Amazon (and Ecuador). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description : 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 19 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 137, vol. 2, pi. 55, figs. 322, 323 $ (London). verhenaca Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type of Locality: Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 622, pi. 36, fig. 24 $ (London). vespasianus Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Tmolus Type Locality : Cartago, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Druce Collection). Original Description: 1872 (July), Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 109 (London). Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepidoptera Exotica, p. 161, pi. 57, fig. 7 $ (London). Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopa- locera, vol. 2, p. 78 (London). (Make vespasianus a synonym of camissa Hewitson.) vesper Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Chanchamayo, Peru, 2000-7500 ft. Location of Type : H. J. Adams Collection. Original Description: 1909 (September), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 436, pi. 11, fig. 8 $ (London). vesulus Cramer, Pierre, Papilio Type Locality : Surinam. Location of Type : Original Description: 1781, Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde, vol. 4, p. 98, pi. 340, figs. I, K (Amsterdam). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 132, vol. 2, pi. 54, fig. 310 $ (London). Amazon. veterator Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Paraguay. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). 182 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 627, pL 36, tig. 25 $ (London). vevenae Dyar, Harrison G., Thecla Type Locality: Misantla, V. C., Mexico, June, 1910. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 21,203. Original Description: 1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 54, p. 337 (Wash- ington, D. C.). viaca Edwards, William H, Lycaena Type Locality: Sierra Nevada, California ($). Location of Type : Original Description: 1871 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 209 (Philadelphia, Pa.) Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 472 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places viaca as a synonym of piasus Bois- duval.) vibidia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 119, vol. 2, pi. 49, tigs. 242, 243 $ (London). Synonyms: socigena Hewitson. vibulena Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil, the Amazon (Para), New Granada. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 190, vol. 2, pi. 76, tigs. 599, 600, 601, 603 $, 602 $ (London). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 609 (London). (Considers vibulena a synonym of beon Cramer.) viceta Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Amazon (Santarem). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description : 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 18 (London). Additional Reference: Hewitson, W. C., 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 134, vol. 2, pi. 53, tigs. 302, 303 $ (London). vidulus Druce, Hamilton H., Theda Type Locality : Ecuador. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 623 (London). vieca Schaus, William, Theda Type Locality: Cucuta, Venezuela. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5930. September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 183 Original Description: 1902, Proc. U* S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 411 (Wash- ington, D. C.). viggia Dyar, Harrison G, Thecla Type Locality : Santa Rosa, V. C., Mexico, May, 1906. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 21,200. Original Description: 1919, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 54, p. 336 (Wash- ington, D. C.), villia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 126, vol. 2, pi. 51, figs. 272, 273 9 (London). viola Draudt, Max, Thecla Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type : Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 791, pi. 157-e (Stuttgart). violacea Edwards, William H., Lycaena Type Locality: Kanawha River, West Virginia, April and May. Location of Type : Original Description: 1866 (October), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 6, p. 201 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 28, no. 475 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places violacea as a synonym of pseudar- giolus Boisduval and LeConte.) violacea Gunder, Jean D., Leptotes marina ab. 9 . Type Locality: Oak Glenn, Riverside County, California, July 19, 1924. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1925 (January), Ent. News, vol. 36, p. 6, pi. 1, fig. U (Philadelphia, Pa.). violacea Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 230, pi. 8, fig. 6 (Paris). violescens Spitz, Robert, Thecla Type Locality : Viannopolis, Est. de Goyaz, Brazil, March, 1930. Location of Type: Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo. Original Description: 1931, Revista de Entomologia, vol. 1, p. 48 (Sao* Paulo, Brazil) . viresco Druce, Hamilton, H., Thecla Type Locality: Maranham, North Brazil. 184 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Location of Type : Godman Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 573 (London), Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1919 (November), The Macrolepidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 749, pi. 153-b (Stuttgart). Subspecies: photeinos Druce. Virginia Draudt, Max, Theda (not Staudinger) Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 778 (Stuttgart). (A synonym of sophodes Fabricius by reference.) virginiensis Edwards, William H., Chrysophanus Type Locality: Virginia City, Nevada. Location of Type : Original Description: 1870 (January), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 3, p. 21 (Philadelphia, Pa.). viridicans Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Pseudolycaena Type Locality: Venezuela. Location of Type : Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde, vol. 2, p. 249, pi. 28, figs. 10, 11 (Wien). viridis Edwards, William H., Theda Type Locality : California. Location of Type : Original Description: 1862 (April), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 223 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Clench, Harry K., 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., p. 226 (Cambridge, Mass.). (Selects San Francisco, California, as type locality; makes neoholotype female and says that viridis Edwards is a good species.) viridis Lathy, Percy I., Theda commodus Type Locality : “(?) Probably Bolivia.” Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1930 (June), Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 135 (London) . Note: A homonym of viridis Edwards. vitruvia Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality : Para, Brazil. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 193, vol. 2, pi. 77, figs. 613 614 $ (London). Subspecies, anfracta Druce, fortuna Druce, indigo Druce, torqueor Druce. September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 185 voconia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Ulus, of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 120, vol. 2, pi. 49, tigs. 244, 245 $ (London). Additional References: Druce, H. H., 1905, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 7, vol. 15, p. 196 (London). (Places voconia as a synonym of ericusa Hewitson.) Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 777 (Stuttgart). (Places voconia as a synonym of ericusa Hewitson.) volana Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 123, vol. 2, pi. 48, tigs. 225, 226 $ (London). Additional References: Druce, H. H., 1905, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 7, vol. 15, p. 195 (London). (Places volana as a synonym of spurina Hewitson.) Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 777 (Stuttgart). (Places volana as a synonym of spurina Hewitson.) voltinia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality : Amazon. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 123, vol. 2, pi. 48, tigs. 227, 228 $ (London). volumen Druce, Hamilton H., Thecla Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Location of Type : Druce Collection. Original Description: 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 623 (London). volupia Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Nicaragua (Chontales). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1874 (December), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 177, vol. 2, pi. 69, figs. 517, 518 $ (London). vomiba Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality: Petropolis, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5929. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 410 (Wash- ington, D. C.). vulnerata Staudinger, Otto, Thecla bacis var. Type Locality: Rio San Juan, Panama. Location of Type : Studinger Collection. Original Description: 1888, Exotische Tagfalter, vol. 1, p. 285, vol. 2, pi. 97 $ (Bayern). 186 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXX1I wagenknechti Ureta R., Emilio, Theda Type Locality: Rio Los Charos, Chile. Location of Type : Original Description : 1947, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Chile, vol. 23, p. 55, pL 1 (Santiago, Chile). washingtonia Clench, Harry K., Callophrys affinis Type Locality: Alta Lake, Washington, April 25, 1935. Location of Type : Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 26,259. Original Description: 1944 (July), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 94, p. 225 (Cambridge, Mass.). watermani Nakahara, W., E veres corny ntas Type Locality: Ithaca, New York. Location of Type : Original Description: 1925, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soe., vol. 20, p. 224 (Brooklyn, N. Y.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 447 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places watermani as an aberration of corny ntas Godart.) wattcinsi Lathy, Percy I., Thecla Type Locality: Pichis Road, Peru, 4800 ft., November-December, 1919, 1 9. Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description : 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 39 (London). watrini Dufrane, Abel, Theda acadica Type Locality : Saskatchewan, Canada, 1928. Location of Type : Original Description: 1939 (August), Bull, and Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 79, p. 289 (Bruxelles). watsoni Barnes, William and Foster H. Benjamin, Strymon titus race Type Locality: Kerrville, Texas. Location of Type: Barnes Collection, United States Natural Museum. (Paratype in the American Museum of Natural History.) Original Description: 1926 (September-December) , Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 25, pt. 3, p. 94 (Los Angeles, Calif.). watsoni Huntington, E. Irving, Thecla Type Locality: Barro Colorado Island, Panama Canal Zone, Noevmber 10, 1930. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1932 (April), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 63, art. 3, p. 213, fig. 2 (New York, N. Y.). * watsoni Comstock, William P. and E. Irving Huntington, Hemiargus hanno Type Locality: San Juan, Puerto Rico, July 9-12, 1914. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. ^45, p. 106, pi. 1, fig. 20 $ (New York). September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 187 werneri Hering, Martin and Walter Hopp, Theda Type Locality : Rio Macay, Choco, Colombia, 1 $ . Location of Type: Original Description: 1925, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. (Iris), vol. 39, p. 196 (Dresden). werniclcei Rober, J., Theda Type Locality : Santa Catharina, Brazil. Location of Type : Original Description: 1903, Ent. Zeit., vol. 64, p. 343 (Stettin). Note: This is a new name for Theda wilhelmina Staudinger “catalogue name.” whitmeri Brown, F. Martin, Pleheius saepiolus Type Locality: Rampart Range Road, near Woodland Park, Teller County, Colorado, 9500 ft., July 2, 1948. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1951 (June), Ann. Ent. Soc. America, vol. 44, no. 2, p. 286 (Columbus, Ohio). wicTchami Riley, N. D., Theda Type Locality: Hyutanahan, Labrea, Rio Purus, Brazil, November, 1913. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1919, Entomologist, vol. 52, p. 200 (London). wilhelmina Kirby, W. F., Theda Type Locality: America meridional. Location of Type: Original Description: 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidop- tera, p. 391 (London). (Makes this new name for sphinx Godart which is not the same os sphinx Fabricius.) Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, 1920 (February), The Macroledidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 778 (Stuttgart). (Makes wilhelmina a synonym of sophodes Fabricius.) williamsi Gunder, Jean D., Lycaena helloides tr. f. Type Locality: Hall’s Valley, Park County, Colorado. Location of Type: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsyl- vania. Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 285, pi. A, figs. 14, 14-b (Orillia, Out.). windi Gunder, Jean D., Plebeius maricopa tr. f. Type Locality: Berkeley, California, April 14, 1932. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1933 (August), Can. Ent., vol. 65, p. 173 (Orillia, Ont.). Additional Reference : McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 456 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places windi as an aberration of pardalis Behr.) 188 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIX windi Clench, Harry K., Incisalia doudoroff Type Locality : Placer County, California, May. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (October), Can. Ent., vol. 75, p. 185 (Guelph, Out.). wittfeldii Edwards, William H., Thecla Type Locality : Indian River, Florida ( $ , 9 ) . Location of Type: Original Description: 1883 (July), Can. Ent., vol. 15, p. 136 (London, Ont.). Additional Reference : McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 24, no. 386 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places wittfeldii as a synonym of calcanus Hiibner.) woodruff Comstock, William P. and E. Irving Huntington, Hemiargus ammon Type Locality: Anegada. B. Y. I., March 31, 1925. Location of Type: American Museum of Natural History. Original Description: 1943 (December), Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 45, p. 100, pi. 1, tig. 24 $ (New York). wormsbacheri Guilder, Jean D. Lycaena thoe tr. f. Type Locality: None given. Location of Type: Wormsbacher Collection, United States National Museum ? Original Description: 1927 (May-August), Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 26, pt. 2, p. 53 (Los Angeles, Calif.). wyatti Guilder, Jean D., Lycaena thoe tr. f. Type Locality : Colorado ? Location of Type: Strecker Collection, Field Museum, Chicago, Illinois. Original Description: 1927 (December), Can. Ent., vol. 59, p. 285, pi. A, tigs. 16, 16-b (Orillia, Ont.). xami Reakirt, Tryon, Thecla Type Locality: Near Vera Cruz, Mexico. Location of Type: (Photograph in American Museum of Natural His- tory.) Original Description: 1866 (November), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 332 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonyms: hlenina Hewitson. xanthica Lathy, Percy I., Thecla cyllarus ab. Type Locality : Lower Maroni, French Guinana (1 $). Location of Type : Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1926, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 9, vol. 17, p. 44 (London). xanthoides Boisduval, Jean A., Polyommatus Type Locality : Mountains of California. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description : 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 292 (Paris). September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 189 Additional Reference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepi- dopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 40, pi. 236, tigs. 1931 $ , 1932 $ (Rennes). Synonyms: gunderi Rudkin. Subspecies: luctuosa Watson and Comstock. xeneta Hewitson, W. C., Theda Type Locality: Brazil and Nicaragua (Cliontales) . Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1877 (January), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 193, vol. 2, pi. 77, figs. 611, 612 $ (London). Synonyms : devia Moschler. xenophon Donovan, Edward, Papilio Type Locality: Location of Type : Original Description: 1800, Ins. India, p. 44, pi. 41, fig. 3 (London). Additional Reference: Kirby, W. F., 1871, A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 386, no. 110 (London). (Places xenophon as a synonym of endymion Fabricius.) xerces Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena Type Locality: California. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description : 1852, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Series 2, vol. 10, p. 296 (Paris) . Additional Reference: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepi- dopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 41, pi. 237, figs. 1939 $ , 1940 9 (Rennes) . Synonyms: polyphemus Boisduval, xerxes Boisduval. Subspecies : antiacis Boisduval, intermedia Chermock syn., mertila Edwards, harnesi Guilder syn., huguenini Guilder syn. xerxes Boisduval, Jean A., Lycaena Misspelling of xerces Type Locality: Juba Mountains, California. Location of Type : Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 16 (Bruxelles) . xorema Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality: Castro, Parana, Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5922 $ ? Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 408 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Additional Reference: Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 589 (London). (Describes a male with a brand also describes female ; considers Schaus mistaken in the sex of his specimen and puts the male type in the Druce Collection). Subspecies: xoremoides Lathy. xoremoides Lathy, Percy I., Thecla “xorema-xoremoides” Type Locality: Paraguay. 190 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Location of Type: Fournier Collection, Paris. Original Description: 1936, Livre jubilaire de M. Eugene-Louis Bouvier, p. 231, pi. 8, fig. 15 (Paris). yojoa Keakirt, Tryon, Thecla Type Locality: Near Yera Cruz, Mexico. Location of Type: Original Description: 1866 (November), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 339 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Synonyms: beroea Hewitson. youngi Field, William D., Strymon melinus tr. f. Type Locality: Miami, Florida, June 1, 1934. Location of Type: W. D. Field Collection, Lawrence, Kansas. (United States National Museum?) Original Description: 1936, Jour. Ent. Zool. Pomona College, vol. 28, p. 25 (Claremont, Calif.). Note: An aberration of melinus Hiibner and therefore a synonym. yukona Holland, William J., Lycaena Type Locality: Mountains between Mission and Forty-Mile Creeks, N. E. Alaska, July 20-24. Location of Type: Carnegie Museum. Original Description: 1900 (April), Ent. News, vol. 11, p. 416 (Phila- delphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 454 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places yukona as a subspecies of optilete Knoch.) zachacina Dyar, Harrison G., Lycaena (not Butler and Druce) Nomen nudum. See zachgeina Butler and Druce Type Location : Perm Location of Type: Original Description: 1913, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 45, p. 638 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Note: This is a misspelling of zachaeina Butler and Druce. zachaeina Butler, A. G. and Herbert Druce, Lampides Type Locality: Cartago, Costa Rica. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1872, Cistula Entomologica, vol. 1, p. 104 (London). Additional References: Butler, A. G., 1873 (October), Lepidoptera Exotica, p. 157, fig. 1 (London). Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (December), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 107, vol. 3, pi. 58, figs. 36' 37 $,38 $ (London). Romieux, Jean, 1934, Schweiz. Ent. Ges., vol. 15, p. 505, pi. 2, fig. 1 (Bern). Synonyms: zachacina Dyar. zava Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Location of Type : Staudinger Collection. September, 1964] Comstock and Huntington: Lycaenidae 191 Original Description: 1878 (November), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 210, vol. 2, pi. 84, figs. 711, 712 $ (London). zebina Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Nicaragua. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 120, vol. 2, pi. 49, figs. 237, 238 $ (London). Note: We think Hewitson’s figures are of females and not of males. zelmira Felder, Cajetan and Rudolf Felder, Lycaena Type Locality: California, Utah. Location of Type: Original Description: 1864-1867, Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “No- vara” urn die Erde, vol. 2, p. 282, pi. 35, figs. 17, 18 $ , 19 $ (Wien). Additional References: Draudt, Max, 1921 (January), The Macrolepidop- tera of the World, vol. 5, p. 817 (Stuttgart). (Places zelmira as a synonym of shasta Edwards.) McDunnough, J. H., 1938, Check list, pt. 1, p. 27, no. 458 (Los Angeles, Calif.). (Places zelmira as a synonym of shasta Edwards.) zenaida Dyar, Harrison G., Thecla Type Locality: Santa Rosa, V. C., Mexico, August, 1906. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 14,278. Original Description: 1912, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 42, p. 42 (Wash- ington, D. C.). Additional References: Sc-haus, William, 1920, Ent. News, vol. 31, p. 176 (Philadelphia, Pa.). (Makes zenaida a synonym of “ thordesca ” Hewitson.) zeroe Boisduval, Jean A., Polyommatus Type Locality: Utah, June, July. Location of Type: United States National Museum? Original Description: 1869, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 12, p. 45 (Brux- elles). Additional References: Oberthiir, Charles, 1913 (October), Etudes de Lepi- dopterologie Comparee, fasc. 9, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 238, figs. 1957 $ , 1958 $ (Rennes). Skinner, Henry, 1914 (January), Ent. News, vol. 25, p. 47 (Phila- delphia, Pa.). (Makes zeroe a synonym of mariposa Reakirt.) ziba Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: None given. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1868, Specimen of a Catalogue of Lycaenidae in the British Museum, p. 26 (London). Additional References: Hewitson, W. C., 1874 (December), Illus. of Diur- nal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 153, vol. 2, pi. 61, figs. 404, 405 $ (London). (Guatemala, Brazil and The Amazon.) Druce, H. H., 1907 (June), Proc. Zool, Soc. London, p. 626 (London). (Makes ziba a synonym of “basalides Hiibner.”) Synonyms: thulia Hewitson. 192 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII zigira Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Santarem) and Venezuela, Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 125, vol. 2, pi. 49, figs. 250, 251 $ (London). zilda Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Rio de Janeiro. Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1873 (February), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 141, vol. 2, pi. 56, figs. 343, 344 $ (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (September), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 88 (London). (Gives Chiriqui, Panama and Tapajos River, Brazil (Bates).) zde Reakirt, Tryon, Thecla Type Locality: Near Vera Cruz, Mexico. Location of Type: Original Description: 1866 (November), Proc.. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., p. 333 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Additional Reference: Draudt, Max, (1919) December), The Macrolepi- doptera of the World, vol. 5, p. 766 (Stuttgart). (Places zde as a synonym of polihetes Cramer.) zora Hewitson, W. C., Thecla Type Locality: Amazon (Para). Location of Type: British Museum (Natural History). Original Description: 1869 (April), Illus. of Diurnal Lepidoptera, vol. 1, p. 134, vol. 2, pi. 53, figs. 304, 305 9 (London). Additional Reference: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, 1887 (June), Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2, p. 49 (Lon- don). (Consider zora ( 9 ) to be a variant of ocrisia Hewitson 9-) zurlcvitzi Schaus, William, Thecla Type Locality: Sao Paulo, Southeast Brazil. Location of Type: United States National Museum, no. 5932. Original Description: 1902, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., vol. 24, p. 412 (Wash- ington, D. C.). - — The End — EDITOR’S NOTE The following list of Journal volumes, (year), and pages in which the previous parts of this Comstock-Huntington “Annotated List of the Lycaenidae of the Western Hemisphere” have appeared is ap- pended for the convenience of those who will have need of referring to it — - 66 (1958) : 103-118; 67 (1959) : 59-95, 163-212; 68 (1960) : 49-62, 105™ 122, 176-186, 232-240; 69 (1961) : 54-58, 105-118, 157-176, 191-200; 70 (1962) : 39-46, 100-118, 177-179; 71 (1963) : 45-57, 115-119, 189-197, 262- 264; 72 (1964) : 62-64, 120-130. September, 1964] Book Reviews 193 Book Reviews Introductory Insect Physiology, Robert L. Patton. W. B. Saunders Company, pub- lished Sept. 1963, 245 pp., illus., price $5.50. This textbook provides a concise, basic background in insect physiology. It anticipates that the interested student will turn to other sources for expanded coverage of the topics presented. All the systems of the insect, together with their various activities, are con- sidered. Each chapter begins with a brief explanation of the structure of a system or a physiological process and concludes with a summary and a listing of literature cited. The presentation is simple and direct, and the illustrations and charts are well-chosen. The final chapter, “The Physiological Effects of Biologically Active Chemicals,” opens with the statement that most insect physiologists are interested in the subject because it “offers a logical approach to solution of economic problems that relate directly to the control of agricultural pests.” Too bad research in such an interesting field must be limited by practical concern! — J, Forbes Population Dynamics of Agricultural and Forest Insect Pests. E. J. Leroux et al., Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada, No. 32, 1963, 104 pp. This valuable bulletin contains the papers and discussions of a symposium on the rela- tion of population dynamics of insect pests to biological control efforts conducted by the Canadian Society, Oct. 15-18, 1961. Some of the areas considered are: “precise experimentation” ; advantages and disadvantages of sampling techniques ; importance of the “key factor” and the significance of gathering detailed ecological data to deter- mine weak spots in life cycles. Mathematical models, based upon known biological and ecological facts are constructed to predict fluctuations within a population. Variables and their causes within these populations are presented for evaluation so that, in the event of failure of environmental control, insecticides might be used. The ideas and principles contained in this collection of papers have broad application for entomological efforts and much useful information for those involved in agricultural and forest insect control. - — John D. Klegg Forest Coleoptera of Ghana Biological Notes and Host Trees. G. H. Thompson, No. 24, 1963, Oxford Univ. Press, 417 Fifth Ave,, N. Y, 16, 78 pp. Price $8.00. This report of “spare time collections and observations made in the high forest of Ghana as opportunity offered during the author’s service as an Assistant Conservator of Forests between 1945 and 1949” offers a plan which could serve as a basis for insect study predicted to give “maximum efficiency of treatment at minimum cost.” The biological data and many recorded observations establish insect-liost-tree relationships. However, its usefulness is limited since keys and taxonomic descriptions of the beetles studied are not included. This will require re-identification of specimen when follow-up work is un- dertaken. Introduction to Comparative Entomology Richard W. Fox and Jean W. Fox. Reinhold Publishing Corp., N.Y., published January 1964, 450 pp., price $9.50. This is a different entomology textbook because it treats not only the insects but also the myriapods and arachnids. The interests of both the zoologist and the entomologist are included in this approach. The first two-thirds of the book presents anatomy, physiology, and development of in- sects along with myriapod and arachnid comparisons. The remainder of the book is concerned with classification, evolution, and the fosil record. A concise survey of the 194 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Phylum Arthropoda is included. Myriapods, arachnids, and insects are discussed in some detail, and twenty-nine orders of insects are described. Keys, which the authors feel are readily available in other references, are omitted. The text is well-planned and carefully written. The clear, uncluttered line drawings are adequate. Selected references for the orders of insects and the topics covered are listed along with fifteen pages of references cited. This book deserves serious consideration for classroom or reference use. — J. Forbes Recent publications A Synonymic List Of The Nearctic Rhopalocera. Cyril dos Passos. Lepidopterist’s Soe., Mem. No. 1, 1964, 145 pp. Order from Soc. Treas : George Ehle, B14 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Pa. Price: $6.00. Guide To The Insects Of Connecticut, Part VI. The Diptera or True Flies, 8th Fascicle : Scatopsidae and Hyperoseellidae, Edwin F. Cook ; Blepharoceridae and Deu- terophlebiidae, Charles P. Alexander and Dixidae, Wesley R. Nowell. Bull. No. 93, June 1963, 115 pp. Part VI. The Diptera or True Flies, 9th Fascicle: Simulidae and Thamaleidae, Alan Stone. Bull. No. 97, June 1963, 126 pp. The publishers note that the policy in these bulletins is to include keys to the genera of North America and higher taxa of the world which makes the usefulness of the series less parochial than is suggested by the title. Copies available by writing to Dr. C. L. Remington, Dept. Biol., Yale Univ., New Haven, Conn. The Dynamics Of Epidemic Spruce Budworm Populations. R. F. Morris, editor. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada, No. 31, 1963, 332 pp. A Catologue Of The Nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera) . Oswald Peck. Can. Ent. Supp. 30, 1963, 1092 pp. Science writing The following request has been received from a well-known publisher: We publish children’s books exclusively and are looking for good science-book MSS, in all age groups. Originality and fresh approaches to science sub- jects are especially valued by us. We will be happy to see finished MSS or, if necessary, outlines with sample chapters. Address all requests for further information to the Journal Editor. September, 1964] Proceedings 195 PROCEEDINGS OF TEE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Note: All meetings held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History at 8:00 P.M. unless otherwise stated. Meeting op October 2, 1962 President Schmitt presided, 22 members and 4 guests were present. It was announced that two of our Honorary Members had died during the summer: Dr. Axel L. Melander at the age of 84 on August 14 and Dr. Robert E. Snodgrass at the age of 87 on September 4th. The resignation of our Vice-president, Dr. Daniel Ludwig was read. The heart attack he suffered last March makes it necessary to limit his activities. program Summer Activities was opened by Dr. Asher Treat. He reported that a group of English investigators has determined that sound production in certain Arctiid moths is by tymbal organs akin to those of the cicadas; ribbed concave membranes are buckled to produce pulses of ultrasound. The sound is made when the moth is disturbed. A moth has responded to artificially produced ultrasounds simulating that of bats. This suggests that bats may be able to distinguish these moths acoustically. Dr. Teale ob- served blue-jays shaking a bush to knock down the Japanese beetles from it. They, then, picked the beetles from the ground. He, also, commented that chimney swifts coat the twigs of their nests with their saliva to make them fireproof. Miss Alice Gray described a Malaise type of insect trap that is large enough to collect hundreds of flying insects in a 24-hour period. Dr. Klots found whole biological communities in logs associated with carpenter ants, which were common this year. These forms include fungi, slug-like Syrphid larvae ( Microdon sp.) , a Staphylinid beetle ( Xenodusa cava) , and ant-loving beetles (Pselaphidae) , all have some relationship to the ants, Camponotus ferrugineus. Interest was expressed in Rachel Carson’s new and controversial book, “Silent Spring.” A number of color slides were shown. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Meeting of October 16, 1962 Dr. Asher Treat was the Chairman in the absence of the President who was speaking in Philadelphia. Sixteen members and 5 guests were present. The death of Mr. Lionel Lacey of the Museum staff who had been a Society member for over 30 years was re- ported. Mr. Lacey, a specialist on Coleoptera and particularly the Cerambycidae, died on October 11, at the age of 89. program Dr. Herbert Ruckes gave an interesting, illustrated report of his recent field trip in Central America entitled, Collecting in Panama and Costa Rica. This trip which lasted 3% months was for the purpose of collecting Hemiptera and studying their food plant associations. Peter H. Dix, Sec. November 6, 1962 - — Election Day— No Meeting Meeting of November 20, 1962 Dr. Schmitt presided with 21 members and 8 guests present. Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky of the Museum staff was proposed for membership. Dr. and Mrs. Vishniac displayed a Japanese made cicada-shaped pill box and a necklace strung with scarab beetles. Dr. Klots had a rare salamander from the Wachung Reservation on exhibit. program Miss Rosemary Kenedy of Fordham University talked on Some Field Observa- tions Made at Simla. She discussed the work of a few years previous with the late Dr. William Beebe and his associate, Jocelyn Crane, at the Biological Station in Trinidad. 196 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII The work dealt with factors governing mating and social behavior of Heliconid butter- flies. With dye-painting techniques it was discovered that the long wave-length color, red, is important for courtship. When the natural red coloration on their wings was painted blue or a color reflecting the short wave-lengths of light, a female “became, literally, a wall-flower’'; males were less seriously affected. Males and female scents were also important; the male scent is detectable by humans. Miss Kenedy presented a superb, colored motion picture made by her in connection with this project, entitled “Butterflies, Weeds and a Curious Caterpillar.” Peter H. Dix, Sec. Meeting of December 4, 1962 Dr. Herbert Ruckes served as Chairman in the absence of Dr. Schmitt who was unable to be present. Twenty-three members and 3 guests were present. Dr. Wygodzinsky was unanimously elected to membership. program Dr. Alexander B. Klots presented Some Experiences with Insects. His in- formative and interesting presentation, illustrated with color-slides, ranged over a wide area. Included were carpenter ants and their nest sites, Syrphid fly larvae and pupae, moths and butterflies illustrating melanism and other forms of protective coloration, frogs, a beaver dam, and some flora and fauna of sphagnum bogs. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Meeting of December 18, 1962 Dr. Schmitt presided, 24 members and 10 guests were present. Mr. Heineman mentioned the recent death of Mr. E. Irving Huntington and commented upon the long membership Mr. Huntington had in the Society and the many, many services he performed for it. program Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky of the American Museum staff spoke on Collecting Experiences, from Tierra del Fuego to Bolivia. He discussed climatology, biogeog- raphy, and ecology pertinent to this area. The Nothofagus forest common throughout much of the Southern Hemisphere in Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea, and Tasmania, is, also, present in this region of South America. The distribution of this forest raises interesting problems concerning the distribution and the evolution of the insects associ- ated with it. His talk was illustrated with many, very fine color-slides. It was announced there would be no meeting on the first Tuesday in January, 1963. This date is New Year’s Day. Peter H. Dix, Sec. Meeting of January 15, 1963 President Schmitt presided, 24 members and 10 guests were present. The Nominating Committee, composed of Drs. Asher Treat, Herbert Ruckes, and Elsie Klots, Chairman, presented the following slate of candidates, which was elected: President—* Vice-President— Secretary-™ Assistant Secretary- Treasurer— Assistant Treasurer- Trustees— Editor- — Associate Editor — - Publication Committee — Mr. Bernard Heineman Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson Miss, Alice Gray Mr. J. Huberman Mrs. Patricia Vaurie Dr. Edmund R. Janvrin Mr. Lucien Polil Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Lucy W. Clausen Dr. James Forbes Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. John B. Schmitt September, 1964] Proceedings 197 Dr. Schmitt thanked the officers and members of the Society for their cooperation and help during his term of office. It was moved by Dr. Treat and seconded and passed, that the minutes express to Dr. Schmitt the grateful appreciation of the Society for his labors and his successful efforts as president for two terms. Mr. Heineman assumed charge of the meeting. He mentioned that Dr. Rozen would be in charge of the next few meetings while he and Mrs. Heineman were vacationing in Jamaica, W.I. Mr. Noriyuki Toyama was proposed for membership. He was elected immediately when the membership agreed to waive the By-Laws pertaining to this pro- cedure. program Dr. Theodore C. Schneirla of the American Museum staff, discussed the results of a recent trip, Collecting Legionary Ants in the Philippines. He described the com- parative behavior of members of the genera Eciton and Neivamyrmex of the dory line ants. The slides used to illustrate his talk were chiefly of the genus Aenictus which he studied on Negros Island and at Silliman University, Philippines. Aenictus shows differences of social organization, bivouac behavior, etc., which suggests this genus is ancestral to Eciton and Neivamyrmex. An analysis of the interacting factors in army ant behavior was presented. Slides showed the bivouac formations and raiding parties of army ants in both the Philippines and Panama. Richard W. Fredrickson, Sec, Meeting of February 5, 1963 Vice-president Jerome G. Rozen presided, 25 members and 6 guests were present. Two visiting araneologists from Belleville, Ontario, Canada, Drs. Charles D. Dondale and A. L. Turnbull, were introduced. Miss Alice Gray reported on the activities of the Junior Society which now number 13. Suggestions were solicited, and volunteer drivers for field trips were requested. Two persons were proposed for membership, Dr. Donald J. Southerland of Rutgers University and Mr. Martin Hagopian of Fordham University. program The Most Interesting Insect I Know. A number of members contributed to the discussion, including the following: Dr. Herbert Ruckes who recalled old-time entomo- logical gatherings and discussed the fulgorid known as the lantern-fly; Miss Gray de- scribed the evolution of interests in young people from showy moths to social insects; Mr. Noriyuki Toyama gave an enlightening discussion of the status of amateur entomol- ogy in Japan; Dr. Louis Marks showed slides of African papilionid butterflies exhibiting mimicry ; Mr. Edwin Teale commented on the praying mantis ; Mr. Lucien Pohl mentioned certain insects used as food; Mr. John Pallister showed specimens of some tropical tenebrionid beetles; Dr. John Schmitt related a legal case involving termite depreda- tions in a bank; and Dr. Rozen discussed the extraordinary life cycles of beetles of the family Micromalthidae. Richard W. Fredrickson, Sec. Meeting of February 19, 1963 A severe snowstorm caused cancellation of this meeting. Meeting of March 5, 1963 Vice-president Jerome G. Rozen presided, 15 members and 4 guests were present. Dr. Donald J. Sutherland and Mr. Martin Hagopian were elected to membership. Two persons were proposed for membership: Dr. Jocelyn Crane, of the New York Zoological Society field station in Trinidad and Mr. Malcolm Bareant, of Port-au-Spain, Trinidad. It was announced that Dr. Helen Forrest, who had been scheduled to speak at this meet- ing regretted that she could not be present because of illness, but she would be our 198 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII speaker on March 19. Dr. Mark Henry, the speaker scheduled for the postponed Febru- ary 19th meeting will speak on April 2nd. program Vice-president Rozen gave a slide-illustrated discussion on Comparative Studies of the Biology of Bees of the Genus Nomadopsis, and the Role of Such Studies in Systematics. His talk described the nest sites, differences in the shapes and construc- tion of the nests, and differences in the provisioning of the nests in some species of the genus. Richard W. Fredrickson, Sec. Meeting of March 19, 1963 President Bernard Heineman called the meeting to order in Room 419 ; 20 members and 10 guests were present. Dr. Jocelyn Crane and Mr. Malcolm Barcant were elected to membership. Dr. Vishniac displayed a book published in London in 1647, written by Mouveti entitled Insectorum Sive Minimorum Animalium Tlieatorum ; Dr. Vishniac has acquired a complete set of similar early works. Mr. Tadayoshi Machinura, of Rutgers University, was introduced as a guest. program Dr. Helen Forrest, of Rutgers University discussed The Production of Audible Sound by Common Ants and Its Possible Uses in Communication. Her talk was illus- trated and supplemented by tape-recorded stridulations of the ants. She stated that sounds of 25 species and varieties of ants have been recorded. Methods of sound pro- duction include snapping of joints, scraping of feet, rapping with the mandibles, and by stridulatory organs in the ponerines and the myrmicines. Most components of these stridulations appear to fall within the human audible range and may even be detected at close range by a person with good hearing. Analysis of re- cordings reveals that the “songs” produced appear quite different in different genera, and may be distinctive for each species. The sexual forms of the species studied have louder, deeper “voices” and are especialy sensitive to vibrations. Richard W. Fredrickson, Sec. Meeting of April 2, 1963 President Bernard Heineman called the meeting to order in Room 419 ; 17 members and eight guests were present. Dr. C. Bernard Lewis, Director of the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica was proposed for membership. Mr. Heineman enthusiastically en- dorsed the nominee, and it was proposed to suspend the rule for election to permit Dr. Lewis’ election immediately. This was approved by the members present. program Dr. S. Mark Henry of the Boyce Thompson Institute, Yonkers, N. Y. gave a slide-illustrated talk Endosymbiosis in Cockroaches and Other Insects. An abstract follows. Richard W. Fredrickson, Sec. ENDOSYMBIOSIS IN COCKROACHES AND OTHER INSECTS Numerous examples of that type of symbiosis in which a species of micro-organism lives within its host or partner are known in insects, but it is only in recent years that any significant progress has been made regarding the nature of this relationship. Several species containing symbiotic bacteria or yeasts in their digestive tracts are known to survive as a result of microbial breakdown of food which would otherwise be indigestible. Analyses of the more intimate relationships in which the microsymbiotes are intracellu- lar are relatively few due to the difficulty of separating the microbe from its macro- symbiote partner. However, in those cases which have been studied experimentally in various laboratories, the evidence generally indicates a strong dependence of the insect September, 1964] Proceedings 199 on the microbe located in its mycetocytes or mycetome or in specialized areas of the in- testinal tract. In the case of the cockroach, the microsymbiotes synthesize (1) aromatic amino acids from glucose, (2) cysteine and methionine from sulfate, and (3) other nu- trients normaly required by animals. Removal of the microsymbiotes results not only in increased nutritional requirements but in other side effects such as loss of normal colora- tion (Brooks and Richards). Recent data indicate that failure of the aposymbiotic cock- roaches to undergo cuticular melanization is directly related to inability of the symbiote- free insect to utilize glucose and other materials for synthesis of tyrosine and other compounds required for pigment formation. Control of intestinal microflora appears to be another function of the intracellular symbiotes of the cockroach. S. Mark Henry Meeting of April 16, 1963 President Bernard Heineman presided ; 18 members and three guests were present. Hr. Vishniac displayed another book in his series of early and rare volumes on zoology. This was the work of Francesco Stelluti, said to be the first microscopist. The illustrations in the book included detailed drawings of the anatomy of the honeybee and other insects. Mrs. Irene Y. and Mr. Robert J. Alexander were proposed for membership. Miss Alice Gray stated that the Junior Society now has 15 members. program Dr. Donald J. Southerland of Rutgers University gave a slide-illustrated talk on, Experimentally Induced Tumors in Cockroaches. An abstract follows. Richard W. Fredrickson, Sec. EXPERIMENTALLY INDUCED TUMORS IN COCKROACHES Insect tumor research contributes much to the field of oncology. Four methods for the experimental production of tumors in cockroaches include (1) nerve lesion, (2) carcino- gens, (3) transplantation of suboesophageal ganglia, and (4) duct ligature. Duct ligature of the common salivary duct results in tumor development in one or more parts of the salivary system. Such growths are grossly evident within one month and are characterized by the accumulation of “inclusion cyst material” having similarities to the integument accompanied by high cell proliferation. These cells originate in part from blood cells and microscopic studies indicate that abnormal growth may begin within one day after duct ligature. Cells of the intercalated ducts may also participate. “Inclu- sion cyst material” apparently arises in the nuclei of all salivary gland cells and blood cells. One of the late stages of tumor development is the development of liquid con- taining vesicles of a single layer of cells, the source of which is uncertain at present. Portions of salivary tumors transplanted in the abdomen or cervical region of normal cockroaches continue to grow but generally do not invade the tissues of the recipient. Tracheae have been seen to invade such transplants. Duct ligature affects adult male and female cockroaches as well as nymphs. Generally tumor development occurs only in that portion of the gland which has been ligatured. Tumors develop more rapidly in older than in young adults. Incidental tumorous growths in untreated cockroaches have been found in the abdominal trachea, salivary reservoirs, and fat body. Investigations are continuing to determine similarities and differences between tumors induced by various means. Subsequently, the tumor biochemistry will be studied. D. J. Sutherland Meeting of May 7, 1963 President Bernard Heineman presided; 18 members and six guests were present. Mrs. Irene and Mr. Robert J. Alexander were unanimously elected to membership. 200 New York Entomological Society | Vol. LXXII program Prof. D. M. Jobbins of the Dept, of Entomology, Butgers University, gave a slide-illustrated talk on Mosquitoes and Conservation Practices in New Jersey. Bichard W. Fredrickson, Sec. Meeting of May 21, 1963 President Bernard Heineman called the meeting to order in Eoom 426; 28 members and 51 guests were present. program Dr. Boman Vishniac presented Parts II and III of an excellent film series The Living Tide. This was accompanied by his own fascinating narration. Bichard W. Fredrickson, Sec. ! l&. d~5 Vol. LXXII No. 4 ■j ' / 1 ' , x u- DECEMBER 1964 . X ■ ! Journal of the Devoted to Entomology in General - y 1 i m l > & •' ... \ //: IV y c\ C\ 1 Ufos , L- ^ , i T ^ S V/ , 1,1 /'. i f V. 7 , / ■ 'At . t j: ' , ({ | •. J '■); lj '■ ; ; ( . i ■ ' A / 7 ■ ( ,: * ■ (i A V \ \ 1 ) 1 N k „ , ) /. / • ■ . / i ■ V ,fi 4 1 • , ' ■ 'i t ) Or;, .A-O1' ('{) w A 1 :i' 7/ 4/ j / 7 K /) ( 1 ) ' e r V' - ' . ■:)\ 0 ' / 10 • 1 J '( In:-: 7 . > rr >’•/ 11 7, ii ■ !' r _y y • . . / The FSfri ;¥/■' yr '< ; ','1 ' , ,7 V ■ - 7 s & " New York Entomological Society rf’ Organized June 29, 1892- — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 A \ k ;\ \% i ■ra The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the Treasurer. Officers for the Year 1964 President , Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Vice President , Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Secretary, Dr. David Miller College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Assistant Secretary , Mr. Albert Poelzl 230 E. 78th St., N. Y. 10021 Treasurer, Mr. J. Huberman ... American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 ■UV Trustees 1 K I Mr. Bernard Heineman Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky -71 v, V *J nN Mailed February 3, 1965 ;7'V‘ 0 7 •';d i M A - ■ i t, AS > i n j I V / p i ? fi'l A//y 00 / -7 , )\ ' / A/ Journal of the New York Entomological Society Volume LXXII December, 1964 No. 4 EDITORIAL BOARD Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss Editor Lucy W. Clausen Columbia University College of Pharmacy 115 West 68th Street, New York 23, N. Y. Associate Editor James Forbes Fordham University, New York 58, N. Y. Publication Committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. David Miller CONTENTS Nervous System of Pregenital Abdominal Segments of Two Orthoptera (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) John B. Schmitt 202 Correct Dates for Butterfly Names Described by Wil- liam Henry Edwards in Three Entomological Publi- cations F. Martin Brown 209 Phylogenetic-Taxonomic Significance of Last Instar of Protoxaea with Descriptions of First and Last Instars Hymenoptera: Apoidea) Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. 223 A Malformed Ovary in the Bedbug Cimex lectularius Linn. (Heteroptera : Cimicidae) Carl W. Schaefer 230 Species Replacement as a Factor Affecting Distribution of Formica opaciventris Emery (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) Gerald Scherba 231 Notes on Some African Theclinae (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae) Harry K. Clench 237 Proceedings 245 Index of Authors, Volume LXXII iii Index of Scientific Names, Volume LXXII 253 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 1965 202 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII NERVOUS SYSTEM OF PREGENITAL ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS OF TWO ORTHOPTERA (ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIID AE ) John B. Schmitt Rutgers — The State University New Brunswick, N. J. Received for publication April 9, 1964 Abstract The segmental nerve plan in the pregenital segments of the abdomen in the tettigoniid Neoconoceplialus exiliscanorus (Davis) anod the gryllacridid Ceutophilus gracilipes gracilipes (Haldeman) was found to conform to a pattern previously de- scribed in other orthopterous families and in the Lepidoptera, and shares some of its features with the Plecoptera and the Megaloptera. Iii an earlier paper (Schmitt, 1954) the writer reported on the segmental plan of innervation of the pregenital abdominal segments of the families Acrididae, Gryllidae, Blatticlae and Phasmidae. This paper presents the results of a similar study on the family Tettigoniidae, with notes on a species of the family Gryllacrididae. The tettigoniid studied was a coneliead grasshopper, N eoco nocephalus exiliscanorus (Davis), specimens of which were collected near New Bruns- wick, N. J. The gyllacridid or camel cricket studied was Ceutophilus gracilipes gracilipes (Haldeman) collected at Mt. Union, Pa., by Mr. William J. Collins. Both species were determined by Dr. Ashley B. Gurney, of the U. S. National Museum. The abdominal musculature of both Neoconocephalus and Ceutophilus have been described by Ford (1923) and her descriptions were used as the basis of study. The abdominal nerve cord of Conocephalus fascinatus De Geer and Ceutophilus brevipes Seudder have been described by Nesbitt (1941). The writer found that Neoconoceplialus differs from Nesbitt’s description of Conocephalus in only a few minor details. 1. Neoconocephalus exiliscanorus The abdomen of an adult male of Neoconocephalus is shown in Fig. 2A. The areas encircled by broken lines show the location of the dorsal longitu- dinal muscles in each segment. a. ventral nerve cord The ganglion of the first abdominal segment is fused with the metathoracic ganglion to form a single ganglionic mass. Connected posteriorly to this combined ganglion by very short intersegmental connec- tives may be found the first definitive ganglion, itself also a fused ganglion containing the ganglia of the second and the third abdominal segments. This first definitive ganglion is located immediately anterior to the meta- thoracic furca, and the metathoracic ganglionic mass is slightly anterior to and ventrad to this first definitive ganglion. The ventral longitudinal muscles extending from the metathoracic pleural apophyses to the second 1 Paper of the Jour. Ser., N. J. Agric. Exper. Sta., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, Dept. Ent. and Economic Zool. A 4 I t Mg, 1. Mesal view of nerves and muscles of abdominal segments 4, 5, and 6, right side, of N eoconocephalus exiliscanorus. 204 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LNXII spina partly cover the metathoracic ganglion and must be removed to render the ganglion visible from above. The second definitive abdominal ganglion, or the ganglion of the fourth A 1 A 2 A B. Nerves and muscles of segment 6, right side. C. Same, with symbols substituted for muscles to clarify innervation pattern. abdominal segment, is usually located just anterior to the first transverse sternal muscle ; and, in similar fashion, the third definitive ganglion or gang- Dec., 1964] Schmitt : Orthopteran Nervous System 205 lion of the fifth abdominal segment lies just before the second transverse muscle (Fig. 1, Gng 5). The fourth ganglion, or ganglion of the sixth abdominal segment ( Gng 6 ) , is usually located midway between the fourth and the fifth transverse sternal muscles. The fifth ganglion (Gng 7) is usually just anterior to the sixth transverse muscle, and the last or sixth ganglion is just posterior to the seventh transverse muscle. The last ganglion supplies nerves to the eighth, ninth, and tenth segments and to the cerci. b. segmental nerve system The distribution of nerves in the right side of abdominal segments four, five and six is shown in Fig. 1. Each ganglion gives off a lateral nerve (LN) which bifuracates to provide a dorsal nerve (DN) and a ventral nerve (VN). This is shown also in Fig. 3 A. The lateral nerves from the first definitive ganglion, containing the ganglia of the second and the third segments usually leave the ganglion as a single nerve, which bifuracates to provide the lateral nerves of the second and the third segments; a few specimens, however, were seen in which the segmental nerves emerged from the ganglion as two separate roots. Both nerves pass ventrad of the transverse sternal muscle (ts), which receives innervation from beneath by a branch (Fig. 3, DNa) of the dorsal nerve. The dorsal nerve then passes mesad to the inner sternal muscle (is), which also receives innervation from the dorsal nerve (Fig. 3, DNb). A branch of the dorsal nerve (Fig. 3B, DNc) extending anteriorly is joined by the transverse nerve (Fig. 3B, TN). Continuing anteriorly, the branch DNc becomes in effect a branch of the ventral nerve of the preceding segment. Innervation of the dilator and the occlusor muscles of the spiracle, (Fig. 3B, dlsp, osp), of the paratergal muscle (ptg) and of the sternopleural muscle (sm) is also pro- vided by this nerve complex. Continuing dorsally above the branch DNc, the dorsal nerve provides both mesal and lateral innervation of the dorsal longitudinal muscles (dm), and ultimately terminates on the lateral nerve of the dorsal vessel, as first described in the cockroach by Alexandrovicz (1913). The ventral nerve, after passing posteriorly beneath the transverse sternal muscle, varies somewhat in its manner of branching. The net effect, how- ever, is to provide the following branches (Fig. 3A) : (1) An anterior branch which forks to provide a dorsal nerve which enters the integument anterior to the secondary tergo-sternal muscle, and a pair of posteriorly directed nerves which enter the sternal integument; (2) a variable system of branches which provides nerves to the median outer sternal muscle (mos), the lateral outer sternal muscle (los), and the secondary transverse sternal muscle (sts) ; (3) a branch passing laterad of the inner sternal muscle, dor- sally along the secondary tergo-sternal muscle (stg), to which it provides innervation, and then, continuing lateral of the dorsal nerve, enters the integument anterior to the dorsal longitudinal muscles (dm) ; and (4) a 206 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXX1I posteriorly extending branch, which may be found just above the inner sternal muscle and joining, as previously described, with the transverse nerve and the branch DNc of the dorsal nerve. A median nerve (MN) extends between each of the abdominal ganglia posterior to the first definitive ganglion. Transverse nerves (TN) are given off from each median nerve from a point just before the posterior ganglion (Fig. 2, B, C) and pass above the transverse sternal muscle to join the branch DNc of the dorsal nerve, as previously described. In the first abdom- inal segment, the transverse nerves arise as a pair of very fine nerves from the dorso-lateral surface of the fused ganglia of the metathoracic and first abdominal segments and extend laterally to join a short branch from the Fig. 3. Abdominal structures of Neoconocephalus exiliscanorus. A. Innervation by the ventral nerve, segment 5. B. Innervation of the spiracular muscles, segment 6. dorsal nerve of the first abdominal segment. Innervation of the occlusor and the dilator of the first abdominal spiracle is provided by a dorsal exten- sion of the common nerve of the transverse nerve joined with the branch of the dorsal nerve. There is, however, no connection with a nerve from the metathoracic nervous system similar to the ventral nerve connection pre- viously described in the posterior, abdominal segments. The transverse nerves of the second abdominal segments also arise as separate nerves from the dorsal surface of the first definitive ganglion, but in all other respects the nerve plan of the second abdominal segment agrees with Dec., 1964] Schmitt : Orthopteran Nervous System 207 that described above. The transverse nerves of the third segment are given off by the bifurcation of a short median nerve which arises from the dorsal posterior surface of the first definitive ganglion. Nesbitt (1941) shows a median nerve extending between the metathoracic ganglion and the first definitive abdominal ganglion of C onoceplialus , but this could not be found in Neoconocephalus. He shows also two pairs of transverse nerves given off from the median nerve between the ganglia of the sixth and the seventh seg- ments, but only one pair of transverse nerves could be found in Neoconoce- phalus (Fig. 2B). In the specimens studied, three pairs of sternal muscles, namely the median outer sternal muscle, the lateral outer sternal muscle, and the sec- ondary transverse sternal muscle, were sometimes very weak and poorly developed. This was especially true of the median outer sternal muscle, which was completely absent in some females. 2. C eutophilus gracilipes gracilipes The segmental nerve plan in the pregenital segments of C eutophilus gracilipes gracilipes was found to agree so closely to that of Neoconocephalus that there appears to be no point in describing or figuring it in detail. Two differences in musculature, the presence of a tertiary tergo-sternal group in Ceutophilus, which does not occur in Neoconocephalus, and the inclusion of the secondary transverse sternal group in the secondary tergo-sternal group in Ceutophilus does not involve any marked modification of the nerve plan. DISCUSSION The physical continuity of a branch of the ventral nerve with a branch of the dorsal nerve of the following segment, as seen in Neoconocephalus and in Ceutophilus, conforms to a pattern previously described in the Acrididae, the Gryllidae, and the Blattidae by the writer, and in the Phasmidae by Maquardt (1939), who worked on Carausius. (On the other hand, the writer failed to find it in Diapheromera.) A similar continuity of these nerves was reported by both Beckel (1958) and by Libby (1959, 1961) in the Cecropia moth, Hyalophora cecropia (L). Maki (1936), however, found in the megalopteran Chaulindes forrnosanus that this nerve continuity may or may not occur in different specimens. It is not at all clear, therefore, just wliat purpose is served by this continuity. One objective in undertaking this study of the Tettigoniidae and Grvllacrididae was to learn whether the nerve continuity occurred in these families. A junction of the transverse nerve with this nerve continuity as found in Neoconocephalus and Ceutophilus is also characteristic of the Orthoptera, and has been described as well in the Lepidoptera by Beckel (1950) and Libby (1959, 1961), in the Megaloptera by Maki (1936), and in the Plecop- tera by Wittig (1955) and Schmitt (1936). In the Lepidoptera, as de- 208 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII / scribed by Kuwana (1932) and by Libby (1959), and in the Plecoptera (Schmitt, 1963), branches of the transverse nerve provide innervation to the alary muscles of the heart. Although the alary muscles are clearly evident in Neoconoceplialus and Ceutophilus, no such innervation could be found, but the termination of the dorsal nerve in the lateral nerve of the heart conforms to published observations on other Orthoptera. KEY TO FIGURE ABBREVIATIONS A, point of homology: site of shared branch of dorsal nerve Al, A2, etc., abdominal segments B, point of homology: junction of transverse nerve with shared branch Cx3, metathoracic coxa dlsp, dilator of the spiracle dm, dorsal longitudinal muscle DN, dorsal nerve DNa, DNb, etc., branches of the dorsal nerve Gng 5, Gng 6, etc., ganglia of the indicated segment integ., integument is, inner sternal muscle LN5, LN6, etc., lateral nerve of the indicated segment los, lateral outer sternal muscle MN, median nerve mos, medial outer sternal muscle osp, occlusor of the spiracle ptg, primary ter go-sternal group S2, S3, etc., sterna of the indicated segment sm, sterno-pleural muscle Spl, Sp2, etc., spiracles of the indicated segment stg, secondary tergo-sternal group Th3, metathorax TN, transverse nerve ts, transverse sternal muscle VN, ventral nerve Literature Cited 4 Alexandrovicz, J. S. 1939. The innervation of the heart of a cockroach. J. Comp. Neurol. 41: 291—309. Beckel, W. E. 1958. The morphology, histology and physiology of the spiracular regulating apparatus of Hyalophora cecropia (L) Proc. Intern. Congr. Entomol. 10th Meeting, Montreal, Que. 1956. 2: 87—115. Ford, Norma. 1923. A comparative study of the abdominal musculature of orthopter- ous insects. Trans. Boy. Canad. Inst. 14: 207-319. Kitwana, A. 1932. The innervation of the heart of Bombyx mori Bull. Imp. Sericult. Expt. Sta. Japan, 8: 116-120. Dec., 1964] Brown : Butterfly Names by Edwards 209 Libby, J. L. 1959. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments of the cecropia larva. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 52: 469-480. . 1961. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments and the innerva- tion of the male reproductive system and genitalia of Hyalopliora cecropia Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 54: 887-896. Maki, T. 1936. Studies on the skeletal structure, musculature and nervous system of the alder fly, Chauliodes formosanus Peterson. Mem. Fac. Sci. and Agric., Taihoku Imp. Univ. 16: 117-243. Marquardt, F. 1939. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Muskulatur and peripheren Nerven von Carausius (Dixippus) morosus Br. Zool. Jahrb. Anat. 66: 63-128. Nesbitt, H. H. J. 1941. A comparative study of the nervous system of the Orthoptera and related orders. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 34: 51-81. Schmitt, J. B. 1954. The Nervous System of the pregenital abdominal segments of some Orthoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 47: 677-682. 1963. The abdominal nervous system of Pteronarcys (Plecoptera: Pteron- arcidae) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 71: 202-217. Wittig, G. 1955. Untersuchungen am Thorax von Perla abdominalis Burm. (Larve und Imago) Zool. Jahrb. Anat. 74: 491-570. CORRECT DATES FOR BUTTERFLY NAMES DESCRIBED BY WILLIAM HENRY EDWARDS IN THREE ENTOMOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS F. Martin Brown1 Fountain Valley School Colorado Springs, Colo. Received for publication Dec. 12, 1963 Abstract The three journals involved are Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 13, 14; Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 1-6; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1—11. The content and publication dates of each of E’s. articles is discussed and a summary in the form of an alphabetical list containing 224 species names given. For each name the date of release of the preprint and the date of publication of the volume part containing the name is given. An in- formal opinion of the Commission on Zoological Nomenclature establishing the validity of preprints for purposes of priority is quoted. In the course of my study of the types of butterfly names proposed by William Henry Edwards it has been necessary to investigate the dates of publication usually associated with each name. Precise dates of publica- tion for the various parts of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia were published by the Academy in 1914 in the “Index to Journal and Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1812-1912.” Dates for the various parts of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia were published by me (1964), and those for the Transactions of the American Entomological Society, Vol- umes 1-10, are in press (Brown, 1964a). These three journals have in common a bibliographic problem that may 1 This study was supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-194 210 New Yokk Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII become vexing. Author’s preprints were distributed from a month to a year before the article in question reached subscribers to the journal. Thus there are two possible “date of publication” for each name proposed in these journals, the date of release of the preprint and the date of release of the journal part containing the name. I informally presented this prob- lem to the Commission on Zoological Nomenclature on 22 December 1963. A letter from Miss Margaret Spillane, Scientific Assistant to the Commis- sion, dated 17 January 1964, reads in part: 1 1 Having discussed this matter, Mr. Riley, Dr. China and I were in agree- ment that the case was already covered by the present Code, in that the issue of preprints to authors satisfies the criteria of publication set out in Article 8. The names concerned are therefore available from the date of issue of those preprints, insofar as this may be determined.” Thus the date to be used in establishing priority for the three journals under consideration is the date of release of the preprints, not the dates upon which the various parts of the journals were “published.” In the following analyses I have presented all of the dates associated with each of. Edwards’s articles. The estimated dates of issue for the preprints are explained in the original studies of the publications (Brown 1964, 1964a). It would be redundant to repeat them here. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Volumes 13, 14. Until recently there has been no question about accepting the year-dates of the two volumes of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in which Edwards’s articles appeared. In 1947, dos Passos and Grey (p. 26) assigned 1863 as the year of publication for the volume for 1862. Higgins (1960: 438) used the year 1862 for the volume for 1861. The dates used by dos Passos and Grey and by Higgins come from the title pages of the volumes involved. Nabokov (1949: 487) had come to the con- clusion that Edwards’s first article, published in the 1861 volume, had in fact been published before the end of December in that year. He also sug- gested that there may have been an author’s preprint published as early as July 1861. Brown (“1958”: 207) presented conclusive evidence that a preprint or separate of Edwards’s first article was mailed by Edwards on 30 September 1861. The uncertainty noted in the above paragraph led me to write to Miss Margaret Greenwald, librarian for the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and inquire about the dates of publication for the Proceedings. She promptly referred me to the “Index to Journal and Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1812-1912” published by the Academy in 1914. The following is drawn from the Index. The volume for 1861 was issued in thirty-six signatures, each composed Dec., 1964] Brown: Butterfly Names by Edwards 211 of 16 pages. The information about the dates of issue for these came from acknowledgements of receipt at the Boston Society of Natural History (BSNH) and from the Smithsonian Institution (SI). It is safe to consider that the nine parts of the volume each was issued a few days, at least two or three, before the dates of receipt. The dates associated with volume 13, 1861, are these : Signatures Pages Date of receipt Institution 1-3 1-48 4 49-64 31 March 1861 BSNH 5-6 65-96 30 June 1861 BSNH 7-8 97-120 9-10 121-144 30 September 1861 BSNH 11-17 145-256 18-21 257-328 28 December 1861 SI 22-25 329-382 31 December 1861 BSNH 26-36 385 et seq 31 March 1862 BSNH Edward’s paper in volume 13 occupied pages 160-164. Unfortunately the date of issue for signatures 11-17, containing these pages, is not pre- cisely known. It is safe to assume that these pages were issued after 30 September and before 28 December 1861. The volume for 1862 was issued in twelve numbers. From the paging of these it is evident that some signatures were of eight pages. In the ‘ 4 In- dex” it is stated that the dates of receipt are for the Smithsonian Institution, except for No. 7-9 which was presented at a meeting of the Academy. The dates for volume 14, 1862, are these : Number Pages Date of receipt 1-2 1-96 25 April 1 862 3-4 97-168 27 May 1862 5 169-272 6 273-320 1 August 1862 7-9 321-404 28 October 1862 9 (error) 405-480 12 January 1863 10-12 481 et seq 26 February 1863 The above information presents a date for the publication of Edwards’s second article (14: 54-58) a few days before 25 April 1862. His third article (14: 221-226) was published after 27 May and before 1 August 1862. The fact that Edwards mailed a pre-print of his first article (13: 160- 164) on 30 September 1861 led me to inquire of Dr. James Rehn about the method of publication for the Proceedings. He told me that the system used until the second decade of this century was to release to the authors of articles loose signatures as rapidly as they were printed. This allowed an author to distribute pre-prints before the Academy released a completed number of the Proceedings. 212 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII 1. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA, found within the limits of the United States and British America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 13: 160-164. 1861. Signature date: July, 1861. Pre-print released: Probably in August, 1861. A copy mailed 30 September 1861 to Baird, on his return from vacation Part issued: after 30 September, and before 28 December 1861, probably in November. Names affected: Melitaea mylitta, Melitaea minuta, Melitaea nycteis (Edw. not Double- day), Limenitis weidemeyerii, Satyrus silvestris, Coenonympha inornata, Coenonympha orchracea , Lycaena anna, Lycaena scudderii, Lycaena fidiginosa. 2. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA, found within the limits of the United States and British America. No. 2. Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 14: 54-58, 1862, Signature date: February, 1862. Pre-print released: probably in March, 1862. Part issued : 25 April 1862. Species names affected: Argynnis atlantis, Tliecla acadica, Theda laeta, Lycaena neglecta, Chionobas taygete (Edw. nec Huebner), Pamphila verna, Pamphila rurea, Hesperia vialis. 3. Descriptions of certain species of DIPTRNAL LEPIDOPTERA, found within the limits of the United States and British America. No. 3. Proc, Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 14: 221-226, 1862. Signature date: April, 1862. Pre-print released: probably in May, 1862. Part issued: after 27 May and before 1 August 1862, probably in June 1862. Species names affected: Argynnis nolcomis, Grapta f minus, Theda calif ornica, Tliecla viridis, Tliecla affinis, Lycaena behrii, Lycaena pembina, Lycaena shasta, Lycaena scud- ded $ (nec Edw. 1861), Parnassius smintheus “Doubleday” Limenitis eulalia “Double- day.” Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, Volumes 1-6, all published. A detailed account of my finding about these volumes has been published in the Transactions of the American Entomological Society (Brown, 1964). From this it is possible to date with some degree of precision the issue of pre-prints of the articles by Edwards and the release of completed numbers of the journal by the Society. Edwards published thirteen articles in the Proceedings of the Entomo- logical Society of Philadelphia and another long series in its successor, the Transactions of the American Entomological Society. In the Proceedings he used fifty-four names. Two of these were considered by Edwards to be descriptions of butterflies figured but not described by Doubleday. Two of the names published validated manuscript names of Boisduval and one a manuscript name of Behr. Ten of the names apply to Catocala. In two cases, involving nine new names, there is a year-date discrepancy between the dates of issue of the pre-print and the “number” in which the article appeared. In two cases the date of issue of the “number” is established by the date it was received at the Smithsonian Institution and therefore a few days after the actual release. These dates are enclosed in parentheses. Dec., 1964] Brown: Butterfly Names by Edwards 213 The month dates for the release of the pre-print are estimated and placed in square brackets. In some cases it may be discovered that the release took place in the previous month. 1. Notes upon GRAPTA COMMA Harris, and GRAPTA FAUNUS Edwards. (C- ALBUM, of some Authors.) Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 1: 182-184, 1862. Signature date : March, 1862. Pre-print released : [ April] 1862. Number issued: 12 May 1862. 2. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States, figured in Doubleday’s Genera but not described. Proc. Ent. Soc. Pliila., 1: 221-224, 1862. Signature date: July, 1862. Pre-print released: [August] 1862. Number issued: 11 August 1862. Species names affected: Argynnis astarte [Edw, nec Dbly], Melitaea anicia [Edw, nee Dbly] ; Melitaea ehalcedon Dbly, Timetes coresia Dbly. 3. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America, No. 1. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 2: 14-22. Signatures dated: March and April, 1863. Pre-print released : [April] 1863. Number issued: (July 29) 1863. Species names affected: Colias alexandra, Tliecla clothilde, Hesperia mystic , Hesperia Huron . Hesperia conspicua, Hesperia pontiac, Hesperia log an, Hesperia delaw are, Hesperia uncas. 4. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America, No. 2. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 2: 78- 82, 1863. Signature date: July, 1863. Pre-print released: [August] 1863. Number issued: October 12, 1863. Species names affected: Parnassius sayii, Colias Christina, Colias Helena, Lycaena arnica, Melitaea texana, Anthocaris ausonides Bdv, Chionobes chryxus Dbly. 5. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America. No. 3. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 2: 501- 507, 1864. Signature date: March, 1864. Pre-print released: [April] 1864. Number issued: 9 May 1864. Species names affected : Pieris nasturtii Bdv. il., Pieris vernalis, Eresia cincta, Argynnis hesperis , Argynnis epithore Bdv il, Melitaea pallida, Melitaea phaon, Lycaene echo, Lycaena lycea, Hesperia nemoris. 6. Descriptions of certain species of CATOCALA found within the United States. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 2: 508-512, 1864. Signature date : March, 1864. Pre-print released: [April] 1864. Number issued: May 9, 1864. Species names affected: briseis, marmorata, calif ornica, walshii, nebidosa, serena, tristis, gracilis, similis, minuta, parvula. 7. Description of the female ARGYNNIS DIANA. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 3: 431- 433, 1864. 214 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Signature date: November, 1864. Pre-print released : [December] 1864. Number issued: March 13, 1865. 8. Notes on the ARGYNNIDES of California. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 3: 434-436 “1864.” Signature date: November, 1864. Pre-print released: (December] 1864. Number issued: March 13, 1865. Species name affected: Argynnis coronis, Belir in lit. 9. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America. No. 4. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 4: 201- 204, 1865. Signature date: January, 1865. Pre-print released: [February] 1865. Number issued: between April 4 and 11, 1865. Species names affected: Melitaea picta, Satyrus riding six, Hesperia napa , Hesperia macvlata, Hesperia viator, Hesperia ricara, Lycaena rustica. 10. Notes of PAPILIO ASTERIAS and SATURNIA PROMETHEA hermaphrodites. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 4: 390, 1865. Signature date: June, 1865. Pre-print released : [July] 1865. Number issued: between August 15 and 22, 1865. 11. Description of a new species of Limenitis. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 5: 148, 1865. Signature date: September, 1865. Pre-print released: [October] 1865. Number issued: between October 24 and November 7, 1865. Species name affected : Limenitis Proserpina. 12. On certain North American species of Satyrus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila.. 6: 195— 200, “1886.” Signature date: July, 1866 Pre-print released : [August] 1866. Number issued: (March 4) 1867. 13. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the limits of the United States and British America. No. 5. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 6: 200- 208, “1866.” Signature dates: p. 200, July 1866; pp. 201-208, October 1866. Pre-print released: [November] 1866. Number issued : (March 4) 1867. Species names affected: Papilio bairdii, Colias behrii, Lycaena violacea , Lycaena pseudar giolus Bdv and LeC., Lycaena mertila, Syrichtus alba, Hesperia ottoe , Hesperia mingo, Hesperia yreka. The Transactions of the American Entomological Society Volumes 1-11. The following information lias been derived from my critical study of the structure and dates of issue of the various parts of the early volumes of the Transactions, to be published late in 1964. In addition to the above noted article I have studied the register of the Publications Committee of the American Entomological Society in the archives of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. This is a chronological logbook of articles published, giving the date the paper was Dec., 1964] Brown : Butterfly Names by Edwards 215 read to the assembled Society and the date the article was accepted for pub- lication. William Henry Edwards published twenty articles in the Trans- actions. There are oidy twelve entries in the register pertaining to these articles. Apparently the omitted eight articles were considered by the com- mittee to be continuations of a title previously accepted for publication. In the following treatment of each of Edwards’s articles I have always given three dates associated with it and sometimes five dates and a number. The three dates always stated are these : the signature drop-date, the prob- able date of release of the pre-print, and the date upon which the Part con- taining the article was released. These are dates that are involved in questions of priority. The two other dates are taken from the register of the Publication Committee. They are the date upon which the article was read before a meeting of the Society and the date upon which the article was accepted for publication. For some studies these may be useful clues. The serial number is that assigned in the register. It has been customary to accept the drop-dates as the date of publication. As I have demonstrated in the basic article alluded to in the first paragraph these are by no means publication dates. In some cases they coincide with the month date in which the article was approved for publication. The bulk of the evidence is that they are the month in which the signature was set in type. This is not true for 1871. In the signatures dated “March 1871” is described Colias meaclii Edwards which was collected by Mead in July, 1871 (Brown, 1956). The system used by the Society until about 1914 was to send to the author of a paper his copies of each signature as they were completed. The author then was at liberty to distribute these to his correspondents. Such distribu- tion usually took place some time before actual publication of the Part of the Transactions containing the article. In a few instances the differences between the date the author had copies for distribution and the Society sent out the Part are as much as a year. Workers of the era of which I am writ- ing accepted as published names appearing in the pre-prints. As a point in question Strecker considered Edwards’s publication of Satyrus wheelerii as prior to his own publication of Satyrus hoffmani on the basis of the pre- print, although his name lioffmani was published, in the modern sense, some two or three months before the Part containing Edwards’s description was released by the Society. Edwards himself always considered the date of the pre-print as the date of publication for his names. These statements are supported by their catalogues, Strecker ’s published in 1878 and Ed- wards’s published in 1884. The third date presented for each article is the date upon which the Part containing the article was released by the Society to its subscribers. Today, it would be considered the true date of publication and action of the Inter- national Commission in the future may decide that it is the date rather than the pre-print date that must be used for establishing priority. 216 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII 1. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found in the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 1: 286-288. Serial No. 12, read 9 September 1867, accepted 14 October 1867. Signature date: October, 1867. Pre-print released: [November] 1867. Officially issued: between 21 January and 4 February 1868. Species names affected : Hesperia pilatka, Hesperia nortonii, Hesperia osyka. 2. Description of a new HESPERIAN. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe., 2: 122. Serial No. 30, read 13 July 1868, accepted 10 August 1868. Signature date: August, 1868. Pre-print released: [September] 1868. Officially issued: February 8, 1869. Species name affected: Hesperia waco. 3. Notes on a remarkable variety of PAPILIO TURNUS, and descriptions of two species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe., 2: 207-210. Signature date: September, 1868. Pre-print released: [October] 1868. Officially issued: 8 February 1869. Species names affected: Melitaea marcia, Thecla Ontario. 4. Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found in the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 2: 311-312. Signature date: April, 1869. Pre-print released: [May] 1869. Officially issued: 8 November 1869. Species names affected: Hesperia wakalla, Hesperia eufala, Hesperia melane. 5. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 2: 369-376. Serial No. 43, read 9 August 1869, accepted 13 September 1869. Signature date: September, 1869. Pre-print released: [October] 1869. Officially issued: 14 March 1870. Species names affected : Anthocaris reakirtii, Pier is hulda, Argynnis behrensii , Melitaea vesta , Melitaea arachne, Grapta oreas, Grapta satyrus, Cae7ioympha [sic] kodialc , Gaenonympha [sic] brenda, Lycaena orcus, Thecla chalcis (Behr i.l.). 6. Notes on GRAPTA C-AUREUM AND INTERROGATIONS. — Fab. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 3: 1-9. Serial No. 45, read 11 October, accepted 8 November 1869. Signature date: January 1870. Pre-print released : [February] 1870. Officially issued: 11 July 1870. Species name affected: Grapta fabricii. 7. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 3: 10-22. Signature date: January, 1870. Pre-print released: [February] 1870. Officially issued: 11 July 1870. Species names affected: Parnassius belirii, Colias edwardsii, Colias emilia , Colias ariadne, Pieris virginienesis, Argynnis nevadensis , Grapta silenus, Grapta zephyrus , Grapta mar- syas, Grapta dry as , Thecla belirii, Thecla tetra, Thecla dryope, Lycaena kodiak , Chrys- ophanus cupreus, Chry soph anus hermes, Chrysophanus viginiens is, Hesperia hayhurstii. 8. Descriptions of new North American DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. Trans. Amer. Dec., 1964] Brown ; Butterfly Names by Edwards 217 Ent. Soc., 3: 189-196. Serial No. 61, accepted 14 November 1870 Signature date: November, 1870. Pre-print released : [December] 1870. Officially issued: between [January and April] 1871. Species names affected: Pieris calyce, Argynnis bischoffii, Mclitaea sterope, Melitaea theTcla, Eresia punctata, Chionobas stretchii, Satyrus gabbii, Thecla dry ope, Lycaena mintha , Lycaena fulla, Lemonias palmerii, Syrichtus petreius, Cyclopides slcada, Hesperia minima. 9. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 3: 205-216. Signature date: January, 1871. Pre-print released: [February] 1871. Officially issued: between [January and April 1872]. Species names affected: Anthocaris hyantis, Phyciodes orseis, Phyciodes canace , Thecla cygnus, Thecla castalis, Lycaena hellos, Lycaena viaca, Lycaena ardea, Lycaena glaucon, Lycaena gyas, Lycaena fea, Chrysophanus ianthe, Charis nemesis, Euptychia rubricata , Coenonympha ampelos, Syrichtus oceanus, Stereoptes slcada, Heteropterus arene, Hesperia procris, Hesperia tamenund, Hesperia ophis. 10. Descriptions of new species of North American butterflies. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3: 266-277. Signatures dated: March, 1871, April, 1871. Pre-print released: September 1871. Officially issued: between [January and April] 1872. Note: This article contains references to material collected as late as July 1871. Species names affected: Anthocaris olympia, Colias meadii, Argynnis helena, Phyciodes Camillas, Phyciodes emissa, Chrysophanus sirius, Thecla ninus, Thecla autolycus, Thecla alcestis, Lycaena daunia, Lycaena alee, Erebia rhodia, Erebia callias, Thymelicus hylax, Pamphila draco, Pamphila licinus, Pamphila attains, Hesperia eos, Hesperia dacotah, Hesperia horus. 11. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4: 61-70. Serial No. 72, read and accepted 11 March 1872. Signatures dated: February, 1872, and March, 1872. Pre-print released: [April] 1872. Officially issued: 9 December 1872. Species names affected: Colias astraea, Anthocaris julia, Argynnis bremnerii, Argynnis inornata, Argynnis eurynome, Argynnis meadii, G rapt a hylas, Satyrus charon, Erebia meadii. 12. Descriptions of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4: 343-348. Signature date: March, 1873. Pre-print released: [April] 1873. Officially issued: between 1 October and 31 December 1873. Species names affected: Satyrus wheeled, Thecla crysalus, Lemonias cytliera, Hesperia chusca, Hesperia yuma, Lycaena melissa. 13. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found in North America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 5: 13-19. Serial No. 87, accepted 9 June 1873. Signatures dated: January 1874, and February 1874, Pre-print released: [March] 1874. Officially issued : [December] 1874. 218 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Species names affected: Argynnis rhodope, Satyrus phocus, Argynnis nitocris, Melitaea acastus, Synchloe crocale, Geirocheilus tritonia. 14. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found in North America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 5: 103-111. Serial No. 90, and read and accepted 12 January 1874. Signature dated: October, 1874. Pre-print released: [November] 1874. Officially issued : [December] 1874. Species names affected: Apatura leilia, Argynnis nausicca, Argynnis opis, Argynnis clio, Grapta rustica, Grapta silvius, Theda siva. 15. Description of a new speices of Catocala from Arizona. Trans Amer. Ent. Soc., 5: 112. Signature date: October, 1874. Pre-print released: [November] 1874. Officially issued : [December] 1874. Specific name affected : Catocala editlia. 10. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States and British N.A. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 5: 202-208. Signature date: April, 1876. Pre-print released: [May] 1876. Officially issued: between 13 March and 20 March 1877. Species names affected: Colias eriphyle, Argynnis carpenterii, Euptychia henshawi, Thanaos alpheus, Hesperia comas, Hesperia nereus, Hesperia zampa, Papilio oregonia. 17. New species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 5: 289-292. Signature date: December, 1876. Pre-print released: [January] 1877. Officially issued: between March 13 and March 20, 1877. Species names affected: Argynnis alcestis, Chrysophanus nais, Hesperia deva. 18. Catalogue of the DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA of America north of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 6: 1-67. Serial No. 117, read 12 January 1877, accepted 9, February 1877. Signatures dated: February 1877 through March 1877. Pre-print released : [April] 1877. Officially issued: between [July 1 and September 1] 1877. 19. Descriptions of new species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 9: 1-8. Serial No. 155, read 13 December 1880, accepted 14 January, 1881. Signature date: February, 1881. Pre-print released: 11 March 1881. Officially issued: 14 October 1881. Species names affected: Argynnis artonis, Enrygona abreas, Lycaena cyna, Pamphila harpalus, Pamphila cabelus, Pamphila verus, Pamphila regvlus, Pamphila lagus , Pamphila taxiles, Amblyscirtes simius. 20. Notes on the species of CALLIDRYAS found within the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 9: 9-14. Serial No. 156, read 13 December 1880, accepted 14 January 1881. Signature date: February 1881. Pre-print released: 11 March 1881. Officially issued: 14 October 1881. 21. Revised catalogue of the DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA of America north of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 245-338. Serial No. 178, read 14 March 1884, accepted 11 April 1884. Dec., 1964] Brown: Butterfly Names by Edwards 219 Signatures dated: July 1884 and November 1884. Pre-print released: January 1885. Officially issued: between [January 1 and March 31] 1885. Alphabetical list of names proposed and dates of release. Name Pre-print released Part issued abreas, Eurygona Mch 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 acadica, Thecla [Mch] 1862 April 25, 1862 acastus, Melitaea [Mch] 1874 [Dec.] 1874 affinis , Thecla [May] 1862 bet. May 27-Aug. 1, 1862 alba, Syrichtus [Nov] 1866 (March 4) 1867 alee, Lycaena Sept. 1871 [Jan- Apr. 1872] alexandra, Colias [Apr] 1863 (July 29) 1863 alcestis, Argynnis [Jan] 1877 Mch 13-20, 1877 alcestis, Thecla Sept, 1871 [ Jan— Apr. 1872 ] alpheus, Thanaos [May] 1876 Mch. 13-20, 1877 arnica, Lycaena [Aug] 1863 Oct. 12, 1863 ampelos, Coenonympha [Feb.] 1871 [Jan- Apr. 1872] anicia Melitaea (nec Dbly.) [Aug] 1862 Aug. 11, 1862 anna, Lycaena [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 arachne, Melitaea f Oct] 1869 Mch. 14, 1870 ardea, Lycaena [Feb] 1871 [Jan-Apr. 1872] arene, Heteropterus [Feb] 1871 [Jan-Apr. 1872] ariadne, Colias [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 artonis, Argynnis Mch. 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 a start e , Argynnis (nec Dbly.) [Aug] 1862 Aug. 11, 1862 astraea, Colias [Apr] 1872 Dec. 9, 1872 atlantis, Argynnis [Mch] 1862 April 25, 1862 [Jan-Apr. 1872] attains, Pamphila Sept. 1871 autolycus, Thecla Sept. 1871 [Jan-Apr. 1872] bairdii, Papilio [Nov] 1866 (Mch 4) 1867 behrensii, Argynnis [Oct] 1869 Mch. 14, 1870 behrii, Colias [Nov] 1866 (Mch 4) 1867 behrii, Lycaena [May] 1862 bet. May 27-Aug. 1, 1862 behrii, Parnassius [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 behrii, Thecla [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 bischoffii, Argynnis [Dec] 1870 [Jan-Apr. 1871 ] bremnerii, Argynnis 1 Apr] 1872 Dec, 9, 1872 b rend a, Coenonympha [Oct] 1869 Mch. 14, 1870 briseis, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 cabelus, Pamphila calif ornica, Catocala calif ornica, Theda callias, Erebia calyce, Pieris Camillas , Phyciodes canace, Phyciodes carpenteri , Argynnis castalis, Theda chalcis, Theda (Behr i.l.) charon , Satyrus chrisiina, Colias cliusca, Hesperia cincta, Eresia clio, Argynnis clothilde , Thecla comus, Hesperia conspicua, Hesperia coronis, Argynnis (Behr i.l.) Mch. 1881 [Apr] 1864 | May] 1862 Sept. 1871 [Dec.] 1870 Sept. 1871 Feb. 1871 [May] 1876 [Feb] 1871 [Oct] 1869 [Apr] 1872 [Aug] 1863 [Apr] 1873 [Apr] 1864 [Mch] 1874 [Apr] 1863 [May] 1876 [Apr] 1863 [Dec] 1864 Oct. 14, 1881 May 9, 1864 bet. May 27-Aug. 1, 1862 [Jan- Apr., 1872] [Jan- Apr., 1871] [Jan- Apr., 1872] [Jan- Apr., 1872] Mch. 13-20, 1877 [Jan- Apr., 1872] Mch. 14, 1870 Dec. 9, 1872 Oct. 12, 1863 [Oct-Dec., 1873] May 9, 1864 ] Dec | 1874 (July 29) 1863 Mch. 13-20, 1877 (July 29) 1863 Mch! 13, 1865 220 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII crocale, Synchloe [Mch] 1874 [Dec] 1874 crysalus, Theda | Apr] 1873 [Oct.-Dec., 1873] cupreus, Ch rysophanus [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 cygnus, Thecla [Feb] 1871 [Jan -Apr., 1872] cyna, Lycaena Mch. 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 cythera, Lemonias [Apr] 1873 [Oct.-Dec., 1873] dacotah, Hesperia Sept, 1871 [Jan -Apr., 1872] daunia, Lycaena Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] delaware, Hesperia [Apr] 1863 (July 29) 1863 deva, Hesperia [Jan] 1877 Mch.' 13-20, 1877 draco, Pamphila Sept, 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] dryas , Grapta [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 dryope, Thecla [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 echo, Lycaena [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 [Dec] 1874 editha, Catocala [Nov] 1874 edwardsii, Colias [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 emilia , Colias [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 emissa, Phyciodes Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] eos, Hesperia Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] epithore, Argynnis (Bdv. i.l.) [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 eriphyle, Colias [May] 1876 Mch. 12-20, 1877 eufala, Hesperia [May] 1869 Nov. 8, 1869 eulalia, Limenitis (“Doubleday”) [May] 1862 bet. May 27-Aug. 1, 1862 eurynome, Argynnis [Apr] 1872 Dec. 9, 1872 fabricii , Grapta [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 faunus, Grapta [May] 1862 bet. May 27-Aug. 1, 1862 fea, Lycaena [Feli] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] fuliginosa, Lycaena [Aug'] 1861 bet, Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 fulla, Lycaena [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] gabbii, Satyrus [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] glaucon, Lycaena [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] gracilis, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 gyas, Lycaena [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] liar pains, Pamphila Mch. 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 hayhurstii, Hesperia [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 helena, Argynnis Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] helena, Colias [ Aug] 1863 Oct. 12, 1863 helios, Lycaena [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] henshawii, Euptychia [May] 1876 Mch. 13-20, 1877 hermes, Chrysophanus [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 hesperia, Argynnis [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 liorus, Hesperia Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] hulda, Pieris [Oct] 1869 Mch. 14, 1870 huron , H esperia [Apr] 1863 (July 29) 1863 hy antis, Anthocaris [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] hylas, Grapta [Apr] 1872 Dec, 9, 1872 liylax, Thymelicus Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] ianthe, Chrysophanus [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] inornata, Argynnis [Apr] 1872 Dec, 9, 1872 inornata, Coenonympha [Aug] 1861 bet, Oct, 1-Dec. 27, 1861 julia, Anthocaris [Apr] 1872 Dec. 9, 1872 Icodialc, Coenonympha [Oct] 1869 Mch. 14, 1870 Icodiak, Lycaena [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 laeta, Thecla [Mch] 1862 April 25, 1862 lag us, Pamphila March 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 Dec., 1964] Brown: Butterfly Names by Edwards 221 leilia, Apatura [Nov] 1874 Dec. 1874 licinus, Pamphila Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] logan, Hesperia [Apr] 1863 (July 29) 1863 lycea, Lycaena [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 maculata, Hesperia [Feb] 1865 April 4-11, 1865 marcia, Melitaea [Oct] 1868 Feb. 8, 1869 marmorata, Catocala [Apr 1864 ] May 9, 1864 mdrsyas, Grapta [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 meadii, Argynnis [Apr] 1872 Dec, 9, 1872 meadii, Colias Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] meadii, Erebia [Apr] 1872 Dec. 9, 1872 melissa, Lycaena [Apr] 1873 [Oct.-Dec., 1873] melane, Hesperia [May] 1869 Nov. 8, 1869 mertila, Lycaena [Nov] 1866 (March 4) 1867 mingo, Hesperia [Nov] 1866 (March 4) 1867 minima, Hesperia [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] mintha, Lycaena [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] minzita, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 minuta, Melitaea [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 mylitta, Melitaea [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 mystic, Hesperia [Apr] 1863 (July 29) 1863 nais, Chrysophanus [Jan] 1877 Mch. 13-20, 1877 7iapa, Hesperia [Feb] 1865 April 4-11, 1865 nasturtii, Pieris (Bdv i.l.) [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 [Dec] 1874 nausicca, Argynnis [Nov] 1874 nebulosa, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 April 25, 1862 neglect a, Lycaena [March] 1862 nemesis, Charis [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] nemoris, Hesperia [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 nereus, Hesperia [May] 1876 Mch. 13-20, 1877 nevadensis, Argynnis [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 ninus, Theda Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] nitocris, Argynnis [Mcli] 1874 [Dec] 1874 nokomis, Argynnis [Mav] 1862 bet. May 27- Aug. 1, 1862 nortonii, Hesperia [Nov] 1867 Jan. 21-Feb. 2, 1868 nycteis, Melitaea (“Doubleday”) [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 oceanus, Syrichtus [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] ochracea, Coenonympha [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 olympia, Anthocaris Sept. 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] Ontario, Tliecla [Oct] 1868 Feb. 8, 1869 ophis, Hesperia [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] opis, Argynnis [Nov] 1874 [Dec] 1874 orcus, Lycaena [Oct] 1869 March 14, 1870 oreas, Grapta [Oct] 1869 March 14, 1870 oregonia, Papilio [May] 1876 Mch. 13-20, 1877 orseis, Phyciodes [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] osyTca, Hesperia [Nov] 1867 Jan. 21-Feb. 2, 1868 ottoe, Hesperia [Nov] 1866 (March 4) 1867 pallida, Melitaea [ Ap r ] 1864 May 9, 1864 palmeri, Lemonias [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] parvula, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 pembina, Lycaena [May] 1862 bet. May 27-Aug. 1. 1862 petreius, Syrichtus I’D eel 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] phaon, Melitaea [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 phocus, Satyrus !Mehl 1874 Dec. 1874 picta, Melitaea T Feb ] 1865 Apr. 4-11, 1865 pilatPa, Hesperia [Nov] 1867 Jan. 21-Feb. 2, 1868 pontiac, Hesperia [Apr] 1863 (July 29) 1863 procris, Hesperia TFeb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] proserpina Limenitis rOct] 1865 Oct. 24-No v. 7, 1865 punctata, Eresia [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] 222 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII reakirtii, A ntliocaris [Oct] 1869 March 14, 1870 regulus, Pamphila March 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 rhodia, Erebia Sept. 1871 [Jan.- Apr., 1872] rhodope, Argynnis [Mch] 1874 [Dec] 1874 vicar a, Hesperia [Feb] 1865 Apr. 4-11, 1865 riding sii, Satyr us (Feb] 1865 Apr. 4-11, 1865 rubric at a, E'upty cilia | Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] rurea, Pamphila [March] 1862 April 25, 1862 rustica, Grapta [Nov] 1874 [Dec] 1874 rustica, Lycaena [Feb] 1865 Apr. 4-11, 1865 satyrus, Grapta [Oct] 1869 March 14, 1870 sayii, Parnassius [Aug] 1863 Oct. 12, 1863 scudderii, Lycaena [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 scudderii, Lycaena 9 [May] 1862 April 25, 1862 serena, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 shasta, Lycaena | May] 1862 April 25, 1862 silenus, Grapta [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 silvestris, Satyrus [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 silvius, Grapta | Nov] 1874 [Dec] 1874 similis, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 simius, Am b lyscirtes March 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 sirius, Chrysophanus Sept, 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] siva, Theda [Nov] 1874 [Dec] 1874 skada, Cyclopides [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] skada, Stereoptes [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] smintheus, Parnassius (“Doubleday” ) [May] 1862 April 25, 1862 sterope, Melitaea [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] stretchii, Chinobas [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] tamenund, Hesperia [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] taxiles , Pamphila March 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 taygetes, Chionobas (“Huebner”) [March] 1862 April 25, 1862 tetra, Thecla | Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 texana , Melitaea [Aug] 1863 Oct. 12, 1863 thekla, Melitaea [Dec] 1870 [Jan.-Apr., 1871] tristis, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 tritonia, Geirocheilus [Mch] 1874 [Dec] 1874 uncas, Hesperia [Apr] 1963 (July 29) 1863 verna, Pamphila [Mch] 1862 April 25, 1862 vernalis, Pier is [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 verus, Pamphila March 1881 Oct. 14, 1881 vesta, Melitaea [Oct] 1869 March 14, 1870 viaca, Lycaena [Feb] 1871 [Jan.-Apr., 1872] vialis, Hesperia [Mch] 1862 April 25, 1862 viator, Hesperia [Feb] 1865 Apr. 4-11, 1865 violacea, Lycaena [Nov] 1866 (March 4) 1867 virginiensis, C h rysophanus [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 virginiensis, Pieris [Feb] 1870 July 11, 1870 viridis, Thecla [May] 1862 bet. May 27-Aug. 1, 1862 waco, Hesperia [Sept] 1868 Feb. 8, 1869 wakulla, Hesperia [May] 1869 Nov. 8, 1869 walshii, Catocala [Apr] 1864 May 9, 1864 weidemeyerii, Limenitis [Apr] 1873 [Oct.-Dec.] 1873 wheeleri, Satyrus [Aug] 1861 bet. Oct. 1-Dec. 27, 1861 yreka, Hesperia [Nov] 1866 (March 4) 1867 yuma, Hesperia [Apr] 1873 | Oct.-Dec.] 1873 zampa, Hesperia [May] 1876 March 13-20, 1877 zephyrus, Grapta [Feli] 1870 July 11, 1870 Dec., 1964] Dozen: Instars of Protoxaea 223 Literature Cited Brown, F. Martin. 1956. Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey Naturalist, 1871 — Theo- dore L. Mead. Lepidopterists’ News 9: 185-190. . ‘‘1958.” The correspondence between William Henry Edwards and Spencer Fullerton Baird. Part I. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 66: 191-222. March, 1959. . 1964. The dates of publication of the various parts of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. Tran. Amer. Ent. Soc. 89: 305—308. . 1964. The dates of publication of the first ten volumes of the Transactions of the American Entomological Society. Tran. Amer. Ent. Soc. 90: (in press.) nos Passos, Cyril F., and L. Paul Grey. 1947. Systematic catalogue of Speyeria (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) with designation of types and fixation of type lo- calities. Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 1370, 30 p. Edwards, William H. 1884. Revised catalogue of the diurnal Lepidoptera of America north of Mexico. Tran. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 245-337. Higgins, Lionel. 1960. A revision of the Melitaeine genus CMosyne and allied species (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALINAE) Tran. Royal Ent. Soc. London, 112: 381- 467. Nabokov, Yladmir. 1949. The nearctic members of the genus Lycaeides Hiibner (Lycaenidae: Lepidoptera.) Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Univ., 101: 479- 541, pi. 1-9. Strecker, Herman. 1878. Butterflies and Moths of North America ... A complete synonymical catalogue . . . diurnes. privately published, Reading, Pa., 282 pp. PHYLOGENETIC-TAXONOMIC SIGNIFICANCE OF LAST INSTAR OF PROTOXAEA GLORIOSA FOX, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FIRST AND LAST INSTARS (HYMENOPTERA: APOIDEA) Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.1 Received for publication May 4, 1964 Abstract The first and last larval instars of the oxaeine Protoxaea gloriosa Fox are described taxonomically. The last stage larva is very different from those of other Andrenidae, a fact suggesting that the Oxaeinae should be elevated to family rank. Certain similarities between Protoxaea gloriosa and the Nomada-\ike parasitic autho- pliorids are also noted but are considered to be a result of convergent evolution. Of the four subfamilies of the Andrenidae, the larval representatives of only the Panurginae and Andreninae have been studied critically to date. The following descriptions of the first and last instars of Protoxaea gloriosa Fox are offered here as the first taxonomic account of the immature stages of a member of the third subfamily, the Oxaeinae. The larva of the mono- typic South American Euherbstiinae (Moure, 1950) remains unknown. The Oxaeinae, primarily Neotropical in distribution, consist of only two genera, Oxaea and Protoxaea , with P. gloriosa being the most commonly encountered species in the United States. Details of its biology will be presented in a forthcoming paper by Doctors M. A. Cazier and E. G. Linsley i Chairman and Associate Curator, Dept. Ent., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 224 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII to whom I am indebted for the specimens described here. The larvae em- ployed in this paper and the intermediate instars are deposited in the col- lection of the American Museum of Natural History. Ill view of the rather close agreement between the mature larvae of the Andreninae ( Andrena ) and those of the Panurginae (to be elucidated in a forthcoming paper), it might have been predicted that the Oxaeinae would also have similar-appearing larvae. As the following discussion reveals, such is not the case. The last stage larva of P. gloriosa is remarkably dis- tinct from those of other andrenids and can be distinguished from them on the basis of the following : head capsule darkly pigmented ; posterior tentorial pit situated below hypostomal ridge and posterior thickening of head capsule; epistomal ridge well developed along its entire length (in the Andreninae and Panurginae the ridge is usually absent mesiad of the anterior tentorial pits; however, in the panurgine Panur ginus potent illae (Crawford) it is weakly developed between the pits) ; parietal band well developed; vertex nonprotuberant (this is also true of the iarvae of the panurgine genus Perdita , but in view of the other dissimilarities between the larvae of Perdita and Protoxaea , this condition almost certainly evolved independently in each group) ; antenna not arising from prominence (in Perdita the antennal prominences are very low, but the above parenthetical remark also applies here) ; labrum cleft apically; mandible long; mandib- ular apex blade-like and elongate ; mandibular base extremely broad as seen in adoral view; labiomaxillary region greatly reduced, fused and recessed; body without dorsal tubercles ; spiracles located on pigmented sclerites ; atrial wall provided with elongate spines ; primary tracheal opening slit-like ; and subatrium partly pigmented. Not only are some of these characters different from those of other mature andrenid larvae, but they are, I believe, unique for bee larvae in general : labrum cleft apically ; extreme degree of recession of labiomaxillary region ; mandible long and with elongate, blade-like apex; and slit-like primary tracheal opening. The first two features and the long mandibles are also characteristic of the first instar, but the blade-like mandibular apex appar- ently develops gradually from the more normal mandible of the first instar. What seems to be a third instar possesses elongate-oval primary tracheal openings, a condition intermediate between that of the first and last larval instar. The mature larvae of P. gloriosa share the following characters with the other two andrenid subfamilies: antennal papilla low; labral tubercles two; mandible simple apically; maxillary palpus larger than labial palpus; sali- vary opening a curved slit ; body without numerous setae ; integument of postcephalic region rigid in hibernating form; peritreme present; and anus situated apically and abdominal segments 9 and 10 otherwise normal. Because larvae with these features are also found in the Colletidae, in the Dec., 1964] Bozen : Instars of Protoxaea 225 Iialictidae, in the Noma-da- like parasitic anthophorids, and to some extent in the Melittidae, such characteristics are obviously of little value in deter- mining1 relationships within the Andrenidae. To further emphasize the distinctness of the Oxaeinae, it is perhaps important to mention that, the mature larvae of the Andreninae and Panur- ginae share no characters with the Oxaeinae that they do not also hold in common. In summary then, the mature larva of P. gloriosa is markedly different from those of the Andreninae and Panurginae, which resemble each other to a considerable extent. It seems unlikely that other oxaeine larvae, when found, will bridge the gap between this subfamily and the other two, because of the small number of Oxaeinae and because of the pronounced homogeneity of the adults. We must search elsewhere, therefore, for possible intermediate forms. As reported by Michener (1944) , the adults of the Old World panur- gine genus Melitturga share a number of characters with the oxaeines but the male genitalia (Rozen, 1951) of the two groups do not support this implied relationship. A comparison of the larva of Melitturga with that of Protoxaea may well solve this seeming paradox. However, unless the larva of Melitturga fills the hiatus between larval oxaeines and panurgines, it is my opinion that the Oxaeinae should be elevated to family rank because of the combined distinctiveness of the larval and imago stages. If the status of the oxaeines is elevated, their relationships with the colletid Stenotritinae might well be reviewed at the same time. The similarities between the mature larva of P. gloriosa and those of the A'omada-like parasitic anthophorids ( Nomada , Triepeolus, Oreopasites, etc.) are difficult to explain. Not only do the larvae of these two groups share the generalized features also encountered in the Collet.idae, Andrenidae, Halictidae, and Melittidae, but they both also exhibit certain specialized characteristics, namely, the peculiar position of the posterior tentorial pits and the absence of antennal prominences and vertexal protuberances. Although, with the mature larvae, the long mandible of P. gloriosa contrasts with the short mandible of the parasitic bee, the long mandible of the first instar of P. gloriosa is somewhat similar to the extremely long mandible of the first stage parasitic forms. The mature larva of P. gloriosa is especially similar to that of Triepeolus sp. (I have examined the same series used by Michener, 1953). In addition to the characters referred to above, these taxa share: spiculated hypopharynx; attenuate mandibular apexes (though not blade-like in Triepeolus sp.) ; body without tubercles; spiracles on pig- mented, sclerotized plates ; and long atrial spines. Presumably the similari- ties result from convergent evolution, for the adults of Oxaeinae and the Nomada-like bees are too dissimilar to suggest a close relationship. The fol- lowing characters of the last stage larva of P. gloriosa are not possessed by the parasitic forms : darkly pigmented head capsule ; well-developed parietal 226 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII larva, front view, lateral view, and ventral view, respectively. Figs. 5-6. Optical sec- tion of spiracle of postdefecating larva, anterior or posterior view and dorsal or Aential view, respectively. Scale refers to figure 1. Dec., 1964] Dozen : Instars of Protoxaea 227 bands ; well-developed epistomal ridge ; labral cleft ; blade-like mandibles ; body form not tapering' posteriorly. After consuming the provisions, the mature larva defecates and then en- ters a quiescent, hibernating stage. The following description refers primar- ily to this quiescent form. Taxonomic Description of Postdefecating Larva of Protoxaea gloriosa Fox Figs. 1-6, 10-12 head (figs. 2-4) Integument wrinkled, with scattered sensilla ; epipharyngeal surface of labrum and hypopharynx spiculate as in figures ; entire head including mandibular corium pigmented ; parietal bands, all internal ridges, antennal rings and papillae, apex of labrum, apexes of mandibles, salivary gland opening, and palpi more darkly pig- mented than other parts ; coronal cleavage line and posterior part of labiomaxillary region less pigmented than other parts. Tentorium complete but weak ; anterior and posterior arms darkly pigmented ; remainder unpigmented ; each posterior tentorial pit lying below juncture of posterior thickening and hypostomal ridge but joined to posterior thickening by spur of former; anterior tentorial pits lying just above epistomal thicken- ing; posterior thickening of head capsule moderately thin and resting slightly anterior to posterior margin of capsule (fig. 3) ; thickening gradually bending forward immedi- ately above juncture of spur to posterior tentorial pit and joining hypostomal ridge; hypostomal ridges, pleurostomal ridges, and epistomal ridges of about the same thick- ness as posterior thickening ; epistomal ridge briefly interrupted medially ; longitudinal thickening of head capsule absent; parietal bands well defined. Vertex nonprotuberant ; clypeus somewhat protuberant. Antennae not arising from prominences, small ; each papilla small and lower than basal diameter; each antenna bearing numerous (perhaps 7) sensilla. Labrum cleft apically and bearing two tubercles which are beset with sen- silla, some of which are on small prominences. Each mandible in adoral view (fig. 11) extremely broad basally but tapering rapidly to very thin, elongate, nearly parallel-sided apex; when seen from above or below (figs. 10, 12), mandible moderately narrow basally and gradually tapering to moderately broad apex; consequently apex of mandible blade- like; extreme apex simple when viewed adorally but, when viewed from above or below, with slender, sharp-pointed tooth on adoral side; adoral apical edge beset with numerous sharp-pointed teeth (this edge seems to be the dorsal inner apical edge) ; there is no indi- cation of a ventral inner edge) ; somewhat smaller pointed teeth on both dorsal and ven- tral surfaces in cuspal region. Labiomaxillary region fused, reduced and recessed, as in figures 3 and 4 so that only notable features are palpi and salivary gland opening ; maxillary palpi conspicuous, a little longer than basal diameter, and with some sensilla on small prominences ; labial palpi much smaller than maxillary palpi ; other sensilla on apex of labium on small prominences ; salivary opening a small curved slit partly enclos- ing a low prominence. body Form (fig. 1) tapering and curving anteriorly to relatively small head; posterior part nearly straight but blunt, due at least in part to somewhat telescoped abdominal segments 8, 9, and 10 (the compression results from the larva’s resting on the tip of its abdomen in a vertical cell). Mesothorax and metathorax1 dorsally divided into cephalic 1 The segmentation of the thoracic region of bee larvae is difficult to understand be- cause the intersegmental lines are weak and easily confused with intrasegmental lines and because the thoracic and first set of abdominal spiracles seem to have migrated for- ward. However, the intersegmental lines of Protoxaea gloriosa are distinctly pigmented, whereas the dorsal intrasegmental lines are not. This being the case, it is obvious 228 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Protoxaea gloriosa Fox Fig. 7. Preserved first stage larva, lateral view. Figs. 8-9. Head of same, front view and lateral view, respectively. Figs. 10-12. Left mandible of postdefecating larva, dorsal view, adorai view, and ventral view, respectively. Scale refers to figure 7. Dec., 1964] Rozen: Instars or Protoxaea 229 and caudal annulets; other segments not noticeably divided on postdefecating form; tubercles very faint, transverse, presumably on anterior part of caudal annulations on predefecating form. Integument rigid, nonspiculate, finely wrinkled, and yellowish, with intersegmental lines more darkly pigmented.1 Spiracles (hgs. 5, 6) resting on elevated, pigmented sclerites, peritreme flat; atrium projecting above body wall; atrial wall darkly pigmented, beset with numerous hair-like spines, and without rim ; primary tracheal opening collared and slit-like, with slit at right angles to long axis of body; collar with numerous short spines; subatrium pigmented just below atrium and near attachment of trachea but with area in between unpigmented ; subatrial wall bearing spines immediately below atrium. Except for telescoping, abdominal segments 9 and 10 normal, without protuberances, or ridges ; anus a transverse slit located apically. material studied Five postdef ecating, quiescent larvae, 1 mile north of Rodeo, Hidalgo Co., New Mexico, Sept. 23, 1963 (M. A. Cazier, M. Mortenson). First Stage Larva Figs. 7-9 head (figs. 8, 9) Capsule and mouth parts apparently without setae though sensilla may be present; integument unpigmented except for mandibular apexes. Tentorium complete but very weak ; posterior tentorial pits situated below posterior thickening and liv- postomal ridge; anterior pits somewhat above epistomal groove; posterior thickening of head capsule well defined, similar in thickness to hypostomal ridge ; pleurostomal ridge moderately broad but very weak, scarcely noticeable ; epistomal ridge not evident but external groove present; parietal bands apparently absent. Antennae moderately de- veloped, perhaps a little more pronounced than those of mature larva. Labral tubercles large; labral apex cleft; labrum bearing spicules laterally but not apically nor on epipharyngeal surface. Mandibular corium nonspiculate ; each mandible simple at apex, elongate, bearing small, sharp-pointed teeth scattered along upper and lower apical edges. Maxillae and labium greatly fused, reduced, and recessed; maxillary palpi evident but short; labral palpi evident but even shorter than those of maxillae; salivary opening a short transverse slit. body Form (fig. 7) elongate, cylindrical, without tubercles but with intrasegmental lines at least anteriorly. (Because only one rather poorly preserved first stage larva was available, I was not able to gain an understanding of the intrasegmental annulations ; the illustration of the larva in lateral view is incomplete in the thoracic region.) Integu- ment nonsetose but minutely spiculate. Spiracular atrium not pigmented and not projecting above body wall, without elongate spines though perhaps with very short teeth near primary tracheal opening; peritreme apparently missing; primary tracheal opening not on collar and circular in outline, that is, not transverse as in mature larva ; subatrium unpigmented, differing little in appearance from trachea. Abdominal seg- ments 9 and 10 normal, without protuberances or ridges; anus apical. material studied One first stage larva, 1 mile north of Rodeo, Hidalgo Co., New Mexico, Aug. 17, 1963 (M. A. Cazier, E. G. Linsley, and M. Mortenson). Literature Cited Michener, Charles D. 1944. Comparative external morphology, phylogeny, and a that the mesothoracic and metathoracic dorsa are each subdivided into a cephalic and a caudal annulation with the cephalic one being the narrower. The fact that the spiracles of the first abdominal segment are slightly anterior to the line separating the meta- thorax from the first abdominal segment suggests that the two pairs of thoracic spiracles belong to the mesothorax and metathorax even though they too lie anterior to the ap- propriate inter-segmental lines. 230 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXX1I classification of the bees (Hymenoptera) . Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 82: 151- 326, text figs. 1-246, diagrams 1-13. . 1953. Comparative morphological and systematic studies of bee larvae with a key to the families of hymenopterous larvae. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35(11) : 987-1102, figs. 1-287. Moure, Pe. J. S., CMF. 1950. Euherbstiinae nova sub-familia de Andrenidae (Hy- menopt.-Apoidea) . Dusenia 1: 303-306. Bozen, Jerome G., Jr. 1951. A preliminary comparative study of the male gentalia of Andrenidae (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc. 24: 142-150, figs. 1-17. A MALFORMED OVARY IN THE BEDBUG, CIMEX LECTULARIUS LINN. (HETEROPTERA : CIMICIDAE) . Carl W. Schaefer Dept. Biology, Brooklyn College Received for Publication June 6, 1964 Abstract A malformed left ovary is described, in which the number of ovarioles lias become reduced, the left lateral oviduct is absent, and the corresponding seminal re- ceptacle is attached to the right lateral oviduct near the right seminal receptacle. While doing routine dissections on female Cimex lectularius, I discovered the ovarian anomaly described here ; in several thousand such dissections, this is the only such anomaly I have seen. The right ovary is normal and consists of the usual seven ovarioles. The outer two of these contain full- term eggs ready to be laid ; the two ovarioles median to these contain eggs nearly ripe ; and the three innermost ovarioles contain less ripe eggs, the egg in one of these ovarioles showing only early stages of yolk-deposition. The right seminal receptacle is normal and greatly distended with sperm. B R Sem Rec A Figure 1. Ovaries of Cimex lectularius Linn. A. normal (left). B. anomalous (right). Ov — ovariole, L, R Sem Rec — left, right seminal receptacle ; R Od — right oviduct. The scale-markers represent 0.37 mm. Dec., 1964] Scherba: Distribution Factor of Formica 231 The left, anomalous ovary is greatly reduced, although it is well tra- cheated (as is usual for this organ). Its ovarioles are shorter and thicker than they are even in the pre-molt last-instar nymph. Only four ova- rioles can be discerned with any certainty. These thicker fewer ovarioles could have been developed by fusion of the normal seven. The general appearance suggests an abortive ovary in which nevertheless some yolk- deposition has occurred (Fig. 1). The connections of this anomalous ovary were lost in dissecting, but no recognizable left lateral oviduct is apparent. However, the left seminal receptacle is present, as an outpocketing of the right lateral oviduct. To my knowledge, no detailed description exists of the development in the Cimicidae of the internal female genitalia. Any such account should con- sider this significant relationship between lateral oviducts and seminal receptacles. SPECIES REPLACEMENT AS A FACTOR AFFECTING DISTRIBUTION OF FORMICA OPACIVENTRIS EMERY i (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE ) Gerald Scherba California State College at San Bernardino, Cal. Received for publication May 18, 1964 Abstract The local distribution of a population of Formica opaciventris mounds in Wyoming is described. At the study area opaciventris is restricted to a silver sage meadow and to the ecotones of that meadow with adjacent forests. Measurements of the spatial distribution of the mounds describe a tendency toward regular spacing, rather than a random or aggregated pattern. F. opaciventris competes for constructed mound sites with F. fusca at those areas in which the distribution of the two species overlaps. Competition is evidenced by active species replacement, 93 instances of replacement are cited. It is our purpose here to describe the ecological distribution of a single population of mound nests of Formica opaciventris and to identify some of the factors which appear to be influencing its density and distribution. 1 Project 80 of the Jackson Hole Biological Research Station, supported by NSF Grant G-23423. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance of Norman Heryford, Univ. of Kansas, and Daniel Smith, Glendale College, Cal., whose efforts contributed substantially to this work. The continued interest and advice of Dr. L. Floyd Clarke, Director of the Research Station, have meant important encouragement to the author. Dr. Robert E. Gregg was kind enough to determine specimens of F. puberula. We express appreciation to the National Park Service for permission to conduct these studies within the boundaries of Grand Teton National Park. 232 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII A particular factor, competition by active replacement of one species at the nest by another, is examined in detail. Recent studies on ecological distribution of ants emphasize the effects on distribution not only of physical factors, e.g., temperature, rainfall, sub- strate, but also biotic influences, including relationships with vegetation, food, and other ant species present in a particular community or habitat (Bernard, 1958; Brian, 1956a; Hayashida, I960; Wilson, 1961). While Hayashida (1960) concludes that coexistence of ant species in a given habitat, such as forest margin, seems to correspond to the habitat preference of the individual species, the earlier studies of Brian (1952, 1952a, 1956a) using artificial nest sites clearly demonstrate the effect of one species of ant in a habitat on another species when both species are compet- ing for the same nesting sites. Under the conditions of his experiments Brian found that both Formica fusca and Myrmica scabrinodis replaced Myrmica rubra colonies under stones, slate and banks of turf by direct aggression or occupation during temporary absences. Despite the clear- cut advantage of M. scabrinodis over M. rubra at the nest site, both species survived in a habitat by partitioning the available resources of the habitat (Brian, 1956a). Pontin (1961) described competition occurring between naturally coexisting colonies of L. flavus and L. niger and demonstrated that a decrease in density of L. flavis occurred as a result of this coexistence. The population under discussion is located on Moose Island, in the Snake River, one mile east of the town site of Moran, in Jackson County, Wyo- ming. The island is at an altitude of 2065 meters. The number and dis- tribution of opaciventris nests on the island have been determined by census during the summers of 1957-1959 and 1962-1964. There are numbered survey stakes erected at each mound and individual records are maintained on the size, activity and species at each nest site (Scherba, 1961, 1963). Distribution of F. opaciventris. F. opaciventris is confined to western North America and has been collected in North Dakota, Montana, Wyoming Colorado and New Mexico (Creighton, 1950, Wheeler, 1963). Gregg (1963) records this species from 9 localities in central Colorado, ranging from 1572 meters to 3201 meters in elevation, and inhabiting montane meadows, forest margin, plains meadows and sagebrush desert. Nest con- struction types include masonry dome, thatched nest and detritus dome (Gregg, 1963; Cole, 1954). On Moose Island opaciventris builds conspicuous mound nests of soil overlain with a thin covering of thatch. These mounds are distributed over a silver sagebrush ( Artemisia cana) meadow and also occur at the margins of the meadow. The meadow is rectangular in shape, elongate in the N-S direction and occupies an area approximately 280 meters by 160 meters. The meadow Dec., 1964] Scherba : Distribution Factor of Formica 233 occupies the largest portion of Moose Island and dips very gradually to the north, with a steeper northfacing slope at the northern end of the meadow. The southeast portion of the meadow contains a low moist area, often with standing water in June, covered by a stand of sedge {Car ex sp.) and bordered by willow ( Salix sp.). The sod in this area is broken due to heavy trampling by elk and moose. The higher portion of the meadow, the southwestern edge, contains a stand of big sagebrush ( Artemisia triden- tata). There are no mounds of F. opaciventris on the northern slope, the southwestern tip, or among the moist sedges. Over the years individual nests have been observed in the moist sedge stand ; in all cases these have failed to persist. The meadow is bordered to the west by a stand of Lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta) ; to the north by a thick stand of willow (Salix sp.) ; to the east by a mixed aspen (Pop ulus trem u l aides) lodgepole-pine stand; on the southeast tip by a willow thicket, and to the south by the shore line. There are no mounds of F. opaciventris within the lodgepole stand, or in clear- ings within the stand, and there are no opaciventris mounds within the willow thickets or the aspen-lodgepole stand, both of which are dense and shaded. Presumably dense shade and shade-related factors, and high moisture levels, are among the factors limiting the ecological distribution of opaciventris on Moose Island. These observations accord well with the habitat distribution of the species in Colorado (Gregg, 1963). Approximately 400 mound nests of opaciventris are distributed through- out the meadow except as noted, including along the ecotones of the lodge- pole and the aspen-lodgepole stands. Large dead mounds are abundant in the southeastern sector of the meadow and large, active mounds are abundant in the central and northwestern portions of the meadow, per- haps indicative of a gradual microgeographic shift of this population to the northwest portion of the meadow. Spatial distribution. The pattern of spatial distribution has been deter- mined using the distance-to-nearest-neighbor method of Clarke and Evans (1954). This method was suggested to the author by Professor Joseph Connell of the University of California at Santa Barbara. In determin- ing the spatial distribution pattern, the boundaries of the meadow were mapped, eliminating from the calculation those portions of the meadow, such as the wet area, and certain portions of the ecotone which obviously contained no nests. Distance to the center of the nearest nest was mea- sured for 349 mounds, 89.7% of the population. Under this technique, the pattern of spatial distribution, R, is equal to 1 in a randomly spaced population, <1 in aggregated population, and >1, to a maximum of 2.15 for a population that is regularly spaced. 234 New Iork Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII For the population under discussion, R= 1.3076, indicating* that the population tends to be regularly spaced. The average distance-to-nearest- neighbor, 5.8 meters, is one-third farther apart than would be expected in a randomly distributed population. The distribution pattern found here differs significantly from random, p <.001. Figure 1 Local distribution of populations of Formica opaciventris and Formica fusca on Moose Island showing the areas of overlap which occur at margins of the silver sage meadow with forests to the west (left) and east (right). Species replacements at nest sites occur at these areas of overlap. It is, of course, not evident whether this spacing is due to spacing of suitable, or preferred nesting sites or to a tendency to locate bud nests at a distance from parental nests, an expression of territoriality. Species replacement. Mound nests of other species of Formica , especially F. fusca , are abundantly distributed throughout the open portions of the lodgepole pine stand to the west and in clearings in the aspen-lodgepole stand to the east of the silver sage meadow. With one exception, a nest in the northern portion where opaciventris is scarce, F. f usca nests are not found in the open meadow, despite their widespread occurrence in open fields and meadows elsewhere. However, mounds of both F. fusca and F . opaciventris coexist at the ecotones of the meadow with these forests (Fig. 1). Nests of the social Dec., 1964] Scherba: Distribution Factor of Formica 235 parasite F. puberula with its host, F. fusca, also occur occasionally along the ecotone. Annual census of all of these mounds indicate that the species of ant occupying an ecotone mound has often been replaced the following year by another species. In three of the cases cited in Table I replacement of fusca by opaciventris has followed the observation of active siege by opaciventris. Siege was evidenced by the finding of numbers of recently killed fusca workers, opaciventris workers entering the fusca nest and carrying away brood, and fighting between fusca and opaciventris work- ers. We infer that, such aggression is a major, though not the sole cause of species replacement at the ecotone. In some cases the nest site was abandoned before replacement occurred. All of the nests listed in Table I occur at ecotones. At 54 nests TABLE I Species Replacement at Marked Nest Sites , 1957-1964 1. F. opaciventris replaces F. f usca 54 2. F. fusca replaces F. opaciventris 13 3. F. opaciventris replaces F. puberula + F . fusca 3 4. F. fusca replaces F. opaciventris which replaced F, fusca 10 5. F. opaciventris replaces F. fusca which replaced F. opaciventris 5 6. F. opaciventris replaces F. puberula + F. fusca which replaced F. fusca 3 7. F. puberula + F. lasioides replaces F. opaciventris 2 8. F. opaciventris replaces F. fusca which replaced F. pubemda + F. fusca 2 9. F. puberula + F. fusca replaces F. opaciventris which replaced F. f usca 1 93 opaciventris has replaced fusca ; at 13 nests f usca has replaced opaciventris. At 21 nests, two replacements have occurred, as : opaciventris, then fusca , then opaciventris. We conclude that within the forest, conditions are such that opaciventris is excluded; in the meadow opaciventris can exclude fusca. At the eco- tones conditions are such that neither species can exclude the other despite active replacement at nest sites, and hence both coexist ; a field situation reminiscent of the laboratory findings of Park (1954). DISCUSSION Species replacement appears as the kind of interaction that may suitably be termed competition as that term is defined by Milne (1961). Under Milne’s definition competition is “the endeavour of two (or more) animals to gain the same particular thing, or to gain the measure each wants from the supply of a thing when that supply is not sufficient for both (or all).” It can be argued that the data do not incude a measure of the availability of nesting sites along the ecotone. However, the existence of aggressive replacement of species is itself sufficient indication that constructed nests are a resource in short supply along the ecotones of the meadow. Competition for nesting sites presumably alters the densities of each of the competing species, although the extent of the effect is not apparent. 236 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII From the results of Brian (1952), Pontin, (1961) and the present study, it would appear that competition, as defined, is probably not un- common as one of the interactions structuring the composition and relative abundance of the ant fauna of a particular ecological community. An- drewartha (1961) has suggested that . . no sort of competition is very commonplace in nature.” Further studies of these interactions may sug- gest a revision of this point of view, at least for ant populations. In attempting to account for the kind of distribution of F. opaciventris that is seen on Moose Island, we must evidently recognize : exclusion from wet or shaded areas, a limitation of density due to spaced, non-random nest distribution, and the existence of competition for constructed nest sites at the margins of the distribution. conclusions At the study site F. opaciventris is restricted to large portions of a montane meadow, and excluded from areas of dense shade or marsh. Pat- tern of spatial distribution is neither random, nor aggregated, but tends toward regular spacing. At the eeotones of the meadow with adjacent forests, F. opaciventris com- petes with F . fusca for constructed nest sites, as evidenced by species re- placement, and it is suggested that competition is one of the interactions structuring ant populations in ecological communities. Literature Cited Andrew artha, H. C. 1961. Introduction to the Study of Animal Populations. Univ. of Chicago Press, Chicago. Bernard, F. 1958. Resultats de la concurrence naturelle chez les Fourmis terricoles de France et d’Afrique du Nord : evaluation numerique des societies dominantes. Bull. Soe. Nat. Hist. Afrique Nord. 49 (7/8) : 302—356. Brian, M. V. 1952. Interaction between ant colonies at an artificial nestsite. Fntomol. Monthly Mag. 88: 84-88. 1952a. The structure of a dense natural ant population. Jour. Animal Ecol. 21: 12-24. 1956. Exploitation and interference in interspecies competition. Jour. Ani- mal Ecol. 25: 339-347. 1956a. Segregation- of species of the ant Myrmica. Jour. Animal Ecol. 25: 319-337. Clark, P. J. and F. C. Evans 1954. Distance to nearest neighbor as a measure of spatial relationships in populations. Ecology 35: 445-453. Cole, A. C. 1954. Studies of New Mexico ants XI. The genus Formica with a descrip- tion of a new species (Hymenoptera : Formicidae). Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 29 (2) : 163-167. Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 104: 1-585. Gregg, Robert E. 1963. The Ants of Colorado. University of Colorado Press, Boulder. 792 pp. Dec., 1964] Clench: Notes on Some African Theclinae 237 Hayashida, Kazuo 1960. Studies on the ecological distribution of ants in Sapporo and its vicinity (1 et 2). Insectes Soc. 7 (2) : 125—162. Milne, A. 1961. Definition of competition among animals, in Mechanisms in Biologi- cal Competition. SEB Symposium XV : 40-61. Park T. 1954. Experimental studies of inter-species competition. II Temperature, humidity and competition in two species of Tribolium. Physiol. Zool. 27: 177—238. Pontin, A. 1961. Population stabilization and competition between the ants Lasius flavus and L. niger. Jour. Animal Ecol. 30 (1): 47-54. Scherba, Gerald 1961. Nest structure and reproduction in the mound-building ant Formica opaciventris Emery in Wyoming. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 69: 71—87. 1963. Population characteristics among colonies of the ant Formica opaci- ventris Emery (Hymenoptera : Formicidae). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 71: 219-232. Tsuneki, Katsuji and Y. Adachi 1957. The Intra and Interspecific influence rela- tions among nest populations of four species of ants. Jap. Jour, of Ecology 7 : 166-171. Wheeler, George C. and J, Wheeler 1963. The Ants of North Dakota. Univ. of North Dakota Press, Grand Forks. Wilson, E. O. 1961. The nature of the taxon cycle in the Melanesian ant fauna. Amer. Nat. 95: 169-193. NOTES ON SOME AFRICAN THECLINAE (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)! Harry K. Clench Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Penna. Received for Publication Sept. 20, 1962 Abstract Locality records of the West African sibling species Dapidodigma hymen Fabrieius and D. demeter Clench are given and the distributions mapped and discussed, showing an area of sympatrv from Ghana to Nigeria. The distribution, subspecies and characters of another two sibling species are given: lolaus ( Iolaus ) eurisus Cramer (Sierra Leone to Nigeria) and I. vexillarius (Senegal to Gabon). Iolaus ( Iolaus ) bolissus Hewitson is divided into three subspecies: bolissus (western Congo), azure us (Cameroon, Liberia) and aurora (Uganda). lolaus ( Fpamera ) aphnaeoides aethes is described from Cameroun (the species previously was known only from eastern Africa). the distribution of Dapidodigma hymen f. and demeter clench When I recently discriminated these two species (Clench 1961, Ann. Carnegie Museum 36 : 49-62, pi. 1) material was available from only a few localities : several in Liberia, representing* hymen Fabrieius ; two in southern Cameroun, representing* nominate demeter Clench ; and one in Katanga, representing demeter nuptus Clench. As pointed out in that paper, demeter was considered specifically distinct from hymen chiefly because of the dif- 1 Published pursuant to work as collaborating investigator on National Science Foun- dation grant No. G-14048. 238 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LNXII ference in position of the male scent patch on the hind wing above, a struc- tural trait more likely to indicate full species than subspecies difference. Since in other respects the two forms are strikingly similar, and since available records showed no evidence of distributional overlap, the possibil- ity could not be excluded that demeter was only a subspecies of hymen. circles, B. hymen ; solid triangles, T). demeter (subspecies not differentiated) ; open triangles, presumed I), demeter (records based solely on females). Thanks to the efforts and interest of Messrs. Henri Stempffer, of Paris, and T. H. E. Jackson, of Kitale, Kenya, a large number of new localities can Deg., 1964] Clench: Notes on Some African Theclinz\e 239 now be given for both forms. Mr. Jackson sent records taken from his collection ; M. Stempffer sent records from his collection of African Lycae- nidae and also listed all records in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History), during a recent visit there, and sent them on as well. These locality records are given below, with the following abbreviations : J, coll. Jackson; S, coll. Stempffer; C, coll. Carnegie Museum; B, coll. British Museum. Bap idodigma hymen. Sierra Leone (type locality of hymen ) : no further data (B) ; Moyamba (B) ; Kholifa (B). Liberia: Kpain (S) ; Harbel (C) ; Ganta (C) ; Wanau Forest, nr. Ganta (C). Ivory Coast: Bingerville (S, B) ; Guiglo (B) ; Abidjan (S). Ghana: Sunyani Coomassie (B ) ; Friapere Forest, Coomassie (B) ; West Ashanti (B) ; Kumasi2 (B) ; Ho (S) ; Kpandu (S.) Nigeria: Bonny (B) ; Ubiaja (Benin) (J, B) ; Warri (B) ; Oshodi (Lagos) (J, B) ; Lagos (S) ; Mkfot (J) ; Ndebizi (Calabar) (J) ; Lafiagi (N. Nigeria) (B) ; Marnu Forest, nr. Awka (Onitsha) (S). Cameroun: Johann Albrechts Hohe (B). In addition, the following extremely doubftul records are based on females only: S. Cameroun: Bitje (B). Gabon: no further data (B). I suspect these to represent demeter. Dapidodigrna demeter (subspecies not differentiated). Ghana: no further data (B) ; Kumasi ( 9 only, B). Nigeria: Ubiaja (Benin) (J, B, S) ; Bende (B) ; Mamu Forest, nr. Awka (Onitsha) (S, J). Cameroun: no further data (B) ; Bitje ( 9 only, B) ; Efulen (type locality of d. demeter ) (C) ; Asandik, 83 mi. SE of Efulen (C). Gabon: no further data (B) ; Ogove (9 only, B). Former French Congo: Ketta Forest (Ouesso) (J, S, B). Congo: forest on watershed between Ituri and Lindi Rivers, SW of Avakubi (Oriental) ( 9 only, B) ; Kabongo (Katanga) (type locality of demeter nuptus ) (C). Sudan: Tambura (B). Uganda: Metu (West Madi) (B). Angola: no further data (B) ; Benguella ( 9 only, B). In addition there is a very doubtful record (9 only): Gambia: no further data (B). It may represent hymen. Iii addition to providing a fairly complete picture of the distributions of the two species (fig. 1), these records also show that there is a definite area of overlap, thus demonstrating that we are indeed dealing with two distinct species. D. hymen ranges from Sierra Leone (perhaps Gambia) eastward to Nigeria, apparently confined to Upper Guinea. D. demeter ranges from Ghana eastward to northwestern Uganda, south to the Angola and Katanga. From Ghana to southern Nigeria the two are sympatric. SUBGENUS Iolaus ( IoldllS ) HUBNER In the recent revision of the genus Iolaus by Stempffer & Bennett (1958, Bull. I.F.A.N. (A) 20: 1343 ff.) three species are recorded in this subgenus: eurisus Cramer, bolissus Hewitson and carina Hewitson. Two of these, 2 I think that “Coomassie” and Kumasi” are the same ; the latter is the conventional spelling. 240 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXI1 bolissus and carina, are extremely similar and difficult to separate. It now appears that “eurisus” as heretofore conceived must be divided into two species, also extremely similar. Further, they appear to be geograph- ically variable and extensively sympatric, a combination that undoubtedly has contributed to their not having been recognized until now. Again I must thank M. Stempffer for his invaluable assistance. He care- fully recorded the characters and localities of all specimens in his own collection (S, in records below) and in that of the British Museum (Natural History) (B), enabling me to give here a much more extensive picture of both distribution and geographical variation than would have been possible otherwise. In fairness I must add that M. Stempffer does not share my conclusions regarding eurisus and vexillarius, particularly their specific distinctness. He maintains, in substance, that only one variable species is involved and that specimens occur which show mixed characters. Iolaus (Iolaus) eurisus Cramer Thanks chiefly to M. Stempffer’s observations it, is possible to recognize two sub- species of this species, though I have seen material myself of only one of them. The species as a whole appears to be confined to Upper Guinea. Iolaus (Iolaus) eurisus helms Fabricius (new status) Papilio lielius Fabricius 1781, Spec. Ins. 2: 112 (Sierra Leone, etc.). Iolaus eurisus: auctorum, partim. Iolaus (Iolaus) eurisus: Stempffer & Bennett 1958, Bull. I.F.A.N. (A) 20: 1343, fig. 108 (partim). The male above has the fore wing blue band with its anterior edge parallel to, but lying well below, Cu.,; only a tiny, wedge-shaped piece of the blue in the cell; on the hind wing the longest tail (at 2 A) is solid black save for the white tip. Below, the ground color is brownish ; the fore wing postmedian line usually with its segment in Cu2-2A very short, abruptly angled outward; all lines of both wings grey-brown, without orange tint. On the upperside of the female the basal blue suffusion of the fore wing usually does not extend into the base of Cu -Cu and leaves a broad white area; on the hind wing the postmedian line is usually indicated only in M^Ciy. On the underside of the fore wing the postmedian line segment in Cu.)-2A is usually short, angled outward as in male; the ground color is nearly pure white and the tail at 2A has central orange only briefly in extreme base. remarks The Fabrician name helius, long placed in the synonymy of eurisus, appears by virtue of its given type locality to be available for this western subspecies. The above description was prepared (primarily as an aid to discriminating vexillarius, below) from a long series coming from various localities in Liberia, chiefly Harbel (R. M. Fox). Stempffer men- tions specimens from Abidjan, Ivory Coast, as substantially the same. The subspecies, then, ranges from Sierra Leone to Ivory Coast, where more or less abruptly it gives way to the next. Dec., 1964] Clench: Notes on Some African Theclinae 241 lolaus eurisus eurisus Cramer Papilio eurisus Cramer 1779, Pap. Exot. 3: 47, pi. 221, figs. D, E (“pres de Delmine” [ ? = Elmina, Ghana] ) . Jolaus thuraui Suffer! 1904, Iris 17: 67 (Misahohe, Togo). lolaus emma ( nec Suffert; error) : Druce 1910, 111. Afr. Lycaen. : 17, pi. 7, figs. 2, 2a. lolaus eurisus: Aurivillius 1923, in Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde 13: 403, pi. 69a (partim ; sinks thuraui to eurisus ); Stempffer & Bennett 1958, Bull. I.F.A.N. (A) 20: 1343, fig. 108 (partim). Through some mix-up, Druce’s (op. cit.) text and plate explanations for the figures of the types of emma Suff. and thuraui Suff. became transposed, so that the figure of the thuraui is labelled “emma” and vice versa. Stempffer (in lift.) describes specimens from ITo, Ghana (S), and Lagos, Nigeria (B), as being paler below than the preceding subspecies. Insofar as can be determined this is also true of Cramer’s figure, presumably representing a specimen from Elmina, Ghana, and Druce’s photographic plate of the type of thuraui, from Misahohe, Togo. This sub- species, then, ranges from Ghana to Nigeria. The area of change from helius to eurisus appears to correspond rather closely with the major break in the Upper Guinea coastal rainforest belt which occurs in Ghana. lolaus ( lolaus ) vexillarius n. sp. lolaus eurisus: actorum. Differs from eurisus in these particulars (comparison is made with eurisus helius from Liberia) : In the male above, the blue on the fore wing fills the basal third or so of the cell; its anterior edge touches the origin of Cu., but distally departs from that vein progressively so the blue is thicker basally than distally ; the hind wing tail at 2A is orange centered for half or more of its length. Below the ground color is slightly paler brownish ; the fore wing postmedian line with its segment in Cu.>-2A nearly or quite complete, convexly bowed or angled, rarely posteriorly obsolescent, though always fainter than the rest of the line; postmedian lines of both wings (save for that segment) and cell-end dash on fore wing all brown, lustrous orange in certain lights. The female above has the fore wing blue extending distally to the origin of Cu , leaving the white area slender and comparatively sharp. Hind wing postmedian line heavy and continuous across the wing. Below, the postmedian line segment in Cu.,-2A of the hind wing is usually complete as in the male, and convexly bowed. On the hind wing the long tail is centrally orange almost to tip. male genitalia fig. 2. Not different from those of eurisus. Note the asymmetrical falces, one acuminate and the other blunt, an apparently constant trait of both eurisus and vexillarius, as well as of holissus and carina. holotype male, Batanga, Cameroim, 23.V.1912 (leg. A. I. Good) ; 13 para- types : 2 males, 3 females, same locality and collector, resp. 6.vi.l911, 26.vi.1911, 13.vii.1911, 27.vii.1911, 10.xii.1910; 6 males, Buie Country [S. Cameroun] (leg. [A. C.] Good); 1 female, Elat, Cameroun, 14. v. 1923 ; 1 male, Nkoolong, Cameroun, 30.V.1911 (leg. A. I. Good). C. M. Ent. type series no. 445. Remarks. Like eurisus this appears to be a polytypic species, though avail- able material is too limited to permit formal recognition of the fact. Three subspecies may be distinguished : (a) The nominate subspecies. From Batanga and the “Buie Country” New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII 242 in Cameroun, as above described. Stempffer lists specimens in substantial agreement from Bitje, Cameroun (1J1, B) and Ikom, S. E. Nigeria (S). (b) Gabon subspecies. The male is paler below, cream instead of brownish. The female does not appear to differ. A male and a female are at hand from Cape Lopez, Gabon (C). Stempffer lists (and similarly de- scribes) specimens from Port Gentil, Gabon (S) and Mayoumba, Gabon (S). (c) Upper Guinea subspecies. Males with blue above at least sometimes rather paler ; male below with whitish ground. Specimens known from : Dakar, Senegal (S) ; Konakry, Rep. Guinea (S) ; Sierra Leone ( B) ; Accra, Ghana (C) ; Lagos, S. W. Nigeria (S). Eig. 2 lolaus ( lolaus ) vexillarius n. sp. $ genitalia. lolaus ( lolaus ) bolissus Hewitson This species was originally described from a male taken in “the Congo" — presumably near the mouth of that river. Six males and a female are at hand from this region (near Leopoldville, leg. Antisdel; C) and show these characters: male Length of fore wing 16.5-18 mm. (mean of six, 17.5 mm.) ; blue above violet- tinged; fore wing terminal border with its inner edge crossing wing well beyond cell-end (at about one-third the distance from it to termen) ; the border tapering to a thin line, about half a millimeter thick, at tornus. Underside with the red tornal and cubital spots usually bright and rather extensive. Fore wing with apical suffusion of brownish rather pale and hardly noticeable. female Length of fore wing 19 mm. Fore wing fuscous border about as in male, taper- ing posteriorly to about 1 mm. thickness of tornus. Both wings largely pale, slightly violaceous, blue. Dec., 1964] Clench: Notes on Some African Theclinae 243 Iolaus ( Iolaus ) bolissus azureus new subspecies. male Length of fore wing 18 mm.; blue above without violet tinge; inner edge of fore wing terminal border intersecting cell-end about between origins of and Cu3 ; the border tapering to a width of about 2 mm. at tornus, somewhat thicker at vein 2A than midway between Cu., and 2A. Under side with tornal and cubital red spots rather bright and extensive. Fore wing with marked apical brownish suffusion. female Unknown. holotype male, Metet, Cameroun, 19.vi.1923 (leg. A. I. Good), C. M. Acc. 7798; $ genitalia slide no. C-940 ; C. M. Ent. type series no. 447. remarks A second male is at hand from Liberia {leg. A. C. Good, no further data), agreeing* with holotype extremely closely. Iolaus ( Iolaus ) bolissus aurora n. subsp. male Length of fore wing 13.5-15.5 mm., mean of eight, 14.4 mm. Blue above without violet tinge; inner edge of fore wing terminal border crosses just beyond cell-end, touching upper corner of cell, well beyond origin of M.; ; the border tapering to a thin line, about half a millimeter thick, at tornus. Underside with red tornal and cubital spots usually small and inconspicuous, more orange than red. Fore wing apical suf- fusion of brownish slight, hardly noticeable. female Length of fore wing, 13-16 mm., mean (of ten), 14.7 mm. Fore wing fuscous about as in male save that at tornus it is about 1.5 mm. thick. holotype male, 7 male and 18 female paratypes, Kyondo, Queen Elizabeth Park, Uganda, vi-vii.1961 {ex T. H. E. Jackson). C. M. Acc. 19988; C. M. Ent. type series no. 446. remarks The differences between the three subspecies are summarized in the following table. Details on the characters are in the above descriptions. Character bolissus azureus aurora Size S upfw fuscous border at tornus $ color upperside Unfw apical brown shade Unhw tornal & cubital red spots large thin violet-blue slight large, red large thick blue marked large, red small thin blue slight small, orange As may be seen the subspecies differ from one another in several traits, enough to sug- gest that nominate bolissus is more or less intermediate between the other two, though not precisely so. Iolaus ( Epamera ) aphnaeoicles aethes n. subsp. male upperside Fore wing blue not reaching end of cell and barely surpassing origin of Cu2. Border of hind wing about an interspace width in thickness, in 2A-Cu.J-Cu1 edged distally by a thin white line in each interspace ; in 2A-Cu.( with a faintly paler blue bar based, in turn edged basally by a fine fuscous line. underside All bars are orange-yellow, about as in diametra Karseh, and all are edged with black throughout. Terminal orange border nearly touching the subterminal row of very prominent black dots on both wings. 244 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII holotype male, Efulen, Cameronn, 12.xi.1925 (leg. H. L. Weber), C. M. Ace. 8190. C. M. Ent. type series no. 448. remarks I. aphaneoides has hitherto been considered a purely East African insect, divided into four subspecies: aphnaeoides Trimen s.s. (Cape Province to Tanganyika and Katanga), diametra Ivarsch (Tanganyika, Kenya, Katanga), nasissii Riley (Kenya, Tanganyika), mafugee Stempffer & Bennett (Uganda). In nominate aphnaeoides the bars of the underside are dark orange ; in both aphnaeoides and diametra the blue on the fore wing above distinctly surpasses the origin of vein Cn2 ; in nasissii the orange bars below are only partially edged with black ; in mafugae the subterminal dots below are either absent compltely (fore Aving) or very small (hind wing). In all these subspecies the terminal orange below is widely sep- arated from the dots, particularly in the apical region of the hind wing. Dec., 1964] Proceedings 245 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY (Meetings held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History unless otherwise indicated) Meeting oe October 1, 1963 President Bernard Heineman presided ; 17 members and 6 guests were present. Mr. Heineman mentioned that the Society will honor its 50-year members in the near future and will present a copy of the Herbert F. Schwarz Memorial Volume of the Journal to Mrs. Schwarz. Dr. Klots reported briefly on the International Zoological Congress, held during August in Washington, D. C., with particular reference to discussions on the rules of nomenclature. Dr. William S. Creighton represented the Society during the summer at the Canadian Centennial of Entomology. Dr. Klots introduced a guest, Dr. Porolny of Czechoslovakia, who presented an interesting illustrated talk on the geology and biology of the Carpathian Mountains. program Insect Egg-Shell Cements by Robert C. Riley of Rutgers University. An abstract follows. R. W. Fredrickson, Sec. Insect Egg-Shell Cements The insect egg-shell or chorion is the product of the follicular cells in the ovary and forms a dense protective covering about the oocyte. The egg-shell is frequently covered by a thin layer of adhesive in many insect species. The adhesive may secure the eggs to the surface on which they are laid; or it may serve to bind the eggs into a compact capsule or ootheca as in Blattidae and Mantidae. The adhesive may be secreted by the follicular cells in the ovary or, more commonly, by the accessory glands. When the accessory glands function to secrete an adhesive, they may be referred to as colleterial glands. The most detailed knowledge we have of insect colleterial gland secretions is in the cockroach. The left colleterial gland secretes protein, an oxidase and a dihydric phenol, protocatechuic acid, in the form of 4-Q-(3-glucoside of protocatechuic acid, ivhile the right gland secretes a (3-glucosidase. When the secretions of the two glands are mixed in nature or under experimental conditions, the secretions interact and the (3-glucosidase liberates protocatechuic acid from its (3-glucoside. The resulting acid is then enzymatic- ally oxidized to a quinone which presumably forms cross-linkages between adjacent molecules of the structural protein, giving the tanned product sclerotin. Proteinaceous material has been reported in the egg-shell adhesive of Rhodnius prolixus but no evidence was detected of a polyphenol reaction. In Pieris brassicae the adhesive has been classified as a lipo protein. The accessory glands in Drosophila melanogaster have been associated with spermatozoa activation. Investigations by this author have indicated that the accessory glands of Drosophila melanogaster secretes an adhesive on the egg-shell as the egg passes through the uterus. In addition, the accessory gland secretions have been histochemically classified as containing either a mueoprotein or a mucopolysaccharide protein complex. — Robert C. Riley Meeting of October 15, 1963 President Heineman called the meeting to order in Room 319 with 15 members and 9 guests present. Mr. Robert C. Riley of Rutgers University was proposed for member- ship. program Comments by Members of their Summer or Recent Activities. Mr. Heineman mentioned his collecting in the Thousand Islands and read a passage from Clerck’s 246 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII Iconeus, published in 1759. Dr. Vishniac passed around a remarkable insect book pub- lished by Roesel von Rosenliof in 1740. Mr. Pohl talked of his trip to France. Miss Alice Gray spoke of the Junior Society’s doings, and exhibited recent additions to her collection of insect-inspired toys and ornaments. The First International Conference on Acarology was discussed by Dr. Fredrickson. Mr. Teale made comments about the summer wild life at his home in Connecticut, Insect Farm, and showed one slide. Dr. Kormilev exhibited some extremely flat bugs, Family Pliloeidae, from South America. Mr. Bruce Cutler exhibited a specimen of the spider Loxosceles rufescens, collected in New York. Dr. Schmitt exhibited a large hornet’s nest showing red paper made from the material used in construction. Mr. Poelzl showed several slides of local insects. Dr. Miller described his work with carpenter bee mites in California. R. W. Fredrickson, Sec. November 5, 1963 — Election Day — No Meeting Meeting of November 19, 1963 President Heineman called the meeting to order in Room 319; 38 members and 35 guests were present. Mr. Robert C. Riley was elected a member of the Society and Mr. Bruce Cutler and Mr. Thomas Hlavac, both of City College, were proposed for student memberships. It was announced that Ernest L. Bell, an old member and an authority on the Hesperiidae, is seriously ill in Flushing Hospital. The Secretary was instructed to write a letter to Mr. Bell expressing the wish of the Society for a speedy recovery. Dr. Klots presented a bound copy of the Herbert F. Schwarz Memorial Volume of the Journal to Mrs. Dorothy Schwarz. Doctor Schwarz’ distinguished record and his long association with the Society were recalled. program Insect Farm at Trailwood. Dr. Teale presented a new series of superb color slides depicting nature through several seasons at his farm. R. W. Fredrickson, Sec. Meeting of December 3, 1963 President Heineman presided; 22 members and 8 guests were present. Mr. Bruce Cutler and Mr. Thomas Hlavac were elected to student memberships. Mr. Heineman announced that the 50-year members of the Society would be honored at the meeting of January 21, 1964. A newspaper clipping was read telling of banded Monarch butterflies which were released in New England and caught later in Florida, some as soon as 14 days after release. program An Evening with the Family Album of the Sphingidae. Dr. James C. King of the New York University School of Medicine presented an interesting account of larval and adult hawkmoths. He had color slides of a number of species in the family. President Heineman read the following resolution, drafted by Dr. Treat, and proposed that it be recorded in the minutes: “Resolved, that the Secretary be instructed to record in the minutes the grief of the Society and its dismay at the assassination of President Kennedy, and our confidence that President Johnson will be inspired by his predecessor’s example to bring the power of science to the improvement of our country and of the society of all mankind.” The resolution was unanimously approved. R. W. Fredrickson, Sec. Dec., 1964] Proceedings 247 Meeting of December 17, 1963 President Heineman presided; 15 members and 7 guests were present. Miss Alice Abeson, preparator in the Dept, of Entomology of the Museum, was proposed for mem- bership. Dr. Teale spoke of a letter from C. B. Williams, now in Scotland, who desires information on the records of H. J. Shannon, a former member of the Society, concerning insect migration on Long Island. Dr. Bozen introduced two guests : Dr. Sixto Coscaron, of Argentina, a specialist on Tabanidae now doing research at the Museum ; and Dr. J. van der Vecht, of the Leiden Museum of Natural History, Holland. Dr. van der Vecht, a specialist in Hymenoptera, showed some slides depicting remarkable cases of mimicry in social wasps, and between wasps and such insects as Diptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidop- tera. program Notes on the Anatomy of a Ponerine Ant, by Dr. James Forbes. An abstract follows. B. W. Fredrickson, Sec. Notes on the Anatomy of a Ponerine Ant Anatomical studies of the digestive tracts in worker and queen ants have been used to supplement behavioral studies of this social insect in helping to determine which sub- families are primitive and which are more advanced. The male ant is more wasp-like in appearance and is regarded by some myrmecologists to be the more primitive or conservative member of the colony. The few studies made of the male reproductive systems in ants seem to indicate patterns or features which are distinctive for each subfamily : a f ormiciue type ; a myrmicine type ; and for the dory- lines, perhaps, generic types. This study of the male of Rhytidoponera metallica is the second for its digestive tract, but the first to be made of a male ponerine reproductive system. The observations on the digestive tract support a ponerine-doryline-myrmicine relationship. The observations on the male reproductive system of R. metallica reveal no doryline features, but show a mixture of myrmicine and formicine features. Thus, males of more ponerine genera will have to be studied to understand these differences in relationships. — James Forbes Meeting of January 7, 1964 President Heineman presided ; 25 members and 6 guests were present. Miss Alice Abeson was elected to membership. The Secretary ascertained that a quorum was present so that the annual business meeting could be conducted. The Nominating Committee, composed of A. B. Klots, J. Schmitt and Elsie Klots as Chairman, presented the following slate of candidates for 1964 : President — Vice-president — Secretary — Assistant Secretary — Treasurer — Assistant Treasurer— Trustees — Dr. Jerome G. Bozen, Jr. Dr. Eichard W. Fredrickson Dr. David Miller Mr. Albert Poelzl Mr. Jacob Huberman Mrs. Patricia Vaurie Mr. Bernard Heineman, Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Alexander B. Klots, Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky It was moved and seconded that nominations be closed, and that the Secretary cast one vote for the list of candidates. Dr. Eozen then took the chair as President. A formal motion recognizing Mr. Heineman’s excellent leadership and help was unanimously voted. Dr. Teale reported that he had recently found numerous springtails in the rosettes of mullein. program Bogs, by Dr. A. B. Klots of City College : An abstract follows. E. W. Fredrickson, Sec. 248 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII Bogs Acid, sphagnaceous bogs are worldwide, and widespread in Europe and North America. While many partly developed bogs and boggy areas will be found, the complete and typical bog represents a late stage in the succession from a poorly drained pothole, often of glacial origin, toward the plant climax. A floating plant mat spreads inward from the periphery of the pond or lake, eventually covering the entire surface. In time even the underlying water may disappear, forced out by the accumulation of debris, which forms peat. Successions! stages, and the age of the formation, can be determined by studying the stratification of this peat. Depending on the age of the bog and the speed with which it lias filled in, nearly any intermediate stage may be found from a narrow bog strip fringing a pond to a completely filled-in area occupied by forest. Bogs are most abundant in the boreal forest at and near northern timberline, where they account for a large part of the so-called Hudsonian Life Zone biota. South of this they are common throughout much of the Canadian Zone boreal forest, becoming less common and more isolated from each other southward. A few exist in deciduous forest areas, “Transition Zone,” even at low elevations ; and some occur at higher elevations along the Sierras and Rocky and Appalachian Mts. south to California, Colorado and North Carolina. The biota of these bogs are largely boreal relicts, left behind when the Pleistocene glaciers receded northward. Like mountaintops, therefore, bogs furnish an opportunity to study possible population changes during measurable periods of isola- tion. Heaths such as Andromeda, Chamaedaphne, Ledum and Vaccinium macrocarpon and Oxycoccus are prominent. Other characteristic bog plants are Sarracenia purpurea, Drosera spp., Meneanthes, TJtricularia, Pogonia, Eriophorum spp. and Sphagnum spp. In the boreal bogs the characteristic trees are Black Spruce, Picea mariana, and Tama- rack, Larix laricina ; in southern New England and New York these give way to Coast White Cedar, Chamaecyparis thyoides of the Atlantic Coastal Plain. All these bog plants are strongly aeidophile. Many of the insects of the bogs are merely facultative, occurring widely also in marshes and wet meadows. Many others are true bog obligates with boreal, and often Palaearc- tic affinities. Some characteristic Lepidoptera of this sort are as follows (PAL indicates the occurrence of other subspecies in the Palaearctic region). satyridae Oeneis jutta (Huebner) PAL. NYMPHALIDAE: Boloria eunomia (Esper) PAL, B. frigga (Thunberg) PAL. LYCAENIDAE: Lycaena epixanthe (Boisduval & Leconte), Incisalia lanoraieensis Sheppard. NOCTUIDAE: Syngrapha microgamma (Hnebner) PAL, Anarta cordigera (Thunberg) PAL, Exyra rolandiana Grote. PYRA LIDIDAE : Loxostege commixtalis (Walker) nec auctorum, Catoptria maculalis (Zetter- stedt) PAL, Cramhus lyonsellus Haimbach, C. youngellus Kearfott, C. alienellus (Zincken) PAL (subsp. lahradoriensis Packard). OLETHREUTIDAE : Olethreutes schulziana (Fabricius) PAL (subsp. nordeggiana McDunnough) Bactra lanceolana (Huebner) PAL TORTRICIDAE: Aphelia alleniana (Fernald), Peronea minuta (Robinson). The talk was illustrated with color slides showing a number of bogs from Manitoba to New Jersey in various stages of succession, and photographs of representative bog Lepidoptera. — Alexander B. Klots Meeting of January 21, 1964 President Jerome Rozen presided; 27 members and 12 guests were present. Dr. Rozen announced the following committee appointments: Editorial Committee: Dr. Lucy Clausen, Dr. Herbert Ruekes Dr. James Forbes, Dr. David Miller Program Committee: Dr. W. Fredrickson, Dr. Louis Marks Dr. John B. Schmidt Dec., 1964] Proceedings 249 Mr. Bernard Heineman discussed the origin of the idea of presenting certificates to members who had been in the Society 50 years or more. Dr. Alexander B. Klots made the presentations to Dr. E. R. P. Janvrin and to Dr. W. T. M. Forbes, who were present, and Dr. Herbert Ruekes presented certificates to Mr. Chris Olsen and to Dr. Alexander Petrunkevitch in absentia, their certificates will be forwarded to them. Dr. Rozen an- nounced that Mr. Olsen had planned to be present, but due to an accident which Mrs. Olsen sustained that afternoon he was at the hospital with her. Dr. Janvrin’s two daughters were introduced as guests. program The Value of Wild Bees in the Pollination of Blueberries and Cranberries by Prof. Robert S. Filmer of Rutgers University. His talk pointed out the economic value of blueberries and cranberries in ]M'. J. and the importance of the different insects in the maturing of these crops. His talk was illustrated with slides. David C. Miller, Sec. Meeting of February 4, 1964 President Rozen presided ; 15 members and 7 guests were present. Dr. Rozen announced the formation of a committee to review the By-Laws of the Society to consist of Asher Treat, Bernard Heineman and Elsie Klots as Chairman. Mr. Karl Mollins of the Boyce- Thompson Institute for Plant Research, Yonkers, N. Y., was proposed for membership. Miss Alice Gray showed a newly discovered, luminous millipede from California. She announced that the Junior Society, which now has 22 active members and several candi- dates for membership, has planned an all day field trip for the following Saturday. program Subfamily Emesinae of the Family Reduviidae (Hemiptera). Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky of the Museum staff discussed the comparative morphology, the ecology, the behavior, the zoogeography, and the phytogeny of these bugs. He pointed out, that they are distinguished by a trend towards elongation of their body and appendages which is accompanied by adaptations of the internal anatomical structures. Domestic, peridomestic, spider-web inhabiting, and cavernicolous forms are frequent. This is basi- cally a tropical and subtropical group which shows peculiarities of distribution, such as the presence of some endemic genera and species on true oceanic islands where other endemic reduviid genera are absent. The talk was illustrated with slides. David C. Miller, Sec. Meeting of February 18, 1964 Vice-president Richard Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 15 members and 14 guests were present. He announced that President Rozen and Dr. Wygodzinsky were collecting in Trinidad. Dr. Tischler, brother-in-law of Dr. John Schmitt, was introduced as a guest. Mr. Karl Mollins was elected to membership and Dr. George R. Ferguson of the Geigy Chemical Co., Ardsley, N. Y., was proposed for membership. program Caves, Arthropods and Ecology by Mr. Richard Graham of the Rutgers Uni- versity Dept. Zool. and Physiol. An abstract follows. David C. Miller, Sec. Caves, Arthropods and Ecology The subterranean habitat, especially that found in the solution channels of limestones, is available to organisms throughout the world. Adaptation to the cave habitat such as loss of eyes, depigmentation, elaboration of tactile sensory mechanisms, size reduction, elgona- tion of limbs, and inability to tolerate humidities below 95 per cent, temperature changes or strong light is found amongst members of four animal phyla. Anthropods have given rise to the vast majority of cave adapted animals, and they show a remarkable degree of 250 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII parallel evolution of the above characteristics. Ecologically they are classed as obliga- tive cavernicoles or troglobites. Many animals are faeulative cavernicoles and include a whole spectra of preadapted traits which allow them to exploit the cave habitat to a greater or lesser degree. Examples were given of relict species due to Quaternary climate changes, seasonal visitors, permanent residents which show no tendency to evolve into troglobites, animals which enter caves over a wide geographic area and those limited to local cave-associated populations, and accidental records. The cave entrance light, temperature and moisture gradients were shown to filter out animals depending upon which of these factors act as ecological barriers. This applies to the epigeie and troglic communities; the zone of overlap is ecotonal. Cave flora in- cludes fungi and chemosynthetic bacteria. The latter may initiate a food chain inde- pendent of external energy sources. Hence, in remote portions of caves a true ecosystem exists. However, most caves are contaminated by debris derived from the surface which may permit establishment of more complex, marginal communities. North and Central American cave animals and ecology were stressed as work on these problems and are still in an explanatory stage. Studies in the United States lag behind those of European workers by as much as 50 years. No suitable classification of all types of cave-associated organisms exists, and no standardization of cave zones is available. Many approaches to these problems are currently in progress, and the synthesis of these results is a promising research area. — R. E. Graham Meeting of March 3, 1964 President Rozen presided ; 16 members and 8 guests were present. He commented briefly on the collecting trip to Trinidad. Hr. George R. Ferguson was elected to mem- bership, and Dr. Carl W. Schaefer of Brooklyn College was proposed for membership. Miss Anne Birdsey of the Brooklyn Botanical Garden, Mr. Herbert Pincus and Mr. and Mrs. John Medoff were introduced as guests. Miss Alice Hopf reported on the program of tagging Monarch butterflies for migrational studies. This past summer 1308 butter- flies were tagged and 128 returned. Evidence was found of a Spring migration in addi- tion to the normal Fall migration. This work is growing in Southern California and in Australia, and attempts are being made to start a program in South America. program Flight Habits if Mosquitos by Mr. Thomas Bast of Rutgers University. An abstract follows. David C. Miller, Sec. Flight Habits of Mosquitoes The vertical stratification, seasonal distribution, and time of activity of several mosquito species in New Jersey have been studied for several years. The findings indicate that there exists a definite periodicity of flight activity along with a preference, on the part of some species, for specific altitudes at which this activity is most pronounced. This activity in relation to time, temperature, and relative humidity was discussed. The instrumentation used in collecting the information and the automatic collecting devices were considered. Slides illustrated the talk. — Thomas Bast Meeting of March 17, 1964 Doctor Rozen presided ; 23 members and 1 2 guests were present. Dr. Lucy Clausen, Editor of the Journal, pointed out changes that have been made in the Journal format. She mentioned that the backlog of papers now includes a number of species lists, and it is hoped that other types of material will be submitted with shorter papers preferred. The backlog has been reduced so that the delay in publication should now be less than Dec., 1964] Proceedings 251 a year. Dr. Carl W. Schaefer was elected to membership, and Mr. and Mrs. John K. Medoff and Miss Augusta Golden of the Thomas Y. Crowell Co. were proposed for mem- bership. The death of Dr. Alexander Petrunkeviteh, a 50 year member of the Society, was announced, and the members stood for a moment of silence in honor of his memory. A letter of thanks from Mrs. Chris Olsen for flowers sent her by the Society during her illness was read, and it noted that she is making a good recovery. A letter was read from Mrs. Herbert F. Schwarz expressing her appreciation for the effort involved in producing the Herbert F. Schwarz Memorial Volume of the Journal. A contribution of $1,000 to The Herbert F. Schwarz Memorial Fund was enclosed. Dr. Vishniac showed a book from his collection, a work on birds by Pierre Belon, published in 1555. Mrs. Eemington, wife of the speaker of the evening was introduced as a guest, as was Dr. Toge Johansson of Queens College. Dr. Rozen showed a bee larva of the genus Epicliaris, col- lected in Trinidad. This is the first discovery of the larva and larval cell of the genus. He briefly discussed the morphology of the larva and the cell. program Chromosomes and the Timing of Reproduction in the Lepidoptera. Dr. Charles L. Remington of Yale University in an illustrated talk discussed the seasonal occurrence of meiosis in male Lepidoptera, and the factors in the biology of particular species which cause meiosis to occur earlier or later in the life cycle. David C. Miller, Sec. Meeting of April 7, 1964 President Rozen presided; 17 members and 11 guests were present. Elected to member- ship were: Mr. and Mrs. John K. Medoff, and Miss Augusta Goldin. Proposed for membership were: Mr. Samual Ristich of E. R. Squibb & Sons, and Dr. Toge Johansson of Queens College. Mr. Dom Pirone, a graduate student at Fordham University, was introduced as a guest. Mr. Bruce Cutler showed a terrestrial flatworm taken at Van Courtland Park. Dr. Elsie Klots showed a children’s book on butterflies prepared by Gates Clark of the United States National Museum. program Some Little Known Aspects of Spider Biology. Dr. Benjamin J. Kaston of Central Connecticut State College discussed recent observations and findings concerning parental care and “social” life, unusual habitats, and unusual foods. The slit sense- organs in spiders have been shown to perceive sounds and odors and even to serve as meehanoreceptors. A series of color slides showed representative spiders and spider motifs in art and decoration. David C. Miller, Sec. Meeting of April 21, 1964 Dr. Rozen presided; 17 members and 12 guests were present. Mr. Samuel Ristich and Dr. Toge J ohansson were elected to membership and Mr. Robert L. Buckbee, Miss Arabella Wheatley (Mrs. Buckbee), Mr. John Stamatov, and Mr. Jose Lambertus were proposed for membership. Dr. Treat asked the members to look for mites on insects now that spring has arrived. He said that he had recently taken hypopi from a bumblebee. Miss Alice Gray showed some print fabric with an insect design. Also, she noted receipt of an egg mass of the mantis Bruneria which was hatching one or two eggs at a time rather than all at once. A general discussion of the hatching of mantis egg masses and the stimuli which may trigger them folloAved. Dr. Rozen asked to be informed of the nesting sites of ground nesting bees. program The Comparative Ecology of Temperate and Tropical Zone Fiddler Crabs by Mr. Don C. Miller of Queens College. An abstract follows. David C. Miller, Sec. 252 New York Entomological Society [Yol. LXXII The Comparative Ecology of Temperate and Tropical Zone Fiddler Crabs Studies on habitat preference and prevailing environmental conditions were carried out at Beaufort, North Carolina, for the three temperate zone species of crabs (Uca pugilator , 77. pugnax, 77. minax), and at Puerto Rico for the tropical species (77, rapax and 77. thayeri). Field studies at the range boundaries of these species showed a local distribu- tion pattern which corresponds to the occurrence of warm microhabitats at the northern boundary of each of these groups. Thus, low temperature was suggested as a prime limiting factor. This was borne out in laboratory experiments which demonstrated that cold (below 20 degrees C.) will inhibit growth and moulting in 77. pugnax. Tropical zone species were even less tolerant of low temperatures, with the LD 50 reached in 4 days at 10 degrees C. for 77. rapax. Thus, these crabs would not be expected to survive the periodic cold winters of northern Florida. The southern boundary of 77. pugnax and 77. minax occurs in north central Florida, their ranges overlapping slightly with the tropical zone species. Species interaction is probably not a factor contributing to this distribution pattern since each species shows slightly differing habitat preferences. Dessication studies demonstrate species differences among larger crabs, which may be an expression of adaptation to microhabitats of differing elevation within the intertidal zone. Also, these species show similar responses to heat and salinity stress when compared with species which occur in southern Florida, which rules out direct action of these factors on the adults. It is suggested that their distribution may be limited from the more southern parts of Florida due to the failure of the planktonic larval stages to either reach or survive in the shallow coastal lagoons and waterways which have minimal circulation. This results in a system with high summer temperatures, widely fluctuating salinities, and where diurnal tides are absent, the lack of an intertidal zone. — Bon C. Miller Meeting of May 5, 1964 President Rozen presided; 26 members and 13 guests Avere present. Mr. Robert L. Buckbee, Miss Arabelle Wheatley, Mr. John Stamatov, and Mr. Jose Lambertus were elected to membership. Dr. Kumar Krishna, of The City College, and Mr. Fred Beam and Mr. Rubon Abasa, graduate students at Rutgers University, were introduced as guests. Mr. Albert Poelzl displayed a goldenrod gall. program A Brief Entomological Trip to Trinidad. The trip that Doctors Jerome Rozen and Pedro Wygodzinsky had taken last February Avas to study bees and reduviid bugs and to collect generally for the museum collections. The talk Avas illustrated with slides. David C. Miller, Sec. Dec. 1964] Index to Volume LXXII 253 INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS VOLUME LXXII Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, sub-genera, species and varieties are printed in italics. This index does not include the names published in the following lists: the Western Hemisphere Lycaenidae (T-Z), Fleas of Vermont, New Jersey Aphids, and the Edwards butterfly names. Acacia wrightii, 78 Acliras zapota, 44 Acrosynanthus jamaciensis, 67, 131 Adenocoris, 118 Aedes canadensis, 136 cantator, 136 sollicitans, 136 vexans, 136 Aenictus, 197 Allanthidium, 70 Anarta cordigera, 248 Anasa tristis, 148 Andrena, 224 Andromeda, 248 Anopheles crucians, 136 punctipennis, 136 Aphelia alleniana, 248 Apis ambrusteri, 9 cuenoti, 9 dormiens, 9 dormitans, 9 scharmani, 9 Aradus angustellus, 117 Artemisia cana, 232 tridentata, 233 Atactocoris farri, 112 Atenizus laticeps, 42 simplex, 41 taunayi, 42 Aztecanthidium cuauhtemocum , 71 xochipillium, 70 Bactra laneeolana, 248 Baeoura acustyla, 168 ad vena, 168 coloneura, 168 dihybosa, 168 furcella, 168 nigromedia, 173 schmidiana , 168 sternata, 168 sternofurca, 168 Battus priamus, 67 Belostoma indica, 149 Bergrothiessa paranensis, 34 plaumanni, 34 Biston betularia, 143 cognataria, 143 Blaberus craniifer, 138 Boloria eunomia, 248 frigga, 248 Brochymena, 149 Bruneri, 251 Caligo insularis, 131 Callidium tenellum, 43 Calosoma, 132 Campanulus, 110 Camponotus ferruginous, 195 herculeanus, 152 Carausinus, 207 Carex, 233 Catoptria maculalis, 248 Caupolicana, 77 Ceratoeme taunayi, 42 Ceutophilus brevipes, 202 gracilipes gracilipes, 202 Chamaecyparis thyoides, 248 Chamaedaphne, 248 Charadra deridens, 143 Chaulindes formosanus, 207 Chauliodes, 133 Cimex lectularius, 230 Colocasia propinquilinea, 143 Colpocephalum harterti, 162 inaequale, 162 longicorne, 162 pulverulenti, 162 tirkhan, 167 Conocephalus fascinatus, 202 Crambus alienellus, 248 labradoriensis, 248 lyonsellus, 248 youngellus, 248 254 New York Entomological Society [VoL. LXXII Cryptolabis, 168 Cuculiphilus tirkhan, 167 Culex pipiens pipiens, 136 restuans, 136 salanarius, 136 Culiseta. melanura, 136 Cy r thy drola claps incisus, 67 Dactylurina, 9 Dapidodigma demeter demeter, 237 demeter nuptus, 237 hymen, 237 Dendroeopos leucotos sinicus, 167 Diapheromera, 207 Dissosteira Carolina, 133 Donnellsmithia liintonii, 75 Drosophila melanogaster, 245 Drosera, 248 Dryocopus javensis multilunatus, 166 martins martins, 162 Dysphaga debilis, 56 Eciton, 197 Ectropis crepuscularia, 143 Epicliaris, 251 Eriophorum, 248 Eulonchopria, 77 Euphorbia pumice, 67 punica, 131 Exyra rolandiana, 248 Formica cinerea, 151 exsectoides, 152 fusca, 152, 232 lasioides, 235 opaciventris, 231 puberula, 235 Fusarium oxysporum, 150 oxysporum f cubense, 150 Gallus furcatus, 162 varius, 162 Ganimus vittatus, 43 Gynura aurantiaca, 67 auriantica, 131 Heteranthidium, 70 Hyalophora cercropia, 207 Hypagyrtis piniata, 143 subatomaria, 143 Idoemea, 47 bicolor, 49 californica, 49 fulleri, 49 texana, 49 Incisalia lanoraieensis, 248 Iolaus (Epamera) aphnaeeoides aethes, 237 (Iolaus) bolissus, 237 Aphaenoides diametra, 244 Aphaenoides mafugee, 244 Aphaenoides nasissii, 244 bolissus aurora , 237 bolissus azurens, 237 carina, 239 eurisus, 237 eurisus eurisus, 241 eurisus helius, 240 vexillarius, 237 Ipomea tuberosa, 67 Isodermus gayi, 117 Kormilevia dureti, 35 gerali, 34 montrouzieri, 36 setigera, 35 teresopolitana, 34 Larix laricina, 248 Lasius flavus, 152, 232 minutus, 157 niger, 232 Ledum, 248 Leptocorisa costalis, 144 varicornis, 144 Lestrimelitta (Cleptotrigona) c-ubieeps, 7 Llaimacoris penai, 112 Llgimacoris, 118 Loxosceles rufescens, 246 Loxostege commixtalis, 248 Lycaena apixanthe, 248 Lycia cognataria, 143 Magicicada cassanii, 23 septendecim, 19 septendicula, 19 Malacomacrus, 43 Malacopterus lineatus, 43 mexicanus, 43 tenellus, 41 vittatus, 43 Malacosoma americana, 24 Dec. 1964] Index to Volume LXXII 255 Malthopia, 47 oculata, 49 Mansonia perturbans, 136 Melanocoryphus, 148 Melanolophia canadaria, 143 Melipona, 5 beechei, 15 Meliponorytes devietus, 2 sicula, 10 succini, 2 Meliponula bocandei, 2 Melitturga., 225 Meneanthes, 248 Methia accident alls, 40 bicolor, 54 bicolorata, 53 brevis, 54 constricticollis, 54 debilis, 54 delicata, 55 dentata, 40 lineata, 54 maculosa , 40 mormona, 53 mormoniea, 55 occidentalis, 54 pallidipennis, 54 picta, 54 subvittata, 40 vittata, 40 Methia separata, 55 subarmata, 54 Mezira abdominalis, 112 americana, 117 brachyptera, 112 jamaicensis, 112 yucatana, 116 Microdon, 195 Mulleripieus pulverulentus harterti, 162 pulverulentus pulverulent us, 162 Musca domestica, 23, 139 Myrmecocystus mimicus, 152 Myrmica rubra, 232 scabrinodis, 232 Nananthidium, 70 bettyae, 73 tamaulipanum, 77 willineri, 77 Neivamyrmex, 197 Neoconocephalus exiliscanorus, 202 Nomada, 225 Nomadopsis, 198 Notapictinus brachypterus, 39 micro pterus, 34 Nothofa.gus, 196 Notoplocoris ovatus, 34 sobrali, 37 Novomessor eockerelli, 152 Oebalus, 149 Oeneis jutta, 248 Olethreutes schulziana, 248 schulziana nordeggiana, 248 Oncopeltus, 148 Opomea tuberosa, 131 Oreopa sites, 225 Oxaea, 223 Oxycoccus, 248 Panthea furcilla, 143 Panurginus potentillae, 224 Papilio, 136 dardanus, 66 Paranthidium (Mecanthidium), 70 macrurum, 73 sonorum, 73 Parnassius apollo, 102 Perdita, 224 Periplaneta americana, 137 Peronea minuta, 248 Phormia regina, 24 Picia mariana, 248 Pictinus brasiliensis, 34 Picus canus, 167 martius, 162 squamatus squamatus, 167 Pieris brassicae, 245 Pinus contorta, 233 strobus, 143 Placoeme vitticollis, 40 Pogonia, 248 Pogonomyrmex occidentalis, J52 Popillia japoniea, 24 Populus tremuloides, 233 Protoxaea gloriosa, 223 Pseudomethia, 40 arida, 46 Psoropliora confinnis, 136 Quercus, 44 256 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX.XII Raphia frater, 143 Rliodnius prolixus, 245 Rhoecocoris sulciventris, 149 Rhysocoris jamaicensis, 112 rugosus, 114 Rhytidoponera metallica, 247 Salix, 233 Sarracenia. purpurea, 248 Scaptoeoris, 150 Sedum album, 106 Smodieium, 42 Sphagnum, 248 Sphagoeme oehracea, 41 Stomoxys ealcitrans, 67 Styloxus bicolor, 47 fulleri, 48 fulleri calif ornicus, 50 fuse ns, 40 lucanus, 47 oblatipilus, 40 parvulus, 40 ruficeps, 49 Syngrapha microgamma, 248 Tenebrio molitor, 24, 65, 67, 139, 159 Tessaropa debilis, 56 Thia, 52 Traeliusa, 7 0 Triepeolus, 225 Trigona ( Axestotrigona), 9 (Frieseomelitta) freiremaiai, 5 (H.) araujoi, 7 braunsi, 7 gribodoi, 7 (Liotrigona) bottegoi, 7 bouyssoui, 7 (Nannotrigona) testaceieornis, 11 (Nogueirapis) butteli, 13 mirandula, 13 silacea, 10 (Scaptotrigona) xanthotricha, 11 (Tetragonula) devicta, 2 iridipennis, 2 Tristachycera viridis, 41 Uc-a minax, 252 pugilator, 252 pugnax, 252 rapax, 252 thayeri, 252 Ulanthidium, 70 mitchelli (?), 76 Utrieularia, 248 Vaccinium macrocarpon, 248 Xenodusa cava, 195 Xystrocera, 42 1 " l y ; t ji A '4 JOURNAL of Ike NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SO- CIETY is devoted to the advancement and dissemination of i knowledge pertaining to insects and their related forms. a'v'V'V, -f ■ ' | §■ IS'* Vl’fe /y~} j.r I '-H V ' . ' ' ' INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORS CORRESPONDENCE Submit manuscript in duplicate (orig- inal and one carbon) to Dr. L. W. Clausen, Editor, 115 West 68th Street, New York 23, N. Y. Send material by registered mail in flat form. The JOURNAL cannot assume responsibility for manuscripts lost in transit. GENERAL POLICY Manuscript submitted must be unpub- lished, original research not being considered for publication elsewhere. Upon acceptance and publication by the JOURNAL it must not be published again in any form without the consent of the Author and the Editor. Each manuscript will be re- viewed by one or more referees whose anonymity is preserved so that criticism may be frank and objective. Manuscript, if accepted, will be published in order of receipt unless the cost of printing is borne by the author, in which case publication can be scheduled for the next issue. FORM OF MANUSCRIPT Manuscripts (text, figures, foot- notes, etc.) must be typewritten, double or triple spaced with wide margins and on paper S1^ x 11 inches suitable for ink cor- rection. Proofread manuscripts carefully before they are sub- mitted. Consult the STYLE MANUAL FOR BIOLOGICAL JOURNALS for details concerning acceptable form. The JOUR- NAL reserves the privilege of editing manuscripts to make them conform or of returning them to authors for revision. J? A Ul ■T 1 ■ i I A; iy.h J y. v ABSTRACT Each manuscript must be accompanied by an abstract, typewritten on a separate sheet. This abstract may replace the author’s summary. It should be brief (not more than 3% of the original) and written in complete sentences. A copy of a guide is obtainable from the Editor. ILLUSTRATIONS These must be clear and suitable for re- production. Photographs must be glossy prints. Indicate the magnification on the illustrations or state it in the legends. All lines and figures must be able to withstand reduction if reduction is necessary. When published, illustrations may not exceed 4" x 6^4". The legend is not part of the illustration ; these are to be arranged and typed on a separate sheet and each identified by the figure number. Excessive illustrative material will be charged to the author. Pack all illustrations carefully with stiff cardboard to prevent damage in transit. REPRINTS of articles wfill be furnished contributors when ordered in advance. A table showing cost of reprints and an order blank will be sent with the proof. All subscriptions and orders for back issues should be sent to J. Huberman, Treasurer, N. Y. Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural His- tory, New York, N. Y. 10024. The SOCIETY has a complete file of back issues in stock. The SOCIETY will not be responsi- ble for lost Journals unless immediately notified of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscriptions— $8.00 per year, net to the Society, in advance. Single copies, as issued— $2.00 each. Please make all checks, money-orders or drafts payable to the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Business Press, Inc., Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Second class postage paid at Lancaster, Pennsylvania. PRINTED BY BUSINESS - \ ,u V — ' 'tw PRESS, INCORPORATED J Journal of the New York ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Devoted to Entomology in General VOLUME LXXIII Published by the Society New York, N. Y. ALLEN PRESS, INC. Lawrence, Kansas INDEX OF AUTHORS ALEXANDER, CHARLES P. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), X 33 ALEXANDER, CHARLES P. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), XI 163 BROOKHART, JACK Two New Solpugids from Colorado and Notes on Other Spe- cies (Arachnida: Solpugida) 151 BROWN, F. MARTIN Type Locality for Cercvonis nephele Kirby and “Upper Canada” Insects Collected in the 1820’s 240 CLENCH, HARRY K. Variation and Distribution of Hemiargus huntingtoni (Lepi- doptera: Lycaenidae) 41 CLENCH, HARRY K. African Deudorix (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae): Notes and Descriptions 178 COMEGYS, GEORGE R. and JOHN B. SCHMITT A List of the Thysanoptera or Thrips of New Jersey 195 CUTLER, BRUCE The Jumping Spiders of New York City (Araneae: Salticidae) .... 138 DasGUPTA, SUJIT KUMAR and ELTON J. HANSENS Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from Salem County, New Jersey 156 dos PASSOS, CYRIL F. Peak’s Lepidoptera Americana (1833) 18 dos PASSOS, CYRIL F. Review of the Nearctic Species of Pieris “napi” as (Classified by Androconial Scales and Description of a New Seasonal Form (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) 135 FORBES, JAMES and DOMINIC DO-VAN-QUY The Anatomy and Histology of the Male Reproductive System of the Legionary Ant, N eivamyrmex harrisi (Halde- man) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) 95 FORBES, JAMES and MARTIN HAGOPIAN The Male Genitalia and Terminal Segments of the Ponerine Ant, Rhytidoponera metallica F. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) 190 GERKE, ROSCOE H. Fireflies Flashing in Ozonized Air 27 GOHLA, KURT B. Thysania agrippina (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) 92 KNOX, CAROL B. Nervous System and Musculature of Pregenital Abdominal Seg- ments of Male Stonefly Nymph, Acroneuria (Plecoptera: Perlidae) 78 MIDDLEKAUFF, WOODROW W. Description of the Previously Unknown Female of N eurotoma willi Middlekauf (Hymenoptera: Pamphiliidae) 238 MILLER, DAVID C. Notes on Northwestern Berosus (Coleoptera: Hvdrophilidae) , with Two New Species 28 MILLER, DAVID C. New Laccobius (Coleoptera: Hvdrophilidae) from the Pacific Northwest, with Notes on Previously Named Species 56 iii MULLER, JOSEPH Supplemental List of Macrolepidoptera of New Jersey 63 O’BRIEN, JAMES F. Development of the Muscular Network of the Midgut in the Larval Stages of the Mosquito, Aedes aegypti Linnaeus 226 RINDGE, FREDERICK H. Notes on Rhabdatomis from Middle America (Lepidop- tera: Arctiidae) 2 ROZEN, JEROME G., JR. Biological Notes on the Cuckoo Bee Genera Holcopasites and Neolarra (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) 87 RUCKES, HERBERT Several New Genera and Species of Discocephaline Pentato- mids (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae) 114 RUCKES, HERBERT A New M ecistorhinus from Ecuador (Heteroptera: Pentato- midae) 223 RUCKES, HERBERT and CYRIL dos PASSOS Ernest Layton Bell, In Memoriam and the Scientific Papers of E. L. Bell 49 SCHMITT, JOHN B. Variations in the Transverse Nerve in the Abdominal Nervous System of Insects 144 TARPLEY, WALLACE A. Nuptial Flight of Prenolepis imparis (Say) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) 6 TIMBERLAKE, P. H. Notes on Caupolicanine Bees of Arizona (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) 46 TREAT, ASHER E. Sex-Distinctive Chromatin and the Frequency of Males in the Moth Ear Mite 12 WASHINGTON, CURTIS L. and DANIEL LUDWIG Identification and Quantita- tive Estimation of Nucleotides from Tissues of Leucophaea maderae by Paper Chromatography 168 WOOLLEY, TYLER A. and HAROLD G. HIGGINS A New Genus and Two New Species of Tenuialidae with Notes on the Family (Acari: Orbatei) 232 BOOK REVIEWS SCHMITT, JOHN B. Evolutionary Studies of Cockroaches by F. A. McKittrick 94 POHL, LLICIEN L. Audubon’s Wildlife by Edwin Way Teale 182 RECENT PUBLICATIONS 224 PROCEEDINGS of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 39, 183 YOUNG ENTOMOLOGIST SERVES HIS COUNTRY 225 ERRATUM 225 NECROLOGY 243 IV J / ' - 5 l cfs v _ ^ : -- - — • \ \ y] ■ • cj - '■■ - ' - Devoted to Entomology in General o "\ r v . m \ \ i ; \ ; \k1 P ■ 4 - The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St,, & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00, Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the Treasurer. . _j -j ! v- Officers for the Year 1964 President, Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Vice President , Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Secretary, Dr. David Miller College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl 230 E. 78th St., N. Y. 10021 Treasurer, Mr. Raymond Brush American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Trustees Mr. Bernard Heineman Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky 4 Mailed April 19, 1965 The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by The Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas. Journal of the New York Entomological Society Volume LXXIII April 19, 1965 No. 1 EDITORIAL BOARD Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss Editor Lucy W. Clausen Columbia University College of Pharmacy 115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023 Associate Editor James Forbes Fordham University, New York, N. Y. 10058 Publication Committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. David Miller CONTENTS Notes on Rhabdatomis from Middle America (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) Frederick H. Rindge 2 Nuptial Flight of Prenolepis imparis (Say) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) Wallace A. Tarpley 6 Sex-Distinctive Chromatin and the Frequency of Males in the Moth Ear Mite Asher E. Treat 12 Peale’s Lepidoptera Americana (1833) Cyril F. dos Passos 18 Fireflies Flashing in Ozonized Air Roscoe H. Gerke 27 Notes on Northwestern Berosus (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae), with Two New Species David C. Miller 28 Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), X Charles P. Alexander 33 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 39 Variation and Distribution of Hemiargus huntingtoni (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) Harry K. Clench 41 Notes on Caupolicanine Bees of Arizona (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) P. H. Timberlake 46 AN & S ,-ffM i>& 2 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Notes on Rhabdatomis from Middle America ( Lepidoptera : Aretiidae ) Frederick H. Rindge American Museum of Natural History Abstract New distributional data are given for four species of Rhabdatomis from Mexico and Central America. The males of R. pueblae Draudt are redescribed and the previously unknown females of draudti Field are recorded. The genitalia of both are described and illustrated. The author has classified the members of the genus Rhabdatomis Dyar in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, following the revi- sion of this genus by Field (1964). While this is a relatively small collection, there are a number of interesting records, and one species and one sex of another species unknown to Field are represented. All the specimens are from Mexico and Central America. Certain difficulties will be encountered when using Field’s key to the species based on external characters, particularly when working with females. It is possible that this key was based on, and intended for, males only. Females of laudamia (Druce), for instance, have the hind wings and abdomen entirely fuscous; it is not possible to run them through the key to the proper place. It may be more satisfactory to study the genitalic structures to be certain of the identification. Rhabdatomis zaba Dyar Rhabdatomis zaba Dyar, 1907, p. 227. Field, 1964, p. 50, figs. 1, 16. This species has heretofore been known only from the unique male type from Orizaba, Veracruz, Mexico. A second male is now known, being from Jalapa, Veracruz, Sept., elevation 4,680 feet (C. C. Hoffmann). According to Field, the frons of the type is fuscous; in the specimen before me it is concolorous with the vertex of the head. Otherwise the description fits the Jalapa specimen. The forewing length is 10 mm. Field’s illustration of the male genitalia (fig. 1) shows the cuiller with just the terminal end finely setose. The dissection of the Jalapa specimen has this setose area curving from the apex and down the distal margin, between the cuiller and the apical portion of the valve, almost as far as the angled portion of the cuiller. Rhabdatomis pueblae (Draudt) Fig. 1 Diarhabdosia pueblae Draudt, 1919, p. 243, pi. 33, figs. h3, 4. Rhabdatomis pueblae : Field, 1964, p. 53. March, 1965] Rindge: Rhabdatomis 3 This species was unknown to Field. Before me are eight male topotypes from Tehuacan, Puebla, Mexico, Sept. 12, 1931 and Sept. 15-17, 1937, elevation 5,500 feet (C. C. Hoffmann). These examples fit the original description well. The illustration in Seitz is too black and does not show the rose-colored terminal portion of the abdomen. Additional descriptive notes include the head with the vertex and the lower part of the front pale yellow, and with the palpi, upper portion of the front, the area between the antennal bases, and the antennae all fuscous. The amount of fuscous on the front is variable, varying from about one-third to almost the entire area. The thorax above is pale yellow and pink, and the abdomen is grayish buff, becoming fuscous posteriorly, and the genitalia are covered with pink scales. The yellow on the forewings is paler than that found on laudamia. The forewing length varies from 10 to 12 mm. The male genitalia have a moderately long saccus, projecting well anteriad of the valves; the juxta tapers posteriorly and has a median invagination; the valves broaden distally, the posterior margin is concave distally, the apex has a prominent posteriorly directed tooth and a lateral flattened area (with or without some small tubercles) ; the cuiller parallels the anterior margin of valve, with the apex more sharply curved, the tip recurved and finely setose dorsally, the setae extending almost to surface of valve. Rhabdatomis laudamia (Druce) Fig. 2 Lithosia laudamia Druce, 1885 (1881-1900), p. 131; 1888-1900, pi. 13, fig. 4. Rhabdatomis laudamia-. Field, 1964, p. 53, figs. 13, 21, 22. This widely ranging species occurs from Mexico to Colombia. The following locality records are from the 15 males and 3 females in the American Museum collection. Mexico. — “Santa Anita,” Chiapas, July 12 15, 1930 (C. C. Hoffmann); Orizaba, Veracruz, July, elevation 4,000 feet (C. C. Hoffmann); Presidio, Vera- cruz, August, elevation 1,000 feet (C. C. Hoffmann); Misantla, Veracruz, April and May, 1910 (C. C. Hoffmann and Gugelmann). Costa Rica. — Puntarenas, Monteverde, 1960, and various dates in Oct. and Nov., 1961, elevation 4,600 feet (C. W. Palmer). Panama. — El Volcan, Chiriqui, Feb. 16-17, 1936 (Gertsch and Lutz). Rhabdatomis draudti Field Fig. 3 Rhabdatomis draudti Field, 1964, p. 54, figs. 5, 23. This species was described from seven males from the province of Cartago, Costa Rica, with the female being unknown. The female of this species is similar to that of laudamia , but has slightly more pink on the thorax. The hind wings and abdomen are completely dull black, slightly darker than in the female of laudamia. The forewing length is from 11.0 to 11.5 mm. [Vol. LXXIII 4 New York Entomological Society March, 1965] Rindge: Rhabdatomis 5 The female genitalia of draudti are also similar to those of laudamia. Field illustrates the latter (fig. 13) but does not state whether his sketch represents a dorsal or the more conventional ventral view; from the position of the signum it is apparently a dorsal view. The genitalia of draudti are distinguished from those of laudamia by the more heavily sclerotized terminal segment of the abdo- men, by the slightly larger ductus bursae, by the ductus seminalis arising on the left side (as opposed to the right side in laudamia) , and by the more rugose surface of the corpus bursae. The signum is of the same type in both species. The following are new locality records for this species, and are based on five males and three females. Costa Rica. — Puntarenas, Monteverde, May 1-Oct. 1, 1960, Jan. 9, 1961, Oct. 11, 1961, Nov. 22, 1961 (C. W. Palmer). Panama. — El Volcan, Chiriqui, Feb. 16, 18, 1936 (Gertsch and Lutz). Rhabdatomis cor a c oroides (Schaus) Diarhabdosia coroides Schaus, 1911, p. 368. Forbes, 1939, p. 187. Rhabdatomis cora coroides : Field, 1964, p. 57, figs. 28, 29. Field did not include the Forbes reference, which gives the time of flight at Barro Colorado Island, Panama, as “Oct.-Apr.” Four of these females are in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. There is also one male from Presidio, Veracruz, Mexico, Apr., 1940 (C. C. Hoffmann) in the collection that apparently belongs to this subspecies. This extends the range considerably as Guatemala was the previous northern limit of its recorded distribution. This Mexican specimen does not have as much fuscous on either the upper or lower surface of the hind wings as does the lectotype. Literature Cited Draudt, Max. 1919. Lithosiinae. In A. Seitz, The Macrolepidoptera of the world. Stutt- gart, 6: 241-293, pi. 33. Druce, Herbert. 1881-1900. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Lepidoptera-Heteroc- era. London, 1: 490 pp. . 1881-1900. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Lepidoptera-Heterocera, Lon- don, 3: 101 pis. Dyar, Harrison G. 1907. New American Lepidoptera. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 15: 226- 234. <- Fig. 1. Male genitalia of Rhabdatomis pueblae (Draudt). Tehuacan, Puebla, Sept. 15, 1937 (C. C. Hoffmann). Figs. 2, 3. Female genitalia of Rhabdatomis. 2. R. laudamia (Druce). Misantla, Vera- cruz, May, 1910 (Gugelmann). 3. R. draudti Field. Puntarenas, Monteverde, Costa Rica, Jan. 9, 1961 (C. W. Palmer). 6 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Field, William D. 1964. Moths of the genus Rhabdatomis Dvar (Arctiidae: Lithosiinae) . Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., no. 3479, 115: 47-60, figs. 1-33. Forbes, William T. M. 1939. The Lepidoptera of Barro Colorado Island, Panama. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 85: pp. i-vii, 97-322, 66 figs., 8 pis. Schaus, William. 1911. New species of Heterocera from Costa Rica, VII. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, 7: 355-372. Received for Publication June 4, 1964 Nuptial Flight of Prenolepis imparis (Say) (Hymenoptera : Forinieidae) Wallace A. Tarpley Dept. Ent., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia1 Abstract Observations were made on a nuptial flight of the ant Prenolepis imparis (Say) on March 5 at Blacksburg, Virginia. Average temperature during the flight period was an estimated 70° F. Observations were made on the mating activities of 55 females. Detailed observations were made on the wing-shedding process in one female. Observations on this flight were compared with those made earlier in Missouri by Talbot. Prenolepis imparis (Say) is, according to Dr. M. R. Smith (in litt.), “a com- mon and widely distributed native North American ant. The ants nest in the soil and the workers feed mainly on honeydew. Often the abdomen of these ants is so distended that the workers walk with difficulty. The species is a very interesting one in that the ants can stand more cold than any other North American ant known to me. They are the first to take their nuptial flights in the spring.” Van Pelt (1963), in a table showing the altitudinal distribution of ants in the Southern Blue Ridge Province, lists this species as “occasional” at elevations from 3,500-5,000 feet. According to him, this ant frequently nests under rocks at these elevations. Wesson and Wesson (1940) state, however, that nests of this species were not detected beneath stones and logs in south- central Ohio. In studying the habits of this species throughout the year, Talbot (1943a, 1943b) found that in contrast with most ants, this species did not maintain a strict hibernation, the workers occurring aboveground during the winter whenever the temperature was above freezing, with active foraging beginning about 35° or 40° F. and reaching a peak of activity between 46° and 65° F. She observed (Talbot, 1943b) a decrease in numbers aboveground at tempera- tures above 60° F. This decrease in numbers aboveground progressed steadily with rising temperatures until, above 75° F., almost no ants were found above- ground. She also discovered that a correlation of increased activity with higher 1 Present address: Biology Dept., E. Tenn. State University, Johnson City, Tenn. March, 1965] Tarpley: Prenolepis Nuptial Flight 7 relative humidity (peaks at 80-100%) occurred in the range of temperatures at which activity is at its height (46-65° F.). Contrary to the habits of many ants, Prenolepis imparls maintains males and females in the nest throughout the winter (Talbot, 1943a). During the winter, a mature colony consists of the nest queen, males and females, and two types of workers, small dark nonrepletes and light colored, enormously swollen re- pletes. The function of the repletes is to store food for the remainder of the colony. Following the early spring nuptial flights, practically all aboveground activity ceases until midsummer (Talbot, 1943a). That Prenolepis imparis nuptial flights occur in early spring at a time when other species are just completing hibernation is documented by Talbot (1943a, 1945), who observed flights on April 6, 9, and 10 in 1941 and March 25, 29, and 30 in 1943 at St. Charles, Missouri. According to her, days between flights were cold. She suggests that “one may venture the generalization that flights occur during the warmest parts of the first days of spring when the temperature reaches 70° F. or above.” For further details on the biology and taxonomy of this species see Wheeler (1908, 1930), Talbot (1943a, 1943b, 1945), and Dennis (1941). OBSERVATIONS ON NUPTIAL FLIGHT The following observations on a nuptial flight of Prenolepis imparis were made March 5, 1961, at Blacksburg, Virginia (elevation 2,000 feet) in the lawn and flower garden behind my residence on the V.P.I. campus. The lawn was approximately 50 X 50 feet and most observations were made in its center. Specimens were determined by Dr. M. R. Smith, Agr. Res. Ser., U. S. Dept. Agriculture. Observations were made from the time the flight was detected at 12:30 p.m. until they virtually ceased activity at 4:30 p.m. Temperature aver- aged an estimated 70° F. during the observation period. The preceding 2 weeks were unusually warm. A slight overcast existed during most of the observation period but the sun was frequently visible. Clouds began forming at 3:30 p.m., and after 3:45 p.m. the sun was no longer visible. There were intermittent gusts of wind up to an estimated 15 m.p.h. or more throughout the observation period. The air was completely calm, however, in between these gusts of wind. The maximum and minimum temperatures reported for March 5, 1961, at Blacksburg were 74° and 48° F., respectively. This was the third day in 1961 (Anonymous, 1961) that the temperature exceeded 65° F. [the other two dates being February 25 (68° F.) and 28 (66° F.) j at this location. The average daily maximum temperatures for the preceding 2 weeks (February 19- March 4) was 56.8° F. and the average daily minimum 33.8° F. The daily maximum temperatures for the preceding 5 days (February 28-March 4) were 66, 52, 52, 52, and 64, respectively, and the average minimum daily tempera- 8 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII tures 36, 29, 32, 27, and 34, respectively. These data tend to confirm the gen- eralization of Talbot (1945) quoted above. At 12:30 p.m. a yellow bedspread that had just been washed was hung on a clothesline approximately in the center of the lawn. Within seconds, several winged male ants appeared on the spread. Shortly afterwards, two winged females were detected. At this time, a search for their nest was made. It was discovered beneath a board (8 inches X 4 feet) adjacent to some rocks about 15 feet from the spread. Several workers and winged females were present beneath the board when the nest was located. No males were observed around or beneath the board. Within minutes, males became very common on the spread, in the air (up to 8 feet) around it, and were observed flying around the grass 1-4 inches aboveground. The males had apparently left the nest before the females. No other nests were encountered in the area, but it is probable (due to the number involved) that other colonies of this species were involved. Shortly afterwards, the number of females attracted to the spread increased, though seldom were there more than five or six present on the spread at a given time. It is estimated that 100 females and 2,500 males were involved in the ob- served nuptial flight. This is probably an underestimate, especially for the females, since systematic observations of those on the ground and in the grass were not made. No ants were observed around the periphery of the yard. Males alone were observed swarming in shrubbery near the nest. All females observed were in the vicinity of the nest and spread. Close observations were made on the mating acts of 55 females on the spread and ground. No matings were detected in the air or in the vicinity of the board. In only eight of the observed matings was more than one male involved in precopulatory activities, though commonly after union had been effected, other males attempted to mount the female but quickly gave up and left. Males apparently were not attracted to females from a distance. Usually when the male was within 1 inch of the female he headed directly toward the tip of her abdomen. It was unusual to see a male and a female encounter one another face to face and then effect a union. In no case, either between male and female or between competing males, was any actual combat observed. With competing males (more than one attempting to mount a female simultaneously), there was simply a mad rush to mount the female. After successful union of a pair was accomplished, excess males left immediately. Following successful union, pairs remained united for an average of over 5 minutes. Winged males of this species are much smaller and more active than the larger females. In mating, the male grasps the female’s abdomen and retains either a normal upright position on the dorsal surface of the female’s abdomen or extends itself in the opposite direction from the female with the ventral surface facing upwards. March, 1965] Tarpley: Prenolepis Nuptial Flight 9 Several in copula pairs were collected in empty vials and placed in a cold storage freezer for later preservation. All pairs which were united when placed in the freezer remained united. When not placed in the freezer immediately after capture, couples became disengaged within the normal time. The level of activity of males and females was considerably different. Males were very active on and around the spread and at grass level throughout the observation period. Females were relatively inactive at all times. On the spread, their only action, in general, was to climb toward the top of the bedspread. If not encountered by males prior to reaching the top of the spread, they simply remained inactive on the top until encountered by males. Several individuals were blown from the spread by the wind or action of the wind in “whipping” the spread. This probably accounts for most of the winged females found on the ground beneath the spread. Only one in copula pair was observed to fly united from the spread. It was followed for about 10 feet but it disappeared in the shrubbery. Winged females transferred from beneath the board to the spread were im- mediately encountered by males and in each case a successful union was accom- plished. Several females were observed flying away from the spread and nest area but no matings were observed in the air. Only two unions were observed to take place on the ground and these were possibly second matings for the females. Three copulating pairs were separated when dislodged from the spread by wind action after having remained united for 5 or more minutes. In each case, the female was immediately returned to the spread by the observer. Each female later mated with another male. Thus, the females of this species can mate more than once. Unfortunately, no attempt was made to determine the maximum number of matings that could be effected by a given female. Several solitary winged females were detected in the grass beneath the spread. When placed on the spread, mating was accomplished in every instance. Several wingless females were collected from beneath the spread. The reason for their dealated condition was unknown at the time but was explained by later observations on a single female. When wingless females were placed on the spread they attracted no attention from the males. In each instance, the wing- less female immediately dropped to the ground. By 3:45 p.m. rain was threatening and the sun had not been visible since 3:30. At 4:30 p.m. only about a dozen males were observed in flight over the entire lawn. None were on or in the vicinity of the spread. One winged female and three workers were observed around the nest entrance beneath the board. The winged female appeared to be attempting to shed its wings. Throughout the observation period, no workers were observed away from the immediate vicinity of the nest and no winged forms of either sex were observed to return to the nest. No additional flights were observed at this location in subsequent days 10 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII nor were workers detected aboveground in the period March 5 to June 30. No observations were made after the latter date. OBSERVATIONS ON A SINGLE FEMALE (FROM FIELD NOTES) At 2:30 p.m. a single female was observed on the spread. She was immedi- ately mounted by a male. At 2:35 p.m. the pair fell to the ground and became disengaged. The female began climbing around on grass blades. At 2:40 p.m. two males were attracted to the female. One male was successful in uniting with the female. The female began increasing her speed in climbing up and down grass blades. She continued walking up and down grass blades, dragging the male behind her, for about 30 minutes. The male repeatedly attempted to grasp grass blades, in an apparent attempt to free himself, but in vain. During this time the female covered a distance of 4 feet. Three males were attracted to the couple but each gave up in attempts to mate and disappeared. The female repeatedly attempted to fly but was never successful. At 3:15 p.m., the male finally attained a sufficient grasp on a blade of grass to free himself. He immediately disappeared in the grass. The female continued traveling up and down grass blades, periodically stopping to bite the tip of her abdomen and preen her antennae. In addition, she periodically flexed her wings as if attempting to fly. Sustained flight was never accomplished, the greatest distance covered being approximately 6 inches. By 3:30 p.m., her walking activity had decreased but wing flexing had in- creased. By this time she had arrived in a very dense patch of grass blades and began going around and under blades of grass in one spot, turning somersaults while doing so and flexing her wings continuously. She finally succeeded, after repeated contortions and wing flexing, in breaking her wings off one at a time. By 3:35 p.m. the female had shed all her wings. She remained perfectly still for about 2 minutes then resumed walking. After about 3 minutes, she stopped again, rested about 3 minutes, then descended to the ground and disappeared in the litter. She traveled approximately 20 feet from the spread during the 65 minutes she was under observation. Because of the chance encounter with the nuptial flight described above, no observations were made on preflight activities. According to Talbot (1945), these consist of “multiplying nest entrances beyond the usual one, and of ex- ploratory above ground excursions made by the males. Usually these activities take place over a period of several days. . . The observations reported here are in agreement with those made of several flights of this species by Talbot (1943a, 1943b, 1945) in Missouri. The dates and times of day were comparable, as well as the general behavior of both sexes in respect to height of flight and relative time of emergence. In both instances, multiple matings were observed. However, the duration of mating was given by her as being 2 minutes or less, whereas my observations indicated 5 or more March, 1965] Tarpley: Prenolepis Nuptial Flight 11 minutes as the average mating time. Since temperatures at both locations during flights were very similar, this difference in time required to complete the mating act was not due to rates of activity varying with temperature. She observed one wingless female mating whereas I was unable to effect mating in wingless females. In addition, she observed that “workers took part in the flight by coming out in great numbers and moving about among the winged forms” (Talbot, 1945). In the Blacksburg flight, only a few workers were detected. All were in the immediate vicinity of the nest and took no active part in flight activities. She also noted (Talbot, 1945) that “At the close of each day’s flight most of the remaining males and females went back into the nests unassisted, but a few males were carried back by workers.” No ants were observed returning to the nest in the Blacksburg flight. The number of specimens involved in the Blacksburg flight (estimated 2,500 males and 100 females) greatly exceeded the number reported by Talbot (1945): “Eleven colonies whose populations were counted (Talbot, 1943a) showed an average of 153.4 males and 19.6 females or 7.8 males per female.” SUMMARY A nuptial flight of the ant Prenolepis imparis (Say) was observed on March 5, 1961, at Blacksburg, Virginia. The males and females were attracted to a bedspread on a clothesline, thus offering an excellent opportunity for observa- tions on the mating habits and activities of this species. The flight occurred on the first day in 1961 that the temperature exceeded 68° F. It began shortly before 12:30 p.m. and ended at 4:30 p.m. The average temperature during the flight period was an estimated 70° F. Workers were not observed to partic- ipate in the nuptial flight, the only ones encountered being detected at the nest beneath a 8 inch X 4 foot board. It is estimated that 100 females and 2,500 males were involved in this flight. The density of the females was probably underestimated since, in contrast with the males, they are weak fliers and, in addition, systematic observations of those on the ground and in the grass were not made. Observations were made on the mating activities of 55 females, primarily on the spread. It was noted that males were not attracted to females from a distance, but when within about 1 inch of the female they headed directly toward the tip of her abdomen. Fre- quently more than one male attempted to effect union with a given female at the same time. No active combat occurred, however, either between male and female or between competing males. After successful union of a pair was ac- complished, excess males left immediately. In copula pairs remained united, on an average, for over 5 minutes. No aerial matings were observed. Multiple matings were effected in several winged females by returning them to the spread after they had mated on the spread and fallen to the ground. No matings were observed or effected with dealated females. Detailed observations 12 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXII1 on one female indicated that shedding the wings was an active process, occurring in this instance approximately 15 minutes after the last mating act ended. Repeated contortions, somersaulting, and wing flexing were exhibited by the female during wing shedding. Literature Cited Anonymous. 1961. Climatological data: Virginia. U. S. Department of Commerce, 71 (2 & 3). Dennis, Clyde A. 1941. Some notes on the nest of the ant Prenolepis imparts Say. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 34(1): 82-86. Talbot, Mary. 1943a. Population studies of the ant Prenolepis imparis Say. Ecology, 24: 31-44. — . 1943b. Response of the ant Prenolepis imparis Say to temperature and humidity changes. Ecology, 24: 345-352. — . 1945. A comparison of flights of four species of ants. Amer. Midland Nat., 34: 504-510. Van Pelt, Arnold. 1963. High altitude ants of the Southern Blue Ridge. Amer. Midland Nat., 69: 205-223. Wesson, L. G., Jr., and R. G. Wesson. 1940. A collection of ants from south-central Ohio. Amer. Midland Nat., 24: 89-103. Wheeler, William M. 1908. Honey ants with a revision of the American Myrmecocysti. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 24: 345-397. . 1930. The ant Prenolepis imparis Say. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 23(1): 1-26. Received for Publication September 3, 1964 Sex-Distinctive Chromatin and the Frequency of Males in the Moth Ear Mite Asher E. Treat The City University of New York Abstract Interphase cells containing single, comma-shaped chromatin masses were seen in aceto-orcein squashes of adult males, and in a small percent of the embryos, larvae, and protonymphs of the moth ear mite, Dicrocheles phalaenodectes. Such cells were not found in deutonymphs or in females. When passed through a succession of hosts, fertile females pro- duced males at intervals throughout their period of oviposition; virgin females laid only inviable eggs. Out of a total of 594 mites representing the Fi progeny of seven females, ap- proximately 6.8% either developed into adult males or were judged from the presence of comma cells in their early stages to be potential males. On any individual host, the first eggs usually included one or more potential males, and since the deutonymphal stage may be omitted in male ontogeny, a male was normally among the first mature mites in any colony. Young colonies of the moth ear mite Dicrocheles phalaenodectes (Treat, 1954, 1956, 1958) commonly include one or two males and many immature mites which eventually become females. Many of these females leave the host before engorgement, while some stay in the colony to become engorged and March, 1965] Treat: Sex Chromatin in Mites 13 contribute to the brood. The first males develop within the tympanic air sac and cannot usually be seen unless the host is dissected, which, of course, ends the normal life of the colony. The males never leave the host. In old and once populous colonies there may be ten or more males with only a few late-develop- ing larvae or immature females. Because of these circumstances, and because the males cannot be recognized by external features until adulthood, reliable estimates of the sex ratio are not readily obtained. Seeking to learn something of the population structure and the mechanism of sex determination, I made aceto-orcein squashes of several hundred eggs col- lected from hosts in Tyringham, Massachusetts, U.S.A., during the summers of 1963 and 1964. Intrauterine and freshly laid eggs usually did not yield recog- nizable nuclei or mitotic figures, but after about 6 to 12 hours, when the embryo had attained some few hundred to several thousand cells, mitotic figures were often numerous and interphase nuclei abundant. In most instances the division stages showed six optically distinct chromosomal elements, and the interphase nuclei were vesicular, with the maculated appearance characteristic of relic chromosomal coils (Figs. 1, 3, 5). An occasional embryo, however, presented a different picture. In these, the metaphase plates most often showed three chromosomal elements of normal appearance, and a fourth element much shorter and denser than the others (Figs. 4, 6). In these embryos almost all of the interphase nuclei showed, in addition to fine maculations, a conspicuous comma- shaped or fusiform heterochromatic mass lying just within the nuclear mem- brane, or, when this was not visible, near the periphery of the cell (Fig. 2). Noting that these unusual embryos were most often from the earliest eggs laid, and that contrary to my previous impressions (Treat, 1958) these eggs were almost always placed in the tympanic air sac, which is where the first males develop, I began to suspect that the comma-containing embryos were those of males. This suspicion was strengthened by the finding of many cells with commas in all orcein squashes of adult males and in a small percent of larvae and protonymphs, especially those that developed earliest. Such cells did not appear in squashes of either deutonymphs or adult females. Especially sugges- tive was the discovery of commas in a chance specimen of a pharate male en- closed in an apparently protonymphal cuticle.1 These observations make it 1 A second pharate male was found later in formalin-preserved material. These specimens, together with the generally protonymphal character of the adult male chaetotaxy, suggest that the deutonymphal stage is omitted in male ontogeny. Accelerated development of early laid eggs would insure there being males available for the impregnation of the earliest matur- ing females. I am puzzled, however, by finding in a single host three mites with typical male chelicerae and with comma cells, but with no sign of a gonoduct or gonopore. The chaetotaxy of these specimens seems to be that of the adult male, with thickened leg setae not found in the exuvial cuticula of the pharate males. It may be that in callow specimens the gonoduct is not sufficiently sclerotized to resist flattening under the pressure applied in making a squash. 14 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Figs. 1-6 are dark contrast phase photographs of cells from temporary aceto-orcein squashes of Dicrocheles phalaenodectes embryos, taken with a 90X objective and a 15 X ocular. Exposure times varied; the scale is the same for all figures. Fig. 1: interphase cells, a prophase, and a premetaphase from a typical, presumptively female embryo; the number of chromosomal elements is six. Fig. 2: interphase cells from a “male” embryo, showing comma-like chromatin masses. Fig. 3: a metaphase plate from a “female” embryo; the number of chromosomal elements is six. Fig. 4: comma cells and a metaphase plate from a “male” embryo; the number of chromosomal elements is four. Pig. 5: an anaphase from a “female” embryo. Fig. 6: a late prophase and several interphase cells from a “male” embryo; note the elongated commas resembling partly condensed chromosomes, and the pro- nounced heteropycnosis of the short element in the late prophase. March, 1965] Treat: Sex Chromatin in Mites 15 Figs. 7 and 8 are dark contrast phase photographs of cells from temporary aceto-orcein squashes of embryos of Amblyseius cucumeris. The scale is the same for both figures. Fig. 7 : a metaphase plate from a typical embryo ; the number of chromosomal elements is eight. Fig. 8: a metaphase plate, a prophase, and several interphase cells containing multiple chromatin masses from an atypical embryo; the number of chromosomal elements is four. probable that from at least some early stage of embryogeny, male moth ear mites can be distinguished from females by the presence of interphase “comma cells.” In an embryo of some 20,000 cells (average interphase cell diameter about 10 /i)} the commas measured about 1.2 by 2.4 y. In many of the commas there was a minute, round, pale area in the thickest part. In addition to the comma, one to five or more small chromatic objects of granular appearance could be seen in some of the cells, and in some, a larger “granule” about a quarter to a half the size of the comma. These objects, though conceivably karyomeres such as are said to occur in the cleavage stages of Pediculoides and Pediculopsis , might well be merely portions of relic coils standing erect in the visual axis and therefore optically denser than other portions not so situated. In orcein squashes of adult males and in serial sections stained with Heidenhain’s iron hematoxylin, the commas were seen in the cells of the epidermis and in the nerve cells sur- rounding the central ganglionic mass. They did not appear in the testes. A direct test of the potential sex of a comma-containing egg is not at present possible, since the embryo must be killed before the commas can be seen. It would be helpful if the presence of commas could be correlated with the genetic sex as determined by chromosome structure, number, or distribution, but the material thus far examined does not provide an understanding of the chromo- somal difference between male and female embryos. Figs. 1, 3, and 5 suggest a pattern of six chromosomal elements in the comma-free embryos, while Figs. 4 and 6 suggest that in the exceptional, comma-containing embryos there are but four elements, of which one is strongly heteropycnotic at late prophase. I use the term chromosomal elements rather than simply chromosomes because of 16 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII a suggestion that the sets may include one or more V-shaped chromosomes with achromatic centers, and that the apparent number of rods thus may not coincide with the actual number of chromosomes. In any event, if the commas are truly associated with maleness, as I believe, there is a striking but unexplained chrom- osomal difference between male and female embryos, the understanding of which will require analysis of the earliest zygotic cleavages. Although parthenogenesis could lead to chromosomal differences (Oliver et al., 1963), there is as yet no evidence of parthenogenesis in Dicrocheles. Out of eight females known to be virgins, four abandoned fresh experimental hosts without laying any eggs; one failed to survive the early death of its host, and three laid eggs which at first looked normal but later became discolored and collapsed without producing any larvae. Squashes of some of these eggs at ages when the embryos should have been well developed showed their contents to be apparently amorphous. It is possible, of course, that insemination might be required even for the development of haploid eggs. Striking chromosomal disparities between the sexes are evident in many animals where eliminations occur during cleavage, where there are sex-limited chromosomes, or where there are unusual phenomena of the sort discovered by the Schraders (Hughes- Schrader, 1948) and by Brown and others (Brown and Nur, 1964) in coccids. The two sectioned males of Dicrocheles thus far studied do not show recogniza- ble meiotic figures, nor has meiosis been observed in the female germ line. The origin of the commas likewise remains unexplained. They appear very clearly in 8-y sections of embryos stained with the Feulgen reagent, and may therefore be supposed to consist of or to contain DNA. The resemblance to the sex chromatin masses of certain insects (Smith, 1945) and other animals is obvious. In early embryos containing the four-unit metaphases, many cells show what appear to be incipient commas in the form of more or less elongated, thread-like masses with varying degrees of condensation (Fig. 6). Many differ- ent interpretations might be proposed, but it seems wisest to avoid speculation until more evidence is at hand. Meanwhile, it may be of interest that hetero- chromatic bodies, often appearing comma-like, were seen in 4 out of 27 embryos of the common predatory phytoseiid Amblyseius cucumeris Oudemans (Fig. 8). In these, as in Dicrocheles , mitotic figures in the atypical embryos differ from those of the more usual type in having a markedly lower number of chromosomal elements (Fig. 7). There were too few mitotic figures, however, for any con- clusion to be drawn, and I did not see commas in the adults of either sex. In order to determine whether a single female moth ear mite can produce more than one male, and if so at what stages of her period of oviposition, I transferred seven mites, individually, through a succession of from three to eight hosts, keeping each host for 4 or 5 days after its mite had been removed, and then examining all of the F3 progeny. During midsummer, 5 days are usually enough for the eggs to hatch and the nymphs to reach maturity without March, 1965] Treat: Sex Chromatin in Mites 17 danger of the colony’s being augmented (and thus, in a sense, “contaminated”) by a second brood of eggs. I determined the sex of adult progeny by external characters; with eggs and immature mites, I assumed that the presence of comma cells was diagnostic for maleness. Out of a total of 594 F1 progeny, 33 were lost or accidentally destroyed before their sex could be determined. Of the remaining 561, a total of 38 or 6.8% were males. Of these, 17 were deter- mined as adults. The largest number of males produced by a single mite was 11, the smallest number, 2. One of the mites produced males of each of six successive hosts, and all the mites but one, which was killed accidentally during its second transfer, produced males on more than one host. Males were among the latest as well as among the earliest offspring. Regardless of the method of sex determination, these results raise interesting questions regarding the factors that govern the production of males. The trans- fer experiments showed that while two or more males may be produced in close succession and certainly within a day or two of one another, as much as 3 days may elapse without the production of any males. Males developed in equal numbers on hosts of both sexes. One of the transferred mites produced males on hosts of four different species, but this mite as well as several others also produced males on different individual hosts of the same species. One mite, not included among the seven previously mentioned, was induced experimentally to lay eggs successively in the right and then in the left ear of the same host. In this instance, three adult males were later found in the right ear, and two presumptively male protonymphs (i.e., with commas) in the left. Although in a freshly occupied ear, “male” eggs are commonly laid in the dorsomedial part of the tympanic air sac, it can happen that when the internal chambers of the ear become crowded, additional “male” eggs are placed in the tympanic recess. This probably explains why adult males are occasionally found in this external situation in old colonies. In comparatively rare instances, young colonies con- tained no males at all. Such colonies furnished the virgin females mentioned earlier. The production of males is not seasonal, at least in the northern range of the mite, for adults of both sexes were found in the usual proportion in the earliest (May) and the latest (October) colonies examined. In places where the hosts fly throughout the year, the composition of the colonies does not appear to vary significant^/ . Acknowledgments Dr. James H. Oliver, Jr., of the Univ. of Cal., Berkeley, read the manuscript and compared the chromosome picture in California specimens of the moth ear mite with that in the Massachusetts material. Dr. D. A. Chant of the Univ. of Cal., River- side, provided the species determination of A. cucumeris. Dr. James C. King of New York University and Dr. Louis Levine of the City University helped me in various ways. Miss Helen Ghiradella, then at Cornell University, prepared serial sections of the adult mites. To all of these people I am very grateful. I am particularly indebted to Dr. Kenneth W. Cooper of the Dartmouth Medical School, who supplied cultures of A. cucumeris , 18 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII sectioned and stained some of the Dicrocheles embryos, read the manuscript, and gave me invaluable guidance in the cytological aspects of the work. Literature Cited Brown, S. W., and U. Nur. 1964. Heterochromatic chromosomes in the coccids. Science, 145: 130-136. Hughes-Schrader, S. 1948. Cytology of coccids (Coccoidea-Homoptera) . Advan. Gen., 2: 127-203. Oliver, J. H., Jr., J. H. Camin, and R. C. Jackson. 1963. Sex determination in the snake mite Ophionyssus natricis (Gervais) (Acarina: Dermanyssidae) . Acarologia, 5: ISO- 184. Smith, S. G. 1945. Heteropycnosis as a means of diagnosing sex. J. Heredity, 36: 195— 196. Treat, A. E. 1954. A new gamasid (Acarina: Mesostigmata) inhabiting the tympanic organs of phalaenid moths. J. Parasitol., 40: 619-631. . 1956 (1958). Social organization in the moth ear mite. Proc. X Internat. Congr. Entom., 2: 475-480. . 1958. A five-year census of the moth ear mite in Tyringham, Massachusetts. Ecol- ogy, 39: 629-634. Received for Publication November 17, 1964 Peale’s Lepidoptera Americana (1833) Cyril F. dos Passos Abstract This paper locates Peale’s copy of Lepidoptera Americana (1833) in the Library of the Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist, and not in the British Mus. (Nat. Hist.) as claimed by Brower. The locations of eight other copies are given and Peale’s copy collated in detail. Bibliographic references deal with publications and activities of Peale. In a recent number of the Lepidopterist’s News (“1958” [1959], pp. 101— 102) Dr. Lincoln Brower published some interesting notes on Peale’s Lepulop- tera Americana with special reference to the authorship and correct name of Papilio multicaudatus Kirby, 1894. Unfortunately, this paper is in error con- cerning Peale’s work and the location of the original copy. Lepidoptera Americana, started by Titian Ramsey Peale in 1833 and apparently abandoned about 1836, is a mystery to lepidopterists. It is the first book begun by an American author on American lepidoptera that was published in this country. Peale was curator of the Philadelphia Museum and later became curator of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia where his collection remains. Titian’s father was Charles Willson Peale, who founded Peale’s Museum, a private enterprise, also known as the Philadelphia Museum. A commemorative stamp in his honor, issued on January 15, 1955 by the U. S. Post Office Department, depicts the elder Peale holding a curtain open beyond which may be seen a picture gallery. March, 1965] dos Passos: Peale’s Lepidoptera Americana LEPIDOPTEBA AMERICANA: o«t ORIGMfAl FIGURES OF THE HOTELS AND BUTTERFLIES OF flortO nttwitui IN THEIR VARIOUS STAGES OF EXISTENCE, saa aa&saaa oss wuaaa amaa aaaa. DRAWN ON STONE, AND COLOURED FROM NATURE: WITH THEIR CHARACTERS, SYNONYMS, AND REMARKS ON TI1EIR HABITS AND MANNERS. By TITIAN R. PEALE. CURATOR OF THE PHILADELPHIA MUSEUM. VOL. 1,-WO. 1. PRINTED BY WILLIAM P. GIBBONS, S.W. CORNER SIXTH & CHERRY" STS. 1833. 20 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII PROPOSALS For Publishing by subscription, a. work to be entitled or ORIGINAL FIGURES OF THE BUTTERFLIES & MOTHS of X70S.TH AMSBIOjL IN THE VARIOUS STAGES OF THEIR EXISTENCE, AND THE PLANTS ON WHICH THEY FEED. BV TITIAN R. PEALE. UNTIL within a few years, the Natural History of our country has been more indebted to the science and enterprize of foreigners, than to the exertions of her own citizens. But a great change has taken place, and a laudable spirit of encouragement has latterly been evinced toward all at- tempts tending to advance a knowledge of our native productions. The splendid works which have been issued from the American press, in several departments of Natural History, have done more to diffuse a general taste for this science, among our fellow citizens, than could have been anticipated, even by the most sanguine. The correctness of their illustrations, and the faithfulness of their descriptions, have not only been calculated for the scientific, but also open a rich mine of rational enjoyment to all classes of society . An ardent desire of contributing to a more general and correct knowledge of the Insects of our country, has given rise to the present undertaking, and renders an apology for it unnecessary. It remains with the public to judge of its merits, and to decide whether it is deserving of patronage. We hope to render our work generally useful, by pointing out the most effectual means of guarding against the ravages of the different kinds of Caterpillars, so destructive to the labours of the farmer and horticulturist. The work will consist of one hundred Plates, drawn from specimens selected with the greatest care, and as far as possible, from living subjects. These will be represented of their natural size, with the exception of the minute species, which will be enlarged to correspond with the others. The plants which afford sustenance to the Caterpillars will be figured with the same attention to accuracy. Fig. 2 Brower ( loc . cit.) states that a copy of Lepidoptera Americana now in the British Museum, which Kirby [ 1884, p. 103] noted, was Peale’s own copy. But there is nothing that proves or even intimates that the copy referred to was Beale’s personal copy. This copy was given to Osten-Sacken, then to Zeller, and may have reached the British Museum when Zeller’s library was purchased. Brower, by consulting the literature (Lucas, 1917, pp. 211-212), could have learned that Beale’s own copy had been in the library of the dos Passos: Peale’s Lepidoptera Americana 21 March, 1965 No species will be given which the author has not himself seen in its various states, as it is in- tended that the history of each of the subjects treated on, shall be as complete as possible, and the result of personal observation. It will be issued in Numbers of four Plates, each with copious descriptions and observations. A number will be regularly published every two months. It will be issued with coloured and uncoloured plates. Terms of Subscription. — Copies on fine paper, with coloured plates, Ten Dollars a year. With uncoloured plates, Seven Dollars. Payable on the delivery of the first number. Philadelphia, March 1833. SUBSCRIBERS’ NAMES. j RESIDENCE. Fig. 3 22 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Af. AY,,,- C<.» o- O *• -t-'Cc-TrS • • • ( c/ •<*-»■* c/ (f-\< i At • < Ct , A C, ' *.1 ’ft O'- ("i r jii YP At<, a ,/ 1 1 1 ' fan $ ■O&lrtrru) /fau / / ai / rft / r- / / y" / g /}>.<. /- %} y.A * a ' ■ A&Ai a l 'Z ✓ & A A A A",' : . : I " ■ ■ . 1 Fig. 4 American Museum of Natural History for many years. With Peale’s copy is the original list of some 39 subscribers to the work (Figs. 1-4). An additional copy of Lepidoptera Americana is also in the American Museum Library and contains some unpublished plates, both originals and photostats. An important document omitted from references in Brower’s paper is a letter dated Oct. 1, 1884 from Peale (1884) to Eugene M. Aaron, Editor of Papilio, p. 150. This letter establishes the publication of Lepidoptera Americana, volume I, number 1, in 1833 in the following words . . doubted plates were printed and colored, were distributed among scientific friends, some colored and others uncolored were deposited in Scientific Libraries. I gave a set to Mr. Doubleday of the British Museum personally on his visit to this country about the year 1836 — probably this is the same now noticed, the descriptions are still in MS.” “Now noticed” refers to Kirby’s paper in the same volume of Papilio (1884, p. 103). As early as 1860 (Morris, 1860, p. vi) publication of Lepidoptera Americana in 1833 had been established. Whether the copy of Lepidoptera Americana now in the library of the British Museum (Natural History) is the Osten-Sacken, or which seems more likely the Doubleday copy, is imma- terial since neither was Peale’s own copy. There is a presumption that an author does not give away his own copy of his work. Insofar as possible at this late date, some of the 39 copies of volume I, num- ber 1 of Lepidoptera Americana that Peale presumably delivered to his sub- scribers in 1833 are at present in the libraries of the following institutions: March, 1965] dos Passos: Peale’s Lepidoptera Americana 23 » $lilsrrt /’( >'$ , % ante* V- 1 ■. Gsr-:, i V' 1 v- . • The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by The Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas. Journal of the New York Entomological Society Volume LXXIII June 16, 1965 No. 2 In Itemoriam ERNEST LAYTON BELL 1876-1964 Ernest Layton Bell was born November 21, 1876 in Flushing, Long Island and died there December 12, 1964 in his eighty-ninth year. His father Franklin N. Bell was born January 30, 1852 in Darien, Connecticut, his mother Louise mmwm' msTimiu 50 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Waters Bell in Flushing April 8, 1854; both parents died in Flushing respectively on August 8, 1930 and February 24, 1923. Ernest Bell lived his entire life in the town of his birth and was greatly be- loved by his neighbors, particularly the children whom he befriended and who usually paid him daily visits in his home. As a young man he obtained a position with the First National Bank (now the National City Bank) as a clerk and rose in rank until he became head of its Loan Department. He retired from that position just before the onset of World War II; but upon the request of the management of the bank he temporarily resumed his duties due to a man- power shortage during the war. During this same period he also gave generously of his time and effort to become Chairman of the Selective Service Board in the community. Before and during World War I he was a member of the National Guard and served until after the armistice in 1918. From early youth Ernest Bell had a propensity for collecting and a liking for natural history, but he first interested himself in local Indian lore and from numerous sites in Flushing (now occupied by large apartment houses) and from other places on Long Island, gathered numbers of arrowpoints and other arti- facts which he meticulously mounted, framed, and always kept on display. In the 1890s he manifested a keen interest in philately and numismatics, eventually bringing together an outstanding collection of rare stamps and coins. His col- lection of Bureau Prints (precancelled stamps) was almost complete, lacking only one or two extremely rare items. His coin collection eventually contained hundreds, perhaps thousands of Lincoln head pennies on which he discovered numerous minor varieties and errors. Coin collecting was his prevailing hobby up to the time of his death. He had sold his stamp collection some time pre- viously. Ernest Bell however was primarily an outdoor man with a bent for studying living things. Before turning his attention to more intensive work in entomology he took up the study of herpetology, collecting many of the local species of snakes, lizards, and turtles. In 1919 his main interest turned to the Lepidoptera, particularly the butterflies. In this order he finally decided to specialize in one superfamily, and to this end selected the skippers or Hesperioidea, for which group he eventually became the world’s authority on the New World fauna. In the course of time he brought together a large collection of these insects which he generously donated to the Department of Entomology of the American Museum of Natural History. With this addition the collection in the American Museum became one of the finest in the world. Although an amateur, Ernest Bell was an exceptionally gifted taxonomist and a keen observer who had a flair for making discriminatory distinctions, a trait which aided him no end among the skippers in separating species and subspecies. During his lifetime he described a number of new genera and a total of over 200 species and subspecies of these butterflies, surprisingly few of which have become June, 1965] Ernest Layton Bell 51 synonyms. For many years he cooperated with A. W. Lindsey, R. C. Williams, William P. Comstock, K. J. Hayward, and W. H. Evans, not uncommonly acting as coauthor of technical articles on the hesperiid fauna of the New World. He maintained an up-to-date file card catalogue of genera and species of the New World Hesperiidae, a reference that was invaluable in critical taxonomic work. During W. H. Evans’ preparation of his four-volume “Catalogue of the American Hesperiidae,” Ernest Bell was frequently consulted; and after the publication of that work Bell rearranged the Museum’s collection in accordance with Evans’ classification. At the same time he made notes of errors that he believed Evans had made. These notes resulted in an “Addenda et Corrigenda” published in 1951-1955 in which Evans gave Bell full credit for the corrections that were included. In 1920 Ernest Bell joined the New York Entomological Society. In 1931 he was elected Vice-President, and in 1933, President of the Society. In 1945 the New York Entomological Society made him an Honorary Member, one of the select few in this category on its roster. The American Museum of Natural History appointed him Research Associate in 1934 in recognition of his services, so generously given, in curating the collection of butterflies in the Department of Entomology. He was a member of several entomological societies, and from 1925 to 1930 served as Recording Secretary of the Brooklyn Entomological Society. In 1931 he was elected a Fellow of the New York Academy of Sciences. Ernest Bell married Mina A. Morrell in 1899; they have one son, Ernest Layton Bell, Jr. The junior author remembers well how Ernest Bell told him of his school acquaintance with Mina Morrell — how they used to walk to and from school together, Ernest always carrying the school books. It was a love affair that lasted until her death in 1952. Ernest and Mina Bell were boon companions, going on collecting trips together during which time the latter became interested in his endeavors and became as able a collector as her hus- band. Many trips were made across the United States, to the Caribbean islands, particularly Jamaica, and to Central America, all for the purpose of collecting hesperiids in these localities; many of the specimens taken turned out to be either new species or new subspecies and added materially to the knowledge of the New World fauna. In the summer of 1934, in company with David Rockefeller and the late Dr. Frank E. Lutz, an extensive collecting trip was undertaken in the Grand Canyon and adjacent territory. As a result of this trip a number of new species and subspecies of hesperiids were added to the fauna of the southwestern United States and were incorporated in the collection in the American Museum. Ernest Bell’s companions among the local entomologists were such outstanding persons as John D. Sherman, Jr., Chris Olsen, Charles Leng, William T. Davis, George P. Englehardt, and a host of others. 52 New York Entomological Society LVol. LXXIII The Bells greatly enjoyed vacationing in New England; for many years a summer month was spent in rural Vermont or New Hampshire, relaxing from the arduous taxonomic work that had been done, or was planned for the coming year. But if a hesperiid were in the vicinity it soon found itself in a killing bottle to be added to the already big collection. Not only was Ernest Bell a good col- lector of butterflies but also of many other kinds of insects, specimens of which he always gave to those who were most interested in a particular order. Many times the senior author was the recipient of such gratuities, in several instances a rare or uncommon species. While the longer vacations were annual affairs, the Bells just as much enjoyed short, one-day visits with the Shermans at their home in Mount Vernon, or the Olsens in West Nyack. It was the pleasure of the senior author and his wife to act as “chauffeur” on these sojourns. Fond recollections recall many a “picnic-expedition” made to remote areas on Long Island, ostensibly to collect insects but always ending up with a delicious cold luncheon spread out in the shade of some trees and attractive to all the ants, bees, and wasps in the neigh- borhood. A cocktail was always enjoyed before eating, and cold beer frequently was served during the meal, which was sometimes interrupted when an interest- ing butterfly or bug inadvertently passed by — and the chase was on! In addition to collecting insects Ernest Bell was also a hunter of game birds and small mammals; his proficiency in the field was attested by several plaques of mounted woodcock and ducks that adorned his dining room at home. Both Mina and Ernest Bell were fond of fishing from a rowboat in Long Island Sound. Many times it was a pleasure to accompany them, with the foregone conclusion that if a good catch were to be had the fresh fish would serve as the main course of the evening meal. Ernest Bell — a self-made naturalist, collector of many things, sportsman, teller of tales, lepidopterist of note, and altogether a grand person to have known. To entomologists in this country and abroad his passing leaves a void. It will be regretted by all his friends, acquaintances, and correspondents. Gentle soul sleep on beside your beloved The world will not soon see your equal. Herbert Ruckes, Flushing, New York Cyril F. dos Passos, Mendam, New Jersey June, 1965] Ernest Layton Bell 53 SCIENTIFIC PAPERS of Ernest L. Bell INDIVIDUAL Winter collecting notes on Florida Rhopalocera. 1920, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 28, pp. 235-237. Collecting notes. 1921, Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., 16, pp. 96-97. A new species of Hesperiidae (Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera) . 1923, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 48, pp. 205-206. Collecting Florida butterflies in March. 1923, Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., 18, pp. 24-27. On the geographical distribution of Thorybes confusis Bell. 1923, Ent. News, 34, p. 154. An hermaphrodite Hesperid. 1924, ibid., 35, pp. 70-71. Remarks on Myscelus epigona Herrich-Schaeffer and Eudamus casica Herrich-Schaeffer. 1925, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 33, pp. 227-232. Remarks on Hesperia freija Warren. 1926, Ent. News, 37, pp. 109-110. Notes on some Hesperiidae from Alabama. 1926, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 34, pp. 269-271. Three rare butterflies from Long Island, New York. 1926, Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., 21, p. 184. Collecting notes for Long Island, New York. 1926, ibid., 21, pp. 202-203. Description of a new race of Pamphila juba Scudder. 1927, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 35, pp. 175-176. Description of a new Amblyscirtes from Texas. 1927, Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., 22, pp. 203-204. Description of a new Thorybes. 1927, ibid., 22, pp. 217-218. Description of a new species of Erynnis (Thanaos Auct.). 1927, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 35, pp. 261-263. Notes on Ancyloxy pha nitedula Burmeister. 1930, Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., 35, pp. 48-49. Description of new South American Hesperiidae. 1930, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 38, pp. 149-156. Description of new South American Hesperiidae. 1930, ibid., 38, pp. 456-460. Studies in the Pyrrhopyginae, with description of several new species. 1931, ibid., 39, pp. 417-490. A list of Hesperiidae from Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone and adjacent Panama, with a description of a new species. 1931, ibid., 39, pp. 81-108. A new species of Hesperiidae from Jamaica, British West Indies. 1931, Ent. News, 42, pp. 220-222. 54 New York Entomological Society LVol. LXXIII New species of Yanguna. 1931, The Entomologist, 64, pp. 233-236. Description of new Hesperiidae from Trinidad, B.W.I. and South America. 1931, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 39, pp. 523-530. New species of Pyrrho pyge. 1932, Ent. News, 43, pp. 68-70. Notes on some American Hesperiidae and descriptions of new species. 1932, Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., 27, pp. 131-141. Studies in the genus Phocides with descriptions of new species. 1932, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 63, pp. 169-199. Hesperiidae of the Roraima and Duida Expeditions, with descriptions of new species. 1932, Amer. Mus. Nov., 555, pp. 1-16. Studies in the Pyrrhopyginae with descriptions of new species. 1933, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 61, pp. 265-295, 481-528. On the Hesperiidae described by Mr. A. G. Weeks, Jr. 1933, Ent. News, 64, pp. 264-270. New American Hesperiidae. 1934, Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., 29, pp. 89-96. New Hesperiidae from Trinidad and Peru. 1934, Amer. Mus. Nov., 745, pp. 1-6. Studies in the Pyrrhopyginae. 1934, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 42, pp. 393-440. A new Hesperid from Haiti. 1935, Psyche, 42, 1, pp. 63-67. New genera and species of neotropical Hesperiidae with notes on some others. 1937, Amer. Mus. Nov., 914, pp. 1-17. A new species of Hesperiidae, and notes on others from Panama. 1937, ibid., 938, pp. 1-7. A new genus and five new species of neotropical Hesperiidae. 1938, ibid., 1013, pp. 1-11. The Hesperioidea. 1938, Bull. Cheyenne Mt. Mus., 1, pp. H-3H-55. A new genus and some new species of neotropical Hesperiidae. 1940, Amer. Mus. Nov., 1064, pp. 1-5. Some synonymy in neotropical Hesperiidae. 1940, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 48, p. 116. A new genus and some new species of Hesperiidae from Peru, in the Bassler collection. 1940, Amer. Mus. Nov., 1094, pp. 1-7. Two new species of Hesperiidae from North America. 1941, Ent. News, 52: 163-169. Two new subspecies of Phlebodes tiberius Moeschler. 1941, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 49, pp. 193-197. New species of neotropical Hesperiidae. 1941, ibid., 1125, pp. 1-10. On Lerodea telata Herrich-Schaeffer and tyrtaeus Ploetz. 1941, Ent. News, 52, pp. 183-185. New species of Venezuelan Hesperiidae. 1942, Boletin de Entomologia Venezolana, pp. 73-77. June, 1965] Ernest Layton Bell 55 New genera and new species of neotropical Hesperiidae. 1942, Amer. Mus. Nov., 1205, pp. 1-9. New records and new species of Hesperiidae from Mexico. 1942, Anales de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biologicas, 2, pp. 455-468. Correction of errata in “A catalogue of the Hesperioidea of Venezuela.” 1946, Boletin de Entomologia Venezolana, 6, Some corrections to the “Studies in the Pyrrhopyginae.” 1946, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 54, pp. 199-201. A catalogue of the Hesperioidea of Venezuela. 1946, Boletin de Entomologia Venezolana, 5, pp. 65-203. Roswell Carter Williams, Jr. 1946, Ent. News, 57, pp. 167-171. New species and subspecies of neotropical Hesperiidae. 1947, Amer. Mus. Nov., #1330, pp. 1-9. A new species of Hesperiidae from Venezuela. 1947, Zoologica, Cont. N. Y. Zool. Soc., 32, pp. 67-68. A new genus and some new species and subspecies of neotropical Hesperiidae. 1947, Amer. Mus. Nov., #1354, pp. 1-12. Atrytone singularis Herrich-Schaeffer and the subspecies insolata Butler. 1947, ibid., #1359, pp. 1-5. Two new species of Telemiades and notes on some others. 1949, ibid., #1385, pp. 1-10. Descriptions of some new species of neotropical Hesperiidae. 1956, ibid., #1778, pp. (1)-13. Descriptions of some new species of neotropical Hesperiidae. (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) . 1959, ibid., #1962, pp. 1-16. WITH A. W. LINDSEY, R. C. WILLIAMS, JR. The Hesperioidea of North America. 1931, Denison University Bull., Jour. Sci. Lab., 26, pp. 1-142. WITH W. P. COMSTOCK The Synonymy of Papilio coridon Poda, Papilio phocion Fabricius and others. 1941, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 49, pp. 371-374. A new genus and some new species and subspecies of American Hesperiidae. 1948, Amer. Mus. Nov., #1379, pp. 1-23. WITH CYRIL F. DOS PASSOS The lectotype of Megathymus aryxna Dyar (Lepidoptera, Megathymidae) . 1954, Amer. Mus. Nov., #1700. Request for a ruling as to the specimen to be accepted as the lectotype of l‘Megathymus aryxna Dyar, 1905 (Class Insecta, order Lepidoptera). 1955, Bull. Zool. Nomencl., 2, pp. 289-294. WITH R. C. WILLIAMS, JR. Short studies in American Hesperiidae. 1930, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 56, pp. 133-138. Hesperiidae of the Forbes expedition to Dutch and British Guiana. 1931, ibid., 57, pp. 249-290. Studies in the American Hesperioidea. 1933, ibid., 59, pp. 69-84. 56 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Studies in American Hesperioidea, on the synonymy and genitalia of some species, 2. 1934, ibid., 60, pp. 17-30. Studies in the American Hesperioidea, on the synonymy of some species, 3. 1934, ibid., 60, pp. 121-132. Studies in the American Hesperioidea, on the synonymy and the male genitalia of some species, 4. 1934, ibid., 60, pp. 265-280. New species of Pellicia with remarks on the genus. 1939, ibid., 65, pp. 135-159. New neotropical Hesperiidae and notes on others. 1940, ibid., 66, pp. 121-140. New Laccobius (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) from the Pacific Northwest, with Notes on Previously Named Species1 David C. Miller2 Abstract Laccobius acutipenis, L. columbianus, L. nevadensis, L. paeificus, and L. truncatipenis, are described as new. Notes are given on the identity of L. agilis (Rand.) and L. ellipticus LeC. Prior to the study of d'Orchymont (1942) there were considered to be only two species of Laccobius in North America, L. agilis (Rand.) and L. ellipticus LeC., and based upon determinations I have seen in collections these were often confused. Any determinations or citations prior to 1942 must, in my opinion, be ignored until the material concerned can be reexamined. In the course of preparing keys to the species of aquatic Hydrophilidae for inclusion in the forthcoming Part V of Dr. M. H. Hatch’s Beetles of the Pacific Northwest several new species were discovered. They are described in this paper in order to make the names available for use in the above-mentioned work, and notes are presented on the type series of L. ellipticus LeC.3 No key is presented here, as it will be included in Hatch’s book. Thanks are due to the following individuals for the loan of material. The abbreviations in parentheses after the name of the institution are those used after the locality listings for the type specimens to indicate the site of deposition of 1 Most of this work was included in a dissertation submitted to the University of Wash- ington in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. ~ Department of Biology, City College of New York, New York 31, N. Y. 3 Travel for the purpose of examining types was supported by grant G16257 from the National Science Foundation to Dr. M. H. Hatch. Fig. 1. Laccobius acutipenis Miller, new species. Aedeagus, dorsal view. Fig. 2. Laccobius acutipenis Miller, new species. Aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 3. Laccobius carri d’Orchymont. Aedeagus, ventral view. Fig. 4. Laccobius carri d’Orchymont. Aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 5. Laccobius nevadensis Miller, new species. Aedeagus, dorsal view. Fig. 6. Laccobius nevadensis Miller, new species. Aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 7. Laccobius pacificus Miller, new species. Aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 8. Laccobius pacificus Miller, new species. Aedeagus, ventral view. Fig. 9. Laccobius columbianus Miller, new species. Aedeagus, dorsal view. Fig. 10. Laccobius columbianus Miller, new species. Aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 11. Laccobius truncatipenis Miller, new species. Aedeagus, dorsal view. Fig. 12. Laccobius truncatipenis Miller, new species. Aedeagus, lateral view. 0.25 mm 58 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII the material, which is generally equivalent to the original sources from which it was borrowed. Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, American Museum of Natural History, New York (AMNH) ; Mr. Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS); Mr. W. J. Brown, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC); Mr. H. S. Dybas, Chicago Natural History Museum (CNHM); Mr. J. J. Davis, Hanford, Washington, private collection (JJD); Mr. Joe Schuh, Klamath Falls, Oregon, private collection (JS); Mr. Joseph Capizzi, Oregon Department of Agriculture (ODA) ; Dr. Jack Lattin, Oregon State University, Corvallis (OSU); Dr. W. F. Barr, University of Idaho, Moscow (UI); Dr. M. H. Hatch, University of Washington (UW). Material in the author’s collection is referred to as (DM). Dr. P. J. Darlington, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, was most kind in allowing me to examine the type series of L. ellipticus LeC. Mr. Leech, and Dr. Paul Spangler of the Smithsonian Insti- tution, have read the manuscript. The drawings are by Mrs. Helen Houk, of the University of Washington. Laccobius acutipenis Miller, new species male. Length 2. 6-3 .4 mm; form broadly oval; head metallic olive green, lightly punctate, lightly alutaceous between the punctures, without a pale area before the eyes; pronotum metallic olive green discally, with a narrow, light brown lateral margin which extends inward along the posterior pronotal margin, very lightly alutaceous between the punctures in some areas; elytra dusky brown, with a darker spot on the humerus, a diamond of four such spots near the suture before the middle, a larger and a smaller spot posterolateral to this diamond, a spot on the suture posterior to the diamond, and another more lateral and farther posterior, punctation strong and regular, arranged in imperfect longitudinal lines, each puncture marked with dark brown ; venter black with the legs except the coxae, the protrochanters, and the basal portions of the profemora, the palpi, and the antennae except for the club paler ; aedeagus with the median lobe filiform, parameres in dorsal view flat, spatulate, the lateral margin elbowed near the tip and the tip acute, the inner margin straight from the tip anteriorly for about one-fourth its length and then sharply curving laterally (fig. 1), in lateral view the dorsal margin curving smoothly downward, the ventral margin curving smoothly to near the tip and then bending sharply to meet the dorsal margin, the parameres with no ventral shelf extending toward or around the median lobe (fig. 2). female. Differing from the male externally only in the secondary sexual characters of the protarsus, and not distinguishable from related species. holotype. Male, Alturas L. (Sawtooth Mts.), Idaho, July 22, 1952, B. Malkin (UW). paratypes (all males). Idaho; 5, same data as holotype (2 CNHM, 1 DM, 2 UW) ; 2, Stanley L. (Sawtooth Mts.) (1 CNHM, 1 UW). The large size, lack of pale spots before the eyes, nearly regular arrangement of the punctation, and general darkness of the background color place this species close to L. agilis (Rand.) as agilis is interpreted here. The color pattern is not diagnostic, since there is considerable variability in the development of the spot pattern, and in some specimens some spots are missing. June, 1965] Miller: Laccobius 59 Laccobius agilis (Randall) Hydro philus agilis Rand. 1838: 19-20. ? Laccobius punctatus Melsh. 1846: 100. L. agilis , LeC. 1855: 363 (probably in part). d’Orch. 1942: 1-2, 7, 13-14. Leech and Chandler 1956: 343. L. ellipticus, Stace Smith 1930: 23 (nec LeC.). No types exist, so that the identity of this species is uncertain. However the species which d’Orchymont (1954) chose to represent the name is probably the correct one. Randall’s material was from Maine, and I have seen a specimen of agilis sensu d’Orchymont from that state (UW). Laccobius columbiaiius Miller, new species male. Form oval, nearly parallel sided; length 2 .4-2.8 mm; head lightly punctate and distinctly but lightly alutaceous between the punctures, metallic olive green, with a small, triangular, diffusely paler area before each eye; pronotum lightly punctate and lightly but distinctly alutaceous between the punctures, the disc metallic olive green, the margins brownish yellow, this pale marginal area extending nearly to the midline on the posterior border so that the darker discal area is reduced to a nearly perfect semicircle ; scutellum metallic olive green, clearly alutaceous, with few punctures; elytra strongly punctate, the punctures nearly perfectly arranged in longitudinal series which are very close together, yellowish brown with each puncture marked with dark brown, the entire elytron often ir- regularly marked with dark brown spots which may coalesce to leave nearly the entire surface dark except along the margins and in an area near the suture extending anteriorly from the elytral apex; venter black with the legs except the coxae, the antennae and the palpi paler; aedeagus with the median lobe filiform, the parameres in dorsal view flat, spatulate, with both margins nearly straight and parallel to each other, the tips nearly truncate with their inner corner a sharp angle (fig. 9), in lateral view both dorsal and ventral margins bowed dorsally with the highest point about one-third distant from the tip (fig. 10). female. Externally identical to the male except for the secondary sexual characters of the protarsus. holotype. Male, Copper Mt., B. C., August 21, 1929, G. Stace Smith (CNC). paratypes (all males). British Columbia: 1, Copper Mt. (CNC); 1, 143 Mile House, Cariboo Road (CAS). Manitoba: 2, Winnipeg (1 AMNH, 1 DM). As indicated by the description there is some variability in coloration. The species has a unique combination of characters which makes it difficult to relate to any other, but it is probably closest to the acutipenis-ag/Yis section of the genus. The semicircular, discal dark area and light but distinct alutation of the pronotum are probably sufficient to separate this species from all others in North America, but determinations should not be made without examination of the male genitalia. Laccobius ellipticus LeC. Laccobius ellipticus LeC. 1855: 363 (probably in part). d’Orch. 1942: 2, 7, 15-17. Leech and Chandler 1956: 343. 60 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII The type series, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, consists of three cotypes, all bearing gold discs indicating California. Cotype #1 is a fe- male and appears to be L. carri d’Orch. or near. Cotype #2 is a male and fits ellipticus as considered here and sensu d’Orchymont, and is hereby designated as the lectotype for the species. Cotype #3 is a male but has not been dissected; ex- ternally it resembles #2 very closely and is probably the same species. Laccobius nevadensis Miller, new species male. Form oval; length 2. 5-2. 8 mm; head metallic olive green with a pale yellow triangular spot extending between the anterior edge of the eye and the labrum, lightly punctate and slightly alutaceous between the punctures; pronotum with a metallic, olive green area cover- ing the discal third and extending laterally in the center about halfway to the margins as a pair of broad, anteriorly slanted wings, the margins pale yellow ; pronotum lightly punctate and very slightly alutaceous in some areas; scutellum metallic olive green, alutaceous, with few punctures; elytra pale yellow, lightly punctate, each puncture marked with dark brown except those near the margins, near the scutellum, and in a nearly circular area on each elytron just anterior to the tip next to the suture, each elytron with a dark brown spot about midway to the apex near the suture, another slightly anterior and lateral to the first, and two more at the same level as the first but near the margin; venter black, the legs (except the coxae, trochanters, and the basal part of the profemora), palpi and antennae paler, the antennal club intermediate in color; median lobe of the aedeagus filiform, pale brown; parameres dark brown with their tips pale, and very stout, in dorsal view slightly bowed out at the middle, the tips bent downward, the inner margin bending sharply laterally slightly back from the tip and from there anteriorly gradually bowed (fig. 5), parameres in lateral view bowed very slightly ventrally at the middle, the tips curving inward and ventrally and rather bluntly pointed (fig. 6). female. Externally identical to the male except for the secondary sexual characters of the protarsus, and not distinguishable from related species. holotype. Male, Lower Klamath Lake, Oregon, May 30, 1955, Toby Schuh (UW). paratypes (all males). Oregon: 8, Lower Klamath Lake (1 UW, 2 DM, 5 JS). Nevada: 2, Walker Lake (1 UI, 1 DM). The color pattern of the head and pronotum is fairly consistent in this species, but the elytra are somewhat variable in their general darkening and in the de- velopment of the various dark spots. This and the following two species are nearly identical externally, but can be separated from others in the genus by the distinctive wing-like shape of the extensions of the dark discal area of the pro- notum. They can be separated from each other only by the male genitalia. Seven of the Lower Klamath Lake, Oregon paratypes are labeled as having been taken in an alkaline lake. Laccobius pacificus Miller, new species male. Form broadly oval; length 2. 1-3.1 mm; externally identical to L. nevadensis Miller, new species, described above, except slightly broader and averaging slightly darker; aedeagus in dorsal view not distinguishable from that of L. carri d’Orch. (parameres elongate, straight, the tips slightly enlarged and curving sharply downward) (fig. 4), but in lateral and ventral June, 1965] Miller: Laccobius 61 views it can be seen that in place of the membranous ventral shelf which is present on each paramere of carri and curves upward around the median lobe, pacificus bears a rounded knob with a small tooth on the medial edge of its tip (compare fig. 3 with fig. 8, and fig. 4 with fig. 7) . female. Externally identical to the male except for the secondary sexual characters of the protarsus, and not distinguishable from related species. holotype. Male, Sultan, Washington, May 2, 1930, no collector (UW). paratypes (all males). Washington: 1, Bogachiel R. (UW); 1, Castle Rock (UW); 2, Chehalis (UW); 1, Cicero (N. Fk. Stillaguamish R., Snohomish Co.) (UW) ; 1, Green River (UW); 6, Hanford (Columbia R.) (JJD); 1, Lyons Ferry (UW); 1, Renton (UW) ; 4, Sultan (UW). Idaho: 1, Magic Hot Springs (Twin Falls Co.) (UW). Oregon: 1, Brookings (Myrtle Grove, Chetco R.) (OSU) ; 4, Corvallis (1 UW, 3 ODA) ; 1, Cottage Grove (UW); 4, Dayton (UW); 6, Grave Cr. (Josephine Co.) (1 DM, 2 CNHM, 3 UW); 1, John Day Gorge (CNHM); 2, Prineville (CNHM); 4, Sucker Cr. Cnyn. (2 UW, 2 CNHM); 3, Trail (Jackson Co.) (1 UW, 1 CNHM, 1 DM). California: 2, Ben Lomond (DM), 1, Santa Cruz (UW). Colorado: 3, Greeley (1 DM, 2 AMNH). Although the aedeagus of this species closely resembles that of L. carri d’Orch., the beetle externally resembles the species described here before and after it. The group can be separated only by the male genitalia. Laccobius truncatipenis Miller, new species male. Form broadly oval; length 2. 2-3.1 mm; head metallic brownish to olive green, lightly punctate and lightly alutaceous between the punctures, with a diffuse pale area in front of each eye which does not reach the labrum ; pronotum lightly punctate and lightly alutaceous between the punctures in some areas, with the color pattern similar to that of L. nevadensis Miller, new species, described above; scutellum colored as the elytral disc, lightly punctate and alutaceous; elytra brownish yellow, with moderate punctation, each puncture marked with a dark brown spot, each elytron bearing a dark brown spot on the humerus, a large spot on the suture about halfway back, a diamond of four smaller spots located between these two but closer to the sutural spot, and a streak near the margin about on a level with the sutural spot, but paler on the elytral margins and in a rounded area on each elytron at the tip near the suture; venter black, the trochanters and tibial bases dark brown, the legs distal to the tibial bases, the palpi and the antennae brownish yellow; aedeagus with the parameres short and stubby, in dorsal view bluntly rounded at the tips, their inner margins bending sharply outward just back of the tip and from there anteriorly slightly bowed (fig. 11), in lateral view the dorsal margin slightly and the ventral margin strongly bent upwards so that the effect resembles the prow of a boat (fig. 12), the median lobe filiform. female. Externally identical to the male except for the secondary sexual characters of the protarsus, and not distinguishable from related species. holotype. Male, North Fork Nooksack R., Washington, July 17, 1932, no collector (UW). paratypes (all males). Washington: 1, Lakebay (UW) ; 1, Dans Creek (UW); 3, N. Fk. Nooksack R. (1 DM, 2 UW) ; 1, Skagit R. (UW) ; 1, Stilla- 62 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII guamish R. (UW) ; 2, Stuck R. (1 UW, 1 DM). Oregon: 1, Corvallis (ODA); 1, Salem (ODA). As with the other species described in the genus, there is considerable variabil- ity in the general darkness of the elytral background and in the development of the elytral spots, so that the color pattern is not diagnostic. This species is nearly identical to the two preceding species and can be separated from them only by the male genitalia. Literature Cited d’Orchymont, A. 1942. Revision des Laccobius americains (Coleoptera. Hydrophilidae. Hvdrobiini). Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 18(30): 1-18. LeConte, J. L. 1855. Synopsis of the Hydrophilidae of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7: 356-375. Leech, H. B., and H. P. Chandler. 1956. Aquatic Coleoptera. In R. L. Usinger (Ed.), Aquatic insects of California with keys to North American genera and California species. Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. Melsheimer, F. E. 1846. Description of new species of Coleoptera of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2: 26-43, 98-118, 134-160, 213-223, 302-318. Randall, J. W. 1838. Descriptions of new species of coleopterous insects inhabiting the state of Maine. Boston J. Nat. Hist., 2: 1-33. Stace Smith, G. 1930. Coleoptera, Part II. Museum and Art Notes, V(L): 22-25. Received for Publication October 20, 1964 June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 63 Supplemental List of Macrolepidoptera of New Jersey Joseph Muller1 R. D. 1, Lebanon, New Jersey Abstract This is a supplement to the recorded Lepidoptera of New Jersey, Smith’s List of 1910, and Comstock’s Butterflies of New Jersey 1940. Additional species, subspecies, and named variations are listed. The last list of butterflies collected in New Jersey and compiled by William Phillips Comstock in 1940 listed 132 species and 39 subspecies. This was 45 species more than District of Columbia, and only one species less than the State of Virginia. The last report of the State Museum by John B. Smith, recording all insects known at that time, including a list of Lepidoptera was printed in 1910. There are still some butterflies and many moths listed in Smith’s list I have never col- lected. Only a few are mentioned that are presently scarce or that have disap- peared; Euptoieta claudia, Lycaena thoe, Poanes viator, Sphinx luscitiosa , Papaipema cerina, Graptolitha lemmeri, Graptolitha viridip aliens . AH except the last two were common in Elizabeth and Newark meadows at Otto Buchholz’s time. Now an airport and highways have obliterated the whole area. The same is true for other wet areas that have been drained. Widespread construction has eliminated other collecting grounds. In an entomological paper, printed about the year 1920, one collector complained of losing collecting localities and blaming new developments. How many of his favorite places would he find now? What will be the situation forty years hence? Collecting has been done over most of New Jersey over a period of 20 years but most of the additions have been made with the aid of black light during the last 10. This list adds over 200 species and 75 names of subspecies and varia- tions. In some cases it is not practical to determine just what Smith had before him. This brings my N. J. collection to over 1,200 named categories. There may have been additional named categories caught in the State of N. J., of which I do not know; but since the Newark Entomological Society has been non- existent for years, and we have only a few collectors interested in moths, most of whom live out of state, these have probably been few in number. All species and names of lesser rank, dates, and localities in supplemental list are my own, except where otherwise noted. Numbers in this list are the same as in Mc- Dunnough’s Check List. Wherever foodplant is not mentioned, it is not known. Plant names follow Fernald, 1950. Around 1920 Frederic Lemmer caught the first melanic form Amphidasis swettaria Barnes and McDunnough, and it created considerable excitement when exhibited at the New York Entomological Society. At present Amphidasis 1 My thanks to Cyril F. dos Passos for his suggestions on writing this list, and to Dr. A. E. Brower for some determinations and for corrections. 64 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII occurs about 50% black. Since that time many more melanics have shown up and of many more species, and more are caught every year. The whitish gray N acophor a quernaria A. and S. has disappeared completely to show up in black only. Others like Epimecis Virginia Cram, turn up about 75% dark to black. Only a few years ago I named a melanic Catocala , form broweri Muller, known for but a few years. Now about 40% of those coming to light are black instead of the gray form pulverulenta Brower. Increases in melanism are observed in many other species also, especially in the Acronicta species. BUTTERFLIES PIERIDAE Eurema Hiibner 72 lisa Boisduval and LeConte form alba Strecker June-September. Chatham, Sept. 10. Wild Senna, Cassia marilandica and C. nictitans. SATYRIDAE Cercyonis Scudder 116 pegala Fabricius Cape May, July 19, 21. Grasses. This seems to be a permanent sub- species on Cape May as it has been observed several years. NYMPHALIDAE Melitaea Fabricius 256 harrisii Scudder b liggetti Avinoff High Point State Park, June 12, 15; Union Valley, Apr. 12. Aster, Aster umbellatus. LYCAENIDAE Strymon Hiibner 373 melinus Hiibner ab meinersi Gunder Union Valley, July 6; Stanton, July 8. Bush-clover, Lespedeza hirta, other legumes. 375 Ontario Edwards Lakehurst, Apr. 26, 28; July 1. It was also caught at same locality by Ehle, Smaglinski, and Small at about the same time. The butterfly likes to visit flowers of dogbane; hawthorn, Crataegus ; oak, Quercus spp. 385-1 caryaevorus McDunnough Common at Newton, June 28, July 8. Also caught by dos Passos and Small at same locality. Single specimens also at Stanton, July 10, 12. Hickory, Carya Mitoura Scudder 401 damon Cramer form octoscripta Buchholz Mountain View, May 5, Buchholz. Red cedar, Juniperus virginiana. 401-1 hesseli Ziegler and Rawson Lakehurst, May 11, 13, Aug. 3, June 13, Sept. 30. Caught at same locality also by Hes- sel, Rawson, Ziegler, dos Passos, and Buchholz. White cedar, Chamaecyparis thyoides. HESPERIIDAE Thymelicus Hiibner ( Adopaea ) 572 lineola Ochsenheimer June lst-July 1st. First discovered June 26, 1958 in Stanton by author. Now very common every year. Pale variety not yet found. Grasses. MOTHS SPHINGIDAE Ceratomia Harris 707 undulosa Walker form engeli Chermock Stanton, July 18, 19. Ash, Fraxinus spp.; locust, Robinia and lilac, Syringa spp. Sphinx Linnaeus 726 franc kii Neumoegen Lakewood, July 15; Stanton, July 1, 16, 26. White ash, Fraxinus americana. June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 65 CITHERONIDAE Citheronia Hiibner 858 sepulchralis Grote and Robinson Lakehurst, June 2, 7, 12, 17, 27. Pitch pine, Pinns rigida ; white pine, Pinus strobus. ARCTIDAE Pagara Walker 918 simplex Walker Lakehurst, July 11; Short Hills, July 19; Stanton, June 4, July 20. Dandelion, Taraxicum officinale. Halisidota Hiibner 985 harrisii Walsh Short Hills ex ova, Nov. 5, June 12, July 6. Sycamore, Platanus occidentalis. Larva whitish, yellow head. Eubaphe Hiibner 1019-1 lamae Freeman ? or undescribed August 1-August 19. Stockton, Stan- ton. Foodplant seems to be grasses as all specimens were caught in small grass plots. Imagoes show secondaries red with black dot, half black with black dot, red with black band, and all black. Apantesis Walker 1034 intermedia Stretch Springdale Park, Sept. 12; Stanton, Sept. 27; Montague, Aug. 27. Plantain, Plantago rugelii, P. lanceo- lata ; dandelion, Taraxicum officinale. 1052 figurata Drury Scarce, end of May to end of Septem- ber. Short Hills, June 6; Stanton, May 24, June 9, July 2, Aug. 2. Almost all of them were bred. Dandelion, Taraxicum officinale ; plan- tain, Plantago rugelii, P. lanceolata. form excelsa Neumoegen Same as figurata. Same as figurata. Almost all of them were bred, form preciosa Nixon Same as figurata. Same as figurata. All specimens were bred. 1057 placentia Abbot and Smith Lakehurst, June 12, 16, 24, Aug. 11, 31. Dandelion, Taraxicum officinale ; plan- tain, Plantago rugelii, P. lanceolata. 1060 radians Walker Stanton, June 15, July 25, Aug. 19. Dandelion, Taraxicum officionale; plantain, Plantago rugelii, P. lanceo- lata. Hyphantria Harris 1074 textor Harris High Point State Park, Apr. 23, May 5, Aug. 28. Shade and orchard trees. Utetheisa Hiibner 1099 bella Linnaeus a venusta Dalman Late August to early October, Stock- ton, Aug. 18. Band on secondaries solid and very fine. Rattlebox, Crotalaria; cherry, Prunus spp.; elm, TJlmus spp.; Lespedeza; Myrica. Haploa Hiibner 1103 lecontei Guerin form dyarii Merrick Stanton, May 24, June 6, July 2, Aug. 2. General feeder, reared on grape and apple by author. PHALAENIDAE Charadra Walker 1135 deridens Guenee form fumosa Draudt Stanton, Apr. 30, May 8, 25, July 2, Aug. 27. Oak, Quercus spp.; birch, Betula spp.; elm, Ulmus spp. Acronicta Ochsenheimer 1148 americana Harris form obscura Hy. Edwards Stanton, Apr. 6, June 8, 22, 27, July 11; Lakehurst, May 8, June 8, July 9. Wild cherry, Prunus spp. 1157 radcliffei Harvey Stanton, Apr. 22, 27, May 21, July 11, Aug. 22; Lakehurst, May 8, June 8, July 9. Wild cherry, Prunus spp. 66 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII 1162 falcula Grote Montague, June 1, July 27; Flanders, Aug. 15, 29. Hazel, Corylus spp. 1164 albarufa Grote Lakehurst, June 1, Lemmer; Aug. 1, Lemmer. 1176 hasta Guenee form wanda Buchholz Stanton, May 2, 15, June 22, July 24; common. Wild cherry, Primus spp. 1184 pruni Harris June to September. Short Hills, July 20; Stanton, May 17, June 8, 21, Aug. 17, 20. Apple, Malus mains ; cherry, Primus spp. 1192 tristis Smith Lakehurst, May 28, Aug. 17; Stanton, Aug. 4. Apple, Malus malus ; beech, Fagus grandifolia. 1198 afflicta Grote June to August, Lakehurst, May 25; Stanton, May 29, June 9, Aug. 29. Oak, Quercus spp.; black walnut, Juglans nigra. form schmalzriedi Lemmer Very common, time of flight and food same as afflicta. 1199 brumosa Guenee Lakehurst, June 6, 11, 18. Birch, Betula spp.; hickory, Carya; plum, Primus domestica; willow, Salix spp. 1201 impleta Walker ab krautwormi Chermock Stanton, Apr. 22, June 2, 19; Lake- hurst, June 7; Stokes State Park, May 19, June 27. Maple, Acer spp.; oak, Quercus, spp. 1204-1 brillians Franclemont Short Hills, June 17; Stanton, Aug. 9; Montague, July 22, 27. 1207 longa Guenee May to August, Stanton, May 2, 24, June 9, Aug. 3. Birch, Betula spp.; oak, Quercus spp.; willow, Salix spp. form set Barnes and Benjamin Same as longa. Same as longa. 1216 lance olaria Grote Scarce, Lakehurst, Apr. 24, 27, May 12. Cherry, Prunus cerasus; willow, Salix spp. M erolonche Grote 1219 dolli Barnes and McDunnough Scarce, Lakehurst, Apr. 2, 20, 24. Cranberry, V accinium spp. Simyra Ochsenheimer 1222 henrici Grote form fumosa Harris Stanton, Apr. 20, 23, May 2, 7. Willow, Salix 5pp.; sedges, Carex spp.; grasses. Euxoa Hiibner 12 72 deter sa Walker a personata Morris Imago on seaside glodenrod. Lakehurst, June 26, Sept. 20; Ocean City, Oct. 4. Grasses. 1315 scholastica McDunnough Stanton, June 23. Agrotis Ochsenheimer 1428 buchliolzi Barnes and Benjamin Lakehurst, Apr. 12, May 10, June 6, Aug. 17. 1437 subporphyrea Walker Lakehurst, May 24, June 8, 12, 25. Sundew, Drosera spp.; Cranberry. 1441 heinrichi Barnes and Benjamin Lakehurst, Apr. 20, 24. Feltia Walker 1442 ducens Walker (Smith probably had this under another name.) Stanton, Aug. 27, Sept. 7, 19, 25. Celery, Apium grave olens ; cabbage, Brassica oleracia ; lettuce, Lactuca sativa ; general feeder on low plants, trees and shrubs. Choephora Grote 1474 fungorum Grote Stanton, Sept. 4; Lakehurst, Oct. 2, 5, 8. Dandelion, Taraxicum officinale. June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 67 Metalepsis Grote 1494 salicarum Walker Stanton, Apr. 16; Montague, Apr. 15; Short Hills, Apr. 16. Peridroma Hiibner 1496 margaritosa Haworth form fuscobrunnea Strand May to September, Stanton, Sept. 15, Oct. 20, 27. General feeder, maple, Acer spp.; cab- bage, Brassica oleracea; shrubs and forest trees. Diarsia Hiibner 1507 jucunda Walker Montague, July 1. Anomogyna Staudinger 1562 dilucida Morrison form youngi Smith Lakehurst, Sept. 24, 30, Oct. 6, 14. Blueberry, V actinium spp. Polia Ochsenheimer 1675 latex Guenee unnamed melanic form, Stanton, May 13, 19, June 7, 27. 1691 adjunct a Boisduval for benjamini Lemmer Stanton, May 13, 27, June 4, Aug. 15. Asparagus, Asparagus officinalis ; wild strawberry, Fragaria virginiana; other low plants. 1693 assimilis Morrison Waterloo, May 8, 10, 12. Willow, Salix spp.; goldenrod, Sali- dago spp.; St. Johnswort, Hypericum spp. Lacinipolia McDunnough 1734 imbuna Smith Short Hills, Sept. 15, 19; Stanton, Sept. 17, 23. 1750-1 implicata McDunnough Stanton, Sept. 11; Lakehurst, Aug. 10, Lemmer. Dandelion, Taraxicum officinale Sideridis Hiibner 1800 rosea Harvey Montague, May 25. Anepia Hempson 1804 capsularis Guenee Short Hills, May 24; Stanton, May 27, June 3; Lakehurst, May 20, 27. Tricholita Grote 1821 signata Walker form igna Barnes and Benjamin Common, Short Hills, Aug. 28; Stan- ton, Aug. 20. Dandelion, Taraxicum spp.; plantain, Plantago spp. Orthodes Guenee 1877 calceolaria Strecker Short Hills, June 8; Stanton, May 4, 14, June 29. General feeder on low plants. 1890 furfurata Grote b lindseyi Benjamin Lakehurst, Aug. 20; Short Hills, May 19, June 7, Sept. 1. Wild cherry, Primus spp. M orrisonia Grote 1901 mucens Hiibner Lebanon State Park, May 8. 1903 evicta Grote form vomerina Grote Stanton, Apr. 27, May 5, 25; Lake- hurst, Apr. 25. Wild cherry, Prunus spp. Xylomyges Guenee 1917 alternans Walker Lakehurst, Apr. 20. Honeysuckle, Lonicera spp. Ortho sia Ochsenheimer 1941 alurina Smith One specimen Short Hills, Apr. 5. Cherry, Prunus virginiana Leucania Ochsenheimer 1975 inermis Forbes Short Hills, Apr. 17, Aug. 20, Sept. 2, Oct. 18; Lakehurst, Apr. 3. Grasses. 1991 latiuscula Herrich-Schaeffer Lakehurst, Oct. 11; Short Hills, Apr. 14. Southern species, larva on sugarcane in Cuba. Cucullia Schrank Stanton, May 27, June 12, Aug. 4; Lakehurst, May 25. Low plants. 2041 florea Guenee Lakehurst, May 25; Short Hills, May 8, July 29, Sept. 26; Stanton, Aug. 20. Low plants. 68 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Feralia Grote 2185 major Smith Union Valley, Mar. 30, Apr. 10, 17; melanic form in Lakehurst, Apr. 10, 15. White pine, Finns strobus. Eutolype Grote 2193 electilis Morrison Stanton, Apr. 25, May 15. Hickory, Carya. 2195 de pilis Grote Stanton, Apr. 2, 19, May 5, 19, 22. Brownish marked form is more plenti- ful in Stanton than gray form. Hickory, Carya spp. Lemmeria Barnes and Benjamin 2214 digitalis Grote Lakehurst, Oct. 6, 17. Lithomoia Hiibner 2216 solidaginis Hiibner a germana Morrison Sunrise Mt., Sept. 29 . Cranberry, Vaccinium. Graptolitha Hiibner 2217 semiusta Grote Stanton, Oct. 18. Basswood, Tilia spp.; cherry, Primus spp. 2219 patefacta Walker Short Hills, Oct. 20; Stanton, Oct. 26. Chokecherry, Primus virginiana 2222 petulca Grote Stanton, Mar. 25, Apr. 18, Oct. 13, 26, Nov. 1. Chokecherry, Primus virginiana. 2225 disposita Morrison Lakehurst, Apr. 20. Chokecherry, Primus virginiana. 2226 hemina Grote form lignicosta Franclemont Short Hills, Mar. 28, 31, Oct. 20; Stanton, Mar. 27, Apr. 1, Oct. 16. Chokecherry, Primus virginiana. 2232 lemmeri Barnes and Benjamin Lakehurst, Nov. 11, Lemmer; Nov. 21, Lemmer. White cedar, Chamaecy paris thyoides. 2236 querquera Grote Short Hills, Mar. 27, Oct. 12, 15; Stanton, Oct. 24, 28. 2237 viridipallens Grote Lakehurst, Nov. 7, Lemmer; Nov. 17, Lemmer. 2241 tepida Grote Stanton, Nov. 23. 2251 nigrescens Engel Stanton, Apr. 22, Sept. 28, Oct. 3, 22. 2252 pexata Grote Short Hills, Mar. 26, Apr. 31, Sept. 9, Oct. 24. Alder, Alnus spp. 2255 lepida Lintner a adipel Benjamin Lakehurst, Nov. 2, Lemmer; Nov. 22, Lemmer; Nov. 28, Lemmer. Red pine, Pinus resinosa. Harpaglaea Hampson 2290 tremula Harvey Lakehurst, Oct. 6, 9. Pyreferra Franclemont 2300-1 citromba Franclemont Short Hills, Mar. 27, 30; Stanton, Apr. 13, Sept. 26. Hazelnut, Corylus americana. 2301 pettiti Grote Stanton, Oct. 30. Yellow birch, Betula lutea ; black birch, B. lenta. Eupsilia Hiibner 2305 morrisoni Grote Stanton, Oct. 7. Oak, Quercus spp.; elm, Ulmus ; plum, Primus. Anathix Franclemont 2317 ralla Grote and Robinson Montague, Aug. 24; Stanton, Sept. 24, Oct. 3. 2318 puta Grote and Robinson Montague, Aug. 24. Septis Hiibner 2329 nigrior Smith Stanton, June 16. 2351 arctica Boisduval ab formosus Ellsworth Stanton, July 13, 18. Cabbage, Brassica oleracea; lettuce, Lactuca sativa ; corn, Zea mays. 2364 indocilis Walker Absecon, July 18. June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 69 2365 jinitima Guenee Stanton, June 12. Wheat, Triticum aestivum ; corn, Zea mays , and other grasses. Agroperina Hampson 2374 helva Grote Short Hills, Aug. 15 ; Stanton, Aug. 6, 20. Crymodes Guenee 2375 devastator Brace Stanton, July 18, Aug. 3, 28, Sept. 3. Peach, Prunus persica ; cabbage, Bras- sica oleracea; alfalfa, Medicago sativa. Oligia Hiabner 2416 exhausta Smith Stanton, July 10. 2426 fractilinea Grote form vulgivaga Morrison Stanton, Aug. 5; Montague, Sept. 11. Corn, Zea mays. form misera Grote Stanton, Aug. 14. Corn, Zea mays. Spartiniphaga McDunnough 2437 includens Walker Union Co., Apr. 20, Buchholz. Wet places, borer in grasses? Helotropha Lederer 2457 reniformis Grote Short Hills, Aug. 4; Stanton, Sept. 1. Borer in corn, Zea mays ; Iris spp. form atra Grote Short Hills, Sept. 2 ; Stanton, Aug. 24, Sept. 11. Same as reniformis. Hydroecia Guenee 2426 stramentosa Guenee Montague, Aug. 17, 26, Sept. 16, Oct. 19. Larva seems to be a borer in Scro- phidaria lanceolata. Archanara Walker 2442 laeta Morrison Stanton, July 29. Burr-reed, Sparganium. Papaipema Smith 2478 cerina Grote Elizabeth, Sept. 22, Buchholz. Very scarce. Turk’s-cap lily, Lilium superbum, and related species. 2480 stenoscelis Dyar Lakehurst, Sept. 10, 19, Oct. 2, 6, 26. Scarce, found larvae 50% parasitized. Roots of Woodwardia fern. 2481 inquaesita Grote and Robinson form wyatti Barnes and Benjamin Montague, Sept. 28; Stanton, Sept. 21, Oct. 5. In roots of sensitive fern, Onoclea sensibilis. 2482 speciosissima Grote and Robinson ab regalis Wyatt and Beer Lakehurst, Sept. 10, 15, 20. In roots of cinnamon fern, Osmunda cinnamonea . 2488 nephrasyntheta Dyar Scarce, Lakehurst, Oct. 3 ; Stanton, Oct. 23. 2489 nepheleptena Dyar Very scarce, found by Buchholz late September to early October. Larva bores in turtle head, Chelone glabra. 2495 artivorens Hampson Stanton, Aug. 28, Sept. 2, 6, 20, 28. Larva bores in thistle, Cirsium spp.; burdock, Arctium spp. 2496 humuli Bird Two Bridges, Aug. 28, Sept. 6, 10. Larvae makes a gall in vines of hop, Humulus lupulus. 2498 merrickata Bird Stanton, Aug. 30, Sept. 10, 17, 28. Bores in roots of mayapple, Podophyl- lum peltatum. 2508 lysimachiae Bird Elizabeth, Aug. 31, Sept. 3, 6, 8. Whorled loosestrife, Lysimachia quad- ri folia; tiger lily, Lilium tigrinum. 2519 nelita Strecker Lincoln Park, Oct. 11. Burdock, Arctium spp.; tall cone- flower, Rudbeckia laciniata. 2521 frigida Smith form thalictri Lyman New Vernon, Sept. 18; Morristown, Sept. 1, 27; New Foundland, Sept. 20. Meadow rue, Thalictrum polygamum. 2525 nebris Guenee Common, Stanton, Aug. 20, Sept. 5, 10, 28. 70 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII General feeder in fleshy herbs and garden plants ; horseweed or great rag- weed, Ambrosia trifida ; Chrysanthe- mum spp.; Delphinium spp.; pink, Dianthus caryophyllus ; dahlia, Dahlia variabilis. 2527-1 mulleri Buchholz Waterloo, Aug. 30, Sept. 4, 9, 12; Stanhope, emerged Aug. 4 to Sept. 16 (Buchholz). Root of sunflower, Helianthus stru- mosus. 2528 maritima Bird Morristown, Sept. 5, 10, 16, Oct. 1. Tall sunflower, Helianthus giganteus. Larva makes gall above root. Parapamea Bird 2532 bujfaloensis Grote Green Village, Aug. 2, 5, 21. Larva in roots in lizards tail, Saururus cernuus. form simplicissima Bird Green Village, Aug. 5, 11, 17. Lizards tail, Saururus cernuus. Euplexia Stephens 2533 benesimilis McDunnough ( lucipara of Smith, not an addition). Short Hills, May 20, 22; Stanton, May 25, June 5. Birch, Betula spp.; Viburnum spp. Conservula Grote 2537 anodonta Guenee Green Village, July 2, Rummel. Euherrichia Grote 2542 granitosa Guenee Lakehurst, June 4, July 2. Chytonix Grote 2553 chlorostigma Harvey Stanton, July 4, 8, 15, 18. 2555 sensilis Grote Stanton, Aug. 6, 15, 20, Sept. 2. Platysenta Grote 2622 concisa Walker Stanton, Oct. 5. 2623 sutor Guenee Short Hills, Oct. 13; Stanton, Oct. 11, 29, Nov. 1. Elaphria Hiibner 2645 versicolor Grote Stanton, May 2, 19, 25, June 1. Pine, Pinus spp.; black walnut, Jug- lans nigra. Cosmia Ochsenheimer 2687 canescens Behr Stanton, June 27, July 1, 17, 29. Oak, Quercus spp. form calami Harvey Same as canescens. Arzama Walker 2704 brehmei Barnes and McDunnough Florham Park, July 22, Aug. 18; Lakehurst, May 5, June 16. Larva dug and reared from arrow- head, Sagittaria latifolia, by author. 2 705 densa Walker Short Hills, July 4, Aug. 2, 10. Pickerelweed, Pontederia cordata. Bellura Walker 2710 diffusa Grote Florham Park, June 11. Yellow water lily, Nymphaea advena. Derrima Walker 2719 stellata Walker Lakehurst, July 29; Montague, Aug. 6. Heliothis Ochsenheimer 2931 phloxiphaga Grote and Robinson Frenchtown, Aug. 8. Aster, Aster spp. 2933-1 subflexa Guenee Lakehurst, Aug. 21, 27. Nightshade, Solanum spp.; tomato, Lycopersicum esculentum. Schinia Hiibner 3017 obscurata Strecker Stanton, June 2, 8, 12, 21. Fleabane, Erigeron spp. Oruza Walker 3074 albocostaliata Packard Stanton, Aug. 9, 16. Cryphia Hiibner 3099 pervertens Barnes and McDunnough Lakehurst, June 27; Stanton, June 29. Elm, JJlmus spp. Protocry phia Barnes and McDunnough 3102 secta Grote Lakehurst, July 1. Red oak, Quercus rubra; white oak, Q. alba. Exyra Grote 3106 rolandiana Grote Lakehurst, June 2, 12, 15, 28. June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 71 Larva feeds and pupates in pitcher of pitcher plant, Sarracenia purpurea, sealing pitcher off with silk web. N eoerastria McDunnough 3127 caduca Grote Lakehurst, June 16, July 6, 14, 27. Arrow head, Sagittaria spp. Amyna Guenee 3136 octo Guenee Montague, Oct. 26. A straggler from the South ; pigweed, C heno podium . Paectes Hiibner 3228 pygmaea Hiibner Lakehurst, June 15, 20, 26. Probably sweetgum, Liquidambar sty- raciflua. Baileya Grote 3238 doubledayi Guenee Lakehurst, May 9, July 2; Montague, July 27; Stanton, May 27. Alder, Alnus spp. 3240 australis Grote Lakehurst, Aug 27; Short Hills, June 2; Stanton, May 16, July 18. 3242 levitans Smith Short Hills, Apr. 30, May 20, July 7; Stanton, June 10. Catocala Schrank 3342 ilia Cramer form umbrosa Worthington Stanton, July 5, 20, Aug. 10, 15. Larva on oak, Quercus spp. form satanas Reiff Stanton, July 13, 24, Aug. 6, 16. Oak, Quercus spp. 3343 cerogama Guenee form ruperti Franclemont Newton, Aug. 3, 6, 8. Linden, Tilia spp.; swamp maple, Acer rub rum. 3346 unijuga Walker form agatha Beutenmliller Stanton, June 19, 27, July 28. Willow, Salix spp.; aspen, Populus spp. 3347 parta Guenee ab petulans Hulst Stanton, July 20; one bred specimen. Poplar, Populus spp.; willow, Salix spp. form perplexa Strecker Stanton, July 10, 18, 21, 29. Poplar, Populus spp.; willow, Salix spp. form forbesi Franclemont Stanton, July 10, 15, 20, 28. Poplar, Populus 5pp.; willow, Salix spp. 3362 rneskei Grote Roselle Park, July 28; Short Hills, July 25; Stanton, July 26. Poplar, Popidus spp. 3375 amatrix Hiibner form selecta Walker Stanton, Aug. 30, Sept. 5, 10. Willow, Salix spp.; poplar, Populus spp. 3385 sordida Grote form metalomus Mayfield Lakehurst, July 6, 10; Stanton, July 13, 19. V accinium sp. 3386 gracilis Edwards form cinerea Mayfield Lakehurst, July 3, 9, 13. V accinium sp. ; oak, Quercus spp. 3396 crataegi Saunders Stanton, June 2, 13, 27, July 4, 22. Thorn, Crataegus spp.; apple, Malus malus. 3397 mira Grote Stanton, June 18, 24, July 8, 12. Thorn, Crataegus spp.; apple, Malus malus. 3408 minuta Edwards form hiseri Cassino Hamden, July 12. Honey locust, Gleditsia triacanthos. 3411 connubialis Guenee form cordelia Hy. Edwards Stanton, July 12, 19, 20. Red oak, Quercus rubra. form pulverulenta Brower Short Hills, July 6, 14; Stanton, July 12, 20. Red oak, Quercus rubra. form broweri Muller Stanton, July 8, 14, 20, 26. Red oak, Quercus rubra. 3412 arnica Hiibner form nerissa Hy. Edwards 72 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Lakehurst, July 8, 18, 29; Stanton, July 15, Aug. 8. Oak, Quercus spp. a lineella Grote Lakehurst, July 9; Montague, Aug. 10; Stanton, July 9, 24, Aug. 8. Oak, Quercus spp. Mods Hiibner 3435 texana Morrison Lakehurst, May 28; Short Hills, July 22; Stanton, May 28, June 20. Crabgrass, Digitaria sanguinalis. Ptichodis Hiibner 3439 vinculum Guenee Stanton, May 14, June 4, July 26, Aug. 7. 3442 bistrigata Hiibner Lakehurst, May 10. Doryodes Guenee 3461 spadaria Guenee a grandipennis Barnes and McDunnough Ocean City, June 16, Sept. 11, Oct. 17. Salt marsh grass. Zale Hiibner 3478 galbanata Morrison Stanton, Apr. 12, 17, May 6, 8. 3484 minerea Guenee ab albofasciata Bethune Lakehurst, Apr. 28, 30; Stanton, May 24, June 18. Willow, Salix spp.; apple, Malus malus; birch, Betula spp. 3489 benesignata Harvey b submediana Strand Lakehurst, Apr. 22, May 24, June 23; Montague, Aug. 17. Pine, Pinus spp. 3490 duplicata Bethune Montague, May 27, 31, June 17, 27. White pine, Pinus strobus; jack pine, Pinus banksiana. 3491 helata Smith a ruperti McDunnough Lakehurst, May 24, 26, 31. Jack pine, Pinus banksiana ; scrub pine, Pinus virginiana. 3494 curema Smith Lakehurst, May 10. 3500 caly canthata Abbott and Smith Lakehurst, May 8, Hessel; also caught by Buchholz and Lemmer. Hairy allspice, Calycanthus jloridus ; oak, Quercus spp. ; birch, Betula spp. 3535 carneicosta Guenee Stanton, July 2, 12, 26, Aug. 17. Oak, Quercus spp.; hickory, Carya; willow, Salix spp. Drasteria Hiibner 3562 occulta Hy. Edwards Lakehurst, May 1, 6, June 17. Huckleberries, Gaylussacia spp. Antiblemma Hiibner 3593 inexacta Hiibner Short Hills, June 16. Southern straggler. Strenoloma Grote 3595 lunilinea Grote Hamden, May 16, June 6, 15, Aug. 12, Sept. 13. Honey locust, Gleditsia triacanthos. Hypsoropha Hiibner 3610 monilis Fabricius Short Hills, May 11; Stanton, May 8, 18. Persimmon, Diospyros virginiana. Anomis Hiibner 3618 flava Fabricius a fimbriago Stephens Short Hills, Oct. 27. Subtropical North American straggler. Malvaviscus and okra. 3622 editrix Guenee -1 illita Stanton, Oct. 2, 3, 21. Dyspyralis Warren 3716 illocata Warren Stanton, July 15, 16, 19. 3717 puncticosta Smith Stanton, July 9, 12, 15. 3719 nigellus Strecker Short Hills, July 9. Camptylochila Stephens ( Epizeuxis Hiibner) 3740 diminuendis Barnes and McDunnough Lakehurst, June 26. Epizeuxis Hiibner ( Zanclognatha Lederer) 3755 inconspicualis Grote Lakehurst, July 11; Short Hills, July 11. Red pine, Pinus resinosa ; spruce, Picea spp. June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 73 3761 martha Barnes Lakehurst, July 2, 11. Renia Guenee 3784 nem oralis Barnes and McDunnough Lakehurst, Aug. 20. Bleptina Guenee 3798 medialis Smith Lakehurst, June 27, Aug. 20; Stanton, June 15. NOTODONTIDAE Ichthyura Hiibner 3826 strigosa Grote Short Hills, May 11, 22; Stanton, Apr. 30. Poplar, Populus spp.; willow, Salix spp. Datana Walker 3835 modesta Beutenmiiller Lakehurst, June 19, 25, July 8. Blueberry V actinium spp. Pheosia Hiibner 3851 rimosa Packard Montague, Aug. 6; Stanton, June 28; Short Hills, June 5. Poplar, Populus spp. Gluphisia Boisduval 3939 septentrionalis Walker form opaca Barnes and McDunnough Short Hills, June 10; Stanton, May 26, July 1. Poplar, Populus spp. Olene Hiibner 3952 basiflava Packard Short Hills, June 2, July 7 ; Montague, May 29. Oak, Quercus spp.; birch, Betula spp.; hickory, Carya. 3956 leucophaea Abbott and Smith Lakehurst, June 5, July 31, Sept. 7. Birch, Betida spp.; hickory, Carya spp.; oak, Quercus. 3958 atomaria Walker Lakehurst, July 4, 11, 18. Oak, Quercus spp.; hickory, Carya spp.; elm, TJlmus spp. 3959 cinnamomea Grote and Robinson a aridensis Benjamin Lakehurst, July 6, Aug. 1, 17, Oct. 15. Wild cherry, Prunus spp. LASIOCAMPIDAE Malacosoma Hiibner 3997 disstria Hiibner form thoracicoides Neumoegen and Dyar Stanton, July 2. Maple, Acer spp.; birch, Betida spp.; ash, Fraxinus spp. ; oak, Quercus spp. TLIYATIRIDAE Euthyatira Smith 4010 pudens Guenee b pennsylvanica Smith Stanton, Apr. 10, 24. Dogwood, Cornus florida. DREPANIDAE Drepana Schrank 4021 bilineata Packard form levis Hudson Short Hills, June 29, Aug. 20, 29. Alder, Alnus spp.; birch, Betida spp.; elm, Ulmus spp. GEOMETRIDAE Nemoria Hiibner 4047 br mine aria Packard Stanton, Apr. 18, May 6, 20. Black walnut, Juglans nigra ; oak, Quercus spp. Scopula Schrank 4140 cacuminaria Morrison Lakehurst, June 14, 16, 25, Aug. 24. General feeder. 4148 junctaria Walker Stanton, June 12. Sterrha Hiibner 4180 demissaria Hiibner Stanton, July 15, 24, Aug. 9. a jerrugata Packard Stanton, June 9, 22, July 2. 4186 violaceria Walker Lakehurst, Oct. 1. Cosymbia Hiibner 4211 pendulinaria Guenee Short Hills, June 16, July 4, Aug. 31. Blueberry, V actinium spp.; birch, Betida spp. form nigricaria Rothke Short Hills, July 8, Aug. 3. Same as pendulinaria 74 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII 4223-1 anguilineata Grote and Robinson form eastmani Reiff Pompton, Mar. 22, Apr. 4; Stokes Forest, Apr. 23. Coryphista Hulst 4248 meadi Packard Short Hills, May 22, June 17; Lake- hurst, July 16. Barberry, Berberis canadensis. Eupithecia Curtis 4348 filmata Pearsall Short Hills, Apr. 5, 7. Fir, Abies balsam ea ; spruce, Picea spp. 4383 ravocostaliata Packard Short Hills, Apr. 16, 25. Wormwood, Artemesia. Lygris Hiibner 4404 molliculata Walker Montague, July 9, 12, 29; Stanton, July 26. 4406 explanata Walker Montague, July 12, 29. Hydriomena Hiibner 4476 jrigideta Walker Short Hills, Apr. 26, May 20; Lebanon State Park, May 8; Montague, May 16. form manitoba Barnes and McDunnough Lakehurst, Apr. 20, May 10. 4477 pluviata Guenee Montague, May 25. Alder, Alnus spp. 4484 divisaria Walker a brunnescens McDunnough Montague, May 25. 4492 ruberata Freyer Lebanon State Park, May 8; Mon- tague, May 16. Xanthorhoe Hiibner 4516 ferrugata Clerk form unidentaria Hawarth Short Hills, May 8; Stanton, July 20, Aug. 11. Low plants. 4527 iduata Guenee Springdale Park, May 31. Epirrhoe Hiibner 4551 alternata Muller Stanton, May 29, June 15, Aug. 24. Bedstraw, Galium spp. Euphyia Hiibner 4558 unangulata Haworth a intermediate Guenee Short Hills, May 24, Apr. 17, June 17, Aug. 10. Jewelweed, Impatiens spp.; elm, Ulmus. Cam ptogramma Stephens 4572 stellate Guenee Short Hills, Sept. 10, 25, Oct. 19. Pisonia aculeata. Earophila Gumppenburg 4587 vasiliata Guenee form niveijasciata Hulst Stanton, Apr. 10, 17, 29. Swamp rose, Rosa Carolina; raspberry, Rubus spp. Drepanulatrix Gumppenburg 4631 liberaria Walker ab Helena Hulst Stanton, Sept. 14, 28, Oct. 3, 5. New Jersey tea, Ceanothus americanus Episemasia Hulst 4650 morbosa Hulst Stanton, June 27; Lakehurst, June 1 to 10, by Lemmer. Mellilla Grote 4657 xanthometata Walker Hamden, May 27, July 25, Aug. 4. Honey locust, Gleditsia triacanthos. Philobia Duponchel 4665 aemulataria Walker Short Hills, June 7, 13; Stanton, May 23, June 3. Lettuce, Lactuca spp. Semiothisa Hiibner 4671 bisignata Walker Montague, June 15; Lakehurst, June 10; Stanton, May 6, June 15. Pine, Pinus spp.; birch, Betula spp. 4673 bicolorata Fabricius Lakehurst, May 22, June 19; Short Hills, June 29. Pine, Pinus spp.; blueberry, Vaccinium spp. 4680 granitata Guenee c dispuncta Walker Short Hills, Aug. 10; Stokes State Park, June 16. Spruce, Picea spp. Last year’s needles. June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 75 4687 sexmaculata Packard Union Valley, June 12. Larch, Larix. 4695 ereniiata Guenee Lakehurst, May 25. T ephrosia. 4712 orillata Walker Stanton, July 12, Aug. 3, 30. Northern white cedar, Thuja occiden- talis. 4 723 ocellinata Guenee Lakehurst, June 25; Short Hills, Sept. 9 ; Stanton, Aug. 1. Black locust, Robinia pseudo-acacia. 4738 gnophosaria Guenee Lakehurst, June 13; Stanton, June 2, July 5. Willow, Salix spp. Itame Hiibner 4748 argillacearia Packard Lakehurst, June 19, July 3; some specimens, a little larger with bluish tint, were caught in High Point State Park, June 19. 4762 exauspicata Walker Lakehurst, June 29; Stanton, June 26. Willow, Salix spp.; others reported. 4774 latiferrugata Walker Lakehurst, May 24, June 9, 12. Apple, Malus malus ; plum, Primus spp. ; wild cherry, Primus spp. 4793 gausaparia Grote Lakehurst, July 13; Stanton, July 20. Hesperumia Packard 4801 sulphur aria Packard High Point State Park, July 5; Rama- poo Mts., July 11. New Jersey tea, Ceanothus ameri- canus ; snowberry, Symphoricarpos racemosus. Ortho jidonia Packard 4805 tinctaria Walker Stanton, May 5, 8. Paraphia Guenee 4808 esther Barnes Short Hills, June 10, 19; Stanton, May 2. Pine, Pinus spp. form lemmeri Barnes Lakehurst, June 6, 19; Montague, June 22. Pine, Pinus spp. 4810 nubecularia Guenee Stanton, June 13, July 4. Pine, Pinus spp. Tornos Morrison 4812 scolopacinarius Guenee Stanton, Aug. 14; Short Hills, Aug. 15. Aster, Aster spp. Melanolophia Hulst 4857 signataria Walker Lakehurst, June 20. Yellow birch, Betula lutea; larch, Larix laricina ; white spruce, Picea glanca. ab carbonata Cassino and Swett Short Hills, Apr. 25, May 10, July 17. Pseudoboarmia McDunnough 4881 buchliolzaria Lemmer Lakehurst, June 6, 18. Sweet fern, Comptonia peregrina. Vitrinella McDunnough 4908 pampinaria Guenee ab nubiferaria Swett Stanton, May 23, June 4, July 18. Maple, Acer spp.; hickory, Carya spp.; poplar, Populus spp. Anacamptodes McDunnough 4916 ephyraria Walker Stanton, May 1, July 13, 28. Hemlock, Tsuga. 4918 vellivolata Hulst Lakehurst, June 9, 16. Pine, Pinus spp. Aethalura McDunnough 4945 antic aria Walker Stanton, June 6, 18, Oct. 25. Birch, Betula 5pp.; poplar, Populus spp.; oak, Quercus spp. Ectropis Hiibner 4946 crepuscularia Hiibner ab fumataria Minot Stanton, Mar. 28, Apr. 7, May 16. Maple, Acer spp.; birch, Betula spp.; oak, Quercus spp.; general feeder. Epimecis Hiibner 4951 virginaria Cramer form carbonaria Haimbach Stanton, May 29, June 30, July 10. Tulip tree, Liriodendron tulipifera. 76 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Nacophora Hulst 4952 ypsilon Forbes Lakehurst, Apr. 24, May 14. Apple, Malus spp. 4953 quernaria Abbott and Smith form atrescens Hulst Plainfield, Apr. 15; Stanton, May 15, June 16. Oak, Quercus spp. Phigalia Duponchel 4958 titea Cramer form deplorans Franclemont Stanton, Mar. 27, Apr. 11, 20. General feeder on trees. Paleacrita Riley 4961 merriccata Dyar Short Hills, Mar. 14, 26, Apr. 9. Am phidasis Treitschke 4968 cognataria Guenee ab swettaria Barnes and McDunnough Short Hills, May 21; Stanton, May 3, June 25, Aug. 20. General feeder on trees and shrubs. Euchlaena Hiibner 4995 obtusaria Hiibner form decisaria Walker Lakehurst, June 9; Short Hills, June 17 ; Stanton, June 2. Rose, Rosa spp. 4997 johnsonaria Fitch a minoraria Hulst Lakehurst, June 6; Short Hills, Aug. 14; Stanton, June 12, Sept. 8. Oak, Quercus spp.; thorn, Crataegus ; chokecherry, Primus virginiana. 4998 mollisaria Hulst Cape May, May 26; Lakehurst, June 9. Plagodis Hiibner 5031 nigrescaria Hulst Short Hills, Mar. 28; Stanton, Apr. 4, May 22. Ash, Fraxinus spp. 5041 arrogaria Hulst Short Hills, July 19, Aug. 9; Stanton. July 24. Maple, Acer spp.; ash, Fraxinus spp. Metarranthis Warren 5046 hypochraria Herrich-Schaefer a lateritiaria Guenee Lakehurst, May 25; Stanton, May 14, 17. Sassafras, Sassaf ras albidium ; choke- cherry, Prunus virginiana. 5046-1 broweri Rupert Short Hills, June 4; Stanton, May 31, June 4, 25. Same food plant as lateritiaria. 5049 pilosaria Packard Lakehurst, June 5, 22, 30. White birch, Betula papyrifera. 5051 angularia Barnes and McDunnough Lakehurst, May 2, 12; Stanton, June 21. Wild cherry, Prunus spp. 5051-1 franclemonti Rupert Short Hills, June 14, 19. Wild cherry, Prunus spp. 5053 antidiscaria Walker Lakehurst, June 8. Pero Herrich-Schaefer 5082 marmoratus Grossbeck Short Hills, July 27, Aug. 8; Stanton, July 26. Maple, Acer spp. Nepytia Hulst 5109 canosaria Walker Hackettstown, Aug. 2, Sept. 29, Oct. 10. Larch, Larix laricina; hemlock, Tsuga canadensis. Caripeta Walker 5126 piniata Packard Lakehurst, Aug. 19, 25, 31. Pine, Pinus spp. Ellopia Treitschke 5143-1 canitiaria Rupert Lakehurst, Apr. 20, 22. 5146 fiscellaria Guenee form johnsoni Swett Short Hills, Oct. 8; Stanton, Sept. 21. Oak, Quercus spp.; pine, Pinus spp.; cherry, Prunus spp. Apicia Guenee 5184 confusaria Hiibner form metrocamparia Guenee Short Hills, July 14. Dandelion, Taraxicum spp.; clover, Trifolium spp. June, 1965] Muller: N. J. Macrolepidoptera 77 Literature Cited Comstock, William P. 1940. Butterflies of New Jersey. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 48: 47-84. Fernald, Merritt L. 1950. Gray’s New Manual of Botany, eighth edition. Forbes, William T. M. 1923-1960. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring States, Parts I (section on Bombyces), II, III and IV. New York Agr. Exp. Sta. at Cornell, Ithaca, N. Y. Klots, Alexander B. 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Cambridge, Mass. McDunnough, James H. 1938. Check List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, Part I Macrolepidoptera. Southern California Academy of Sciences. Smith, John B. 1910. Report of New Jersey State Museum for 1909. Trenton. Received for Publication March 2, 1964 78 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Nervous System and Musculature of Pregenital Abdominal Segments of Male Stonefly Nymph, Acroneuria (Pleeoptera: Perlidae) * Carol B. Knox Rutgers — The State University, New Brunswick, N. J. Abstract The nervous system of the pregenital abdominal segments of the male nymph of Acroneuria sp. is described. The ganglia of the first two abdominal segments are coalesced with the metathoracic ganglion. The transverse nerve in segments 2 through 8 arises from the ganglion with the dorsal nerve, splits off in the area of the ventral internal lateral muscles, and terminates in the alary muscles of the heart. Ventral nerves are present in all segments. The musculature of the pregenital segments is described. The order Pleeoptera is often referred to as being orthopteroid, or closely related to the Orthoptera in origin. In his study of the nervous system of the abdomen of the stonefly Pteronarcys , a genus considered to be generalized, Schmitt (1963), noted that the complex genitalia, reduced musculature, and the unusual transverse nerve arrangement seem far removed from the arrangement of these structures in the abdomen of the Orthoptera. Schmitt’s study pointed out the need for more knowledge about the abdominal morphology of other Pleeoptera, so that the origin of abdominal structures in this order might be better understood. It was for this purpose that the present study of the abdominal nervous system of Acroneuria was undertaken. This genus, in the family Perlidae (whose mem- bers are small, flattened, and carnivorous), was selected as being a suitable con- trast to the large herbivorous Pteronarcys. The present study includes the muscles and nerves of the pregenital abdominal segments of the male nymph. MATERIALS AND METHODS Male nymphs were selected for study because the egg masses and fat body in the abdomen of the female nymphs distorted structures and made dissection difficult. The nymphs were collected from a stream in Mountain Lakes, New Jersey, with the help of Dr. Lyle E. Hagmann. Nymphs were either injected with formaldehyde-alcohol-acetic acid fixative (F.A.A.) in the field or brought back to the laboratory live in damp gauze. Dis- sections were performed on preserved nymphs, on live nymphs in isotonic salt solution, and on live nymphs which had been injected with methylene blue chloride. RESULTS Pregenital musculature of male nymph The abdominal musculature of the male nymph of Acroneuria conforms quite * Paper of the Journal Series, N. J. Agric. Exp. Sta., Rutgers— The State University, Dept, of Ent. and Economic Zool. June, 1965] Knox: Male Stonefly Nymph 79 Fig. 1. Nerves of pregenital abdominal segments of Acronetiria, right side. closely to that found by Maki (1938), Ford (1923), and Wittig ( 1955) in other members of the Perlidae. Fig. 2A shows the muscles of the right half of the pregenital abdomen of Acroneuria. (I have followed Snodgrass (1935) in naming the abdominal muscles. The predominant muscles are the internal longitudinal muscles.) The ventral longitudinal muscles (See Fig. 2A) are present in two groups: the ventral internal muscles (VIM) and the ventral external muscles (VEM). The fibers of the ventral internal muscles extend in each segment from one intersegmental ridge to another and are present in three groups. The two median groups, which are external to the dorsal nerves and closest to the ventral nerve cord, are termed the ventral internal median muscles (VIMM). The third group is located internal to the dorsal nerve, lateral of the ventral internal median muscles, and is termed the ventral internal lateral muscle (VILM). The ventral internal muscles of the first abdominal segment are continuous with the ventral internal muscles of the third thoracic segment. The ventral external muscles in each segment arise on the sternum and insert on the posterior intersegmental ridge of the segment. In each segment one muscle is located close to the nerve cord, external to the ventral internal median muscles; it is termed the ventral external median muscles (VEMM). The other muscle, located laterally external to the ventral internal lateral muscles, is termed the ventral external lateral muscle (VELM). There are two main groups of dorsal muscles: the dorsal internal muscles (DIM) and the dorsal external muscles (DEM). The dorsal internal muscles (See Fig. 2A) are powerful bands of muscles, extending from one intersegmental ridge to the next in the dorsal half of the abdomen, divided on the middorsal line by the heart. On each side of the heart they are divided into four longi- 80 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII LTM3 LTM1 LTM2 Fig. 2. Acroneuria A. Musculature of pregenital abdominal segments, right side. B. Musculature and nerves of the fourth and fifth abdominal segments, right side. June, 1965] Knox: Male Stonefly Nymph 81 tudinal bands of fibers. In the first segment there are three bands of muscle on each side. The dorsal external muscles are very small bands of muscle arising on the middle of the dorsum of each segment and inserting on the posterior inter- segmental ridge, external to the dorsal internal muscles. The ventral diaphragm is absent. The muscles of the dorsal diaphragm are the alary muscles of the heart (ALM). They arise on the intersegmental ridges, fan out, and insert on the wall of the heart. Except in the first abdominal segment the lateral muscles are much reduced (See Fig. 2 A). In each lateral half of the second abdominal segment there are three tergosternal muscles (LTM 1, 2, 3) and one sternopleural muscle (LTM 4). In each lateral half of segments three through eight there are three tergo- sternal muscles. The muscles of the first abdominal segment are intimately connected with those of the metathorax. In each lateral half of the segment one large intersegmental muscle (ISG) extends from the intersegmental ridge of the metathorax to the dorsum of the first abdominal segment. There are four intergosternal muscles in each half of the segment. Two (LTM 1, 2) arise on the dorsum and insert on the gill ridge. Another (LTM 3) arises on the dorsum and inserts on the gill ridge. Another (LTM 3) arises on the dorsum and inserts on the intersegmental ridge between the first and second segments. Another muscle (LTM 4) arises on the same ridge and inserts on the gill ridge. A small occlusor of the spiracle (OCC) is present in segments two through eight. Abdominal nervous system The abdominal nerve cord of Acronenria contains six definitive ganglia (Fig. 1). The ganglionic centers of the first two abdominal segments are contained in the metathoracic ganglion. The first definitive abdominal ganglion contains the ganglionic center for the third abdominal segment, the second abdominal ganglion serves the fourth segment, and the third ganglion serves the fifth seg- ment. The fourth ganglion serves the sixth segment, and the fifth ganglion serves the seventh segment. The sixth ganglion supplies nerves to the eighth, ninth, and tenth segments, as well as to the cerci. The abdominal nerve cord extends posteriorly in a midventral position. The first abdominal ganglion is located midventrally in the first abdominal segment. The second ganglion is also located in the first segment, while the third is located between the second and third segments. The fourth is located anteriorly in the fifth segment; the fifth is located in the sixth segment and the sixth in the seventh segment. In naming the segmental nerves, I have followed Schmitt (1954, 1962, 1963) since his terminology seems to have the greatest morphological significance. Only the nerves of the right half of the abdomen are shown in the diagrams (Figs. 1 and 2). The dorsal nerve of the first abdominal segment, dorsal nerve one (DN 1), arises from the metathoracic ganglion and passes laterally internal to the ventral internal median muscles (Fig. 1). A branch from dorsal nerve one, dorsal nerve 82 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII A (DN A), innervates the ventral internal median muscles. Dorsal nerve one then passes external to the ventral internal lateral muscles. Several branches (DN B, DNB 1, and DNB 2) innervate the lateral muscles and the large intersegmental muscle. Dorsal nerve one then passes dorsally to innervate the dorsal muscles. A branch, dorsal nerve D (DN D), passes external to the dorsal internal muscles and innervates the dorsal external muscles. After meeting the dorsal internal muscles the dorsal nerve gives off a branch (DN F) which passes anteriorly to join with the nerve which innervates the dorsal longitudinal muscles of the metathorax. The dorsal nerve then proceeds dorsally, innervating the dorsal internal muscles and giving off a branch, dorsal nerve E (DN E) which travels externally through the dorsal muscles and innervates the dorsal integu- ment. The ventral nerve (See Fig. 1) of the first abdominal segment (VN 1) arises from the metathoracic ganglion and passes external to the ventral internal median muscles. One branch (VN A) innervates the ventral median external muscles; the ventral nerve then bifurcates, one branch (VN B) innervating the lateral external muscles, while the other branch (VN C) innervates the ventral integument. The transverse nerve of the first abdominal segment arises from the middorsal surface of the metathoracic ganglion and passes internal to the ventral muscles, giving off a branch (TN A) which innervates the ventral in- ternal lateral muscles. In the area of the lateral muscles it joins with the dorsal nerve. The dorsal nerve of the second abdominal segment, dorsal nerve two (DN 2), arises from the anterior end of the first abdominal ganglion (See Fig. 1). In stained specimens the fibers of this nerve, and of the ventral nerve of this segment, can be seen to pass through the interganglionic connective to the metathoracic ganglion. It is assumed, therefore, that the ganglionic center for this segment is contained in the metathoracic ganglion. Dorsal nerve two passes laterally internal to the ventral internal median muscles, giving off a branch (DN A) which innervates both the ventral internal median and lateral muscles. It then gives off a branch which travels dorsally internal to the ventral internal lateral muscles and innervates the alary muscle which is inserted on the inter- segmental ridge between the first and second abdominal segments. This branch is termed transverse nerve two (TN 2). It is called the transverse nerve for three reasons: one, such an arrangement of the transverse nerve (where the transverse nerve arises from the ganglion with the dorsal nerve) is found in the posterior segments of Pteronarcys (Schmitt, 1963); two, this nerve innervates the transverse muscles (the dorsal alary muscles); and three, as found with the transverse nerve in Orthoptera and Pteronarcys, there is a connection between this nerve and the dorsal nerve, termed “the A-B connection” by Schmitt. After the transverse nerve has branched off, the dorsal nerve passes external to the ventral internal lateral muscles. A small branch, dorsal nerve B (DN B), innervates one of the tergosternal muscles. In the area June, 1965] Knox: Male Stonefly Nymph 83 of the spiracle a small branch (DN C) arises from the dorsal nerve which joins with the transverse nerve of this segment. This connecting branch seems to be homologous with the A-B connection between the transverse and dorsal nerves found by Schmitt (1963) in Pteronarcys. From this connecting branch arises the innervation of the occlusor of the spiracle. Dorsal nerve two then travels dorsally to the dorsal muscles, giving off a branch, dorsal nerve D (DN D), which innervates the dorsal external muscles. The dorsal nerve continues dorsally innervating the dorsal internal muscles and giving off a small branch (DN E) which travels through the dorsal muscles to the integument, and bifurcates and innervates the dorsal integument. The ventral nerve of the second segment (VN 2) travels posteriorly along the nerve cord to the second segment (Fig. 1) ; it then passes laterally external to the ventral internal muscles. It gives off a short branch to the ventral ex- ternal median muscles (VN A), then bifurcates, one branch (VN B) innervating the ventral external lateral muscles and the sternopleural muscle and the other branch (VN C) the ventral integument. The pattern of innervation in segments three through eight is the same as in segment two as shown in Figs. 1 and 2B. The dorsal nerve provides the innervation for the dorsal longitudinal muscles, the dorsal integument, and the ventral internal longitudinal muscles. The transverse nerve innervates the alary muscles and from the connecting nerve (DN C) between the dorsal and trans- verse nerves arises the innervation for the occlusor of the spiracle. The ventral nerve innervates the ventral external muscles and the ventral integument. DISCUSSION In order to homologize nervous systems of various insects it is necessary to identify anatomical similarities. The dorsal nerve can be recognized by its in- nervation of the dorsal musculature. Where there has been fusion of nerves, the combination of nerves often can be identified by the muscles innervated. The anatomical makeup of the nervous system is useful in determining morphological relationships. One of the best examples of this is the connection between the dorsal nerve and the transverse nerve as found in the abdomen in Orthoptera and Plecoptera by Schmitt (1954, 1962, 1963) and in Lepidoptera by Libby (1959). This nerve connection, dorsal nerve C (also termed the A-B connection by Schmitt, Libby, and the present author), occurs in the area of the spiracle and gives rise to the innervation of the spiracular muscles when they are present (Fig. 2B). This same nerve loop is recorded by Maki (1936) in the alder fly. According to Schmitt (1962) the occurrence of this nerve loop in such widely separate groups makes it very useful in considering morphological relationships. As might be expected in insects which exploit very different habitats, there 84 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII are distinct differences to be found between Acroneuria and the Orthoptera. The muscles of the Orthoptera abdomen are arranged so that they perform efficiently the powerful ventilation movements of the abdomen, which aerate the tracheal system. The lateral muscles, important in these movements, are large and powerful. The muscles of the abdomen of Orthoptera are not im- portant in locomotive movements. Just the opposite is true in the plecopteran nymph. The longitudinal (internal) muscles are responsible for the swimming movements of the abdomen and are large and powerful. The lateral abdominal muscles perform no ventilation movements in this aquatic insect, and these muscles, correspondingly, are tiny and almost nonfunctional. The A-B connection between the transverse nerve and the dorsal nerve is present in the Orthoptera and the Plecoptera; however, neither in Acroneuria nor in Pteronarcys is there any connection between the ventral nerve and the dorsal nerve as there is in the Orthoptera. Schmitt, in his study of the abdomen of Pteronarcys (1963) noted the strange fact that in several segments the apparent ganglionic origin of the transverse nerve is from the ganglion posterior to the ganglion in which the dorsal nerve for that segment arises. One of the purposes of the present study was to de- termine if this strange arrangement occurs in another member of the Plecoptera. In Acroneuria no trace of any such arrangement was found. No median nerve was present and, except in the first segment, the fibers of the transverse nerve arise from the ganglion with the fibers of the dorsal nerve. This same arrangement was found by Schmitt in the posterior segments of Pteronarcys. In Acroneuria there was more forward migration of ganglionic centers than in Pteronarcys , and there was no atrophy of the ventral nerve or the ventral external muscles. This would indicate that these two families have diverged greatly in their evolution. Studies on the nervous systems of the abdomens of widely separated groups have done much to indicate that there is a basic segmental abdominal nerve plan which can be recognized even in very specialized insects. In Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, Neuroptera, and Plecoptera the dorsal nerve innervates quite regu- larly the dorsal muscles and integument and the ventral internal muscles. The ventral nerve innervates the ventral external muscles and the ventral integument. Perhaps most important, the A-B connection between the dorsal and transverse nerves is present in all of these orders, indicating that this is an important land- mark and a characteristic of a basic segmental nerve plan. A connection between the ventral nerve and the tranverse nerve found by Schmitt (1954) in some Orthoptera and by Libby (1959) in Lepidoptera (the cecropia moth) was not found in Acroneuria or in Pteronarcys (Schmitt, 1963). The results of this study agree well with the hypothesis that a basic segmental nerve plan exists. Only more and varied studies of the insect nervous system can indicate how wide is the application of this generalization. June, 1965] Knox: Male Stonefly Nymph 85 SUMMARY The basic muscle pattern of a typical pregenital abdominal segment of Acroneuria includes the following muscles: dorsal internal muscles, dorsal ex- ternal muscles, ventral internal muscles, ventral external muscles, three lateral muscles, dorsal transverse muscles, and an occlusor of the spiracle. The innervation of a typical pregenital abdominal segment of Acroneuria is supplied by three nerves: a dorsal nerve which innervates the dorsal muscles, the dorsal integument, the ventral internal muscles, and the lateral muscles; a ventral nerve which innervates the ventral external muscles and the ventral integument; a transverse nerve, arising from the nerve cord with the dorsal nerve, separating in the area of the ventral internal lateral muscles, innervating the dorsal transverse or alary muscles, and, in the area of the spiracle, being connected to the dorsal nerve by a short branch (DN C). An important landmark discussed by Schmitt (1962), the A-B connection between the dorsal nerve and the transverse nerve, was found in Acroneuria. This connection between the dorsal and transverse nerves was found in various Orthoptera by Schmitt (1954), in Neuroptera by Maki (1936) and Hammar (1908), in Lepidoptera by Libby (1959), and in Plecoptera by Schmitt (1963). Similarities of muscle innervation by the various segmental nerves in the abdomens of various insects and the widespread occurrence of the A-B con- nection indicate the presence of a basic segmental nerve plan in insects. ABBREVIATIONS USED ON THE FIGURES A-B connection between the dorsal and transverse nerves ABS 1 to 8 abdominal sterna ABT 1 to 9 abdominal terga AGN 1 to 6 definitive abdominal ganglia ALM alary muscle CERN cercus nerve DEM dorsal external muscle DIM dorsal internal muscle DN A to F branches of the dorsal nerve DN 1 to 10 dorsal nerve roots GLR gill ridge ISG intersegmental muscle LTM 1 to 4 lateral muscles (tergosternal and tergopleural) OCC occlusor muscle of the spiracle TGN 3 thoracic ganglion three TN transverse nerve TS 3 metathoracic sternum TT 3 metathoracic tergum VELM ventral external lateral muscle VEMM ventral external median muscle VILM ventral internal lateral muscle VIMM ventral internal median muscle VN A to C branches of the ventral nerve VN 1 to 8 ventral nerve roots 86 New York Entomological Society LVol. LXXIII Acknowledgments The author wishes to express her gratitude to Dr. J. B. Schmitt for his helpful suggestions during the course of this work and in the preparation of this paper, and to Dr. L. E. Hagmann for his suggestions concerning staining and histological work. Literature Cited Ford, N. 1923. A comparative study of the abdominal musculature of orthopteroid insects. Trans. Roy. Canadian Inst., 14: 207-319. Hammar, A. G. 1908. On the nervous system of the larva of Corydalis cornuta. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 1: 105-127. Libby, J. L. 1959. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments of the cecropia larva. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 52: 469-480. Maki, T. 1936. Studies on the skeletal structure, musculature, and nervous system of the alder fly, Chauliodes formosanus Peterson. Mem. Fac. Sci. and Agr., Taihoku Imp. Univ., 16: 117-243. . 1938. Studies on the thoracic musculature of insects. Mem. Fac. Sci. and Agr., Taihoku Imp. Univ., 19: 1-343. Schmitt, J. B. 1954. The nervous system of the pregenital abdominal segments of some Orthoptera. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 47: 677-682. . 1962. The comparative anatomy of the insect nervous system. Ann. Rev. Entomol., 7: 137-156. . 1963. The abdominal nervous system of Pteronarcys (Plecoptera: Pteronarcidae) . Journal N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 71 : 202-217. Snodgrass, R. E. 1935. Principles of insect morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York. 667 pp. Wittig, G. 1955. Untersuchungen am thorax von Perla abdominalis Berm, (larve und imaga). Zool. Jahrb. Anat., 74: 491-570. Received for Publication January 5, 1965 June, 1965] Rozen: Cuckoo Bee Genera 87 Biological Notes on the Cuckoo Bee Genera Holcopasites and Neolarra (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.1 Abstract A brief account of the nesting habits of Neolarra ( Neolarra ) pruinosa Ashmead is given and the resting position of the adult is described. The following details are discussed in relation to Holcopasites ( Trichopasites ) insoletus (Linsley), H. ( Odontopasites ) arizoni- cus (Linsley), H. ( Holcopasites ) knulli (Linsley): daily activity period of adults, host associations, nesting habits, sleeping position, and activities of larvae. Because little has been written about the life histories of the parasitic bees of the genus Holcopasites and nothing about the biology of the parasitic genus Neolarra , the following observations, though fragmentary, are offered in an at- tempt to further our knowledge of nomadine anthophorids. These notes pertain to Neolarra ( Neolarra ) pruinosa Ashmead2 3 found in the nests of Perdita ( Perdita ) zebrata Cresson2 at one-half mile northeast of Fallon, Prairie County, Montana, on August 8, 1962 and to Holcopasites ( Trichopasites ) insoletus (Linsley),#. ( Odontopasites ) arizonicus (Linsley) , and H. ( Holcopasites ) knulli (Linsley).4 The three species of Holcopasites were flying on the grounds of the Southwestern Research Station near Portal, Cochise County, Arizona, during the latter part of August and during September, 1962. Their host associations are discussed below. All specimens collected during the studies are deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. The larvae are being treated taxonomically in a separate paper pertaining to the immature stages of the nomadine complex of parasitic bees and descriptions of the nesting sites and of the biologies of the host bees will be presented in a paper on the biologies of some North American Panurginae. The research, an outgrowth of a study of the parasitic bee genus Oreopasites, was supported in part by the National Science Foundation, Grant No. G- 14854. The observations on Holcopasites were made with the assistance of Marjorie Statham Favreau; those on Neolarra, with the aid of my wife, Barbara L. Rozen. Neolarra ( Neolarra ) pruinosa Ashmead As is characteristic of Oreopasites , numerous males and females of this species flew rather swiftly close to the ground over the Perdita nesting site, a nearly barren earthen embankment which was at most 4 feet high. Although none was seen entering a nest of Perdita , an individual stopped from time to time at a 1 Chairman and Associate Curator, Dept. Ent., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 2 Adults kindly identified by Dr. Charles D. Michener. 3 Kindly identified by Prof. P. H. Timberlake. 4 Adults of Holcopasites kindly identified by Dr. Paul D. Hurd, Jr. 88 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII burrow opening and, in one instance, two were observed hovering almost sta- tionary by an entrance where a female Perdita had just descended. In the heat of the afternoon as many as three individuals of N eolarra clung head down on the shady side of a stem of a small, leafless plant growing on the site. Occasionally one departed and another alighted. Grasping the stem with their middle and hind legs, they tucked their forelegs behind their cheeks, directed their antennae forward, and plated their wings over the dorsa. This behavior was not sleep, for the day was clear and hot, but rather seemed to be a means of avoiding the extreme heat. The two N eolarra larvae, uncovered from the cells, were postdefecating, quies- cent forms with rigid integuments and without cocoons. Although one was killed for study, the other survived until the winter, a fact suggesting a single generation a year and a hibernating, postdefecating larva. The green feces were plastered over the cell wall, especially over the lower posterior end of the cell. Holcopasites Adults of Holcopasites insoletus, arizonicus, and knulli were abundant on the grounds of the Southwestern Research Station where Calliopsis ( Calliopsis ) crypta Shinn and C. ( Calliopsis ) rozeni Shinn, and Pseudo panurgus ( Pseudo - panurgus) aethiops (Cresson), P. {Pseudo panurgus) timberlakei Cockerell, P. { Heterosarus ) perlaevis (Cockerell), and an unnamed species of Pseudo panurgus were known to nest.5 A number of other species of Pseudo panurgus also col- lected pollen from flowers on the grounds during the same season and therefore possibly nested there. Adults of H . knulli were uncovered several times from nests of C. crypta and adults of H . insoletus were most abundant in areas used by several species of Pseudo panurgus. The fact that H. knulli individuals are uniform in size whereas those of H . insoletus vary in length further suggests that H . insoletus parasitizes the various-sized Pseudo panurgus and H. knulli attacks C. crypta and perhaps rozeni , which are about equal in size. The size of the adult parasitic bee is apparently determined by the quantity of the provisions which, in turn, depends upon the size of the host. As two different kinds of Holcopasites larvae were recovered from the cells of what was possibly P. timberlakei or the unnamed Pseudo panurgus, H. arizonicus might attack Pseudo panurgus. Linsley, Mac- Swain, and Smith (1956) reported the association of H. arizonicus on a Pseudo- panurgus in Mexico. Restricting their activity primarily between 9 a.m. and 1 p.m., the females of the three Holcopasites search for nests in a fashion similar to those of Oreo pa- sites ; i.e., they slowly fly over the nearly horizontal nesting site, stopping fre- quently on tumuli or at the edges of stones under which might be burrow en- trances. No males were found during the course of the observations. At night the 5 Calliopsis identified by Mr. Alvin F. Shinn; Pseudo panurgus, by Prof. P. H. Timberlake. June, 1965] Rozen: Cuckoo Bee Genera 89 Figs. 1, 2. Adults of Holcopasites knulli (Linsley) sleeping on grass stem, lateral and dorsal views. females of at least H. insoletus and H . knulli slept on grass stems in the vicinity of the nesting sites. Either in a head up or head down position, they hold onto the stems solely with their mandibles. They appress the front and middle legs to their body while they bring the wings down and back, holding them against the undersurface of the metasoma with the hind legs (Figs. 1,2). The antennae are directed forward. While sleeping, they are not easily disturbed; the grass stem to which they cling can be picked and brought to the laboratory without the bees altering their position. Ainslie (1937) reported similar habits for H. ( Holcopasites ) calliopsidis (Linsley) (as stevensi Crawford). Oviposition may take very little time. A specimen of either H. arizonicus or H. knulli descended into a burrow of Calliopsis and returned to the surface in 2 minutes. At the Pseudo panurgus nesting area three individuals, presumably of H. insoletus, took from 2 to 3 minutes to reemerge. Unfortunately, in no case were these cells examined for freshly deposited parasite eggs. Because Holcopasites eggs have been recovered from partly provisioned Calliopsis cells, it seems safe to assume that the female parasite visits the cell before closure, as do the females of Oreopasites and other nomadine bees. The parasite eggs have been recovered from the cells of both P. aethiops and C. crypta. In all cases the egg is inserted at an angle under a U-shaped flap in the cell wall (Fig. 3). Of the total 12 eggs or egg slits found, none paralleled the 90 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII FLAP EGG 4 Fig. 3. Diagram of insertion of Holcopasites egg in cell wall. Fig. 4. Live mature, predefecating larva of Holcopasites taken from cell of Pseudo panur- gus perlaevis (Cockerell). long axis of the cell and most were in the roof or sides of the cell. The maximum number of parasite eggs found in any cell was six in a nest of C. crypta from which a female of H. kmilli had been captured. This, however, seemed to be an obvious case of multiple parasitism as the nest had apparently been abandoned with the cell left open several days prior to excavation. The elongate, whitish, semitransparent egg has its anterior end rounded and the posterior end more tapering and possesses a shiny, smooth chorion. Unlike the chorion of Calliopsis and Pseudo panurgus (and for that matter other panurgines) which seems to dissolve from the sedentary larva, that of Holcopasites remains behind in the slit as the larva crawls away with the aid of its bilobed tenth abdominal segment which functions as a pygopod. The newly emerged, elongate larva is about 0.5 mm in length and possesses a distinctly sclerotized head capsule and elongate mandibles. A detailed taxonomic description will be presented elsewhere. With its long mandibles it kills the egg (or eggs) of its rival sibling and the egg of the host. Whether the Holcopasites larva must feed upon the host egg to develop is not known, but three of the four second instars were uncovered while consum- ing the eggs of P. aethiops and P. perlaevis. None was found feeding on the early instar of the host, as occasionally happens with Oreopasites. After the larva (at least those from Pseudo panurgus cells) begins to eat, it becomes extremely robust June, 1965] Rozen: Cuckoo Bee Genera 91 (Fig. 4) and remains that way until defecation. The only larva (from a Pseudo panurgus cell) reared to the postdefecating stage began to defecate within several days after depleting the provisions. The feces, approximately the color of the provisions, were eliminated as very moist pellets and the pollen walls are not dissolved by digestive enzymes. Two postdefecating larvae were excavated from a Pseudo panurgus nest. Like similar stage larvae of Oreopasites and Neolarra, they lacked cocoons and pos- sessed a rigid integument. Both either became or were quiescent and later hibernated. The smaller of the two had not consumed the entire food supply and both had plastered feces along the cell wall. Literature Cited Ainslie, C. N. 1937. Notes on the biology of two panurgine bees. Canadian Ent., 69: 97-100; correction, p. 255. Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain, and Ray F. Smith. 1956. Association of Holcopasites with Pseudo panurgus in Mexico (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae, Andrenidae). Pan- Pacific Ent., 32: 82. Received for Publication March 2, 1965 92 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII THYSANIA AGRIPPINA (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE) Kurt B. Gohla1 Fordham University, N. Y. 10458 Light grey moth, jungle bred, Giant of thy kind. How did a Master’s hand Paint thee in modernistic forms Aeons before their time? Millions of tawny scales Arranged in zig-zag abandon Mold abstract designs upon thy parchment wings. Surrealistic dreams Which only art inspired man May urge upon a stiffened cloth. 1 Dr. Gohla, Professor of German and an amateur lepidopterist, is a scientific contributor to the Journal. In his letter he commented on the wing pattern of this moth as follows: “This giant of a moth is a living surrealistic painting of the latest type displayed at the Guggenheim Museum of Modern Art. It could put a Picasso to shame.” This thought is here captured in verse. The photograph of a specimen from his collection, approximately one-third actual size, was taken by Frank R. Borchardt, a student in the Fordham Modern Language Dept. June, 1965] Gohla : T HYSANIA 93 Shadowy creature! Escaped from the depth of Hades, Where Asphodels bloom in quiet profusion Upon the dead and eery meadows Giving you sustenance and life. — Why didst thou escape To haunt the fertile visions of man, The spark divine Gracing the human endeavor? 94 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Recent Books Evolutionary Studies of Cockroaches. F. A. McKittrick, Cornell University, Agricultural Experiment Station, New York State College of Agriculture, Ithaca, New York. Memoir 389, October 1964, 133 pp. text, 64 plates. This memoir presents a detailed study of the cockroaches for the purpose of reaching an understanding of the phyletic relationships of the recent cockroaches and their natural classification. To this end, the author investigated four “character systems”: the female genitalia with its musculature, the male genitalia, the proventriculi, and the ovipositional behavior. The genitalia preparations are described in detail. The proventriculus was chosen for study because, in the words of the author, “it shows structural diversity and had not been studied comparatively in any detail.” The proventriculi were studied by clearing, staining, and mounting on slides. The oviposition behavioral studies were obtained by placing the cockroaches in either glass cages or in plastic boxes, with the insects placed on clean, white sand. The results of his studies on each of the character systems are present in detail. With respect to the proventriculus, Dr. McKittrick included observation on the Isoptera which proved to be most interesting. However, the chief merit of study of the proventriculus appears to reside in the fact that it may serve to distinguish sharply between two genera whose external anatomy suggests that they are closely related. Crytocercus and Panesthea present one such case. The work includes keys to the subfamilies based on female genitalia, male genitalia, and the proventriculi, and presents phylogenetic trees illustrating the systematic relationships of the various taxa. In addition there are more than 200 illustrations and photographs. Dr. McKittrick’s memoir is a very substantial contribution to the systematics of a very important group of insects, and will undoubtedly serve as a standard reference for many years to come. J. B. Schmitt June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 95 The Anatomy and Histology of the Male Reproductive System of the Legionary Ant, Neivamyrmex harrisi (Haldeman) ( Hymenoptera : F ormicidae ) 1 James Forbes and Dominic Do-Van-Quy2 Biological Laboratory, Fordham University, N. Y. 10458 Abstract This paper presents the first description of the anatomy and histology of the male reproductive system for this doryline ant. Anatomical descriptions of the eighth and ninth sterna are included. The male system consists of the testes, the vasa deferentia, the accessory glands and ducts, the bound accessory gland duct, the ejaculatory duct, and the genitalia. The testes, situated in the third gastral segment, lie between the proximal arms of the U-shaped vasa deferentia and are covered with a single capsule. Each testis has about 22-25 tubular follicles. The vasa deferentia are packed with spermatozoa, and a granular mass fills their posterior ends. The coiled accessory glands lie on either side of the fourth gastral segment, and they contain a dense, homogeneous, basophilic secretion. Their ducts meet medially and become surrounded with circular muscle to form the bound accessory gland duct; two lumina are present throughout the length of the bound accessory gland duct. At the posterior end of this duct, the two lumina unite into one to form the ejaculatory duct in which a sclerotized wedge is located. The position of the wedge in the duct and the unicellular glands at the posterior end of the duct are described. The ejaculatory duct opens on the dorsal, posterior region of the aedeagal bladder, which empties between the inner valves of the genitalia. The aedeagal bladder contains a granular, basophilic secretion. Three pairs of valves and a basal ring constitute the genitalia. Sperm gutters are present on the inner valves. Comparisons are made with the male systems for two dorylines previously reported, Dorylus labiatus and Eciton hamatum, which place Neivamyrmex anatomically closer to Eciton than to Dorylus. This paper presents the first description of the anatomy and histology of the male reproductive system of the doryline ant, N eivamyrmex harrisi (Haldeman). Descriptions of the external genitalia and ventral terminal segments, eight and nine, are also included. A comparative survey of the male reproductive systems for the formicid genera and species reported in the literature has been made (Forbes, 1954). Although these systems have been described for only a few genera, distinguishing characteristics have been observed for each genus. The male systems have been described for only two other doryline ants, the Old World Dorylus labiatus (Mukerjee, 1927) and the New World Eciton hama- tum (Forbes, 1958). In this study, N eivamyrmex is compared with Eciton and Dorylus. Again, differences are revealed; these place N eivamyrmex anatomically closer to Eciton than to Dorylus. The male ants for this study were collected during July and August of 1956 at the Southwestern Research Station of the American Museum of Natural 1 The National Science Foundation grant, G-24298, has assisted with the publication of this study. 2 Present address: Pasteur Institute, 167 Rue Pasteur, Saigon, Viet-Nam. 96 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII ; m 1a I LJ i i a^rox. 1 7Ti7n Ad Fig. 1. Diagram of lateral dissection of the gaster of the male of Neivamyrmex harrisi. Fig. 2. Diagram of dorsal view of male reproductive system and external genitalia. Dotted lines indicate organs within the basal ring or lamina annularis. Fig. 3. Diagram of lateral dissection of the lamina annularis to show position of the bound June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 97 History in Cave Creek Canyon, Arizona by Doctors Mont Cazier, then the Director of the Station, and T. C. Schneirla, of the Museum. The specimens were males on nuptial flight since they were collected at night from light traps and from lighted, white sheets set up expressly to collect night-flying insects. About half of the male ants were fixed and stored in 70 per cent alcohol plus 1 per cent glycerine. The rest were fixed in Bouin’s fluid for 12 hours and then stored in 70 per cent alcohol plus 1 per cent glycerine. M. R. Smith, of the United States Department of Agriculture, Entomology Research Division, determined the specimens. Reproductive systems were dissected from the gasters, stained with borax carmine, and prepared as whole mounts for study. Whole gasters were dehydrated in ethyl alcohol, cleared in xylol, and embedded in 56-58 degree Fisher’s tissue- mat for sectioning. Transverse and longitudinal sections were cut at 8 and 10 micra. The sections were stained with Harris’ hematoxylin and counterstained with triosin. The drawings were made from the whole mounts and the sections with the aid of a Bausch and Lomb Trisimplex microprojector. ANATOMY OF THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM The reproductive system of the male N eivamyrmex harrisi (Haldeman) con- sists of the testes and vasa efferentia, the vasa deferentia, the accessory glands, the ducts of the accessory glands and the bound accessory gland duct, the ejaculatory duct, the aedeagal bladder, and the external genitalia (Figs. 1 and 2). The testes are located in the median, posterior region of the third gastral segment, and they lie dorsomedially between the proximal ends of the apposed, prominent arms of the vasa deferentia (Fig. 2). Each testis is composed of about 22-25 slender, thin-walled tubules, the testicular follicles. Each testicular follicle ends in a short, constricted portion, a vas efferens. The vasa efferentia are collected into a common duct, which opens into the first part of the vas deferens. The testes are enclosed within a single, testicular capsule which is richly supplied with tracheae. The vasa deferentia are thick-walled, prominent, U-shaped tubes. The arms of each U are approximately equal in length. The first part of the proximal arm of each vas deferens is usually bent at right angles and may be slightly dilated. It continues anteriorly through the length of the third gastral segment and to the posterior portion of the second segment. It then loops ventrally and becomes the distal arm, which continues back and lies ventral to the proximal arm. The accessory gland duct, the ejaculatory duct with wedge, and the aedeagal bladder; left genitalic valves removed. Fig. 4. Diagram of dorsal view of the terminal portion of the reproductive system ; inner genitalic valves in position. 98 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII dorsal or proximal arm may be wider in diameter than the ventral or distal arm (Fig. 18). The posterior ends of these distal arms of the vasa deferentia con- strict gradually and open into the ducts of the accessory glands in the first portion of the fourth gastral segment. The vasa deferentia are covered by a capsule, which appears to be a continuation of the testicular capsule. This capsule is extended anteriorly from the testes and the vasa deferentia, and it is attached to the underside of the dorsal diaphragm in the first gastral segment (Fig. 1). The accessory glands are tightly coiled tubes situated on either side of the in- testine in the fourth gastral segment. They lie dorsolaterad of the vasa deferentia and just in front of the large cup-shaped lamina annularis or basal ring of the external genitalia. When uncoiled, each gland measures about 3.5 mm in length. The proximal end of each gland proceeds medially to meet the one from the other side. Before they meet, each is joined by the constricted end of a vas deferens. The section of the duct between this junction with the vas deferens and the meeting of the two ducts is called the accessory gland duct (Fig. 2). As the ducts of each gland meet, they are bound together by circular muscle. From here to the end of the system there appears to be one tube. However, histological sections of the duct reveal two lumina (Fig. 23), except at the end. This bound accessory gland duct is approximately 5 mm in total length and lies in the middle of the gaster just below the intestine. It bends anteroventrally, then proceeds posteriorly and dorsally to pass through the dorsal, anterior opening of the lamina annularis or basal ring of the external genitalia. Within the lamina annularis, the bound accessory gland duct makes a small loop or a sharp, S- shaped bend. It terminates on the dorsal, posterior end of the aedeagal bladder (Fig. 3). Shortly before opening into the aedeagal bladder, the two lumina of the bound accessory gland duct join into a single lumen, which forms the ejaculatory duct. Here, in the lumen of the posterior portion of this ejaculatory duct, is located a slender, sclerotized wedge (Figs. 3 and 4). This wedge is approximately 0.6 mm in length and 0.08 mm in width at the anterior ends of the arms. The aedeagal bladder is a thick-walled, boat-shaped sac, wider dorsally and constricted ventrally. It lies beneath the posterior end of the bound accessory gland duct and the ejaculatory duct within the lamina annularis (Figs. 3 and 4). The muscle wall is thicker at the anterior end of the bladder than at its posterior ends. The bladder opens posteriorly between the inner valves and the external genitalia. EXTERNAL GENITALIA AND VENTRAL TERMINAL SEGMENTS The external genitalia of Neivamyrmex harrisi (Fig. 1) is retracted and lies in a large cavity beneath the rectum and the anus within the last few gastral segments. This is typical for the dorylines (Borgmeier, 1955; Forbes, 1958); June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 99 Figs. 5-10. Diagrams of series of cross sections of the ejaculatory duct and the wedge together with the dorsal surface of the underlying aedeagal bladder. In Figs. 5 and 6, the muscle layer of the dorsal surface of the aedeagal bladder is thicker than indicated. 100 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII often, only the posterior tip of the ninth sternum, the subgenital plate, projects from the end of the gaster. The genitalia of this ant conforms to the formicine pattern, which consists of three pairs of valves surrounded at their anterior ends by the basal ring or lamina annularis (Clausen, 1938; Snodgrass, 1941; Kraf- chick, 1959). The lamina annularis is an elongated cup-shaped or tubular-shaped segment, which is moderately sclerotized throughout (Figs. 1 and 2). The outer valves are divided into two regions: the proximal region or lamina parameralis is somewhat globular in shape, and the distal region or paramere is blade-like. The posterior margin of the paramere is obliquely truncated. This outer valve is moderately sclerotized with the paramere slightly less so. Numerous, long slender hairs cover the paramere (Fig. 13). The middle valves or laminae volsellares are thin, tubular segments arranged in a shallow S-curve. The small, spheroidal-shaped proximal end of this valve is attached to the posteromedian surface of the lamina parameralis of the outer valve, and the sharply pointed distal end is directed dorsally. The volsellares are moderately sclerotized and devoid of hairs. The inner valves consist of a pair of laterally compressed plates, the laminae aedeagales, which are slightly less sclerotized than the outer and the middle valves (Figs. 4 and 14). They are joined along their dorsal margins by a weakly sclerotized membrane, the spathe. These inner valves are narrower anteriorly than posteriorly. At the posterior end the valve is divided into a dorsal and a ventral lobe. The dorsal lobe is round and blunt in shape, but the ventral one is extended into a laterally projecting hook. Along the upper portion and on the inner surface of each valve, there is a shallow groove, the sperm gutter, which extends from the anterior end almost to the posterior tip (Figs. 16 and 17). The aedeagal apodeme is located on the outer wall and is more sclerotized than the plate of the valve. It consists of two parts, a diagonal extension which supports the valve and a lower anterior portion for the attach- ment of muscles. The inner valves are devoid of hairs. The ninth sternum or subgenital plate (Fig. 11) has a broad, anterior half and a narrow, ventrally depressed, somewhat spoon-shaped posterior half. The posterior portion is strongly sclerotized, while the anterior portion is much less so. There are three anterior extensions on the forward margin, with the middle one shorter and smaller than the lateral ones. The posterior margin terminates in three teeth-like projections; again the middle one is shorter than the lateral ones. Short hairs are present around the posterior end. The eighth sternum (Fig. 12) is a broad, slightly rectangular-shaped segment with a V-shaped cleft on the posterior margin. The cleft extends about one-third into the segment, and there is a slight ventral depression on either side of it. The whole segment is moderately sclerotized, with the posterior third more weakly so. A double row of hairs runs along the midline anterior to the cleft, and numerous, short hairs cover the posterior half of this segment. June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 101 Fig. 11. Diagram of ventral view of IXth abdominal sternum or subgenital plate. Fig. 12. Diagram of ventral view of VUIth abdominal sternum. Fig. 13. Diagram of lateral view of the outer and middle genitalic valves. Fig. 14. Diagram of median view of an inner genitalic valve. Fig. 15. Diagram of the unicellular glands and dorsal wall of the ejaculatory duct near its opening into the aedeagal bladder. Fig. 16. Diagram of cross section of inner genitalic valves through the anterior third to show the sperm gutters. Fig. 17. Diagram of cross section of inner genitalic valves through the posterior third to show the sperm gutters. 102 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII HISTOLOGY OF THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM The follicles which make up the testes are slender, thin-walled tubules. In sectional view, they appear polyhedral or irregular in shape, and a few are round (Figs. 18 and 19). The cells which compose the walls of the testicular follicles are flat, polyhedral-shaped cells built on a distinct basement membrane. Their cytoplasm is granular and acidophilic in staining reaction, and the nuclei are irregular in shape and compact. The free surfaces of the cells are irregular, and short, protoplasmic projections or strands of granules extend into the lumina of the follicles. Some follicles have a distinct lumen packed with granules; in others, however, the lumina are indistinct. A few, fine muscle fibers intertwine external to the basement membranes of the follicles. Usually spermatozoa are not found in the follicles nor are cell divisions apparent. These follicles are not functioning and may be disintegrating. However, in sections of two males, but in only one testis of each, clusters of spermatozoa were observed toward the bases of a few follicles. In these testes, the cells of the follicular walls were smaller and more numerous, the nuclei of the cells were more oval in shape, and the chromatin was less compact. The cells of the vas efferens are low, cuboidal in shape, with acidophilic cytoplasm and compact, irregularly-shaped nuclei. The lumen of some of the vessels appears indistinct and contains some acidophilic granules; in others, no lumen is evident. The vasa efferentia are collected into a short, narrow, common duct, which is composed of low cells built on a distinct basement membrane. The epithelium of the common duct may be transversely folded. Some of the cells have very fine cytoplasmic projections which extend into the lumen of the duct. The lumen of the first part of the duct is often filled with an acidophilic secretion. Spermatozoa are present in the lumina of the common ducts of the two specimens whose testes had spermatozoa in the follicles. This common duct continues into the proximal arm of the vas deferens (Fig. 20). The muscle fibers which are situated around the bases of the testicular follicles are continued obliquely around the vasa efferentia and the common duct. At first glance, the capsule which surrounds the testes and the vasa deferentia appears fibrous in nature and contains many fusiform nuclei. Upon closer exami- nation, however, the fibers appear to be composed of fine, parallel fibrils, and, in cross section, many of the fibrils appear tubular (Fig. 19). This may mean that the capsule is composed of bundles of branching and anastomosing tracheae and tracheoles. Granular material, similar to the granular material within the follicles, is scattered or may be clustered between the follicles. In a few sections, this granular material is divided into fairly large polygonal areas by what ap- pears to be incomplete membranes. The sizes and shapes of these polygonal Fig. 18. Photomicrograph of transverse section of testes and vasa deferentia. X 4S0. Fig. 19. Photomicrograph of testis and vas deferens. X 1,935. June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 103 104 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII areas suggest that they might be disintegrating fat cells or disintegrating follicles. In the first part of the proximal arm of the vas deferens, the epithelial cells are quickly increased in height to become columnar-shaped and then are in- creased somewhat in width. A distinct basement membrane underlies the epithelium throughout. The cytoplasm of the epithelial cells of this organ is acidophilic. The nuclei in the columnar epithelium are compact, spherical in shape, and basally located. The free surfaces of these cells are irregular, some are undulating, and others may have very fine projections which extend into the lumen. A single layer of small, obliquely arranged muscle fibers surrounds the epithelium. The lumen of this first portion is usually filled with a granular secretion mass which contains a few spermatozoa. The wider, epithelial cells line almost the entire length of the vas deferens (Figs. 18, 19, and 20). These cells have flattened, ellipsoidal-shaped nuclei which are arranged with their long axes parallel to the basement membrane. The free surfaces of these cells are smooth. The muscle fibers are increased in number and are arranged into two layers, an inner circular layer and an outer longitudinal layer. The lumen is packed with spirally arranged clusters of spermatozoa, and, in some sections, the spermatozoan heads seem to be embedded in the free surface of the cells. In the distal region the epithelial cells become cuboidal-shaped. The flattened or ellipsoidal-shaped nuclei still have their long axes parallel with the basement membrane. The lumen here is also packed with spermatozoa. The muscle layers outside the epithelium are a little thicker. As the short, constricted region of the vas deferens is reached, the epithelium again changes to columnar-shaped cells, and the surrounding muscle fibers are oblique in direction. The lumen of this constricted region is filled with an acidophilic, granular material and a few, scattered spermatozoa. The simple epithelial cells of the accessory glands are built on a basement membrane (Fig. 21). These cells vary in height in different regions from very high columnar-shaped cells all the way down to squamous-shaped cells. The cytoplasm of the cells is filled with fine, basophilic granules, and the free surface of the cells is often irregular. The lumen of the accessory glands contains a dense, homogeneous, basophilic secretion which appears to originate from the free surface of the cells. This secretion must be viscous in nature because it has a rather solid, band-like or ribbonlike appearance in the gland lumen. Usually, the secretion assumes a smooth, ribbon shape, which follows the contour of the lumen. However, examination of stained and cleared whole mounts of the glands in which the secretion is also prominently colored shows the band of secretion Fig. 20. Photomicrograph of transverse section of proximal arm of vas deferens, ac- cessory glands, and accessory gland ducts. X 450. Fig. 21. Photomicrograph of transverse section of an accessory gland with secretion arising from epithelium on lower surface. X 1,935. June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 105 106 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII sometimes coiled and convoluted within the lumen. Usually, if the secretion is coiled within the lumen of the gland on one side, it is also coiled within the lumen of the gland on the other side. The muscle fibers surrounding the epithelium of the glands are arranged in two layers, an inner circular layer and an outer longitudinal layer. The epithelial cells of the accessory gland ducts are generally cuboidal in shape, and they are surrounded by two layers of muscle, an inner circular layer which is four or five muscle fibers in thickness and an outer longitudinal layer which is one or two fibers in thickness (Figs. 20 and 22). The prominent, basophilic secretion of the accessory glands continues into the anterior portion of the accessory gland duct. Some sections show this secretion in the constricted, posterior region of the vas deferens as well as in the accessory gland duct. As the two ducts approach each other, the epithelium of each median wall is raised into a prominent ridge which projects into the lumen of the duct. The epithelium of this ridge is composed of cells which are generally columnar in shape. The ridge of high columnar cells found on the median wall of each accessory gland duct is still present as these separate ducts are brought together to form the bound accessory gland duct. Muscle fibers are arranged in two layers, an inner circular layer of two or three fibers in thickness which surrounds each duct and an outer circular layer of three or four fibers in thickness which binds the two ducts together (Figs. 22 and 23). The bound accessory gland duct becomes the ejaculatory duct when the epithelial ridges on the median walls decrease in height and the columnar cells become squamous in shape. The muscle fibers between the adjoining walls of the ducts decrease in number and disappear. The epithelial partition then breaks, and the two lumina form one lumen (Fig. 5). Just before this median wall disappears, the low cuboidal epithelial cells of the mid-region of the lateral walls increase in height, become columnar in shape, and form longitudinal ridges. These lateral ridges continue and project further into the lumen to form two folds of high columnar-shaped cells. On the dorsal wall of the duct and on either side of the remnant of the median wall, the squamous-shaped epithelial cells are somewhat elevated to form two, small, dorsal, longitudinal ridges. The epithelial cells on the ventral wall of the duct are cuboidal and squamous in shape, and they remain so throughout the length of the duct. At the beginning of the ejaculatory duct, a very thin, sclerotized intima lines the epithelium. The muscle coat external to the epithelium consists of a heavy layer of circular fibers and longitudinally arranged fibers within the lateral folds. The first indication of the wedge in the ejaculatory duct is a thickening of the intima on the dorsal surfaces of the lateral folds (Fig. 6). The arms of the wedge are formed as the lateral margins of this thickened intima are extended dorsally. These arms follow the contour of the dorsolateral walls of the duct and approach the dorsal ridges. These ridges become enlarged, and the lateral June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 107 Fig. 22. Photomicrograph of transverse section of accessory gland ducts approaching each other to form the bound accessory gland duct. X 1,935. Fig. 23. Photomicrograph of transverse section of the bound accessory gland duct. X 1,935. 108 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII folds decrease in height. The arms of the wedge increase in thickness and are depressed toward the floor of the duct. Here, sections of the duct show that each arm is U-shaped with the open end of each U facing the other. The inner surfaces of the arms are irregularly grooved. The enlarged dorsal ridges extend downward into the lumen of the duct between the arms of the wedge (Fig. 7). The upper edges of the arms are reflected outward and the lower edges converge and then fuse. As these lower edges converge, each divides to form an upper and lower segment with epithelium between them. The lower segments fuse first, then the upper. The seam is raised and the surface area on either side of the seam is deeply grooved. In the muscle coat, a few longitudinal fibers are concentrated in a thin layer just beneath the epithelium on the floor of the duct and in the dorsal ridges (Fig. 8). The dorsal epithelial ridges become smaller and then disappear (Fig. 9). The lateral margins of the wedge quickly diminish in height, and the floor becomes smooth. The wedge becomes a gutter-like trough, which tapers to a point on the floor of the duct. The epithelial cells of the lateral walls become columnar. Drastic changes occur in the circular fibers of the muscle coat, first on the inside and gradually toward the periphery. These fibers become oblique and then longitudinal in direction. Only a few fibers on the extreme periphery remain oblique or circular (Fig. 10). The ejaculatory duct extends a short distance beyond the end of the wedge. Its ventral wall becomes thinner and finally disappears as it opens into the dorsoposterior region of the aedeagal bladder. The epithelium of the duct be- comes continuous with the epithelium of the bladder, and the longitudinal muscle fibers at its posterior end mingle with the oblique fibers of this region of the bladder. A cluster of unicellular glands are found above the posterior end of the ejacula- tory duct at its junction with the aedeagal bladder (Fig. 15). There are ap- proximately 18 or 20 of these spherical or pear-shaped cells. Each cell has a prominent nucleus which is centrally located within finely granular, acidophilic- staining cytoplasm. A thinly sclerotized duct extends from the lower portion of each cell. Some of these ducts open separately into the lumen, and some com- bine to form a common duct, which then opens into the lumen. The aedeagal bladder has a rather thick, wrinkled intima, and the underlying epithelium is composed of flattened cells. The nuclei of these cells can be seen between the folds of the intima (Figs. 5-10). The muscle fibers which surround the bladder are wider in diameter than the visceral muscle fibers which surround the other organs of this reproductive system. Histologically, they have the ap- pearance and texture of body wall muscles. At the anterior end of the bladder, the muscle fibers are longitudinally arranged, and the layer consists of about 12 fibers in thickness. These muscle fibers merge with the numerous fibers within the lamina annularis or the basal ring of the external genitalia. This arrange- ment of the muscles tends to obscure the outer margin of the aedeagal bladder. June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 109 At the posterior end of the bladder, only one or two muscle fibers are present dorsally and dorsolaterally, and they are oblique and longitudinal in direction. These posterior muscles of the bladder are attached to the walls of the inner genitalic valves. Within the aedeagal bladder, particularly at its posterior end, there is a granular, basophilic secretion. The aedeagal bladder opens posteriorly and dorsally between the inner genitalic valves and into the sperm gutters of these valves (Figs. 3, 16, and 17). DISCUSSION The testes in N . harrisi are small and lie in the posterior region of the third gastral segment. These organs in E. hamatum (Forbes, 1958) are large and extend through the first three gastral segments. The testicular follicles in both these males are long, slender tubules, 22-25 in each testis of N . harrisi and approximately 20 in each testis of E. hamatum . In D. labiatus (Mukerjee, 1927), each testis contains “a fair number” of small, tubular follicles. The common, short duct into which the vasa efferentia open in N . harrisi is similar to the reservoir described for E. hamatum. In N. harrisi , the follicles as well as the vasa efferentia generally contain no spermatozoa, and the histology of the testes indicates that they may be disintegrating. This is to be expected since these males were collected while flying around lights at night. A similar condition of the testes in Camponotus pennsylvanicus has been reported (Forbes, 1954). The position and the shape of the vasa deferentia in N . harrisi and in E. hamatum are similar, and the arrangement is quite uniform. Although Mukerjee reports that this organ in D. labiatus is usually U-shaped, he describes a swelling at its anterior end, the collecting sac, and a larger dilation at its posterior end, the vesicula seminalis. He observed variations in the position and the size of this vesicula seminalis. The vasa deferentia in N . harrisi and E. hamatum are packed with spermatozoa, and, in D. labiatus , spermatozoa are found in the dilated regions of the vas deferens. These organs store the spermatozoa. The lumina of the constricted ends of the vasa deferentia in N . harrisi are plugged with a granular, acidophilic material; this condition was also observed in C. pennsylvanicus . A single capsule covers the testes in N . harrisi , each testis is covered by a capsule in E. hamatum , and no capsule is found in D. labiatus. This capsule, in E. hamatum and N . harrisi, covers all but the last portion of the vas deferens, and in the latter species it is extended anteriorly and is attached to the dorsal diaphragm in the first segment. The slides of the capsule for N . harrisi and the illustration for E. hamatum (Forbes, 1958, Fig. 4) show similar histological features; this agrees with the report for C. pennsylvanicus . The shape and arrangement of the accessory glands and the accessory gland ducts of N . harrisi and E. hamatum correspond, while the accessory glands of 110 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII D. labiatus are large, slightly curved, thick-walled tubes. The bound accessory gland duct of N. harrisi agrees in its histology with that of E. hamatum , but anatomically there is a difference. In E. hamatum, this duct encircles the ven- triculus five or six times. No such arrangement is seen in N . harrisi. The bound accessory gland duct in N . harrisi is approximately equal to each accessory gland. A similar relationship between the length of the bound accessory gland duct and the accessory glands is found in E. hamatum. The ejaculatory duct in D. labiatus is longer than it is for N . harrisi and E. hamatum. Mukerjee found in one male a single, blind diverticulum arising from the dorsal side of this duct, but no such structure was seen in any specimens of N . harrisi or E. hamatum. A sclerotized wedge in the ejaculatory duct has now been described for several male ants; its shape seems to be somewhat different for each species. Clausen (1938) was the first to report this wedge in Formica ruja. It has been described in detail for C. pennsylvanicus and reported for E. hamatum. In this study, this wedge is described for N . harrisi. Mukerjee states that there is “a pair of chitinous penes present on its ventral surface near the terminal opening of the duct.” Although the histology of this wedge is similar in N . harrisi and in C. pennsylvanicus , its position in the ejaculatory ducts of each is different. In N . harrisi , the wedge arms arise on the lateral folds of the duct, while, in C. pennsyl- vanicus, they arise on ventrolateral folds. There are also differences in the way the arms fuse and in the shape and position of the posterior ends of the wedges. An aedeagal bladder is present in both N . harrisi and E. hamatum , but no mention is made of it in D. labiatus. However, this organ is easily overlooked since the fibers of its muscle coat are similar to the body wall muscle fibers which fill the lamina annularis where it is located. The aedeagal bladder in N . harrisi was first seen in sections of the reproductive system. The secretion in the aedeagal bladders of N. harrisi, E. hamatum, and C. pennsylvanicus is granular and basophilic. Detailed descriptions and figures of the external genitalia and the two terminal abdominal sternites are included in this study. These agree with the limited descriptions of some of the genitalic valves and the subgenital plate which were made for N. harrisi by Borgmeier (1955) in his monumental monograph on the males of Neotropical doryline ants. A description of the eighth sternum of N . harrisi has been included since, in a study of some species of the genus Polyergus, it was suggested that differences in the shape of this segment might have value in taxonomic designations (Forbes and Brassel, 1962). The unicellular glands present at the posterior end of the ejaculatory duct in N. harrisi have not been reported in the histological studies of other male ants. However, aedeagal glands, which are unicellular, have been observed on the dorsal side of the inner genitalic valves in a few formicine and myrmicine species (Forbes, 1954). These aedeagal glands were not seen in N . harrisi. June, 1965] Forbes and Do-Van-Quy: Neivamyrmex harrisi 111 These comparisons of the male reproductive systems of the doryline ants indicate that N eivamyrmex is closer anatomically to Eciton than to Dorylus. Borgmeier, T. 1955. Die Wanderameisen der Neotropischen Region (Hym. Formicidae). Studia Entomologica, Nr. 3. Editora Vozes Limitada, Petropolis, R. J., Brasil. Clausen, R. 1938. Untersuchungen liber den mannlichen Copulationsapparat der Ameisen, speciell der Formicinae. Mitteil. Schweiz. Ent. Gesell., 17: 233-346. Forbes, J. 1954. The anatomy and histology of the male reproductive system of Campo- notus pennsylvanicus DeGeer (Formicidae, Hymenoptera) . J. Morph., 95: 523-556. . 1958. The male reproductive system of the army ant, Eciton hamatum Fabricius. Proc. Xth Internat. Congr. Ent., 1: 593-596. , and R. W. Brassel 1962. The male genitalia and terminal segments of some mem- bers of the genus Polyergus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 70: Krafchick, B. 1959. A comparative study of the male genitalia of North American ants (Formicidae) with emphasis on generic differences. Dissertation, Univ. Maryland, Univ. Microfilms, Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich., 78 pp. Mukerjee, D. 1927. Digestive and reproductive systems of the male ant Dorylus labiatus Schuck. Jour. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, n.s., 22: 87-92. Snodgrass, R. E. 1941. The male genitalia of Hymenoptera. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 99: 14: 1-86. Literature Cited 79-87. Received for Publication March 24, 1965 ABBREVIATIONS A, anus Aa, aedeagal apodeme Ab, aedeagal bladder AD, accessory gland duct Ad, aedeagus AG, accessory gland BD, bound accessory gland duct C, crop CA, testicular capsule Cd, short common duct CM, circular muscle DD, dorsal diaphragm E, epithelium Ed, ejaculatory duct F, testicular follicles G, ganglion Gc, gland cells Gr, granular material H, heart I, intestine In, intima L, lamina aedeagalis LA, lamina annularis LM, longitudinal muscle LP, lamina parameralis M, malpighian tubules OM, oblique muscle Pm, paramere of outer valve R, rectum S, spathe Se, secretion SG, sperm gutter Sp, subgenital plate T, testis Tr, trachea tr, tracheoles V, volsella Vd, vas deferens Vn, ventriculus W, wedge III-VIII, Roman numerals indicate ab- dominal segments JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY is de- voted to the advancement and dissemination of knowledge pertaining to insects and their related forms. INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORS CORRESPONDENCE Submit manuscript in duplicate (original and one car- bon) to Dr. L. W. Clausen, Editor, 115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023. Send material by registered mail in flat form. The JOURNAL cannot assume responsibility for manuscripts lost in transit. GENERAL POLICY Manuscript submitted must be unpublished, original research not being considered for publication elsewhere. Upon acceptance and publication by the JOURNAL it must not be published again in any form with- out the consent of the Author and the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed by one or more referees whose anonymity is preserved so that criticism may be frank and objective. Manuscript, if accepted, will be published in order of receipt unless the cost of printing is borne by the author, in which case publication can be scheduled for the next issue. j FORM OF MANUSCRIPT Manuscripts (text, figures, footnotes, etc.) must be typewritten, double or triple spaced with wide margins and on paper 8% X 11 inches suitable for ink correction. Proofread manuscripts carefully before they are submitted. Consult the STYLE MANUAL FOR BIOLOGICAL JOUR- NALS for details concerning acceptable form. The JOURNAL reserves the - privilege of editing manuscripts to make them conform or of returning them to authors for revision. ABSTRACT Each manuscript must be accompanied by an abstract, type- written on a separate sheet. This abstract may replace the author’s summary. Jit should be brief (not more than 3% of the original) and written in complete sentences. A copy of a guide is obtainable from the Editor. ILLUSTRATIONS These must be clear and suitable for reproduction. Photo- graphs must be glossy prints. Indicate the magnification on the illustrations or state it in the legends. All lines and figures must be able to withstand reduction if reduction is necessary. When published, illustrations may not exceed 4V2" X j5%". The legend is not part of the illustration; these are to be arranged and typed on a separate sheet and each identified by the figure number. Illustra- tions, charts and tables will be charged to the author. Pack all illustrations care- fully with stiff cardboard to prevent damage in transit. REPRINTS of articles will be furnished contributors when ordered in advance. A table showing cost of reprints and an order blank will be sent with the proof. All subscriptions and .orders for back issues should be sent to the N. Y. Entomological Society, The American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y. 10024. The SOCIETY has a complete file of back issues in stock. The SOCIETY will not be responsible for lost Journals unless immediately notified of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscriptions — $8.00 per year, net to the Society, in advance. Single copies, as issued — $2.00 each. Please make all checks, money-orders or drafts payable to the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. J. >; \ , a':' ^5-;,, : > ( 0 ; ;V./- £ % . ■/ H l " _ \;. | ; ^ f CONTENTS V . v>^- ■ 'Vw\. x -^T’ x" V— ' ■ ■' 1). ^ " LVv ' /V 3 Ml Ernest Layton Bell In Memoriam - Herbert F. Ruckes 49 Scientific Papers - - Cyril F. dos Passos 53 1 ') ; ~ r A v • - /'l - ; V, • * v ■ New Laccobius (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) from the Pacific North- west, with Notes on Previously Named Species David C. Miller 56 Supplemental List of Macrolepidoptera of New Jersey Joseph Muller 63 ■ ' __ I ' ' V \ — • - ' r ' . " . - _x' . - • ■ ' 1 / )\ - 1 — J"‘ / ■ "/ , '• l Nervous System and Musculature of Pregenital Abdominal Segments of Male Stonefly Nymph, Acroneuria (Plecoptera: Perlidae) Carol B. Knox 78 Biological Notes on the Cuckoo Bee Genera Holcopasites and Neolarra (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. 87 Thysania Agrippina (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) Kurt B. Gohla 92 Recent Books John B. Schmitt 94 The Anatomy and Histology of the Male Reproductive System of the Legionary Ant, Neivamyrmex harrisi (Haldeman) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) „ James Forbes and Dominic Do-Van-Quy 95 Devoted to Entomology in General Vol. LXXIII 3 ' X- • ^ " \ . ' , ■ The New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. V- Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the Treasurer. Officers for the Year 1964 President , Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Vice President , Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Secretary , Dr. David Miller College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Assistant Secretary , Mr. Albert Poelzl 230 E. 78th St., N. Y. 10021 Treasurer , Mr. Raymond Brush American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Assistant Treasurer , Mrs. Patricia Vaurie American Museum of Natural History, NrY. 10024 Trustees Mr. Bernard Heineman Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. John B. Schmitt Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky Mailed September 17, 1965 The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by The Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas. rv: Journal of the New York Entomological Society Volume LXXIII September 17, 1965 No. 3 EDITORIAL BOARD Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss Editor Lucy W. Clausen Columbia University College of Pharmacy 115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023 Associate Editor James Forbes Fordham University, New York, N.Y. 10458 Publication Committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. David Miller CONTENTS Several New Genera and Species of Diseocephaline Pentatomids Heteroptera: Pentotomidae) Herbert Ruckes 114 Review of the Neartic Species of Pieris unapi ” as Classified by Andro- conial Scales and Description of a New Seasonal Form (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) Cyril F. dos Passos 135 The Jumping Spiders of New York City (Araneae: Salticidae) Bruce Cutler 138 Variations in the Transverse Nerve in the Abdominal Nervous System of Insects John B. Schmitt 144 Two New Solpugids from Colorado and Notes on Other Species (Aracli- nida: Solpugida) Jack Brookhart 151 Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from Salem County, New Jersey Sujit Kumar DasGupta and Elton J. Hansens 156 Undescribed Species of Crane-flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Dip- tera: Tipulidae), XI Charles P. Alexander 163 Identification and Quantitative Estimation of Nucleotides from Tissues of Leucophaea maderae by Paper Chromatography Curtis L. Washington and Daniel Ludwig 168 African Deudorix (Lepidoptera: Lyeaenidae): Notes and Descriptions Harry K. Clench 178 Lucien Pohl 182 183 Book Review Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 114 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Several New Genera and Species of Discoceplialine Pentatomids ( Heteroptera : Pentatomidae ) Herbert Ruckes* Abstract : Describes six new genera and nine new species of discocephaline pentatomids as follows: Placidoeoris bivitattus (Argentina), Tetragonotum megacephalum (Brazil), Pandonotum punctiventris (Brazil), Uncinala tau (Brazil), Grassator sinuatus (Costa Rica), Grassator reticulatus (Costa Rica), Patronatus binotatus (Panama), Patronatus punctissimus (British Guiana), Patronatus flavicrus (Venezuela). Gives phyletic relation- ships of genera. During the past several years, either by personal field collecting, or by loan from various museums, or by gratuitous donation, I have been able to bring together a large collection of discocephaline pentatomids. Among these are several specimens which do not belong to any known genus or species. It is now necessary to describe these before a tribal analysis of the whole subfamily may be made. Six new genera are being erected. Placidoeoris new genus Fig. 1 Type species: Placidoeoris bivitattus new species diagnosis. Basal rostral segment not attaining anterior margin of prosternum ; body flat, smooth; head porrect, anteocular margins sinuate but without basal processes, apex semi- circularly rounded, entire. generic characters. Head small, wider between eyes than long, shorter than median length of pronotum; juga longer than tylus, apically overlapping, apex evenly rounded, disc very feebly concave. Eyes prominent, protruding; ocelli as far apart as distant from eyes, placed well behind latter at base of head. Antennae missing. Pronotum somewhat reniform; apical margin as wide as head through eyes, rather deeply emarginate to receive head, anterior apical corners obtusely rounded, not reaching level of eyes, i.e., not encircling base of head; anterolateral margins neither explanate nor foliaceous, entire, somewhat convex-arcuate, humeral region obtuse, not produced. Scutellum longer than wide at base, frena ending just before middle, apex entire, slightly narrowed, not exceeding apical margin of fifth abdominal tergite, surface distinctly depressed, flat. Hemelytral mem- branes reaching apex of abdomen, veins simple; external apical angle of corium acute, distinctly exceeding apex of scutellum ; costal margin more or less evenly arcuate, hardly ampliate opposite third abdominal segment. Connexivum widely exposed, segmental angles rectilinear, not produced. Bucculae feebly elevated, uniform in height, abruptly divergent behind middle, ending before base of head; buccular canal shallow. Rostrum arising from base of head well behind eyes, reaching apical margin of first visible abdominal sternite, basal segment short, stout, not surpassing anterior margin of prosternum ; segment II longer than segments III and IV combined. Mesosternum bilaterally tumid with pronounced longitudinal furrow between * Research Associate, Department of Entomology, the American Museum of Natural History, and Professor Emeritus, the City University of New York. This research was sup- ported by NSF grant G-9830. September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 115 Fig. 1. Plaeidicoris bivittatus, new genus and species. $ . Fig. 2. Tetragonotum megacephalum, new genus and species. $ . Fig. 3. Paiidonotum punctiventris, new genus and species. $ . Figs. 4-9. Uncinala tau new genus and species. $ . Fig. 4. dorsal facies. Fig. 5. left hemelytron. Fig. 6. pygofer, dorsal aspect. Fig. 7. pygofer, ventral aspect. Fig. 8. right para- mere, ectal aspect. Fig. 9. aedeagus. halves. Metasternum stoutly hexagonal, disc distinctly concave. Metacoxae slightly farther apart from one another than each is distant from its respective mesocoxa. Ostiolar peritreme stout, elevated, somewhat clavate, apex obtusely rounded ending at or near middle of meta- pleuron ; margins of evaporatorium slightly elevated. Median portion of first visible abdom- inal sternite not tumid; median abdominal furrow very broad, shallow, vague. Legs moderate in size, tibiae prismatic, plano-sulcate on their upper surfaces. 116 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII remarks. The very short, stout, first rostral segment allies this new genus to Dryptocephala Laporte and Psorus Bergroth; its flat, overall shape, smooth surface, entire anterolateral pronotal margins, and absence of anteocular proc- esses readily distinguish it. I have selected the name Placidocoris to imply the smooth, unruffled appear- ance of the bug. Placidocoris bivitattus new species Fig. 1 diagnosis. Narrowly oval, slightly more than 9.0 mm in length; semiglossy, smooth, quite flat ; pale flavescent or sordid ivory, punctures ferruginous and fuscous, sparingly distributed except on head; venter with pair (1 + 1) of broad, longitudinal, piceous punctured bands on abdomen. specific characters. Head porrect, anteocular margins distinctly obtusely sinuate, apex semicircularly rounded, disc vaguely concave, lateral margins very feebly elevated; punctures dark ferruginous, dense, about as far apart as their own diameters, somewhat irregularly distributed; eyes reddish brown, prominent, protruding laterally; ocelli dull red. Pronotum not quite two and one-half times as wide as long; punctures ferruginous and fuscous, some aggregated laterally in two longitudinal bands near anterolateral margins and separated from one another by equally broad flavescent, slightly thickened band; small cluster of punctures behind each cicatrix; other punctures sparingly, irregularly distributed leaving extensive pale areas visible; surface rather smooth; intramarginal furrow behind anterior margin with row of fine punctures; anterolateral margins slightly convex-arcuate, entire, anterior apical angles obtusely rounded, each with extremely minute acute, laterally projecting denticle; humeri slightly umbonate. Scutellum one-fifth longer than wide at base, quite flat, not elevated above level of pronotum ; cluster of fuscous punctures near each basal angle, center of disc provided with prominent, irregular dusky cloud; other punctures scattered laterally with extensive, pale, glossy area visible, margins of postfrenal lobe impunctate. Hemelvtra irregularly punctured, corium with large, oval, impunctate, darker discal spot ; membranes hyaline, pale flavescent with two brown spots near center, veins concolorous. Connexivum pale flavescent, finely, densely ferrugino-punctate, basal angle of each segment piceous, apical angles of segments rectilinear, not produced. Venter flavescent; pleura and basal portion of head finely, densely fusco-punctate ; abdomen with broad intramarginal, finely ferrugino-punctate flavescent band followed entally by more coarsely punctured piceous band, disc flavescent, sparingly punctured, median area im- punctate. Rostrum sordid testaceous, extreme apex piceous; segmental ratios: 30/85/40/30, i.e., segment II considerably longer than segments III and IV combined. Mesosternal xyphus and impressed disc of metasternum piceous, margins of latter sordid flavescent. Legs testa- ceous, femora and tibiae vaguely conspersed with minute, irregularly placed ferruginous dots. Basal plates of female genital valves equilaterally triangular, their combined apical margins forming weakly convex arc across abdomen ; apical plates rotund, barely exceeding apex of abdomen. This species measures 9.5 mm in length; 5.5 mm in width across greatest abdominal diameter. holotype. Female, Missiones, Argentina, November 4, 1950. Ex collection N. A. Kormilev. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. remarks. As a new species in a new genus this form has no close affiliates. September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 117 Tetragonotum new genus Fig. 2 Type species: Tetragonotum megacephalum new species diagnosis. Basal rostral segment attaining procoxae; from elliptical, twice as long as wide; flat; pronotum quadrangular, its anterolateral margins parallel to one another; rostral seg- ment II almost twice as long as segments III and IV combined. generic characters. Distinctly depressed, flat beneath, both upper and lower surfaces quite smooth; punctures fine. Head porrect, as long as median length of pronotum, shorter than wide between eyes; eyes at extreme posterior lateral corners, not at all prominent ; ocelli rather small, as far apart as distant from eyes; anteocular margins not sinuate, without basal processes, juga longer than tylus, apically overlapping. Antennae partially mutilated, assumedly five-segmented, segment I quite small, not reaching apex of head, about half the length of segment II. Pronotum transversely quadrangular; anterior margin as wide as head through eyes, and essentially as wide as transhumeral diameter, barely emarginate centrally to receive head; anterolateral margins entire, parallel to one another, very narrowly carinate but not reflexed; humeri slightly umbonate. Scutellum triangular, about half again as long as wide at base, frena ending slightly behind middle, apex evenly rounded, reaching sixth abdominal tergite. Hemelytral membranes small, not reaching apex of abdomen ; costal margin of embolium rather evenly arcuate, hardly ampliate toward base. Connexivum well exposed, segmental angles rectilinear, not at all produced. Bucculae barely visible, not at all elevated; buccular canal shallow. Rostrum reaching basal abdominal sternite, segment I stouter than others, attaining procoxae; segment II twice as long as segments III and IV taken together. Mesosternum moderately tumid with shallow furrow between halves. Metasternum almost equilaterally hexagonal, rather flat. Mesocoxae and metacoxae mutually equidistant. Ostiolar peritreme lanceolate, terminating about three- fourths distance across plate. Median portion of first visible abdominal segment impressed; rostral groove obsolete. remarks. This genus belongs near Discocephala Laporte. Its elliptical form, broadly quadrangular pronotum, and impressed portion of the first visible ab- dominal segment, distinguish the two. The generic name Tetragonotum was selected to signify the prominent four- sided pronotum. Tetragonotum megacephalum new species Fig. 2 diagnosis. Head as large as pronotum, about three-fifths wider between eyes as long medially, lateral margins nearly parallel to one another, apex roundly truncate, anterior apical corners very obtusely rounded. specific characters. Moderately large, about 14.0 mm in length, elliptical, depressed, flat beneath ; sordid ivory with fine, somewhat congested, punctures unevenly distributed. Head as specified in diagnosis, juga much longer than tylus, overlapping apically, apex of tylus barely exceeding middle of disc ; eyes piceous, partially imbedded in posterior corners of head; ocelli dull red, essentially in line with eyes; punctures fuscous, fine, dense, some- what irregularly distributed. Antennae partially mutilated, assumedly five-segmented, segment I and base of segment II flavescent, apex of II and all of segment III black ; segments II and III distinctly compressed; segmental ratios: 20/40/77/ — / — , i.e., segment II more than half as long as segment III. 118 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Pronotum two and one-third times as wide as long; anterior apical angles feebly obtuse; disc with shallow, transverse furrow behind cicatrices; surface vaguely rugulose; punctures fuscous, tending to aggregate into nine vague, longitudinal, weakly diverging bands. Scutellum narrowly triangular, about half again as long as wide at base, surface slightly uneven, punctures fuscous, more regularly arranged than elsewhere, no particular color pattern dis- cernible. Hemelytra rather unevenly punctured, with numerous pale laevigate areas visible; free apical margin of corium feebly convex-arcuate, external apical angle roundly obtuse ; membranes rather small, not reaching apex of abdomen, almost colorless, pale brown toward inner basal area, veins pale brown, simple, few in number. Connexivum glossy, flavescent, densely punctured, with infuscated blotches; extreme lateral margin rather smooth, incisures barely evident. Venter pale sordid ivory ; punctures fuscous, restricted to vague elliptical band around body just inside lateral margins but not exceeding spiracles. Rostrum slender, reaching base of abdomen, segment II almost twice as long as segments III and IV combined. Mesosternum and metasternum pale. Spiracles black. Legs sordid flavescent ; femora with a few accumu- lated ferruginous spots apically ; tibiae prismatic, plano-sulcate above, with some uneven ferruginous spotting. Each marginal incisure on abdomen with small piceous mark at angles. Basal plates of female genital valves trapezoidal, their angles rounded, their inner margins contiguous for most of length, apical margins feebly convergent medially ; apical plates small, elliptical, distinctly divergent, reaching apical margin of abdomen. This species measures 14.0 mm in length; 7.0 mm in width across greatest abdominal diameter. holotype. Female, Iguassu, Bahia, Brazil, July-August, 1923. Swedish Ama- zon Expedition, Dr. A. Roman, collector. Deposited in the Natural History Museum, Stockholm. remarks. As a new species in a new genus this form has no close relatives. Pandonotum new genus Fig. 3 Type species: Pandonotum punctiventris new species diagnosis. Depressed; head longer than wide between eyes; pronotum explanate, anterior margin wider than transhumeral diameter and encircling base of head, anterior apical angles surpassing level of eyes, reaching anteocular processes ; dorsal surface without elevated tuber- cles or pustules. generic characters. Broadly ovate, flat above, feebly convex beneath. Head more or less porrect, subequal to median length of pronotum, longer than wide between eyes; anteocular processes prominent, directed obliquely anteriorly; juga longer than tylus, overlapping apically, apex rounded with distinct apical notch ; disc slightly con- cave, vertex feebly elevated ; eyes protuberant ; ocelli small, twice as far apart as distant from eyes. Antennae five-segmented, strongly setose, reaching basal third of scutellum. Pronotum somewhat quadrangular reniform, wider across anterior portion than across humeri, anterolateral margins diverging somewhat toward the anterior, anterior margin deeply emarginate, encircling base of head, terminating laterally in a triangular, anteriorly directed apical denticle which surpasses level of eyes and reaches middle of anteocular processes; anterolateral margins strongly explanate, foliaceous, extreme margin irregular, vaguely erose; humeri umbonate; transhumeral crest devoid of elevated tubercles or pustules. Scutellum elongate triangular, frena ending past middle, postfrenal lobe about half length of parafrenal portion, apex somewhat narrowly rounded, reaching apical margin of fourth September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 119 abdominal tergite, its margins feebly reflexed; disc flat without ornamentation. Hemelytra reaching apex of abdomen, membranes crepe-like in texture, veins coarsely reticulate; costal margin rather straight, obtusely ampliate near base, broadly, weakly reflexed there. Con- nexivum well exposed, apical angles of segments rectilinear, vaguely nodular, slightly produced. Bucculae low, more or less uniform in height, divergent posteriorly; buccular canal mod- erately deep. Rostrum arising near base of head well behind line through eyes, reaching middle of abdominal disc, segment I slender attaining procoxae, followed by short intercalary unit, segment II weakly arcuate, subequal to segment III and IV combined. Mesosternum mod- erately tumid with shallow median furrow between halves. Metasternum flat, hexagonal, slightly wider than long. Mesocoxae slightly farther apart from one another than each is distant from its respective metacoxa. Ostiolar peritreme broadly linear, elevated, ending abruptly past the middle of metapleuron. Median abdominal furrow broad, very shallow. remarks. The elongate head, narrow scutellum, rostrum with a small inter- calary unit between the two basal segments, the somewhat widely separated mesocoxae, the coarsely reticulate hemelytral venation places this genus near Eurystethus Mayr. The generic name Panclonotum implies the spread out pronotum which is wider across its anterior than across its transhumeral diameter. Pandonotum pimctiventris new species Fig. 3 diagnosis. Broadly ovate, flattened above; sordid testaceous, punctures quite dense on venter. specific characters. Sordid testaceous; punctures ferruginous and fuscous, fine, dense, irregularly distributed, somewhat congested in certain areas. Head elliptical, slightly longer than median length of pronotum, one-third longer than wide between eyes; eyes protuberant, preceded by prominent, elongate, acute triangular spinous process; lateral margins sinuate at base, then parallel, juga longer than tylus, apically overlapping, apex evenly rounded with prominent median notch ; vertex with percurrent black stripe. Antennae stout, strongly setose, reaching basal third of scutellum, segments piceous, joints narrowly flavescent, upper surface of basal segment pale yellow; segmental ratios: 40/50/60/70/ — , i.e., segments progressively increasing in length, segment V missing. Pronotum somewhat quadrangular reniform, two and one-half times as wide across greatest diameter as long medially ; anterior margin wider than head through eyes, truncately exca- vated centrally to receive head, sigmoid laterally to encircle base of head, terminating in prominent triangular denticle of each side, apex of denticle exceeding level of eye and reaching middle of anteocular process; anterolateral margins explanate, foliaceous, feebly erose, somewhat divergent anteriorly so that pronotum is wider there than across umbonate humeri; disc uneven, with two shallow transverse furrows, one in front of, one behind cicatrices; transhumeral crest without elevated tubercles or pustules; punctures ferruginous and fuscous, darker ones aggregated in pair (1 + 1) of percurrent, vague, longitudinal, pos- teriorly divergent stripes near middle of disc, and small clusters on humeri. Scutellum one- third longer than wide at base, surface flat but slightly uneven, basal angles flavescent, narrowly calloused, median point on base vaguely tumid, barely elevated above level of pronotum, no elevated tubercles evident; apex narrowly rounded, its lateral margins fuscous, weakly reflexed ; punctures fuscous, quite dense, small cluster of them behind each basal angle. Hemelytra quite unevenly punctured, punctures ferruginous and fuscous, darker ones aggre- gated in numerous small, irregularly distributed clusters; free apical margin of corium weakly 120 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII sinuate, external apical angle roundly rectilinear; membranes almost colorless, slightly darkened toward base, veins pale brown, coarsely reticulate. Connexivum sordid ivory, punctures ferruginous, sparse ; spot on each segmental suture fuscous. Venter sordid to pale flavescent ; punctures fuscous, very dense, particularly laterally. Undersurface of head, with exception of protruding juga, uniformly fusco-punctate. Rostrum fulvous, basal segment uniform in diameter, intercalary segment small but distinct, not distended or enlarged. Median furrow of mesosternum and disc of metasternum punctured. Narrow lateral margins of abdomen flavescent with few punctures. Spiracles piceous sur- rounded by broken, irregular flavescent ring. Genital valves of female four in number; basal plates almost rectangular, about as long as wide, inner margins contiguous for entire length, very narrowly reflexed, apical margins essentially truncate, slightly sloping laterally, apical plates oval, not exceeding apex of abdomen. This species measures 13.5 mm in length; 7.0 mm in width across greatest pronotal diameter; 9.0 mm in width across greatest abdominal diameter. holotype. Female, Manaos, Brazil, no date. Ex collection H. Ruckes. De- posited in the American Museum of Natural History. distribution. Brazil, Manaos. remarks. As a new species in a new genus this form has no close affiliates. Uneinala new genus Fig. 4 Type species Uneinala tan new species diagnosis. External apical angle of corium in male produced posteriorly into incurving, hooklike process along margin of apically truncate membrane ; basal third of scutellum somewhat elevated into flat-topped triangular area ; humeri not at all produced. generic characters. Ovate ; feebly convex above and beneath ; head and anterior portion of pronotum weakly declivous. Head oblong, shorter than median length of pronotum, longer than wide between eyes, without anteocular processes; lateral margins feebly sinuate at base, then parallel; juga longer than tylus, apically overlapping, apex evenly rounded without median incisure or notch ; eyes large, protuberant ; ocelli twice as far apart as distant from eyes. Antennae mutilated, basal segment reaching apex. Pronotum hexagonal, wider than long; anterior margin sinuate centrally truncate behind eyes, terminating laterally in small, acute denticle slightly exceeding outer surface of eye, short intramarginal furrow present ; anterolateral margins essentially straight, trenchant, very narrowly, abruptly reflexed ; humeri umbonate, not at all produced, humeral angles rectilinear. Scutellum reaching onto seventh abdominal tergite (male) ; frena ending behind middle; basal portion of disc elevated into flat-topped triangular area not exceeding elevation of pronotum. Hemelytral membranes in male apically truncate, slightly surpassing apex of abdomen ; external apical angle of corium in male produced posteriorly into elongated, incurved hooklike process along margin of membrane ; veins simple, subparallel. Con- nexival angles rectilinear, not produced. Apical margin of seventh abdominal tergite in male moderately excavated, provided with median, retrorsely produced lobule. Bucculae uniform in height, parallel, evanescent near base of head; buccular canal rather narrow, moderately deep. Rostrum arising in line with eyes, reaching past middle of abdomen, basal segment attaining procoxae, second segment weakly arcuate, shorter than length of segments III and IV taken together. Mesosternum feebly tumid with narrow, median, shallow September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 121 sulcus between halves. Metasternum narrowly hexagonal, almost rhomboidal, with thin, median, raised line. Mesocoxae and metacoxae mutually equidistant. Median abdominal furrow vague. Anterior margin of seventh abdominal sternite in male produced forward into acute angle reaching middle of disc. remarks. This remarkable discocephaline appears to be closely related to Agaclitus, Ablaptus, and Sympiezorhynchus, although somewhat smaller than any species in those genera. Uncinala, as well as the three genera mentioned above all exhibit sexual dimorphism as far as the differences in the form of the hemelytra are concerned in the two sexes, the males having the external apical angle of the corium somewhat acute and produced posteriorly along the edge of the membrane, which in this sex is proportionately small, subtriangular, and truncate along its free posterior margin, whereas in the females the membrane is proportionately larger, oval, with a rounded apical margin, and the external apical angle of the corium less acute and not produced posteriorly. Although I have no examples of females of Uncinala, I feel confident that when such are collected they will show the same basic characteristics in wing form as are exhibited in the other three genera. In Uncinala the male genital segment (pygofer) is the most ornate of any that I have ever seen in the many genera and species of discocephalines that have been examined over the past several years. The details of the structure are given under the species description. The name Uncinala refers to the hooked nature of the corium of the forewing. Uncinala tau new species Fig. 4 diagnosis. Apical margin of hemelytral membrane in male provided with prominent T-- shaped sclerotization. specific characters. Ovate, about 13.0 mm in length, widest across fifth abdominal seg- ment; sordid yellow with fine, ferruginous and fuscous punctures somewhat unevenly dis- tributed; beneath flavescent, punctures fuscous, slightly larger and more congested than above. Head elongate, oval, or oblong, four-sevenths longer than wide between eyes; lateral mar- gins weakly sinuate near base, then parallel, juga longer than tylus, apically overlapping, apex evenly rounded, entire ; anterior half of disc shallowly concave, tylus feebly elevated ; punc- tures ferruginous, about as far apart as their own diameters; eyes fuscous, large, protuberant; ocelli light red. Antennae missing, basal segment reaching apex of head, sordid ivory with fuscous blotches; antennal tubercles somewhat prominent, visible from above. Pronotum hexagonal, about two and one-half times as wide as long; anterior margin prominently excavated centrally to receive head, then truncate behind eyes, lateral acute denticle ivory; anterolateral margins trenchant, essentially straight, ending abruptly just before humeri leaving minute notch there; humeri weakly umbonate; surface slightly uneven, pair (1 -|- 1) of vague, low, obtuse elevations near middle of disc about as far apart as each is distant from its respective anterolateral margin ; punctures dark ferruginous, rather dense, most closer together than their own diameters, but somewhat unevenly distributed. 122 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Scutellum about one-fourth longer than wide at base, frena ending well past middle, post- frenal lobe about three-fourths length of anterior portion, its margins parallel, apex some- what broadly rounded, the extreme median portion feebly impressed; basal portion of disc elevated into flat-topped triangular area continued posteriorly as obtuse median ridge evanescent near region where frena end; basal angles flavescent, narrowly calloused; punc- tures unevenly distributed, fewest on center of elevated basal triangular area and near apex; large irregular fuscous patch mesad of each basal angle. Hemelytra unevenly punctured, numerous small, pale laevigate areas visible ; costal margin feebly ampliate near base of abdomen, then weakly sinuate toward base of wing; free apical margin of corium sinuate in male, its external apical angle prolonged posteriorly into hooklike process along margin of membrane ; membrane in male triangular, its outer margin truncate, clear rich pale brown, veins concolorous, subparallel, apical margin provided with stout T-shaped sclerotization, the stem of the “T” exceeding extreme margin of membrane. Connexivum moderately exposed, flavescent with few punctures, segmental sutures bordered with fuscous bands, apical angles of segments rectilinear, not produced. Ventral surface of body densely, congestedly punctured; lateral portions of propleura, mesosternum, median area of metasternum, and evaportoria castaneous, median raised line on metasternum flavescent. Rostrum testaceous, reaching basal half of seventh abdominal sternite in male, segment II about one-fourth shorter than segment III and IV taken together. Ostiolar peritreme flavescent, linear, tapering slightly beyond middle of metapleuron. Legs sordid flavescent, femora and tibiae covered with irregular, pale fulvous small blotches which tend to aggregate in two vague annuli near apex of posterior femur ; tarsi and apex of tibiae infuscated. Abdomen flavescent, median area almost impunctate, lateral portions densely and congestedly fusco-punctate, margin of each segment with small, quadrangular flavescent spot, seventh sternite more sparingly punctured; pair (1 + 1) of fulvous patches laterad of shallow median furrow. Male genital segment (pygofer) large, broadly ovate (figs. 6-9) ; lateral apical lobes with basal quasiarticulation, narrowly elongate, triangular, divergent, apices acute, dorsal surfaces concave, ventral surfaces flattened ; dorsal border of capsule bisinuate, feebly produced at its middle, genital cup rather deep; proctiger deflexed near its midpoint, anal aperture opening ventrally, dorsal median portion membranous, lateral margins strongly calloused and con- vergent to point of flexion there uniting and continued posteriorly as projecting spur, producing a Y-shaped figure and, at point of “Y” where arms and stem meet, provided with pair (1 + 1) of lateral, very stout, calloused, elliptical lobes extending over bases of para- meres, each lobe bearing on its ventral surface a vertical fringe of long, dense castaneous hairs somewhat resembling fringes of baleen; base of proctiger provided with pair (1 + 1) of stout, semivertical, stout apodemes, the dorsal margins of which extend as almost semi- circular, small lobes just beneath the lateral portion of dorsal border; parameres foliaceous, parallel to one another, head expanded into acanthus-like leafy pattern with numerous minute denticles, hooded and declivous over ventral apical margin but not reaching apices of lateral apical lobes; ventral apical margin sinuate with very minute median notch, lateral corners provided with arcuate acicular spinous process paralleling inner margin of lateral apical lobe; submarginal impression quite deep, rotund. This species measures 12.5 mm in length; 7.25 mm in width across greatest abdominal diameter. holotype. Male, Bahia, Brazil, November, 1957. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Paratype, male, same data as for holotype. distribution. Brazil, Bahia. remarks. As a new species in a new genus there is no close affiliate. September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 123 The fantastic construction of the pygofer, particularly the proctiger, must be considered as a specialization of very high degree. No other discocephaline, nor for that matter any other pentatomid which I ever examined, shows such a complicated structural pattern. The specific name tau was selected to call attention to the peculiar T-shaped sclerotization on the hemelytral membrane in the male. Grassator new genus Figs. 10-20 Type species: Platycarenus nigroventris Ruckes diagnosis. Head as long as median length of pronotum and subequal to width between eyes, or slightly longer, margin from eye to eye not semicircular; mesosternum tumid with punctured longitudinal furrow between halves; metasternum hexagonal, impressed, punc- tured; antennae barely reaching base of scutellum ; rostrum attaining seventh abdominal sternite, segment II shorter than segments III and IV taken together. generic characters. Ovate, ranging from 10.0 mm to 11.0 mm in length; somewhat depressed above, feebly convex beneath ; head and anterior portion of pronotum weakly declivous. Anteocular margin of head strongly sinuate leaving prominent, triangular basal lobe, sinus rectilinear to obtuse, margins then feebly ampliate, mildly reflexed, apex rather broadly rounded; juga only slightly longer than tylus, connivent but not overlapping; disc shallowly concave with tylus and vertex vaguely elevated; eyes protuberant, ocelli small, about as far apart as distant from eyes. Antennae strongly setose, barely reaching base of scutellum, segments II and III subequal, terminal segment fusiform. Pronotum subhexagonal, posterior angles very obtusely rounded; anterior margin as wide as head through eyes, anterior apical angles obtuse, or obtusely rounded without denticles; anterolateral margins trenchant, slightly explanate, ending abruptly just before humeri leaving small obtuse notch there; shallow transverse furrow across disc behind cicatrices, surface somewhat uneven; humeri umbonate, humeral angles not produced. Scutellum longer than wide at base, frena ending slightly behind middle, postfrenal margins weakly convergent, apex evenly rounded, reaching base of sixth abdominal tergite. Hemelytral membranes barely attaining apex of abdomen, external apical angle of corium roundly rectilinear, costal margin evenly arcuate without ampliation near base of abdomen. Connexivum exposed, apical seg- mental angles rectilinear, not produced. Bucculae weakly elevated, more or less uniform in height, divergent posteriorly, evanescent near base of head; buccular canal rather shallow. Rostrum arising from base of head in line with eyes, reaching seventh abdominal sternite, segment II arcuate, distinctly shorter than segments III and IV taken together. Mesosternum tumid with wide, punctured, longi- tudinal furrow between halves, xyphus quadrangular also punctured, its apex truncate. Metasternum hexagonal, basal and apical margins truncate, each about half the length of any one of remaining four sides; disc impressed, distinctly punctured. Mesocoxae and metacoxae mutually equidistant. Ostiolar peritreme elevated, scalpeliform, apex ending abruptly near middle of metapleuron. Median abdominal furrow well developed. Basal margin of seventh abdominal sternite in male produced forward into acutely rounded angle; homologous margin of sixth sternite obtusely arcuate. remarks. When I first described the type species Platycarenus nigroventris in 1958, I was under the impression that the forms of the mesosternum and 124 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Plate II Figs. 10-16. Grassator nigroventris (Ruckes), new genus. Fig. 10. dorsal facies. Fig. 11. pygofer, dorsal aspect. Fig. 12. pygofer, ventral aspect. Fig. 13. aedeagus. Fig. 14. right paramere, ectal aspect. Fig. IS. head and pronotum. Fig. 16. left hemelytron. Figs. 17-18. Grassator simiatus new species. Fig. 17. head and pronotum. Fig. 18. left hemelytron. Figs. 19-20. Grassator reticulatus, new species. Fig. 19. head and pronotum. Fig. 20. left hemelytron. September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 125 metasternum, as well as the extensively piceous venter were basic features which showed phyletic affiliation with Platycarenus, and its relative Discocephalessa, since all have these characteristics in common. I apparently was misled; greater stress should have been laid on the form and proportions of the head and the segmental ratios of the antennae and rostrum, in addition to the differences in size of the genera. Moreover there is considerable difference evident in the construction of the male genitalia in all three genera. After considerable study I have come to the conclusion that the new genus Grassator is closer to Mecistorhinus Dallas than to any other discocephaline and it rightfully should be placed there. This change in phyletic position removes it from the tribal division to which Platycarenus and its allies belong. All specimens in the following three species come from Costa Rica and were taken from imported fruit and flowers which were impounded at various ports of entry into the United States. I have selected the generic name Grassator to signify a vagrant traveler, which these bugs appear to be. Grassator nigroventris (Ruckes) Figs. 10-16 Platycarenus ( Discocephalessa ) nigroventris Ruckes, 1958, Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1868, p. 2. diagnosis. Transverse pronotal furrow pale yellow with fewer punctures than elsewhere on disc; hemelytral membranes with five or six simple veins. specific characters. Pale testaceous above with reddish, fuscous, and piceous punctures irregularly distributed on pronotum, more evenly disposed elsewhere; corium with prominent, impunctate, pale discal spot; beneath piceous, lateral margins of head, thorax and abdomen narrowly flavescent with dense black punctures. Head about as long as wide between eyes; anteocular sinuses deep, rectilinear, rather prominent, margins before them feebly ampliate, reflexed, disc slightly concave, apex some- what broadly rounded; eyes protuberant with distinct notch between them and anteocular margins. Antennae pale with light brown dots and vague annulations, apical portion of terminal segment darker; segmental ratios 20/33/34/45/50, i.e., segment II longer than I, subequal to III. Pronotum distinctly undulant; transverse furrow behind cicatrices pale flavescent, sparsely punctured; anterolateral margins feebly convex-arcuate, weakly reflexed, ending abruptly just before humeri, anterior apical angles very broadly rounded. Scutellum one-third longer than wide at base, punctures dense, rather evenly distributed, in some cases with three flavescent spots across base. Hemelytra rather evenly punctured, free apical margin of corium straight, external apical angle roundly rectilinear; membranes barely reaching apex of abdomen, pale brown or smoky yellow, almost opaque, darkening slightly toward apical margins, veins simple, five or six in number. Connexivum narrowly exposed, testaceous, punctures and margins of sutures fuscous. Apical margin of seventh abdominal tergite in male evenly arcuate with small median, semicircular membranous lobule. Major portion of venter black; lateral portions of head, thorax, and abdomen up to spiracles flavescent, provided with dense black punctures; connexival incisures black. Rostrum fulvous, extreme apex fuscous reaching onto seventh abdominal sternite, apex of segment II reaching metacoxae. Legs flavescent with coalescent ferruginous dots and blotches on femora and broken rings on tibiae. 126 New York Entomological Society IVol. LXXIII Basal plates of female genital valves trapezoidal, slightly longer than wide, inner margins slightly thickened, straight, contiguous for entire length, apical margins truncate. Genital capsule (figs. 11, 12) subcuboidal, somewhat depressed; central portion of dorsal border convex-arcuate, lateral portions strongly concave so that genital cup is impressed into capsule beneath dorsal border; lateral apical lobes stubby, barely longer than wide, stout, slightly upturned, feebly divergent, apices blunt, ventral surfaces clearly impressed; ventral apical margin truncate with nodular lateral ends; submarginal impression broad, deep, and continued onto undersurfaces of lateral apical lobes; proctiger stoutly cylindrical, deflexed apical end somewhat narrowed; parameres (fig. 14) lying more or less horizontally, apical ends declivous, convergent, overhanging ventral apical margin, head somewhat excavated on ectal surface to form shallow hood; aedeagus (fig. 15) somewhat bean-shaped with shallow dorsal depression, vesica slightly sigmoid with bifurcated apex. This species measures 10.5 mm in length; 6.0 mm in width across greatest abdominal diameter. types. Holotype, male, allotype female, paratypes, three females. All taken from imported bananas and deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. TYPE LOCALITY. Costa Rica. distribution. Costa Rica. remarks. The above redescription excludes some detail given in the original description but adds a few critical characters not previously mentioned, partic- ularly in the description of the male external genitalia. In addition to the type series there are a number of specimens in the collection of the United States National Museum which also come from Costa Rica and which bear neither specific locality nor date. All were taken from impounded imported bananas at New Orleans, Galveston, or New York. Grassator simiatus new species Figs. 17, 18 diagnosis. Anterolateral margins of pronotum sinuate at middle, distinctly ampliate toward anterior; anterior margin wider than head through eyes; veins of hemelytral membranes anastomosing. specific characters. Ovate ; above matte, sordid ochraceous, punctures piceous, uniform in size, unevenly distributed, some forming small clusters but not arranged in any particular design, overall color mottled medium brown; beneath semiglossy, almost entirely black, only legs, rostrum, and small lateral marmorate areas flavescent to ochraceous; punctures black, very dense, congested. Head as long as wide between eyes; anteocular margins distinctly reflexed, deeply sinuate, sinus rectilinear, basal lobule stout, its apex obtusely rounded, juga barely ampliate, apex slightly narrowed with small median notch ; punctures more or less evenly distributed ; eyes protuberant, silvery gray, ocelli quite small, pale crimson. Antennae mutilated. Pronotum almost quadrilateral; anterior margin almost as wide as posterior, truncately excavated to receive head, broadly convex-arcuate behind eyes, apical corners obtusely rounded, exceeding eyes; anterolateral margins subreflexed, distinctly sinuate at middle, anterior half somewhat explanate, posterior trenchant, only weakly expanded; discal surface undulant, transverse furrow well defined, concolorous with remainder of disc; punctures September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 127 irregularly distributed, clustered and congested leaving small, sparingly punctured central flavescent area in form of stylized pine tree with apex touching anterior margin and base of trunk reaching posterior margin. Scutellum slightly more than one-fifth longer than wide at base, rather flat, apex somewhat narrowly rounded, basal angles with pronounced calloused flavescent spot with three black punctures; other punctures dense, unevenly distributed. Hemelytra with less congested and more widely spaced punctures than elsewhere, corium with conspicuous, impunctate pale discal spot at each end of which is a small cluster of piceous punctures; embolium with fewer, coarser punctures near base; membranes not reaching apex of abdomen, veins raised, irregularly anastomosing, membranes rich orange- brown, veins concolorous. Connexivum ochraceous, punctures fuscous, sutures and incisures banded with black. Rostrum sordid orange-ochraceous, apex fuscous reaching middle of terminal abdominal sternite, segment II shorter than segments III and IV combined, its apex reaching metacoxae. Legs flavescent, femora with coarse, coalescing round, castaneous spots, some forming an- teapical annulus, tibiae with vague, irregularly scattered castaneous dashes; tarsi light castaneous. Mesosternum with wide median furrow, coarsely punctured. Metasternum like- wise punctured. Median abdominal furrow impunctate, wide, shallow, extending through sixth sternite. Basal plates of female genital valves black, impunctate, equilaterally triangular, inner margins slightly thickened, contiguous for entire length. This species measures 11.5 mm in length; 7.0 mm in width across greatest abdominal diameter. holotype. Female, Costa Rica, no date. Taken from bananas. Ex collection H. Ruckes. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. distribution. Costa Rica. remarks. This single specimen has been in the collection of the American Museum for many years during which time it defied identification. It is a more robust, darker species than nigroventris , without the contrastingly colored transverse pronotal furrow, with sinuate, more explanate anterolateral margins, and with an anterior margin which is wider than the head through the eyes; in addition the hemelytral membranes are differently veined. Grassator reticulatus new species Figs. 19, 20 diagnosis. Transverse pronotal furrow shallow, concolorous with disc; anterolateral pronotal margin essentially straight, trenchant, hardly explanate; hemelytral membranes uniformly smoky brown, veins irregularly reticulate. specific characters. Narrowly ovate; above matte, pale ochraceous, punctures very fine, dense, irregularly distributed, piceous to ferruginous, many contiguous, most hardly farther apart than own diameters, fewest toward anterolateral margins of pronotum ; basal angles of scutellum calloused, flavescent; hemelytra with elongate, impunctate, pale discal spot; beneath semiglossy, sordid testaceous, median area becoming fuscous, punctures piceous, quite dense, somewhat congested. Head slightly longer than wide between eyes; basal lobule on margins just before eyes, triangular, its apex rectilinear, margins then obtusely sinuate, juga feebly ampliate, apex slightly narrowed with shallow median notch ; punctures piceous, very dense, unevenly dis- tributed; eyes dull carnelian, ocelli very small, almost invisible. Antennae short, stout, hardly 128 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Figs. 21-24. Patronatus hi notalus new genus and species. Fig. 21. dorsal facies. Fig. 22. pygofer, dorsal aspect. Fig. 23. right paramere (ectal aspect). Fig. 24. aedeagus. Figs. 25-27. Patronatus punctissimus new species. Fig. 25. pygofer, dorsal aspect. Fig. 26. right paramere, ectal aspect. Fig. 27. aedeagus. Figs. 28-30. Patronatus flavicrus new species. Fig. 28. pygofer, dorsal aspect. Fig. 29. right paramere, ectal aspect. Fig. 30. aedeagus. reaching posterior margin of pronotum, sordid ochraceous, basal three segments mottled with ferruginous dots, fourth and fifth segments fuscous with narrow, ivory bases; segmental ratios: 20/30/30/40/60, i.e., segment II half again as long as I, equal to III. Pronotum slightly less than two and one-half times as wide as long; anterior margin September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 129 as wide as head through eyes, truncately emarginate centrally to receive head, then convex- arcuate behind eyes, anterior apical corners roundly obtuse ; anterolateral margins essentially straight, trenchant, hardly explanate, very feebly reflexed; transverse furrow ill defined, concolorous with disc; punctures quite dense, irregularly spaced on anterior half, fewest between cicatrices and anterolateral margins; humeri umbonate, not produced. Scutellum about one-fourth longer than wide at base, apex slightly narrowed, evenly rounded, punctures fuscous and ferruginous, quite dense, many aggregated into short strings and small clusters across base and along lateral margins; discal surface rather flat. Punctures on corium fuscous, disc with pale spot with adjacent vague brown cloud; embolium paler than corium, punc- tures ferruginous; membranes not reaching apex of abdomen, uniformly dull brown, veins darker, raised, distinctly reticulated. Connexivum ochraceous, punctures reddish ferruginous, sutures and incisures broadly banded with black. Tergum entirely piceous. Mesosternum black, median furrow narrow, but distinct. Metasternum black with short, median, reddish fulvous stripe. Abdomen rich fulvous, darkening toward middle, densely punctured, punctures piceous, congested; median furrow impunctate, reaching terminal ster- nite; lateral incisures and extreme margins black. Rostrum fulvous, attaining base of seventh abdominal sternite, segment II slightly exceeding metacoxae, distinctly shorter than segments III and IV combined. Legs flavescent, femora with conspicuous ferruginous dots and anteapical fuscous annulus; tibiae vaguely biannulate, annuli fuscous, distal one near apex; tarsi medium brown. Basal plates of female genital valves subtrapezoidal, flavescent, densely punctured, lateral margins slightly arcuate, inner margins thickened, contiguous for entire length, apical margins truncate. This species measures 10.0 mm in length; 5.0 mm in width across humeri. holotype. Female, no date, Caracas, Venezuela. Taken at San Francisco from imported orchids ( Cattleya gaskelliana) by Inspector No. 38485. Deposited in the United States National Museum. distribution. Venezuela, Caracas. remarks. The overall color of retieulatus is somewhat reddish fulvous and paler than the other two species. The short, distinctly reticulate hemelytral membranes, the straight, narrow anterolateral pronotal margins, and the narrower anterior pronotal margin separate this from both nigroventris and sinuatus. Patronatus new genus Figs. 21-30 Type species: Patronatus binotatus new species diagnosis. 13.0 mm to 16.0 mm in length; pronotum with percurrent pale linea; rostrum not exceeding middle of abdominal disc; male without median retrorse process or lobe on margin of terminal abdominal tergite. generic characters. Broadly oval; quite convex above, much flatter beneath; head and anterior portion of pronotum mildly declivous; punctures fine, dense. Head shorter than median length of pronotum, longer than wide between eyes, disc weakly concave; anteocular margins weakly sinuate near base, then subparallel, or vaguely convergent to evenly rounded, entire, rather broad apex; juga longer than tylus, narrowly overlapping apically ; eyes large, protuberant ; ocelli prominent, about twice as far apart as distant from eyes. Antennae five-segmented (in one species apparently four-segmented), reaching onto basal third of scutellum, segment I not reaching apex of head. 130 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Pronotum hexagonal, slightly more than twice as wide as long; anterior margin as wide as head through eyes, shallowly excavated centrally, truncate behind eyes, terminating laterally in a very minute, acute denticle; anterolateral margins straight, entire, vaguely carinate, very narrowly reflexed; humeri obtuse, not at all produced; disc with percurrent, median, pale linea. Scutellum stout, evenly convex, smooth, frena ending slightly behind middle, apex evenly, broadly rounded, reaching apical margin of sixth abdominal tergite. Hemelvtra attaining apex of abdomen, costal margin not ampliate near base of abdomen, external apical angle of corium roundly acute, feebly produced posteriorly in male. Con- nexivum narrowly exposed, segmental angles rectilinear, not produced. Apical margin of seventh abdominal tergite in male devoid of median, retrorse process or lobe. Bucculae subparallel, very slightly divergent posteriorly, low, uniform in height, ending more or less abruptly near base of head. Rostrum arising in line with eyes, basal segment attaining procoxae, apex not exceeding middle of abdominal disc, segment II weakly arcuate, reaching between mesocoxae and metacoxae, shorter than lengths of segments III and IV combined. Mesosternum barely tumid, median sulcus vague, xyphus with thin raised median line. Metasternum rhomboidal, slightly longer than wide, flat, with distinct thin, median, raised line contiguous with one on xyphus. Mesocoxae and metacoxae mutually equidistant, rather close together. Tibiae plano-sulcate on upper surfaces. Ostiolar peritreme thin, digitiform, straight, ending abruptly before reaching middle of metapleuron, then continued obliquely forward as thin, tapering ruga which reaches anterior margin of plate. Median abdominal furrow shallow. Basal margin of seventh abdominal sternite in male produced forward into acute angle, about 80°, not reaching middle of disc, median length of segment less than twice marginal length ; suture between sixth and seventh sternites feebly bisinuate. Proctiger in male distinctly deflexed at its middle, anal aperture opening ventrally. Combined apical margins of basal plates of female genital valves forming transverse arc near end of abdomen. remarks. This new genus shows certain characteristics which are intermediate between Sympiezorhynchus and Mecistrorhinus ; the male genitalia, described under species headings would more likely place this new form nearer Sympie- zorhynchus. Patronatus binotatus new species Figs. 21-24 diagnosis. Humeri calloused, flavescent ; antennal segments II and III flavescent with piceous dots; sulcate surfaces of tibiae rosy red. specific characters. Oval, moderately large, 14.0 mm to 15.0 mm in length; glossy to semiglossy both above and beneath ; sordid flavescent, punctures piceous, sparsest on pro- notum and scutellum, mostly arranged in well-spaced clusters there. Head broadly oval, about three-fourths median length of pronotum, slightly more than one-fourth longer than wide between eyes; lateral margins broadly, shallowly reflexed, disc feebly concave ; tylus and vertex with percurrent pale, median linea continued onto pronotum ; punctures very dense, congested, almost all contiguous with one another; margin from eye to eye somewhat parabolic in outline; eyes dull reddish brown, ocelli quite large, topaz or flavescent. Antennae very finely setose, sordid flavescent and fuscous, basal three segments stippled with fuscous dots, segment IV almost entirely fuscous, basal fourth of segment V flavescent; segmental ratios: 20/32/38/50/60 (male), 20/40/35/50/60 (female), i.e., slight evidence of sexual dimorphism relative to segments II and III. Pronotum not quite two and one-half times as wide as long; punctures of two kinds, coarser piceous ones aggregated into irregular, well-spaced clusters and vague longitudinal September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 131 bands intermixed with exceeding fine, ferruginous ones; moderately broad piceous band parallel to anterolateral margin ; median pale linea percurrent and continued onto basal third of scutellum; humeri glabrous, calloused, conspicuously ochraceous-flavescent. Scutellum robust, one-fifth longer than wide at base, quite convex, smooth, disc with vague, irregular rhomboidal piceous patch, punctures of two sizes, coarser piceous ones aggregated into a few clusters and vague longitudinal, submarginal bands, intermixed with exceedingly fine, fer- ruginous ones; apex somewhat broadly rounded, not at all reflexed, its margin provided with pair ( 1 -f- 1 ) of small piceous patches. Hemelytra finely, densely punctured, punctures no farther apart than their own diameters, quite evenly distributed, with few stellate pale points evident; disc with fuscous patch at end of main vein; free apical margin of corium feebly concave, external apical angle roundly acute, exceeding apex of scutellum ; membranes pale olive drab, veins slightly darker, straight, simple, in some instances bifurcate ; apical margin of membrane in male vaguely truncate. Connexivum very densely punctured, basal half of each segment piceous, apical half ochraceous. Venter sordid flavescent to fulvous, punctured throughout. Rostrum reaching fourth abdominal sternite. Legs sordid flavescent, femora covered with conspicuous subcircular, piceous dots of various sizes; sulcate surface of tibiae bright rosy red, margins and under- surfaces with piceous and fuscous dots and dashes, tarsi unevenly infuscated. Punctures on abdomen becoming finer and denser laterally ; spiracles black, narrowly ringed with ivory ; minute ivory point adjacent to each pair of trichobothria. Basal plates of female genital valves roundly triangular, essentially equilateral, inner margins contiguous for entire length, apical margins taken together forming distinct convex arc across end of abdomen. Pygofer (fig. 22) stoutly ovate; central portion of dorsal border feebly sinuate over base of proctiger; lateral apical lobes about as long as capsule, horizontal, parallel to one another, upper surfaces shallowly sulcate longitudinally, apices roundly truncate, slightly exceeding tips of parameres; ventral apical margin between lateral apical lobes reflexed, shallowly sinuate; impression below margin shallow, lunate in outline; proctiger (dorsal aspect) almost cuboidal, crest with pair (1 + 1) of divergent, obtuse tubercles, lateral walls densely pilose, apical face (posterior aspect) almost orbicular, lateral margins thickened to form pair of parentheses, median portion impressed, anal aperture rather broad; parameres (fig. 23) stoutly wedge-shaped, basal arm and head very obtusely bent on one another, dorsal surface of head distinctly convex, apical portion weakly declivous, apical margins roundly truncate, not reaching apices of lateral apical lobes; aedeagus completely sclerotized, black, stubby, phallotheca ovoid with pair (1 + 1) of small, oval lobes at apical end, vesica quite short, arcuate without accessory ornamentation (fig. 24). This species measures 14.75 mm in length; 8.75 mm in width across humeri. holotype. Male, Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Panama, August 17, 1923. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Allotype, female. Same data as for holotype except April 30, 1962, H. Ruckes, collector. Paratypes, female (two), Chiriqui, Panama (one), deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Paris; Santo Domingo, Colombia, August 10, 1930, deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. distribution. Panama, Barro Colorado Island; Chiriqui. Colombia, Santo Domingo. remarks. As a new species in a new genus this form has no close affiliates except the following two species. 132 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII In contrast with the following two species in this genus, binotatus has much smaller male genital organs, less specialized parameres, and less ornate aedeagus. In all three species the phallotheca is provided with either one or two pairs of small lobes at its apical end, a feature that is not common to other species of discocephalines. Patronatus punctissimus new species Figs. 25-27 diagnosis. Punctures uniform, very dense, fine, no farther apart than their own diameters, very regularly distributed; legs flavescent, femora with piceous spots, tibiae without roseate sulcate surfaces, almost immaculate. specific characters. Oval, semiglossy above and beneath; sordid testaceous, densely over- lain with fine, uniform, evenly distributed punctures above, undersurface of head, thoracic pleura and wide lateral portions of abdomen with dense punctures, sterna and central portion of abdomen with somewhat coarser and more widely spaced punctures. Head oval, extreme margins very narrowly pale, impunctate; disc feebly concave; punc- tures almost all contiguous with one another; eyes ovate, protuberant; ocelli reddish, three times as far apart as distant from eyes. Antennae mutilated, assumedly five-segmented, basal three segments uniformly piceous; segmental ratios: 20/30/35/ — / — , i.e., segment II half again as long as I, slightly shorter than III ; segments IV and V missing. Pronotum slightly more than twice as wide as long; extreme anterolateral margins very narrowly pale, almost reflexed ; larger piceous punctures interspersed with extremely minute ferruginous ones, piceous punctures denser and finer just inside anterolateral margins; disc provided with pair ( 1 -f- 1 ) of posteriorly divergent, vague, pale impunctate stripes about midway between median pale linea and anterolateral margins; humeri and disc concolorous. Scutellum less than one-third longer than wide at base, median area with vague obtuse, slightly elevated ridge, median pale linea extending onto basal third; piceous punctures interspersed with numerous extremely fine ferruginous and fuscous ones; apex broadly rounded, reaching apical margin of terminal tergite in male, lateral margins with small fuscous patch, extreme median portion minutely flavescent. Hemelytra quite uniformly punctured, without discal spot, small cluster of denser punctures at end of main vein; free apical margin of corium feebly sigmoid; membranes pale brown darkening basally, veins concolorous, apical margin in male rather evenly rounded. Connexivum testaceous, densely ferrugino-punctate ; basal two-thirds of each segmental margin piceous, apical third testaceous. Margins of bucculae sordid flavescent. Rostrum testaceous, reaching middle of abdominal disc. Legs flavescent, femora provided with unevenly spaced conspicuous piceous dots, tibiae more or less free of maculations, in some cases only one or two piceous dots visible, dorsal sulcate surfaces concolorous, tarsi uniformly testaceous. Basal plates of female genital valves triangular, slightly wider than long, angles rounded, inner margins contiguous; visible portions of apical plates large, elliptical, exceeding apical margin of abdomen. Pvgofer (fig. 25) broadly ovate; dorsal border distinctly sinuate over base of proctiger; lateral apical lobes stout, feebly divergent, upper surfaces with thin, membrane-like, indexed carina, apices feebly upturned; ventral apical margin between lobes distinctly sinuate cen- trally, submarginal impression shallow; proctiger somewhat globose in form, apical deflexed portion distinctly conical; parameres (fig. 26) stout, basal arm placed vertically, heads flexed at right angles, placed horizontally, becoming sagittate apically and curved around apices of lateral apical lobes, extreme apices roundly acute; aedeagus (fig. 27) completely sclerotized, black, phallotheca somewhat elongate-globose with pair (1 + 1) of elliptical lobes beneath September, 1965] Ruckes: New Pentatomids 133 apical end, vesica assuming reversed J -shaped configuration with two pairs (2 + 2) of stubby spatulate lobes at base. This species measures 13.0 mm in length; 8.5 mm in width across humeri. holotype. Male, Demerara, British Guiana, February 6, 1915. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Allotype, female. Botanical Gardens (? Georgetown), British Guiana, March, 1907, A. W. Bartlett, collector. De- posited in the British Museum (Natural History). Paratype, male. South America (Amer. mer.), no date, Schmidt, collector; ex collection Jensen- Haarup. Deposited in the University Zoological Museum, Copenhagen. distribution. British Guiana, Demerara; ? Georgetown. remarks. Differs from the preceding by the lack of calloused, flavescent humeri, much finer, denser, more uniform puncturation, differently proportioned pygofer, and aedeagus. Patronatus flavicrus new species Figs. 28-30 diagnosis. Legs uniformly sordid flavescent; punctures fine, dense, irregularly distributed; apical margin of hemelytral membrane in male truncate. specific characters. Oval ; semiglossy above and beneath ; sordid testaceous, punctures piceous, fine, dense, rather unevenly distributed, with numerous extremely fine ferruginous ones interspersed between darker ones on pronotum and scutellum; median linea of pronotum continued onto and through most of scutellum. Head broadly oval, one-sixth longer than wide between eyes; margins feebly reflexed, disc shallowly concave; punctures quite dense, fewest on vertex; eyes globular, dull brown; ocelli sordid topaz, about three times as far apart as distant from eyes. Antenna mutilated, pos- sibly four-segmented since segment II is exceptionally long; segments I, II, and basal half of III black, apical half of III fulvous; segments IV and ? V missing; segmental ratios: 20/70/50/ — /?, ie., segment II distinctly compressed, and quite long in comparison with homologous segment in related species. Pronotum two and one-fourth times as wide as long; anterolateral margins feebly carinate and reflexed, humeral angles obtuse, humeri and disc concolorous; pair (1 + 1) of thin, longitudinal pale stripes extending across disc from behind ocelli to posterior angle, about midway between median pale linea and anterolateral margins. Scutellum attaining base of terminal abdominal tergite in male, apex rather broad with hint of obtuse angulation ; punc- tures similar to those on pronotum, no particular color design evident, apex with pair of small fuscous patches at margin. Hemelytra irregularly punctured, punctures congested in some places; main vein with parallel, laevigate, flavescent line on its ectal side, disc with erose flavescent spot near end of main vein; free apical margin of corium sinuate, external apical angle acutely rounded; membranes clear, brownish yellow darkening toward base, veins dark brown, raised, slightly arcuate, subparallel; apical margin of membrane in male truncate with conspicuous, semisclerotized fovea-like impression adjacent to external apical angle of corium. Connexivum pale flavescent, punctures ferruginous, anterior half of each segment piceous, apical angles of segments rectilinear, not produced. Venter sordid flavescent, congestedly punctured laterally, sparingly so medially. Rostrum testaceous reaching sixth abdominal sternite. Legs flavescent without contrastingly colored spots, essentially immaculate, tarsi feebly infuscated. Minute flavescent calloused point adjacent to each pair of trichobothria. Spiracles black with inner lunate margin flavescent. 134 New York Entomological Society rvoL. lxxiii Pygofer (fig. 28) broadly ovate; dorsal border mildly sinuate over base of proctiger; lateral apical lobes stout, longer than length of capsule, subquadrangular-oblong, dorsal surfaces strongly concave, apical margins somewhat truncate, convergent toward midline, apical angles narrowly rounded; proctiger (dorsal aspect) somewhat pyriform with narrow membranous base, posterior face rotund, convex; ventral apical margin between lobes reflexed, shallowly sinuate with stout, triangular, median tooth ; impression beneath margin shallow; parameres stout (fig. 29) hook-shaped, basal arm vertical, head flexed at right angle, somewhat elliptical, ventral surface concave, apical portion overhanging ventral apical margin, attaining apices of lateral apical lobes, inner margin of each head with shallow sinus near middle; aedeagus (fig. 30) black, phallotheca globular, with pair (1 + 1) of elliptical lobes produced from posterior dorsal margin, vesica with sigmoid curvature and pair (1 + 1) of irregular appendages near its middle. This species is 15.5 mm in length; 8.0 mm in width across humeri. holotype. Male, South America, no date. Ex Signoret collection. Deposited in the Natural History Museum, Vienna. Paratype, male, El Mene, Venezuela, September 25, 1927. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. remarks. Closely related to the preceding species but differs by having im- maculate legs, more irregularly distributed puncturation, different shape of paramere, and entirely different pattern of aedeagus. Received for Publication April 19, 1965 September, 1965] dos Passos: Pieris “napi” Review 135 Review of the Nearctic Species of Pieris “napi” as Classified by Androconial Seales and Description of a New Seasonal Form (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) Cyril F. dos Passos1 Abstract: This paper reviews the classification of the North American Pieris “napi” species based upon androconial scales and lists geographically all names. A new name for the summer form Pieris narina mogollon is proposed. Probably few American lepidopterists have had an opportunity to see two recent papers (Warren, 1961, and 1963) on the androconial scales and their bearing on the question of speciation in the genus Pieris , especially on the classi- fication of the Nearctic species of the Pieris unapi ” group. These papers are of importance to American students since they separate that “species” into three entities and introduce two new names, bryoniae Ochsenheimer, 1808 and narina Verity, 1905-11 [1908 1, into our fauna. Both of Warren’s papers are illustrated from photographs, with figures of the androconial scales of all species and subspecies of “napi” being given on four plates containing 95 figures. The second paper on the Nearctic species is concerned with additional material which changes somewhat the classification of the first paper. As a result of Warren’s study I have arranged the three Nearctic “napi” species geographically. The numbers following the respective names refer to Warren’s figures which illustrate the scales. *1 bryoniae Ochsenheimer, 1808; pi. 2, figs. 27, 28, 30 a b. hnlda Edwards, “1868-9” (1869) ; pi. [4], fig. 1 b b. pseudobryoniae Verity, “1905-11” [1908]; pi. 2, figs. 32, 33, pi. [4], figs. 2, 3 arctica Verity, “1905-11” [1911] c b. frigida Scudder, 1861 (gen. vern.) ; pi. 2, figs. 43, 44, pi. [4], figs. 4, 5, 6 borealis Grote, 1873 pseudoleracea Verity, “1905-11” [1908] gen. aest. acadica Edwards, 1881 *2 napi (Linnaeus), 1758 napae Edwards, 1881 ( Lapsus calami) a n. marginalis Scudder, 1861 (gen. vern.) ; pi. [4], fig. 10 gen. aest. pallida Scudder, 1861; pi. [4], fig. 11 *3 narina Verity, “1905-11” [1908]; pi. 2, figs. 45, 46 a n. venosa Scudder, 1861 (gen. vern.); pi. 2, figs. 39, 41?, pi. [4], figs. 17, 18, 20 Xnasturtii Boisduval ( nec Edwards, 1864) ; 1869 microstriata J. A. Comstock, 1927 form 2 flava Edwards, 1881 1 Research Associate, Department of Entomology, The American Museum of Natural History; Research Associate, Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum. * The nominal species does not occur in the Nearctic region. Preoccupied names are marked with a $. 136 New York Entomological Society LVol. LXXIII gen. aest. castoria Reakirt, 1866; pi. [4], fig. 19 iberidis Boisduval, 1869 ab. resedae Boisduval, 1869 ab. flava Edwards, 1881 ab. cottlei Gunder, 1925 b n. macdunnoughii Remington, 1954 (gen. vern.) ; pi. [4], figs. 12, 13 Xpseudonapi Barnes & McDunnough ( nec Verity “1905-11” [1911], 1916 gen. aest. pallidissima Barnes & McDunnough, 1916; pi. 2, fig. 47, pi. [4], fig. 14 c n. mogollon Burdick, 1942 (gen. vern.) ; pi. [4], fig. 15 gen. aest. warreni dos Passos, 1965 ; pi. [4], fig. 16 d n. oleracea Harris, 1829 (gen. vern.) ; pi. 2, figs. 35, 36, pi. [4], figs. 7, 8 hyemalis Harris, 1829 casta (Kirby), 1837 ab. virginiensis Edwards {nec Edwards, 1870), 1881 gen. aest. crucijerarum Boisduval, 1836; pi. [4], fig. 9 aestiva Harris, 1850 e n. virginiensis Edwards “1870-1” (1870); pi. 2, fig. 40, pi. [4], figs. 21, 22, 23 Although seasonal form names are no longer recognized by the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, the fact that the other subspecies listed above, with one exception, already have seasonal names has led me to continue this practice. It is with pleasure that the second generation of mogollon is named after my friend Mr. B. C. S. Warren of Folkestone, England. Pieris narina mogollon gen. aest. warreni, new form This form differs from the first generation, as is usual with these insects, in being more lightly marked on both sides, the dark markings of the upper and undersides of the spring generation being faint. The holotype male was taken on July 16, 1932 in the White Mountains of Arizona and the allotype female was taken at the same locality on July 28, 1932. Both types are ex collection F. R. Sternitzky and have been deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. There is a pair of paratypes labeled merely “Arizona,” the male, July, and the female, August, which were examined by Mr. Warren, as well as another paratype female labeled White Mountains, Arizona, July 4, 9,500 feet, collected by D. K. Duncan. These three paratypes are in the author’s collection. In the American Museum of Natural History there is a long series of both seasonal forms but they are all from New Mexico and seem intermediate between P. n. macdunnoughii and mogollon. They are not designated as paratypes. Literature Cited Ochsenheimer, Ferdinand. ( 1-4, and Friedrich Trietschke 5-10) . 1807-1835. Die Schmet- terlinge von Europa. 1807, I: |4] + 324 pp., 1808, xxx -f- [2] -J- 240 pp.; 1808, 2: xxiv -f- 256 pp.; 1810, 3: viii -(- [2] + 360 + [2] pp.; 1816, 4: x -j- [2] 13-222 + 225-226 pp.; 1825, 5: pt. 1, xvi + 416 pp., pt. 2, 418 pp.; 1826, pt. 3, iv + 420 pp.; 1827, 6: viii — (- I 2 ] — (- 371-440 + 368 pp., 1828, 320 pp.; 1829, 7 : vi -f- 252 pp.; 1830, 8: viii + 312 pp.; 1832, 9: viii + 272 pp., 1833, [2] + 294 pp.; 1834, 10: xvi 286 pp., 1835, [6] 340 -j- I 8] -f- 302 -f~ |2] pp. Leipzig. September, 1965] dos Passos: Pieris “napi” Review 137 Verity, Roger. 1905-1911. Rhopalocera. Palaearctica, lxxxvi + 368 + xii pp., 86 pis. Pub. by author, Florence. Warren, Brisbane Charles Somerville. 1961. The anclroconial scales and their bearing on the question of speciation in the genus Pieris. (Lepidoptera) . Entomol. Tidskr. 82: 121-148. . 1963. The androconial scales in the genus Pieris. 2. The Nearctic species of the na/>f-group. Ibid. 84: 1-4. Received for Publication February 24, 1964 138 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII The Jumping Spiders of New York City (Araneae: Salticidae) Bruce Cutler1 2’- University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota Abstract: This paper lists 29 species of jumping spiders collected in the five boroughs (counties) of New York City giving locality, sex, date, and collector of the specimens examined. A new jumping spider, Sitticus barnesi, is described. The first paper giving any indication of the Salticid population of New York City was published by Banks (1895) in a list of the spiders of Long Island. Crosby and Bishop (1928, as part of Leonard’s list of the insects and spiders of New York State) include several references to Salticidae of New York City. The occurrence of several other species was mentioned by Kaston (1948) and Barnes (1958). In the present paper 29 species of Salticidae are listed and the description of a new species is included at the end of the list. Genera are listed alphabetically and species alphabetically within each genus. All known New York City records, whether previously published or not, are included. Teie Salticidae of New York City Agassa cerulea (Walck.). Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., sweeping mixed meadow, 9, June 5, 1963, B. Cutler. Great Kills, Richmond Co., 8, July 7, 1940, B. Malkin. Gertschia noxiosa (Hentz). Jerome Pk. Reservoir, Bronx Co., 9, June, 1959, J. Hallan. Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., on ground lying stone, 9, April 11, 1964, B. Cutler. Flush- ing, Queens Co., 9, May, 1937, Crosby and Bishop. Habrocestum pulex (Hentz). Extremely common in New York City on buildings and rock outcrops. Rarely found while sweeping. Habronattus agilis (Banks). Jamaica Bay Wildlife Refuge, Queens Co., sweeping shore grass, 8 , May 30, 1963, T. Hlavac. Habronattus borealis (Banks). Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., in retreats under boulder in supralittoral zone, $ and immature 8 , March 23, 1963, B. Cutler. Habronattus coronatus (Hentz). Bronx Botanical Gardens, Bronx Co., on rock outcrop, 8 8 and $ 9 , August, 1961, J. Hallan. Habronattus viridipes (Hentz). Jerome Pk. Reservoir, Bronx Co., on ground lying stone, 8, June, 1959, J. Hallan. Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., on rock outcrop, 9, April 18, 1964, B. Cutler. Hasarius adansoni (Audouin). American Museum of Natural History building, New York Co., 8 and 9, October 15, 1938, W. J. Gertsch. Same locality, 9, July 28, 1942, C. Breder. A tropicopolitan species occurring infrequently in the temperate parts of the United States. 1 Dept, of Entomology, Fisheries and Wildlife, Univ. of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn. 2 I wish to thank Dr. W. J. Gertsch of the American Museum of Natural History in New York for his advice and patience in the preparation of this paper; Dr. Kumar Krishna, also of the American Museum for the loan of equipment; all who have collected specimens for me, particularly, Joel K. Hallan for his unflagging devotion to the Salticidae, and to my wife Lucy Ehrlich Cutler for her help in editing this paper. September, 1965] Cutler: Jumping Spiders 139 Hentzia palmarum (Hentz). Jamaica Bay Wildlife Refuge, Queens Co., S, May 23, 1964, T. Hlavac. Icius harti Emerton. Bronx Co., $, June, 1940, S. Harriet. Fort Tryon Pk., New York Co., on stone fence, 9, July 2, 1961, B. Cutler. Maevia inclemens (Walck.). Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., on stone fence, $ 9, dark and light $ S, April, 1960, J. Hallan. Marpissa formosa (Banks). Great Kills, Richmond Co., $ and 9, July 7, 1940, B. Malkin. Remsen Ave., Kings Co., $ , in mailbox, May 19, 1964, D. Simon. Marpissa lineata (C. L. Koch). Jerome Pk. Reservoir, Bronx Co., on ground lying stone, S and $ , June, 1959, J. Hallan. Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., under stone, 9 , June 5, 1963, B. Cutler. Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., sweeping low grasses, $ , May 29, 1964, B. Cutler. Marpissa pikei (Peckham and Peckham). Richmond Co., $ , October 17, 1911, Gronbeck. Metaphidippus galathea (Walck.). Flushing, Queens Co., $ and $, May, 1937, Crosby and Bishop. Jamaica Bay Wildlife Refuge, Queens Co., $ , May 23, 1964, T. Hlavac. Metaphidippus protervus (Walck.). Extremely common in meadow situations and may be taken on the forest understory and low herbage. Neon nelli Peckham. City College of New York, New York Co., under stone, £, April 2, 1963, B. Cutler. Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., under stone, S and $ , April 27, 1963, B. Cutler. Paraphidippus marginatus (Walck.). Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., under bark, $, March 22, 1964, B. Cutler. Wolfes Pond Pk., Richmond Co., under bark, $ , April 25, 1964, B. Cutler. Phidippus audax (Hentz). Common on stone fences and buildings. Occasionally found while sweeping mixed meadows. Phidippus princeps (Peckham). Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., S and $, September 2, 1961, J. Hallan. Phidippus rimator (Walck.). Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., sweeping mixed meadow, imma- tures, June 5, 1963, B. Cutler. Phidippus whitmani Peckham. Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., immature 9 , September 23, 1961, J. Hallan. Salticus scenicus (Linn.). Common on buildings and man-made stone structures. Sitticus barnesi, new species. Shepard Hall, City College of New York, New York Co., on outside walls, S S and $ $, late April through early May, 1964, B. Cutler. Synemosyna lunata (Walck.). Flushing, Queens Co., S and 9, May, 1937, Bishop and Crosby. Talavera minuta (Banks). Jamaica Bay Wildlife Refuge, Queens Co., sweeping bayberry, $ , May 30, 1963, T. Hlavac. Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., mixed meadow, $ , May 16, 1964, B. Cutler. Tutelina elegans (Hentz). New York City, N. Banks. Great Kills, Richmond Co., S , July 6, 1940, B. Malkin. Zygoballus bettini Peckham. Pelham Bay Pk., Bronx Co., S, April 27, 1963, B. Cutler. Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., 9, June 24, 1963, B. Cutler. Zygoballus nervosus (Peckham). Van Cortlandt Pk., Bronx Co., 9, June 24, 1963, B. Cutler. Kaston (1948) considered 56 species of Salticidae found in the area com- prising “Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut and that portion of New York State east of the Hudson River and south of the westward prolongation of Massachusetts northern boundary.” One half of these species have also been 140 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII found in the New York City area. Conspicuous by their infrequent occurrence or utter absence are the typical forest-inhabiting forms such as Ballus youngi Peckham, Paraphidippus margin atus (Walck.) and Paraphidippus pineus Kas- ton. There are small wooden tracts in Pelham Bay Park and Van Cortlandt Park, and many parts of Richmond County have second-growth trees. These areas may contain some of the forest-dwelling forms. The most interesting find was that of the following undescribed species. Sitticus barnesi, new species Figs. 1-3 diagnosis. Sitticus barnesi, new species, shares distinctive palpal features with Sitticus finschi (L. Koch). In both, the tibial apophysis is an elongated spur, which curves toward the bulb in barnesi and away from the bulb in finschi. The embolus of barnesi is nearly twice as long as that of finschi. Sitticus finschi is larger and darker than barnesi and occurs in more northern areas outside the presently known range of barnesi. description. Males 3.6 mm to 4.5 mm in total length. Average length 4.1 mm. Carapace dark brown with band of white hairs running down middle of dorsum, widening slightly between second and third rows of eyes, again widening beyond third row. Faint bands of white hairs along sides. Clypeus yellow-brown. Sternum and labium brown. Pedipalp dark brown with white hairs bordering tarsus except at extreme distal edge. Legs yellow-brown. Patella, metatarsus, and tarsus darkened distally, tibia darkened proximally and distally. Femur brown with sparse covering of white hairs. Abdomen mottled brown above for anterior two-thirds, grading into indistinct chevrons bordered by two white spots on posterior third, sparsely covered with black and white hairs. Venter white with an indistinct brown pattern in center. holotype S. Total length, 4.20 mm, carapace, 1.90 mm long, 1.40 mm wide. Abdomen, 2.30 mm long, 1.47 mm wide. Carapace longer than wide, rather high. Clypeus narrow, equal in height to two-thirds diameter of median eyes of first row. First row recurved. Median eyes 0.35 mm in diameter, lateral eyes 0.18 mm in diameter. Second row of eyes slightly closer to third row than to first. Ocular quadrangle, 0.75 mm long, 1.20 mm wide. First tibia with three pairs of ventral spines; first metatarsus with two pairs of ventral spines. Leg formula 4312. I II III IV Femur 0.95 mm 0.90 mm 1.05 mm 1.40 mm Patella 0.53 0.50 0.50 0.58 Tibia 0.65 0.58 0.60 1.00 Metatarsus 0.60 0.55 0.75 0.95 Tarsus 0.45 0.41 0.65 0.65 Total 3.18 2.94 3.55 4.58 Palpus as illustrated (fig. 1) ; embolus thin and extremely long for genus; tibial apophysis curving toward bulb. Abdomen suboval, pointed behind. females 4.5 mm to 5.3 mm in total length. Average length 4.9 mm. Coloration essentially same as in male. Tarsus and tibia of palpus with long white hairs. Tarsus clothed with black hairs. Dark areas of legs darker than in males, and femur lighter than that of male. Abdomen with more contrast between light and dark areas and more bluntly pointed than that of male. September, 1965] Cutler: Jumping Spiders 141 2 3 Fig. 1. Ventral view of male palpus of Sitticus barnesi, new species. E = embolus. Fig. 2. External view of epigynum of Sitticus barnesi, new species. Fig. 3. Internal view of epigynum of Sitticus barnesi, new species. allotype 9. Total length, 5.3 mm, carapace, 2.5 mm long, 1.50 mm wide. Abdomen, 3.25 mm long, 2.05 mm wide. Carapace longer than wide. Clypeus narrow, equal in height to one-half diameter of median eyes of first row. First row recurved. Median eyes, 0.50 mm in diameter; lateral eyes 0.25 mm in diameter. Ocular quadrangle, 1.30 mm wide, 0.95 mm long. Spination on first tibia and metatarsus as in male. Leg formula, 4321. I II III IV Femur 1.00 mm 1.10 mm 1.05 mm 1.75 mm Patella 0.50 0.55 0.50 0.60 Tibia 0.70 0.65 0.95 1.50 Metatarsus 0.50 0.50 0.85 1.15 Tarsus 0.55 0.55 0.80 1.10 Total 3.25 3.35 4.15 6.10 142 New York Entomological Society I Vol. LXXIII Abdomen suboval, slightly narrower behind. Epigynum as figured, distinct from those of all other nearctic species of Sitticus. type locality. Male holotype, female allotype, Shepard Hall, City College of New York, New York Co., New York, April 27, 1964 (B. Cutler); male and female paratypes taken from late April to early May. The male holotype, female allotype and most of the paratypes are in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Other localities: New Jersey: Somerville, Somerset County, May 17, 1964 (B. Cutler), male paratypes. Old Bridge, Middlesex County, early June, 1964 (E. Tobinick), females. New York: Greenwood Lake, Orange County, 1959 (J. Hallan), female paratypes. Pennsylvania: Gettysburg, Adams County, Sep- tember 15, 1960 (R. Barnes), male and female paratypes. Minnesota: On and near campus of Agricultural Institute, University of Minnesota, Ramsey County, late June 1964, through early February 1965, males and females. Ontario: Belleville, August 10, 1964 (D. Buckle), female. Discussion of Status of Sitticus barnesi The spotty distribution and special habitat of 5. barnesi present some inter- esting problems. I have never found this spider in natural areas away from man-made structures. At the Somerville, New Jersey, site, 5. barnesi was found on the outside walls of a shed in company with several specimens of Sitticus truncorum (Linneaus), a common species of Europe heretofore reported only from Massachusetts. This association with an obviously introduced species may indicate that 5. barnesi is also an introduction to our fauna from some other area. The distinct embolus is not matched by any Palearctic species. The question arises as to why early American araneologists, particularly Banks, Emerton, and the Peckhams, never noticed such a common and widespread species as 5. barnesi. One possible answer is that 5. barnesi is a recent intro- duction. The extreme, though superficial, resemblance between this species and Habrocestum pulex (Hentz) may have led to confusion of the two species. The first specimen of 5. barnesi that 1 caught, I assumed to be //. pulex. Courtship and Mating I have observed courtship and mating of 5. barnesi in small vials. In all instances the mating was preceded by only a slight amount of preliminary dis- play. The male upon noticing a female would start an up and down motion with his palps. The female would only take a cursory interest in this display and then seemingly would ignore the male. He would then jump upon the dorsum of the female and maneuver himself into position across her body with his carapace overhanging the side near the junction of her carapace and abdomen, and with his palpi near the opening of the epigynum. The female would react violently at this point, often throwing the male, or carrying him around on September, 1965] Cutler: Jumping Spiders 143 her back. Sometimes she would attack the male, but I never saw a fatal outcome. Copulation itself took about three to five minutes. The long embolus was often apparent as it was drawn out of the epigynal opening. The palpi were inserted alternately. OVIPOSITION On August 10, 1964 a gravid female was caught. She laid ten light-yellow- orange eggs in a thin, but tightly woven, coccoon on August 15. Four spiderlings hatched on September 11. This species is named in honor of Dr. Robert D. Barnes, in recognition of his work on the subfamily Marpissinae of the Salticidae in the United States. Literature Cited Banks, Nathan. 1895. A list of the Spiders of Long Island, N. Y., with descriptions of new species. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 3: pp. 77-93. Barnes, Robert D. 1958. North American Spiders of the subfamily Marpissinae (Araneae, Salticidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates No. 1867: 50 pp. Kaston, Benjamin J. 1948. Spiders of Connecticut. Hartford, Conn. State Geol. and Natur. Hist. Surv. Bull. 70: 874 pp. Leonard, Mortimer D.; Editor in Chief. 1928. A List of the Insects of New York with a List of the Spiders and Certain Other Allied Groups. Agr. Exp. Sta., Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 1121 pp. Received for Publication October 28, 1964 144 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Variations in the Tranverse Nerve in the Abdominal Nervous System of Insects* John B. Schmitt Rutgers — The State University, New Brunswick, N. J. Abstract: Comparative studies of the transverse nerve suggest that the motor axons of this nerve to the spiracular muscles become incorporated in the lateral nerves in those insects in which a transverse nerve appears to be absent. The ventral impaired intersegmental nerves, or median nerves, and the paired segmental nerves arising from them, or transverse nerves, collectively make up a nerve arrangement formerly called the “ventral sympathetic system.” Some writers use the term “median nerve” for both the longitudinal unpaired nerve lying between each pair of interganglionic connectives and its lateral branches extending into the segments (Case, 1957). Others designate these lateral branches of the median nerve as the “transverse nerves.” It is these paired lateral branches, apart from the median unpaired nerves, which are of interest in this paper. While the belief that the transverse nerves are associated with the spiracles has existed since Newport, it was apparently not until the work of Swaine ( 1920) that the termination of at least some of the transverse nerve fibers in the spiracular muscles was definitely established. Since that date various studies on the insect nervous system have clearly described the physical association of the transverse nerves with the spiracular valve mechanism. Case (1957) presents experimental evidence that the median and the transverse nerves do, as suspected from the anatomical evidence, provide a neutral pathway connecting the spirac- ular mechanism with the central nervous system. However, Wigglesworth ( 1939) remarks that the median and transverse nerves are often absent, and that the spiracles are then supplied from the lateral abdominal nerves. If these statements are literally true, they mean that in the situation cited by Wigglesworth, a nerve system which appears to be universal among the lower insects has been completely abandoned, and in its place a new system has evolved. A comparative study of the transverse nerve in various insects strongly suggests that, in the apparent absence of the median and the transverse nerves, the innervation of the spiracles through these nerves still exists, but with the fibers of these nerves, i.e. the nerves themselves, incorporated in the intersegmental connectives and in the lateral segmental nerves issuing from the nerve cord ganglia. This paper offers the results of such a comparative study. The American cockroach, Periplaneta , was one of the cockroaches studied by * Paper of the Journal Series, N. J. Agric. Expt. Station, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology. September, 1965] Schmitt: Abdominal Nerve Variation 145 Fig. 1. Nerves of pregenital abdominal segments in various insects. A, Periplaneta; B, Neoconocephalus ; C, Hyalophora (after Libby); D, Chauliodes (after Maki). Case. The segmental nerve plan of a typical pregenital abdominal segment of the American cockroach is presented in diagrammatic form in Fig. 1, A. Only those features of the nerve plan that are of significance in this study are shown. The nerve issuing from the ganglion divides into a dorsal nerve (DN), which inner- 146 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII vates the dorsal longitudinal muscles and terminates in the lateral heart nerve (Alexandrowicz, 1926, nervi cardiaca segmentates) , and a ventral nerve (VN), which connects with a branch of the dorsal nerve of the following segment. The transverse nerve (TN) is easily recognized in that portion of its length which extends from the median nerve (MN) to its junction with the ventral nerve dorsal nerve loop connection at point B. It must be assumed, of course, that those fibers of the transverse nerve extending beyond point B, and demon- strated by Case to innervate the spiracular muscles, are fused with this “loop connection” of ventral nerve. In another orthopteran, the conehead grasshopper Neoconocephalus, a very similar nerve pattern may be traced (Fig. 1, B). Again, a fusion of fibers of the transverse nerve beyond point B with other elements of the segmental system is demonstrated. A branch of the dorsal nerve at point A, and its junction with the transverse nerve at point B, are common throughout Orthoptera and serve as useful “landmarks” (Schmitt, 1954). A connection of the transverse nerves with the alary muscles of the heart was apparently first observed by Kuwana (1932) in the silkworm Bombyx mori. He describes the transverse nerve innervation of the alary muscles as involving a complicated plexus spreading over each alary muscle, and found that some of these branches continue dorsally to combine with the lateral nerve of the heart. Libby ( 1959, 1961) studied the abdominal nervous system in both the larva and the adult of the cecropia moth Hyalophora cecropia. Fig. 1, C is based on his findings on the larval system. The ventral nerve (VN) joins the transverse nerve in much the same manner as in the Orthoptera, and the inner- vation of the occlusor and the dilator of the spiracle involves a branch from the dorsal nerve at A as in the Orthoptera. He did not trace the transverse nerve beyond the alary muscles to the lateral heart nerve as did Kuwana. Mclndoo (1945) described the innervation of the heart in the American cockroach, the silkworm Bombyx mori , and the southern armyworm Prodenia eridania. As regards the transverse nerve and the innervation of the alary muscles, his figures show that in comparing these three insects he did not distinguish between the transverse nerve and the dorsal nerve. In his Fig. 1, showing the innervation of the heart in the cockroach, he applies the term “segmental cardiac nerve” to what is clearly the dorsal nerve, arising directly from the ganglion (Fig. 1, A). In his Fig. 3, the silkworm, and Fig. 4, the southern armyworm, the nerve he labels “segmental cardiac nerve” is the transverse nerve, arising between the ganglia and passing anterior to the spiracle. It appears to be true that in the abdomen, the transverse nerve always passes of the alary muscles may be influenced by the absence or presence of transverse It is possible that some seemingly contradictory results in physiological studies anterior to the spiracle, and the dorsal nerve posterior to the spiracle. September, 1965] Schmitt: Abdominal Nerve Variation 147 nerve innervation of these muscles. Thus, Yeager (1939) applying electric stimulation to isolated heart preparations of Periplaneta, observed no recog- nizable contractions. On the other hand, de Wilde (1947), studying the heart in various Lepidoptera, but especially in the larva of Cossus, obtained marked response to electric stimulation. Presumably in Cossus and other Lepidoptera, the transverse nerves innervate the alary muscles as in Bombyx and Hyalophora. Maki (1936) found in the alder fly Chauliodes (Megaloptera) , Fig. 1, D, that in that insect the transverse nerve branches, one branch joining a branch of the dorsal nerve to reach the spiracular muscles, and the second branch proceeding dorsally to innervate the alary muscles. As Fig. 1, D shows, Maki found two pairs of alary muscles per segment, one pair arising on the intersegmental ridge, and another pair on the lateral portions of the tergum. A connection of the transverse nerve with the ventral nerve of the preceding segment is usually absent. In the nymph of the stonefly Pteronarcys some interesting changes in the transverse nerves may be seen (Schmitt, 1963). Fig. 2, A shows the arrange- ment of nerves in the first abdominal segment of Pteronarcys. The transverse nerve arises from the median nerve and passes dorsally and anterior to the dorsal nerve, then branches to join with the latter in a connection at A-B, from which, in the adult, arise the dilator and occlusor muscles of the spiracles. The second branch of the transverse nerve continues dorsally, as in Chauliodes , to innervate the alary muscles of the heart. In segments 2 and 3 of Pteronarcys (Fig. 2, B) the median nerves may be seen to extend the full distance between the ganglia, and the transverse nerves to arise from the ganglia themselves. (The assumed path of the connecting nerve fibers within the ganglion is shown by a broken line.) Apart from this feature, the transverse nerves of these segments are clearly recognizable in their connection in the dorsal nerve at A-B and the innervation of the alary muscles. A branch (TNa) to the ventral longitudinal tracheal trunks should be noted. The transverse nerves of segments 7 and 8 (Fig. 2, C) in Pteronarcys give the appearance of being branches of the dorsal nerve, in the manner set forth by Wigglesworth. Yet it can scarcely be questioned that these are the trans- verse nerves. The connection with the dorsal nerve at A-B, the innervation of the alary muscles, and the branch TNa are clear evidence of that fact. Knox has described the nervous system in the pregenital abdominal segments of the nymph of another stonefly, Acroneuria , of the family Perlidae. She found that the transverse nerves in the first abdominal segment arise in much the same manner as in Pteronarcys. In segments 2 through 8, however, the trans- verse nerve presents the same picture as in segments 7 and 8 of Pteronarcys . This may be seen in Fig. 2, D in which the nervous system in the seventh abdominal segment of Acroneuria is shown. 148 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Fig. 2. Nerves of pregenital abdominal segments in some Plecoptera. A, B, C, Pteronarcys; D, Acroneuria (after Knox). September, 1965] Schmitt: Abdominal Nerve Variation 149 Fig. 3. Nerves of pregenital abdominal segments in some insects. A, Apis (after Lipton) ; B, Tibicen (after Vasvary). key to figure abbreviations, aim, alary muscle; A, point of homology: site of shared branch of the dorsal nerve; B, point of homology: junction of transverse nerve with shared branch; dlsp, dilator of the spiracle; DN, dorsal nerve; Gng 1, Gng 2, etc., ganglia of the indicated segment; MN, median nerve; osp, occlusor of the spiracle; T3 Gng, metathoracic ganglion; TN, transverse nerve; TNa, branch of transverse nerve to ventral longitudinal tracheal trunk; VN, ventral nerve. Certain features of the abdominal nervous system of the honeybee are described by Rehm (1939), including the innervation of the spiracular valve muscles and the alary muscles. Lipton has described the segmental nerves in both the larva and the adult. Fig. 3, A, which shows these nerves in segment 5 of the adult, is based on a figure by Lipton. As the figure shows, the dilators of the spiracle and the alary muscle are innervated by branches of the same nerve which appears to arise from the dorsal nerve but which probably is, as in Pteronarcys and in Acroneuria, the transverse nerve. A final example of the probable incorporation of the transverse nerve in the dorsal nerve may be seen in Tibicen (Fig. 3, B). The musculature and nervous system of this cicada have been described by Vasvary. The absence of innerva- 150 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII tion of the alary muscles deprives us of a possible clue but it seems to be reasonable to assume that the innervation of the occlusor in the cicada comes from the fibers of the transverse nerve. In summary, it may be said that while Wigglesworth’s statement is apparently true, it does not necessarily involve the evolution of a new system of neural pathways in insects apparently lacking median and transverse nerves. From the morphological evidence, it appears to be much more probable that the same median and transverse nerve system exists in such cases as in more generalized insects, but with these nerves incorporated in the longitudinal connectives and lateral segmental nerves. Literature Cited Alexandrovicz, J. S. 1926. The innervation of the heart of a cockroach. J. Comp. Neurol. 4] : 291-309. Case, J. F. 1957. The median nerves and cockroach spiracular function. J. Insect Physiol. 1: 85-94. Knox, C. B. The abdominal nervous system of Acroneuria (Perlidae : Plecoptera) in press. Kuwana, A. 1932. The innervation of the heart of Bonibyx mori. Bull. Imp. Sericult. Exper. Sta. Japan 8: 116-120. Libby, J. L. 1959. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments in the cecropia larva. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 52: 469-480. . 1961. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments and the innervation of the male reproductive system and genitalia in Hyalophora cecropia. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 54: 887-896. Lipton, G. R. The nervous system of the pregenital abdominal segments of the worker honeybee, Apis mellifera. M.S. thesis, 1965. Rutgers — The State University, New Brunswick, N. J. Maki, T. 1936. Studies on the skeletal structure, musculature and nervous system of the alder fly, Chauliodes jormosanus Peterson. Mem. Fac. Sci. and Agric. Taihoku Imp. Univ. 16: 117-243. McIndoo, N. E. 1945. Innervation of insect hearts. Jour. Comp. Neurol. 83: 141-155. Rehm, E. 1939. Die Innervation der Inneren Organe von Apis mellifica. Zeit. f. Morph, u. Okol. Tiere. 36: 89-122. Schmitt, J. B. 1954. The nervous system of the pregenital abdominal segments of some Orthoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 47: 677-682. . 1963. The abdominal nervous system in Pteronarcys. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 71: 202-217. Swaine, J. M. 1921. The nervous system of the larva of Sthenopis thule Strecker. Canacl. Ent. 53: 29-32. Vasvary, L. M. The Nervous System of the Cicada. Ph.D. thesis, 1965, Rutgers — The State University, New Brunswick, N. J. Wigglesworth, V. B. 1939. The Principles of Insect Physiology. New York. Dulton and Company. Wilde, J. de, 1947. Contribution to the physiology of the heart of insects, with special reference to the alary muscles. Arch. nur. Physiol. 28: 530-542. Yeager, J. F. 1939. Electrical stimulation of isolated heart preparations from Periplaneta americana. Jour. Agr. Res. 59: 121-137. Received for Publication March 30, 1965 September, 1965] Brookitart: New Colorado Solpugids 151 Two New Solpugids from Colorado and Notes on Other Species (Araclinida: Solpugida) Jack Brookhart Pueblo Catholic High School, Pueblo, Colorado Abstract: Two new species are described, Eremobates bantai and Eremorhax puebioensis. In addition the female allotype of Hemerotrecha fruitana (Muma) is described. Hemero- trecha fruitana and Eremobates durangonus are found in Colorado for the first time. While working on a distributional problem concerning the arachnid order Solpugida in southeastern Colorado, I found two new species and the female allotype of a previously described species. These were collected from can-trap lines in four locations around Pueblo and Colorado Springs, Colorado. The lines were set by me and Dr. Benjamin Banta of Colorado College. The location of these lines is as follows: 1) Wet Mountains — located on a road running from Silver Cliff, Colorado to Canon City, Colorado 2) Peyton Road — a small dirt road traversing the prairie about 20 miles southeast of Colorado Springs 3) Phantom Canyon — a dirt road (Colo, highway 67) running through this canyon from Victor to U.S. highway 50 near Florence, Colorado 4) Beulah highway — Colorado highway 76 running from Pueblo to Beulah, Colorado These can-trap lines were set and collected over a period of one year, roughly from Sept. 1963 to Sept. 1964. All new taxa belong to the subfamily Eremobatinae and the family Eremo- batidae. The presence of Hemerotrecha fruitana is recorded for the first time in Colo- rado and with some density in the Wet Mountains. It had been found previously in Utah, California, Wyoming, and New Mexico. Eremobates durangonus Roewer is also recorded in Colorado for the first time. It was previously found in Arizona and California. This paper is part of a thesis written to fulfill the requirements for a M.A.T. degree at Colorado College. I would like to acknowledge the help of Dr. Benjamin Banta for access to the collections from his trap lines; to Dr. Martin H. Muma, Lake Alfred, Florida for help in identification of solpugid species; and to Judy Porter for some of the drawings that appear in this paper. I would also like to thank Dr. Willis Gertsch, American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York, for the loan of specimens; and F. Martin Brown, Colorado Springs, Colorado, for reviewing this paper. 152 New York Entomological Society I Vol. LXXIII Figs. 1-4. Eremobates bantai, new species. Fig. 1. Male chelicera, ectal view. Fig. 2. Male chelicera, mesial view. Fig. 3. Female chelicera, ectal view. Fig. 4. Female chelicera, mesial view. Figs. 5, 6. Eremorhax puebloensis, new species. Fig. 5. Male chelicera, ectal view. Fig. 6. Male chelicera, mesial view. Figs. 7, 8. Hemorotrecha fruitana Muma. Fig. 7. Female chelicera, ectal view. Fig. 8. Genital operculum of female. September, 1965] Brookitart: New Colorado Solpugids 153 DESCRIPTIONS The descriptions and measurements are based on the technique used by Muma (1951) in his monograph of this arachnid order in the United States. Ocular micrometer measurements were made at 35 X magnification. Eremobates bantai, new species males. Total length 21.0 to 23.0 mm. Length Width Chelicerae 8.0- 6.0 mm 3. 5-3.0 mm Propeltidium 4.5- 3.5 6. 0-4. 5 Palpi 21.0-18.0 First leg 18.0-13.0 Fourth leg 21.0-17.0 Coloration in alcohol light to gold yellow with dusky purplish markings on eye tubercle and anterior edge of propeltidium, down sides to posterior end of posterior lobes; tarsus and distal end of metatarsus; fourth legs with distal ends of femur and proximal ends of tibia light purple. Malleoli white. Abdominal tergites dark. Dentition of chelicerae characteristic of palpisetulosus group. Males of this group with constriction but no distinct notch at base of fixed finger. Mesoventral groove of fixed finger dilated basally. Ectodorsal, toothlike process at distal edge of constriction (Muma, 1950). Movable finger with single large principal tooth. Small intermediate tooth protruding from it near base (fig. 1). Supernumerary tooth on inside of principal tooth (fig. 2). Fondal teeth typical of this group being graded I, II, III, IV ectally and I, III, II, IV mesially. First post-spiracular abdominal sternite provided with two or three short, broad ctenidia. Eyes separated by a diameter and one half. Palpi with numerous short, heavy, cylindrical bristles on ventral side of metatarsus, tarsus, and tibia. notes. This specimen is closely related to Eremobates marathoni (Muma). It can be dis- tinguished by lack of a notch on movable finger and thickness of abdominal ctenidia. females. Total length, 21.0 to 29.0 mm. Length Width Chelicerae 10.0- 6.5 mm 4.0-3 .0 mm Propeltidium 3.5- 4.5 6. 0-5. 5 Palpi 14.0-15.5 First leg 15.0-11.5 Fourth leg 21.5-15.5 Coloration in alcohol light yellow to tan. Dusky purple markings on tibia, metatarsus, and tarsus of palpi. Tan markings on joint of femur and tibia of third leg and on femur and distal two-thirds of tibia. Propeltidium dusky purple except for ovate area extending from the eye tubercle dorsally. Malleoli white. Abdominal tergites dark. Fixed finger with anterior tooth, intermediate tooth, medial tooth, two intermediate teeth (anterior being smaller) and principal tooth in that order. Anterior tooth smaller than medial and principal teeth of about equal size. Movable finger with large principal tooth and a slightly smaller anterior tooth. Generally two small intermediate teeth present but occasionally only one. Supernumerary tooth on inside of the principal tooth as in male. Fondal teeth graded I, III, II, IV ectally and I, III, II, IV mesially (figs. 3 and 4). Genital operculum typical of this group somewhat triangular in shape: lateral edges adjacent anteriorly, widely separated posteriorly. Palpi as in males. 154 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII notes. Females of this species are unique for this group in that they have only a single intermediate tooth between the anterior and medial tooth on the fixed finger. This species is dedicated to Dr. Benjamin Banta, from whose collections many of the specimens were taken. type locality. Phantom Canyon, Fremont County, Colorado. Male holotype, female allotype, and type series in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. males. Length 25.0. Eremorhax puebloensis, new species Chelicerae Propeltidium Palpi First leg Fourth leg Length Width 8.0 mm 3.5 mm 3.5 5.0 16.5 missing 16.5 Coloration yellow with purple markings on tibia, tarsus, and metatarsus of palpi and faint purple cast to all parts of legs; propeltidium faint purple; eye tubercle dark. Malleoli white. Cheliceral dentition with no teeth on fixed finger and one large principal tooth on movable finger. Supernumerary tooth on mesial side of principal tooth. Fondal teeth graded I, II, III, IV ectally and mesially (figs. 5 and 6). First postspiracular abdominal sternite with no ctenidia. notes. This specimen is closely related to Eremorhax magnus Hancock but is distinguished from it and from a variation described by Muma (1962) by the shape of the movable finger which lacks the ridge and the aborted teeth of E. magnus. Also the femur of the palpi is white on this species and dusky purple on E. magnus. type locality. Pueblo, Colorado. Holotype deposited in American Museum of Natural History, New York. H enter otrecha fruit ana Muma, 1951 females. Total length, 11.5 to 16.0 mm. Length Width Chelicerae 4.0- 3.3 mm 1.8-1. 4 mm Propeltidium t-H 1 o Cxj 3.0-2 .4 Palpi 12.0- 9.0 First leg 9.0- 7.5 Fourth leg 12.0-13.0 female allotype. Color in alcohol similar to males; peltidium mottled purple except for pale ovate area running from eye tubercle to posterior of peltidium ; abdominal tergites variable in color, ranging from dusky purple to straw color; palpi mottled purple on tarsi, metatarsus, tibia, and apical one-half of femur; metatarsus of first leg faint purple; tibia and apical one-third of femur dusky purple; second and third legs dusky purple on tibia and femur; distal end of metatarsi, tibia, and apical one-half of femur of fourth leg dusky purple. Dentition fairly constant. Fixed finger having large mesal tooth with anterior and principal tooth about three-fourths size of mesal tooth. One large intermediate tooth between mesal and principal tooth, anterior one being smaller. Movable finger with large principal tooth and anterior tooth about two-thirds size of principal tooth. Anterior edge of finger rough. Fondal teeth graded I, III, II, IV mesially and ectally (fig. 7). Eyes separated by one diameter. No visible ctenidia. Genital operculum distinctive (fig. 8). September, 1965] Brookhart: New Colorado Solpugids 155 notes. This female is similar in many respects to Hemerotrecha elpasoensis Muma (1962) but lacks serrated teeth on the anterior portion of the movable finger of the chelicerae and has broader lateral margins on the genital operculum. The pale ovate area on the peltidium is also distinctive. Although this species has been recorded in the neighboring states of Utah, New Mexico, and Wyoming, no females were found. A total of 15 males and 10 females were collected. They appeared in all of the can-trap lines. It also has been found in the basements of houses in Pueblo and Colorado Springs. It has a seasonal distribution ranging from April 6th to July 4th, with the males becoming prevalent in late June and early July. They were found at altitudes ranging from 8,200 feet above sea level to 4,800 feet. They were most common in the upper altitudinal range of the Wet Mountains. allotype and series on deposit in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. Literature Cited Muma, Martin H. 1951. The arachnid order Solpugida in the United States. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 97 (2): 35-141. . 1962. The arachnid order Solpugida in the United States, Supplement I. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. No. 2092, 1-44. Received for Publication March 30, 1965 156 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from Salem County, New Jersey1 2 Sujit Kumar DasGupta- and Elton J. Hansens3 Rutgers — The State University, New Brunswick, New Jersey Abstract: Collections of Ceratopogonidae were made in Salem County, New Jersey by means of mosquito light traps operated daily at five locations from June through August. Species of Culicoides collected in order of decreasing frequency were C. variipennis, C. venustus, C. stellifer, C. hollensis, C. crepuscularis, C. biguttatus, C. sanguisuga, C. arboricola, C. melleus, C. piliferus, and C. villosipennis. Collection of C. arboricola , and C. piliferus are new records for New Jersey. Detailed analysis of taxonomic features are given for the first eight of these species. Studies on the biting midges ( Culicoides ) in New Jersey have been very limited. Smith (1899) included only species, Culicoides variipennis , in his list of insects of New Jersey. Foote and Pratt (1954) added five more species and Fox ( 1955) listed six species from New Jersey. More recently Burbutis and Jobbins (1964) reported a total of 15 species from the state as follows: C. baueri Hoffman, C. biguttatus (Coquillet), C. crepuscularis Malloch, C. jurens (Poey), C. guttipennis (Coquillet), C. hollensis (Melander and Brues), C. melleus (Coquillet), C. obsoletus (Meigen), C. sanguisuga (Coquillet), C. spinosus Root and Hoffman, C. stellifer (Coquillet), C. testudinalis Wirth and Hubert, C. variipennis (Coquillet), C. venustus Hoffman, and C. villosipennis Root and Hoffman. In the summer of 1956 collections of Ceratopogonidae were made at five locations in Salem County, New Jersey, using standard mosquito light traps. A total of 3,909 biting midges were taken, including 505 Culicoides. In the present study the Culicoides have been studied in detail. Ten species previously reported from New Jersey were collected. Two new records for the state were the collection of C. arboricola , Root and Hoffman, and C. piliferus, Root and Hoffman. Details of morphological characters were studied on those species which were taken in large numbers. methods. The traps at the five locations were operated from 7:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M. as follows: Two traps, one at the barn and the other about 250 feet away near the cottage, were operated at the Haynes farm on the Fort Elsinboro Road 2 V'2 miles southwest of Salem; a third trap was located about 1 mile to the north at the Ritchie farm. Trap 4 (Gardner) was operated in a residential 1 Paper of the Journal Series, New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Rutgers — The State University. Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology. 2 Present address, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 3 Research Specialist in Entomology. Fig. 1. Lateral (A) and dorsal (B) views of the third segment of the maxillary palp of C. crepuscularis (female) showing measurement (solid part of line a-b) of the sensory pit. Fig. 2. Diagrams of alveoli of bristles on the scutellum. A. C. arboricola, B. biguttatus, C. crepuscularis , D. furens, E. hollensis , F. piliferus, G. sanguisuga, H. stellifer , I. variipennis, and J. venustus. Fig. 3. Two patterns of distal pale spot in cell R- of C. crepuscularis (female). Fig. 4. Hind tibial comb of C. crepuscularis (female) showing difference in length of spines of the comb. Fig. 5. Spermatheca of C. crepuscularis showing unsclerotized beginning of the sper- mathecal duct. area of the city of Salem, and Trap 5 (Richman farm) was on New Jersey highway 45, 5 miles northeast of Salem. The Ceratopogonidae collected by the traps were preserved dry in pill boxes. For taxonomic study the specimens were treated in hot carbolic acid until proper distension was obtained and then were dissected under the microscope for mounting on slides in the best position to show taxonomic details. Permanent mounts were prepared with phenoleuparol mixture. Where long series of speci- mens were available only a portion was given this detailed treatment; part of the specimens were identified in the dry state. Terminology used in taxonomic descriptions followed the practice of Wirth and Blanton (1959) and Jamnback and Wirth (1963). Both distribution of antennal sensoria and the number of 158 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 1. Collections of Ceratopogonidae in five light traps, Salem County. Species Trap 1 Trap 2 Trap 3 Trap 4 Trap 5 Total Per cent of Culicoides Nights collected 35 24 26 51 46 Total Ceratopogonidae 800 602 695 598 1,212 3,909 Total Culicoides 101 32 29 46 297 505 variipennis 8 1 104 113 22.4 venustus 5 1 97 103 20.4 stellifer 33 3 2 14 48 100 19.8 hollensis 30 10 14 16 9 79 15.6 ere puscularis 4 13 7 4 15 43 8.5 furens 10 5 5 9 4 33 6.5 biguttatus 7 2 9 18 3.6 sanguisuga 3 1 7 11 2.2 arboricola 2 2 0.4 melleus 1 1 0.2 pilijerus 1 1 0.2 villosipennis 1 1 0.2 sensoria per segment were noted. The depth of the sensory pit (Fig. 1) in the third segment of the maxillary palp was measured. The scutellar bristles were recorded by plotting the distribution of their alveoli. When the number of alveoli was low, the count and distribution were quite constant for a species, but when the number of alveoli was more than ten, only the distribution pattern was dependable. Intra-specific differences were small in such characters as proboscis length, head-length index, and depth of sensory pit. Illustrations were drawn with the aid of camera lucida, except for schematic diagrams of the scutellar bristles. results. The numbers of each of the 12 species of Culicoides collected are listed by trap location in Table 1. The total number of each species for all traps, and an expression of it as a per cent of the total number of Culicoides collected, are also shown in Table 1. Four species, C. hollensis, C. stellifer, C. variipennis , and C. venustus, made up 78% of these collections. Two species (C. variipennis and C. venustus) were found almost entirely at trap 5, the location most distant from salt marsh areas. Compared with other Ceratopogonidae, the numbers of Culicoides taken in these traps was surprisingly small. Preliminary examination of other Cera- topogonidae shows that most of the insects belong to 5 genera: Atrichopogon Kieffer, Dasyhelea Kieffer, Forcipomyia Meigen, Bezzia Kieffer, and Stilobezzia Kieffer. In these collections, females made up 91% of the Culicoides ; for 6 species, including C. hollensis , the fourth most abundant, no males at all were taken. Four species were taken at all five locations. Only one or two individuals of each of the four least common species (C. arboricola, C. pilijerus, C. melleus, September, 1965] DasGupta and Hansens: N. J. Culicoides 159 and C. villosipennis) were taken and these were all taken at only one location. Although the numbers of Culicoides collected were not large, a combination of all the data from all traps (Table 2) for the 5 most common species shows them all to be present from June 23 (when collections began) to August 31. C. venustus seems to appear later than the others and C. variipennis dies off in the last half of August. From the data available it is impossible to determine whether there are several broods of the various species. taxonomic considerations. Sufficient specimens from each of the following 8 species were available for detailed taxonomic measurements, expressed in mm as averages and range. C. biguttatus. Wing length 1.37 (1.35-1.39), breadth 0.55 (0.54-0.57) and costal length 0.89 (0.86-0.91) ; mandible teeth number 15.8 (14-17) ; ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.78; palp segments in the proportion 8:22:25:14:1 3, palpal ratio 2.6 (2. 5-2. 7) ; antenna with sensoria on III (2-3), VII (1), and IX, XV (1 on each), missing occasionally (9%) from IX-X, while flagellar segments are in the proportion 25:15:16:17:18:18:18:18: 25:25:27:30:40; 2 functional spermathecae measure (length X breadth): 0.067 X 0.053, and 0.063 X 0.05. Scutellar bristles 11 in number, 7 smaller ones with 1 at middle, between larger two, and 3 on each side (Fig. 2B). C. crepuscularis. Wing length 1.46 (1.35-1.55), breadth 0.6 (0.54-0.64), and costal length 0.87 (0.84-0.9) ; mandible teeth number 14 (13-15) ; ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.81; palp segments in the proportion 8:24:37: 12 : 13, palpal ratio 2.17 (1.95-2.35), with sensory pit depth in III segment (Fig. 1) 0.028; antenna with sensoria on III (5-9), IV-XI (1-3, in each), and XII-XV (2-5, in each), missing occasionally (15%) from XV, while flagellar segments are in the proportion 16: 12 : 12 : 13 : 13 : 14: 14: 14: 26:26:30:30:35. Scutellar bristles 20 in number, 13 smaller ones arranged in one central cluster (Fig. 2C). Two distinct forms of wing maculation were noted in crepuscularis ; those with com- paratively small pale spots and those with larger ones. In 61.5% the apical pale spot in cell R.5 does not touch wing margin; in the rest the spot touches the margin (Fig. 3A and B). No other significant difference between the two forms, however, was noted. Wirth (1952), in crepuscularis from California, and Foote and Pratt (1954) in those from the eastern United States, found only the large maculation. The continuous pale area just behind the second radial cell, continuous with the pale spot at r-m crossvein, noted in Florida material, was not seen in our collections. The spines of the hind tibial comb of crepuscularis (Fig. 4) differ from Lewis’ (1956) key to Nearctic Culicoides beyond the couplet no. 15. The difference between the first two spines is very small in crepuscularis , whereas in furens, hollensis, melleus, and piliferus the difference is gross. Wirth (1952) notes that in crepuscularis the single spermatheca is continued into a sclero- tized duct that extends nearly as long as the spermatheca. In our specimens, however, this duct is unsclerotized almost from its origin (Fig. 5). C. furens. Wing length 1.18 (1.12-1.28), breadth 0.53 (0.51-0.55), and costal length 0.8 (0.78-0.83) ; mandible teeth number 15 (12-18) ; ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.81; palp segments in the proportion 8:20:29:11:12, palpal ratio 2.73 (2. 6-3.0), with sensory pit depth in III segment 0.009; antenna with sensoria on III (3), VII (1-2, in each), VIII-IX (2, in each), and X (2-3), while flagellar segments are in the proportion 17:14:13: 160 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 2. Abundance of Culicoides through the season. Collection Dates Number collected C. variipennis C. venustus C. stellifer C. hollensis C. crepusculans June 23-30 26 4 32 24 7 July 1-15 35 21 20 11 8 July 16-31 15 24 14 14 7 Aug. 1-15 27 20 17 10 14 Aug. 16-31 9 35 16 18 9 13:13:13:13:13:22:23:25:27:37; 2 functional spermathecae measure: 0.046 X 0.039, and 0.043 X 0.03. Scutellar bristles 10 in number, 6 smaller ones more or less in a median transverse row (Fig. 2D). Wing maculation varies with about 10% of the females showing a confluence of distal spots in cell R5 (Fig. 6) rather than separate spots (Fig. 7). Foote and Pratt (1954) figure macrotrichia only in cell Ro, whereas Wirth and Blanton (1959) show that they can be seen in all cells down to the anal cell and on branches of M and MCu veins. The dark streak above the MCu vein was not seen in wings of New Jersey specimens. The area just above the mediocubital fork looks pale in dry-mounted specimens, and a scrutiny of slide prepara- tions reveals that this area contains only thinly set sclerotized microtrichia typical of dark areas in wings of Culicoides (Fig. 8). C. hollensis. Wing length 1.24 (1.17-1.33), breadth 0.48 (0.46-0.5), and costal length 0.82 (0.8-0.86); mandible teeth number 14.17 (13-16); ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.89; palp segments in the proportion 9:22:25:12:10, palpal ratio 2.8 (2.76-2.81) with sensory pit depth in III segment 0.006; antenna with sensoria on III (1), and XIII-XV (1, in each), occasionally (3%) also on XII, while flagellar segments are in the proportion 18:12:12:12:13:13:13:13:19:20:22:24:34; 2 functional spermathecae measure : 0.09 X 0.075, and 0.088 X 0.073. Scutellar bristles 18 in number, 14 smaller ones, except median two, arranged more or less in a V-shaped row across scutellum (Fig. 2E). C. sanguisuga. Wing length 1.22 (1.14-1.38), breadth 0.51 (0.46-0.58), and costal length 0.77 (0.69-0.88); mandible teeth number 14.8 (13-16); ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.77; palp segments in the proportion 6:19:19:9:10, palpal ratio 2.09 (2.0-2.34), with sensory pit depth in III segment 0.009; antenna with sensoria on III (3), and XI-XIV (1-2, in each), while flagellar segments are in the proportion 20:14:12:12:12:12:13:14:18: 19:20:23:35; 2 functional spermathecae measure: 0.005 X 0.004, and 0.004 X 0.003. Scutellar bristles 4 in number, all of larger type (Fig. 2G). The difficulty of species diagnosis in the obsoletus group has been recently discussed by jamnback and Wirth (1963), and it is evident that with this group from New Jersey, one will have to make the determination among 3 closely related species — chiopterus (Meigen), obsoletus (Meigen), and sanguisuga (Coquillet). Quantitative data for the 11 specimens show unmistakably they are sanguisuga , since such subtler details as wing length, mandible teeth number and ratio of proboscis length to head length fit the range known for sanguisuga. The configuration of the third palpal segment is also that of sanguisuga. However, while cell Mi bears 2 to 4 macrotrichia (average 3.2), the same as sanguisuga , vein Mi consistantly shows a higher number of macrotrichia (average 12, range 8 to 15). In view of the relative unimportance of this feature, this discrepancy is ignored. September, 1965] DasGupta and Hansens: N. J. Culicoides 161 0.05mm 0.05mm 0.05mm Figs. 6-7. Separated and confluent patterns of distal pale spots in cell R5 of C. jurens (female) . Fig. 8. Sclerotized microtrichia above medio-cubital fork in wing of C. jurens (female). Fig. 9. Sclerotized microtrichia around 3 pale spots in cell Mi of C. stellifer (female). Figs. 10-14. Various maculations of wing cell Mi in C. venustus. C. stellifer. Wing length 1.17 (1.03-1.22), breadth 0.5 (0.48-0.51), and costal length 0.73 (0.71-0.76); mandible teeth number 15.2 (14-16); ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.76; palp segments in the proportion 6:16:20:6:8; palpal ratio 1.9 (1.82-2.0), with sensory pit depth in III segment 0.018; antenna with sensoria on III (2), and VIII-X (3-4), occasionally (33.3%) also on VII (2-3), while flagellar segments are in the proportion 16:13: 13:13:14:14:14:14:17:20:21:22:33; 2 functional spermathecae measure: 0.05 X 0.38, and 0.045 X 0.033. Scutellar bristles 6 in number, 2 smaller ones outer to two larger lateral bristles (Fig. 2H). In wing maculation the 3 spots in cell Mi are separated from each other throughout the series (Fig. 9). C. variipennis. Wing length 1.81 (1.71-1.86), breadth 0.72 (0.67-0.74), and costal length 1.09 (1.06-1.11); mandible teeth number 15.1 (12-16); ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.08; palp segments in the proportion 19:31 :40: 16: 20, palpal ratio 2.91 (2.85- 2.98), with sensory pit depth in III segment 0.015; antenna with sensoria on III (1-2), VIII-IX (2, in each), and X (3-4), while flagellar segments are in the proportion 26:19:19: 19:19:18:17:18:21:22:22:25:45. Scutellar bristles 4 in number, all of larger type (Fig. 21). Data given above indicate that the specimens belong to var. variipennis (Coquillet), since 162 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII they show values of wing length, mandible teeth number, palpal ratio, and sensoria distribu- tion in antennae peculiar to this variety. Further, they show other characters typical of var. variipennis. None of the material examined showed a distal pale spot in cell Mi touching the wing margin. In dorsal aspect of their mesonotum, blackish dots are copious. Male genitalia all show a bare aedeagus and paramere tips impressively arched away from each other at middle, while the female spermatheca shows up as a characteristically U-shaped body, two limbs virtually touching each other. C. venustus. Wing length 1.55 (1.48-1.66), breadth 0.64 (0.62-0.68), and costal length 1.06 (1.02-1.11); mandible teeth number 14 (12-16); ratio of proboscis length to head length index 0.74; palp segments in the proportion 7:22:28:11:15, palpal ratio 2.53 (2.5- 2.73); antenna with sensoria on III (3-5), XI-XIII (1-2, in each), and XIV-XV (2-3, in each), with occasionally (45%) on V-VII and IX (1-2, in each), while flagellar segments are in the proportion 21 : 18: 19: 20: 20: 19: 20: 20: 27: 28:30:35 :46 ; 2 functional spermathecae measure: 0.048 X 0.04, and 0.043 X 0.035. Scutellar bristles 6 in number, 2 smaller ones outer but a little caudad to two larger, lateral bristles (Fig. 2J). Wing maculation of the material studied presents a striking point in respect to the two distal pale spots in cell Mi. In 44.4% of the specimens, the distal-most pale spot is lacking (Fig. 10) ; when it is present, it may show up in four different forms (Figs. 11-14) but most often as a small pale spot. Those lacking spots consistently bear darker wings, more man- dibular teeth, and less extra sensoria-bearing segments in their antennae. Those with the spot are smaller (average wing length 1.5) than those without the spot (average length 1.65). These differences require study in a larger series of specimens to assess their bearing on intra-specific variations. Literature Cited Burbutis, P. P., and D. M. Jobbins. 1964. Notes on the Culicoides of New Jersey. Mosquito News 24 (4): 447-448. Foote, R. H., and H. D. Pratt. 1954. The Culicoides of the Eastern United States (Diptera, Heleidae). U. S. Publ. Health. Monograph 18: 1-53. Fox, I. 1955. A catalogue of the blood sucking midges of the Americas (Culicoides, Leptoconops and Lasiohelea) with keys to the subgenera and nearctic species, a geo- graphic index, and bibliography. J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 39 (4): 214-285. Jamnback, H., and W. W. Wirth. 1963. The species of Culicoides related to obsoletus in Eastern North America (Diptera : Ceratopogonidae) . Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 56: 185-198. Lewis, F. B. 1956. On the tibial comb of the Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) and its use in the determination of the Nearctic species of Culicoides. Canad. Ent. 88 (9): 546-552. Smith, J. B. 1900. Catalogue of insects of New Jersey. Supplement to N. J. State Board of Agric., 27th Ann. Rpt. p. 628. Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent. 9 (2): 237-266. and F. S. Blanton. 1959. Biting midges of the genus Culicoides from Panama (Diptera : Heleidae). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 109: 237-482. AND R. H. Jones. 1957. The North American subspecies of Culicoides variipennis (Diptera, Heleidae). U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1170: 1-35. Received for Publication May 10, 1965 September, 1965] Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies XI 163 Undescribed Species of Crane-flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), XI1 Charles P. Alexander Amherst, Massachusetts Abstract: Six new species of the Eriopterine genus Ormosia Rondani are described, includ- ing Ormosia ( Ormosia ) kashmiri n. sp., from Kashmir; 0. (0.) nyctopoda n. sp., from Pakistan; 0. (0.) moghalensis n. sp., 0. ( 0 .) harsha n. sp., and 0. (0.) rhaphiclis n. sp., from Kumaon ; 0. (0.) setaxilla n. sp., from Sikkim. Part X of this series of papers was published in the Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 73: 33-38, 1965. The present paper continues the study of the genus Ormosia Rondani, a very large group of usually small and medium- sized crane-flies that are eminently characteristic of the Holarctic Region. The present materials were collected by Dr. Fernand Schmid to whom much of our recent knowledge of Indian species of these flies is due. The types are preserved in my personal collection. Ormosia ( Ormosia ) moghalensis n. sp. Legs brown, the tips of the femora pale yellow; wings light brown, conspicuously variegated by whitened areas in several of the cells, chiefly as narrow arcuated or trans- verse nearly continuous bands; cell Ms open by atrophy of basal section of M 3, vein 2nd A sinuous; male hypopygium with a single compact dististyle; phallosome including trispinous gonopophyses. male. Length about 4.5 mm; wing 5 mm. Type mounted on a microscope slide. Legs with femora brown, tips narrowly pale yellow; remainder of legs brown, the outer tarsal segments brownish yellow. Wings light brown, con- spicuously variegated by whitened areas on disk, including a nearly complete transverse band from before origin of Rs to vein 2nd A ; a second arcuated area just before cord, extending from vein R across center of cell Ri, outer end of cell R and near outer end of cell M ; a narrower extensive very sinuous band beyond cord, from base of cell Rs across cells Ri and R~i at near midlength, thence bent backward and basad into cell M and beyond bases of cells Ms and Mi ; a more isolated whitened spot near tip of vein 1st A in both cells Cu and 1st A; stigma yellowed, narrowly darkened posteriorly; veins chiefly brown. Venation: Sci ending opposite Rs, Scs about opposite midlength of Rs ; Rs+s and Rs subequal; cell Ms open by atrophy of basal section of Ms; m-cu just before fork of M; vein 2nd A sinuous on outer two-fifths. Abdomen, including hypopygium, dark brown. Male hypopygium with tergite produced into a broad depressed-flattened lobe that is gently widened outwardly, posterior border truncate, extensively membranous, densely set with small patches or islets of approximately ten setulae to each group, those at base of the membranous area larger and with more numerous setulae. Basistyle stout; dististyle single, terminal in position, appearing as a com- pact yellow structure, its inner apical angle produced into a long blackened spine. Phallosome including bispinous gonapophyses and a closely interconnected further spine in the region 1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts. 164 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII of the interbase, all spines slender, blackened, the outermost largest. Aedeagus terminating in a strongly recurved simple crook. holotype $, Ugsara, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 4,500 feet, May 29, 1958 (Schmid) . Ormosia ( Ormosia ) moghalensis is entirely distinct from other regional members of the genus, especially in the wing pattern and in the structure of the male hypopygium. Ormosia ( Ormosia ) nyctopoda n. sp. General coloration brownish gray, the praescutum with two slightly darker brown inter- mediate stripes; antennae black; halteres yellowed; legs dark brown; wings uniformly tinged with pale brown, stigma elongate, slightly darker; vein R2+ 3+4 about twice R2+3; cell 1st M2 shorter than Mr, vein 2nd A virtually straight. female. Length about 6.5 mm; wing 7.5 mm. Rostrum brownish gray ; palpi black. Antennae black ; flagellar segments oval, a little shorter than their verticils; terminal segment exceeding the penultimate. Head brownish gray, with yellow setae. Pronotum brownish gray, the lateral angles of the scutellum slightly more yellowed. Mesonotum brownish gray, praescutum with two slightly darker brown intermediate stripes, subobsolete or confluent before the tuberculate pits, distinct behind; pseudosutural foveae black, conspicuous. Pleura dark gray, dorsopleural membrane brown. Halteres yellowed. Legs with coxae and trochanters gray, remainder of legs uniformly dark brown. Wings uniformly tinged with pale brown, the elongate stigma slightly darker brown ; veins light brown. Venation: Sci ending opposite R2, Sc2 beyond one-third the length of the straight Rs] R2+3+i relatively short, about twice R2+3; cell 1st M2 closed, shorter than Mr, m-cu about one-third its length beyond fork of M; vein 2nd A virtually straight, the outer third a little sinuous. Abdomen brownish gray. Ovipositor large, valves horn yellow, basal half of cerci darker. holotype $, Salf-ul-Maluk Sar, Pakistan, at lake margin, 11,000 feet, July 2, 1953 (Schmid). Ormosia ( Ormosia ) nyctopoda is readily told from other regional members of the genus by the coloration of the body, legs, and wings, in conjunction with the venation, especially the closed cell 1st ML> and the nearly straight vein 2nd A. It is possible that the fly pertains to the subgenus Rhypholophus Kolenati, where the males have the penis filaments bifid instead of simple as in typical Ormosia. Among the European species the fly somewhat suggests Ormosia fascipennis (Zetterstedt) which is told readily by the patterned wings Ormosia ( Ormosia ) harsha n. sp. Allied to pulchra; size relatively large (wing of male 6 mm or more) ; general coloration of thorax gray, praescutum with a brown central stripe; halteres light yellow; femora yellow with two brown rings; wings brownish gray, restrictedly variegated by dark and pale areas; cell M2 open by atrophy of basal section of M3 ; male hypopygium with the dististyle and each gonapophysis bifid; apex of tergite with a shallow V-shaped emargination. male. Length about 4. 8-5. 5 mm; wing 6-7 mm; antenna about 1. 2-1.3 mm. September, 1965] Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies XI 165 female. Length about 5.5 mm; wing 6 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, pedicel light brown ; flagellar segments elongate with conspicuous verticils on proximal segments, additional to dense white setae. Head dark gray. Pronotum brownish gray, sides of scutellum yellowed. Mesonotum gray, praescutum with a broad brown central stripe and poorly defined laterals. Pleura medium gray. Halteres light yellow. Legs with coxae brownish gray; trochanters obscure yellow; femora yellow with a broad dark brown nearly terminal ring and a still more extensive paler brown band at near midlength ; tibiae brown ; tarsi passing into black. Wings light brownish gray, restrictedly variegated by dark and paler areas, stigma darkest ; vague brown clouds in cells C and Sc, in outer radial field and less evidently in bases of cubital and anal cells ; veins brown, prearcular field more yellowed. Venation: Sci, ending just beyond R-, Sc» about opposite one-third Rs ; veins Rj and Ri, moderately upcurved at tips; R»+ s and R» subequal; cell M2 open by atrophy of basal section of Mr,, m transverse ; m-cn a short distance before fork of M; vein 2nd A sinuous on outer half. Abdomen, including hypopygium, dark brown. Male hypopygium with tergal lobe long, posterior border with a shallow V-shaped emargination, the apex with a triangular mem- branous area, with setae on the darkened sclerotized parts only. Basistyle with outer apical angle slightly produced. Dististyle virtually single, including a major style with a small scalelike inner blade at its base; major body unequally bispinous, the inner point large, blackened, gently curved to the acute tip, with a small lateral flange before apex, bearing a single long seta ; outer point small and slender. Phallosome including distinctive black apophyses, these unequally bifid, the major inner arm a flattened blade, its tip acute; outer arm a slender acute blackened spine. holotype S, Gangrea, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 7,500-10,000 feet, June 13, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype, 2. Paratopotypes, several of both sexes. The most similar species include the smaller Ormosia ( Ormosia ) kashmiri n. sp., and O. (O.) pulchra (Brunetti), differing evidently in the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the dististyles and gonapophyses. Ormosia ( Ormosia ) kashmiri n. sp. Allied to pulchra', general coloration gray, praescutum with a broad brown central stripe; femora yellow, biannulate with brown, outer dark ring subterminal; wings brown, with restricted yellow spots; vein 2nd A strongly sinuous; male hypopygium with posterior border of tergite very gently emarginate ; both dististyles terminating in acute blackened points, gonapophyses appearing as triangular blackened blades. male. Length about 4.5 mm; wing 5 mm; antenna about 1.4 mm. female. Length about 5 mm; wing 5.7 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae light brown; flagellar segments subcylindrical, outer ones elongate-oval; verticils of the more proximal segments very long, exceeding twice the length of the segments, all the latter with further dense short yellow setae. Head brownish gray. Pronotum obscure yellow, scutellum and pretergites light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum gray with a broad brown central stripe that is more intensely darkened medially behind, lateral stripes poorly indicated; posterior sclerites brownish gray, each scutal lobe with two brown areas. Pleura dark gray, dorsopleural membrane brown. Halteres yellowed, the apex of knob clearer yellow. Legs with coxae gray; trochanters yellow; femora yellow, biannulate with brown, the extreme tip and a narrow intermediate ring yellow; tibiae and 166 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII tarsi brown. Wings brown, restrictedly patterned with yellowed spots before origin of Rs and cord and in outer ends of cells Rs, Rs, and Rt; other pale areas in both anal cells and in the prearcular field; veins brown. Venation: Sci ending just beyond Rs, the latter at or just beyond the fork of Rs+s+i', tips of veins Rs and Rt upcurved; m-cu before fork of M ; outer half of vein 2nd A strongly sinuous, in the allotype lying somewhat closer to the wing margin. Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with posterior border of tergal lobe very gently emarginate. Both dististyles terminating in acute blackened points. Gonapophyses appearing as triangular blackened blades, the apical point microscopically bidenticulate ; lateral margin with a single acute spine; cephalic border with a few microscopic teeth. holotype 8 , Shardi, Kashmir, 6,130 feet, May 19, 1954 (Schmid). Allotopo- type, $ , pinned with type. Ormosia ( Ormosia ) kashmiri is closely allied and generally similar to O. (O.) pulchra (Brunetti), differing evidently in the hypopygial structure, includ- ing the dististyles and gonapophyses. Ormosia ( Ormosia ) rhaphidis n. sp. Size medium (wing about 5.5 mm); head gray; general coloration of thorax fulvous yellow; halteres light yellow; legs brownish black, femoral bases yellowed; wings brownish yellow, stigmal region faintly darker; cell Ms open by atrophy of basal section of Ms, vein 2nd A sinuous; male hypopygium with the basistyle produced apically into a slender spine; gonapophyses appearing as simple blackened reniform blades. male. Length about 4.7 mm; wing 5.5 mm; antenna about 1 mm. female. Length about 5 mm; wing 5.3 mm. Rostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae relatively short; scape and pedicel light brown, flagellum brownish black ; segments oval, the more proximal ones with very long verticils, especially in the male. Head gray. Thorax almost uniformly fulvous yellow, sides of praescutum and the dorsopleural mem- brane clearer yellow; pseudosutural foveae reddish; thoracic vestiture golden yellow. Halteres light yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; femora brownish black, bases yellowed, remainder of legs brownish black. Wings brownish yellow, stigmal region faintly darker, prearcular and costal fields clearer yellow; veins pale brown, only slightly more yellowed in the brighter areas. Venation: Sci ending opposite Rs, Scs about opposite one-third Rs, Rs a little longer than R-, ; cell Ms open by atrophy of basal section of Ms', m oblique, merging gradually with Ms ; m-cu at fork of M ; vein 2nd A sinuous on more than the outer third. Abdomen dark brown, tergal region of hypopygium paler. Ovipositor with genital segment fulvous, valves light horn yellow. Male hypopygium with apical lobe of tergite relatively short, transverse, posterior border very gently emarginate, lateral angles broadly obtuse. Basistyle with outer apical angle produced into an acute slender spine that is fully one-half as long as the inner dististyle ; setae at base of spine very long, much exceeding the spine. Dististyles united basally, outer style a slender sclerotized rod, narrowed and strongly curved into a long acute blackened spine; inner style a stouter straight rod, its tip acute, inner margin at base with a small oval lobe or scale. Phallosome including a blackened reniform apophysis, its apex sharp-pointed. Aedeagus slender, apex curved. holotype 8, Gangrea, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 7,500-10,000 feet, June 13, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype 9, pinned with type. September, 1965] Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies XI 167 Ormosia ( Ormosia ) rhaphidis is readily told from other regional species having unpatterned wings with cell M 2 open by the atrophy of the basal section of Ms by the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the long terminal spine of the basistyle and the simple gonapophyses. The most similar such species is O. ( O .) set axilla n. sp. Ormosia ( Ormosia ) setaxilla n. sp. Size small (wing of male about 6 mm) ; general coloration of thorax plumbeous gray, praescutum broadly darkened medially; antennae relatively short; halteres yellow; wings whitened, stigma brown, cell M-± open by atrophy of basal section of M3, vein 2nd A strongly sinuous; male hypopygium with outer dististyle small, triangular; inner apophyses blackened, reniform, outer apophyses curved into a long spine with a brush of setae in its axil. male. Length about 5. 5-5. 7 mm; wing 6.0-6. 2 mm; antenna about 1. 2-1.3 mm. female. Length about 5. 5-6.0 mm; wing 6. 2-6. 3 mm. Rostrum and palpi brown. Antennae relatively short; basal flagellar segments oval, outer ones more elongate, subcylindrical. Head brown. Thorax almost uniformly dark plumbeous gray, the broad central region of praescutum darker; pseudosutural foveae black. Halteres yellow. Legs with coxae dark brown, trochanters more yellowed; remainder of legs dark brown. Wings whitened, stigma brown; very narrow and vague darkenings over the cord ; veins brown, Sc and prearcular veins paler. Venation: Sci ends shortly beyond R2, SC2 at near two-fifths Rs; R2+2 and R> sub- equal; cell M2 open by atrophy of basal section of M-,>, ; m-cu gently sinuous, erect, at the fork of M\ vein 2nd A strongly sinuous on outer half. Abdomen, including hypopygium, dark brown. Male hypopygium with apex of tergite emarginate to form two obtuse lobes. Dististyles terminal; outer style small, triangular, extended into a point ; inner style about twice as long, appearing as a flat darkened blade, its apex obtuse. Phallosome including the small slender aedeagus, its apex bent at a right angle; inner gonapophysis appearing as a blackened gently arcuate reniform structure, the tip acute; outer apophysis with base expanded, yellow, outer half a gently curved slender spine with a brush of long setae in its axil. holotype 8, Chumzomoi Choka, Sikkim, 11,800 feet, in Rhododendron associa- tion, July 8, 1959 (Schmid). Paratopotype 8, with the type. Paratypes S $, Chachu, Sikkim, 11,500 feet, June 28-29, 1959 (Schmid); $9, Yumtang, Sikkim, 12,140 feet, in Rhododendron association, June 27, 1959 (Schmid). Ormosia ( Ormosia ) setaxilla is most similar to species such as O. (O.) geniculata (Brunetti) and O. (O.) pulchra (Brunetti), together with a few other allied forms described in the present paper. The fly differs from all of these in the hypopygial structure, particularly of the dististyles and phallosome. Received for Publication May 6, 1965 168 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Identification and Quantitative Estimation of Nucleotides from Tissues of Leucophaea maderae by Paper Chromatography1 2 Curtis L. Washington- and Daniel Ludwig University Biology Department, Fordham University Abstract: A chromatographic analysis was made of the hemolymph, muscle, and fat body of the cockroach Leucophaea maderae , for purines, pyrimidines, and their derivatives. Posi- tive identification was based on the distribution pattern of spots and spectral absorption curves of eluates. No purines or pyrimidines, except uric acid, were positively identified in the hemolymph. Adenosine, AMP, ADP, ATP, and NAD were identified in muscle and fat body extracts and their concentrations in muscle estimated. The average concentrations, expressed as /ag/g of wet muscle, are AMP, 45.89; ADP, 72.51; ATP, 57.71; and NAD, 19.54. Uric acid was also identified in fat body extracts. Pyridoxal phosphate may be present in the fat body and muscle. A limited amount of work has been done on purine and pyrimidine derivatives of insects. Albaum and Kletzkin (1948) isolated adenosine triphosphate (ATP) from insect tissue and concluded that it is identical with that obtained from mammalian muscle. Calaby (1951) isolated and purified ATP from homog- enates of the locust, Gastrimargus musicus. It was compared and found to be identical with that similarly isolated from rabbit muscle. He thus confirmed the earlier conclusion of Albaum and Kletzkin. Levenbook ( 1953) working with the blow fly, Phormia regina , enzymatically determined amounts of nucleotides in the flight muscle. Expressed as mg/g of dry muscle, they were ATP, 16.25; adenosine diphosphate (ADP), 3.11; and adenosine monophosphate (AMP), 4.04. Winteringham, Bridges, and Hellyer (1955) fed radioactive phosphorus (P32) to the house fly, Muse a domestica, and found that 80% of the isotope was incorporated in the acid-soluble phosphorylated compounds of the thoracic tissue. They reported 37.2% of the total was in ATP; 1.2% in ADP; and less than 6.9% in AMP. Price and Lewis (1959) extracted nucleotides from isolated sarcosomes of the blow fly, Calliphora erytkrocephala , and determined the con- centration of ATP, ADP, AMP, and nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide (NAD). The values expressed as mg/g of wet thoracic muscle were ATP, 4.1; ADP, 2.05; AMP, 0.051; and NAD, 0.56. Wyatt, Loughheed, and Wyatt (1956) found no purines or pyrimidines in the hemolymph of the silk worm, Bombyx mori. Todd ( 1958) isolated nitrogenous compounds from the hemolymph of the cockroach, Leucophaea maderae. A total of 97.5% of non-protein nitrogen was, and 137.9% was not identified. The present study was undertaken to determine 1 This work was aided by a fellowship from the National Medical Fellowship, Inc. through funds appropriated by The National Foundation. 2 Present address: Department of Cell Biology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Bronx, New York. September, 1965] Washington and Ludwig: Nucleotides from Insect Tissue 169 whether any of these unidentified compounds found in the hemolymph of this species are present as purines, pyrimidines, or their derivatives. It was extended to include a study of their concentrations in muscle and fat body. MATERIALS AND METHODS The cockroaches were kept in glass jars at room temperature (approximately 25° C.) and supplied with laboratory food pellets and water. Adults were used in all experiments. Three methods were employed to obtain hemolymph. One consisted of cutting an antenna and collecting the hemolymph in a depression of a spot- plate while pressure was applied to the abdomen and thorax. The second con- sisted of inactivating the insect in an ice bath, removing the head and last abdominal segment with the attached alimentary canal, and then placing the insect in a glass cylinder which fitted snugly in the mouth of a 15 ml centrifuge tube. It was then centrifuged for 3 minutes at 600 r.p.m. and the hemolymph collected in the centrifuge tube. The third involved quick-freezing by placing the cockroach in a mixture of dry ice and ethanol. The abdomen was cut from the frozen insect, and the frozen hemolymph removed from the thorax with forceps. The extraction procedure described by Pratt (1950) was used to precipitate the proteins from unfrozen hemolymph and that of Tsuboi and Price (1959) from frozen hemolymph and that obtained by centrifugation. The former method employed 95% ethanol, and the latter method cold 0.25 N perchloric acid. The extract was separated by centrifugation and then adsorbed on vegetable charcoal (Norit A) and subsequently eluted with a mixture of either NH4OH, ethanol, and water or of 10% pyridine in 50% ethanol. The mixture was then decanted into a 20 mm sintered glass funnel covered with a layer of Celite (Fisher Scientific Co.). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness, redissolved in 0.1 ml of the ammonia eluting mixture or of distilled water, and chromatographed. These procedures were used with muscle and fat body. Muscle was obtained by first inactivating the insect in an ice bath or by quick-freezing. The insect was removed after about 3 minutes and the meso and metathoracic legs were cut off at the level of the body. In some cases, the muscle was dissected from the basal portions of each leg and placed in ice-cold distilled water, blotted on filter paper, and weighed. In others, the basal portions of the legs were cut off and the muscles removed. The quick- freezing technique was later adopted exclusively for muscle and hemolymph. Fat body was obtained by inactivating the insect in an ice bath. The head and last abdominal segment along with the attached alimentary canal were removed, and the fat body exposed by cutting along the midventral line. It was separated from other tissues and removed. The quick-freezing technique was not used, since the organ could not be easily separated from other tissues without first allowing it to thaw. 170 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 1. Solvent systems used for the separation of nucleotides from insect tissues. The numbers in parentheses represent the composition of the solvents in volume proportions. The pH was adjusted with concentrated NH4OH. Solvent system Hours for run Reference Descending 1. morpholine — n-butanol — water 48 (1) _ (1) (1) 2. isobutyric acid — water — acetic acid 22 (100) (SO) (1) 3. n-propyl alcohol — cone. NHtOH — water 15 (60) (30) (10) 4. isopropvl alcohol — cone. HC1 8 (170) (41) 5. isopropyl alcohol — water — 28% NHiOH 15 (85) (15) (1.3) 6. isopropyl alcohol — cone. HCL — water 20 (170) (40) (39) 7. n-butanol — water 15 (86) (14) 8. n-butanol — water, in an ammonia 20 (86) (14) atmosphere, supplied by the addition of 5% NHiOH inside the chamber 9. n-butanol — ethanol — -water 14 (50) (15) (35) 10. n-butanol — formic acid — water 15 (77) (10) (13) 11. isobutyric acid — 0.5 M NHiOH 24 (5) (3) Ascending 12. n-butanol saturated with 10% 15 aqueous solution of urea 13. 5% NaoHPOi, saturated with isoamvl 16 alcohol 14. 5% ammonium citrate, saturated with 27 isoamyl alcohol, at pH 9.3 and 3.6 15. 5% KHoPCh, saturated with isoamyl alcohol 16 16. saturated (NH()l>SOl — water — 20 (58) (39) isopropvl alcohol — 0.1 M Versenate '(2) (1) 17. isopropyl alcohol — acetic acid — water 20 (60) (30) (2) 18. n-butanol saturated with water, in an 20 ammonia and CCb buffered vapor supplied by the addition of excess solid NHiHCO?, inside the bell jar Block, Durrum, and Zweig (1955) 1 » Chargaff and Davidson (1955) Lederer and Lederer (1957) Markham and Smith (1949) I f ! I Tsuboi and Price (1959) Carter (1950) ! ? ! I 1 1 Tsuboi and Price (1959) The method of Consden, Gordon, and Martin (1944) was used for descending and that of Williams and Kirby (1948) for ascending chromatograms. The solvent systems used are shown in Table 1. Four methods were tried to detect known compounds in developed chromato- grams. The procedures described by Reguera and Asimov (1950) and Wood (1955) involved the use of sodium dichromate or of bromphenol blue. How- ever, neither reagent reacted with all the compounds. The method of Markham September, 1965] Washington and Ludwig: Nucleotides from Insect Tissue 1 7 1 Fig. 1. Curves of an eluate of AMP extracted from muscle, at pH 2 (solid line) and pH 7 (broken line) . 172 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII and Smith (1949), which depends on ultraviolet absorption in the region of 260 m y, was used for the detection of spots in chromatograms. Ultraviolet absorbing spots were distinguished from other dark areas and their borders clearly defined with the fluoroscope as described by Tsuboi and Price (1959). Positive identification was accomplished by plotting spectral absorption curves of eluates and comparing them with those of known compounds, with an adja- cent piece of filter paper as a blank. In this procedure, the removed paper sec- tions were placed separately in centrifuge tubes and 4 ml of phosphate buffer at pH 7 or of 0.01 N HC1 solution, were added and allowed to remain over- night at room temperature. The eluates were thoroughly mixed by inversion, centrifuged, and optical density readings made with the Beckman DU spectro- photometer at wavelengths between 220 and 300 my using increments of 2 my. The amount of a compound in an eluate was determined by the method described by Vischer and Chargaff (1948). It consisted of taking two optical density readings, one at the wavelength giving the maximal and another yielding a lower value. Readings were made on both the eluate and a standard solution con- taining 10 yg/ml. To calculate the quantity, the difference between the maximal and lower readings of the eluate was multiplied by 10, the value of the standard, and this product was then divided by the difference of similar readings obtained with a standard solution. OBSERVATIONS A chromatogram of hemolymph prepared according to the method of Pratt (1950) and sprayed with bromphenol blue, an indicator for purines and pyrim- idines, suggested that xanthine, uric acid, adenosine, and hypoxanthine were present. When ultraviolet light was used to detect the spots, chromatograms showed from 3 to as many as 5 fluorescent and 1 or 2 faint ultraviolet absorbing spots. Spectral curves of their eluates did not agree with those of the known compounds. However, when hemolymph was obtained by centrifugation, and extracted by the procedure of Tsuboi and Price (1959), the chromatograms showed 2 fluorescent spots and 3 ultraviolet absorbing spots. Their correspond- ence to knowns suggested that guanosine monophosphate, inosine, hypoxanthine, or guanosine might be present. When the amount of the extract was increased to 1 ml, the intensity of the fluorescent spots increased without changing that of the ultraviolet absorbing spots. When these chromatograms were viewed through the ultraviolet fluoroscope, the fluorescent spots disappeared suggesting that they were not purines or pyrimidines. Spectral curves of eluates of all these spots did not correspond to any of the known compounds. Furthermore, with hemo- lymph of quick-frozen insects, no improvement in separation resulted. Therefore, no positive identification of any purine or pyrimidine could be made. Chromatograms of muscle dissected from meso and metathoraeic legs demon- strated the presence of AMP, ADP, ATP, and NAD. Typical spectral curves September, 1965] Washington and Ludwig: Nucleotides from Insect Tissue 173 o u> < cr v h— D CD O V) / \ 2 \ / — >- SATURATED (NH) SO — WATER - ISOPROYL ALC . — VE RSE NATE 4 2 4 Fig. 2. Two-dimensional chromatogram of extract quick-frozen muscle, using solvents 11 and 16 of Table 1. The solid line represents ultraviolet absorbing spots and the broken line fluorescent spots. Spots A, B, C, D, and E were identified as ATP, ADP, NAD, AMP, and adenosine respectively. The fluorescent spots (1, 2, and 3) were not positively identified. of AMP obtained from muscle are shown in Figure 1. They are identical with those obtained from the known compound. Similar absorption curves were obtained from eluates of each of the other compounds. In each case, they cor- responded with those obtained with the known, thus confirming their positive identification. NAD was never detected when the ammonia-ethanol-water mixture was used with Norit A; possibly because it is decomposed in the presence of ammonia. The separation of the muscle extract of quick-frozen insects appeared as shown in Fig. 2. In addition to AMP, ADP, ATP, and NAD, adenosine was frequently detected near the solvent front of chromato- grams. Three fluorescent spots were also detected which were not positively identified but may indicate pyridoxal phosphate. The amounts of AMP, ADP, ATP, and NAD are shown in Table 2. 174 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 2. Quantitative estimation of nucleotides separated from muscle. Values are expressed as ftg/g of muscle and are based on an average wet weight of 0.58 g of muscle. ^g/g muscle AMP ADP ATP NAD 12.76 49.88 79.55 — 18.47 120.16 61.66 12.81 26.19 32.81 92.50 14.24 20.05 38.38 19.93 14.52 120.26 52.55 — 30.53 77.59 141.28 34.90 25.62 average 45.89 72.51 57.71 19.54 AMP, ADP, ATP, NAD, and uric acid were identified in the fat body extract. The extraction procedure of Tsuboi and Price (1959) also revealed as yet unidentified fluorescent spots. However, as in the case of muscle, it is thought they may be pyridoxal phosphate, since in chromatograms its 3 spots have a pattern similar to those of the extracts. Spectral curves of extracted uric acid are shown in Fig. 3. DISCUSSION The present findings on the cockroach agree with those of Wyatt, Loughheed, and Wyatt (1956)who failed to find purines or pyrimidines in the hemolymph of the silk worm, B. niori , by the method of paper chromatography. Wyatt (1961) states that uric acid is universally present in insect hemolymph and Todd (1958) found 12.24 mg % of uric acid in the hemolymph of L. maderae. In the present work, though not positively identified, its presence was suggested when the bromphenol blue reagent was employed. The difficulty in its identifica- tion may be attributed to the fact that ultraviolet light (254 m/x), used to detect the spots, is near the minimum absorption (258 m/x) for uric acid (see Fig. 3). Glucosamine or other amino sugars could account for a portion of the uniden- tified non-protein nitrogen, since these compounds have been found in the hemolymph of other insects (Cary and Wyatt, 1960; Wyatt, 1961). The occasional detection of adenosine is probably due to its low concentration in a free state rather than the result of a breakdown of other compounds. Its absence in muscle dissected from the leg is further evidence that adenosine is not a breakdown product since such would be expected when muscle exposed to room temperature was used. To the authors’ knowledge, this is the first time adenosine has been identified in insect muscle. The concentration of AMP obtained in the present experiments approximates the value of 0.051 mg/g which was reported by Price and Lewis (1959) when they used isolated sarco- somes of the blow fly, C. erythrocephala. However, ADP, ATP, and NAD are not as concentrated as those found by these workers. The values found in the OPTICAL DENSITY September, 1965] Washington and Ludwig: Nucleotides from Insect Tissue 175 Fig. 3. Curves of an eluate of uric acid extracted from fat body at pH 7 (solid line) and pH 2 (broken line) . 176 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII cockroach cannot be considered comparable, because they were obtained from whole muscle rather than from sarcosomes (mitochondria). Kilby and Neville (1959) found that homogenates of the fat body of the desert locust, Schistocera gregaria , catalyzed transamination reactions between alpha-ketoglutarate and numerous alpha-amino acids. Bheemeswar (1959) reported that aspartic acid transaminase activity was high in the fat body of the American cockroach, Periplaneta americana. Pyridoxal phosphate is co- transaminase, and hence one would expect to find it in this organ. Anderson and Patton (1955) suggested that the fat body of P. americana is the principal site of uric acid synthesis. Synthetic processes require energy from ATP, thus the presence of this compound together with AMP and ADP would be expected. The fat body functions in oxidative reactions and NAD (coenzyme I) is also necessary. To the authors’ knowledge, the present experiments are the first to demonstrate the presence of these compounds in the fat body of an insect. Literature Cited Albaum, H. C., and M. Kletzkin. 1948. Adenosine triphosphate from Drosophilia melano- gaster. Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 16: 333-337. Anderson, A. D., and R. L. Patton. 1955. In vitro studies of uric acid synthesis in insects. J. Exp. Zool., 128: 443-451. Bheemeswar, B. 1959. Some aspects of amino acid metabolism in insects. Biochemistry of Insects. New York. Block, R., E. L. Durrum, and G. Zweig. 1955. A Manual of Paper Chromatography and Electrophoresis. New York. Calaby, J. H. 1951. Adenosine triphosphate from insect muscle. Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 31: 294-299. Carey, F. G., and G. R. Wyatt. 1960. Uridine diphosphate derivatives in the tissues and hemolymph of insects. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 41: 178-179. Carter, C. E. 1950. Paper chromatography of purine and pyrimidine derivatives of yeast ribonucleic acid. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 72: 1466-1471. Chargaff, E., and J. N. Davidson. 1955. The Nucleic Acids. Vol. I. New York. Consden, G., A. H. Gordon, and A. J. P. Martin. 1944. Qualitative analysis of proteins: a partition chromatographic method using paper. Biochem. J., 38: 224-262. Kilby, B. A., and E. Neville. 1957. Amino metabolism in locust tissue. J. Exp. Biol., 34: 276-289. Lederer, E., and M. Lederer. 1957. Chromatography, a Review of Principles and Applica- tion. New York. Levenbook, L. 1953. The mitochondria of insect flight muscle. J. Histochem. Cytochem., 1 : 242-247. Markham, R., and J. D. Smith. 1949. Chromatographic studies of nucleic acids. 1. A technique for the identification and estimation of purine and pyrimidine bases, nucleosides, and related substances. Biochem. j., 45: 294-298. Pratt, J. J. 1950. A qualitative analysis of the free amino acids in insect blood. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 43: 573-580. Price, G. M., and S. E. Lewis. 1959. Distribution of phosphorus compounds in the blowfly thoracic muscle. Biochem. J., 71: 176-185. Reguera, R. M., and I. Asimov. 1950. The use of silver nitrate and sodium dichromate in the detection of purines by paper chromatography. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 72: 5781-5782. September, 1965] Washington and Ludwig: Nucleotides from Insect Tissue 177 Todd, M. E. 1958. Blood composition of the cockroach, Leucophaea maderae Fabricius. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 66: 135-143. Tsuboi, K. K., and T. D. Price. 1959. Isolation, detection, and measure of microgram quantities of labeled tissue nucleotides. Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 81: 223-237. Vischer, E., and E. Chargaff. 1947. The separation and characterization of purines in minute amounts of nucleic acid hydrolysates. J. Biol. Chem., 163: 781-782. Williams, R. J., and H. Kirby. 1948. Paper chromatography using capillary ascent. Sci- ence, 107: 481-483. Winteringham, F. P. W., P. M. Bridges, and G. C. Hellyer. 1955. Insecticidal action studies with labelled systems. Biochem. J., 59: 13-21. Wood, T. 1955. A reagent for the detection of chloride and certain purines and pyrimidines on paper chromatograms. Nature, 176: 175-176. Wyatt, G. R. 1961. Biochemistry of insect hemolymph. Ann. Rev. Ent. 6: pp. 75-102. , T. C. Loughheed, and S. S. Wyatt. 1956. The chemistry of insect hemolymph. Organic components of the hemolymph of the silkworm, Bombyx mori , and two other species. J. Gen. Physiol., 39: 853-868. Received for Publication April 8, 1965 178 New York Entomological Society [ Vol. LXXIII African Deudorix (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae) : Notes and Descriptions1 Harry K. Clench Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. Abstract: The following new Deudorix (Dio petes) are described: nirmo, sadeska and laticlavia (all n. spp., Efulen, Cameroun) ; and camerona katanga n. ssp. ( Elisabeth ville, Katanga). D. (D.) fumata Stempffer is reported for the first time from Cameroun and Gabon, and the hitherto unknown female described. Deudorix (V irachola) kayonza Stempffer is reported for the first time from Cameroun, on the basis of a tentatively identified female. Deudorix (Pilo deudorix) camerona katanga new subspecies male. An overall paler subspecies than nominate camerona. Above the blue is paler, slightly lavender tinted, though of about the same extent (save that the terminal lunules of the hind wing appear slightly thicker and in Rs-Mi of this wing there is a blue patch rarely present in c. camerona). The fuscous ground appears generally a little paler, as if faded, particularly noticeable on the hind wing costad of Mi and the cell. The fringe of the hind wing is very pale and contrasty, not true in the nominate subspecies. The most striking difference, however, is in the markedly paler ground color of the underside, about the same color as found, for example, in D. caerulea H. H. Dr. In nominate camerona it is dark brown, often distinctly grayish in fresh specimens. All the pattern elements, however, are exactly as in camerona , though they appear less contrasting due to the lightened ground. length of forewing. Male, 12-13 mm; mean (of four), 12.8 mm. holotype. Male, and three male paratypes, all Elisabethville, Katanga (leg. Ch. Seydel); respectively 9.xi.l946; 1, 1 1 .viii. 1947 ; 30.viii.1948 ; all C. M. Acc. 15345. C. M. Ent. type series no. 474. remarks. Nominate camerona has been seen in series from a wide sampling of its extensive range: from Sierra Leone and Liberia; southern Cameroun; Gabon; lower Congo; western Uganda. Differences between these populations, if any, are extremely slight: throughout this range it presents a very homo- geneous appearance, and this Katangan subspecies is accordingly a surprising departure. Stempffer (1946, Rev. frang. d’Ent. 13: 9, pi. 1, fig. 5) described a subspecies of camerona under the name ugandae. More recently (1954, Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Beige (8°) Sci. Zool. #27: 21) he has elevated this to full species status (at the same time giving it a new name, ankoleensis, due to homonymy of the old). Deudorix (Dio petes) fumata Stempffer Deudorix ( Diopetes ) fumata Stempffer 1954, Bull. soc. ent. France 59: 107, pi. 1, fig. 13, text fig. 2. Stempffer described this species from a unique male from Ghana. In the Carnegie Museum collection there is a short series from southern Cameroun (Lolodorf) and Gabon (no further data), considerably extending the known range of the species. Among the Gabon specimens is a single female, which has not previously been described: Published pursuant to work as collaborating investigator on National Science Foundation grant no. G-14048. September, 1965] Clench: African Deudorix 179 female. Upper side dark brown with the disc of both wings lighter, golden brown. Fore- wing with the terminal brown border of about even width (about an interspace width), its inner edge vaguely defined against the golden brown. Basal third of wing with its dark brown reaching to a little beyond cell-end, also vaguely delimited from the golden brown. Hind wing with the golden brown area, as vaguely defined as on forewing, beginning at about Mi or M2 and ending at 2A, and from about cell-end almost fully to termen, only slightly and faintly darkened there; veins crossing this golden area are obscurely darker. A thin terminal white line from Cui to 2A, followed just distad by an equally thin fuscous (almost black) line extending from Rs to tornus. Tornal lobe obscurely rusty in the center, black peripherally. Fringe of forewing light brown, of hind wing proximally nearly white, distally dark brown, the whole becoming merely light brown costad. underside. Lighter brown than in male, all the lighter markings stronger but arranged about as in male. Area between postmedian line and innermost subterminal line (a series of chevron- shaped bars) markedly lightened on both wings. Subterminal spots black and more con- trasting than in male, the one in Cui-Cuo with its surrounding brown of a golden sheen, almost orange, and with a slight touch of orange just basad of the black tornal lobe. The female is larger than any male at hand, its forewing length 19 mm. Deudorix {Dio petes) nirmo new species Closely allied to kedassa H. H. Druce and sadeska n. sp. (below), with the same wing shape and underside pattern, but with these differences (male): Size smaller (see measurements below) ; uppersurface fuscous with a dull dark purple sheen ; in certain lights some bright blue scaling appears occasionally in basal half of each wing, at cell-end and below cell. Terminal border of both wings fuscous, about two inter- space widths in thickness, entirely without blue and nearly without the purple sheen. length of forewing. Male, 11-12 mm; mean (of three), 11.5 mm. holotype. Male, Efulen, Cameroun, 6.i. 1 9 1 4 (leg. H. L. Weber), C. M. Acc. 5157; paratypes, two males, same locality and collector, resp. 20.vi.1910 (Acc. 4265) and 14.vii. 1913 (Acc. 5175). C. M. Ent. type series no. 469. remarks. D. kedassa has a forewing length of about 13-14 mm, the male upper side almost entirely bright blue, cut by the fuscous veins; its forewing border thickens costad to a maximum of about one interspace-width in thickness; tornally it is linear, as it is throughout on the hind wing. Sex of all three types above was confirmed by examination of the fore legs. The holotype is the largest of the three and the only one with bright blue scaling on the wings. Deudorix {Dio petes) sadeska new species Closely allied to kedassa and to the preceding nirmo , with the same wing shape and underside pattern, but with these differences: Size about as in kedassa, larger than nirmo. Forewing above deep violet, blue in grazing light, with a broad, vaguely defined fuscous border (exceeding an interspace width in thickness, even at tornus) ; cell fuscous, without blue, and between cell and vein 2A near base the blue is somewhat darkened: thus to some extent intermediate in appearance between nirmo and kedassa. Hind wing blue as in kedassa, but in a terminal band-like area, a little thicker than an interspace width, the blue scaling is slightly reduced (appearing darker) and the veins through it are somewhat more thickly lined with fuscous, the whole creating a ghost-like border. length of forewing. Male, 13 mm. 180 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII holotype. Male, Efulen, Cameroun, 2 .viii. 1916 {leg. H. L. Weber), C. M. Acc. 6257. C. M. Ent. type series no. 470. Deudorix {Dio petes) laticlavia new species male. Upper side. Forewing almost entirely fuscous; a minute trace of bright blue (visible only in certain lights, and best seen under magnification) at tornus on either side of vein 2A, and along inner margin. Hind wing fuscous; a small round cream-colored androconial patch in base of interspace Rs-Mi, just above cell; termen from Rs to tornus broadly edged with a band of bright blue about two interspace widths in thickness, its inner edge vaguely defined; inner margin greyish fuscous, paler centrally. A long tail (about 2V2 interspace widths in length), black with faint small white tip, at Cu2. Tornal lobe black. Fringe of both wings fuscous, on hind wing proximally paler from Cm to tornus. underside. Both wings chocolate brown, crossed by fine lines of bluish white, mostly rather thin and faint. Forewing: postmedian line from costa at % to 1A at %, nearly straight, crossing M1-M3 area at about % the distance from cell-end to termen ; innermost subterminal fainter, interrupted at the veins, linked to postmedian between lost vein 1A and vein 2A; next distad, a faint row of short internervular bars, each capped basad by a fainter pale bar, from near apex to vein 2 A. Hind wing unmarked from base to postmedian line; this line is irregular, from costa just beyond middle, progressively dislocated distad around cell-end, then basad, and from there to inner margin making a “W,” the last arm of which, from 2A to inner margin, being distinctly double; innermost subterminal closely parallel to it as far as Cu2, but fainter; and just distad a series of internervular dark bars, each capped with pale scales, much as on forewing, from Sc to Cm; in Cui-Cu2 a jet black spot, round, and surrounded by orange; a fine bluish white terminal line, just distad of which an equally fine black line, both of which fade and become lost costad of about M2. length of forewing. Male, 12.5 mm. holotype. Male, Efulen, Cameroun {leg. A. C. Good), no date {ex coll. Holland). C. M. Ent. type series no. 471. remarks. Belongs close to deritas according to the pattern of the undersurface, but it is readily distinguished from all other known Diopetes by the distinctive upper-side pattern, fuscous with blue terminal border on hind wing. Partial Key to Deudorix ( Diopetes ) 1 a. Ground color below white; markings brown and heavy angelita Suff. ( ~ schultzei Auriv.) b. Ground color below brown; markings mostly white (or pale bluish) and thin 2 2 a. £ with white spot unhw in base of Sc-Rs, at locus of upper side scent pad; $ always (?) with some blue above; $ with tan hair pencil on inner margin of unfw 3 b. S without such spot; $ always (?) brown above, without blue; $ with hair pencil dark brown, almost black 7 3 a. Larger, fw length about 14 mm or more ; S upfw blue is bright, fuscous terminal border at apex very thin (not over 1 mm) catalla Karsch b. Smaller, fw length about 11-14 mm; $ upfw blue is dark, purplish distad, with terminal border about 2 mm thick or more at apex, or nearly entire wing may appear fuscous 4 September, 1965] Clench: African Deudorix 181 4 a. S, upfw blue present, becoming distally purplish, with narrow fuscous border; cell entirely blue 5 b. S upfw blue reduced or even absent; cell mostly fuscous 6 5 a. ^ uphw with cell RsMi blue; unfw hair pencil tan ____ kedassa H. H. Druce (=z pasteon H. H. Dr., an aberration) b. S uphw cell Rs-Mi mostly fuscous; unfw hair pencil pale yellowish bwamba Stempffer 1962 6 a. $ up with blue marked on both wings; uphw blue reaches termen, though darken- ing distally; fw length ca. 13 mm sadeska n. sp. b. $ up with blue very slight or entirely absent; uphw border broadly solid fuscous; fw length 11-12 mm nirmo n. sp. 7 a. Unfw, S and $ , with broad white area on inner margin, inward to lost vein 1A aurivilliusi Stempff. b. No such white area, though inner marginal region is usually lighter than rest of wing 8 8 a. Un both wings with postmedian line very proximal, on fw cutting vein Cu2 at about Vs its free length ; unhw with subterminal pale markings almost absent, but a series of black subterminal spots is marked, the one in Rs.\Mi as large as that in Cui-Cu2, the latter in $ without orange around it, in $ with only very slight, faint traces; $ above very dark purple with little luster and with very narrow fuscous border fumata Stempff. b. Un both wings postmedian line more distal, on fw usually cutting Cu2 at about Vi ; unhw with subterminal pale (bluish white) markings present, usually numerous; black subterminal dot in RsMi absent or much smaller than that in Cux-Cu2, the latter usually surrounded by orange, especially in $ ; $ above usually blue to bluish violet, usually with some high luster, or entire fw may be fuscous 9 9 a. Upfw $ entirely fuscous; uphw fuscous, with broad blue terminal border, narrowly cut by fuscous veins laticlavia n. sp. b. Uphw $ blue to blue-violet, with very narrow fuscous borders; hw all blue deritas group includes: deritas Hewitson corruscans Aurivillius violetta Aurivillius aucta Karsch undescribed sp. (?) Deudorix ( Virachola ) kayonza Stempffer Deudorix ( Virachola ) kayonza Stempffer 1956, Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Beige (8°), Sci. Zool. #49: 31, pi. 2, figs. 15-18, text fig. 17. Stempffer described this species from a pair taken at Kayonza, Kigezi, Uganda. A single female before me from Lolodorf, Cameroun (5.ii.l923, leg. A. I. Good) agree with the description and figures extremely closely and pending discovery of a male I tentatively identify it as this species. Stempffer compares kayonza to lorisona but this female suggests that it may prove to be closer to galathea Swainson and odana Druce. Received for Publication June 13, 1963 182 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII BOOK REVIEW Audubon’s Wildlife. Edwin Way Teale. The Viking Press, New York, 256 pp. and numer- ous plates. March, 1965, price $15.00. To the public, John James Audubon is perhaps better known for his faithful and artistic reproductions of North American birds than for his writings. However, scientists of various disciplines of natural history, especially ornithologists and mammalogists, are aware that Audubon left to posterity a tremendous amount of precious scientific observations which help to better understand the unfortunate changes that have taken place in our wilderness. It is indeed refreshing to know that a well-qualified, writer-naturalist of our times, Edwin Way Teale, has extracted the most striking and colorful parts of Audubon’s writings on American birds and mammals, chosen plates and drawings, and then added considerable information and comments which are to the point. The reader is enjoyably guided through the wilderness described by Audubon. The introduction, devoted to Audubon’s autobiography, states that he was born in April, 1785, the son of a French sea captain and a creole from Haiti (then Santo Domingo). Taken by his father to the United States, later to France, and subsequently returned to America, the boy became intrigued by the wilderness. He spent his leisured life making observations and sketches of any animal he could lay hands on. The habits of birds proved of special interest to him and at 19 he pioneered in banding experiments of birds. After marriage he entered the world of business and spent much of his time travelling extensively through little-known territories. Whereas his business ventures ended more or less in failure, his paintings increased in perfection and in number. Finally, in 1838, culminating 12 years of effort, Audubon’s Birds of America was published. Audubon’s achievements are described by Dr. Teale as follows: “It was the world’s good fortune that so great a master of his art could know it all and appreciate it all and depict it all in a time before the swift change of later years accelerated its pace.” The book is divided into five chapters, each of which is concerned with the particular habitat of the species described by Audubon: Woods, Fields and Brushland; Marsh and Swamp; Lake and River; Prairies, Desert and Mountain and Sea and Shore. Although this systematic classification is not based on the usual zoological taxonomy it does bring a clarity to the presentation. Inasmuch as each chapter includes an extract from Audubon’s writings, preceded by an introduction written by Dr. Teale, it seems to me that different typography should have been used to effect a separation of these two texts. Using the same typography for both authors with the first and last pages by Teale and not by Audubon, may cause regrettable confusion to the reader. This is, however, a minor criticism. Dr. Teale’s conclusion entitled, “Wildlife since Audubon” puts into true perspective the sad events following the death of the great artist. Probably Audubon’s one big mistake was his overoptimistic views on the future of American wildlife. Who could have foreseen a catastrophe of such magnitude at the time when Audubon pioneered the study of American wildlife? How many were there who were conservation-minded? In the century that has passed since the death of Audubon in 1851 some of us at least have become acutely aware of the absolute necessity for preserving what remains of our wildlife. Can we hope that this minority may soon grow to a majority and that we will be able not only to retain our sanctuaries but that we may be successful in increasing them. Lucien L. Pohl September, 1965] Proceedings 183 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society (Meetings held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History unless otherwise indicated) November 3, 1964 — Election Day; no meeting. Meeting of November 17, 1964 President Rozen presided; 20 members and 8 guests were present. Dr. and Mrs. A. E. Emerson were introduced. Dr. Emerson has been spending a few days working at the Museum. Mr. Joseph Muller and Mr. Donald Procaccini were unanimously elected to mem- bership. Dr. Henry Taabor was proposed for full membership and Miss Brenda Munz, a student at City College, was proposed for student membership. Dr. Klots showed several slides of interesting arthropods which were seen this fall by his Field Zoology class. Mr. Albert Poelzl passed around a nest of the leaf-cutting bee, Megachile, made in a block of wood with a hole drilled in it and which had been taped to a tree. Dr. Rozen displayed several color photographs sent to him by a Mr. Heaton of Oakland, California. These were of highly magnified butterfly scales and other natural objects, and they were truly remark- able for their extreme resolution and bright colors. program. The Diversity of Mite Fauna in the Nasal Passages of Birds and Mammals by Dr. K. E. Hyland of the University of Rhode Island. In an interesting talk illustrated with slides, Dr. Hyland gave many examples of mites living in the nasal passages or related environments in various vertebrate hosts. He discussed their biology and methods of transference. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of December 1, 1964 In the absence of Dr. Rozen, Vice-President Richard Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 16 members and 5 guests were present. Dr. Henry Taabor and Miss Brenda Munz were elected to membership in the Society. Mr. Ronald Schorr, a student at City College, was proposed for student membership. Dr. Edwin Teal showed a book, The Insect World, published by Odyssey, which had many good paintings of insects; he noted a few other books in the same series. Miss Betty White commented that the current exhibition in the Guggenheim Museum contained a mobile of moths. program. Sex-Chromatin and the Production of Males in the Moth Ear Mite by Dr. Asher Treat of the City College. Illustrating his talk with slides, Dr. Treat discussed the life cycle of the mite, indicating preferential occupation of various parts of the moth ear at different times. He discussed the cytology and noted an unusual configuration of chromatin material in cells of embryos that were probably males. This configuration is not easily explained by normal methods of male production, such as parthenogenesis, but may be related to the discovery of “barr bodies,” or inactive X chromosomes, in one sex or the other of various species of other animals. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of December 15, 1964 Doctor Rozen presided; 26 members and 16 guests were present. The following guests from Rutgers University were introduced: Doctors A. P. Gupta and W. C. Krueger, Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Karpel, and Mr. Gary Lipton. Dr. Herbert Ruckes announced that Mr. Ernest L. Bell had died of a heart attack during the past week. Mr. Bell, who worked on the Hesperidae, had been a research associate at the Museum for 30 years (longer than anyone else) and he had donated his collection to the Museum. A motion was passed that the Secretary convey the condolences of the Society to Mr. Bell’s family. Dr. Rozen announced 184 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII that the Bylaws Committee should soon have a revision ready for consideration. He appointed Dr. Ruckes and Mr. Brush to the Auditing Committee. Mr. Ronald Schorr was elected to membership, and Mr. Dennis Ralin, a student at The City College, was proposed for student membership. Dr. Teal called attention to an article in the December 4th issue of Science, by Dr. T. Eisner, on the presence of insect repellent oils in catnip. Dr. Rosen passed around a Russian book on the immature stages of soil insects. program. Entomological Odds and Ends by Dr. Alexander B. Klots of The City College. Dr. Klots spoke of his visit to the Entomological Congress in London this past summer, and his examination of the types of some species of moths in the British Museum. He commented on the presumed distastefulness of insects of various types to predators, and on mimicry and polymorphism. He discussed industrial melanism in Britain, and melanism, apparently not caused by industrial darkening, which has been observed in moths of the Eastern United States. It was suggested that this darkening may be due to an increased thickening of the forests, resulting in deeper shade and, thus, a darker environment. His talk was illustrated with slides. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of January 5, 1965 — The Annual Meeting President Rozen called the meeting to order; 22 members and 13 guests were present. Some of the guests included: Dr. William Collins, Mrs. H. Ruckes, Mrs. P. Wygodzinsky, and Mr. Christian Irhammar who is a member of the Entomological Society of Lund, Sweden. Dr. Lucy Clausen, Editor of the Journal, announced that the 1964 volume contained 256 pages, and that the articles represented a good distribution of subject matter and taxonomic groups. Beginning with the March issue of the 1965 volume our Journal will be printed by The Allen Press of Lawrence, Kansas. Dr. H. Ruckes, Chairman of the Auditing Committee reported that the financial records of the Treasurer were in good order, and they were approved by his committee. Dr. Asher Treat, Chairman of the Nominations Committee, presented the list of nominees for 1965. He noted that Mr. J. Huberman was retiring from the office of Treasurer after 10 years of service. Nominations: President Vice-President Secretary Assistant Secretary Treasurer Assistant Treasurer Trustees Editor Associate Editor Publications Committee Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson Dr. David C. Miller Mr. Albert Poelzl Mr. Raymond Brush Mrs. Patricia Vaurie Mr. Bernard Heineman, Dr. Alexander B. Klots, Dr. John B. Schmitt, Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky Dr. Lucy W. Clausen Dr. James Forbes Dr. Herbert Ruckes, Dr. David C. Miller There were no further nominations, and the Secretary was instructed to cast a single ballot for the entire slate of officers as presented. A rising vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Huberman, and the Secretary was asked to write a note of appreciation to Mr. Huberman for his years of devoted service to the Society. Mr. Dennis Ralin was elected to membership, and Mr. and Mrs. Wilton Ivie were proposed for membership. Mr. Ivie is a Research Fellow in the Entomology Department of the Museum and his speciality is spiders. Mr. Jacob Borg was also proposed for membership. Dr. Ruckes read the following memorial to Mr. Ernest L. Bell: The New York Entomological Society notes with deep regret the passing of September, 1965] Proceedings 185 Ernest Layton Bell, Senior, in his eighty-ninth year, on Saturday, December 12, 1964. Long a member of the Society and since 1934 Research Associate in the Department of Entomology of the American Museum, Ernest Bell was known the world over for his work on the family Hesperidae, particularly those species of the New World fauna. He early accumulated a fine collection of these butter- flies, generously donated his entire collection to the American Museum and con- tinued to add to it as years went on, until it represented one of the finest and largest accumulations of these insects in the world, being rivaled only by the collection in the British Museum of Natural History. During his long and active career and his continued interest in the Hesperidae, Ernest Bell described a large number of new species; he worked in collaboration with Hayward in South America and Evans of the British Museum ; his researches were fundamental and initiated further work by other students here and abroad. In addition to being an ardent lepidopterist, Ernest Bell was also a philatelist of repute and at one time had the most outstanding collection of LTnited States precancelled stamps. In recent years, being somewhat handicapped with arthritic joints in his hands, which prevented him from handling delicate entomological specimens, he turned his attention to coin collection and at his death had a sizable accumu- lation of rare United States cents. Dr. Elsie Klots passed around a new book on ants illustrated by Mrs. SuZan Swain. She also showed a flashlight with an insect motif. program. The Fantastic Tree Hoppers by Dr. Herbert Ruckes formerly of The City College and now Research Associate at the Museum. The speaker reviewed the systematics, the life history, and the geographic distribution of the members of the Membracidae. He exhibited some specimens and showed some interesting slides of tree hoppers which empha- sized the tremendous variety of odd forms of the pronota in these insects. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of January 19, 1965 President Rozen called the meeting to order; 22 members and 14 guests were present. Mr. Thomas A. Brown and his son, Thomas R., were among the guests present. Mr. and Mrs. Wilton Ivie and Mr. Jacob Borg were elected to membership, and the following were pro- posed, Miss Mary Williamson, Miss Anne Birdsey, and Mr. Richard Applebaum for active membership, and Mr. Arthur Bordes and Mr. George Olish for student membership. Dr. Rozen reported on a meeting of the Executive Committee which had been held prior to the regular meeting. Among various items discussed were the proposed changes in the Bylaws by the Bylaws Revision Committee. program. Entomological Travels in Peru and Brazil by Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky of the Museum Staff. The speaker took us on an illustrated collecting trip he had made to South America to obtain specimens of the Triatomini, a group of reduviid bugs. The Triatomini, unlike other reduviids, are blood suckers, and their relationship to other members of the family is not clear from their external anatomy. Material was obtained for the study of their internal anatomy and their chromosomes. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of February 2, 1965 Vice-President Fredrickson presided in the absence of Dr. Rozen; 35 members and 13 guests were present. The persons proposed for membership at the last meeting were elected. They were Miss Mary Williamson, Miss Ann Birdsey, and Mr. Richard Applebaum as active members and Mr. Arthur Bordes and Mr. George Olish as student members. Mr. Cornelius Brown was proposed for membership. Dr. Roman Vishniac displayed a three-volume work 186 New York Entomological Society I Vol. LXXIII on Diptera written bv Panzer in the 18th century. Miss Birdsey showed some insect eggs received on nursery stock by the Brooklyn Botanical Garden. These were identified as belonging to a species of katydid. program. Dr. Richard Fredrickson of The City College spoke on two topics. First, he reviewed briefly information about the flight of birds and insects, particularly the peculiar ability of hummingbirds. He showed an excellent film of bird and insect flight in slow motion made by Mr. Crawford H. Greenewalt. Next, the speaker discussed Loxoscelism which is the effects of the bite of the brown spider, Loxosceles. (An abstract of this second topic follows.) David C. Miller, Secretary Loxoscelism Loxoscelism refers to the pathological effects of the bite of spiders of the genus Loxosceles (Scytodidae) . Many members of this genus are more or less common house spiders, thus, the likelihood that persons can be bitten is increased. Of approximately 50 American species, only L. laeta of South America and L. reclusa of the southern and midwestern United States are definitely known to produce ill effects in man. However, the genus is quite homogeneous in morphology and general biology, and it is suspected that most if not all the species are to some degree potentially dangerous. The usual effect of the bite is cutaneous (“cutaneous arachnidism,” “mancha gangrenosa,” or gangrenous spot”) ; an ulcerous necrotic lesion forms around the tiny, primary wound which tends to become gangrenous and requires surgical excision. Occasional systemic effects are observed after the bite of L. laeta which may result in death. A widespread Old World species, L. rufescens, has become established in many places in the world, including isolated areas along the eastern seaboard of the United States. The midwestern L. reclusa shows some evidence of extending its range northward and east- ward. Thus, these two last-named species may eventually become pests in the east. Richard W. Fredrickson Meeting of February 16, 1965 In the absence of the President, Vice-President Fredrickson called the meeting to order in Room 319; approximately 50 persons were present. Mr. Y. Srmeli, a Turkish student study- ing in this country, was introduced as a guest. Mr. Cornelius Brown was elected to mem- bership, and Miss Leah Niederman of The City College staff, and Dr. Elizabeth Shanks were proposed for membership. Miss Leslie Stitt displayed a book with good colored plates of beetles. program. A Naturalist in Eastern and Southern Mexico by Mr. John Pallister of the Museum staff. The speaker described a collecting trip he had made to Mexico and showed a film he had made while on the trip. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of March 2, 1965 President Rozen presided; 24 members and 2 guests were present. Miss Leah Niederman and Dr. Elizabeth Shanks were elected members, and Dr. John P. Reed of Rutgers University was proposed for membership. Dr. A. B. Klots showed a copy of the publication of the South London Entomological Society which contained a survey of the fauna and flora of Buckingham Palace. He also showed a few moths which he had collected on the Palace grounds during his visit to London last summer. Miss Alice Gray exhibited a specimen of the walking stick Brunneus which had laid egg cases. Dr. Roman Vishniac showed a book on birds by Belon, published in 1555, which included the idea of homology of the skeletal elements between birds and man. Dr. Rozen displayed cube-shaped egg cases of a spider. Dr. Asher Treat showed a paper which he had received from a French worker on the hybridization of crickets, and it included the determination of the characteristics of the songs of the hybrids. September, 1965] Proceedings 187 program. Firefly Flashings and Ozonized Air by Mr. Roscoe Gerke. The speaker talked about the species-specific flash patterns of fireflies, and gave some evidence that it may be stimulated by ozone in the atmosphere. This led to the speculation that ozone might be of value in the treatment of carbon monoxide poisoning. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of March 16, 1965 Dr. Rozen called the meeting order; 28 members and 13 guests were present. Dr. John Reed was elected to membership, and Mr. Pat Castaldo, a student at The City College, was proposed for student membership. Mr. Robert Buckbee displayed a specimen of Popilius disjunctus (Passalidae) which had mites on it. Dr. Lucy Clausen called attention to two articles of interest in the current issue of Natural History ; one, concerning a milliped which secretes HCN and the other, on the relationship between certain species of insects and fungi. Dr. Roman Vishniac showed a book written by Swammerdam, published in the 1 7 th century, on insect embryology and the classification of insects according to their type of development. program. Insects Close Up by Dr. Ray Kriner of Rutgers University. The speaker discussed the general methodology and the equipment used in insect photography and then showed slides of insects while discussing how each was made. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of April 6, 1965 President Rozen presided; 29 members and 10 guests were present. Mr. Pat Castaldo was elected to student membership. Dr. Vishniac showed an 18th century entomological book by Rosel van Rosenhoff with hand-colored plates. Dr. Rozen announced that Dr. Herbert Ruckes was ill in the hospital. The Secretary was asked to send him a note from the Society expressing our wish for a quick recovery. program. Student Night. Miss Alice Gray of the Museum staff introduced three members of the Junior Society. Eddie Tobinick spoke on insect photography. He showed some of his equipment and discussed its uses. David Adler gave notes on the duration of the stages of the life history of the moth Actias selene. He mentioned a robber fly which uses closed flowers for protection at night. He spoke of an idea for training predatory wasps to choose pest insects for their prey. Robin Sandow showed colored slides he had taken of the life history of the moth Actias selene. Dr. John Schmitt of Rutgers University then introduced three Entomology graduate stu- dents from his department. Mr. William Coniglio spoke on Vitacea polistiformis Harris, the grapevine root borer, which has recently become a pest in New Jersey. He showed slides of the life history and discussed the biology and the control of this moth. He suggested that the recent increase of this insect to problem proportions in New Jersey may be due to the practice in some vineyards of allowing the weeds to grow. Mr. Mark Holman spoke on DDT-resistant houseflies. Resistant flies normally convert DDT to DDE, which is only one-tenth as toxic to them. However, they can not convert o-chloro-DDT and so are not resistant to it. He is trying to develop a strain which will be resistant to o-Cl-DDT, and he is also studying the metabolic products of DDT in the housefly. Mr. Gary Lipton dis- cussed the abdominal nervous system of the honeybee. He showed slides of the nervous system and of the musculature. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of April 20, 1965 Dr. Rozen called the meeting to order; 18 members and 3 guests were present. Two of the guests were Mr. Camelio of Portugal and Mr. Reynolds of Jamaica who are trainees in the U. S. Dept, of Agriculture inspection program. Mr. John B. Heppner of Santee, California, was proposed for student membership. Dr. Rozen indicated that Dr. Ruckes 188 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII is improving nicely and is now able to be up for short periods. Mr. Robert Buckbee dis- played a large mantispid and a large hemipteran which he collected on a recent trip to Florida. Miss Alice Gray displayed some items with entomological motifs — a butterfly kite, a bath sponge which looked like a ladybug, and a scarf which was printed with butterflies and butterfly collectors. Mr. Albert Poelzl showed a moth of the family Syntomidae which is a mimic of a wasp. program. Electron Microscope Evidence for the Infection of an Insect Vector by a Plant Pathogenic Virus by Karl Maramorosch of the Boyce-Thompson Institute for Plant Research in Yonkers, N. Y. The speaker discussed the leafhopper, Agallia con- stricta Van Duzee, and a wound tumor virus, which this leafhopper transmits. The virus causes a plant disease in the laboratory but has never been found in nature. Together with co-workers, Dr. Hirumi, Dr. Mitsuhashi, and Dr. Shikata, Dr. Maramorosch is working on rearing the host and infecting it with the virus, on culturing host tissues and infecting them, and on raising aseptic insect and plant hosts to which the virus may be transferred. His slides illustrated the methods used and included electron micrographs of various infected leafhopper tissues. The group is also interested in the method by which the virus multiplies in the insect host. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of May 4, 1965 Vice-President Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 20 members and 4 guests were present. He announced that President Rozen was in Arizona. Mr. John B. Heppner was elected to student membership. Dr. Roman Vishniac showed an 18th century work on invertebrates by Martinus Slabber. program. The Biology of Parasitic Copepods by Dr. Robert Shields of The City College. Dr. Shields discussed various members of the primary marine Caligidea, including the genera Lernaea, C aligns, Lernacera, Lernaeenicus, most of which are parasitic on fish. He treated the life histories, host specificity, host-induced morphological differences within species, and the general biology of several species. His talk was illustrated with slides. David C. Miller, Secretary Meeting of May 18, 1965 Dr. Rozen called the meeting to order in the 5th floor lecture room; 28 members and 45 guests were present. Some of the guests were introduced including Dr. Rozen’s son, Stephen. Dr. Dennis O’Brian of the Biology Department of Seton Hall University in South Orange, N. J. was proposed for membership. Dr. James Forbes, Associate Editor reporting for the Publications Committee, said that although the first issue of the 1965 volume was only about two-thirds the normal size, the cost had been about one-half that of the 1964 issues. Thus, the change in printers seems to be financially advantageous. Also, although this March issue was a little late in appearing, it is hoped all others will be on schedule. He then gave a brief report of the Conference of Biological Editors, which was held in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, May 6-7, and at which he represented the Society. program. Predecessors of Insect Photomicroseopy of the 17th Century by Dr. Roman Vishniac of Yeshiva University and the Albert Einstein College of Medicine. The speaker discussed the 1 7th century as the beginning of modern science, with special reference to microscopy. He illustrated his talk with slides of plates and text from his excellent antique and rare book collection. He then showed a beautiful example of the modern use of the microscope and the camera in part III of his film series, The Living Tide , entitled “The Edge of the Sea.” David C. Miller, Secretary 15, 1 ■J J/ \ V, v.: X - r . -'4 - 4' ;^K'vi , - . yv X ; ■ X / \ - ;> - ' , CL ~-&c >•- 4' 7 7' ' v < X— X ■'" ThW ' \ ■;■ -U. -i •7 r O' 4 'C-f '* U -CCKi X X , -_- ': V x ■■■ - \ ■ ' £ ■ ' - - 7 r ' I *X - • v'°v '• X ,rX- •'■" X ' - - VsV ' - ' The 4 ^ — X Xl 'X New York Entomological Society Organized June 29, 1892 — -Incorporated February 25, 1893 Reincorporated February 17, 1943 v ■ (1 " A c -vr' ; ?VX ^ The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 pjm., in the American Museum of Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00. ;~V ■ ■ 44. v\ r ’ Membei Treasurer. _ Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the | 1 XT' _ — - * v _ ' / c . • — A > 1 - <5; -V 't-'i / 4 VX- T'S X '{ Officers for the Year 1964 President, Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 Vice President, Dr. Richard W. Fredrickson College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 ^ 7, Secretary, Dr. David Miller ..... College of the City of New York, N. Y. 10031 Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl 230 E. 78th St., N. Y. 10021 Treasurer, Mr. Raymond Brush American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 4 - Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie x American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. 10024 A Sr/.. xC •- vr< XX-- / >- Trustees Mr. Bernard Heineman Dr. John B. Schmitt 1 n Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky ) \ x' -- j .X XX- > X ■ -.rt •’ A. -X ' /G Mailed January 31, 1966 The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Alien Press Inc., 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas. J H X— y ■ V y- try: / vV\ G \ \ .XL. i - % 4 1 . X I'V cC .11- -XSSr Journal of the New York Entomological Society Volume LXXIII January 31, 1966 No. 4 EDITORIAL BOARD Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss Editor Lucy W. Clausen Columbia University College of Pharmacy 115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023 Associate Editor James Forbes Fordham University, New York, N.Y. 10458 Publication Committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. David Miller CONTENTS The Male Genitalia and Terminal Segments of the Ponerine Ant, Rhytidoponera metallica F. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) James Forbes and Martin Hagopian 190 A List of the Thysanoptera or Thrips of New Jersey George R. Comegys and John B. Schmitt 195 A New Mecistorhinus from Ecuador (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae) Herbert Ruckes 223 Young Entomologist Serves His Country 225 Development of the Muscular Network of the Midgut in the Larval Stages of the Mosquito, Aedes aegypti Linnaeus James F. O’Brien 226 A New Genus and Two New Species of Tenuialidae with Notes on the Family (Acari: Oribatei) Tyler A. Woolley and Harold G. Higgins 232 Description of the Previously Unknown Female of Neurotoma willi Middlekauf (Hymenoptera: Pamphiliidae) Woodrow W. Middlekauff 238 Type Locality for Cercyonis nephele Kirby and “Upper Canada” Insects Collected in the 1820's F. Martin Brown 240 Recent Publications 224 Recent Deaths 243 Erratum 225 Index of Scientific Names, Volume LXXIII 245 Index of Authors, Volume LXXIII iii 190 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII The Male Genitalia and Terminal Segments of the Ponerine Ant Rhytidoponera metallica F. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae)1 James Forbes and Martin Hagopian Biological Laboratory, Fordham University, Bronx, N. Y. 10458 Abstract This paper, which gives the first descriptions and figures of the male genitalia and terminal segments for this ectatommid ponerine, shows that these structures conform to the usual formicid plan. The genitalia are composed of the outer, middle, and inner pairs of valves and the terminal segments are terga IX and X and sterna VIII and IX. The literature describing the male terminalia in ponerines is listed and comparisons are made with the few other ectatommid ponerines reported. Differences observed in the middle valves and in sterna IX add support to the view expressed in recent publications that these structures have diagnostic value for taxonomic purposes. This paper presents the first descriptions and figures of the external genitalia and terminal gastral segments of the ectatommid ponerine, Rhytidoponera metallica. It adds to the growing literature which describes and compares these structures in male ants. These studies have revealed differences in these struc- tures which might serve as distinguishing criteria in the difficult taxonomy of this group of insects (Weber, 1946, 1947, 1948, 1950; Borgmeier, 1950, 1955; Krafchick, 1959; Forbes and Brassel, 1962). For the ponerine ants, observations on the male terminalia are limited to a few genera and species scattered through this subfamily. Emery (1911) has figured the genitalia of Myrmecia pyrijormis , and Kennedy and Talbot (1939) have illustrated the undissected genitalia of Proceratium silaceum and sternites VIII and IX of this species. Weber (1946) has described the middle valves of Ectatomma tuberculatum and ruidum and Paraponera clavata, and Kempf (1954) has described the genitalic valves of Thaumatomyrmex mutilatus. In 1959 Krafchick examined the genitalia of 13 species of ponerines belonging to 11 genera and presented keys for separating the genera. Brown (1958) com- mented on the shape of the subgenital plate of Paraponera clavata and in a revisionary study of the ponerine Tribe Amblyoponini (1960) figured genitalic valves of Myopopone castanea, Prionopelta punctulata, Amblyopone australis, A. belli , and two indeterminate species of the Amblyopone reclinata group. If this list is restricted to ectatommid ponerine references, there remain only the descriptions of the middle valves of the species observed by Weber, the examination of the genitalia of an undetermined species of Ectatomma by Krafchick, and the comment on the subgenital plate of P. clavata by Brown. Comparisons are made of Rhytidoponera and these related forms. Dr. Roy Whelden supplied the males used in this study from nests main- tained by Dr. Caryl Haskins of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, D. C. 1 This study was supported, in part, by the National Science Foundation grant, G-24298. December, 19651 Forbes and Hagopian: Male Ponerine Genitalia 191 These males emerged between September 15-25, 1961. They were fixed in alcoholic Bouin’s fluid on September 30 and then were stored in 70% ethyl alcohol. For this study, posterior portions of the gasters were severed under 70% alcohol, and the genitalic valves and terminal segments were removed. These structures were dehydrated in ethyl alcohol to 95% and were then mounted in diaphane. The terminology used here has been previously employed (Snodgrass, 1941; Forbes, 1952). A Bausch and Lomb Tri-simplex microprojector was used in preparing the drawings. OBSERVATIONS The genitalia, composed of three pairs of valves which are bound proximally by a lamina annularis or basal ring (Fig. 1), protrude ventrally from the poste- rior end of the gaster. They are covered dorsally by the ninth and tenth terga and ventrally by the ninth sternum or the subgenital plate. The ninth and tenth terga are wholly retracted beneath the eighth tergum except for the pygostyles. On the ventral side, the eighth sternum overlaps the anterior part of the sub- genital plate. Ninth and Tenth Terga (Fig. 2). The ninth tergum is divided into two sclerites, which lie on each side of the membranous tenth tergum. The anal opening is found between the dorsal and the ventral surfaces of this tenth tergum, and the moderately sclerotized pygostyles are located on the postero- lateral portions of this segment. A number of prominent, sensory hairs are found at the ends of the pygostyles. Ninth Sternum (Fig. 7). This shield-shaped segment is strongly thickened along its anterior border. Centrally, this border bears an anterior projection, the cranial apodeme; laterally, it bears less conspicuous lateral apodemes. Sclerotization is heavier in the central and posterior portions, while the lateral margins remain unsclerotized. There are prominent sensory hairs on the posterior, median region of this segment. Eighth Sternum (Fig. 6). This structure is roughly rectangular in shape with its anterior margin thickened and its posterior margin deeply indented. It is moderately sclerotized throughout except for the very weakly sclerotized posterior portion. No sensory hairs are found on this segment. Outer Valves (Fig. 3). These, the largest of the genitalic valves, are composed of two parts, the broad, anterior lamina parameralis and the tapering, posterior paramere. These two parts are separated by a deep ventral slit. Their lateral surfaces are convex, and the valves tend to envelop the middle and inner valves. They meet at their dorsal, anterior margins but are separated ventrally and posteriorly. These valves are rather heavily sclerotized, the paramere more than the lamina parameralis. There are many sensory pores and hairs on the posterior end of the paramere. 192 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII December, 1965] Forbes and Hagopian: Male Ponerine Genitalia 193 Middle Valves or Volsellares (Fig. 4). Each volsellaris is composed of an anterior or basal portion, the lamina volsellaris, which is attached to the inner, anterior ventral surface of the lamina parameralis. The volsellaris bifurcates distally into two apical lobes, a lateral one, the cuspis volsellaris, and a median one, the digitus volsellaris. The cuspis projects dorsally slightly more than the digitus. The digitus is longer than the cuspis and has a pronounced hooked ending. The digitus tilts laterally in contrast to the cuspis which bends inwardly. The arrangement of the two lobes is pincerlike. Small sensory pegs, sensilla basiconica, are found on the cuspis and digitus, particularly on their opposing surfaces. There are short, stiff, sensory hairs on the ventral surface of the lamina volsellaris. The middle valves are the most heavily sclerotized of the genitalic valves. Inner Valves or Laminae Aedeagales (Fig. 5). These moderately sclerotized valves are laterally compressed and joined dorsally by a poorly sclerotized mem- brane, the spatha. The ventral borders of the inner valves are free, and they are serrated except at their blunt, posterior ends. On the lateral wall there is a heavily sclerotized ridge, the aedeagal apodeme, which projects dorsolaterally beyond the valve. A distinct ridge of the sperm gutter is found on the upper, median surface of the lamina aedeagalis. DISCUSSION The male genitalia and terminal segments of Rhytidoponera metallica con- form to the usual formicid plan. Also, these structures are generally similar to those in the ectatommids described and figured by both Weber (1946) and Krafchick (1959). The figures of the middle valves of the species described by Weber and R. metallica show differences. For Paraponera clavata, Brown (1958) states, “the male subgenital plate is in the form of a slender, upcurved biramous fork”; this segment in R. metallica is different. Krafchick’s study of North American ants does not include Rhytidoponera, but it does include the genus Ectatomma', it is interesting to note that it is at this Ectatomma designation that the genitalia of R. metallica terminates when the key is used. A comparison of the segments of the Ectatomma species figured Fig. 1. Dorsal view of genitalia showing valves in position. Fig. 2. Dorsal view of IXth and Xth terga. Fig. 3. Lateral view of outer valve. Fig. 4. Median view of middle valve. Fig. 5. Median view of inner valve. Fig. 6. Ventral view of sternum VIII. Fig. 7. Ventral view of sternum IX. All illustrations drawn to the same scale. abbreviations: Aa, aedeagal apodeme; Ad, aedeagus or laminae aedeagales; C, cuspis volsellaris; Ca, cranial apodeme; D, digitus volsellaris; La, lateral apodeme; LA, lamina annularis or basal ring; LP, lamina parameralis; P, pygostyle; PM, paramere; R, rectum; SG, sperm gutter; V, lamina volsellaris; IX and X, ninth and tenth terga. 194 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII by him and those of R. metallic a also shows significant differences in the middle valves and in the subgenital plates. Thus, the middle valves and subgenital plates are structures which could have diagnostic value for separating members of this group. In a similar descriptive study for some members of the genus Polyergus in the subfamily Formicinae (Forbes and Brassel, 1962), the same structures showed differences useful for taxonomic purposes. Literature Cited Borgmeier, T. 1950. Estudos sobre Atta (Hym., Formicidae). Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 48: 239-264. . 1955. Die Wanderameisen der Neotropischen Region (Hym., Formicidae). Editora Vozes Limitada, Petorplis, R.J. Brasil, 3: 9-716. Brown, W. L. 1958. Contributions toward a reclassification of the Formicidae. II. Tribe Ectatommini (Hymenoptera) . Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 118: 175-362. . 1960. Contributions toward a reclassification of the Formicidae. III. Tribe Amblyoponini (Hymenoptera). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 122: 145-230. Emery, C. 1911. In Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. Fasc. 118, 124 pp. (Ponerinae). Forbes, J. 1952. The genitalia and terminal segments of the male carpenter ant, Campo- notus pennsylvanicus De Geer (Formicidae, Hymenoptera). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 60: 157-171. , and R. W. Brassel. 1962. The male genitalia and terminal segments of some members of the Genus Polyergus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 70: 79-87. Kempf, W. W. 1954. A descoberta do primeiro macho do genere Thaumatomyrmex Mayr (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). Rev. Brasil. Ent., 1: 47-52. Kennedy, C. H., and M. Talbot. 1939. Notes on the hypogaeic ant, Proceratium silaceum Roger. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 48: 202-210. Kraeciiick, B. 1959. A comparative study of the male genitalia of North American ants (Formicidae) with emphasis on generic differences. Dissertation, Univ. of Maryland, 78 pp. (Univ. Microfilms, Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.). Snodgrass, R. E. 1941. The male genitalia of Hymenoptera. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 99(14): 1-86. Weber, N. A. 1946. Two common ponerine ants of possible economic significance, Ectatomma tuberculatum (Olivier) and E. ruidum Roger. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash- ington, 48: 1-16. . 1947. A revision of the North American ants of the genus Myrmica Latreille with a synopsis of the Palearctic species. I. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 40: 437-474. . 1948. A revision of the North American ants of the genus Myrmica Latreille with a synopsis of the Palearctic species. II. Ibid., 41: 267-308. . 1950. A revision of the North American ants of the genus Myrmica Latreille with a synopsis of the Palearctic species. III. Ibid., 43: 189-226. Received for Publication July 19, 1965 December, 1965] COMEGYS AND SCEIMITT : THYSANOPTERA OF N. J. 195 A List of the Tliysanoptera or Tlirips of New Jersey1 George R. Comegys2 and John B. Schmitt3’ 4 Abstract A list of 99 species of thrips known to occur in New Jersey is presented. Forty-five of these were collected by the writers and the remainder found in the literature. In addition, 36 species probably occurring in the state are listed. Of the 45 species collected, 19 constitute new records for the state. Lists of agricultural and nonagricultural host plants are also given, with the species taken on each. Many new host records are established. INTRODUCTION Thrips are minute slender-bodied insects ranging from 0.5 to 5.0 mm in length and commonly associated with plants and especially with flowers. All species of thrips are placed in the order Thysanoptera, which means “fringe-wings” and refers to the long fringe of hairs on the wings of these insects. The antennae are six- to nine-segmented, the compound eyes are large, and the piercing and sucking mouthparts are enclosed in a short “mouth cone.” The legs are stout, with the tarsi ending in a blunt tip containing an eversible pad or bladder. In winged species there are four similar wings, but in some species the wings are short or even absent. In their life history, thrips can generally be described as undergoing gradual metamorphosis. However, as Snodgrass (1954) points out, the later nymphal stages pass through a quiescent period of immobility which seems to be out of proportion to the extent of change between the earlier nymphal stages and the adult. These quiescent stages are, in fact, called, respectively, “propupa” and “pupa,” and during them the insect is inactive and does not feed. The relationship of the thrips to other orders of insects is obscure. Probably the best structural clue is to be found in the feeding mechanism, which clearly indicates a tie to the Homoptera-Heteroptera. In fact, as may be seen in Snod- grass’ (1935) discussion of the mouthparts of these insects, an understanding of the structure of the mandibles and maxillae of the cicada may best be achieved by examining first these same appendages in thrips. The order Thysanoptera may be rather sharply divided into two suborders, the Terebrantia and the Tubulifera. In the Terebrantia there are four nymphal stages or instars, of which the last two are the propupa and the pupa. Most of the Tubulifera pass through five nymphal instars, of which the last three are passed as propupa and pupa. Structurally, the suborders are further differen- 1 Paper of the Journal Series, New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology. 2 Shell Chemical Company, New York, N. Y. 3 Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology, Rutgers, The State University, New Brunswick, N. J. 4 The publication cost of this paper was supported by Shell Chemical Company, a Divi- sion of Shell Oil Company. 196 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII tiated by the fact that the females of the Terebrantia possess a true ovipositor, whereas the females of the Tubulifera lack this organ, and instead have the tip of the abdomen modified to form a “substitutional ovipositor.” Although the order Thysanoptera had been extensively studied in Europe since the publication of A. H. Haliday’s “An Epitome of the British Genera in the order Thysanoptera” in 1836, it was not until the beginning of the twentieth century that our North American thrips began to be seriously studied. In New Jersey, in 1899, J. B. Smith listed 12 species for the state. In 1902, W. E. Hinds published his monograph of the Thysanoptera of North America and listed two species from New Jersey. Moulton (1911), “The Synopsis, Cata- logue, and Bibliography of North Ameriean Thysanoptera” presented another two species, and Watson (1923), “Synopsis and Catalogue of the Thysanoptera of North America” listed seven more species from New Jersey. Of this total of 23 species, only 12 are today recognized as valid species. In 1939, J. C. Crawford published a paper listing 71 species from a small collecting area in northern New Jersey. We have found 99 species of thrips to occur in New Jersey, 45 of these being actually collected by the writers and 54 being obtained only from the literature. It is believed by the writers that an additional 36 species are probably present, bringing the probable total to 135 species. Of the 45 species collected, 19 had not previously been reported from the state. Many new host records were established, and the known distribution of many species was greatly extended. A total of more than 4,000 slides was prepared in the course of this work. IMPORTANCE OF THRIPS The small size, apparently insignificant feeding habits, and general lack of information concerning the biology of this order have resulted in most persons considering thrips to be of only minor importance. Hinds (1902) states that much of the damage caused by thrips is often attributed to more conspicuous, but less injurious, insects. Thrips are found generally on most flowering plants, feeding in the flowers and on the lower surface of the leaves. Their damage to the essential parts of the flower is of considerable importance in fertilization and setting of the fruit. The method of feeding is generally the same throughout the order. The outer- most layer of cells of the host plants is punctured and torn by the mouthparts and the cell sap is withdrawn by suction. Some species are predacious on mites, immature insects, insect and mite eggs, as well as on other thrips. The majority of economic pests, such as the onion thrips, Thrips tabaci Lindeman, the gladiolus thrips, Taeniothrips simplex Morison, the greenhouse thrips, Heliothrips haemorrhoidalis (Bouche), the pear thrips, Taeniothrips inconsequens Uzel, etc., are in the Terebrantia, although both suborders, the Terebrantia and the Tubulifera, contain phytophagous species of economic importance as well as predators. Many members of the Tubulifera are fungus feeders as well. December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Titysanoptera of N. J. 197 The economic potentiality of the individuals of this order is well illustrated by the gladiolus thrips. Bailey (1940) states that the gladiolus thrips, Taenio- thrips simplex Morison, was described about 1930, and since then has spread throughout North America wherever gladioli are grown, to become the major pest of the crop. Thrips also play an important role as vectors of plant viruses. Bailey states that two genera, Thrips and Frankliniella , have been shown definitely to be vectors of a virus causing spotted wilt of tomatoes and yellow spot of pineapples. Thrips also carry (probably mechanically) spores of fungi, bacteria, and various cryptograms. Bailey also points out that there are many thrips with life histories and host ranges comparable to the proven thrips vectors; thus, their role as vectors may become considerably more important in the future. The importance of thrips as contaminants in processed food has developed very rapidly within the last few years to become a problem of major concern in many areas of the country. Their small size permits them to penetrate into crevices in fruit and vegetables, from which it is extremely difficult and ex- pensive to remove them in food processing. Yet, minute as they are, their presence is legally a contamination, and the food is liable to legal confiscation. Thrips can also become pests when abundant and flying freely about. At such times they often enter factories, homes, restaurants, etc., in rural or suburban areas, and by accident may get into prepared foods, manufactured products, and other substances not attractive to the insect. The grain thrips, Limothrips cerealum Hal., is one of the worst offenders in this respect. Thrips alighting on the human skin often cause a prickling or itching sen- sation. Bailey (1936a) has assembled data showing that some species of thrips may penetrate the skin with their mouthparts and draw blood. He describes various forms of irritation and inflamation which may result from such thrips activity. However, in most cases the biting sensation experienced is caused by the attempted rather than successful penetration of the mouthparts. It is con- ceivable that thrips may be involved in the transmission of insect-borne diseases of man, but it appears to be highly improbable. METHODS AND EQUIPMENT Collecting and Preserving. Thrips may be collected from the flowers of almost any plant, as well as on the lower surface of the leaves, on the bulbs and corms, and on the bark of trees. They are extremely plentiful during certain times of the summer in fungal growth on decaying logs, in decaying leaves, and in turf. To collect the species inhabiting grasses, a sweeping net of heavy, tightly woven material was used and the contents emptied onto a piece of paper carried for this purpose. A small, moistened camel’s hair brush or a very small, moistened spatula was used to transfer the specimens from the paper to the 198 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII vials. Small vials were convenient for holding the specimens until they could be transported to the laboratory. The vials were filled partially with 70-80% alcohol. Another sample of thrips was placed in an empty vial along with a small amount of the host plant so the specimens could be examined alive under a binocular microscope. This latter method often facilitates identification. The insects were then placed in preservative and mounted as soon as possible. The slides were marked and the data obtained by this method were used when the slides were being identified. Data such as natural color and activity are often useful when attempting to key out the specimens. Plastic as well as paper bags were used to collect the specimens from flowers and leaves. Where possible, several to many flowers of the same plant were placed in the bags along with a locality label, and the bags were fastened with rubber bands or small wire fasteners. Where flower heads could not be broken off at random, an aspirator was used to collect thrips directly. Collecting from trees may be accomplished by turning over leaves (obviously a laborious and time-consuming job), or beating the branches with a pole of sufficient length and collecting the specimens on a sheet of white canvas. This method is easier if two people are doing the collecting, one beating the leaves or branches while the other one holds the canvas, which consists simply of a square or rectangular pattern bound at the edges in some manner to afford a somewhat rigid surface. We found that 50 inches by 24 inches was an adequate size. Collecting thrips from fungi, decaying logs, and leaves presented the most difficult problem. Here the individual hosts were carefully examined in the field and small branches, leaves, fungal growths, etc., were placed in bags or other similar closed containers and taken to the laboratory to be examined directly or placed in Berlese funnels. In examining the materials directly, the closed containers or paper bags were opened and the material was spread out on a sheet of paper. The specimens were obtained by use of a small, flat, metal needle fastened to a wooden handle similar to a very small spatula. A camel’s hair brush, or any other convenient tool, may also be used. The object is to wet the insect with alcohol and transfer it to a vial containing preservative (70-80% alcohol). The insects may be stored in this manner for months, but best results were obtained when the specimens were mounted within a few weeks after collecting. From the plant material placed in Berlese funnels the thrips were collected in vials of alcohol. Mounting Technique. Because of their small size, thrips can be accurately identified only with the use of a high-powered compound microscope, and they must be mounted properly on a slide. The vial containing the thrips was emptied into a Syracuse watch glass and then transferred to a cover slip containing a drop of mounting medium. The small individual cover slip box is a convenient means of support for holding the cover slip about to receive the specimen. It December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Thysanoptera of N. J. 199 was placed so as to extend partly over the edge of the box in order to allow room for the tips of a pair of forceps to grasp and transfer the cover slip con- taining the specimen to the stage of a binocular microscope. Here the wings were teased away from the body and each one spread perpendicularly to the body. The antennae were straightened and the legs were spread to expose the tarsi. Number “oo” pins were used for this work. Once the insect was in posi- tion, the cover slip was returned to the box and allowed to stand for a minute or so while the mounting medium hardened, thus leaving the specimen in position. Then a drop of mounting medium was placed on a microscope slide and the cover slip was inverted, placing the specimen in the medium. The slide was reexamined under the microscope and final adjustments of position were made. The slide was labeled and left to dry at room temperature. From each sample of thrips taken from a host plant we attempted to mount as many as possible; therefore, many duplications were unavoidable. We found diaphane medium to be very successful, but extremely irritating to the eyes and nose during the mounting process. Therefore, Berlese medium was employed for most of the mounting. The material proved to work very well, but it has the disadvantage of requiring ringing for permanent slides. We are grateful to all individuals who collected specimens for us, especially: Dr. John P. Reed, Dr. Lyle Hagmann, the late Prof. Robert S. Filmer, Dr. Paul Burbutis, Mr. William Garth, Dr. Norman Lau, and Dr. Pasquale Sferra. RECORDS OF THRIPS COLLECTED IN NEW JERSEY Suborder Terebrantia Genus Aeolothrips Haliday 1. A. nasturtii Jones Previous Record: None in New Jersey. New Record: Carrots, New Brunswick 7-14-54. 2. A. bicolor Hinds Previous Record: Collected in Demarest on grass by W. S. Fields. New Records: Tomatoes, Thorofare 7-11-55; Asparagus, Riverton 7-12-54; Grass, New Brunswick 6-18-55, 7-12-54; Leaf Lettuce, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Lima Bean, Sussex 7-16-54; String Bean, Riverton 7-12-54; Carrots, Clarksburg 7- 16-55, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Sweet Pea, Smithberg 7-16-55. 3. A. fasciatus (Linnaeus) Previous Record: Demarest on Solidago by W. S. Fields. New Records: Alfalfa, Thorofare 7-12-56, 8-1-55, New Brunswick 7-19-54, Bridge- ton 8-4-54; Asparagus, Riverton 7-12-54; Beets, South Plainfield 7-9-54; Blueberries, Brown’s Mills 7-1-55; Cantaloupe, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Car- rots, South Plainfield 7-9-54, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Corn, New Market 7-20-54, 7-8-54; Head Lettuce, New Brunswick 7-15-54; Leaf Lettuce, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Lima Bean, Sussex 7-16-54; Onions, Sussex 7-16-54; Pepper, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Raspberries, Stockton 7-9-55; Red Clover, Mt. Horeb 6-12-56, Riverton 7-12-54; Snap Bean, Riverton 7-12-54; Butter and Eggs, Whitehouse 7-21-54; Common Dandelion, Repaupo 5-10-56; Corn Cockle, Repaupo 5-17-56; Lamb’s-quarters, Sussex 7-24-54; Lilies, Frenchtown 200 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII 7-9-55; Milkwort, Lakehurst 7-15-55; Phlox, Mt. Horeb 8-13-56; Self-heal, Highland Park 7-15-54; White Clover, Sussex 7-24-54; Zinnia, Piscataway 7-23-54; Found on a person, New Market 7-20-54. 4. A. albicinctus Haliday Previous Record: Collected by W. S. Fields in Demarest, May 10, on grass. 5. A. versicolor form similis Priesner Previous Records: In North America this thrips is found only in New Jersey and Washington, D. C. Bailey (1951). E. Kostal found it in Morganville, N. J., June 4, on Syringa and J. C. Crawford in Alpine, N. J., May 16, on oak. 6. A. melaleucus Haliday Previous Record: This species is very common in New Jersey. Reported by J. C. Crawford in Demarest, June 26, as abundant on black locust. The male is unknown. New Records: Privet, New Brunswick 7-3-56; Blueberries, Brown’s Mills 7-1-55; Phlox, New Brunswick 6-30-55. 7. A. vittipennis Hood Previous Records: Reported in Demarest by J. C. Crawford (May 11) and on black locust by W. S. Fields (May 30). 8. A. vittatus Haliday Previous Records: J. C. Crawford has reported this species in New Jersey. Bailey (1951) believes, because of the limited material collected in North America, that this thrips is either very rare or only recently introduced. It has been reported mainly on pine, spruce, and oak in Europe. 9. A. hartley i Moulton (tentative determination) Previous Record: None. New Record: Spruce, New Brunswick 6-18-55. This species is in the vittatus group which has not been thoroughly studied at present in North America. We referred the above specimens to the species hartleyi, although they appear to have some characteristics of the species vittatus. Therefore, this identification is only tentative as much further work needs to be done with this group. Genus Anaphorthrips Uzel 10. A. obscurus (Muller) Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it on grasses throughout the season. Genus Aptinothrips Haliday 11. A. rufus (Gmelin) Previous Record: Reported by J. C. Crawford on grass; no localities given. New Record: Grass, Thorofare 7-12-56. 11a. A. rufus (Gmelin) var. connatticornis Hinds Previous Record: None. New Records: Bur Clover, Martinsville 6-27-56; Chickweed, New Brunswick 7-1-55; Barley, Chester 7-2-55; Oats, Burnt Mills 6-27-56; Timothy, Martins- ville 6-27-56; Grass, Thorofare 5-10-56, New Brunswick 7-3-56, 7-30-54. Genus Bregmatothrips Hood 12. B. iridis Watson Previous Record: Very commonly collected on iris. Reported on this plant by W. S. Fields in Demarest, June 25 to August 30. December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Thysanoptera of N. J. 201 Genus Chirothrips Haliday 13. C. lenape Hood Previous Record: This species was reported from New Jersey on grass by J. C. Crawford. 14. C. manicatus Haliday Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it throughout the season on grasses. New Records: Potatoes, Sussex 7-16-54, Sorghum, Great Meadows, 7-23-55; Sudan Grass, New Brunswick 7-19-54; Timothy, Piscataway 6-28-55, Martinsville 6- 27-56, Middlebush 7-9-55, Whitehouse 7-21-54; Wheat, Thorofare 7-12-56, New Brunswick 6-18-55; Beard Tongue, Oxford 6-23-56, Lyons 6-12-56; Bladder Campion, Piscataway 6-25-55; Butter-and-Eggs, Whitehouse 7-21-54; Fringed Loosestrife, Martinsville 8-15-56; Grass, Thorofare 5-10-56, 7-19-56, Mt. Horeb 8-13-56, Hackelbarney 8-13-56, Martinsville 6-27-56, 8-13-56, Riverton 7- 12-54, Highland Park 7-13-54, Oakland 8-15-56; Mullein, Piscataway 8-19- 54; Marsh Grass, Seabreeze 8-13-56; Mildweed, Piscataway 8-19-54; Pine, Mt. Horeb 8-13-56; Steeplebush, Hanover 8-23-56; Wild Parsnip, Burnt Mills 6-27-56; Flying, Martinsville 6-27-56. 15. C. spiniceps Hood Previous Record: W. S. Fields collected it in Demarest August 19 and September 6, on grass. 16. C. bradleyi Hood Previous Record: J. C. Bradley collected this species in Northfield on grass. Genus Ctenothrips Haliday 17. C. bridwelli Franklin Previous Record: W. S. Fields collected it on skunk cabbage in early spring and in mid- July. Genus Dendrothrips Uzel 18. D. ornatus Jablonowski Previous Records: Reported at Chatham, August 8, on leaves of Syriaea by A. G. Harley and at Fort Lee on California privet in August by J. C. Crawford. He remarked that they were so abundant that the privet leaves appeared to be gray. New Record: Evening Primrose, Lamington 6-27-56. Genus Echinothrips Moulton 19. E. subflavus Hood Previous Record: None. New Record: Arbor vitae, Ringwood 8-6-55. Genus F rankliniella Karny 20. F. tritici (Fitch) This species is commonly referred to as the eastern flower thrips. It is the most abundant species in the state, being found on practically any flowering plant. The list of hosts on which this thrips was collected is too long to include in this paper. 21. F. fusca (Hinds) Previous Record: Reported on grasses in New Jersey by several workers. New Records: Distributed widely throughout the state and since we have found it on many plants in a multitude of localities, only the hosts will be listed. 202 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII They are: alfalfa, asparagus, cantaloupe, carrots, eggplant, grape, head lettuce, leaf lettuce, oats, pepper, sorghum, soybeans, squash, strawberries, tomatoes, watermelon, agrimony, beardtongue, buttercup, campion, cannas, checkwood, daisy fleabane, deptford pink, gladiolus, golden aster, grass, marigold, morning glory, petunia, purslane, nut grass, rose, sunflower, sweet pea, sweet pepper bush, tiger lily, Venus’s looking-glass, white clover, and wild parsnip. 22. F. stylosa Hood Previous Records: J. C. Crawford found stylosa in various flowers; no localities other than New Jersey were given. New Records: Silene sp., Morristown 7-23-54; Day Lily, Morristown 7-10-54; Iris, Bound Brook 6-11-56; Rhododendron, Upper Greenwood Lake 7-11-55; Rose, Martinsville 6-12-56; Wild Bergamot, Oxford 8-23-55. 23. F. williamsi Hoocl Previous Record: None. New Records: Bouncing Bet, Metuchen 7-24-54; Butterfly Weed, Hackelbarney 7-24-54; Day Lily, Morristown 7-10-54; Wild Lupine, New Brunswick 7-30-54; Monkey Flower, Oxford 8-2-55; Peppermint, Liberty Corner 8-15-56; Wild Bergamot, Mt. Horeb 8-13-56; Oxford 8-3-55; Wild Mustard, Piscataway 6-6-55. 24. F. exigua Hood Previous Record: None. New Records: Red Clover, Fredon 7-2-55; Soybean, Mt. Laurel 7-27-54; Squash, New Market 7-20-54; Beggar-Ticks, Hopewell 8-23-55; Day Lily, Morristown 7-10-54; Winter Cress, Highland Park 7-13-54. 25. F. tenuicornis (LTzel) Previous Record: None. New Records: Asparagus, Bridgeton 5-18-56; Corn, New Brunswick 8-14-54, South Plainfield 7-5-54; Leaf Lettuce, Springfield 6-6-55, Dayton 7-1-55; Oats, Beemerville 7-2-55; Sorghum, Beemerville 7-2-55; Beardtongue, Oxford 7-23-56; Cattail, Piscataway 6-28-55; Grass, Georgetown 7-12-56, Martinsville 8-13-56. Genus Heterothrips Hood 26. H. arisaema Hood Previous Records: J. C. Crawford found it in Demarest throughout the season in flowers of Arisaema. In the literature it is reported to be found also on honeysuckle and wild grape. New Record: On Arisaema in New Brunswick 5—14—56. 27. H. analis Hood Previous Record: This species has been reported from New Jersey by J. C. Crawford. 28. H . lyoniae Hood Previous Record: This species has been reported from New Jersey in flowers of Lyonia mariana by J. C. Crawford. Genus Leucothrips Reuter 29. L. piercei (Morgan) Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Fort Lee, on T ilia leaves on May 28 and also from July 25 to late August. New Record: Maple, Sussex 7-24-54. Genus Limothrips Haliday 30. L. cerealium Haliday December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Tiiysanoptera of N. J. 203 Previous Record: This insect is commonly called the grain thrips. It is very com- mon throughout the state. New Records: L. cereolium was found widely distributed on many plants during this study. Therefore, only the hosts will be given: apple, asparagus, barley, beets, oats, raspberries, red clover, rye, snap bean, sorghum, Sudan grass, timothy, tomatoes, wheat, beardtongue, grass, hollyhock, honeysuckle, maple- leaved viburnum, oxeye daisy, rose, St.-John’s-wort, tiger lily, tulip tree, wild oats, dead oak sapling, flying. 31. L. denticornis Haliday Previous Record: None. New Records: Oats, Burnt Mills 6-27-56; Beardtongue, Oxford 6-23-56. This thrips is relatively uncommon in New Jersey. Genus Merothrips Hood 32. M. morgani Hood Previous Record: J. C. Crawford found this species in Fort Lee, August 15, under bark of a dry, dead, standing hickory sapling. New Records: Under bark in sap secretion and fungus, New Brunswick 8-24-54; Tiger Lily, Arneytown 7-11-56; St.-John’s-wort, Oxford 7-26-55; Shelf Fungus, Ringwood 8-6-55; Toadstool, Newtonville 8-27-55. Genus Microcephalothrips Bagnall 33. M. abdominalis (Crawford) Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in flowers of Compositae in summer and autumn in a small area in northern New Jersey. It is commonly called the composite thrips and occurs on a large number of plants. New Records: This thrips is found throughout the state on a large number of plants. Therefore, only the hosts on which it was found during this study follow: Timothy, beggar-ticks, bindweed, campion, chickweed, common dandelion, coneflower, dahlia, daisy fleabane, evening primrose, goldenrod, hawkweed, Joe-Pye weed, marigold, may wood, mint, monkey flower, oxeye daisy, pepper- mint, popeweed, ragweed, rose, sneezeweed, sunflower, wild aster, zinnia. Genus Odontothrips Serville 34. 0. loti (Haliday) Previous Record: W. S. Fields collected it in Demarest on June 24 and July 5 on Baptisia leaves. Genus Oxythrips Uzel 35. 0. divisus Hood Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Alpine, May 1, on pine. Genus Parthenothrips Uzel 36. P. dracaenae (Heeger) Previous Record: Watson (1923) reports dracaenae from New Jersey and lists the hosts as Dracaena, Ficus elastica, Kentia bolmoraena, and Aralia(?). Genus Plesiothrips Hood 37. P. per plexus (Beach) Previous Record: None. New Records: Corn, Springfield 6-6-55; New Market 7-25-54. This thrips is believed to be entirely restricted to grasses. 204 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Genus Pseudothrips Hinds 38. P. inequalis (Beach) Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Fort Lee, July 18, in terminal leaves of willow. Genus Scirtothrips Shull 39. S. niveus Hood Previous Records: Found in Chatham, June 16 and 27 on Cornus leaves by S. D. Whitlock, and in Demarest, May 30 on Cornus leaves by J. C. Crawford. 40. S. ruthveni Shull Previous Record: Collected in Demarest, May 30 on terminal shoots of Kalmia by J. C. Crawford. 41. S. brevipennis Hood Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Montville, July 27, from red cedar. Genus Scolothrips Hinds 42. S. sexmaculatus (Pergande) Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Montville, July 27, on cedar. New Records: Sumac, New Brunswick 8-13-54. This species is a predator on “red spiders” and other mites. It has been frequently observed feeding on spider mite infestations which were well established and particularly on the web-spinning species. Genus Sericothrips Haliday 43. S. cingulatus Hinds Previous Records: Common on grass in various parts of the country. In New Jersey, W. S. Fields collected specimens in Demarest, June 6, on white clover. 44. S. interruptus Hood Previous Records: J. C. Crawford collected interruptus in Montville, July 28 on foliage of hickory and birch. 45. S. variabilis (Beach) Previous Record: None. New Records: Alfalfa, New Brunswick 7-19-54; Pepper, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Snap Bean, Riverton 7-12-54; Chickweed, Thorofare 5-13-56. 46. S. baptisiae Hood Previous Record: W. S. Fields collected it in Demarest on June 24 and July 5 on Baptisia. 47. S. sambuci Hood Previous Record: J. C. Crawford found it in Fort Lee, July 18-August 25 on leaves of Sambucus. 48. S. pedicellatus Hood Previous Record: None. New Record: Canadian Tick Trefoil, Rio Grande 8-27-55. Genus Taeniothrips Serville 49. T. atratus Haliday Previous Record: Reported from New Jersey, but no localities were given. New Records: Lima Bean, Sussex 7-16-54; Bladder Campion, Piscataway 6-25-55; Butterfly Weed, Mays Landing 7-14-54; Chickweed, Thorofare 5-31-56; Dept- ford Pink, Fredon 7-20-55; Grass, New Brunswick 7-10-54; Iris, New Brunswick 6-28-55; Ironweed, Piscataway 8-19-54; Larkspur, New Brunswick 7-26-55; December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Ttiysanoptera of N. J. 205 Liatris, Hanover 8-23-56; Petunia, New Brunswick 7-26-54; Phlox, Mays Landing 7-14-55, New Brunswick 7-3-54, Smithberg 7-16-55; Privet, New Brunswick 6-30-55; Tall Meadow Rue, Piscataway 7-23-54; White Clover, New Brunswick 6-28-55 ; White Mustard, Chester 7-2-55. 50. T. betulae Crawford Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Fort Lee, July 10, 17, and 24 on Betula populifolia. 51. T. simplex Morison Previous Record: Reported from northern New Jersey on gladiolus. New Record: This insect is commonly called the gladiolus thrips. Feeding occurs on all parts of the plant above ground in the field, and on the corms in storage during the winter. T. simplex is very common throughout the state, and is found on gladioli wherever they are grown. 52. T. vulgatissimus Haliday Previous Record: None. New Record: Pumpkin, New Market 7-20-54. Genus Thrips Linnaeus 53. T. thalictri Hood Previous Record: Reported from Demarest July 11 on leaves of Thalictrum polygamum by W. S. Fields and J. C. Crawford. 54. T. physapus L. Previous Record: None. New Records: Campion, Morristown 7-23-54; Chickweed, Repaupo 5-24-56, Thorofare 5-17-56; Common Dandelion, New Brunswick 7-6-54, Thorofare 3-10-56, Repaupo 5-18-55, Sussex 7-16-54; Goldenrod, Upper Greenwood Lake 7-25-55, Rio Grande 8-27-55; Hawkweed, Mt. Horeb 6-12-56; Lilac, New Brunswick 6-11-54; Wild Mustard, Sussex 7-24-54. 55. T. monotropae Hood Previous Record: Montville, July 27, on Monotropa by J. C. Crawford. 56. T. aureus Hood This species has been recorded from New Jersey. 57. T. tabaci Lindeman Previous Records: This species is the onion thrips, commonly found in most areas of the country. J. C. Crawford reports that he found it throughout the season on many plants in northern New Jersey. The insects overwinter on many wild host plants among which chickweed, Stellaria L., is favored in New Jersey. New Records: T. tabaci was found in so many locations throughout the state that only the hosts will be listed in this study: alfalfa, apple, asparagus, beet, blue- berry, broccoli, cabbage, cantaloupe, carrot, eggplant, grape, leaf lettuce, lima bean, onion, peach, peppers, potato, pumpkin, red clover, snap bean, sorghum, soybean, squash, sudan grass, tomato, watermelon, wheat, beech, beggar-ticks, bladder campion, blazing star, bouncing bet, butter-and-eggs, buttercup, butter- fly weed, Canadian tick trefoil, cannas, cardinal flower, chestnut, chickweed, cockscomb, common burdock, common dandelion, common thistle, corn cockel, culver’s root, daisy fleabane, day lily, deptford pink, dock, evening primrose, gladiolus, goldenrod, grass, hardy candytuft, hollyhock, wild indigo, iris, iron- weed, Joe-Pye weed, lamb’s-quarters, cultivated lily, wild lupine, magnolia, maple-leaved viburnum, monkey flower, morning glory, oxeye daisy, petunia, phlox, plantain, privet, purple loosestrife, pyracantha, Queen Anne’s lace, rag- weed, rose, steeplebush, sumac, sunflower, swamp rose mallow, sweet pea, 206 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII sweet pepper bush, tall meadow rue, tulip tree, Venus’s looking-glass, wild bergamot, wild parsnip, yellow melliot, ash log, and polypores on wild cherry. 58. T. im par Hood. Previous Record: W. S. Fields and J. C. Crawford found it in Demarest, June 26- August 25 on Impatiens and on August 25 in Montville on this same host. New Record: Impatiens , Mt. Horeb 8-13-56. 59. T. helianthi Morgan Previous Record: J. C. Crawford found this species in Fort Lee, September 12- 19 on leaves of Eupatorium in a shady woods. 60. T. nigropilosus Uzel Previous Record: None. New Record: Head Lettuce, New Brunswick 7-14-54. Genus Zonothrips Priesner 61. Z. osmundae Crawford Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it on the fruiting fronds of Camunda cinnamonea in Tenafly. Suborder Tubulifera Genus Acanthothrips Uzel 62. A. nodicornis (Reuter) Previous Record: Collected in New Jersey by J. C. Crawford under bark of a dead poplar sapling. Genus Amphibolothrips Buffa 63. A. watsoni (Hood) Previous Record: None. New Record: Toadstool, Newton 8-25-55. Genus Bagnalliella Karny 64. B. yuccae (Hinds) Previous Record: Found on yucca. It is the only species of this genus on the east coast. Reported from New Jersey by J. C. Crawford. Genus Haplothrips Amyot and Serville 65. H. leucanthemi (Schrank) Previous Records: The species leucanthemi has not been specifically reported from New Jersey. We are using Miss O’Neill’s unpublished classification and regard statices, niger, and leucanthemi as one species. Haplothrips niger is the very common red clover thrips reported in the literature, but here it will be included in the leucanthemi complex. New Records: Alfalfa, Thorofare 7-19-56; Carrots, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Eggplant, New Brunswick 7-14-54; Red Clover, Hackettstown 7-23-55, Mt. Horeb 6-12-56, Thorofare 7-19-56, Fredon 7-2-55; Beardtongue, Oxford 6—1 2— 56; Butter-and-Eggs, Hacklebarney 8-13-56; Chickweed, Repaupo 5-24-56; Goldenrod, Mt. Horeb 8-13-54; Grass, Middlebush 7-9-55, Thorofare 7-12-56, Repaupo 5-24-56; Hardy Candytuft, New Brunswick 7-26-56; Oxeye Daisy, Mt. Horeb 6-12-56; Pickerelweed, Piscataway 7-23-54; Red Root, Great Meadows 7-23-55; Swamp Rose Mallow, Windsor 7-30-55; White Clover, Piscataway 6-28-55, Sussex 7-24-54; Yarrow, Burnt Mills 6-27-56; Flying, Norwood 8-6-55. 66. H. graminis Hood Previous Record: None. New Record: Grass, Thorofare 7-12-56. December, 1965 I Comegys and Schmitt: Thysanoptera of N. J. 207 67. H. gowdeyi (Franklin) Previous Record: None. New Records: Catalpa, Oxford 7-7-56; False Dragonhead, Hacklebarney 8-13-56; Gladiolus, Franklin Township 8-23-56. 68. H. faurei Hood Previous Record: None. New Records: Apple, New Brunswick 7-8-54; Common Thistle, Norwood 8-6-55; Dahlia, Hanover 8-20-56; Wild Bergamot, New Brunswick 7-26-54. 69. H. shackelfordi Moulton Previous Record: Has been reported from New Jersey. 70. H. subtilissimus (Haliday) Previous Records: This species has been reported in Newark on Heather Aster, and in Pennsylvania on pear buds. Putnam remarks that this thrips is predacious. In Ontario it has been found in peach orchards. It occurs on trees infested with European red mite, attacking its eggs, and also the eggs of the “red spider.” It has been observed attacking the oriental fruit moth and other insects, al- though the species is considered of only minor importance as a predator. 71. H. dodgei (Hood) Previous Record: Collected at Fort Lee, August 15, under bark of dead hickory sapling by J. C. Crawford. 72. H. mali (Fitch) Previous Records: This species has been found on leaves of various trees through- out the state by J. C. Crawford. It is commonly called the “black hunter” and is one of the most widely distributed predacious thrips. Merrill (1948) re- ported on its presence and abundance as a predator on red mites in orchards near Glassboro. He did not find that it exerted a significant effect on the red mite populations. New Records: Blueberry, Brown’s Mills 7-1-55; Grape, Gibbstown 7-30-55; Alder, New Brunswick 7-30-54; Shagbark Hickory, Oxford 7-26-55; Maple, Sussex 7-24-54; Oak Leaves, Piscataway 7-28-54. 73. H. verbasci (Osborn) Previous Record: J. C. Crawford found it commonly on V erbascum. New Records: Oxford 8-25-55 and Piscataway 8-2-55 on V erbascum. Also occurs infrequently on mullein throughout the state. Genus Hoplandrothrips Hood 74. H. microps Hood Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Fort Lee on August 7 in coleopterous burrows in a dry, dead, standing hickory sapling, and under bark of dead ash sapling. 75. H. junnebris Hood Previous Record: S. D. Whitlock found a single male flying September 19 at Chatham, although Hood remarks that this species is one of the most common species in the genus. 76. H. scutellaris Hood Previous Record: Collected by J. C. Bradley in Norma on June 19 on dead branches. 77. H. chapmani (Hood) Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it at Fort Lee, July 24 on dead branches of Cornus in company with H. picticornis. 208 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII 78. H. picticornis (Crawford) Previous Records: Fort Lee, July 17 through 31 on dead branches of Cornus and Corpinus; Englewood Cliffs, August 29, dead branches of fallen oak trees by J. C. Crawford. Genus Liothrips Uzel 79. L. caryae (Fitch) Previous Record: This species has been found in galls of phylloxera on hickory by J. C. Crawford. 80. L. citricornis (Hood) Previous Record: This species has been commonly collected on leaves of various plants during May and June by J. C. Crawford. New Record: Shagbark Hickory, Oxford 7—2 6—5 5 . 81. L. umbripennis (Hood) Previous Records: It has been found abundantly on chestnut oak in mid- July in Denville by M. H. Sarter, and in Alpine, May 1 on pine and May 6 on oak by J. C. Crawford. 82. L. castaneae Hood Previous Record: It has been collected from leaves of chestnut by W. S. Fields and J. C. Crawford. 83. L. brevicornis Hood Previous Records: It has been reported in Fort Lee by J. C. Crawford and in Demarest by W. S. Fields in terminal shoots of sassafras, late in May to early in June. 84. L. pruni (Hood) Previous Record: Crawford (1939) reports that this species can be found in New Jersey at any time of year under bark scales of Brunus. 85. L. bujfae (Hood) Previous Record: It has been found in Fort Lee July 10, in cracks of bark of live maple trees. 86. L. russelli (Hood) Previous Record: It has been found in Demarest on leaves of Virginia creeper May 26 through July 3. 87. L. tridentatus (Shull) Previous Record: It has been found by J. C. Crawford in Fort Lee under bark scales of a live tree of the white oak group in August. 88. L. usitatus (Hood) Previous Record: It has been found commonly on leaves of Rhus copallina late in June and early in July. 89. L. dibiles (Hood) Previous Record: It has been reported from New Jersey. No host was given. In general, all the known species of this genus live under bark scales of living trees. Genus Neothrips Hood 90. N. corticis Hood Previous Record: J. C. Crawford found it in Demarest April 18 and in Cresskill May 9 and September 5 under bark scales of live apple trees. Genus N eurothrips Hood 91. N. magnajemoralis Hinds Previous Records: It has been reported in Alpine, May 1 on pine; in Demarest, August 7 on Rhus ; in Fort Lee, August 18 on dead branches of chestnut. New Record: Red Maple Log, Hanover 8-23-56. December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Thysanoptera of N. J. 209 Genus Phlaeothrips Haliday 92. P. angusticeps Bagnall Previous Records: J. C. Crawford reports that he collected it everywhere under dead moist bark and on polypores. New Record: On toadstools, Newtonville 8-27-55. The P. americanus group. Dr. Stannard made the determination and remarked that the specimens look like americanus , but have dilated setae like angusticeps. 93. P. fieldsi Crawford Previous Record: J. C. Crawford collected it in Fort Lee under bark of a dead Sambucus stem on April 11. 94. P. karnyi (Hood) Previous Records: Trager found it in a “tree fungus” in Newark. J. C. Crawford found it in northern New Jersey under bark. The writers found this species throughout the state under moist bark of dead trees, branches, and especially near fungi on dead trees. Miss O’Neill considers this thrips as the karnyi complex. Hood (1929) states that the confusion of the proper identification of this species is due partly to the presence of two distinct forms in the male. Also there is a noticeable variation in size of the female. Dr. H. Priesner of Austria has applied the name oedymer for male specimens having greatly enlarged prothoraxes and forelegs, and gynacoid for those having normally developed prothoraxes and forelegs. Thus, Hood states that all of the characters used used before to designate distinct species are overcome by the natural variation within the species. 95. P. flavicauda (Morgan) Previous Records: J. C. Crawford found it in Cresskill early in September on young succulent polypores on dead birch. W. S. Fields collected it in Demarest from a large polypore. New Record: Polypores on wild cherry, Harding Township 8-23-56. Genus Poecilothrips Uzel 96. P. albopictus Uzel This species does occur in New Jersey, and may be taken by beating woody plants, especially oaks. Genus Elaphrothrips Buffa 97. E. tubercidatus (Hood) Previous Record: M. H. Sarter found it in Denville July 14, on leaves of chestnut oak. 98. E. armatus (Hood) Previous Record: None. New Record: Sweeping grass near a ditch, Oxford 7-26-55. Genus Megalothrips Uzel 99. M . spinosus Hood Previous Records: J. C. Crawford collected this species in Fort Lee in mid-August under bark of various dry dead branches. Found also on dead branches of Cornus sp. New Record: Decaying maple log, Hanover 8-23-56. (Note: The names W. S. Fields, M. H. Sarter, and S. D. Whitlock which appear in this paper under “Previous Record” identify collectors mentioned by J. C. Crawford (1939).) 210 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 1. The known distribution of the following species suggests that they probably occur in New Jersey. No. Species Previous record Locations 100 Acolothrips palidicornis Hood New York Abies balsamea 101 Baliothrips dispar (Haliday) New York Grass 102 Bolothrips bicolor (Heeger) New York Grasses, in fallen leaves and other debris 103 Chirothrips cuneiceps Hood New York Grass 104 Chirothrips obesus Hinds New York Grass 105 Cryptothrips( ?) breviventris HoodNew York Moss 106 Cryptothrips rectangularis Hood New York Under bark of willow and peach 107 Frankliniella nervosa (Uzel) New York Cattail, corn, various grasses, and spring flowers 108 Haplothrips humilis Hood Neighboring states No host given 109 Heliothrips fasciapennis Hinds Neighboring states Grass 110 Heliothrips fasciatus Pergande Neighboring states The bean thrips; found on a large number of hosts 111 Heliothrips fern oralis Reuter New York In greenhouses on a large variety of plants 112 Heliothrips haemorrhoidalis (Bouche) New York The greenhouse thrips; found on a wide variety of greenhouse plants 113 Heterothrips aesculi Watson New York Azalea 114 Heterothrips limbatus Hood New York Flowers of Primus sp. 115 Heterothrips quercicola Crawford New York Catkins of a scrub oak and pine 116 Hoplandrothrips gynandrus Hood New York Under bark of Salix 117 Hoplandrothrips pergandei (Hinds) New York Grass 118 Hoplandrothrips virago Hood New York On bark of poplars 119 Hoplandrothrips xanthopus Hood New York Under bark of maple 120 Liothrips ocellatus (Hood) New York Moss 121 Liothrips sambuci Hood New York Elder 122 Lissothrips muscorum Hood New York Moss 123 Oxythrips ajugae Uzel New York No hosts given 124 Phlaeothrips anomocerus (Hood) New York Under bark of various trees 125 Phlaeothrips beachi (Hinds) New York Under bark of various dead trees 126 Phlaeothrips fumiceps (Hood) New York Under bark of willow branches 127 Phlocobiothrips insolens Hood New York Acer saccharum 128 Phlocobiothrips tumiceps Hood New York Under fallen branches and saplings in lowland woods 129 Sericothrips tiliae New York Leaves of T ilia americana 130 Taeniothrips inconsequens Uzel New York The pear thrips, found on pear, apple, wild and cultivated cherry 131 Taeniothrips salicis Reuter New York Salix 132 Taeniothrips vaccinophilus Hood New York No hosts given 133 Thrips jlavus Schrank New York Flowers of Angelica atro purpurea 134 Thrips fuscipennis New York Flowers of Angelica atro purpurea 135 Thrips veratri Hood New York V eratrum viride December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Titysanoptera of N. J. 211 Table 2. Agricultural host plants and thrips species. Host Species Alfalfa Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Thrips tab act Acolothrips fasciatus Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Sericothrips variabilis Apple Thrips t abaci Limothrips cerealium Haplothrips faurei Asparagus Thrips tabaci Frankliniella fusca Limothrips cerealium Aeolothrips fasciatus Aeolothrips bicolor Frankliniella tenuicornis Phlaeothrips karnyi complex Barley Limothrips cerealium Anophothrips obscurus Aptinothrips rufus var. rufus Lima Bean Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Acolothrips bicolor Acolothrips fasciatus Sericothrips sp. Taeniothrips stratus Oats Anaphothrips obscurus Limothrips cerealium Limothrips denticornis Aptinothrips rufus var. rufus Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella tenuicornis Onion Thrips tabaci Aeolothrips fasciatus Peach Thrips tabaci Pepper Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Aeolothrips fasciatus Sericothrips variabilis Beet Thrips tabaci Lim o t hrips cerealium Aeolothrips fasciatus Blueberry Aeolothrips melaleucus Aeolothrips fasciatus Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Haplothrips niali Scirtothrips sp. Broccoli Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Cabbage Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Cantaloupe Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Aeolothrips fasciatus 212 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 2 (Continued) Host Species Carrot Thrips tabaci Frankliniella jusca Aeolothrips bicolor Aeolothrips fasciatus Aeolothrips nasturtii Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Corn Aeolothrips fasciatus Frankliniella tenuicornis Frankliniella tritici Plesiothrips perplexus Cranberry Frankliniella tritici Eggplant Thrips tabaci Frankliniella Jusca Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Grape Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Haplothrips mali Frankliniella Jusca Head Lettuce Frankliniella Jusca T hrips nigropilosus Aeolothrips fasciatus Leaf Lettuce Thrips tabaci Frankliniella Jusca Frankliniella tenuicornis Aeolothrips bicolor Aeolothrips fasciatus Potato Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Chirothrips manicatus Pumpkin Thrips tabaci T aeniot hrips vulgatissimus Raspberry Aeolothrips fasciatus Limot hrips cerealium Red Clover Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella exigua Limothrips cerealium Aeolothrips fasciatus Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Rye Limothrips cerealium Snap Bean Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Limothrips cerealium Aeolothrips fasciatus Aeolothrips bicolor Sericothrips variabilis Sorghum Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella Jusca Frankliniella tenuicornis Limothrips cerealium Chirothrips manicatus Soybean Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella exigua December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Thysanoptera oe N. J. 213 Table 2 (Continued) Host Species Squash Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella exigna Strawberry Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Sudan Grass Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Limo thrips cerealium Anaphothrips obscurus Chirothrips manicatus Timothy Frankliniella tritici Chirothrips manicatus Anaphothrips obscurus Limothrips cerealium Aptinothrips rufus var. rufus Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Tomato Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Limothrips cerealium Aeolothrips bicolor Watermelon Thrips tabaci Frankliniella fusca Aeolothrips fasciatus Wheat Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Limothrips cerealium Chirothrips manicatus 214 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 3. Nonagricultural host plants and thrips species. Host Species Agrimony, Agrimonia L. Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Alsike Clover, Trifolium hybridum L. Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Frankliniella tritici Arrowhead, Sagitarria L. Amaryllis, Amaryllidaceae Ash, Froxinus L. Azalea Baneberry, Actaea L. Beardtongue, Penstemon Mitchell Frankliniella tritici Fran k liniella t ritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tenuicornis Bedstraw, Galium palustre L. Beech, Fagus L. Beggar-Ticks, Bidens frondosa L. Chirothrips manicatus Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Limothrips cerealium Limothrips denticornis Frankliniella tritici Thrips t abaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella exigua Microcephalothrips abdominalis Thrips t abaci Alder, Alnus sp. Arbor Vitae, Thuya sp. Bindweed, Convolvulus sp. Haplothrips mali Echinothrips subflavis Frankliniella tritici Microcephalothrips abdominalis Bitternut, Cary a cordif ormis Wang Bladder Campion, Silene cucubalus Wibel Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips t abaci Chirothrips manicatus Taeniothrips atratus Blazing Star, C hamaelirium luteum (L.) Thrips t abaci Frankliniella tritici Bouncing Bet, Saponaris officinalis L. Thrips t abaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella williamsi Bur Clover, Medicago hispida Gaertn Fran k liniella t ri tici Aptinothrips rufus var. rufus Brassica (wild) Butter-and-Eggs, Lineria vulgaris Hill Frankliniella tritici Thrips t abaci Frankliniella tritici Chirothrips manicatus Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Aeolothrips fasciatus Buttercup, Ranunculus sp. Thrips t abaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Butterfly Weed, Asclepias tuberosa L. Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella williamsi Buttonbush, C ephalanthus L. Campion, Silene sp. Taeniothrips atratus Thrips t abaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella stylosa Thrips physapus Microcephalothrips abdominalis December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Ttiysanoptera of N. J. 215 Table 3 (Continued) Host Species Canadian Tick Trefoil, Desmodium canadense Cannas Cardinal Flower, Lobelia cardinalis L. Catalpa, Catalpa sp. Cattail, Typha sp. Chestnut, Castanea sp. Chicory, Cichorium intybus L. Chickweed, Stellaria sp. Cockscomb, Colosia sp. Common Burdock, Arctium minus (Hill) Common Dandelion, Taraxacum officinale Weber Common Thistle, Cirsium vulgare (Savi) Compo sitae Corn Cockle, Agrostemma sp. Coneflower, Rudbeckia trilobia L. Crimson Clover, Trifolium incarnatum L. Culver’s Root, Veronicastrum virginicum Cyclamen, Cyclamen sp. Dahlia, Dahlia sp. Daisy Fleabane, Erigeron strigosus Muhl Dayflower, Commelina L. Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Sericothrips pedicellatus Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella fusca Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips gowdeyi Frankliniella tenuicornis Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Taeniothrips atratus Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Thrips physapus Aptinothrips rufus var. rufus Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Sericothrips vanabilis Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Thrips tabaci Thrips physapus Frankliniella tritici Acolothrips fasciatus Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Haplothrips faurei Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella williamsi Chirothrips manicatus Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Acolothrips fasciatus Frankliniella tritici Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici (L.) Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Haplothrips faurei Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Taeniothrips atratus 216 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 3 (Continued) Host Species Day Lily, Hemerocallis julva L. Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella stylosa Frankliniella williamsi Frankliniella exigua Deptford Pink, Dianthus armeria L. Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Anaphothrips obscurus Thrips tabaci Taeniothrips atratus Dock, Rumex sp. Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Evening Primrose, Genothera biennis L. Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Dendrothrips ornatus Frankliniella f usca Microcephalothrips abdominalis False Dragonhead, Physostegia sp. Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips gowdeyi Fringed Loosestrife, Lysimachia sp. Frankliniella tritici Chiroth rips manicat us Great Lobelia, Lobelia syphilitica Linnaeus Gladiola, Gladiolus sp. Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Gloxinia sp. Golden Aster, Chrysopsis sp. Goldenrod, Solidago sp. Frankliniella fusca Taeniothrips simplex Haplothrips gowdeyi Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Microcephalothrips abdominalis Thrips tabaci Thrips physapus Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Grass, Gramineae Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella f usca Limo thrips cerealium Chirothrips manicatus Frankliniella tenuicornis Aeolothrips bicolor Haplothrips graminis Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Anaphothrips obscurus Aptinothrips rufus var. rufus Aptinothrips rufus Taeniothrips atratus Groundsel, Senecio sp. Great Mullein, V erbascum thapsus L. Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Chirothrips manicatus Haplothrips verbasci Hardy Candytuft, Iberis sp. Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Haplothrips faurei December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Titysanoptera of N. J. 217 Table 3 (Continued) Host Species Hawk weed, Hieracium sp. Heath Family, Ericaceae Hibiscus sp. Hollyhock, Althaea rosea Cav. Honeysuckle, Lonicera sp. Indigo (wild), Baptisia tinctoria (L.) Iris, Iris sp. Ironweed, Veronia sp. Joe-Pye Weed, Eupatorium pur pur earn L. Lady’s Thumb, Polygomm persicaria L. Lamb’s-quarters, Cheno podium album L. Larkspur, Delphinium sp. Legume (wild) sp. Lespedeza virginica (L.). Lilac, Syringa vidgaris L. Lily (cultivated), Lilium sp. Locust, Robinia sp. Lupine (wild), Lupinus perennis L. Liatris sp. Magnolia, Magnolia sp. Maple, Acer sp. Maple-leaved Viburnum, Viburnum acerij olium L. Marsh Grass, Spartina sp. Marigold, Tagetes sp. Thrips physapus Microce phalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Anaphothrips obscurus Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Limothrips cerealium Limothrips cerealium Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella stylosa Taeniothrips atratus Thrips tabaci Taeniothrips atratus Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Microce phalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Anaphothrips obscurus Aeolothrips fasciatus Frankliniella tritici Taeniothrips atratus Frankliniella jusca Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips physapus Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Aeolothrips fasciatus Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella williamsi Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Taeniothrips atratus Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Leucothrips piercei Haplothrips mali Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Limothrips cerealium Anaphothrips obscurus Chiro thrips sp. Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella tritici Microce phalothrips abdominalis 218 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 3 (Continued) Host Species Mayweed, Anthemis cotula L. Meadowsweet, Spirea latifolia (Alton) Milkwort, Polygala sp. Mint, Montha sp. Mock Orange, Philadelphus sp. Monkey Flower, Mimulus rigene L. Morning Glory, C onvelvulus sp. Mountain Mint, Pyonanthemum virginianum (L.) Mountain Laurel, Kalmia latifolia L. Milkweed, Asclipias sp. Northern Prickly Ash, Xanthoxylum americanum Mill Oxeye Daisy, Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. Partridge Pea, Chamaecrista fasciculata (Michaux) Greene Peony, Peonia sp. Peppermint, Mentha piperita L. Petunia, Petunia sp. Phlox, Phlox sp. Pickerelweed, Pontederia cordata L. Pine, Pinus sp. Plantain, Plantago major L. Pokeweed, Phytolacca sp. Prickly Pear, Opuntia sp. Primrose, Primula sp. Privet, Ligustrum sp. Frankliniella tritici Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Aeolothrips fasciatus Frank liniella william si Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella william si Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Anaphothrips obscurus Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Chiro thrips manic at us Frankliniella tritici Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Limothrips cerealium Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella williamsi Taeniothrips atratus Frankliniella fusca Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Aeolothrips fasciatus Aeolothrips melaleucus Taeniothrips atratus Phiaeothrips karnyi complex Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Haplothrips graminis Chirothrips manicatus Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Micro cephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Taeniothrips atratus Aeolothrips melaneucus Frankliniella tritici December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Thysanoptera of N. J. 219 Table 3 (Continued) Host Species Purple Loosestrife, Lythrum sp. Purslane, Portulaca oleracea L. Nut Grass, Cyperus sp. Pyracantha, Cotoneaster py vacant ha L. Queen Anne’s Lace, Daucus carota L. Ragweed, Ambrosia sp. Red Root, Ceanothus americanus L. Rhododendron sp. Rose, Rosa sp. Self-heal, Prunella vulgaris L. Shagbark Hickory, Hicoria sp. Small Jack-in-the-Pulpit, Arisaema triphyllum L. Smartweed, Polygonum sp. Sneezeweed, Helenium autumnale L. Solanaceae Steeplebush, Spirea tomentosa L. St.-John’s-Wort, Hypericum sp. Sumac, Rhus sp. Sunflower (tall), Helianthus giganteus L. Swamp Buttercup, Ranunculus septentrionalis poir. Swamp Milkweed, Asclepias incarnata L. Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella tenuicornis Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Microcephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Anaphothrips obscurus Frankliniella williamsi Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella stylosa Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Microcephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella stylosa Limothrips cerealium Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Aeolothrips fasciatus Leptothrips mali Liothrips citricornis Heterothrips arisamae Frankliniella tritici Microcephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella tritici Thrips physapus Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Anaphothrips obscurus Aeolothrips hartleyi Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Chirothrips manicatus Limothrips cerealium Frankliniella tritici Merothrips morgani Thrips tabaci Scolothrips sexmaculatus Microcephalothrips abdominalis Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Star Grass, Hypoxis sp. Spotted Knapweed, Centurea maculose Lam. Spruce, Picea Link. 220 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Table 3 (Continued) Host Species Swamp Rose Mallow, Hibiscus moschentos L. Sweet Pea, Cracca virginiana L. Sweet Pepper Bush, Clethra alnifolia L. Tall Meadow Rue, Thalictrum poly ganum Muhl Toadstool, Agaricaceae Touch-me-not, Impatiens sp. Tiger Lily, L ilium tigrinum Tulip Tree, Liriodendron sp. Venus’s-Looking-Glass, Specularia prefoliata (L.) A. De Candolle Vetch (common), Vicia sativa L. Viper’s Bugloss, Echium vulgare L. Water Lily, Castalia sp. White Clover, Trifolium repens L. White Woodland Aster, Aster divaricatus L. Wild Aster, Aster sp. Wild Bergamot, Monarda fistulosa L. Wild Blackberry, Rubus sp. Wild Geranium, Geranium maculatum L. White Mustard, Brassica hirta Moench Wild Oats, Uniola latifolia Michx. Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Thrips tabaci Aeolothrips bicolor Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Thrips tabaci Taeniothrips atratus Thrips tabaci Amphibolothrips watsoni Merothrips morgani Frankliniella tritici Phlaeothrips americanus-angusticeps group Thrips impar Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Limothrips cerealium Merothrips morgani Thrips tabaci Limothrips cerealium Thrips tabaci Frankliniella fusca Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella fusca Taeniothrips atratus Aeolothrips fasciatus Thrips tabaci Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Haplothrips graminis Frankliniella tritici Microcephalothrips abdominalis Frankliniella williamsi Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella stylosa Thrips tabaci Haplothrips faurei Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella tritici Fra n k liniella willia msi Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Thrips physapus Taeniothrips atratus Fran k lin iella t ritici Limothrips cerealium December, 1965] Comegys and Schmitt: Tilysanoptera oe N. J. 221 Table 3 (Continued) Host Species Wild Parsnip, Pastinaca sativa L. Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Wild Pink, Silene sp. Winter Cress, Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. Wood sorrel, Oxalis sp. Yellow Mellilot, Mellilotus officinalis (L.) Frankliniella fusca Anaphothrips obscurus Chirothrips manicatus Frankliniella tritici Frankliniella exigua Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Yellowwood, Cladrastis leutes (Michx. f) K. Koch Zinnia sp. Frankliniella tritici Thrips tabaci Microcephalothrips abdominalis Aeolothrips fasciatus Frankliniella tritici Table 4. Miscellaneous locations Host Species Ash Log Birch Log Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Phlaeothrips karnyi complex Dead Oak Sapling Limo thrips cerealium L im o thrips denticorn is Decaying Leaves and Branches Decaying Maple Log Red Maple Log Flying Merothrips morgani Megalothrips spinosus N euro th rips magnefe m o ra lis Chirothrips manicatus Frankliniella fusca Haplothrips leucanthemi complex Limo thrips cerealium Haplothrips mali Phlaeothrips karnyi complex Aeolothrips fasciatus Oak Log Oak Leaves Polypores on Wild Cherry Frankliniella tritici Haplothrips mali Phlaeothrips flavicauda Phlaeothrips karnyi complex Thrips tabaci Shelf Fungus Sweeping grass along water ditch Under bark in sap secretion and fungus Yarrow Merothrips morgani Elephrothrips armatus Merothrips morgani Microcephalothrips abdominalis Thrips tabaci Frankliniella tritici Taeniothrips atratus Haplothrips leucanthemi complex 222 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Literature Cited Bailey, Stanley F. 1936. Our knowledge of California Thysanoptera previous to 1900. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 12(5): 97-103. . 1936a. Thrips attacking man. Can. Ent., 68: 95-98. . 1940. The black hunter, Leptothrips mail (Fitch). Jour. Econ. Ent., 33(3): 539-544 . 1951. The genus Aeolothrips Haliday in North America. Hilgardia, 21(2): 43-80. Crawford, J. C. 1939. Thysanoptera from Northern New Jersey, with descriptions of new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 47(1): 69-81. . 1940. The male of Heliothrips haemorrhoidalis (Bouche). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 42(4): 90-91. Haliday, A. H. 1936. An epitome of the British genera of the order Thysanoptera. Ent. Mag., 3: 439-451. Hinds, W. E. 1902. Contribution to a monograph of the insects of the order Thysanoptera inhabiting North America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 26(1310): 79-242. Hood, J. D. 1929. Two Urothripidae from Florida, with keys to the known genera and the North American species. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., 24(5): 314-322. Merrill, L. G. 1948. A study of red mite and red spider infestations as related to certain spray materials, to predatory insects and to the physiology of the host plant. Master’s thesis, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey. Moulton, D. 1911. Synopsis, catalogue and bibliography of North American Thysanoptera, with descriptions of new species. USDA Bur. Ent. Tech. Ser. No. 21, 1-56. Smith, J. B. 1899. Insects of New Jersey. Trenton, New Jersey, 755 pp. Snodgrass, R. E. 1935. Principles of insect morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, N. Y., 667 pp. . 1954. Insect metamorphosis. Smithson. Misc. Coll., 122(9): 124 pp. Stannard, L. J. 1957. The phylogeny and classification of the North American genera of the suborder Tubulifera (Thysanoptera). 111. Bio. Mon., Urbana, 111., 25: 200 pp. Watson, J. R. 1923. Synopsis and catalogue of the Thysanoptera of North America. Univ. Fla. Agric. Exper. Sta. Bulk, Gainesville, Fla., 168: 100 pp. Received for Publication July 6, 1965 December, 1965 I Ruckes: Mecistorhinus 223 A New Mecistorhinus from Ecuador (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae) Herbert Ruckes1 Abstract: Describes a new varicolored species of Mecistorhinus Dallas from Ecuador and calls it M . variegatus. Heteroptera, Pentatomidae, Discocephalinae. Two rather badly damaged female specimens of Mecistorhinus Dallas were recently borrowed from the undetermined material in the collection of the Hope Entomological Department of Oxford University. Although somewhat mutilated, they are still in good enough condition for study; they have been compared with all known species of the genus (except M. semilugens Bergroth) and show distinctive characters which warrant naming them as a new species. Mecistorhinus variegatus, n. sp. diagnosis. Anterior half of each connexival segment black, posterior half dull red; narrow lateral margin of abdominal venter dull red; femora uniformly pale castaneous without maculations; tibiae pinkish red with broad central black band; rostrum stramineous. specific characters. Above luteous (sordid yellow with tinge of red) with rather coarse black punctures, somewhat irregularly disposed on pronotum and scutellum, finer, more regularly distributed on hemelytra, finest and densest on head; beneath very dark castaneous, essentially piceous; punctures coarser on thoracic pleura than on abdomen; lateral margin of abdomen narrowly red, or tinged with red. Head almost one-half again as long as wide between eyes; extreme margins dull red, narrowly reflexed; anteocular sinuses small, obtuse; punctures most congested on vertex. Antennae mutilated, basal segment pale brown. Pronotum somewhat coarsely punctured, with punctures on anterior half of disc tending to be arranged in short, irregular, transverse vermicular lines with considerable smooth space between; extreme anterolateral margins dull red, abruptly reflexed; disc somewhat uneven, but not distinctly rugulose. Scutellum about one-fourth longer than wide across base ; punctures tending to aggregate along lateral margins and on central portion of basal third of disc; apex semicircular and distinctly impunctate. Hemelytra just reaching apex of abdomen ; membranes crepe-like in texture, dull, smoky brown, slightly paler at base and apex, veins concolorous and distinctly branching; punctures on corium less evenly distributed than on embolium. Connexivum narrowly exposed, anterior half of each seg- ment black, densely punctured, posterior half dull red, less densely punctured. Rostrum pale stramineous, attaining apex of seventh abdominal sternite; segment II five-sevenths of length of segments III and IV taken together. Femora uniformly pale castaneous or medium brown, totally immaculate, very glossy ; tibiae somewhat matte, pinkish red with broad incomplete central black annulus; basal two tarsal segments red, apical one brown. Basal plates of female genital valves roundly triangular, equilateral, their apical margins taken together forming broad arc near abdominal apex. This species measures 12.0 mm in length; 6.0 mm in width across humeri. holotype, female. Valley of Rio Zamora, Ecuador, 1928, 900 meters altitude; Professor C. Carrion, collector; deposited in the Hope Entomological Museum, 1 Research Associate, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History, and Professor Emeritus, the City University of New York. 224 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Oxford University, Oxford, England. Paratype, same data as for holotype, but deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. remarks. Closely related to M. complanatus Distant, but differs in the coarse- ness of puncturation, variegated coloring, and lack of distinct rugosity of the pronotal disc. Received for Publication September 22, 1965 Recent Publications Pesticides and Living Landscape. Robert L. Rudd, LTniv. of Wisconsin Press, $6.50, 320 pp., 1964. The Metabolism of Insects. University Reviews in Biology. Darcy Gilmour. W. H. Free- man and Co., San Francisco, $3.50 (paper), 195 pp., 1965. Reproduction in the Insects. K. G. Davey. University Reviews in Biology, W. H. Free- man and Co., San Francisco, $2.50 (paper), 96 pp., 1965. Experimental Entomology. Kenneth W. Cummins, Ned A. Smith, Lee D. Miller, and Richard M. Fox, Reinhold Publishing Corp., New York, $6.50, 176 pp., 1965. Annual Review of Entomology. Vol. 10, edited by R. F. Smith. Annual Reviews, Palo Alto, $8.50, 425 pp., 1965. The Arid-Land Katydids of the North American Genus A eobarrettia (Orthoptera: Tettigonidae) : Their Systematics and a Reconstruction of Their History. Theodore J. Cohn, Misc. Pub. No. 126, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, $3.00 (paper), 179 pp., 1965. Stridulation in Leaf-Cutting Ants. Hubert Markl. Science: 149 (3690), 1392-1393, 1965, illustrated. Ant Venoms, Attractants and Repellants. G. W. K. Cavill and Phyllis L. Robertson. Science: 149 (3690): 1337-1345, 1965, illustrated. The Spread of a Fierce African Bee in Brasil. Paulo Noguiero-Neto. Bee World 45(3): 119-121, 1964. Butterflies of the San Francisco Bay Region. J. W. Tilden. California Natural History Guide No. 12, University of California Press, Berkeley, $1.75 (paper), 88 pp., 1965. Neotropical Mierolepidoptera IV, A New Genus of Stenomidae with Descriptions of Four New Species (Lepidoptera: Gelechoides) . Donald Duckworth. Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 116 (3498): 97- 111, 1964. December, 1965] 225 Young Entomologist Serves His Community Reprinted from the Grapevine (House organ of the American Museum of Natural History) 22(7), August-September, 1965 If the future looks brighter these days for a group of underprivileged boys and girls in East Harlem, it is due in no small measure to the interest and efforts of Arlin Clifford Hooks of the Museum’s custodial services division. Mr. Hooks spends most of his waking hours in uniform; when he’s not wearing his AMNH blues, he’s usually dressed in the khaki shirt and trousers, fatigue cap, and high boots of an organization known as the Pan American Cadet Corps, the purpose of which is to give young people a start toward becoming proud, ambitious, and conscientious citizens. PACC, which Mr. Hooks helped to found several years ago, has approximately 125 members between the ages of 9 and 20. Its pro- gram has a strong military flavor because its leaders believe that strict discipline is a deeply felt, although often unspoken, need of youngsters. But, interestingly, the organization is the outgrowth of a science and nature club and Mr. Hooks is, by avocation, an entomologist. (Ed. note: He was one of many youngsters who have had the advantage of membership in the Junior Entomological Society.) As a little boy, Cliff Hooks visited the Museum constantly. As a teen-ager in the mid-1950’s, he was one of the regulars at the Natural Science Center. His initial interest in insects was further developed through the help and encourage- ment of Miss Alice Gray of the Entomology Department. In the PACC Mr. Hooks serves as Administrative and Educational Officer. In the latter capacity, he maintains close liaison with the teachers and other personnel of the schools attended by Corps members, and provides remedial instruction for youngsters who need it. Under his direction, the Corp’s educa- tional program continues to emphasize science and the serious study of nature. Recently the organization acquired a new headquarters building in which there is ample room to expand the science program. Many New Yorkers tend to feel that the pressing social problems of this huge city are beyond the sphere of influence of any one person. Mr. Hooks — like several other AMNHers who devote a great deal of time to voluntary service to the community — simply doesn’t believe it. Erratum Re: Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 73(3) p. 146, 1965 Last four lines of page 146 were incorrectly transposed. They should read: It appears to be true that in the abdomen, the transverse nerve always passes anterior to the spiracle, and the dorsal nerve posterior to the spiracle. It is possible that some seemingly contradictory results in the physiological studies of the alary muscles may be influenced by the absence or presence of transverse . . . 226 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Development of the Muscular Network of the Midgut in the Larval Stages of the Mosquito, Aedes Aegypti Linnaeus1 James F. O’Brien2 Biological Laboratories, Fordham University, Bronx, New York 10458 Abstract: Attempts to find an organized muscle layer surrounding the midgut of the early instar larval Aedes aegypti mosquito have not been successful. But, by studying whole mounts of larval midguts of various stages, muscle cells were found to be present from the earliest stages of larval life. The early, first-instar muscle layer consists of two pairs of longitudinally arranged rows of muscle cells connected by two circular bands of muscle cells. Beginning at about the second instar, these cells begin to undergo mitotic divisions, eventually giving rise to a muscular network, completely encircling the larval midgut. The network present in the prepupal midgut apparently remains during metamorphosis to be- come the muscular coat of the adult midgut. Christophers (1960) has summarized most of the biological findings con- cerned with almost every aspect of the mosquito Aedes aegypti Linnaeus. But his description of the histological findings concerning the presence of muscles in the larval midgut revealed that little work had been done in this area and there was still doubt as to the presence of a muscular coat in the earlier larval stages. Samtleben (1929) reported the presence of scattered muscle fibers on the midgut in the early instars. Christophers was unable to detect muscle fibers in the early instars but has described the musculature he observed in the fourth-instar larval midgut. Because of this doubt and conflicting reports, the study of the cytological development of the A. aegypti midgut from the early hours of larval life, through pupation and into the adult, was undertaken. This investigation is concerned mainly with the larval midgut development, but an attempt is made to correlate larval structures with those found in the imaginal midgut. MATERIALS AND METHODS The eggs used to obtain larvae were collected from the A. aegypti colony maintained in this laboratory during the course of the research. This colony was originally developed from eggs obtained from Rutgers University. The larvae were reared in tap water and fed a watery suspension of brewers’ yeast. Beginning about 6 hours after hatching and continuing into the pupal and freshly emerged adult stages, a series of whole mounts of midguts were prepared, stained by the Feulgen reaction and counterstained with Orange G. The whole 1 A portion of the author’s dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author wishes to acknowledge the assistance and encouragement given him during this study by Prof. C. A. Berger, S.J., of the Fordham Biological Laboratory. This work was supported in part by an Educational Assistance Grant from the Arthur J. Schmitt Foundation. 2 Present address: Regis College, Willowdale, Ontario, Canada. December, 1965] O'Brien: Aedes aegypti 227 Figs. 1-3. Diagrammatic representation of the formation of the muscular network be- ginning with the longitudinal and circular rows of muscle cells in the first instar and termi- nating in the fully formed network in the prepupa. Scale lines = 0.1 mm. C — Cardiac region; GC — Gastric ceca; MT — Malpighian tubule; P — Pyloric region; S — Stomach. Fig. 1 — 9-hour larva; Fig. 2 — 40-hour larva; Fig. 3—166-hour larva (prepupa). mounts of this series represent intervals of from 1 to 4 hours of development. Dissections were performed in Drosophila saline (Demerec and Kaufmann, 1961) and Formalin-Acetic Acid-Alcohol (FAA) was used as the fixative. Since the larval midgut is small and delicate, the dissection, the fixation, and the staining were performed on depression slides. After the dissection, the midgut remained on the depression slide until staining and dehydration were completed. Solutions were added to the depression slide with droppers and removed with rolled pieces of filter paper. Hydrolysis in N/HC1 was carried out for 7-9 minutes in a paraffin oven at 52-55° C. After staining and dehydration through alcohol and xylol, the midgut was flooded from the depression slide onto a clean microscope slide and mounted in permount. Such a procedure helped to elimi- nate loss or damage to the tissue during processing. The whole mounts were 228 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Fig. 4. Photomicrograph of anterior portion of 24-hour larval midgut showing the rows of muscle cells overlying the epithelial cells. E — Epithelial cell nucleus; M — Muscle cell nucleus. X 280. Fig. 5. Photomicrograph of portion of stomach of 40-hour larva showing the beginnings of the formation of the muscle network. Large nuclei are epithelial cell nuclei. X 570. December, 1965] O’Brien: Aedes aegypti 229 then examined by light microscopy. All photomicrographs were made with a Miranda-F 35 mm camera. RESULTS This study reveals that from the beginning of larval life, muscles are present in the midgut. The first indication of the presence of muscles in the early stages was the peristalsis observed in the freshly dissected midguts. In the whole mounts, the first-instar midgut muscles appear as four longi- tudinal rows of deeply stained cells connected by at least two rows of similar cells which encircle the midgut (Figs. 1 and 4). One of the circular rows is located just below the level of the gastric ceca and the second circular row is found just above the pyloric region. Examination reveals that the longitudinal rows of cells continue into the area beneath the pouches of the gastric ceca. The arrangement of muscle cells in the early first-instar midgut remains essentially unchanged until about the 30th hour, or the beginning of the second instar. At this time, numerous mitotic divisions of these cells appear and by the 40th hour, the beginnings of a muscular network can be discerned (Figs. 2 and 5). From this time on, as the midgut grows in size, muscle cell divisions con- tinue until a dense pattern of muscle fibers forms around the midgut (Figs. 3 and 6) . Divisions of muscle cells are normal mitotic divisions showing the somatic pairing of homologous chromosomes characteristic of dipteran cells (Fig. 7). In forming the muscle network, the positions taken by the muscle cells form a pattern which more or less outlines the basal edges of the large epithelial cells of the midgut (Figs. 7 and 8). No evidence was found to indicate a double layer of muscle cells. The muscu- lar network in the midgut of A. aegypti is comprised of a single layer of muscle cells. There is no evidence of a network around the gastric ceca. In only a few of the larvae dissected, an occasional muscle strand was seen attached to a pouch of the ceca. The muscular network is completed by the late fourth instar or prepupa and survives the changes involved in the formation of the imaginal gut during the pupal stage to become the muscular network around the imaginal midgut. DISCUSSION The results of this study show that while a complete network of muscle fibers is not present in the Aedes midgut until the later larval instars, the peristalsis observed in freshly dissected midguts of all stages confirms muscular activity from the beginning of larval feeding. Since the muscular layer is delicate and easily torn from the gut during dissection or processing, perhaps the inability of earlier investigators to find any more than a few strands of muscle fibers might have been due to the accidental removal of the muscle coat in dissection or staining. 230 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Fig. 6. Photomicrograph of portion of stomach of 166-hour larva showing the pattern of the completely formed muscle network. Large nuclei are epithelial cell nuclei. X 570. Fig. 7. Photomicrograph of portion of stomach of 72-hour larva. Arrows indicate two muscle cells undergoing mitotic division. Large nuclei are epithelial cell nuclei. X 1,290. Fig. 8. Photomicrograph of portion of stomach of 144-hour larva showing the positions taken by the muscles in the formation of the network. X 1,290. December, 1965] O’Brien: Aedes aegypti 231 It seems strange that the arrangement of the muscle cells in the early larval midgut, as described above, was not found by Christophers until the fourth- larval instar. Christophers’ findings appear to indicate a retarded condition in the formation of the muscular system of the midgut. The Culex larval midgut musculature, as reported by Berger (1938), consists of separate longitudinal and circular layers of muscle fibers, while the network present in the Aedes larva consists of only a single layer of muscle cells arranged to form a mesh covering the stomach area of the midgut. In the fourth-larval instar, the bases of the enlarged epithelial cells bulge outward through the in- terstices of this muscular reticulum. Peristalsis produced by such a network is probably effected by each muscle contracting along its long axis, thereby pro- ducing both circular and longitudinal constriction of the midgut. The failure of a muscular network to form around the gastric ceca of the larval midgut is logical. The ceca break down during the pupal stage and are not present in the imaginal midgut. Since there is nothing in the adult midgut to correspond to the pouches of the larval gastric ceca, any muscular network formed around these diverticula in the larval stages would be useless in the adult gut. The tubular midgut of the adult replaces the larval midgut by fitting into the muscular network that developed around the midgut during the larval stages. SUMMARY Muscle cells are present in the midgut of A. aegypti from the earliest stages of larval life. The initial arrangement of muscles consists of two pairs of longitudinal rows of muscle cells joined by at least two rows of similar cells encircling the midgut. At about the 30th hour of larval life, mitotic divisions of muscle cells increase in number and a network of muscle cells begins to form. By the fourth instar the larval stomach is enclosed by a muscular network that is one layer thick. This network will become the muscle coat of the imaginal midgut. No such network forms in the region of the gastric ceca. Literature Cited Berger, C. A. 1938. Multiplication and reduction of somatic chromosome groups as a regular developmental process in the mosquito, Culex pipiens. Pub. 496. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Christophers, S. R. 1960. Aedes aegypti (L.). Cambridge Univ. Press. Demerec, M., and B. P. Kaufmann. 1961. Drosophila Guide. 7th Ed. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Samtleben, B. 1929. Zur Kenntnis der Histologie und Metamorphose des Mitteldarms der Stechmiickenlarven. Zool. Anz. 81: 97-109. Received for Publication August 11, 1965 232 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII A New Genus and Two New Species of Tenuialidae with Notes on the F amily ( Acari : Orihatei ) 1 Tyler A. Woolley2and Harold G. Higgins3 Abstract: This article is the result of a continuation of research on the tenuialids by the authors. The descriptions of Tenuiala crenulata, n. sp., and Tenuialoides medialis, n. gen., n. sp., are accompanied by figures and a revised key to the known genera and species of the family. Comparative details of the tibia-tarsus are figured for T. nuda, T. kurti , Hafenrefferia gilvipes (Koch), and Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks). New collection localities are also noted. When we published our review ( 1955) this family consisted of three genera and four species. In a later article ( 1957) we added another genus and species described previously by Banks (1906) but revised by Jacot (1939). In this paper we describe a new genus and two new species and add comparative de- tails of tarsal chaetotaxy of several known species. These details, not included in the original review and not available in the current literature, are added because of changes in terminology as well as other important alterations in the taxonomy of oribatids. The previously published key to the genera and species is revised and additional collection data are appended. Genus Tenuiala Ewing, 1913 Tenuiala crenulata, n. sp. (Figs. 1, 1A, IB, 2, 5) diagnosis. Lamellae broad, similar to other species in the genus, but lamellar cusps notched anteriorly, with two dentes; lamellar hairs inserted subterminally on dorsal surface of lamellae; translamella distinct, thick, heavier than in T. nuda. The specific name is indica- tive of the notched lamellae, a diagnostic feature of the species. description. Color reddish brown ; broadly oval in shape ; rostrum truncate anteriorly ; rostral hairs curved, slightly setose, inserted about half their lengths posterior to tip of rostrum; prodorsum smooth; lamellae broad, width subequal throughout length, lamellar cusps narrowed anteriorly, notched at tip as in Figs. 1, 1A; lamellar hairs about as long as width of lamellae, slightly setose, inserted subterminally on dorsal surface of lamellae, closer to notch than to translamella, a sclerotized line extending posteromediad from setal in- sertions; translamella pronounced, heavily sclerotized, longer than width of a single lamella; interlamellar hairs setiform, about as long as inner margin of humeral process (pteromorph) , projected forward over lamellae beyond tip of rostrum, inserted beneath margin of dorsosejugal suture; pseudostigmata as seen in Fig. IB, inserted notches between humeral process and anterior margin of hysterosoma; sensilli about twice as long as lamellar hairs, slightly setose. Hysterosoma broadly oval, glabrous (finely stippled when seen by negative phase con- trast), humeral processes about as wide at bases as lamellae, extended forward about to level of tips of lamellar cusps, slightly decurved; dorsal setae as seen in Fig. 1. 1 Research supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant G-14333. 2 Department of Zoology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins. "Participant in NSF Research Participation for High School Teachers Program, Colorado State University, Summer 1965. December, 1965] Woolley and Higgins: Tenuialid Mites 233 Fig. 1. Tenuiala crenulata, n. sp., from the dorsal aspect, legs omitted; A, lamellae. B, humeral process and sensillus enlarged. Fig. 2. Tenuiala crenulata, n. sp., from the ventral aspect, legs omitted. Camerostome elongated, infracapitulum as in Fig. 2 ; pedotecta I narrowed, with a lateral point, pedotecta II rounded; apodemata and ventral setae as seen in Fig. 2; genital aperture nearly round, about twice its length anterior to anal opening, enclosed in sclerotized ring formed from medial ends of apodemata IV; each genital cover with six setae (genital setae are numbered anterior to posterior) g : 1, g : 2 inserted in anterior margin of genital cover, g : 3, g:4 closer together than g : 5, g : 6 ; aggenitals simple, inserted nearly twice their lengths from genital opening; anal opening about three times as large as genital, anal covers with two setae; iad close to anal opening, slightly posterior to level of a : 1, ada : 1, ada : 2 posterior to anal cover, ada : 3 at posterolateral corner of anal opening. Legs heterotridactylous (Fig. 5). length. 1,026 ja , propodosoma 126 u; width 738 /jl. Two specimens of this species were collected in Lebanon by K. A. Christensen, one at Wadi Jahhna, July 30-31, 1952, the other at Ainzahlta Cedars, November 23, 1952. The type specimen, from Ainzahlta Cedars, is deposited in the USNM. Tenuialoides n. gen. diagnosis. Rostrum entire (not notched as in Hafenrefferia gilvipes ) ; lamellar cusps elongated, with medial dens at tip, translamella distinct, about as long as length of lamellar cusps (compared to incomplete translamella of Hafenferrefia nitidula ) ; humeral processes (pteromorphs) narrower than lamellae, much more spinelike than in Tenuiala, Hafenferrefia, Hafenrefferia, or Hafenrefferiella. Differences are also noticeable in the dorsal famulus- solenidion complex on tarsus I as seen in the comparative figures 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. 234 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Fig. 3. Tenuialoides medialis, n. gen., n. sp., from the dorsal aspect, legs omitted; A, lamellar cusp showing medial dens and insertion of lamellar hair. Fig. 4. Tenuialoides medialis, n. gen., n. sp., from the ventral aspect. Tenuialoides medialis n. sp. (Figs. 3, 3A, 4, 6) diagnosis. Lamellae narrow, with cusps that project nearly to tip of rostrum, each with small medial dens (Fig. 3A) ; lamellar hairs as long as cusps, setose, inserted in distal tips of lamella; translamella about as long as length of cusp; interlamellar hairs about as long as lamellae, robust, setose, inserted in anterior edge of dorsosejugal suture; sensillus with narrow, uniform width except at pointed tip, slightly barbed; humeral processes (ptero- morphs) narrower than in Tenuiala; notogaster rounded. description. Color dark brown, nearly black, generally rotund in appearance ; prodorsum broadly triangular, glabrous; rostrum truncate anteriorly, rostral hairs curved, robust, setose, not as long as lamellar hairs, inserted in slight prominences at lateral margins of rostrum just behind anterior tip; lamellae narrow, about same width as base of humeral process, with fine lines on surface (Figs. 3, 3A), narrowed into forward-projecting cusps, cusps extend nearly to tip of rostrum, each cusp with a median dens (Fig. 3A) ; lamellar hairs robust, about as long as lamellar cusp, setose mainly along medial edge, inserted terminally in cusp ; translamella distinct, about as long as length of lamellar cusp, width nearly equal to base of interlamellar hair; interlamellar hairs as long as length of lamellae from trans- lamella to pseudostigmata, robust, setose, erect, inserted in anterior margin of dorsosejugal suture; pseudostigmata cornuate, projected slightly beyond anterior margin of notogaster; sensillus narrow and slightly longer than lamellar cusp, smooth, projected laterally above humeral process; anterior margin of pedotectum I rounded, visible between prodorsum and humeral process. Hysterosoma nearly circular in outline except for forward-projecting humeral processes (pteromorphs) ; six pairs of notogastral setae as in Fig. 3. December, 1965] Woolley and Higgins: Tenuialid Mites 235 Fig. 5. Tibia-tarsus I of Tenuiala crenulata, n. sp. Fig. 6. Tibia-tarsus I of Tenuialoides medialis, n. gen., n. sp. Fig. 7. Tibia-tarsus I of Hafenrefferia gilvipes (Koch). Fig. 8. Tibia-tarsus I of Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks) ; A, dissected genital cover showing genital setae. Fig. 9. Tibia-tarsus I of Tenuiala nuda Ewing. Fig. 10. Tibia-tarsus I of Tenuiala kurti Woolley and Higgins. Infracapitulum and camerostome as in Fig. 4; apodemata I and II narrowed, partly joined medially to coxisternal complex, apodemata III narrowed, extending to sclerotized anterior margin of genital aperture, medial tip of apodemata IV slightly remote from genital aperture; genital opening rounded, with sclerotized perigenital ring; each genital cover with six setae, g : 1, 2, 3, 4 inserted about equidistant from each other, g : 5, 6 more widely spaced; aggenital setae simple, longer than other ventral setae inserted about their lengths postero- laterad of genital opening; anal aperture trapezoidal, nearly twice its length from genital opening, each anal cover with two simple setae ; three pairs of adanal setae, as seen in Fig. 4; iad fissure close to anal aperture, between ada : 1 and ada : 2. 236 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Legs robust, heterotridactylous ; tarsus I as seen in Fig. 6. It appears that the dorsal complex of setae described for Tenuiala has its counterpart in Tenuialoides medialis, although the type has some of these setae missing. length. 864 /u; width: 648 /x. Two specimens of this species were collected in North Carolina. The type was taken 7 miles from Highlands Biological Station, Jackson County, N. C., July 5, 1961 by S. and D. Mulaik. A paratype was collected at Highlands, N. C., June 21, 1957, by S. and D. Mulaik. The type specimen is deposited in the USNM. DISCUSSION The new genus Tenuialoides appears to be somewhat intermediate between Hajenferrejia and Tenuiala . This relationship is inferred from several features. The humeral processes (pteromorphs) are narrower than Tenuiala and Hajen- ferrejia, but the elongated lamellar cusps of Tenuialoides resemble the similar, but shorter, structures in Hajenferrejia. A complete translamella is distinctive for Tenuialoides contrasting to the incomplete translamella in Hajenferrejia. In Tenuialoides the barbed setae of tarsus I resemble more closely those of Hajenferrejia, especially the dorsal famulus-solenidion complex (Figs. 6, 8). Tenuiala has smooth setae and a strikingly different dorsal complex of tarsal setae (see Figs. 6, 9, 10). The figures of the tibia-tarsus I of the various species are drawn to the same scale to show comparative relationships. Key to the Genera and Species of Tenuialidae revised from Woolley and Higgins (1955) and Higgins and Woolley (1957) 1. Lamellae with narrow or pointed cusps usually not extending beyond rostrum; with or without a translamella 4 Lamellae broad, of about equal width throughout length; cusps wide, usually extending beyond rostrum ; lamellar hairs inserted subterminally ; with or without a trans- lamella Genus Tenuiala Ewing, 1913 2 2. Lamellae joined medially by a distinct translamella 3 Lamellae joined medially, but without a translamella .... T. kurti Woolley and Higgins, 1955 3. Translamella thin, lamellar cusps notched laterally; interlamellar hairs not reaching tip of lamellar cusp T. nuda Ewing, 1913 Translamella thick, lamellar cusps notched terminally; interlamellar hairs long, extend- ing beyond rostrum T. crenulata, n. sp. (Figs. 1, 2) 4. With an incomplete or complete translamella; lamellar cusps narrowed; lamellar hairs inserted terminally in cusps 5 Without a translamella ; lamellar cusps pointed ; lamellar hairs inserted subterminally and laterally; humeral processes (pteromorphs) slightly sclerotized along proximal half of medial margin Hajenrejjeriella nevesi Sellnick, 1952 5. Translamella incomplete, cuspal dens lateral; humeral processes (pteromorphs) wider than lamellae Hajenferrejia nitidula (Banks), 1906 Translamella complete; cuspal dens medial; humeral processes (pteromorphs) narrower than lamellae Tenuialoides medialis, n. gen., n. sp., (Figs. 3, 3A, 4) Further collecting and comparison of specimens have disclosed that several species of Tenuialidae, such as Tenuiala nuda, Hajenferrejia nitidula , are found in the same general habitats. The delineation of the microhabitats involved will result from further, more December, 1965] Woolley and Higgins: Tenuialid Mites 237 precise ecological studies, but the following new records show common macrohabitats for different species within the family. Tenuiala nuda Ewing, 1913, p. 133 CALIFORNIA: Eleven specimens, 4 miles W Ft. Dick, Del Norte Co., June 8, 1962, C. W. O’Brien; Ave. of the Giants, Humboldt State Park, August 3, 1962, T. A. Woolley. COLORADO: One specimen, San Juan Mountains, Slumgullion Pass, Hinsdale, July 6, 1959, H. and L. Levi; six specimens, Elk Mts., Copper Creek Valley, Gunnison Co., August 7, 1956, H. and L. Levi; five specimens, 24 miles SE Gunnison, Cochetope Creek, Saguache Co., June 27, 1960, H. Levi. OREGON: Two specimens, Waldport, February 7, 1960, G. W. Krantz; one specimen, Myrtle Creek, August 2, 1962, T. A. Woolley. WASHINGTON: Eight specimens, Seattle, June 7, 1962, rotten logs under mixed forest, H. and M. Higgins. Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks) 1906, p. 491 CALIFORNIA: Nine specimens, 4 miles W Ft. Dick, Del Norte Co., June 8, 1962, C. W. O’Brien. OREGON: Four specimens, Waldport, February 7, 1960, G. W. Krantz. Acknowledgments. We are grateful to Dr. H. W. Levi and the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University for the loan of specimens of Hafenrejferia gilvipes (Koch) collected by A. P. Jacot in Regensburg, Germany. The loan enabled the study of tarsus I and other features of this species illustrated in this paper. Literature Cited Banks, Nathan. 1906. New Oribatidae from the United States. Proc. Acad. Philadelphia. 58: 490-500. Ewing, H. E. 1913. Some new and curious Acarina from Oregon. Pomona Coll. Jour. Ent. and Zool. 5(3) : 123-136. Higgins, Harold G., and Tyler A. Woolley. 1957. A redescription of Hafenferrefia nitidula (Banks) and notes on the distribution of other species in the Family Tenuialidae. (Acarina: Oribatei.) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 65: 213-218. Jacot, A. P. 1939. New mites from the White Mountains. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 8: 321-332. Sellnick, Max. 1952. Hafenrefferiella nevesi, nov. gen., nov. spec., a new genus and species from Portugal, and Hafenrefferia gilvipes (C. L. Koch) (Acar., Oribat.). In Portugalia Acta Biologica (B) 3(3): 228-237. Woolley, Tyler A., and Harold G. Higgins. 1955. A review of the Family Tenuialidae with a description of a new species from Colorado and Utah. (Acarina: Oribatei.) Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci. 10(4): 45-60. Received for Publication October 4, 1965 238 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Description of the Previously Unknown Female of Neurotoma willi Middlekauff ( Hymenoptera : Pampliiliidae ) Woodrow W. Middlekauff University of California, Berkeley Abstract The original description of Neurotoma willi was based upon a single male collected at Huntingdon, Pennsylvania in 1934. This paper describes the previously unknown female which was collected at Ithaca, New York in May, 1965. In a recent shipment of Neurotoma sent to me for identification by Dr. W. L. Brown of Cornell were six males and one female of the previously unique N eurotoma willi Middlekauff. These were part of a collection of over 100 males and 3 females made in Professor J. Chester Bradley’s garden in early May, 1965. The adults were swarming on and around an ornamental hawthorn, Crataegus sp. The original description (Middlekauff, 1958) was based upon a single male from Huntingdon, Pennsylvania, collected May 4, 1934, by Dr. Homer C. Will. The new collection by Dr. Brown and his colleagues extends the known range approximately 175 miles north. The description of the female follows: FEMALE (PREVIOUSLY UNDESCRIBED) Head, antennae, thorax, wing veins, legs, and abdomen shining black with the exception of the following white areas: a narrow line on outer face of mandibles; an extensive area on clypeus which extends high on the frons, a dark area on mid-frons ; para-antennal field, extending as a narrow line along inner margin of eye to the supraocular spot; an inverted T-shaped area in ocellar area; an elongate spot on each lateral suture; gena and extending as a narrow line along occiput to lateral suture, with a narrow line projecting forward to postocular spot ; a narrow, shallow, inverted V-shaped line on posterior margin and vertex (Fig. 1); a large triangle on posterior margin of each side of the pronotum, each with a small black dot; ventral half of lateral pronotum; an elongate spot on each cervical sclerite; tegulae; basal portion of wing veins; posterior half of prescutum; a small triangle on ad- jacent mesoscutum, faintly connected as a narrow line to another, slightly larger triangle on the posterior lateral margin; a line on posterior margin of mesoscutellum (Fig. 2) ; a large spot on mesepisternum (Fig. 3) and metepisternum ; apical half of hind coxa; trochanter; apical half of hind femur (Fig. 4); basal half of hind tibia; corresponding areas on front and midlegs less extensive; apical half of abdominal sternites and a somewhat triangular spot on lateral margin of each abdominal tergite becoming increasingly larger from I-VI, much smaller on VII and VIII. The cutting edges of the mandibles reddish brown, the basal half black. Wing membrane hyaline. Clypeus rounded in front. Frons swollen, forming an elongate, rounded ridge extending onto the swollen clypeus. Median fovea present, minute. Head including transocellar area mostly smooth, shining, not rugose. Vertex and postocular areas nearly impunctate, finely pebbled. Coronal suture indistinct. Postgenal carina present. Antenna with 19 segments. Length of scape 0.7 mm; segment three 0.8 mm; segments four plus five 0.6 mm. Length of body 7.7 mm; length of forewing 7.9 mm; width of head 2.6 mm; width of abdomen 3.0 mm. December, 1965] Middlekauff: Neurotoma Female 239 Figs. 1-4. Neurotoma willi Middlekauff, female, details of color pattern. Fig. 1. Head. Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of thorax. Fig. 3. Lateral aspect of mesepisternum. Fig. 4. Lateral aspect of hind femur and tibia. Specimens were collected at Cayuga Heights, Tompkins Co., New York, 100 $ S , 3 $ $ , V-5-65, on and around Crataegus (Bradley, Brown, Dalgleish collectors). The additional males agree remarkably well with the original description of the holotype male. The female may be easily separated from the closely related crataegi by the more swollen frons, minute median fovea, the smooth shining head, hyaline wing membrane, antenna with 19 segments, and the extensive white pattern on the legs, especially the hind pair. Specimens will be found in the collections of the author and Cornell University. Literature Cited Middlekauff, Woodrow W. 1958. The North American sawflies of the genera Acantholyda, Cephalcia and Neurotoma. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom. 14(2): 51-174. Received for Publication October 27, 1965 240 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Type Locality for Cercyonis nephele Kirby and “Upper Canada” Insects Collected in the 1820’s1 F. Martin Brown Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado Abstract Collecting areas have been determined from which the type locations should be selected for the material described by Kirby from the “Upper Canada” collections of Bigsby. In the course of studying the Satyrid types erected by W. H. Edwards, I found it necessary to investigate the type locality of Hipparchia nephele Kirby, now considered to be a form of Cercyonis alope (Fabricius). Kirby (1837) described nephele in “Fauna boreali-America,” part IV, a work prepared by Sir John Richardson giving an account of what then was known of the fauna of Canada. I noticed that the major source of the insects reported by Kirby was “Dr. Bigsby.” Usually the locality for these insects is reported as “Upper Canada,” occasionally it is “Lake Huron” or “Lake St. Claire.” Since Edwards had described from Chicago, Illinois, Satyr us olympus , a taxon that is separable from nephele only in the late larval stages, it is important that a more precise locality be fixed for nephele than “Upper Canada.” At the time that Dr. Bigsby collected his material, and that Kirby reported upon them, there were three “Canadas.” The geographic term “Canada” (or Lower Canada) referred to what now is the province of Quebec. “Canada West” was used for the southern part of the province of Ontario, roughly that part be- tween the province of Quebec and the Great Lakes as far north as Georgian Bay, Lake Nipissing, and the Ottawa River. “Upper Canada” appears to have been used for the north shores of Lake Huron and Lake Superior and west to Lake of the Woods. Through Canadian reference librarians of the University of Toronto and of the Hudson’s Bay Company, I was put on the track of Dr. Bigsby’s account of his travels in Canada. Dr. John Jeremiah Bigsby (1792-1881) studied medi- cine, came to Canada in 1818 as an Army Medical officer, and while there devel- oped an interest in geology. In 1819 he was commissioned to make a geological survey of Upper Canada. In 1821 (?) he accompanied the staff of the Canadian- United States boundary commission to Lake St. Claire and the vicinity and in 1822 became the British Secretary and medical officer of the Commission. He returned to England in 1827. A succinct account of Bigsby will be found in “Dictionary of National Biography” 5, p. 27. Bigsby’s (1850) own account of his stay in Canada is rambling and extremely interesting, but contains little reference to his entomological endeavors. These are confined to pages 165 et seq in the second volume, and Appendix “C” of the same volume. He did not like collecting insects but apparently did so at the 1 This study is a by-product of N.S.F. Grant GB-194. December, 1965] Brown: Cercyonis nephele 241 urging of the Rev. William Kirby. In the foreword of Appendix C, Bigsby wrote, “The following list, collected by the author principally in Lake Huron, has been drawn up by the Rev. W. Kirby, F.R.S.” In this list a few names are indicated as based upon specimens from Lake St. Claire. Apparently the remainder were collected on the shores of Lake Huron. Eighty-seven new names were proposed by Kirby in “Fauna boreali-America” for insects collected by Bigsby. Half of these apply to Coleoptera, and the rest are scattered among seven other orders. It is apparent that the major portion of the collection of some 1,200 specimens given by Bigsby to Kirby was collected during the summer of 1822. The Boun- dary Commission spent that summer in the area at the extreme western end of North Channel, Lake Huron, a contiguous waterway connecting Lake Superior with Lake Huron. The camps occupied during the summer are listed (Bigsby, 2: 165) as “Encampment Douce” at the foot of the East Nibish Rapids, [;] on the south point of St. Joseph and the islets on its east, [ ; ] in Portlock Har- bour on the north main, in the Pelletau Narrows, [ ; ] and on the Little Manitou.” Little Manitou Island now is called Cockburn Island and lies between Drum- mond and Manitoulin islands. Elsewhere in the narrative I have gleaned that 3 weeks were spent at Encampment Douce, 10 days at Fort St. Joseph, then in ruin on the south point of the island, 3 weeks in September on Little Manitou Island, and that the work was completed for the season on September 27. Bigsby’s position on the Commission allowed him considerable free time for geology and incidental entomological collecting. The general area from which the specimens collected came is shown in almost the exact center of Sheet 41 of the 16 miles to the inch series of maps and at the junction of the three sheets, 41 NW, 41 NE, and 41 SE of the 8 miles to the inch series published by the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys, Ottawa. The center-point is at approximately 47° N, 84° W. Thus it seems that the type localities for material described by Kirby from the collections of Dr. Bigsby and stated to be from “Upper Canada” should be selected from these places as they are known today: 1. “Encampment Douce, at the foot of the East Nibish Rapids” appears, from information given on pp. 119-121, to be East Neebish Island (approx. 46° 20' N, 84° 06' W). 2. “on the south point of St. Joseph,” from the illustration facing p. 165 ap- pears to be on the point that forms the southern boundary of Worsely Bay on the east side of the southern point of St. Joseph Island (approx. 46° 06' N, 83° 53' W). 3. “Portlock Harbour on the north main, in the Pelletau Narrows” is the bay just south of the present town of Portlock (approx. 46° 20' N, 83° 53' W). The Pelletau Narrows now are known as St. Joseph Channel. 4. “and on Little Manitou Island,” is described on p. 170 as “Our encampment 242 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII of the Little Manitou Island . . . was on the north side, nearly in the middle, on a dry, sheltered knoll, eight or ten feet high overlooking a boat-cove, itself within a small round bay, where a schooner or two might anchor.” This now is called Tolsma Bay on Cockburn Island (approx. 45° 56' N, 83° 19' W). Four butterfly names appear to be involved with two currently established entities. They are: nephele Kirby (1837), with its type locality somewhere in the region just described; olympus Edwards (1880a), with its type locality Chicago, Illinois (Brown, 1964, p. 376); ino Hall (1924) with its type locality Calgary, Alberta; and borealis Chermock (1929), with its type locality in Ohio. All of these lack a light field surrounding the ocelli on the upper side of the fore- wings. All are about the same size. All bear a variable number of ocelli on the underside of the hind wing. On all, the light ring surrounding the ocelli is either yellow or rusty colored. Edwards (1880b) considered the form of alope without a yellow field and found in the Catskill Mountains of New York to be representative of nephele. This form he discovered had larvae that in no evident way differ from those of typical alope. A similar form that he raised from eggs gathered in the vicinity of Chicago, Illinois, has a fourth-instar larva that is more clearly striped than that of alope. To this he gave the name olympus. We have no knowledge of the appearance of the fourth-instar larvae of nephele from its type region, of ino nor of borealis. Therefore, assignment of any of these names to a specimen from other than the type locality of the name is subjective. We do not know if the larval differences that Edwards observed between his “ nephele ” and olympus are constant. The solution to the taxonomic puzzles involved in the proper place- ment and use of the four names requires extended and careful life history work, repeating and extending the work started by Edwards. With the restriction of the type locality of nephele to the above cited region, the task to be accomplished is now defined. Literature Cited Bigsby, John Jeremiah. 1850. The Shoe and Canoe. 2. Chapman and Hall, London. Chermock, Frank. 1929. Notes on North American Lepidoptera. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 24: 20-21. Edwards, William Henry. 1880a. Canadian Entomologist 12: 31. . 1880b. Revised Catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of America North of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 245-337. Hall, Gaylord C. 1924. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 32: 109-110, pi. 12, fig. 3. Kirby, Rev. William. 1837. In Sir Richardson “Fauna boreali-America” part 4, Longman, London. Received for Publication October 13, 1965 December, 1965] Deaths 243 Recent Deaths Chris Emil Olsen It is with deep regret that we note the death of one of our 50-year members who was so honored at the Society’s January 21, 1964 meeting. Mr. Olsen passed away on June 30, 1965 in his 86th year. Born in Copenhagen, Denmark, he was just a boy when he came to the United States. Later he studied drawing and modeling at the Mechanics Institute, and he soon became associated with the American Museum of Natural History. Here he worked under the direction of the late Dr. Roy Waldo Miner in the Department of Marine Invertebrates. While designing and constructing some of the submarine habitat groups, he developed a technique for painting in oils under water. Some of his artistic creations, produced by this new procedure, hang in the halls of the American Museum and one is now in the White House at Washington, D. C. His attainments in this field of marine research and undersea painting were honored many times and even by the King of Denmark. As a child he was fascinated with butterflies, but his interest in insects never waned. As a young man his attention turned to the Hemiptera and particularly to the leafhoppers or Cicadellidae, then the Jassidae. He eventually donated his insect collection of 17,000 leaf- hopper specimens and several thousand other hemipterans to the Museum’s collection. After his retirement in 1947 he devoted much of his time to, and, again, gained wide recognition for, the making of greatly enlarged and highly accurate models of insects; a mosquito, a firefly, and a drone fly enlarged 264,000 times. Every detail of the insects was reproduced by the use of micrometer scales in his microscopes. His home in West Nyack, N. Y. was surrounded by gardens, and for many years a summer meeting of the Society was held there. His friends and his scientific colleagues will miss him. — H. Ruckes. Dr. Paul Mueller The New York newspapers reported the death of Dr. Paul Mueller, age 67, on October 12, 1965 in Basel, Switzerland. Dr. Mueller, discoverer of the insect-killing properties of DDT, was awarded the Nobel Prize for medicine and physiology in 1948 for the importance of this contribution in protecting people from disease and death during World War II. He was employed in the laboratories of the Geigy Chemical Company in Switzerland testing chemical substances for their insecticidal properties when he stumbled on the compound DDT. This substance had been synthesized first in 1864 by Othmar Zeidler, a German graduate student, who did not realize his achievement. The first successful use of DDT was in combating an outbreak of the Colorado potato beetle on the Swiss potato crop in 1939. Its use in agricul- ture, protecting crops against insect damage, and in public health, against disease vectors, is now history. December, 1965] Index to Volume LXXIII 245 INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS VOLUME LXXIII Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, sub-genera, species and varieties are printed in italics. This index does not include the names published in the lists of the Macrolepidoptera of New Jersey, pp. 63-77, or the Thrips of New Jersey, pp. 195-222. Ablaptus, 121 Acroneuria, 78, 147 Actias selene, 187 Aedes aegypti, 226 Agaclitus, 121 Agallia constricta, 188 Agassa cerulea, 138 Amblvopone australis, 190 belli, 190 reclinata, 190 Amblyseius cucumeris, 16 Amitermes excellens, 39 Apis, 149 Atrichopogon, 158 Ballus youngi, 140 Berosus fraternus, 28 hate hi, 28 infuscatus, 32 ingeminatus, 32 oregonensis , 28 striatus, 28 stylifer, 28 Bezzia, 158 Bittacus, 42 Bombyx mori, 146, 174 Brunneus, 186 Caligus, 186 Calliopsis (Calliopsis) crypta, 88 roseni, 88 Calliphora erythrocephala, 168 Camponotus pennsylvanicus, 109 Cattleya gaskelliana, 129 Caupolicana electa, 46 elegans, 46 yarrowi, 46 Cercyonis alope, 240 nephele, 240 Chauliodes, 145 Coptotermes, 39 Crataegus, 238 Cryptocercus punctulatus, 39 Crytocercus, 94 Culex, 231 Culicoides absoletus, 156 arboricola, 156 baurei, 156 biguttatus, 156 chiopterus, 160 crepuscularis, 156 furens, 156 guttipennis, 156 hollensis, 156 melleus, 156 piliferus, 156 sanguisuga, 156 spinosus, 156 stellifer, 156 testudinalis, 156 variipennis, 156 venustus, 156 villosipennis, 156 Cucurbita foetidissima, 48 Danaus plexippus, 25 Dasyhelea, 158 Deudorix (Diopetes) angelita, 180 aucta, 181 aurivilliusi, 181 bwamba, 181 catalla, 180 corruscans, 181 deritas, 180 fumata, 178 kedassa, 179 laticlavia , 178 nirmo , 178 sadeska, 178 violetta, 181 (Pilodeudorix) ankoleensis, 178 caerulea, 178 camerona camerona, 178 katanga , 178 246 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII ugandae, 178 (Virachola) galathea, 181 kavonza, 181 lorisona, 181 odana, 181 Dicrocheles phalaenodectes, 12 Discocephala, 117 Dorylus labiatus, 95 Drosophila, 227 Dryptocephaia, 116 Echinargus huntingtoni, 41 Eciton hamatum, 95 Ectatomma, ruidum, 190 tuberculatum, 190 Eremobates bantai, 151 durangonus, 151 magnus, 154 marathoni, 153 palpisetulosus, 153 puebloensis, 151 Erioptera alboguttata, 35 (Mesocyphona) caliptera, 35 distincta, 35 dulcis, 35 Euptychia hermes, 42 Eurvstethus, 119 Forcipomyia, 158 Formica rufa, 110 Gastrimargus musicus, 168 Geometra domestica, 25 Gertschia noxiosa, 138 Grassator nigroventris, 125 reticulatus, 114 sinuatus , 114 Habrocestum pulex, 138 Habronattus agilis, 138 borealis, 138 coronatus, 138 viridipes, 138 Hafenferrefia nitidula, 232 Hafenrefferia gilvipes, 232 nevesi, 236 Hasarius adansoni, 138 Hemerotrecha elpasoensis, 155 fruitana, 151 Hemiargus (Echinargus) huntingtoni, 43 huntingtoni continentalis, 44 hannoides, 44 huntingtoni, 43 (Hemiargus) ceraunus, 43 ceraunus zachaeina, 43 hanno, 43 Hentzia palmarum, 139 Hipparchia nephele, 240 Holcopasites (Holcopasites) calliopsidis, 89 knulli, 87 stevensi, 89 (Odontopasites) arizonicus, 87 (Trichopasites) insoletus, 87 Hyalophora, 145 cecropia, 146 Icius harti, 139 Laccobius acutipenis , 56 agilis, 56 carri, 57 columbianus, 56 ellipticus, 56 nevadensis, 56 pad ficus, 56 truncatipenis, 56 Lasiocampa, 25 Lernacera, 188 Lernaea, 188 Lernaeenicus, 188 Leucophaea maderae, 168 Loxosceles laeta, 186 reclusa, 186 rufescens, 186 Maevia inclemens, 139 Marpissa formosa, 139 lineata, 139 pikei, 139 Mastotermes, 39 Mecistrorhinus, 130 Mecistorhinus complanatus, 224 semilugens, 223 variegatus , 223 Megachile, 183 Melilotus alba, 47 Melitturga, 40 Metaphidippus galathea, 139 protervus, 139 Morpho iris, 25 Musca domestica, 168 December, 1965] Index to Volume LXXIII 247 Myopopone castanea, 190 Myrmecia pyriformis, 190 Neivamyrmex harrisi, 95 Neoconocephalus, 145 Neolarra (Neolarra) pruinosa, 87 Neon nelli, 139 Neurotoma crataegi, 239 willi, 238 Oreopasites, 87 Ormosia (Oreophila) hutchinsonae, 34 stenostyla, 33 (Ormosia) fascipennis, 164 harsha , 163 kashmiri, 163 moghalensis, 163 nyctopoda, 163 pulchra, 164 rhaphidis , 163 setaxilla, 163 {Par ormosia) angustaurata, 35 discalba, 35 divergens, 34 diversipes, 35 funeralis, 35 fusiformis, 34 gaspensis, 34 lataurata, 35 leucoplagia, 33 leucostictula, 33 luteola, 34 mahabharatae, 33 nigripennis, 35 nigripila, 34 nippoalpina, 35 palpalis, 35 peramata, 33 perdiffusa, 33 pygmaea, 35 viduala, 35 PandonoUim punctiventris, 114 Panesthea, 94 Papilio eurymedon, 24 lewisii, 24 multicaudata, 24 multicaudatus, 18 turnus, 23 Paraphidippus marginatus, 139 pineus, 140 Paraponera clavata, 190 Paironaius binotatus , 114 flavicrus, 114 punctissimus, 114 Pavonia iris, 25 Pediculoides, 15 Pediculopsis, 15 Perdita (Perdita) zebrata, 87 Periplaneta, 144 americana, 176 Phidippus audax, 139 princeps, 139 rimator, 139 whitmani, 139 Phormia regina, 168 Pieris narina, 135 narina aestiva, 136 casta, 136 castoria, 136 cottlei, 136 cruciferarum, 136 flava, 135 hyemalis, 136 iberidis, 136 macdunnoughii, 136 microstriata, 135 mogollon, 135 warreni, 136 nasturtii, 135 oleracea, 136 pallidissima, 136 pseudonapi, 136 resedae, 136 venosa, 135 virginiensis, 136 Placidocoris bivitattus , 114 Platycarenus nigroventris, 123 Polyergus, 110, 194 Popilius disjunctus, 187 Prenolepis imparis, 6 Prionopelta punctulata, 190 Proceratium silaceum, 190 Prodenia eridania, 146 Pseudopanurgus (Heterosarus) perlaevis, 88 (Pseudopanurgus) aethiops, 88 timberlakei, 88 Psorus, 116 Pteronarcys, 28, 147 Ptiloglossa arizonensis, 47 jonesi, 47 Pyrophorus, 27 248 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXIII Reticulitermes, 39 Rhabdatomis cora coroides, 5 draudti, 3 laudamia, 3 pueblae, 2 zaba, 2 Rhododendron, 167 Rhytidoponera metallica, 190 Salticus scenicus, 139 Saturnia promethea, 24 regalis, 25 Satyrus borealis, 242 ino, 242 Olympus, 240 Schistocera gregaria, 176 Sitticus barnesi, 139 truncorum, 142 Stilobezzia, 158 Sympiezorhynchus, 121 Synemosyna lunata, 139 Talavera minuta, 139 Tenuiala crenulata, 232 kurti, 232 nuda, 232 T enuialoides medialis , 232 Tetragonotum megacephalum, 114 Thaumatomyrmex mutilatus, 190 Thysania agrippina, 92 Tibicen, 149 Tutelina elegans, 139 Uncinala tan, 114 Vitacea polistiformis, 187 Xanthidia lisa, 25 Zygoballus bettini, 139 nervosus, 139 JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY is de- voted to the advancement and dissemination of knowledge pertaining to insects and their related forms. INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORS CORRESPONDENCE Submit manuscript in duplicate (original and one car- bon) to Dr. L. W. Clausen, Editor, 115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023. Send material by registered mail in flat form. The JOURNAL cannot assume responsibility for manuscripts lost in transit. GENERAL POLICY Manuscript submitted must be unpublished, original research not being considered for publication elsewhere. Upon acceptance and publication by the JOURNAL it must not be published again in any form with- out the consent of the Author and the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed by one or more referees whose anonymity is preserved so that criticism may be frank and objective. Manuscript, if accepted, will be published in order of receipt unless the cost of printing is borne by the author, in which case publication can be scheduled for the next issue. FORM OF MANUSCRIPT Manuscripts (text, figures, footnotes, etc.) must be typewritten, double or triple spaced with wide margins and on paper 8 V2 X 11 inches suitable for ink correction. Proofread manuscripts carefully before they are submitted. Consult the STYLE MANUAL FOR BIOLOGICAL JOUR- NALS for details concerning acceptable form. The JOURNAL reserves the privilege of editing manuscripts to make them conform or of returning them to authors for revision. I‘ ■ y Mj ,'r , i :'S^Sa .-A ft >, ' i V ; i\ r a'v ' A ' { ■ . ^ A — ; ,iid ■' u M W O' .rA - r ’ i *V pp * ABSTRACT Each manuscript must be accompanied by an abstract, type- written on a separate sheet. This abstract may replace the author’s summary. It should be brief (not more than 3% of the original) and written in complete sentences. A copy of a guide is obtainable from the Editor. A ILLUSTRATIONS These must be clear and suitable for reproduction. Photo- graphs must be glossy prints. Indicate the magnification on the illustrations or state it in the legends. All lines and figures must be able to withstand reduction if reduction is necessary. When published, illustrations may not exceed 4W' X 6%". The legend is not part of the illustration; these are to be arranged and typed on a separate sheet and each identified by the figure number. Illustra- tions, charts and tables will be charged to the author. Pack all illustrations care- fully with stiff cardboard to prevent damage in transit. P- LA REPRINTS of articles will be furnished contributors when ordered in advance. * :-A ' '' P P . - ' ' A table showing cost of reprints and an order blank will be sent with the proof. All subscriptions and orders for back issues should be sent to the N. Y. Entomological Society, The American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y. 10024. The SOCIETY has a complete file of back issues in stock. The SOCIETY will not be responsible for lost Journals unless immediately notified N of change of address. We do not exchange publications. A A Terms for subscriptions — $8.00 per year, Single copies, as issued — $2.00 each. A net to the Society, in advance. P A Please make all checks, money-orders or drafts payable to the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. A "A- Oa v : “X !'.’Hj- — ■ vi .is' 'v^'v.r' !(«»»{ • V fc!] Ufefe> ■V--ai:*fr tewk yyj&sjf N'I.THft!':,-t!;“-nrMh:i;Ki:^-:-.: J1'.- I*1'- 2*1*5] \V4%%\ / y't?l W^W 4 '■SsSjjjj'M •ij£!jS^ "%A Hllltt C&&0M KJ^^y/ teia^&s&g ©1 / >¥"#1 w&a&*s'3S$ ^r'^^£ts|j^T7- f R5/''' 1® aJC?5€|| feyfei A, 0t ft v-fe ss : 4V f %■& Pgg^ Of^J i:«isS:» fillf S $S8r 7^5 Vo^Ss-ii^ W^- Mi^aL%«iv |||St( ]£ ^Jp /#Ss^-s' f r iSPm fe4»I Khfky- ^ ig'.M^v-'v P' *. // f# / -|m &hdfM! pT vtei p£ff X^fwS’f">V lf\B#ff ffV'^fipIi m. ym ^V3i'N saSg2|l •qP5W// ^“>3 Jtfp'^^V' j( v Wj ^%Sill§k t^'J''''-^ 1? mm0 .hk77'' rnigy^'